02/19/1992 - 2 of 3Contract Documents
Contract No KJ-011, Fire Protection System
Rodel Group, Inc.
Table of Contents
BOOR ONE
I. Contract Agreement
A. AIA Document A101/CM
B. Public Construction Bond
C. Certificates of Insurance
II. Submitted Bid Proposal by Rodel Group, Inc.
III. Bidding Documents
A. Bid Group 3 Bid Documents
B. Bid Group 3 Technical Specifications
BOOK TWO
B. Bid Group 3 Technical Specifications (Continued)
C. Addendum No. 1
BOOK THREE
D. Addendum No. 2
E. Addendum No. 3
F. Addendum No. 4
IV. Post -Bid Documents
Equipment
DIVISION 11
SECTION 11110
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Laundry Equipment
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT
A. Standards, General: Except as otherwise indicated, comply with the
following standards as applicable to the manufacture, fabrication and
installation of the work of this section.
1. NSF Standards: Comply with National Sanitation Foundation Standards
and Criteria, and provide NSF "Seal of approval" on each manufactured
item and on major items of custom -fabricated work.
2. UL Standards: For electrical Components and Assemblies provide UL
Labeled Products, or where no labeling service is available
"Recognized Markings" to indicate listing in the UL "Recognized
Component Index". ETL listings are acceptable.
3. NFPA Standards: Comply with NFPA Volume 5 for electrical wiring and
devices.
4. National Electrical Code: Comply with NFPA Volume 5 for electrical
wiring and devices included with Laundry Equipment.
5. AGA Standards: All gas -fired equipment AGA listed.
B. All fabricated assemblies of electrically operated equipment shall have
Underwriter' Laboratories Approval or UL Reexamination Listing in every
case where such approval has been established for the type of device by UL.
C. All manufactured items of electrically operated equipment shall have
Underwriters' Laboratories Approval or UL Reexamination Listing in every
case where such approval has been established for the type of device in
question. Approval has been established when at least one type of device
has been approved by UL or ETL.
D. Coordination: Utility rough -in for all equipment, and all materials and
fittings, required with work of Divisions 15 and 16.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit manufacturer's or shop fabricator's product information and
installation instructions for each item of Laundry Equipment. Include
operating equipment data on performance and operating characteristics,
power/fuel consumption, rough -in information. Provide maintenance manuals,
operating instructions, spare parts lists, precautions against hazards,
manufacturer's warranties and similar information. Distribute one
additional copy of installation and start-up instructions to the installer.
Mark each date sheet or brochure with the applicable project equipment item
number (s) .
B. Shop Drawings
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP THREE 11110-1
SECTION 11110
LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT
1. Submit shop drawings showing layouts, elevations, sections and details
of custom -fabricated work (work not shown by manufacturers' standard
product data sheets). Show layouts and elevations at 3/8 inch scale,
sections at 1-1/2 inch scale, and details at 3 inch scale.
2. Submit fully dimensioned 1/4 inch scale rough -in drawings showing all
required plumbing electrical and ventilation services for equipment.
3. Rough -in locations shall make allowance for required traps, valves and
switches thereby not requiring interpretation or adjustment by other
sections of this Project Manual.
C. Samples
1. Submit 3 samples of each exposed finish on shop -fabricated and
field -fabricated Laundry Equipment. Submit 12 inch squares of sheet
materials and 24 inch lengths of linear materials. Samples will be
reviewed by A-E for color, pattern, and texture only, compliance with
other requirements is the exclusive responsibility of the contractor.
1.3 PRODUCT DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE
A. Protect metal finishes from damage during shipping, storage, handling,
installation and construction of other work in the same spaces. Wrap and
crate each item of equipment as needed for protection from damage.
1. Cover exposed stainless steel surfaces with self-adhesive protective
paper of a type recommended by the metal manufacturer. Do not remove
until work is installed and ready for cleaning and start-up.
PART 2 - GENERAL
2.1 METALS
A. Stainless steel (s/s): AISI Type 302/304, hardest workable temper, No. 4
directional polish.
B. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 526, except ASTM A 527 for extensive
forming, ASTM A 525, G90 Zinc Coating, chemical treatment.
1. Where painted finish is indicated, provide mill phosphatized treatment
in lieu of chemical treatment.
C. Steel Sheet: ASTM A569 hot -rolled carbon steel.
D. Galvanized Steel Pipe: ASTM A53 or ASTM A120, welded or seamless, schedule
40, galvanized.
E. Steel f :ructural Members: Hot rolled or cold formed. carbon steel unless
stainless steel in indicated.
1. Galvanized finish: ASTM A 123, hot -dipped zinc coating, applied after
fabrication.
F. Aluminum: ASTM B209/B221 sheet, plate and extrusions (as indicated), alloy
temper and finish as determined by manufacturer/fabricator, except 0.40-MIL
natural anodized finish on exposed work unless another finish is indicated.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP THREE 11110-2
SECTION 11110
2.2 PLASTIC LAMINATE
LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT
A. General: NEMA LD1, General purpose high pressure type, 0.062 inch thick
except 0.050 for post -forming, smooth (non -textured) white unless another
texture and color is indicated or selected by A-E. Comply with NSF No. 35
where applicable.
2.3 HARDWOOD WORK SURFACES
A. General: Laminated edge -grained hard maple (acer saccharum), NHLA first
grade with knots, holes and other blemishes culled out, KILN dried at 8
percent or less moisture, waterproof glue, machined, sanded, and finished
with NSF -approved oil -sealer.
2.4 INSULATION
A. Cooled -Component Insulation: Rigid, closed -cell polyurethane foam, either
heat -aged slab stock for adhesive lamination with face sheets,or foamed -
in - place using Freon 11 as expanding agent, K-Value of 0.15, not less
than 1.7 lbs. per cu. ft. density.
B. Heater -Component Insulation: Rigid board, semi -rigid blanket or adhesively
applied blanket of glass fiber or other mineral fiber insulation, certified
by manufacturer to withstand long-term exposure to heat (temperature rating
of each insulated equipment item) without deterioration, K-Value of not
more then 0.30, density of not less then 1.5 lbs, per cu. ft.
2.5 JOINT MATERIALS
A. Sealants: One -part or two-part, polyurethane or silicone based, liquid
elastoreric sealant, FS TT-S-00227 or FS-TT-S-00230, non -solvent release
type, mildew -resistant, show a hardness of 30 except 45 if subject to
traffic.
1. Backer Rod: Polyethylene rod stock, larger than joint width.
B. Gaskets: solid or hollow (but not cellular) neoprene or polyvinyl
chloride, light grey, minimum or 40 shore a hardness, self-adhesive or
prepared for either adhesive application or mechanical anchorage.
2.6 PAINT AND COATINGS
A. General: Provide the types of painting and coating materials which, after
drying or curing are suitable for use in conjunction with Laundry, and
which are durable non -toxic, non -dusting, non -flaking, mildew resistant, and
comply with governing regulations for Laundry.
B. Galvanized Repair Paint: MIL-P-21035.
C. Pretreatment: SSPC-PT2 or PT3.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP THREE 11110-3
SECTION 11110 LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT
D. Primer coating for metal: FS TT-PP-86, Type suitable for baking where
indicated.
E. Enamel for Metal: Synthetic type, FS TT-P-491, type suitable for baking
where indicated.
F. Sound Deadening: Heavy -bodied resinous coating, filled with granulated
cork or other resilient material, compounded for permanent, non -flaking
adhesion to metal in a 1/8 inch thick coating.
2.7 HARDWARE
A. General: Manufacturer's standard, but not less than BHMA Std. 201 type 2
(institutional), satin finish stainless steel or dull chrome finish or dull
chrome finish or brass, bronze, or steel.
1. Cabinet catches: Heavy duty magnetic type, except as otherwise
indicated.
2. Drawer Slides: Ball -Bearing type, side -mounting, selfclosing.
3. Sliding Door Hardware: Overhead track with tandem nylon wheel hangers
for door leaves over 5 sq. ft. area, rollerless sanitary slides for
smaller doors (comply with NSF Standards).
2.8 CASTERS
A. General: Type and size indicated or, if not indicated, as recommended by
caster manufacturer for the type and weight of equipment supported, but not
less than 4 inch diameter with 15/16 inch tread width, with sealed
self-lubricating ball bearings, cadmium -plated steel disc wheels and solid
polyurethane tires. Provide stainless steel horns and accessories. Unless
other wise indicated, equip each item with 4 swivel -type casters and
provide foot brakes on 2 casters on opposite corners of equipment.
B. Caster Bumpers: Unless equipment item is equipped with another form of
all-around protective bumper provide circular rotating bumper above each
caster, 5 inch diameter tire of light grey synthetic rubber (hollow or
closed -cell) on cadmium -plated disc.
2.9 PLUMBING FITTING, TRIM AND ACCESSORIES
A. General: Where exposed or semi -exposed, provide bright chrome plated brass
or polished stainless steel units. Provide copper or brass where not
exposed.
B. Water Outlets: At sinks and at other locations where water is supplied (by
manual, automatic or remote control), provide commercial quality faucets,
valves, dispensers of fill devices, or the type and size indicated and as
required to operate as indicated. Include manual cut-off valves and
connecting stem pipes to permit outlet servicing without shut -down of
water supply piping systems. Plumbing features by T&S Faucets, Fisher
Faucets and Chicago Faucets are approved.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP THREE 11110-4
SECTION 11110
LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT
C. Vacuum Breakers: Provide with Laundry equipment where required by
governing regulations, including locations where water outlets are equipped
for hose attachment.
D. Waste Fittings: Except as otherwise indicated, provide 2" remote -lever
waste valve, and 3.5": strainer without connected overflow on sinks.
E. Electrical Materials
1. General: Provide standard materials, devices and components as
recommended by the manufacturer/fabricator, selected and installed in
accordance with NEMA Standards and recommendations, and as required
for safe and efficient use and operation of the Laundry Equipment,
without objectionable noise, vibration and sanitation problems.
2. Controls and Signals: Provide recognized commercial grade signals,
"on -off" push buttons or switches, and other speed and temperature
controls as required for operation of each item, complete with pilot
lights and permanent signs and graphics to assist the user of each
item. Provide stainless steel cover plates at controls and signals.
3. Connections: Equip each item requiring electrical power with either
a terminal box for permanent connection or cord -and -plug for
interruptable connection, as indicated. Provide standard
grounded -type plugs, matching outlets (specified in Division 16) light
grey (Plug and cord).
4. Motors: Totally enclosed type,except drip -proof type where not
exposed to a dust or moisture condition, ball bearings, impregnated to
resist moisture, horse -power and duty -cycle ratings as required for
the service indicated. Power Characteristics - - Refer to Division 16
Specifications for project power characteristics. Also, refer to
individual equipment requirements for loads and ratings. ,
2.10 FABRICATION OF METALWORK
A. General Fabrication Requirements: Remove burrs from sheared edges of metal
work, ease the corners and smooth to eliminate cutting hazard. Bend sheets
of metal at not less than the minimum radius required to avoid
grain -separation in the metal. Maintain flat, smooth surfaces without
damage to finish.
1. Reinforce metal at locations of hardware, anchorages and accessory
attachments, wherever metal is less than 14 gage or requires mortised
application. Conceal reinforcements to the greatest extent possible.
Weld in place on concealed faces.
2. Where fasteners are permitted, provide philips head, flat or oval head
machine screws. Cap threads with acorn nuts unless fully concealed in
unaccessible construction, and provide nuts and lockwashers unless
metal for tapping is at least 12 gage. Match fastener head finish
with finish of metal fastened.
3. Where components of fabricated metal work are indicated to be
galvanized, and involve welding or machining of metal heavier than 16
gage, complete the fabrication and provide hot -dip galvanizing of each
component after fabrication, to the greatest extent possible
(depending upon available dip -tank sizes). Comply with ASTM A 123.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP THREE 11110-5
SECTION 11110
LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT
4. Where vents are required for enclosed spaces, or for cabinet
enclosures, provide removable stainless steel insect screens of 18 X
18 mesh. Locate vents to avoid moisture penetration during cleaning
of equipment.
5.
Provide removable panels for access
to mechanical and electrical
service connections which are concealed behind or within Laundry
Equipment, but only where access is not possible and not indicated
through other work.
B. Metal
and Gages: Except as otherwise
indicated, fabricate exposed
metalwork
of stainless steel, and fabricate
the following components from
the gage of metal indicated, and other components from not less than 20
gage
metal.
1.
Table tops
14 gage
2.
Counter tops
14 gage
3.
Shelves
16 gage
4.
Front drawer/door panels
18 gage (double -pan type)
5.
Single -pan doors and drawer fronts
16 gage
6.
Enclosed base cabinets
18 gage
7.
Enclosed wall cabinets
18 gage
8.
Sinks and drainboards
14 gage
9.
Exhaust hoods
18 gage
10.
Removable covers, panels
18 gage
11.
Skirts and enclosure panels
18 gage
12.
Closure & trim strips over 4" wide
18 gage
13.
Hardware reinforcement
12 gage
14.
Gusset plates
10 gage
15.
Legs and crossrails
16 gage (175/8 inch dia.)
C. Work
Surface Fabrication: Fabricate metal
work -surfaces by forming and
welding
to provide seamless construction, using welding rods matching sheet
metal,
grinding and polishing. Where necessary
for disassembly provide
waterproof gasketed draw -type joints with concealed bolting.
1.
Reinforce work -surfaces 30 inch O.C.
both ways with galvanized or
stainless concealed structural members.
Reinforce edges which are not
self -reinforced by formed edges.
2.
Sound deaden underside of metal work -surfaces,
including sinks and
similar units, with a coating of sound deadening material. Hold
coating back 3 inches from sanitary edges which are open for cleaning.
D. Enclosures, General: Provide enclosures, including panels, housing, and
skirts for service lines and mechanical and electrical devices, and
secondary enclosures for equipment items, where indicated and where
required for compliance with governing regulations and NSF standards.
Otherwise, fabricate each item to be as open as possible, for ease of
cleaning.
1. Where equipment is exposed to customer view, provide enclosure of
service lines, operating components and mechanical and electrical
devices.
E. Casework: At fabricator's option, and unless otherwise indicated, provide
either box -type face framing or open channel -type (complying with NSF
requirements in either case).
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP THREE 11110-6
SECTION 11110
LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT
1. Enclosure: Except as otherwise indicated, provide each unit of
casework (base, wall, overhead and freestanding) with a
complete -enclosure metal cabinet, including fronts, backs, tops,
bottoms, and sides.
2. Door and Drawer Fronts: Except where single -pan construction is
indicated, provide double -pan type, not less than 5/8 inch thick, with
seams on inside face. Weld hardware reinforcement inside of inner
pan. Sound deaden by either coating both pans on concealed face, or
by inserting mineral wool insulation between pans.
3. Shelves: Except as otherwise indicated, provide adjustable standards
for positioning and support of shelves in casework. Turn back -edge of
shelf units up 2 inches and hem. Turn other edges down to form open
channel. Reinforce shelf units to support 40 lbs. per sq. ft.
loading, plus 100 percent impact loading.
4. Drawer Bodies: Except as otherwise indicated, drawform drawer bodies
from a single piece of metal to provide seamless construction. Flange
top edge to protect slides from spillage.
F. Support From Floor: Equip floor -supported mobile units with casters, and
equip items indicated as "roll -out" units with manufacturer's standard
one -directional rollers. Otherwise, and except for "close -base" units,
provide pipe -or -tube legs, with adjustable bullet -design feet for
floor -supported items of fabricated metalwork. Provide 2 inch adjustment
of feet (concealing threading).
G. Exhaust Hood Fabrication: Comply with NFPA No. 96, including Appendix A.
1. Grease Removal: Provide type indicated (removable filters if not
otherwise indicated), with drip -channel gutters, drains and collection
basins.
2. Fire Extinguishing Systems: Wet chemical system complying with NFPA
No. 12.
H. Shop Painting: Clean and prepare metal surfaces to be painted, remove rust
and dirt. Apply treatment to zinc -coated surfaces which have not been
mill-phosphatized. Coat welded and abraded areas of zinc -coated surfaces
with galvanize repair paint. Apply 1.5 MIL (dry film thickness) metal
primer coating, followed by 2.1.0 MIL (dry film thickness) metal enamel
finish coatings.
2.11 EQUIPMENT LIST
(Refer to equipment schedule of this section)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION
A. Rough -In -Work: Installer of Laundry Equipment shall examine the rough -in
mechanical and electrical services by Division 15 and 16 section work, and
the installation of floors, walls, columns and ceilings. Verify dimensions
of the services and substrates before fabricating the work.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP THREE 11110-7
SECTION 11110
LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Standards
1. Water Connections: Install water connections and outlets at each item
of equipment, with air gaps, vacuum breakers and similar provisions to
comply with governing regulations, but not less than compliance with
ANSI Standards A40.4 and A40.6, ready for final connection by Plumbing
Contractor. To be in compliance with VUSBC.
2. Electrical Work: Assemble electrical components of equipment in
accordance with applicable "standards of installation" by the National
Electrical Contractors Association, ready for final connection by
Electrical Contractor.
3.3 JOINTING AND ANCHORING
A. Set each item of non -mobile and non -portable equipment securely in place,
leveled and adjusted to correct height. Anchor to supporting substrate
where indicated and when required for sustained operation and use without
shifting or dislocation. Conceal anchorages wherever possible. Adjust
counter tops and other work surfaces to a level tolerance of 1/16 inch
(maximum offset, and plus -or -minus on dimension, and maximum variation in
2 feet run from level or indicated slope).
B. Complete field assembly joints in the work (joints which cannot be
completed in the shop) by welding, bolting, gasketing, or similar methods
as indicated. Grind welds smooth and restore finish. Set or trim gaskets
flush except for "T" gaskets as indicated.
C. Treat enclosed spaces (inaccessible after equipment installation) by
covering horizontal surfaces with powdered borax at a rate of 4 oz. per
sq. ft.
D. Install closure plates and strips where required, with joints coordinated
with units of equipment.
E. Install sealants and gaskets all around each unit to make joints air -tight,
waterproof, vermine-proof and sanitary for cleaning purposes. In general,
make sealed joint less then 1/8 inch wide, and stuff with backer rod to
shape sealant bead properly, at 1/4 inch depth. Shape exposed surfaces of
sealant slightly concave, with edges flush with faces of materials of
joint. At internal corner joints, apply sealant or gaskets to form a
sanitary cove, of not less than 3/8 inch radius. Provide seal filled or
gasketed joints up to 3/4 inch joint width. Provide metal closure strips
for wider joints, with sealant application each side of strips. Anchor
gaskets mechanically or with adhesives to prevent displacement.
3.4 CLEANING, RESTORING FINISHES
A. After completion of installation, and completion of major work in Laundry
Areas, remove protective coverings, if any, and clean Laundry Equipment,
internally and externally. Restore exposed and semi -exposed finishes to
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP THREE 11110-8
SECTION 11110
LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT
remove abrasions and other damages. Polish exposed -metal surfaces and touch-up
painted surfaces. Replace work which cannot be successfully restored.
3.5 PRESSURE VESSELS
A. The installer of Laundry Equipment shall notify Department of Labor, Boiler
Inspection Division, in writing at least two weeks prior to completion of
installation, requesting inspection of pressure vessels.
B. Approvals and operating certificates for these vessels shall be furnished
to owner prior to final payment to contractor.
3.6 TESTING, START-UP AND INSTRUCTIONS
A. General: Delay the Start-up of Laundry Equipment until service lines have
been tested, balanced, and adjusted for pressure, voltage and similar
considerations, and until water and steam lines have been cleaned and
treated for sanitation. Test each item of operational equipment to
demonstrate that it is operating properly, and that controls and safely
devices are functioning. Repair or replace equipment which is found to be
defective in its operation, including units which are below capacity or
operating with excessive noise or vibration.
B. Final Cleaning: After testing and start-up, clean and sanitize the Laundry
Equipment, and leave in a condition ready for use in Laundry.
3.7 WARRANTIES
A. F.S.E.C. shall warrant all supplied materials and equipment for a, period of
not less than one year, including, parts, labor, travel overtime and any
other such services required to warrant the equipments. Replace if not
repairable.
B.
Warranty service shall
be performed
within 48 hours of notification.
C.
Supply four manuals for
each piece
of equipment.
3.8 EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE
ITEM L-1 - LAUNDRY CART - FIVE REQUIRED
A. Provide laundry cart having following features:
1. Rubber casters, two swivel and two rigid placed in a diamond shape.
2. Basket to be of polyethylene construction attached to 5/8" plywood base.
3. 18 bushel capacity.
B. Acceptable manufacturers of laundry cart:
1. STEELE BASKET CORP., (CHELSEA, MA), MODEL 624-18
2. MEESE, (MADISON, MI)
3. DANDUX, (ELICOTT CITY, MI)
4. Architect approved equivalent.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP THREE 11110-9
SECTION 11110
LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT
ITEM L-2 - HOSE BIBB - BY PLUMBER
ITEM L-3 - SEWING MACHINE - ONE REQUIRED
A. Provide sewing machine having following features:
1. Electrical characteristics as scheduled.
2. High speed streamlined long arm lockstitch.
3. 96 needles, type 180 GXS, 12 each 075/029, 12 each 080/032, 12 each
090/036, 12 each 100/040, 12 each 110/044, 12 each 125/049, 12 each 140/054
and 12 each 150/060.
4. Rotary hook, and all other standard accessories.
5. Horizontal hook shaft.
6. Push button stitch regulator.
7. Stitch length indicator.
8.Automatic lubricating system.
B. Acceptable manufacturers of sewing machine:
1. CHANDLER, (AYER, MA), MODEL BR-500/510
2. UNION SPECIAL, (CHICAGO, IL)
3. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM L-4 - CHAIR - BY OTHERS
ITEM L-5 - LAUNDRY CART - FOUR REQUIRED
A. Provide laundry cart having following features:
1. Rubber casters, two swivel and two rigid placed in a diamond shape.
2. Basket to be of polyethylene construction attached to 5/8" plywood base.
3. 18 bushel capacity.
B. Acceptable manufacturers of laundry cart:
1. STEELE BASKET CORP., (CHELSEA, MA), MODEL 624-18
2. MEESE, (MADISON, MI)
3. DANDUX, (ELICOTT CITY, MI)
4. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM L-6 - SHELVING - 22 REQUIRED
A. Provide chrome -plated wire shelving following features:
1. Heavy duty construction.
2. Up-ihts shall not exceed 75" high, including adjustable feet. 4-tier.
3. Ch ome-plated finish.
4. Two -shelf clips per unit for rigidity, 4 uprights per unit.
5. Arrange as shown on plan drawings, using quantities and sizes as follows:
6 units 24" wide x 36" long.
4 units 24" wide x 42" long.
12 units 24" wide x 48" long.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP THREE 11110-10
SECTION 11110
LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT
B. Acceptable manufacturers of shelving unit:
1. CLAIRSON, (COVINGTON, GA), MODEL DUOTRUSS
2. METRO, (WILKES-BARRE, PA)
3. HODGES, (ST. LOUIS, MO)
4. CARI-ALL, (BELLEVILLE, IL)
5. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM L-7 - FOLDING TABLE - THREE REQUIRED
A. Acceptable manufacturers of this item:
1. LOW -TEMP, (JONESBORO, GA), MODEL 9-CS-83
2. ACE FABRICATION, (MOBILE, AL)
3. STAFAB, (DENVER, CO)
4. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM L-8 - DRYER - ONE REQUIRED
A. Provide dryer having following features:
1. Electrical characteristics as scheduled, with motor starters.
2. 50 pounds loading capacity.
3. Adjustable leveling bolts.
4. Timed drying and cool down, permanent press control.
5. Built-in self cleaning lint collector.
6. Separate fan and basket motors.
7. Manufacturer's standard finishes, color selection by Architect.
8. Air filters.
9. Install and anchor in accord with manufacturer's instructions.
10. Double timer controls.
B. Acceptable manufacturers of dryer:
1. CISSELL, (LOUISVILLE, KY), MODEL L36-UR-30E
2. HUEBSCH, (RIPON, WI)
3. UNIMAC, (MARIANNA, FL)
4. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM L-9 - DRYER - THREE REQUIRED (ONE FUTURE)
A. Provide dryer having following features:
1. Electrical characteristics as scheduled, with motor starters.
2. 110 pounds loading capacity.
3. Adjustable leveling bolts.
4. Timed drying and cool down, permanent press control.
5. Built-in self cleaning lint collector.
6. Separate fan and basket motors.
7. Manufacturer's standard finishes, color selection by Architect.
8. Air filters.
9. Install and anchor in accord with manufacturer's instructions.
10. Double timer controls.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP THREE 11110-11
SECTION 11110 LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT
B. Acceptable manufacturer of dryer:
1. CISSELL, (LOUISVILLE, KY), MODEL L44-KD-42E
2. HUEBSCH, (RIPON, WI)
3. UNIMAC, (MARIANNA, FL)
4. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM L-10 - NOT USED
ITEM L-11 - WASHER/EXTRACTOR - ONE REQUIRED
A. Provide washer/extractor having following features:
1. Electrical characteristics as scheduled, furnish with motor starters.
2. Manufacturer's standard finishes, and accessories, 12 gauge stainless steel
cylinders.
3. All electric operation.
4. 35 pounds loading capacity.
5. Micro processor with manual operation control, extraction safety control,
fault diagnosis, emergency stop switch.
6. Automatic soap supply dispensers.
7. Self mount features.
B. Acceptable manufacturers of washer/extractor:
1. UNIMAC, MODEL OF-35.
2. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM L-12 - WASHER/EXTRACTOR - TWO REQUIRED (ONE FUTURE)
A. Provide washer/extractor having following features:
1. Electrical characteristics as scheduled, furnish with motor starters.
2. Manufacturer's standard finishes, and accessories, 12 gauge stainless steel
cylinders.
3. All electric operation.
4. 85 pounds loading capacity.
5. Micro processor with manual operation control, extraction safety control,
emergency stop switch.
6. Automatic soap supply dispensers.
7. Two speed extraction, drain extension downward into drain trough.
8. Soft mount feature.
B. Acceptable manufactures of washer/extractor:
1. UNIMAC, MODEL OF-85
2. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM L-13 - TROUGH GRATE - ONE REQUIRED
A. Provide trough grate having following features:
1. All stainless steel welded construction, of size and shape as indicated.
2. 3/16" x 1" flat bars set on edge, with 13/16" clearance between bars.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP THREE 11110-12
SECTION 11110 LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT
3. Two 1/2" diameter rods wedged through bars full length, and weld to each
bar. Furnish stainless steel frame, to be installed by General Contractor.
4. Size to suit trough.
B. Acceptable manufacturers of grate:
I. SERV-O-LIFT, (BOSTON, MA), MODEL SFB-24
2. IMC/TEDDY, (COPIAGUE, NY), MODEL SG-24
3. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM L-14 - SHELVING - THREE REQUIRED
A. Provide chrome -plated wire shelving following features:
1. Heavy duty construction.
2. Uprights shall not exceed 75" high, including adjustable feet. 4-tier.
3. Chrome -plated finish, 4 uprights per unit.
4. Two -shelf clips per unit for rigidity.
5. Arrange as shown on plan drawings, using quantities and sizes as follows:
3 units 24" wide x 48" long.
B. Acceptable manufacturers of shelving unit:
I. CLAIRSON, (COVINGTON, GA), MODEL DUOTRUSS
2. METRO, (WILKES-BARRE, PA)
3. HODGES, (ST. LOUIS, MO)
4. CARI-ALL, (BELLEVILLE, IL)
5. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM L-15 - LAUNDRY SINK - ONE REQUIRED
A. Acceptable manufacturers of this item:
I. LOW -TEMP, (JONESBORO, GA), MODEL 41-NSF-2424
2. ACE FABRICATION, (MOBILE, AL)
3. STAFAB, (DENVER, CO)
4. Architect approved equivalent. Furnish with listed faucet.
********************
END OF SECTION 11110
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP THREE
11110-13
SECTION 11160
LOADING DOCK EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Loading dock equipment.
a. Types of loading dock equipment include the following:
1) Hydraulic dock levelers with bumpers.
2) Rubber Wheel Chocks
2. Concrete work of dock is specified in Division Three.
3. Electrical wiring and connections for loading dock equipment are
specified in Division 16.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Dock Leveler Standard: Comply with applicable requirements of ANSI
MH14.1 for construction and operation of dock levelers (fixed
dockboards) except as otherwise indicated.
B. Provide dock levelers as complete units produced by a single
manufacturer, including necessary accessories, fittings and
anchorages.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and installation
ipstructions for each type of loading dock equipment, including
installation details.
B. Test Reports: Submit certified test reports showing compliance with
ANSI MH14.1 requirements for determining rated capacity of magnitude
indicated.
C. Shop Drawings: Submit show drawings for fabrication and erection of
dock levelers. Include plans, elevations, and large scale details
show anchorages and accessory items. Provide location template
drawings for items supported or anchored to permanent construction.
a. Furnish roughing -in drawings for electrical service well in
advance of concrete work.
D. Maintenance Data: Submit manufacturer's maintenance and service data,
including, address and telephone number of nearest authorized service
representative.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of
the following:
1. Kelley Company, Inc.
2. Architect approved equivalent.
2.2 DOCK LEVELERS
A. Equipment Number 11162 - General: Provide manufacturer's standard dock
levelers of type, function, operation, capacity, size and construction
indicated, complete with controls, safety devices, and accessories,
except as otherwise indicated.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11160-1
SECTION 11160
LOADING DOCK EQUIPMENT
1. Kelly Model HYD-72
a. Capacity: 30,000 lbs.
b. Size: 72" wide x 30" long
C. Hydraulic operation with single drum switch control station,
120 volt single phase motor.
d. Lip: 17"
e. Rubber Bumpers: 2 - heavy duty.
B. Type: Provide edge of dock hinged lip dock levelers designed for
permanent installation.
C. Vertical Travel: Minimum working range for dock leveler ramps of 5"
above and 5" below adjoining platform level.
D. Finish and Color: Provide manufacturer's standard baked enamel finish
system over steel surfaces which have been cleaned and pre-treated to
obtain optimum paint bond. Paint toe guards yellow to comply with
ANSI Z53.1 requirements and remainder of surfaces in manufacturer's
standard color unless otherwise indicated.
2.3 WHEEL CHOCKS
A. Two each truck location, molded rubber on 10'-0" galvanized steel
chain.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Coordinate and furnish anchorages with templates, diagrams, and
instructions for their installations, for loading dock equipment
indicated to be attached to concrete Construction. Coordinate
delivery of these items to project site.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. General: Comply with manufacturer's detailed instructions in
installing loading dock equipment.
B. Dock Levelers: Attach leveler to platform construction to comply with
manufacturer's directions.
3.3 ADJUST AND CLEAN
A. Make necessary adjustments for safe, efficient operation of loading
dock equipment.
B. After installation, restore marred abraded surfaces to original
condition.
********************
END OF SECTION 11160
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11160-2
SECTION 11197
SECURITY/DETENTION EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Security/Detention Equipment
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer's Qualifications:
1. Manufacturer's of Security/Detention Equipment shall have not
less than ten years experience in the design and fabrication of
Detention Equipment.
2. Manufacturers shall refer to five other installations which are
commensurate in size and similar in construction.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Manufacturer's Data:
1. Submit manufacturer's product specifications and installation
instructions for each type of Security/Detention Equipment.
2. Distribute one copy to the installer.
B. Shop Drawings:
1. Submit details of Security/Detention Equipment showing layout,
fasteners, anchorage details and inserts and dimensional
construction details for the following equipment:
a. Transaction Drawer (Package Receiver)
b. Floor Mounted Stool
C. Wall Mounted Bench
d. Wall Mounted Desk
e. Wall Mounted Bunk
f. Pedestal Table/Seat (4 Persons)
g. Floor Mounted Bunk
h. Detention Table with Benches
i. Pistol Locker/Bin
j. Clothes Hooks (4) Breakaway with Shelf
k. Clothes Hook Breakaway
1. Stainless Steel Mirror
C. Owner's Tools:
1. Provide five fastener tools for each different type security
fastener at time of Substantial Completion.
1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Protect units and finishes from damage during shipping, storage,
handling, installation and construction of other work in the same
area.
B. Wrap, crate and label each item for protection from damage.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SECURITY EQUIPMENT ITEMS SCHEDULE
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP THREE 11197-1
SECTION 11197
SECURITY/DETENTION EQUIPMENT
EQUIPMENT
NUMBER
ITEM
MANUFACTURER
SIZE
11112
Transaction Drawer
(Package Receiver)
DIEBOLD MOD #120-55
7" x 11" x 11-1/2"
11114
Floor Mounted Stool
SOUTHERN STEEL MOD #521
12" Dia. x 18" High
11118
Wall Mounted Bench
CUSTOM FABRICATED
--
11119
Wall Mounted Desk
CUSTOM FABRICATED
--
11120
Wall Mounted Bunk
CUSTOM FABRICATED
--
11122
Pedestal Table/Seat
(4 Persons)
SOUTHERN STEEL MOD #515-4
40"x40"x30" High
11123
Floor Mounted Bunk
SOUTHERN STEEL MOD #53.1
75-3/8x27"46" High
11124
Detention Table
with Benches
SOUTHERN STEEL MOD #511-4
48"x50"x3 V High
11125
Steel Shelf
SOUTHERN STEEL MOD #410-8
8" x 6" x 8
11126
Floor Mounted Double
SOUTHERN STEEL MOD #532
76-1/4" x 27"x 61"
Bunk
11127
Detention Table w/
Table Mounted Stools
CUSTOM FABRICATED
--
11841
Pistol Locker/Bin
SOUTHERN STEEL MOD #605-6
32"X20-1/2"X5-3/4"
11863
Clothes Hooks (4)
Breakaway with Shelf
FOLGER ADAM MOD #519
11" x 18" x 8"
11864
Clothes Hook Breakaway
FOLDER ADAM MOD #525
3" x 3" x 5"
11865
Stainless Steel Mirror
SOUTHERN STEEL MOD #432
11 - 1/4"x17-1/4"x5/16"
Other manufacturers for equipment
above: Architect approved
equivalent.
2.2 SECURITY/DETENTION EQUIPMENT
ACCESSORIES:
A.
Provide accessories, anchorage inserts, and tamperproof fasteners for
a complete tamperproof
installation.
B.
Exposed Fasteners:
1. Provide "Torx with
peg" head tamperproof security
fasteners for
anchorage work in
exposed security areas.
2. Locked mechanical
rooms do not required tamperproof
fasteners.
3. Finish shall match
that specified of the item
anchored.
4. Provide tools for
fastening devices.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine the areas and conditions under which Security/Detention
Equipment is to be installed. Notify the Contractor in writing of
conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the
work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions
have been corrected.-
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's printed installation instructions.
B. Touch-up painting of factory finished or factory primed items is the
installer's responsibility.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP THREE 11197-2
SECTION 11197
SECURITY/DETENTION EQUIPMENT
3.3 PROTECTION
A. Protect equipment and finishes until Substantial Completion.
B. Replace damaged equipment as directed by the Architect.
3.4 CLEANING
A. Clean equipment thoroughly prior to Substantial Completion.
********************
END OF SECTION 11197
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP THREE 11197-3
SECTION 11200 BASIC ELECTRONIC SECURITY REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. The complete electronic automated computerized touch -screen
controlled security management system.
2. Drawings for this work are diagrammatic, intended to convey the
extent, general arrangement and locations of the work. Because
of the scale of the drawings, certain basic items such as conduit
fittings, access panels, cabinet sizes, sleeves, pull and
junction boxes may not be shown. Include such items where
required by code, other sections, and for proper installation and
maintenance of the work.
3. Equipment specifications may not deal individually with every
part, control, or device which may be required to produce the
equipment performance specified or as required to meet the
equipment warranties. Include such items as required, whether or
not specifically indicated.
4. Coordinate with all other trades in submittal of shop drawings.
Shop drawings shall detail space conditions to the satisfaction
of all concerned trades, subject to final review by the
Architect. If installation of equipment, raceways, cable trays
and/or conduit is performed prior to coordination with other
trades, which interferes with work of other trades, make
necessary changes to correct the condition at no additional cost
to the Owner.
1.2 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Conform to the Applicable Requirements of:
1. National Electric Code - NEC
2. National Fire Protection Association Codes - NFPA
3. Regulations of the:
a. Federal Government
b. State of Florida
C. County of Monroe
d. City of Key West
1.3 PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS
A. Comply with requirements of the "General Conditions of the Contract
for Construction" for Permits and Inspections. At the completion of
the project and prior to final acceptance of the work, provide
evidence of final inspections and approvals required by the
authorities having jurisdiction to requirements of General Require-
ments - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT.
1.4 SECURITY/ELECTRICAL REFERENCE SYMBOLS
A. Symbols used on the floorplans are defined in the electrical symbols
schedule of the drawings. Some of the symbols scheduled may not be
required for the project. Symbols are shown on drawings as close as
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 11200-1
SECTION 11200 BASIC ELECTRONIC SECURITY REQUIREMENTS
possible to the mounting location. Verify exact locations with the
Architect.
1.5 ABBREVIATIONS
A. CPU Central Processing Unit (Computer)
B. PLC Programmable Logic Controller
C. VGD Video Graphic Display
D. GDP Graphic Display Panel
E. SSI Security System Integrator/Installer
F. DEM Detention Equipment Manufacturer
1.6 ACTIVE SERVICES
A. Protect existing/temporary active services, water, gas, sewer,
electric, when encountered, against damage. If active services are
encountered which require relocation, notify Architect promptly in
writing, with copy to Owner's designated representative.
1.7 TESTS
A. Notify Architect and Owner's representative in writing,, in advance of
testing to prevent delays in construction schedules.
B. Test all systems and place in proper and specified working order prior
to demonstration of the systems.
C. Test system grounds to demonstrate that the ground resistance does not
exceed the requirements of the transient voltage surge suppression
(TVSS) or the National Electric Codes (NEC).
D. Perform tests as required by authorities having jurisdiction over the
site.
E. Testing shall be in the presence of the Owner's designated
representatives, Contractor, Architect and representatives of the
authorities having jurisdiction.
1.8 DEMONSTRATION
A. Prior to acceptance of the work, the SSI shall demonstrate to the
Owner, designated representatives, Contractor, Architect and
representatives of the authorities having jurisdiction, all features
and functions of the system, and all subsystems and shall instruct the
Owner in the proper operation and event sequences of the system.
B. Demonstrate each system and subsystem. The demonstration is to
consist of not less than the following:
1. Designate actual location of each component of a system or
subsystem and demonstrate its function and its relationship to
other components within the system.
2. Demonstrate the systems and subsystems operations by actual
"START-STOP/ON-OFF" cycling showing how to work controls, how to
reset devices, how to replace fuses and emergency
operating/operations procedures.
3. Demonstrate communication, signaling and intrision detection
equipment/devices by actual operation of such devices.
C. Systems to be demonstrated are to include, but not be limited to the
following:
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 11200-2
SECTION 11200
BASIC ELECTRONIC SECURITY REQUIREMENTS
1. UPS Power and Distribution System (Coordinate test with Division
16).
2. Touchscreen CRT Operations
3. Alarm Detection and Signalling Equipment
4. Door Control/Monitoring System
5. Access Control System
6. Situation Alarms (Hardwire)
7. Man -Down Alarms (Wireless)
8. CCTV System
9. Intercom Systems
10. Telephone Systems (Inmate/Attorney)
11. Lighting Control (Coordinate test with Division 16)
12. Fire Alarm Interface
13. Cable Supervision System (Random Points to be Selected by
Architect)
D. SSI shall furnish the necessary trained personnel to perform the
demonstration and instructions and shall arrange to have the
manufacturer's representatives present to assist with the
demonstrations. The SSI shall allow one week of time for performing
the prescribed demonstrations.
E. SSI shall arrange with the Owner the date and times for performing the
demonstration. The Owner will select date and time for demonstration.
F. Comply with requirements of General Requirements - SYSTEMS
DEMONSTRATIONS.
1. SSI shall video tape in high speed, high quality, VHS format the
demonstration of systems listed in this Section. Clearly
identify each video tape for Owner's future referencing.
1.9 RACEWAY
A. Provide a raceway system in accordance with Section 16010 and,16111
for all security system conductors.
1.10 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Contractors who intend to submit components and pricing on the
equipment specified in this section must provide to the Architect the
following information 14 days prior to Bid Date and must be approved
7 days prior to Bid Date. Refer to Bidding Requirements and
Instructions to Bidders.
1. List at least 10 facilities of equal size and technical
requirements utilizing touchscreen control equipment.
2. For each facility, list: Name and location of facility; date of
occupancy by Owner; Owner's representative to contact and
telephone number; Construction Manager and Architect.
3. A complete technical specification for the submitted equipment,
noting differences and adherence to this section.
4. Provide transportation and accommodations for Architects
representatives and client representatives to visit manufacturers
factory.
5. Provide transportation and accommodations for Architects
representatives and client representatives to visit an installed
location with operational equipment.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 11200-3
SECTION 11200
BASIC ELECTRONIC SECURITY REQUIREMENTS
6. All components comprising the system must be manufactured by a
company regularly engaged in the manufacturing of such equipment.
7. Use the products of a single manufacturer for similar type
equipment, i.e. motion detectors, magnetic contacts, CPU's.
8. Security System Integrater/Install er shall have no less than five
years of documented experience on touchscreen process control
projects of equal size, scope and technical application.
1.11 IDENTIFICATION
A. Provide identification for wiring systems and equipment.
B. Color code junction boxes and enclosures per 1987 NEC-NFPA 70,
paragraph 700-9. Color for security circuits: White; for fire alarm:
Red.
C. Lettering for Identification: Sign painters quality or stencil
lettering, using fast drying sign enamel.
D. Identify control and sub -control, motor and equipment controls, remote
relay cabinets, address panels, system interface cabinets, and similar
equipment with 1/2" red lettering. Letter flush panels inside the
door or cover.
E. Letter pull and junction boxes in service areas, above accessible
ceilings, and in accessible chases with 1/2" red lettering identifying
the circuit and system. Example: Security Alarms "SY", Fire Alarms
"FA", Circuit Number "SY-126".
F. Engraved laminated plastic tags may be used for identification in lieu
of painted lettering.
G. Provide typewritten circuit directories installed in 3 ring binders
with transparent page protectors in each control and sub -control
cabinet.
1.12 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings and product data in accordance with the General
Requirements.
B. Submit data consisting of shop drawings and/or catalog cuts complete
with technical data necessary to evaluate the material and equipment.
Include dimensions, wiring and block diagrams, performance data,
ratings, control sequences, and all other descriptive data necessary
to describe the item proposed and its operating characteristics.
C. Coordinate equipment submittals with construction schedules.
1.13 RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. To requirements of General
provide complete schematic
number of conductors, type
s
1.14 CONCRETE WORK
A. Coordinate requirements of concrete bases and pads for equipment with
Section 03300 - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE.
B. Provide templates and equipment anchor bolts by the manufacturer of
the equipment for installation.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 11200-4
SECTION 11200
BASIC ELECTRONIC SECURITY REQUIREMENTS
1.15 EXCAVATING, TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING
A. Coordinate requirements with Section 02226 - EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL-
UTILITIES.
1.16 PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT
A. Protect materials stored on the job site. Protect materials during
construction and after installation, provide protection of equipment
until time of substantial completion.
B. Provide and apply protective material immediately upon receiving the
products and maintain throughout the construction process.
C. Keep products clean and dry, elevating equipment above ground and
floor.
D. Take precautions to protect apparatus and materials from damage.
Failure to protect materials constitutes sufficient cause for
rejection of the apparatus or material.
E. Protect factory finish from damage during construction operations and
until final acceptance. Restore finishes that become stained,
scratched, or damaged.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Use products that are in conformance with the specifications. Where
manufacturers have been named, use one of those named.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
N/A
********************
END OF SECTION 11200
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 11200-5
SECTION 11202
SYSTEM CENTRAL PROCESSING UNIT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes
1. Automated electronic computerized touchscreen controlled security
management/control/monitoring unit.
a. System Central Processing Unit
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A.
Section
08710
B.
Section
11203
C.
Section
11204
D.
Section
11205
E.
Section
11206
F.
Section
11208
G.
Section
11211
H.
Section
11212
I.
Section
11217
J.
Section
11218
- DOOR HARDWARE - DOOR CONTROL/MONITORING
- FIRE ALARM INTERFACE
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER
- ADDRESS PANELS
- RELAY CABINETS
- CARD ACCESS CONTROL
- SITUATION MAN -DOWN EQUIPMENT
- CLOSED CIRCUIT VIDEO EQUIPMENT
- VEHICLE LOOP DETECTION
- OPERATIONAL INTERCOM SYSTEM
1.3 REFERENCES
A. National Electric Code - NEC
B. National Fire Protection Association Codes - NFPA
C. Underwriters Laboratories - UL Listing.
D. Federal Communications Commission (FCC) listed Class B Computing
Device.
1.4 DESCRIPTION
A. The Security/Management Control System; Central Processing Unit (CPU)
constitutes a computer graphics based security annunciator and control
terminal.
B. The Central Processing Unit is to drive a touch screen color graphic
monitor to integrate control and status monitoring of the security
system components including but not limited to door locks, CCTV
cameras, intercom stations, lighting control and alarm device
monitoring.
C. System Central Processing Unit provides monitoring and control thru
the Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) Distributed Intelligent
Network.
D. System Central Processing Unit shall operate facility -wide from any
point that it may be connected to the Local Area Network (LAN).
E. The system Central Processing Unit/Remote Central Processing Unit
shall perform as specified in this section.
F. Each Central Processing Unit/Remote Central Processing Unit must be
capable of independent and simultaneous operations.
G. Provide separate, dedicated microprocessors for graphi-s,
communications, and data management.
1.5 REMOTE PROCESSING UNITS (RCPU)
A. Network shall accommodate, as a minimum, no less than 80 fully
independent remote touchscreen Central Processing Unit/Remote Central
Processing Units operable throughout the facility.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 11202-1
SECTION 11202
SYSTEM CENTRAL PROCESSING UNIT
B. Locate touchscreen units at each location shown on the Security System
Plan and as scheduled.
1.6 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in Central
Processing Units for a minimum of eight years. Documented experience
shall include the following:
1. List at least 10 systems/facilities of similar size and technical
requirements utilizing the equipment submitted.
2. For each system/facility, list:
a. Name and location of facility
b. Date of occupancy by Owner
C. Owner's representative to contact and telephone number
d. Construction Manager
e. Architect.
B. Security system programmer shall have no less than six years of
documented experience on projects of similar size and scope. Submit
documented experience to Architect prior to bid. Refer to Section
11200 - Basic Electronic Security Requirements.
C. Use products made by companies regularly engaged in the manufacture of
the type equipment specified. Provide single -source responsibility
for the components of this equipment.
1.7 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit data consisting of shop drawings and original color catalog
cuts complete with technical data necessary to evaluate the material
or equipment. Include dimensions, wiring and block diagrams,
performance data, ratings, control sequences, programming, operational
characteristics and descriptive data necessary to fully describe the
items proposed.
B. Provide sample of Central Processing Unit with touchscreen CRT if
requested by Architect.
C. Submit operation parts and maintenance manuals defining operation and
troubleshooting methods.
D. Submit repair and replacement procedures with maximum projected turn-
around time.
1.8 OPERATION TRAINING AND MAINTENANCE DATA
A. Demonstrate to the Owner and designated representatives, Construction
Manager and Architect, the features and functions of the system and
subsystems. Instruct the Owner and designated representatives in the
proper operation and maintenance of the system.
B. Provide high quality, high speed VHS formatted video taped
documentation of the training sessions and maintenance procedures.
Clearly identify each video tape for Owner's future referencing.
1.9 WARRANTY
A. During warranty period, programmer and/or installer shall respond
within twelve hours upon receipt of request from Owner during normal
working hours.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 11202-2
4ftaldialrW
SYSTEM CENTRAL PROCESSING UNIT
1.10 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Provide Owner with one complete touchscreen color graphic monitor and
processor.
B. Provide Owner with one factory box for each component, addressed to
the manufacturer to facilitate factory return for repair.
1. Provide Owner with written procedures for obtaining return
authorizations.
1.11 MAINTENANCE SERVICE
A. System is to be fully tested and serviced on a quarterly basis during
the correctional period.
B. For each quarterly maintenance period, provide written notification to
the Owner of the systems condition before and after service, exact
components that were tested and serviced, and overall status of the
system.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable Manufacturers: Central Processing Unit/Remote Central
Processing Unit.
1. MITSUBISHI
2. IBM
3. PHILLIPS ELECTRONICS
2.2 TOUCHSCREEN MONITOR
A. 19 inch diagonal, high resolution, color graphic
B. Analog capacitive
C. 1024 touch points nominal
D. 1280 x 1024 pixels, non -interlaced minimal viewable resolution
E. Accurate coordination to within 0.1 inch of the edge.
F. Mean time before failure greater than 80,000 hours with a touch life
greater than 1 million touches at any one location.
G. Capable of actuating 97 touch points per second.
H. Horizontal scanning frequency of 64 KHZ +/- 2 KHZ.
I. Vertical scanning frequency 40 to 70 HZ.
J. Analog RGB, sync on Green input signal.
K. Provide dot pitch of .31 mm (maximum)
2.3 COLOR GRAPHIC DISPLAY
A. Capable of 256 simultaneous colors from a palette of 4096 colors.
2.4 MAP CREATION
A. Provide for and generate the creation of maps, floor plans, alarm
symbols and user definable symbols, "tokens/icons" by use of mouse or
keyboard while not interrupting on lire alarm reporting activities and
other menu driven functions.
B. Permit drawing and erasing of straight lines.
C. Provide for drawing and erasing of shapes such as circles, polygons,
and complex curves.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 11202-3
SECTION 11202
SYSTEM CENTRAL PROCESSING UNIT
D. Permit the entering of upper-case and lower case text in different
sizes and at different angles.
E. Allows selective creating, editing and deletion of symbols,
tokens/icons and text. Allow selective or global strobing of symbols,
tokens/icons and text.
F. Permit the relocating of on screen symbols, tokens/icons and text.
G. System components will be represented by the use of tokens/icons and
a minimum of 200 tokens are to be permitted on each display.
H. Tokens/Icons: Remain in a clipboard type file and system is to
facilitate easy copying of tokens for placement on floorplan. System
to permit user creation of new tokens.
I. Recall of floor plan will automatically occur when a user designated
priority alarm event from that floor or assigned zone is generated.
Manual recall of floor plan to occur with proper touch sequence by the
operator.
J. Card readers, monitored points, devices, and controlled points are to
display real-time information/status while a floorplan is displayed.
K. Each monitored/controlled door will have three points of monitor:
1. Door position (open/closed). Indicate and differentiate door
swing or door slide position.
2. Lock bolt position (in/out),
3. Lock status bolts (secure/unsecured). Status display is as
follows:
a. All sensors in secure state - symbol green.
b. Any one sensor out of secure state (during authorized
access) - symbol red.
C. Symbol/icon if individual door locks are to also change in
appearance during status changes.
L. Interconnected CCTV camera symbols are to display orange during an
alarm event and return to white during non -alarm state.
M. Intercom stations are to display a flashing yellow token/icon when the
call button is depressed indicating from which station the call
originated. They will return to grey when inactive.
N. Security lighting icons are to display an "on" indication when
activated.
0. Duress alarm symbols are to display a flashing red token/icon when
activated.
2.5 TOKENS/SYMBOLS/ICONS
A. Each devices monitor or control token/symbol/icon shall resemble the
device it represents. As a minimum the following devices should be
represented:
1. Locks - Padlock Symbol - (Status by Color and Appearance)
2. Intercom Stations - Speaker/Horn Symbol (Status by Color)
3. Lighting - Light Bulb Symbol (Status by Color)
4. Cameras - Camera Symbol (Status by Color)
5. Motion Detectors - Walking Pedestrian Symbol (Status 'or Color)
6. Man -Down - Symbol of a man laying horizontally.
B. Use only solid colors for icons.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 11202-4
SECTION 11202 SYSTEM CENTRAL PROCESSING UNIT
2.6 EVENT LEVELS
A. A minimum of fifteen event levels are to be programmed for
establishing color graphic event displays and alarm event priority
levels.
B. A minimum of these events shall consist of:
LEVEL EVENT
1
Fire Alarm (Verified)
2
Man -Down Alarm
3
Fixed Duress Alarm
4
Unauthorized Access
5
Interlock Override
6
Door Fault
7
Intercom Call
8
Tamper/Trouble Signals
9
Generator 1 and 2 Running
10
Loss of Utility Power
11
U.P.S. Status Change
12
Future Use (Owner Insert)
13
Future Use (Owner Insert)
14
Future Use (Owner Insert)
15
Future Use (Owner Insert)
C. Alarm and Event Processing
1. Alarms Recognized by the System
a. To be a special type of event associated with an input
point, device status change.
b. To indicate that an input point is not in the user defined
normal condition.
2. Events Recognized by the System
a. Input points that return to normal from an alarm or trouble
status.
b. PLC communication failure returns from failure status.
C. PLC uploading/downloading
d. User/administrator configuration of system to identify which
type of events such as alarms, returns to normal, changes -
of -state, and in/out of service activities are to be logged
and require acknowledgement.
D. Acknowledgeable Events
1. Alarms or events that have been user defined as requiring CRT
display and operator acknowledgement.
2.7 OPERATOR LOG-ON/OFF
A. Provide 28 operator levels as a minimum.
B. Operator` initiates log -on by touching any part of the touchscreen
display,
C. Each operator level will be user configured by use of a spreadsheet
format.
D. Each operator must enter their personal code to access the system.
E. Operator access will be recorded as an event.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 11202-5
SECTION 11202
SYSTEM CENTRAL PROCESSING UNIT
2.8 COMMUNICATION CO -PROCESSOR
A. On -Board Network Compatible Type
B. Provides 1 MHZ, clock frequency
C. Provides base band transmission mode.
D. 500 K baud minimum transmission speed:
E. Provides "Manchester Encoded" HDLC transmission.
F. Token passing collision avoidance, based on time windows.
G. Cyclic -Redundancy Code -error checking on all network transmissions.
2.9 GRAPHICS CO -PROCESSOR
A. On -board 32 bit graphics system type processor.
B. IBM or equivalent emulation modes
1. IBM Monochrome Display Adapter (MDA)
2. IBM Color Graphics Adapter (CGA)
C. Minimum output resolution of 1280 x 1024 pixels, non -interlaced.
D. Minimum addressable resolutions
1. 8-Bit/Pixel: 1280 x 1024 Pixels
2. 4-Bit/Pixel: 2048 x 1280 Pixels
E. Minimum standard color palette of 4096 programmable colors. 12-bit
Color Lookup Table (LUT), 8 bits each for R, G, and B.
F. 1.25 megabytes of video RAM.
G. 128 kilobytes of Program Instruction RAM.
H. Graphics firmware as a minimum shall have 128 kilobytes of EPROM.
I. System font to consist of a 80 x 25 character screen format with 16 x
32 pixel character cell array.
J. Drawing speed to be up to 12.5 megapixels/second.
K. Permit general purpose processor and graphics co -processor to
concurrently draw to the display buffer.
L. Touchscreen CRT is to utilize the full graphics resolution and color
capabilities of the graphic video co -processor.
M. Graphic video co -processor must be capable of addressing each
individual pixel on the screen.
N. Run all MDA/CGA compatible software using high definition system font
in all text modes.
2.10 GENERAL PURPOSE CO -PROCESSOR
A.
Minimum
32 bit.
B.
Provide
16 MHZ clock speed.
C.
Provide
two 9 pin serial ports.
D.
Provide
one 25 pin parallel port.
E.
Provide
4 megabyte primary memory
F.
Minimum
32 kilobyte cache memory
G.
Provide
secondary memory:
with 0 wait state.
capacity.
1. Fixed disk: 40 megabyte/28 ms i
2. Removable disk: 3.5" form factor
3. 2.0 megabyte unformatted capacity
to 1 interleave.
2.11 GENERAL SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide communications port and interfacing software
receive signals from the fire alarm system (CPU).
B. Provide ancillary equipment and software programming
operational system.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE
necessary to
for a complete
11202-6
SECTION 11202
SYSTEM CENTRAL PROCESSING UNIT
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine all surfaces, anchors and ground that are to receive
materials, fixtures, assemblies, components and equipment. Report all
unsatisfactory conditions in writing to the Architect.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install system Central Processing Unit per manufacturer's
instructions.
3.3 TOUCHSCREEN
TERMINAL
LOCATION
SCHEDULE
A.
Level
1
Zone
C
Room
C1035
B.
Level
1
Zone
D
Room
D1000
(Two
Terminals)
C.
Level
1
Zone
E
Room
E1000
(Two
Terminals)
D.
Level
2
Zone
A
Room
B2000
(Two
Terminals)
E.
Level
1
Zone
F
Room
F1000
(Two
Terminals) - Alternate
F.
Refer
to
Part
1
- Extra Materials.
********************
END OF SECTION 11202
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 11202-7
SECTION 11203
FIRE ALARM INTERFACE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes
1. Integration
System and
of the electronic computerized Management/Control
the Fire Alarm System.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A.
Section
08710
- DOOR HARDWARE - DOOR CONTROL/MONITORING
B.
Section
112.02
- SYSTEM CENTRAL PROCESSING UNIT
C.
Section
11204
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER
D.
Section
11205
- ADDRESS PANELS
E.
Section
11206
- RELAY CABINETS
F.
Section
11208
- CARD ACCESS CONTROL
G.
Section
11212
- CLOSED CIRCUIT VIDEO EQUIPMENT
H.
Section
11218
- OPERATIONAL INTERCOM SYSTEM
I.
Section
16721
- FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
1.3 REFERENCES
A.
National
Electric
Code - NEC
B.
National
Fire
Protection Association Codes - NFPA
C.
Underwriters
Laboratories Rules and Regulations - UL Listing
1.4 DESCRIPTION
A. Provide interface with the Fire Alarm System via RS-232/422 or dry
circuit contact closure to initiate zoned unlocking of electric locks.
B. Provide two independent countdown timers, adjustable from 0 to 300
seconds and programmed to requirements of local fire authorities.
C. Initial countdown timer will audibly and visually advise Central
Processing Unit operator that emergency egress pathway/corridor doors
will automatically be unlocked when the countdown timer reaches 0
seconds.
D. Secondary countdown timer will audibly and visually advise Central
Processing Unit operator that emergency egress, pathway/corridor doors
have been automatically released/unlocked and individual cell doors
will automatically be unlocked when the countdown timer reaches 0
seconds.
E. At any time, the operator may abort the unlocking which will restart
the countdown timer at its initial preprogrammed unit.
1.5 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Interface equipment must be non -location specific and not custom built
for this application.
B. Interface must physically occur at a separate disconnect device;
allowing the fire alarm system technician to disconnect from the
security system and vise versa without entering into the other system.
C. Disconnection of the interface between the two systems will generate
a trouble alarm at the security management Central Processing Unit and
the fire alarm Central Processing Unit.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11203-1
SECTION 11203
FIRE ALARM INTERFACE
1.6 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit data consisting of shop drawings and original color catalog
cuts complete with technical data necessary to evaluate the material
or equipment. Include dimensions, wiring and block diagrams,
performance data, ratings, control sequences, programming operational
characteristics and other descriptive data necessary to describe the
items proposed.
B. Submit written certification to the Owner (dated and signed) that the
fire alarm and electronic computerized management/control system
interface is fully operational.
C. Submit VHS formatted video-taped documentation of system testing to
the Architect.
1.7 OPERATION TRAINING AND MAINTENANCE DATA
A. Demonstrate to the Owner's designated representatives, Contractor,
Architect, and representatives of the authorities having jurisdiction,
the features and functions of the system and subsystems. Instruct the
Owner and designated representatives in the proper operation and
maintenance of the system.
1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Coordinate interface module/controller with the fire alarm system
manufacturer/installer and the local fire marshall having
jurisdiction.
1.9 WARRANTY
A. During the warranty period, programmer and/or installer shall respond
within twelve hours upon receipt of request from Owner during normal
working hours.
1.10 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Provide Owner with one interface module for each type utilized on the
project.
B. Provide Owner with one factory box for each component, addressed to
the manufacturer to facilitate factory return for repair
authorizations.
C. Provide Owner with written procedures for obtaining return
authorizations.
1.11 MAINTENANCE SERVICE
A. System is to be fully tested and serviced on a quarterly basis during
the correctional period.
B. For each quarterly maintenance period, provide written notification to
the Owner of the systems condition before and after service, exact
components that were tested and serviced, and overall status of the
system.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP THREE 11203-2
SECTION 11203
FIRE ALARM INTERFACE
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable Manufacturers:
1.
ALLEN BRADLEY
2.
GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY, LTD.
3.
SQUARE D CO.
4.
SIMPLEX
5.
HONEYWELL
6.
I.B.M.
1.
MITSUBISHI
8.
PHILLIPS ELECTRONICS
2.2 INPUT SIGNALLING
A. At the option of the security system subcontractor and depending on
the type of fire alarm equipment utilized, either of the following
input signalling methods may be used.
1. RS-232 or RS-422 connection between Fire Alarm System Central
Processor and Security Management/Control Central Processor.
2. Dry contact closure for each fire alarm zone.
2.3 FIRE EMERGENCY AUTOMATIC RELEASE (F.E.A.R.) OPERATION
A. Upon input activation from the fire alarm system the security
management control color graphic CRT will automatically display the
graphic floorplan zone from which the alarm was received and flash the
word "FIRE".
B. The primary countdown timer will begin its countdown sequence
indicating the time remaining before fire emergency automatic release
of egress pathway/corridor doors in the affected zone.
C. Upon completion of the primary countdown, the words "EGRESS PATHWAY
UNLOCKED" will appear and the secondary countdown timer will begin its
countdown sequence indicating the time remaining before fire emergency
automatic release of cell doors in the affected zone.
D. At any time the operator may elect to activate the "ABORT". This will
restart the associated countdown timer at its maximum preset time. To
prevent automatic unlocking of doors, operator must continue to
activate the "ABORT" until the fire alarm system has been reset.
E. System must alternate displays of multiple fire zones.
2.4 DISCONNECT
A. Provide a means of disconnecting the two systems for trouble-
shooting/testing/emergencies and service. The intent of the
disconnect is to provide a location that both (fire alarm and security
alarm technicians) can uncouple the interface without entering each
others control equipment.
B. The interface _must be supervised by end -of -line (EOL) or current
milliamp monitoring that will create a trouble alarm at the security
management/control system Central Processing Unit in the event of
disconnection.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP THREE 11203-3
SECTION 11203
FIRE ALARM INTERFACE
C. This event is to be programmed PRIORITY 1, and should display to the
Security Cathode Ray Tube the words: "Fire Alarm/Security Alarm
Interface Trouble, Call for Emergency Service".
2.5 ABORT
A. The system shall not permit a complete "ABORT" during alarm events.
B. The activation of the "ABORT" will only restart the countdown timer at
its maximum preset period.
C. Upon reset of the fire alarm system the countdown timer may be reset
by activating the "ABORT", which will clear the F.E.A.R. display.
D. Provide "Acknowledge/Reset" (token/symbol/icon), which when activated,
will check or verify existance of a legitimate alarm. A confirmed
alarm condition will in turn reactivate the time (FEAR) sequence.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate the installation of the interface device with the Fire
Alarm Systems.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install interface device in a separate key securable enclosure
designed to be completely tamperproof and located adjacent to the Fire
Alarm Control Panel.
3.3 TESTING
A. Test each fire alarm zone and permit the system to fully cycle through
the FIRE EMERGENCY AUTOMATIC RELEASE mode in the presence of the
Owner, Owner's designated representative, Architect and authorities
having jurisdiction.
B. Provide VHS formatted video-taped documentation of test.
*********************
END OF SECTION 11203
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP THREE 11203-4
SECTION 11204 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes
1. Programmable Logic Controller
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 08710 - DOOR HARDWARE - DOOR CONTROL/MONITORING
B. Section 11202 - SYSTEM CENTRAL PROCESSING UNIT
C. Section 11203 - FIRE ALARM INTERFACE
D. Section 11205 - ADDRESS PANELS
E. Section 11206 - RELAY CABINETS
F. Section 11208 - CARD ACCESS CONTROL
G. Section 11211 - SITUATION MAN -DOWN EQUIPMENT
H. Section 11218 - OPERATIONAL INTERCOM SYSTEM
1.3 REFERENCES
A. National Electric Code - NEC
B. National Fire Protection Association Codes - NFPA
C. Underwriters Laboratories Rules and Regulations - UL Listing
1.4 DESCRIPTION
A. The Programmable Logic Controller provides integrated interfacing of
a distributed intelligent, ladder logic configured, switching network,
interconnected by a data highway network. The Programmable Logic
Controller(s) is monitored and controlled by the security
management/control Central Processing Unit and Remote Central
Processing Unit(s) (Supervisory Computer) (Section 11202).
B. Programmable Logic Controller Inputs/Outputs shall integrate and
control security sub -systems as listed below as a minimum.
1. Locking and unlocking of an individual door.
2. Locking and unlocking of group(s) of doors.
3. Monitoring of security devices (i.e. door status, lock status,
intrusion).
4. Centralized access control (card readers, biometric reader).
5. Closed Circuit Video Equipment (CCVE) pan, tilt, zoom, focus and
camera/auxiliary power on/off functions.
6. Intercom master station and slave station matrix switching.
7. Automatic zoned and sequenced unlocking of fire egress doors and
cell doors upon receipt of individual and verified alarms from
the fire alarm system.
8. Cell lighting control.
9. Building lighting control (interior and exterior).
10. Motorized/electric door lock hardware control.
11. Closed circuit v;deo equipment camera sequencing and switching.
12. "Man Down" and Duress signals/alarms.
C. Performance Requirements
1. Programmable and supervised over a data highway network and
capable of converting device/equipment status changes to/from the
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11204-1
SECTION 11204
PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER
point of input display to the security management system or the
Central Processing Unit within 750 milliseconds.
2. Programmable Logic Controller equipment is to be general purpose
"off -the -shelf" in nature and not custom built for this
application.
3. Controller is to be generally non -location specific in its
construction and made location specific addressed and
operationally customized by installing EEPROM'S with applicable
software.
1.5 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Programmer/Integrator shall have worked with equally technical systems
and equipment. List at least 5 facilities of similar size and
technical requirements utilizing the equipment submitted, which the
programmer/integrator has documented successful operations.
1. For each facility, list: Name and location of facility; date of
occupancy by Owner; Owner's representative to contact and
telephone number; Construction Manager and Architect.
a. Name and location of facility
b. Date of occupancy by Owner
C. Owner's representative to contact and telephone number
d. Construction Manager or General Contractor
e. Architect of Record
1.6 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit programmer/integrator qualifications for review at time of Bid.
B. Submit data consisting of installation shop drawings and original
color catalogue cuts complete with technical data necessary to
evaluate the material and equipment. Include:
1. Dimensions
2. Wiring and block diagrams
3. Performance data
4. Ratings
5. Control sequences
6. Ladder logic programming on 8-1/2" x 11" sheets.
7. Other descriptive data necessary to describe the functions
specified.
8. Identify each input/output card and its respective function,
(i.e. intercom number(s), door number(s).
C. A complete technical specification for the submitted equipment, noting
adherence to this section.
D. Submit repair and replacement procedures with maximum projected
turnaround time.
1.7 OPERATION TRAINING AND MAINTENANCE DATA
A. Demonstrate to the Owner's designated representatives, Construction
Manager and Architect, the operational features and functions of the
programmable logic controller network and subsystems. Instruct the
Owner and designated representatives in the proper operation and
maintenance of the system.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11204-2
SECTION 11204
PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER
B. Provide VHS formatted video taped documentation of the training
sessions and maintenance procedures.
1.8 WARRANTY
A. During warranty period, integrator and/or installer shall respond
within twelve hours upon receipt of request from Owner.
1.9 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Provide one card cage for each type utilized on the project.
B. Provide one electronic input or output card for each type utilized on
the projects, per programmable logic controller.
C. One communication/memory card for each type utilized on the project.
D. One power supply for each type utilized on the project.
E. Provide Owner with one factory box for each component, addressed to
the manufacturer to facilitate factory return for repair.
F. Provide Owner with written procedures for obtaining return
authorizations.
1.10 MAINTENANCE SERVICE
A. System is to be fully tested and serviced on a quarterly basis during
the correctional period.
B. For each quarterly maintenance period, provide written notification to
the Owner of the systems condition before and after service, exact
components that were tested and serviced, and overall status of the
system.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable Manufacturers:
1. ALLEN BRADLEY
2. GENERAL ELECTRIC CO., LTD.
3. SQUARE D CO.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Provide functions for a complete Operational System:
1. Logic functions
2. Timing functions
3. Memory capability designed to address input/output handling, plus
20%.
4. Software and programming
5. Input/output points; designed to address input/output plus 20%
system expandability.
6. Logic functions as a minimum are to include "and", "or" and
"invert" functions with sufficient levels and operating features
to meet overall system requirements.
7. Counter functions (up/down).
8. Data transfers and data comparisons
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP THREE 11204-3
SECTION 11204
PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER
9. Synchronous shift registers forward, reverse (1, 8 and 16
channel).
10. BCD to BINARY control.
11. Input/Output forcing.
12. RUN MODE Programming
13. BINARY to BCD conversion.
14. Key operated switch to select at least the following modes of
operation: (keyswitch to be locked/key removed in any position).
a. HALT - Processor, not scanning memory program and outputs
are turned off.
b. RUN - Processor, executing memory program and outputs
controlled accordingly.
C. DISABLE OUTPUTS - Processor, executing memory program and
the outputs held off.
d. RUN/PROGRAM - Processor, executing memory program and
changes in user memory are permitted.
2.3 COMMUNICATION
A. Programmable Logic Controller and remote input/output equipment must
be capable of communicating over fiber optic cables without requiring
separate fiber optic transmitters or receivers in addition to the
Programmable Logic Controller communication card.
B. A RS-422 compatible differential communication port is required for
programming and communication to additional compatible devices.
Communication up to 10,000 ft. must be capable from this port.
C. Data rates of the RS-422 compatible communication port are to be
programmable. Minimum data (baud) rates of 50, 110, 300, 1200, 2400,
4800, 9600 and 19,200 must also be compatible.
2.4 LADDER LOGIC
A. In event of power loss, register and ladder information must be
retained. Program storage medium to be battery -backed RAM available
in 4K, 8K, 16K and 26K with memory housed in the same enclosure as the
processor.
B. Programmable Logic Controller power supply batteries required for RAM
memory retention upon AC power failure must be readily available,
standard sized, alkaline type.
C. Programmable Logic Controller power supply is to provide LED visual
indication if battery charge is insufficient to maintain the RAM
program for less than 300 hours, in addition; this information must be
reported to the processor to initiate an audible and visual alarm.
D. Whenever the words "CONTACTS AND ENTIRE RUNGS" are intentionally
deleted from an existing logic program, the remaining program words
are to be automatically repositioned to fill the void. NOP's to
replace delr.,d words are not acceptable.
E. Ladder logi memory is not to be used to store data (numbers). A
unique register memory (general purpose storage registers) which is
separate from the ladder logic (program) memory is required to store
data.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP THREE 11204-4
SECTION 11204
PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER
F. Typical scan time for "1K words" is not to exceed 3.2 ms (.8ms
BOOLEAN).
G. Memory word length will be as a minimum 16 bits.
H. Whenever the words "CONTACTS, ENTIRE RUNGS, ETC." are intentionally
inserted into an existing logic program, the original program is to be
automatically repositioned, to open up a gap of sufficient size to
accommodate the additional words if there is adequate memory to
accommodate the program.
I. For reduction of the effective scan time of select local Input/Output
(to detect both high frequency and short pulse duration inputs),
immediate Input/Output update functions must be available.
J. Minimum word utilization for program storage is:
1. No more than one word for each contact or coil, including
address.
2. No more than one word for each opening branch.
3. No more than one word for each closing branch.
4. No words for spaces or connects.
5. No words to begin a new rung.
K. Each word of memory must incorporate a parity bit (odd parity is to
indicate proper memory operation and even parity is to result in the
halting of the processor), accompanied by visual annunciation of the
memory error.
L. Processor RAM memory is to retain its program indefinitely provided AC
power or DC power is maintained.
M. Provide immediate shutdown of the Programmable Logic Controller and
annunciate the occurrence of the following (abnormal) conditions:
1. Memory Parity Error
2. Loss of Communication between Central Processing Unit and Inputs/
Outputs.
3. Loss of logic power to part of the network/system.
4. Halt or interruption of memory scan.
5. Detection of "incomplete" relay ladder rungs in memory.
N. Equip processor with a minimum of 64,000 internal relay equivalents.
0. Total number of normally open and normally closed contacts of an
internal output are dependent only upon memory capacity to store the
control logic.
P. Make internal coil transition -sensitive, using a single command.
Q. Program internal relay(s) as a latch relay with both a latch and
unlatch coil.
2.5 SYSTEM HARDWARE
A. A single logic power supply is permitted for a system of up to 512
local Inputs/Outputs. Remote Input/Output system architecture will
require logic power supplies at each remote location.
B. Power supplies must be short circuit protected, overcurrent protected,
over vGltage protected, and upon loss of power provide a minimum of 16
millosecond ride through. Power supply unit breakers/fuses must be
accessible from the front of the equipment.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-1 RID GROUP THREE 11204-5
SECTION 11204
PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER
2.6 SYSTEM SOFTWARE
A. Each register must be 16 bit and capable of storing a five digit
decimal value (+32767 to-32768).
B. Entry of data into the storage register in either binary, decimal or
hexadecimal.
C. Programming techniques must allow each register to be programmed as a
counter, timer, shift register or for data storage.
D. To monitor and alter any register via the programming equipment
without halting the processor, provided those registers have not been
intentionally locked out.
E. To monitor and alter the individual bits of a storage register using
programming techniques or directly with the programming equipment.
F. To reset the value of a storage register to zero with the use of a
single programming instruction.
G. To preset any value into a storage register using a single programming
instruction.
H. Circuit design techniques must allow for decoding the "bit"
information from any zone of any programmed shift register and from as
many zones as desired. The decoding of a zone, regardless of channel
width (number of bits), must be possible within a single circuit rung.
I. Register data must be retained by the back-up battery in event of AC
power loss.
2.7 COUNTERS AND TIMERS
A. Programming techniques must allow for cascading timers and counters.
B. Programming techniques must allow for programming ON delay and OFF
delay timers.
C. To program a reset contact(s) or data comparison(s) such that counter
operation can be halted and counter value reset.
D. Controller must have the capacity of no less than 96 counters or
timers. Each counter and timer must be capable of storing a four
digit decimal value (0-0009).
E. To program a reset contact(s), or data comparison(s) such that timer
operation can be halted, and timer value reset to zero.
F. To program up counters, down counters and up/down counters.
G. Programming techniques are to provide for as many timer and counter
decode (comparison) values as desired.
H. There must be at least a 0.1 sec., 0.01 sec. and 01. min., time base.
I. To program an interrupt contact(s), or data comparison(s) such that
timer operation can be halted, and restarted (start/stop time
operation).
2.8 DATA FUNCTIONS, SHIFT REGISTERS
A. Implement data transfer and comparison/condition instructions once
every scan or for a single ;..n, the latter occurring upon the opened
to closed transition of thl- combinational logic, or, false to true
data comparison/condition function preceding the instruction.
B. Programming techniques must allow for programming a single channel
(bit) synchronous shift register with up to 1792 zones, or an eight
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP THREE • 11204-6
SECTION 11204
PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER
channel (8 bit) shift register with up to 224 zones, or a sixteen
channel (16 bit) shift register with up to 112 zones.
C. To perform a Binary -to -BCD or BCD -to -Binary conversion with the use of
a single instruction.
D. Shift right and shift left commands must allow bit, byte, (8 bit) and,
word (16 bit) shift synchronous registers to be programmed.
E. To program the following compare condition functions between storage
registers (-32,768 to +32,767) or between a storage register and a
constant value (0 to 32,767).
F. To program up to five comparison/condition functions on one line of
logic.
G. To transfer data from one storage register to another or, a constant
to a storage register using a single programming instruction.
H. To perform a block data transfer of up to 9 registers (register to
register or constant to register) per line of relay ladder logic.
2.9 DIGITAL INPUTS AND OUTPUTS
A. Each input or output module must be a self-contained unit housed
within an enclosure.
B. Input and output modules must be U.L. listed and CSA approved.
C. Pressure type screw terminals must accept as a minimum, one No. 12 or
two No. 14 stranded or solid wires.
D. Provide convenience marker strips and labeled adjacent to the input/
output field wiring terminals.
E. To replace any input/output module without disturbing or removing user
field wiring.
2.10 REMOTE INPUTS AND OUTPUTS
A. Serial data rate must be at least 31.25K baud for each independent
channel.
B. Maximum cable distance between the processor and the last drop on a
channel is to be no less than 15,000 ft. (4572m).
C. Local control module of the remote input/output system must have a
minimum of seven diagnostic LED's and each remote module must have a
minimum of five diagnostic LEDs.
D. Remote input/output system must have a group of preassigned diagnostic
registers which are to be used to report system faults to the main
processor.
E. Any module comprising the system cannot consume more than one input/
output rack assembly slot.
F. No special power supply is to be required for system operation. Power
sill be provided by the input/output rack assembly power supply.
G. The system is to consist of a multi -channel, multi -drop configuration
having at least two independent channels with eight drops per channel
minimum.
H. The method of communication between the modules comprising the system
are to be continuous, full duplex serial differential.
I. Each channel must support at least 1024 digital input/output and
provide 127 registers for register input/output.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-? BID GROUP THREE 11204-7
SECTION 11204
PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER
J. Each drop is to support at least 512 digital input/output.
K. The input/output scan of the remote input/output system must be
independent of the processor memory scan.
L. Each module comprising the system must have a removable wiring
terminal for ease of module replacement.
M. System design must allow the user to have the option to continue
system operation should a fault occur on a single drop of either
channel.
N. Should the user elect to continue system operation when a drop fault
occurs, there must be a means to automatically restart processor
communications to that drop, (if that drop fault clears) without
halting the processor.
0. System design must allow the user to have the option to select how the
outputs of the system will fail (reset, off or freeze in last state)
should any of the following occur:
1. A user selected condition
2. A system communication failure
3. Loss of processor due to power outage or CPU fault.
P. Upon failure of a particular drop or upon a user defined condition, it
must be possible to shut down one or all of the other drops on the
remote input/output system.
2.11 FIBER -OPTICS (DATA HIGHWAY)
A. Fiber optic communication systems must operate as a communication link
between any of the Programmable Logic Controller's differential (RS-
422) devices. This is to include processors and remote input/output
programmers, processors to processors and processors to remote input/
output links.
B. System design must allow the use of repeaters (multiple
transmitters/receivers) up to a maximum of at least seven.
C. Maximum distance for a single (one transmitter and one receiver) fiber
optic link is to be no less than 3,280 ft. and 22,960 ft. with seven
repeaters.
D. Fiber optic communication must be modular fully redundant, providing
high EMI/RFI immunity and complete electrical isolation.
E. Each module comprising the fiber optic communication system must
consume no more than one rack assembly slot.
F. No special power supply must be required for the fiber optic system.
Power will be provided by the rack assembly power supply.
G. The system must allow the use of standard fiber optic connectors and
100 micron core multi -mode fiber optic cable.
2.12 NETWORKING (DATA HIGHWAY)
A. LAN design must allow communication between devices on individual
Local :-,a Networks (Net -to -Net Communications).
B. Local .,rea Network design must provide complete LAN redundancy.
C. The basebaud, timed floating master, high speed Local Area Network
must be supplied with the following capabilities.
1. Transmission type will be Manchester Encoded HDLC with message
format complying with ANSI 3.28 and Cyclic Redundancy Code (CRC)
error checking.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 RID GROUP THREE 11204-8
SECTION 11204
PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER
2. Communication data rate of the high speed local area network
shall be selectable up to 500K Baud.
3. Maximum high speed LAN cable distance is to be at least 10,000
ft. (3048m).
4. A single LAN as a minimum must allow communication of up to 200
devices (Central Processing Unit, programmers, computers, etc.)
5. A single Network Interface Module must manage the transmission of
at least two devices (Central Processing Unit, programmers,
computers, etc.) through two separate low speed RS-422 compatible
communication ports.
6. Communication rate of the Network Interface Module low speed, RS-
422 compatible ports, must be selectable up to 19.2K Baud.
7. Network Interface Module low speed ports will support RS-422
compatible or Fiber Optic Communication.
8. Maximum distance between the Network Interface Module and a
device connected to either of its low speed communication ports
10,000 feet. For RS-422 compatible communication: 22,960 feet.
9. All programming functions will be supported over the Local Area
Network. These are to include programming, altering, monitoring,
forcing input/output, program upload/download via tape or
computer.
2.13 PROGRAMMING/MONITORING/CONTROL EQUIPMENT
A. The programmable logic controllers shall be programmable from each
Central Processing Unit or Remote Central Processing Unit location and
at each address panel location. It must be possible to program,
monitor and control (See System Central Processing Unit Section)
device(s) in the system from each console over the local area network.
2.14 PROGRAMMING
A. Programming equipment must provide an English language indication of
the nature of programming errors or incorrect operating procedures.
B. Program given input/output address as often as desired.
C. Program nested branches (branch circuits within branch circuits).
D. Force external input or output on or off via the programming
equipment.
E. Search the program for any contact address, coil address, storage
register, rung number, master control relay, forced input/output
address and other special function(s) the Central Processing Unit
supervises.
F. It must be possible to alter or delete part(s) of a rung without
affecting the remainder of the program. In these cases the program
must be automatically recompiled to accept the new rung or remove the
old rung thus leaving no gap.
G. The program equipment display must give readout of input/output
address number, relay symbols, rung number, line and position
reference, special function symbols, storage register address number
and data, input/output status, and forcing indication.
H. Program relay rungs comprise a contact matrix of 10 contacts across by
seven contacts down (70 contacts per rung).
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP THREE 11204-9
SECTION 11204 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER
I. Issue a two part command to delete relay ladder rungs from memory.
The second part must provide a safeguard wherein the operator must
verify his intentions to erase the control program.
J. Simultaneously display the following information for desired rung(s)
with a single key stroke:
1. The ON or OFF state of contact(s) or coil(s).
2. The contents of a given storage register.
3. Whether a given input/output has been forced on or off.
4. Whether an output coil is standard, transition -sensitive, or
latching.
2.15 REDUNDANCY
A. Redundant Transfer Interface System (TIS) shall provide bumpless
transfer of input/output control from the on-line to the backup
processor or -from the on-line to the back up local area network should
a system fault occur. This transfer shall be automatic.
B. Transfer Interface System must be designed so that no single failure
will halt the operation of the system.
C. Manually cause a transfer to take place.
D. Manually restart the start-up processor and have it synchronize with
the master processor without shutting down the control system.
E. Full redundance must be provided for both Programmable Logic
Controller Central Processing Unit and local area networks.
F. Transfer Interface Systems must provide visual indication of "on line"
and "back up" status.
G. Transfer Interface System must ensure Central Processing Unit data and
scan synchronization.
H. The minimum number of input/output a single Transfer Interface System
(T.I.S.) must support is 1024.
2.16 DIAGNOSTICS
A. Incorporate self -diagnostic features which will halt the processor, in
addition, a separate visual indication will annunciate at the
following conditions:
1. RUN - Indicating, processor operating properly, executing memory
4,
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
program.
HALT - Indicating, processor not operating/executing memory
program -properly, all outputs off, due to key position, fault in
input/output or memory or through programming.
MEMORY - Indicating, parity error or memory malfunction - also
forces "HALT" indicator on.
FORCE - Indicating that one or more
forced on/off.
Input/Output - Indicating malfunction
LOW BATT. - Indicating low voltage in
WRITE PROTECTED - Indicating user
intentional alteration.
inputs/outputs have been
in input/output system.
battery backup.
memory is protected from
B. Processor must have a designated block of 95 internal diagnostic
registers that provides detailed system status and fault diagnostic
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP THREE 11204-10
SECTION 11204
PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER
information accessible by programming equipment or intelligent
peripherals.
C. As a minimum, internal diagnostic registers are to provide the
following:
1. Type of digital (input or output) or intelligent (e.g. analog or
BCD) Input/output module inserted in a particular slot.
2. If an input/output module is not in a slot.
3. Type of input/output module failure.
4. Rack and slot location of the input/output module causing a
system failure.
5. Status of input/output module power.
6. Processor keyswitch status.
7. Processor diagnostic LED status.
8. Type and cause of processor failure.
9. Type of incorrect operator action attempted and the reason the
action is incorrect.
2.17 ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATION
A. Ambient
1. Humidity rating of 0 to 95% relative humidity (non -condensing).
2. Temperature rating of 0°C to 60°C operational and -400C to +80°C
storage.
B. Design and test equipment/components to operate in an industrial
environment per NEMA Standard ICS 2-230 (ARC Test), IEEE C37.90a CSWC
and UL 1076.
C. Design equipment/components and to operate in free air flow convection
cooling requiring no internal fans.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine the surfaces, anchors and grounds that are to receive
materials, fixtures, assemblies, components and equipment. Report the
unsatisfactory conditions in writing to the Architect.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Use methods to prevent damage to cables and wires during installation.
Provide compounds that are not injurious to the cable and wire jackets
and do not harden or become adhesive.
B. Communications (NETWORK) conductors are not to be spliced without the
Architects written approval.
C. Locate approved splices in tamper -supervised junction boxes.
END OF SECTION 11204
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP THREE 11204-11
SECTION 11205
ADDRESS PANELS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes
1. Electronic Automated Computerized Security Management/Control
System, Input/Output/Device Integration Address Panel.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A.
Section
08710
B.
Section
11202
C.
Section
11204
D.
Section
11206
E.
Section
11208
F.
Section
11212
G.
Section
11217
H.
Section
11218
1.3 REFERENCES
- DOOR HARDWARE - DOOR CONTROL/MONITORING
- SYSTEM CPU
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER
- RELAY CABINETS
- CARD ACCESS CONTROL
- CLOSED CIRCUIT VIDEO EQUIPMENT
- VEHICLE LOOP DETECTION
- OPERATIONAL INTERCOM SYSTEM
A. National Electric Code - NEC
B. National Electrical Manufacturers Association - NEMA, Type 12.
C. Underwriters Laboratories - UL Listed 508 Type 12
1.4 DESCRIPTION
A. Free standing or wall mounted NEMA Type 12 enclosure with interior
filter fan cooling and heavy duty locking hardware, with housekeeping
base for free standing panel(s).
B. The Address Panel is the local address for integration of the Security
Devices for a particular building zone on a common back board. The
backboard is to be shipped to the job site as a complete and tested
unit.
1.5 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. Design to house electrical and electronic control equipment devices.
B. Provide for surface mounting and rack mounting interior.
C. Size each enclosure for 30% future expansion.
D. Relay cabinet option: Refer to Section 11206.
1.6 ENCLOSURE PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. 12 gauge steel for single door enclosures.
B. 10 gauge steel for multi -door enclosures.
C. Factory punched holes and knock -outs are not acceptable.
D. Lifting eyes
E. Heavy gauge continuous hinges for each door.
1.7 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit manufacturer and integrator qualifications at time of bid.
B. Provide manufacturers data sheet including model number, enclosure,
interior equipment layout, and accessories options for each cabinet.
C. Provide matrix listing of enclosure types and locations where multiple
types are utilized.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11205-1
SECTION 11205
ADDRESS PANELS
D. Submit data consisting of shop drawings and original color catalogue
cuts complete with technical data necessary to evaluate the material
or equipment.
E. Include dimensions, wiring and block diagrams, performance data,
ratings, operational characteristics and other descriptive data
necessary to fully describe the items proposed.
F. Provide backboard layout drawing for each enclosure.
1.8 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. One copy of backboard layout is to be maintained for project record
modifications inside the enclosure.
B. Provide completed project record drawings identifying system
architecture and rack/component distribution.
C. Identification of each input/output card, terminal strip, and its
respective function (i.e. intercom number, Door number).
D. Provide diagrammatic plan for utilization of panels future expansion
space.
1.9 OPERATION TRAINING AND MAINTENANCE DATA
A. Provide permanent labeling for each terminal location and component
for servicing.
1.10 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer and Integrator Qualifications: Company specializing in
electronic automated computerized security management systems for a
minimum of five years. Documented experience shall include the
following:
1. List at least five facilities of similar size and technical
requirements utilizing the equipment submitted.
2. For each facility, list:
a. Name and location of facility
b. Date of occupancy by Owner
C. Owner's representative to contact and telephone number
d. Construction Manager
e. Architect/Engineer of record.
3. A complete technical specification for the submitted equipment,
noting differences and adherence to this section.
1.11 WARRANTY
A. Warranty shall agree to repair or replace defective security
components/materials and to correct defective work when given notice
during the correctional period.
B. Warranty response time to be within twelve hours upon receipt of
request from Owner during normal working hours.
1.12 MAINTENANCE SERVICE
A. System is to be fully tested and serviced on a quarterly basis during
the correctional period.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11205-2
SECTION 11205
ADDRESS PANELS
B. For each quarterly maintenance period, provide written notification to
the Owner of the systems condition before and after service, exact
components that were tested and serviced, and overall status of the
system.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable manufacturers of enclosure:
1. HOFFMAN
2. STANTRON
3. BUD'
B. System Integration: Acceptable Address Panel Integrators
1.
BLACK CREEK
2.
ORON
3.
SHORROCK
4.
TRENTECH
5.
ESI
2.2 CLOSED CIRCUIT VIDEO EQUIPMENT
A. All closed circuit television coaxial connections within the enclosure
are to be BNC type, designed to operate satisfactorily up to 11 GHZ
and yield low reflection up to 4 GHZ.
B. Cable connections are to be by Bulkhead Adapter.
C. Body, coupling sleeve and male contact: Brass.
D. Female Contact: Beryllium copper or phosphor bronze.
E. Crimp ferrule: Copper Alloy
F. Rated: 75 OHM
G. Fiber Optic Cables: Chassis mount fiber optic connectors.
H. Coax cables must be identified.
I. Fiber optic cables must be identified.
2.3 INTERCOM EQUIPMENT
A. No intercom circuits are to be connected directly to amplifier
equipment.
B. The incoming/outgoing circuits are to be routed thru identified
terminal strips indicating each individual circuit.
C. Control wiring must have copper conductors and be stranded.
D. The conductors to be a minimum size of IS AWG for Class 2 or 3 as
defined by Article 725 of the NEC.
E. Identify the cables/conductors by means of permanent labeling.
2.4 TERMINATIONS
A. Group the subsystems within the cabinet/enclosure within a specific
area `i.e. intercoms, locks, power supplies, circuit breakers, CCTV
Coax's).
B. Terminal strip screws must be recessed to prevent accidental shorting.
C. Utilize properly sized lugs where a group of conductors come together.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP THREE 11205-3
SECTION 11205
ADDRESS PANELS
2.5 POWER SUPPLIES
A. U.L. Listed/Recognized
B. Industrially Rated
C. Short Circuit Protected
D. Regulated, Computer Grade
E. Built -In EMI Filtering
F. Backboard located
G. Automatic recovery upon removal of an overload condition.
H. Minimum efficiency of 70% at full load and nominal AC input voltage.
I. Operating temperature of 0°C to +50°C ambient.
J. Internal Transient Voltage and Surge Suppression.
2.6 POWER DISTRIBUTION
A. Primary power to enclosure to be barrier strip terminated with anti -
shorting protection.
B. Provide circuit breakers of series trip construction.
C. Visual on/off/tripped indicator required on each circuit breaker.
2.7 FANS AND FILTERS
A. Equip cabinets/enclosures requiring cooling fans with internally
mounted fan(s)/blower(s) with re -usable air filters.
B. Each fan: rated at 105 cfm.
C. Provide aluminum or zinc venturi blocks (for durability and maximum
heat transfer).
D. Designed for 20,000 hours of continuous operation without lubrication
or service.
E. Provide split capacitor type motors, thermally protected.
F. Provide finger guards on both sides of impeller.
G. Provide rigid frame.
2.8 LOCKING SYSTEM
A. Provide three point latching operated by oil -tight keylocking handle.
B. Equip latch rods with rollers.
C. Key -alike the related system enclosures/cabinets throughout the
facility.
D. Provide Owner with six spare keys for each key type.
2.9 INTERNAL LIGHTING
A. Equip enclosure with an interior light designed to illuminate cabinet
interior.
2.10 CONVENIENCE OUTLET
A. Equip each cabinet/enclosure with a 20 amp, 115 volt grounded duplex
convenience outlet.
B. The convenience outlet shal riot serve other security equipment within
the enclosure.
2.11 WIRING DUCT
A. Separate the components and terminal strips within the enclosure by
rigid vinyl PVC wiring duct (to facilitate cabling).
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP THREE 11205-4
SECTION 11205 ADDRESS PANELS
B. Provide duct with smooth buffed edges.
C. Provide duct with angled and interlocking lips on duct cover and
sidewalls permitting cover to be snapped on.
D. Provide duct with a flammability rating in accordance with UL 94V-0.
E. Size duct according to number of conductors contained with 20% future
expansion.
2.12 MARKINGS/IDENTIFICATION
A. Separately identify each address cabinet with enlarged labels lettered
with no less than 2" high, block style letters. Attach identification
labels to cabinet for utilizing 10/24 screws and nuts. Screw length
must be cut according to label/cabinet thickness and file smooth rough
ends.
2.13 EXTRA MATERIAL
B. Provide 20% spare terminal strips for future expansion.
C. Provide one each spare circuit breakers for each amperage utilized.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine the surfaces, anchors and ground that are to receive
materials, fixtures, assemblies, components and equipment. Report
unsatisfactory conditions in writing to the Architect and Program
Manager.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install enclosure/cabinet securely in accordance with manufacturers
specifications. Provide tamper -resistant installation and torx with
peg security fastening devices.
B. Programmable Logic Controller Equipment
1. Terminations of programmable logic controller inputs and outputs
must be in accordance with Programmable Logic Controller
specification section and manufacturer requirements.
2. Route incoming/outgoing circuits thru identified terminal strips.
Do not connect directly to the Programmable Logic Controller
input/output cards/racks.
3. Conductors : stranded copper.
4. Class 1 conductors shall be minimum 14 AWG. THHN or THWN, 600
volt rated.
5. Identify cables/conductors by circuit name.
END OF SECTION 11205
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP THREE 11205-5
SECTION 11206
RELAY CABINETS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes
1. Relay Cabinets
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A.
Section
08710
B.
Section
11202
C.
Section
11203
D.
Section
11204
E.
Section
11205
F.
Section
11208
- DOOR HARDWARE - DOOR CONTROL/MONITORING
- SYSTEM CENTRAL PROCESSING UNIT
- FIRE ALARM INTERFACE
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER
- ADDRESS PANELS
- CARD ACCESS CONTROL
1.3 REFERENCES
A. Conform to the Applicable Requirements of:
1. National Electric Code - NEC
2. National Fire Protection Association Codes - NFPA
3. Underwriters Laboratories - UL Listing
1.4 DESCRIPTION
A. Provide a NEMA key lockable enclosure to house the circuit protected
relays and terminal strips.
B. Electronic relays are controlled by Programmable Logic Controller
outputs and provide switching of power to lock motors, locks,
solenoids, lighting contactors, lighting relays and camera pan/tilt
motor controls.
1.5 DESIGN OPTION
A. In lieu of manufacturing a separate relay cabinet, and where the
number of relays and/or voltage separations do not dictate the
necessity, the Contractor may incorporate relays into the address
panels. Advise the Architect in writing of the number of relay
cabinets and location that are intended to be consolidated.
B. Design cabinets with 20% future expandability.
C. Coordinate approved revisions with other trades.
1.6 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit data consisting of shop drawings and original color catalog
cuts complete with technical data to evaluate the material or
equipment. Include dimensions, wiring and block diagrams, performance
data, ratings, control sequences, operational characteristics and
other descriptive data to describe the items proposed.
B. Provide a plan in which the utilization of future expandability is
defined. Indicate future expansion graphically.
C. Submit information on consolidation locations and relays.
1.7 WARRANTY
A. Warranty shall agree to repair or replace defective security
components/materials and to correct defective work when given notice
during the correctional period.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11206-1
SECTION 11206
RELAY CABINETS
B. Warranty response time to be within twelve hours upon receipt of
request from Owner during normal working hours.
1.8 MAINTENANCE SERVICE
A. Test and service the system on a quarterly basis during the
correctional period.
B. For each quarterly maintenance period, provide written notification to
the Owner of the systems condition before and after service, exact
components that were tested and serviced, and overall status of the
system.
1.9 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Provide one each spare relay for each type utilized in each separate
cabinet.
B. Provide one each spare relay base for each type utilized in each
seperate cabinet.
C. Provide one each spare circuit breaker for each different amperage
breaker utilized on the cabinet.
D. Provide one each spare terminal strip in the cabinet as a replacement
terminal strip.
E. Provide Owner with one factory
the manufacturer to facilitate
F. Provide Owner with written
authorizations.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
box for each component, addressed to
factory returns for repair.
precedures for obtaining return
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable manufacturers of enclosures are:
1. HOFFMAN
2. BUD
3. STANTRON
B. Acceptable manufacturers of relays are:
1. POTTER BRUNFIELD
2. CRYDON
3. GRAYHILL
2.2 ELECTRONIC RELAYS
A. Provide relays optically isolated, zero crossing, solid state type and
rated for no less than 50% more current than required for a control
function, but in no case less than 10 amps.
B. Control relay coils by the Programmable Logic Controller outputs.
C. Relay outputs are to be capable of switching voltages up to 277 volts
AC, at the required output current.
D. Relays as a minimum must have 2500 VAC isolation between inputs and
outputs.
E. The following requirements must be met for locking control relays:
1. Input indication must be given at the relay location.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP THREE 11206-2
SECTION 11206
RELAY CABINETS
2. Output indication of the relay must be supplied at the relay
location.
3. Relays must be fused to meet NEC distribution requirements and to
protect the relay and other circuitry from a short circuit
failure at the lock.
4. Relays must be socketed to facilitate easy field replacement.
5. Relays and terminations must be cabled clearly to show field
terminations.
6. Provide U.L. 1449 Transient Voltage/Surge Suppression Integral
with or at each cabinet location.
2.3 ASSEMBLY
A. Factory -install relays on the back plate in a manner that permits
wiring conductors of different voltages to be physically separate by
no less than 2 inches.
B. All wiring must be installed in rigid vinyl (PVC) open slot wiring
duct with snap -on colors.
C. Permanently label all control wiring at both ends.
D. Factory punched holes or knockouts are not acceptable on enclosure.
2.4 TERMINATIONS
A. Terminate field connections from the Programmable Logic Controller and
devices on identified terminal strips. Indicate type of circuit (i.e.
locks, status, intercom, camera P/T, overhead door, gate, interlock,
lockout) and device.
B. Rail mount the terminal strips.
C. Provide recessed terminal screws for terminal strips.
2.5 WIRING
A. Wiring that extends from the electronic control relay terminal strips
to the locks, lights, intercoms and cameras shall be Class 1, 2 or 3
as defined by Article 725 of the National Electric Code. The
conductors are to be minimum number 14 AWG, THHN or THWN, 600 volt
rated and installed in raceways and equipment enclosures with other
conductors, within limitations defined by Article 725 of the NEC.
B. Control Wiring: Solid or stranded copper conductors. Stranded
conductors are to be accepted only where terminations can be made to
lugs. Where stranded conductors are used, terminations are to be made
with crimp type lugs, correctly sized for termination and applied to
conductor with a crimping tool intended for use with the lug.
C. Strip, tin and fasten wiring between relays and terminal strips within
cabinets to terminal strips using screws fitted with pressure plates.
D. Permanently label and color code wiring according to schedule shown on
shop drawings. Use white conductors only for neutral conductors;
green only for grounding conductors. Conductors within the cabinets
must be grouped and laced wish nylon tie straps with write -on
identification marker plates in individual sets, serving individual
relays. Identify conductor groups on the marker plates referencing
the rooms or area served.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 11206-3
SECTION 11206
RELAY CABINETS
2.6 CIRCUIT PROTECTION
A. Protect the control circuits from the Programmable Logic Controller
with slow blow fuses.
B. Protect separately, the control
devices using fast blow fuses.
circuits from the relays out to the
2.7 STATUS INDICATION
A. Provide a green AC power indicator light, flush mounted on the front
door of the enclosure. The light shall indicate that primary power is
available to the relay panel.
2.8 SIZING
A. Size enclosure based on the current requirements plus 20% future
expandability.
B. Install rigid vinyl (PVC) open slot wiring duct vertically on both
sides of the enclosure.
C. Install rigid vinyl (PVC) open slot wiring duct horizontally between
the rows of components.
2.9 LOCK
A. Provide lock requiring quarter -turn (90°) to open or close.
B. Provide internal and external 0-ring to assure water -tight and dust -
tight seal.
C. Key: .7mm triangle insert, recessed for tamper resistance.
D. Key -alike the related system cabinets throughout the facility.
E. Provide Owner with 6 spare keys for each keyed types.
2.10 MARKINGS/IDENTIFICATION
A. Separately identify each relay cabinet with enlarged labels lettered
with no less than V high, block style letters. Attach lables to
cabinet doors/covers utilizing 10/24 screws and nuts. Screw length
must be cut according to label/cabinet thickness and rough ends filed
smooth.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine the surfaces, anchors and ground that are to receive
materials, fixtures, assemblies, components and equipment. Report
unsatisfactory conditions in writing to the Architect.
3.2 COORDINATION
A. Provide coordination with other Divisions of this Project Manual for
the. installation of the relay panel and other components for a
complete operational relay panel assembly.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Coordinate delivery of enclosure with other Sections of this Project
Manual to facilitate mounting, terminations of conduits, and pulling
of cables/conductors.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 11206-4
SECTION 11206
RELAY CABINETS
B. Use methods and lubricating compounds on cables and wires to prevent
damage to material and products during pulling -in. Provide compounds
that are not injurious to the cable and wire jackets that do not
harden or become adhesive.
END OF SECTION 11206
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 11206-5
SECTION 11208
CARD ACCESS CONTROL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes
1. Electronic Automated Computerized Security Management/Control
System.
a. Card Access Control Sub -System Integrated into the Security
Supervisory Computer System.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A.
Section
02830
B.
Section
08710
C.
Section
11202
D.
Section
11203
E.
Section
11204
F.
Section
11205
G.
Section
11206
H.
Section
11211
I.
Section
11212
J.
Section
11218
- FENCE AND GATES
- DOOR HARDWARE - DOOR CONTROL/MONITORING
- SYSTEM CENTRAL PROCESSING UNIT
- FIRE ALARM INTERFACE
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER
- ADDRESS PANELS
- RELAY CABINETS
- SITUATION MAN -DOWN EQUIPMENT
- CLOSED CIRCUIT VIDEO EQUIPMENT
- OPERATIONAL INTERCOM SYSTEM
1.3 REFERENCES
A. National Electric Code - NEC
B. National Fire Protection Association Codes - NFPA
C. Underwriters Laboratories - UL Listing
D. National Burglar Alarm and Fire Alarm Association - Standards of
Application.
1.4 DESCRIPTION
A. Provide a stand-alone microprocessor based card access control system
with its primary Central Processing Unit located in the central
security control center and outputs driving the Programmable Logic
Controller based door control system.
1.5 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. Card Access Control Reader Interface Devices and field intelligent
devices shall be capable of interfacing with the Programmable Logic
Controller based door control system.
1.6 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit data consisting of shop drawings and original color catalog
cuts complete with technical data required by Architect to evaluate
the material and equipment. Include dimensions, wiring and block
diagrams, performance data, ratings, operational characteristics,
control sequences and other descriptive data to describe the items
proposed.
1.7 RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. Provide schematic drawings depicting type and location of interface
equipment/components, number of cables and conductors, types of
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
P!_M 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11208-1
SECTION 11208
CARD ACCESS CONTROL
connectors, circuit requirements and type and dimensions of
enclosures.
1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in card access
control with electronic automated computerized security management
systems for a minimum of five years. Documented experience shall
include the following:
1. List at least 10 facilities of equal size and technical
requirements utilizing the equipment submitted.
2. For each facility, list:
a. Name and location of facility
b. Date of occupancy by Owner
C. Owner's representative to contact and telephone number
d. Construction Manager
e. Architect.
3. A complete technical specification for the submitted equipment,
noting differences and adherence to this section.
1.9 WARRANTY
A. Warrant the repair or replacing of defective security components/
materials and correct defective work when given notice during the
correctional period.
B. Warranty response time to be within twelve hours upon receipt of
request from Owner during normal working hours.
C. User Cards: Warranted for a period of five years after date of
acceptance.
1.10 MAINTENANCE SERVICE
A. System must be fully tested and serviced on a quarterly basis during
the correctional period.
B. For quarterly maintenance period, provide written notification to the
Owner of the systems condition before and after service, exact
components that were tested and serviced, and overall status of the
system.
1.11 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Provide Owner with one card reader head as a spare.
B. Provide Owner with one field intelligent device as a spare.
C. Provide Owner with 1000 cards.
D. Provide Owner with two back-up software programs upon completion of
the programming of the card user information.
Provide Owner with one factory box for each component, addressed to
the manufacturer to facilitate factory return for repair
authorizations.
F. Provide Owner with written procedures for obtaining return
authorizations. (If not required, state so in writing.)
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11208-2
SECTION 11208 CARD ACCESS CONTROL
A. Acceptable manufacturers:
1. CASO-RUSCO
2. NATIONAL CONTROL SYSTEMS
3. CONTINENTAL INSTRUMENTS CORP.
2.2 TIME ZONE OPERATIONS
A. Provide a minimum, 63 user definable time zones, each with two start -
stop times for each day of the week. Time zones are to be used for:
1.. Arm/disarming of any input.
2. On/off state of any output.
3. Instructional text in response to an alarms.
4. Change in state/status of any previous operator commands.
5. Enable/disable card readers and/or PIN keypads.
2.3 USER TIME ZONES
A. Provide a minimum, 63 user definable time zones for development of
authorized access periods.
B. Each user definable time zone to have as a minimum two stop/start
periods.
2.4 USER DATA BASE
A. Provide as a minimum the following fields and character space for card
user identification.
1. Card number - 6 digits
2. Keypad PIN - Up to 6 digits
3. User Time Zone - Minimum of 63
4. Facility Office Code - 0-99
5. User Number - 9 alphanumeric
6. User Name - 32 alphanumeric
7. User Address - (Street) - 25 alphanumeric
8. User Address (City, Street) - 25 alphanumeric
9. Issue Date - MMDDYY
10. Card Activation Date - MMDDYY
11. Card Deactivation Date - MMDDYY
12. Department/Division - 4 alphanumeric
13. Work Shift Number - 1, 2, 3
14. Telephone Number - 12 numeric
15. Car Tab Number - 12 numeric
16. Personnel Status - 1 alphanumeric
(employee, visitor, contractor, maintenance)
2.5 EVENT LEVELS
A. As a minimum the system must be capable of no less than 6 different
event levels.
2.6 SITE CODING
A. Cards must be manufactured with a site code unique to this facility.
2.7 AUTO -LOCK -UP
A. System shall facilitate the possibility of zeroing out the user time
zones voiding card access entries.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11208-3
SECTION 11208
CARD ACCESS CONTROL
2.8 PIN INTERFACE OPTION
A. Readers shall allow for the addition of an optional keypad.
B. Keypad shall be utilized for either interior or exterior use.
C. The use of keypads with the card reader will require the user to enter
a personal identification number and then use the card to obtain
automated access.
2.9 ACKNOWLEDGEABLE EVENTS
A. Any user programmed alarm event will cause the card access system CPU
to provide an audible and visual alarm requiring the operator to
acknowledge the event and enter via the keyboard a report of the event
and cause.
2.10 CARD/KEY DATA
A. Cards are to be encoded utilizing Wiegand Effect Technology.
B. Cards must be durable and insensitive to magnetic fields and dirt.
C. Cards are to encoded with a unique facility code.
D. Card Dimensions: 3-3/8" x 2-1/8" inches.
F. Provide for future card modifications to include custom artwork,
laminated photo I.D., and slot punching for strap or chain, without
requiring replacement of card.
2.11 ALARM HISTORY
A. Printer and memory are to record access control and use selected
change -of -state activity.
B. The invalid card transactions and alarm conditions are to produce an
audible signal when reported to the printer and memory.
C. The historical data shall include the month, date, day of week, hours,
and minutes to identify the time of occupance, and reader location
identification.
2.12 OPERATOR LEVELS - LOG ON/OFF
A. System shall facilitate as a minimum, 5 operator levels and 25
personnel operator log on/off codes.
B. Operator levels are to be user created in a spreadsheet format.
2.12 PRINTER
A.
System to support a journal
printer connected to the
Central
Processing Unit.
B.
Printer is to use 132 serial
character lines and print
at 120
lines/minute.
C.
Printer to use sprocket feed paper.
D.
Printer will be equipped with a
2K internal buffer memory.
E.
In addition to the 96 character
ASCII character set, printer
shall be
capable of printing boldface characters with use selected
fonts to
highlight selected events.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11208-4
SECTION 11208
CARD ACCESS CONTROL
A. Examine the surfaces, anchors and ground that are to receive
materials, fixtures, assemblies, components and equipment. Report
unsatisfactory conditions in writing to the Architect.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install enclosure/cabinet securely in accordance with manufacturers
specifications. Provide tamper -resistant installation and torx with
peg fastening devices.
********************
END OF SECTION 11208
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11208-5
SECTION 11211 SITUATION MAN -DOWN EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes
1. Electronic Automated Computerized Security Management/Control
System.
a. Situation Man -Down Equipment
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A.
Section
08710
B.
Section
11202
C.
Section
11204
D.
Section
11205
E.
Section
11206
F.
Section
11208
G.
Section
11212
H.
Section
11218
- DOOR HARDWARE - DOOR CONTROL/MONITORING
- SYSTEM CENTRAL PROCESSING UNIT
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER
- ADDRESS PANELS
- RELAY CABINETS
- CARD ACCESS CONTROL
- CLOSED CIRCUIT VIDEO EQUIPMENT
- OPERATION INTERCOM SYSTEM
1.3 REFERENCES
A. National Electric Code - NEC
B. National Electric Manufacturers Association - NEMA
C. Underwriters Laboratories - UL Listing
1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Equipment: FCC certified
1.5 DESCRIPTION
A. Provide a wireless duress alarm sub -system consisting of but not
limited to, belt -worn man -down personal alarm transmitters, pen style
alarm transmitters and pendant style alarm transmitters, signal
receiver/repeaters, alarm processor, and the required interface
equipment and/or software for interface with Programmable Logic
Controller and system Central Processing Unit equipment.
1.6 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. Interface man -down alarm receivers/repeaters/processors with local
address panels and system Central Processing Unit. Provide for
automatic display on the appropriate graphic floor plan to depict the
location from which the signal was initiated.
B. Interface/integrate with CCTV sub -system for automatic display of
associated/local CCTV cameras.
C. Interface/integrate with intercom sub -system for automatic listen -in
of associated/lo:al area.
D. Interface/integrate with door control/monitoring sub -system for
automatic lock -down of associated area.
E. Personal Device: Intrinsically safe.
1.7 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Locate duress alarm receivers in accordance with manufacturers
specifications to provide facility wide coverage and locating
capabilities of a transmitter to within 40 feet.
THE NEW MONROE COU!`Y DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11211-1
SECTION 11211 SITUATION MAN -DOWN EQUIPMENT
1.8 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in electronic
automated security management systems for a minimum of five years.
Documented experience shall include the following:
1. List at least 10 facilities of equal size and technical
requirements utilizing the equipment submitted.
2. For each facility, list:
a. Name and location of facility
b. Date of occupancy by Owner
C. Owner's representative to contact and telephone number
d. Construction Manager
e. Architect.
3. A complete technical specification for the submitted equipment,
noting adherence to this section.
1.9 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit data consisting of sho
technical data necessary tc
Include dimensions, wiring
control sequences, required
operational characteristics,
proposed.
drawings and catalog cuts complete with
evaluate the material and equipment.
and block diagrams, performance data,
interfacing and programming and other
data necessary to describe the items
B. Submit manufacturer's qualifications.
1.10 RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. Provide project record drawings identifying system architecture and
rack/component distribution.
1.11 OPERATION TRAINING AND MAINTENANCE DATA
A. Demonstrate to the Owner's designated representatives, Contractor,
Architect, and representatives of the authorities having jurisdiction,
the features and functions of the system and subsystems. Instruct the
Owner and designated representatives in the proper operation and
maintenance of the system.
1.12 WARRANTY
A. Warranty shall agree to repair or replace defective security
components/materials and to correct defective work when given notice
during the correctional period.
B. Warranty response time to be within twelve hours upon receipt of
request from Owner during normal working hours.
1.13 MAINTENANCE SERVICE
A. Test and service system on a quarterly basis during the warranty
period.
B. For each quarterly maintenance period, provide written notification to
the Owner of the systems condition before and after service, exact
components that were tested and serviced, and overall status of the
system.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11211-2
SECTION 11211
SITUATION MAN -DOWN EQUIPMENT
1.14 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Provide Owner with one spare circuit card for each type utilized on
the project.
B. Provide Owner with 100 personal alarm transmitters (style to be
determined by Owner).
C. Provide Owner with 1 spare receiver, processor and repeater.
D. Provide Owner with one factory box for each component, addressed to
the manufacturer to facilitate factory return for repair.
E. Provide Owner with written procedures for obtaining return
authorizations. (If not required, state so in writing.)
1.15 TESTING
A. Test no less than 5 alarm transmitters in each area of the facility
and permit the system and sub -systems to fully process the event in
the presence of the Owner's designated representatives and Architect.
B. Provide written certification to the Owner that the components/
systems/sub-systems are fully interfaced and completely operational
and the date it was placed "in service".
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable manufacturers:
1. SENTRY PRODUCTS
2. GLOBAL SYSTEMS INC.
3. PERIMETER PRODUCTS
2.2 TRANSMITTERS
A. Transmitters: Two modes of activation by either pressing a face or
top mounted switch or mercury tilt switch (belt worn units only).
B. Capable of transmitting a separate "low -battery" signal when the
battery voltage drops below the manufacturer specified preset limits.
C. Equipped with alkaline batteries as specified by the manufacturer and
be capable of providing one year minimum operation.
D. Equip each transmitter with a supervised tamper signal that will
retransmit a tamper signal every 30 seconds while violated.
2.3 RECEIVERS
A. Locate signal receivers in accordance with manufacturers specifi-
cations and provide complete facility coverage capable of locating the
user to within 40 feet.
B. Provide tamper -resistant receivers and antenna assemblies enclosed in
correctional/institutional type housings which will be inaccessible to
inmates/prisoners.
C. Locations of duress receiver on the security system plan are for the
purpose of design intent and are not shown to depict manufacturers
specifications. Layout may vary from manufacturer to manufacturer.
D. Receiver Cabinets: Protect with tamper switches, which activate when
the panel cover is opened. Activation will cause an archived event
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11211-3
SECTION 11211
SITUATION MAN -DOWN EQUIPMENT
and send user programmable alarm to the system Central Processing
Unit.
2.4 LOW BATTERY SIGNALLING
A. Transmitter must be capable of full operation along with transmitting
4 "low battery" signals every hour for a minimum of 7 days.
2.5 SOFTWARE INTERFACE
A. System may be interfaced to the security system Central Processing
Unit through the use of dry contact closure, RS-232 or RS-422
connections provided that from the time of activation to the time of
alarm graphic floor plan display does not exceed 2 seconds.
B. Software must be capable of historically archiving transmitter
activations and recording to memory the date, time, location and
disposition.
2.6 EQUIPMENT INTERFACE
A. At Contractors option, system may be interfaced directly to address
panels, provided "Software Interface" paragraph above (timing and
historical logging requirement) are met as specified.
2.7 POWER REQUIREMENTS
A. Receivers will have a power lamp which will be illuminated while the
unit is receiving alarm signals. A signal will be sent to the Central
Processing Unit causing an archived event indicating the receivers
loss of power.
B. Receivers must be connected to a 120V emergency power circuit via a
Class 2 transformer or as specified by the manufacturer.
C. Provide integral stand-by batteries with a minimum of 24 hours of
back-up power.
2.8 EVENT LEVEL PROCESSING
A. Sub -system will process alarms in the order of priority should
multiple alarms be received at the same time.
B. Sub -systems memory must be capable of storing and recalling the last
50 alarms processed in the order in which they were received for
auditing of an emergency situation.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examir,. the surfaces, anchors and ground that are to receive
materiels, fixtures, assemblies, components and equipment. Report
unsatisfactory conditions in writing to the Architect.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install equipment and components in accordance with manufacturers
specifications.
********************
END OF SECTION 11211
THE NEW MO' '.OE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11211-4
SECTION 11212
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes
1. Electronic
System.
a. Closed
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A.
Section
08710
B.
Section
11202
C.
Section
11203
D.
Section
11204
E.
Section
11205
F.
Section
11206
G.
Section
11207
H.
Section
11208
I.
Section
11211
J.
Section
11217
K.
Section
11218
1.3 REFERENCES
CLOSED CIRCUIT VIDEO EQUIPMENT
Automated Computerized Security Management/Control
circuit video equipment.
- DOOR HARDWARE - DOOR CONTROL/MONITORING
- SYSTEM CENTRAL PROCESSING UNIT
- FIRE ALARM INTERFACE
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER
- ADDRESS PANELS
- RELAY CABINETS
- DOOR CONTROL/MONITORING SYSTEM
- CARD ACCESS CONTROL
- SITUATION MAN -DOWN ALARM EQUIPMENT
- VEHICLE LOOP DETECTION
- OPERATION INTERCOM SYSTEM
A. National Electric Code - NEC
B. National Fire Protection Association Codes - NFPA
C. Underwriters Laboratories - UL Listing
D. Electronic Industries Associated - EIA
E. Closed Circuit Television Manufacturers Association - CCTMA
1.4 DESCRIPTION
A. Provide a fully operational Multi-Camera/Multi-Monitor Microprocessor
based, color closed circuit television system.
1.5 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. System must be expandable to no less than 1024 cameras.
B. System must be expandable to no less than 256 monitors.
C. Parameters for expandability will necessitate the installation of
additional modules only.
D. System shall incorporate time/date/title for each connected camera.
E. Integrate the system with the Programmable Logic Controller and system
Central Processing Unit equipment.
F. Integrate systems with established conditions of the hydraulic
elevators; provide complete installation and interfacing with no
additional cost to Owner.
1.6 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. System shall be capable of complete cross -point matrix switching.
B. Switching and Pan/Tilt/Zoom/Focus and On/Off controls for video
equipment must be by the use of the Programmable Logic Controller
Network and System Central Processing Unit touchscreen.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11212-1
SECTION 11212
CLOSED CIRCUIT VIDEO EQUIPMENT
1.7 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in electronic
automated computerized security management systems for a minimum of
five years. Documented experience shall include the following:
1. List at least 10 facilities of equal size and technical
requirements utilizing the equipment submitted.
2. For each facility, list:
a.. Name and location of facility
b. Date of occupancy by Owner
C. Owner's representative to contact and telephone number
d. Construction Manager
e. Architect.
3. A complete technical specification for the submitted equipment,
noting differences and adherence to this section.
1.8 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit data consisting of shop drawings and original color catalog
cuts complete with technical data necessary to evaluate the material
and equipment. Include dimensions, wiring and block diagrams,
performance data, ratings, operational characteristics, control
sequences and other descriptive data to describe the items proposed.
B. Submit manufacturer's qualifications.
1.9 OPERATION TRAINING AND MAINTENANCE DATA
A. Demonstrate to the Owner's designated representatives, Contractor,
Architect, and representatives of the authorities having jurisdiction,
the features and functions of the system and subsystems. Instruct the
Owner and designated representatives in the proper operation and
maintenance of the system.
B. Provide operation parts and maintenance manuals defining operation and
troubleshooting methods. (Refer to General Requirements).
1.10 WARRANTY
A. Warranty shall agree to repair or replace defective security
components/ materials and to correct defective work when given notice
from the Owner during the correctional period.
B. Warranty response time to be within twelve hours upon receipt of
warranty request from Owner during normal working hours.
1.11 MAINTENANCE SERVICE
A. Test and service system on a quarterly basis during the correctional
period.
B. For each quarterly maintenance period, provide written notification to
the Owner of the systems condition before and after service, exact
components that were tested and serviced, and overall status of the
system.
1.12 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Provide Owner with one circuit card for each type utilized on the
project as a spare.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11212-2
SECTION 11212
CLOSED CIRCUIT VIDEO EQUIPMENT
B.
Provide Owner with one
pan/tilt motor for each type utilized on the
project as a spare.
C.
Provide Owner with one
camera housing for each type utilized on the
project as spares.
D.
Provide Owner with two
cameras for each type utilized on the project
as spares.
E.
Provide Owner with two
lenses for each type utilized on the project as
spares.
F.
Provide Owner with two
television monitors for each type utilized on
the project as spares.
G.
Provide Owner with one
factory box for each component, addressed to
the manufacturer to facilitate factory returns for repair.
H.
Provide Owner with
written procedures for obtaining return
authorizations (If not
required, state so in writing).
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A.
Acceptable manufacturers
of
Matrix Switching Equipment:
1. VICON
2. AMERICAN DYNAMICS
3. JAVELIN
B.
Acceptable manufacturer
of
CCVE Cameras:
1. VICON
2. PANASONIC
3. IKEGAMI
4. BURLE
C.
Acceptable manufacturers
of
CCVE Camera Housings:
1. VICON
2. PELCO
3. VIDEOALARM
4. VIDEOR
D.
Acceptable manufacturers
of
CCVE Camera Mounts:
1. VICON
2'. PELCO
3. EMI
4. VIDEOLARM
5. VIDEOR
E.
Acceptable manufacturers
of
CCVE Camera Lenses:
1. COMPUTAR
2. RAINBOW
3. FUJINON
F.
Acceptable manufacturers
of
Pan/Tilt Motors:
1. VICON
2. PELCO
3. VIDEOR
G.
Acceptable manufacturers
of
video cassette .recorders:
1. GYYR
2. VICON
3. PANASONIC
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11212-3
SECTION 11212 CLOSED CIRCUIT VIDEO EQUIPMENT
2.2 MONITORS
A. Picture Tube: 9 inch (23 cm) diagonal, 760 deflection with integral
implosion protection.
B. Automatic Degaussing
C. Resolution: Minimum 280 TV Lines
D. Scanning: 525 Line, 60 Field/Sec.
E. Horizontal Linearity and Vertical Linearity; within 10°.
F. Internally derived synchronization.
G. Two rear mounted BNC connectors for loop -through operation.
H. Video input of 1.0 V p-p composite video.
I. Front mounted controls; vertical hold, color, brightness, contrast and
power on/off switch.
J. Environmental
1. Temperature: Operating -0 to 40c.
2. Humidity: 10 to 80% relative, non -condensing.
2.3 CAMERAS
A. Color, CCD Type
B. Scanning System 2:1 interlaced, 525 lines 60 fields/30 frames.
C. Resolution; horizontal -330 TV lines, verticle -350 TV lines.
D. Minimum required illumination: F1.2, approx. 10 lux (1.0 FC)/3200`K,
reflection 89.9% with AGC on.
E. Built-in auto iris circuit with 3 pin output connector.
F. Automatic white circuit.
G. C-Type lens mount
H. Video output BNC
I. Genlock input BNC
J. High Sensitivity
K. Pin power input type quick disconnect connector.
2.4 LENSES
A. Equip the lenses with auto irises.
B. Outdoor zoom lenses to be 16 to 160 mm.
C. Indoor zoom lenses to be llmm to 110 mm.
D. The indoor lenses fixed, with field of view between 8 mm and 50 mm.
Select lens based on camera placement and obtain the maximum usable
surveillance of the specific area, as acceptable to Architect and
Owner.
E. Equip test spare lenses provided to Owner with auto iris plugs.
2.5 SWITCHING
A. Provide hardware and software to perform the following operations
between the main security CPU, Touchscreen, Programmable Logic
Controller, and CCVE matrix switcher:
1. Individual Camera Selection
2. Individual Monitor Selection
3. VCR StartStop Operations
4. Pan/Tilt/Zoom Controls
5. Sequential viewing of a group of cameras as a result to a user
configured program created on the touchscreen display.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP THREE 11212-4
SECTION 11212
CLOSED CIRCUIT VIDEO EQUIPMENT
6. Automatic call-up and audio alarm of a camera based on configured
input change -of -state at any given Programmable Logic
Controller/Address location.
2.6 HOUSINGS
A. Indoor Locations
1. Low profile
2. Rated for Correctional/Institutional Environment
3. Ceiling mountable with all thread connection to slab above.
4. Minimum 12 gauge steel construction
5. 1/4 inch thick lexan window
6. Adjustable camera mounting bracket
7. Accessibility secured by medeco type key locks
B. Outdoor Locations
1. All aluminum construction
2. Factory installed thermostatically controlled heater and blower
with reusable air filter.
3. Sealed and pressurized with 5 psi of nitrogen.
4. Watertight cable entry.
5. 1/4 inch thick tempered glass window.
6. Adjustable camera mounting bracket.
7. Equipped with sunshield.
C. Provide manufacturer's suggested pedestal of wall mounting bracket
capable of supporting 5 times the units weight securely attached to
mounting surface and backing.
2.7 PAN/TILT DRIVES
A. Provide waterproof type for outdoor environment.
B. Heavy duty adjustable worm gear final drive.
C. Aluminum construction
D. 115 VAC operating voltage
E. 355° pan movement
F. 60 per second speed minimum (pan and tilt)
G. 50 ft/lbs of torque (pan mode)
H. 90° tilt movement
I. 100 ft/lbs of torque (tilt mode)
J. Dynamic braking for instantaneous stopping.
K. Heavy duty roller bearings
L. Amp type CPC cable connector
M. Operating temperature range of -10°F to +140°F minimum.
N. Color coordinated with camera housing.
2.8 CAMERA MOUNTS
A. Provide aluminum al'oy construction.
B. Corrosion -resistant finish.
C. Designed for use with pan/tilt drives.
D. Design and test mounts to withstand four times their rated load.
E. Color coordinated with camera housing.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY X ENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP THREE 11212-5
SECTION 11212
CLOSED CIRCUIT VIDEO EQUIPMENT
2.9 VIDEO CASSETTE RECORDER
A. Provide one (1) Video Cassette Recorder consisting as a minimum the
following attributes:
1. Rack mountable, EIA standard 19".
2. Minimum of 480 hours in slow record mode with input contacts for
"Real -Time" alarm event recording.
3. 1/2" VHS cassettes
4. Minimum 300 lines of resolution.
5. Integral time/date generator with battery backup.
6. 75 ohm video input, composite 1 volt.
7. Mode lock key switch.
8. Record mode indicator.
9. End -of -tape detection audible alarm and output dry contact
closure.
10. Camera switching pulse output.
11. Ability to interface with local Programmable Logic Controller for
Central Processing Unit commands.
B. Provide one video cassette recorders and connect to system.
C. Provide thirty blank 120 minutes, VHS video tapes for Owners use.
2.10 COAXIAL CABLE
A. Video interconnects shall utilize RG/59 cable with a nominal loss per
100 feet of .69 dB at 7 MHz, 1.95 dB at 54 MHz, 3.9 dB at 216 MHz, 5.8
dB at 470 MHz, and 8.1 dB at 890 MHz.
B. Center conductor shall be stranded copper #20 AWG with a dielectric
O.D. of 0.14".
C. Shield shall also be stranded copper. Overall cable O.D. shall be
0.244".
D. Factory sweep certification shall be available for each reel upon
request.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine the surfaces, anchors and ground that are to receive
materials, fixtures, assemblies, components and equipment. Report
unsatisfactory conditions in writing to the Architect.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install component/devices in accordance with manufacturers
specifications.
B. Use suitable methods and lubricating comr,,inds on cables and wires to
prevent damage to them during pulling -in Provide compounds that are
not injurious to the cable and wire jackets and do not harden or
become adhesive.
C. Make cable splices in tamper -resistant, accessible, junction boxes.
END OF SECTION 11212
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP THREE 11212-6
SECTION 11217
PART 1 - GENERAL
VEHICLE LOOP DETECTION
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes
1. Electronic Automated Computerized Security Management/Control
System.
2. Provide vehicle detection equipment on ingress/egress sides of
vehicle entrance doors and parking gates.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 02830 - FENCE AND GATES
B. Section 11202 - SYSTEM CENTRAL PROCESSING UNIT
C. Section 11204 - PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER
1.3 REFERENCES
A. NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE - NEC
B. UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORIES RULES AND REGULATIONS - UL LISTING
C. NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION - NFPA
1.4 DESCRIPTION
A. Provide a complete detection loop for vehicles ranging in size from
bus to golf carts.
B. Controller shall have a minimal of three levels of sensitivity.
C. Provide controller in a lockable enclosure with like enclosures keyed
the same.
1.5 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. Install each loop detector in accordance with the manufactures
recommendations.
B. Utilize as a minimum #14 AWG THNN wire for induction loops.
1.6 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. As a minimum, each loop detector/controller must have the following
attributes:
1. Built-in crosstalk filter.
2. Three levels of sensitivity.
3. Automatic timing.
4. Loop inductance range of 20 to 200 microhenries.
5. Loop lead-in of up to 1000'.
6. Drift compensation, continuous throughout the tuning range even
when a vehicle is present.
7. 5 amp/250 vac/30 vdc Form C output.
8. Built in lightning protection that will exceed NEMA
specification.
9. Multi -Pin connection for replacement of unit in event of failure.
10. 120 vac input voltage.
11. LED to indicate presence of a vehicle.
12. LED to indicate status of loop wiring.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11217-1
SECTION 11217
VEHICLE LOOP DETECTION
1.7 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit manufacturers standard product color data sheets for required
equipment and major components. The product data sheets shall be
annotated to identify only those functions and features that are
applicable to the project.
B. Submit system theory of operations narrative that define the operating
parameters of systems being supplied.
C. Show conduit, raceway and wire through for the interconnection of
systems equipment and devices. As a minimum, diagrams shall include
raceway/conduit size and type, wire fill, type and size, equipment
identification and location, dimensioned in both plan and elevation.
1.8 RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. Provide project record drawings identifying system architecture and
component distribution.
1.9 OPERATION TRAINING AND MAINTENANCE DATA
A. Each system is to be demonstrated and must consist of not less than
the following:
1. Indicate actual location of each component of a system or
subsystem and demonstrate its function and its relationship to
other components within the system.
2. Demonstrate the systems and sub -systems by actual "Start-Stop/On-
Off" operation showing how to work controls, reset devices,
replace fuses and conduct emergency operations procedures.
3. Demonstrate communication, signalling and intrusion detection
equipment by actual operation of the devices.
1.10 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. All components comprising the system must be manufactured by a company
engaged in the manufacture of this type of equipment for at least five
years.
1.11 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Vehicle Loop Detection: Devices manufactured by a company normally
- engaged in design, development, and manufacture of vehicle loop
detection devices for a period of not less than 5 years.
1.12 WARRANTY
A. Warranty shall agree to repair or replace defective security
components/materials and to correct defective security work when given
notice during the correctional period.
B. Warranty rr-)onse time to be within twelve hours upon receipt of
request frt,n Owner during normal working hours.
1.13 MAINTENANCE SERVICE
A. Test and service system on a quarterly basis during the correctional
period.
THE NEW MONROE 'OUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP THREE 11217-2
SECTION 11217
VEHICLE LOOP DETECTION
B. For each quarterly maintenance period, provide written notification to
the Owner of the systems condition before and after service, exact
components that were tested and serviced, and overall status of the
system.
1.14 EXTRA MATERIALS
A.
Provide Owner with
one detector
B.
Provide Owner with
one wiring
spare.
C.
Provide Owner with
one factory
the manufacturer to
facilitate
D.
Provide Owner with
written
authorizations.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
controller as a spare.
harness for detector controller as
box for each component, addressed to
factory return for repair.
procedures for obtaining return
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable manufacturers are:
1. SARASOTA AUTOMATION, INC., Sarasota, Florida
2. PREFERRED SECURITY COMPONENTS, INC., Lancaster, PA
3. INTRUSION DETECTION SYSTEMS, INC., Portland, OR
2.2 LOOPS
A. Detector to operate loop and lead-in systems whose composite
inductance falls between 20 and 700 microhenries.
B. Single loops as small as 1.5' x 6' or as large as 10' x 100' must fall
within the inductance range.
C. Provide loops with three turns of wire minimum.
D. Loops that are noted on the drawings as needing special application to
avoid detection of parked vehicles are to be reviewed by manufacture
for dimensioning.
2.3 CONTROLLER MODE SWITCH
A. Provides frequency separation when used on identical loops.
B. Normal operation, use the "FM" position. If interaction between
detectors is observed, operate one of the detectors in an alternate
position.
2.4 CONTROLLER SENSITIVITY SWITCH
A. Provides three step control detector sensitivity.
B. Normal applications this switch should be set in its "Maximum"
position. "Medium" or "Minimum" position may be used to ignore
adjacent lane vehicles, bicycles or other objects.
2.5 CONTROLLER PRESENCE SWITCH
A. Controls the rate at which detector tracking circuits cause the unit
to tune -out a stationary vehicle over the loop.
B. "Maximum" setting should be used except for special applications where
not desirable.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP THREE 11217-3
SECTION 11217
VEHICLE LOOP DETECTION
2.6 CONTROLLER TUNE SWITCH
A. Placed in its "Tune" position during the tuning procedure.
B. At all other times, it must remain in the "Operate" position.
C. Should a false call occur subsequent to tuning, it will only be
necessary to recycle this switch to its "Reset" position and back to
"Operate".
D. Retuning is unnecessary.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine the surfaces, anchors and ground that are to receive
materials, fixtures, assemblies, components and equipment. Report
unsatisfactory conditions in writing to the Architect.
3.2 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate installation of the equipment and components with other
Divisions of this Project Manual for a completely operational system.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Coordinate delivery of enclosure with other Division of this Project
Manual to facilitate mounting, terminations of conduits, and pulling
of cables/conductors.
B. Use suitable methods and lubricating compounds on cables and wires to
prevent damage to cables and wires during pulling -in. Provide
compounds that are not injurious to the cable and wire jackets, and do
not harden or become adhesive.
C. Seal concrete cuts with bonding material approved for use by equipment
manufacturer.
********************
END OF SECTION 11217
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP THREE 11217-4
SECTION 11218 OPERATIONAL INTERCOM SYSTEM
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes
1. Electronic Automated Computerized Security Management/Control
System.
a. Operational Intercom System Sub -System.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A.
Section
08320
B.
SECTION
11202
C.
SECTION
11204
D.
SECTION
11205
E.
SECTION
11208
F.
SECTION
11211
G.
SECTION
11212
H.
SECTION
11217
- SECURITY METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
- SYSTEM CENTRAL PROCESSING UNIT
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER
- ADDRESS PANELS
- CARD ACCESS CONTROL
- SITUATION MAN -DOWN ALARM EQUIPMENT
- CLOSED CIRCUIT VIDEO EQUIPMENT
- VEHICLE LOOP DETECTION
1.3 REFERENCES
A. National Electric Code - NEC
B. National Fire Protection Association - NFPA
C. Underwriters Laboratories - UL
1.4 DESCRIPTION
A. Provide a voice communication sub -system and integrate the slave
intercom stations into the Programmable Logic Controller Security
System Central Processing Unit, and touchscreen controls.
1.5 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. Create program base that will permit each slave intercom station to be
programmed to call the local and central touchscreen control.
B. Design system so that if a call is not answered in a user selected
time frame it will automatically be transferred to the next higher
level touchscreen control station.
C. Provide intercom stations that are tamper resistant and correctional/
institutionally rated.
D. Provide integration into the Programmable Logic Controller for slave
station switching and transferring.
E. Provide a design that will permit "all -station" calling and separate
"zone paging" and "all zone paging" from the touchscreen control.
F. Provide for operator "call -cancel" from the touchscreen control.
G. Provide for separate operator adjustable volume level adjustments from
the touchscreen control.
H. Programmable Logic Controller programming will i►yterface slave
intercoms with panic alarms/ man -down alarms for automatic listen -in
of a disturbance area.
I. Integrate systems with established conditions of the hydraulic
elevators; provide complete installation and interfacing with no
additional cost to Owner.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11218-1
SECTION 11218
OPERATIONAL INTERCOM SYSTEM
1.6 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Design system to permit the maximum speech intelligibility achievable.
B. Incoming intercom calls must be individually identified numerically
and by symbol/icon on the touchscreen graphic floorplan display.
C. Intercom system to be equipped with equipment room and control room
mounted output connectors for both alarm and interrogation recording.
1.7 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit data consisting of shop drawings and catalog cuts complete with
technical data required by Architect to evaluate the material or
equipment. Include dimensions, wiring and block diagrams, performance
data, ratings, control sequences, operational characteristics and any
other descriptive data necessary to describe the items proposed.
B. Submit manufacturer and installer qualifications.
1.8 OPERATION TRAINING AND MAINTENANCE DATA
A. Demonstrate to the Owner's designated representatives, Construction
Manager, Architect, and representatives of the authorities having
jurisdiction, the features and functions of the system and the
subsystems and instruct the Owner and designated representatives in
the proper operation and maintenance of the system.
1.9 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in electronic
automated intercommunication systems for a minimum of five years.
Documented experience shall include the following:
1. List at least 10 facilities of equal size and technical
requirements utilizing the equipment submitted.
2. For each facility, list:
a. Name and location of facility
b. Date of occupancy by Owner
C. Owner's representative to contact and telephone number
d. Construction Manager
e. Architect.
3. A complete technical specification for the submitted equipment,
noting differences and adherence to this section.
B. Security System Installer shall have no less than 5 years of
documented experience on projects of equal size and scope.
1.11 WARRANTY
A. Warranty shall agree to repair or replacing of defective security
components/materials and correct defective work when given notice by
Owner during the correctional period.
B. Warranty response time to be within twelve hours upon receipt of
warranty request from Owner during normal working hours.
1.12 MAINTENANCE SERVICE
A. Test and service system on a quarterly basis during the correctional
period.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11218-2
SECTION 11218
OPERATIONAL INTERCOM SYSTEM
B. For each quarterly maintenance period, provide written notification to
the Owner of the systems condition before and after service, exact
components that were tested and serviced, and overall status of the
system.
1.13 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Provide Owner with one amplifier to be maintained as a spare.
B. Provide Owner with two slave intercom stations to be maintained as
spares.
C. Provide Owner with six headsets
D. Provide Owner with six handsets
E. Provide Owner with one factory
the manufacturer to facilitate
F. Provide Owner with written
authorizations.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
and connecting plugs as spares.
and connecting plugs as spares.
box for each component, addressed to
factory return for repair.
procedures for obtaining return
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable manufacturers of intercom equipment:
1. DUKANE
2. TOA ELECTRONICS
3. MIRTONE
2.2 SLAVE STATIONS
A. Interconnect slave intercom stations through the Programmable Logic
Controller input/output's with automatic and manual switching
performed by touchscreen Central Processing Unit.
B. Activation of slave intercom call -button will generate an event at the
assigned Central Processing Unit and display(s) intercom station
graphic symbol on the graphic floor plan display.
C. Touchscreen Central Processing Unit will be capable of connecting one
or more of the slave intercom stations directly to one or both of the
operator console headsets/handsets.
D. Slave station call buttons are to be double -pole, single throw,
momentary dry contacts, moisture and damage proof, switch is to be
attached by an internal bracket that protects the switch against the
call button being overdriven, thus preventing damage and/or permanent
contact closure.
E. Slave intercom to have a variable power rating of 1 to 15 watts.
F. Slave intercom to consist of 4" horn type speaker/microphone, water
and flame resistant with high efficiency driver mounted on 3/16"
stainless steel plate sized to cover any gaps resulting from rough -in
of backbox, designed for correctional/institution environment with
torx with peg type security hardware, flush mounted to a standard 6"
square backbox or security metal door frame.
G. Slave intercom units assigned to outdoor locations and pedestal
mounting must be weatherproof, with windscreen protection of the
microphone.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENT'ON CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 11218-3
OPERATIONAL INTERCOM SYSTEM
SECTION 11218
2.3 CPU COLOR GRAPHICS
A. Activation of a slave station call button will cause the numerical
identification of the station to be qued on an intercom call list.
B. Upon operator answer of the incoming call, the location from which the
call was generated will be displayed on the touchscreen graphic
floorplan.
C. Slave station symbol/icon will change color or strobe on the graphic
floorplan when activated.
2.4 FREQUENCY RESPONSE
A. As a minimum 400 to 4000 Hz.
2.5 DISTORTION
A. Maximum allowable distortion 2%.
2.6 Decibels (dB)
A. Sound Level
1. 109.5 dBa (4'/1 KHZ, 15 watts).
B. Microphone Sensitivity
1. -26 dBm (Ref. 1 kHz, 10 dyne
s/cmZ)
2.7 EVENT PRIORITY LEVEL
A. Each slave intercom station location will be user programmable for
assignment of the event priority level (i.e. normal/emergency
condition). Each call generated from a slave intercom will appear on
the touchscreen Central Processing Unit in the order in which it was
received based on assigned event level.
2.8 HEADSET/HANDSET
A. Provide headset/handset adjacent to each touchscreen. display for
communication over the intercom system.
B. Headsets are to be equipped with belt -clip push -to -talk switches and
adjustable volume controls.
C. Handsets are to be equipped with a push -to -talk switch in the
handhold.
D. Adjacent to the headset/handset jacks in the Main Control Rooms,
provide a front mounted 3" full fidelity monitor speaker with LED
indication when talk back circuit is in use with operator pushbutton
enabling transfer from his handset/headset to the console speaker.
Operator push -to -talk must still be utilized thus preventing an open -
mike condition.
E. Connection of handsets or headsets must be by the utilization of plug-
in jacks.
2.9 SWITCHING/AMPLIFIER
A. Intercom system amplifier and switching equipment will be configured
for standard EIA 19" rack mounting.
B. The electronic components are to be on printed circuit boards with
plug-in connectors for easy maintenance and replacement.
C. Amplifier to be rated at 100 watts rms.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11218-4
SECTION 11218
OPERATIONAL INTERCOM SYSTEM
D. Each operators touchscreen console position is to have its own
amplified speech path thru the Programmable Logic Controller's for
separate operation.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine the surfaces, anchors and ground that are to receive
materials, fixtures, assemblies, components and equipment. Report
unsatisfactory conditions in writing to the Architect.
3.2 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate with security metal door and frame manufacturer the
requirements to integrate intercom station into metal door frames.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Install equipment/devices with torx with peg type security hardware,
in accordance with manufacturers specifications.
B. Use suitable methods and lubricating compounds on cables and wires to
Prevent damage to cables and wires during pulling -in. Provide
compounds that are not injurious to the cable and wire jackets and do
not harden or become adhesive.
C. Make cable splices in tamper -resistant, accessible, junction boxes.
3.4 TESTING
A. Volume level test and adjust remote intercom devices.
B. Test all switching equipment. Document results of testing and'include
with project record documents.
********************
END OF SECTION 11218
THE NE'.' MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11218-5
SECTION 11222
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes
1. Electronic
handset.
INMATE/ATTORNEY TELEPHONES
Communication Stations with detachable telephone
1.2 REFERENCES
A. National Electric Code - NEC
B. National Fire Protection Association - NFPA
C. Underwriters Laboratories - UL Listing.
1.3 DESCRIPTION
A. Provide a full duplex telephone handset intercom system for
communications at non -contact areas.
1.4 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. Communication handsets that are accessible to inmates must be rated
for correctional/institutional environments and be equipped with
armored cable and tamper -resistant hardware.
B. Maximum armored cable length shall not exceed 24 inches.
1.5 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. System must be designed permitting the maximum speech intelligibility
achievable.
B. Each individual speech path must have an adjustable volume control to
permit fine tuning after installation and ability to overcome high
ambient noise environments. Volume control shall not be assessable to
inmate or visitor (for for maintenance use only).
1.6 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in electronic
communication systems for a minimum of five years. Documented
experience shall include the following:
1. List at least 10 facilities of equal size and technical
requirements utilizing the equipment submitted. -
2. For each facility, list:
a. Name and location of facility
b. Date of occupancy by Owner
C. Owner's representative to contact and telephone number
d. Construction Manager
e. Architect.
3. A complete technical specification for the submitted equipment,
noting differences and adherence to this section.
B. Security System Installer shall have no less than five years of
documented experience on projects of equal size and scope.
1.7 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit data consisting of shop drawings and catalog cuts complete with
technical data required by Architect to evaluate the material or
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 11222-1
SECTION 11222
INMATE/ATTORNEY TELEPHONES
equipment. Include dimensions, wiring and block diagrams, performance
data, ratings, operational characteristics and all other descriptive
data to describe the items proposed.
B. Submit manufacturer and installer qualifications.
1.9 OPERATION TRAINING AND MAINTENANCE DATA
A. Demonstrate to the Owner's designated representatives, Contractor,
Architect, and representatives of the authorities having jurisdiction,
all features and functions of the system and subsystems. Instruct the
Owner and designated representatives in the proper operation and
maintenance of the system.
B. Provide operation parts and maintenance manuals defining operation and
troubleshooting methods. (Refer to the General Requirements)
1.10 WARRANTY
A. Warranty shall agree to repair or replacing of defective security
components/materials and correct defective work when given notice by
Owner during the correctional period.
B. Warranty response time to be within twelve hours upon receipt of
warranty request from Owner during normal working hours.
1.11 MAINTENANCE SERVICE
A. Test and service system on a quarterly basis during the correctional
period.
B. For each quarterly maintenance period, provide written notification to
the Owner of the systems condition before and after service, exact
components that were tested and serviced, and overall status of the
system.
1.12 EXTRA.MATERIALS
A. Provide Owner with one amplifier card or circuit to be maintained as
a spare.
B. Provide Owner with five handsets to be maintained as spares.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable manufacturers:
1. DUKANE
2. TOA ELECTRONICS
3. MIRTONE
2.2 AMPLIFIERS
A. System shall provide for open speech path two way full duplex, voice
communication between both handsets.
2.3 POWER REQUIREMENTS
A. System must derive 115 VAC power from the local address panel.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 11222-2
SECTION 11222
INMATE/ATTORNEY TELEPHONES
2.4 HANDSETS
A. Handsets must provide for full duplex telephone type communications.
2.5 OUTPUTS
A. Each inmate handset must have a remote audio output jack for
connection/integration into a future remote arraignment audio/video
transmission system.
2.6 WALL PLATES
A. Wall plates are to be single gang size and fabricated from 11 gauge
stainless steel.
B. Wall plates are to be securely fastened to recessed backboxes
utilizing tamper -resistant torx with peg hardware.
2.7 ENCLOSURES
A. Locate amplifiers in the local address panel or in an equally secure,
key lockable, recessed, tamper -proof enclosure located adjacent to the
handset location.
2.8 VOLUME CONTROL
A. Each individual speech path must have a potentiometer permitting
adjustments to the volume level.
B. Locate potentiometers in the secure enclosure or address panel and
identify for maintenance.
2.9 HANDSET/JACK LOCATIONS
A. Locate handset and jacks to permit direct viewing of both parties
during their conversation.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine the surfaces, anchors and ground that are to receive
materials, fixtures, assemblies, components and equipment. Report
unsatisfactory conditions in writing to the Architect.
3.2 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate requirements to integrate intercom station into metal door
frames with security metal door manufacturer.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Install all equipment/devices with security tamper resistan"'. orx with
peg hardware and in accordance with manufacturers specifications.
B. Use methods and lubricating compounds on cables and wires to prevent
damage to cables and wires during pulling -in. Provide compounds that
are not injurious to the cable and wire jackets and do not harden or
become adhesive.
C. Make all cable splices in tamper- resistant, accessible, junction
boxes.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 11222-3
SECTION 11222
INMATE/ATTORNEY TELEPHONES
3.4 TESTING
A. Volume level test and adjust all devices.
********************
END OF SECTION 11222
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 11222-4
SECTION 11224
PART 1 - GENERAL
METAL DETECTION EQUIPMENT
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes
A. Provide a walk-thru metal detector archway.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. National Electric Code - NEC
B. National Fire Protection Association - NFPA
C. Underwriter Laboratories - UL Listed
1.3 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Conform to NILECJ-STD-601-00
B. Meet FCC Class A Standards for emissions.
1.4 DESCRIPTION
A. Provide all materials for a complete and operating metal detection
system which is designed to detect all electrically conductive metal
by means of a periodically pulsed magnetic, field producing transient
eddy currents in the metal objects being detected.
B. Magnetic field activation and metal detection signal reception shall
be staggered in time to eliminate the need for any manual or automatic
balancing of the system and to ensure a minimum personnel through put
rate of 50 per minute.
1.5 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. Equipment shall be capable of operating adjacent to other identical
units without mutual interference. Archway shall not occupy more than
3.5 sq. ft. nor weigh more than 70 lbs.
B. All screws, attaching devices and processor controls shall be
inaccessible from the exterior of the locked cabinet.
C. Provide signal and power cable between coil assembly and electronic
console.
D. Factory -install all cable connectors terminate all cables in standard
mating plug connectors.
1.6 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Detector archway and control unit must be immune to false alarms
caused by power line noise, elevator motors, T.V. monitors or
simulator devices.
1.7 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit data consisting of shop drawings and catalogue cuts complete
with technical data required by Architect to evaluate the material or
equipment. Include dimensions, wiring and block diagrams, performance
data, ratings, control sequences and all other descriptive data
necessary to describe the items proposed and its operational
characteristics.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11224-1
SECTION 11224
METAL DETECTION EQUIPMENT
1.8 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Equipment must be manufactured by a company which currently meets or
exceeds FAA Standards for walk-thru metal detectors.
1.9 WARRANTY
A. Warranty shall agree to repair or replacing of defective security
components/materials and correct defective work when given written or
verbal notice by Owner during the correctional period.
B. Equipment to be warranted for a period of 5 years after date of
acceptance.
C. Warranty response time to be within twelve hours upon receipt of
warranty request by Owner during normal working hours.
1.10 MAINTENANCE SERVICE
A. System is to be fully tested and serviced on a quarterly basis during
the correctional period.
B. Written notification to the Owner of the systems condition before and
after service, exact components that were tested and serviced, and
overall status of the system must be provided for each quarterly
maintenance period.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. METIOR/OUTUKUMPU
B. DEL NORTE TECHNOLOGY
C. PHILLIPS ELECTRONIC INSTRUMENTS
2.2 POWER REQUIREMENTS
A. Less than 60VA at 115/230 up to + 20%, 45/65 Hz.
2.3 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Completely operate AC at 0°C to 55°C.
B. Completely operational at up to 95% relative humidity, non -condensing.
2.4 TAMPER -PROOFING
A. Unit will alarm
B. Unit will alarm
C. Unit will alarm
in event of tamper with control console.
in event of tamper with signal interconnect cable.
in event of tamper with input power.
2.5 DIMENSIONING
A. Height, typical 86" ± 4 inches.
B. Width, typical 38" ± 6 inches.
C. Coil Panel Depth, 24" ± 2 inches.
2.6 THROUGH -PUT RATE
A. Minimum acceptable passage of persons per minute without functional
overload must be 50.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11224-2
SECTION 11224
METAL DETECTION EQUIPMENT
2.7 PROGRAM SELECTIVITY
A. System must accept no less than 8 standard programs.
B. It must be possible to select special programs for special
application.
2.8 SENSITIVITY
A. A metal detector system shall be capable of detecting any passing
metal object of various sizes ranging from as small as a pen knife or
hacksaw blade to a large weapon such as a handgun.
B. System shall be programmable to afford either straight forward
detection of metal objects on a mass basis or discrimination of
selected bulky items (weapons, tools, etc) against a background of
scattered metal (keys, coins, etc).
C. Simple changing of programs to be accomplished in less than two
minutes without the need of readjustments.
D. Locate alarm sensitivity control inside the locking front panel, to
prevent unauthorized tampering. Alarm sensitivity control shall be
variable throughout the range.
2.9 DIAGNOSTICS
A. Must be equipped with a microprocessor driven self -test button which
when activated will indicate to the operator that all parts of the
system are operating correctly.
2.10 ALARM OUTPUTS
A. Console shall have relay outputs which can be used to lock and open
exit doors, provide an audible or visual signal for a duration of
approximately one second, or operate other remote functions.
B. Output contacts shall be rated for 100 VA a.c. and 54 VA d.c., 250V
maximum, and 2 amp maximum.
2.11 ALARM DISPLAY
A. Equip console front panel with visual indicators such as lamps, spaced
and colored or otherwise coded so as to be easily discernible from not
less than fifty (50) feet within an angle of at least 90° to indicate
either "alarm" or "normal" state.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine all surfaces, anchors and ground that are to receive
materials, fixtures, assemblies, components and equipment. Report all
unsatisfactory conditions in writing to the Architect.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install enclosure/cabinet securely in accordance with manufacturers
specifications and to prevent tampering/attacking.
END OF SECTION 11224
THE NEW MONRr7 COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11224-3
SECTION 11400 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes
1. Description:
a. The extent of the Food Service Equipment is shown in the
contract documents.
b. The type of food service operation is for
1) Food preparation areas
2) Food service areas
3) Food storage areas
C. The drawings indicate the desired basic arrangement and
dimensions of the equipment.
2. Food Service Equipment:
a. Mechanical and Electrical Work: Refer to Division 15 and
Division 16 sections, respectively for mechanical and
electrical services and connections for individual items of
food service equipment.
b. Rough -In Utilities: Be responsible for coordination of
requirements with Division 15 and 16.
d. Coordinate Work with Division 15: for piping and fittings
required for interconnecting.
e. Coordinate Work with Division 16 for furnishing and
installing wiring, conduit and fittings required for
interconnecting.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASME Codes
B. ASTM A 36 - Specification for Structural Steel.
C. ASTM A 123 - Zinc (Hot -Dipped Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel
Products.
D. ASTM A 240 - Heat -Resisting Chromium and Chromium -Nickel Stainless
Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip for Pressure Vessels.
E. ASTM A 249 - Welded Austenitic Steel Boiler, Superheater, Heat
Exchanger, and Condenser Tubes.
F. ASTM A 526 - Steel Sheet, Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot -Dip
Process, Commercial Quality.
G. ASTM E 84 - Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of
Building Materials.
H. NEMA LD-3 - High Pressure Decorative Laminates.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11400-1
SECTION 11400 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT
I. NFPA 13 - Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems.
J. NFPA 17 - Standard for Dry Chemical Extinguishing Systems.
K. NFPA 70 - National Electric Code.
L. NFPA 96 - Installation of Equipment for the Removal of Smoke and
Grease -Laden Vapors from Commercial Cooking Equipment (1991).
M. Underwriters Laboratories - Standards for Electrical Components and
Assemblies to achieve UL Labeled Products.
N. AGA - Standards for Gas -Fired Equipment to Achieve AGA Listed Approval
and UL Listed approval.
0. NSF - National Sanitation Foundation Standards and Criteria to Achieve
NSF "Seal of Approval.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Connection Plan:
1. Submit dimensioned drawings indicating exact locations of
mechanical and electrical rough -ins, size and capacity.
a. Locate and size duct connections for ventilation hoods and
dishwashing machine exhaust.
b. Scale of rough -in plan: 1/2" = 1'-0".
B. Equipment Base Plan:
1. Submit dimensioned drawings indicating exact size and locations
bases upon which equipment is set.
a. Locate and size all depressions and trenches in floor slab.
b. Scale of base plan: 1/2" = 1'-0".
C. Data Sheets for Standard Manufacturing Items:
1. Submit brochures containing specifications sheets with
illustrations and full mechanical and electrical data for all
food service items of standard manufacturer.
a. Mark each data sheet with the applicable project equipment
item number and indicate accessories to be provided with
each item.
b. For operating equipment include data on performance and
operating characteristics, power/fuel consumption, rough -in
information. Provide maintenance manuals, operating
.nstructions, spare parts lists, precautions against
hazards, manufacturer's warranties and similar information.
D. Fabricated Equipment Shop Drawings:
1. Submit shop detail drawings of custom fabricated equipment prior
to start of fabrication.
a. Include plan, elevations and detail sections of each item.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11400-2
SECTION 11400 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT
b. Scale of sections at 1-1/2" - 11-0-1. Scale of Detail Drawings: 3" = 1'-0" minimum.
E. Upon review of drawings and data sheets, supply sufficient sets for
distribution to the various other trades requiring same for completion
of their work.
F. Submit shop drawings submittals in compliance with the General
Requirements.
G. Samples:
1. When requested, three submit samples illustrative of finishes,
colors, hardware and trim.
a. Size: 12" x 12" sheet materials.
b. Size: 24" length of linear materials.
2. Submit plastic nameplate sample for switches and controls.
H. Parts and Operation Manuals:
I. Submit operation manuals for all food service equipment items of
standard manufacturer. Refer to the General Requirements.
a. Bind with three ring hard cover binders, indexed.
b. Include the names, addresses and telephone numbers of
service agencies authorized to service the various items of
equipment.
I. Submit a certified copy of the mill analysis of materials if requested
by the Consultant and Owner.
J. Provide copies of remote refrigeration system control wiring and
piping diagrams.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Bidder Qualifications:
I. Bidder shall be a party regularly engaged in the fabrication
and/or supplying of food service equipment as a primary business
for a minimum period of five years.
2. Fabricator shall be a party regularly engaged in the custom
fabrication of food service equipment as a primary business for
a minimum period of five years. All custom fabricated equipment
shall be constructed by one manufacturer in plant at one
location.
3. Bidders who are not manufacturers of custom fabricated equipment
shall obtain approval of the source of such equipment prior to
submittal of bid.
B. Regulatory Requirements:
I. Permits and Certificates: Comply with local laws, codes,
ordinances and regulations bearing on the conduct and
installation of the work.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11400-3
SECTION 11400 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT
2. All accessories shall be furnished, with equipment to comply with
governing codes.
3. Provide safety devices required to comply with the regulations.
4. Electrical Equipment shall conform to the standards of the
National Electrical Manufacturers Association, and have
conveniently located control switches, enclosed case type, and
shall comply with State of Florida's Electrical Code and bear the
UL label.
5. Design gas burning equipment for operation with the type of gas
furnished, equipment shall be approved by the American Gas
Association. The label or listing of the American Gas Association
will be accepted as conforming with this requirement.
Installation of equipment shall conform to the standards as set
forth by the American Gas Association and the National Plumbing
Code. All gas equipment shall be furnished with safety pilot;
100% safety cut-off and on/off electrical operated solenoid
valves tied into fire alarm system.
6. NFPA Standards:
a. Comply with NFPA Codes 13 and 96 standards for exhaust
system. Other sections of this Project Manual shall provide
ducts, fans and make connections to hoods specified in this
section, including other hoods specified or shown in HVAC
sections and drawings.
b. Comply with NFPA 70 for electrical wiring and devices
included with -food service equipment and with NFPA 96 for
exhaust systems.
7. ASME Codes: Comply with ASME boiler code requirements for steam
generating and steam heated equipment; provide ASME inspection,
stamp and registration with National Board.
8. Health Codes: Comply with codes and ordinances regulating food
serving establishments of local or environmental health
department having jurisdiction.
9. Electrically operated equipment shall be in accordance with the
rules and regulations and the laws of the State of Florida, and
shall be approved by the State Electrical Inspector and the
Underwriters' Laboratories.
10. Equipment pieces shall be manufactured in compliance with
Standards No. 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 12, 18, 20, 26, 29, 35, 37 and
elsewhere applicable of NSF Testing Laboratories and bear the
seal of approval. This shall include all pending standards which
will become applicable at the time equipment is delivered.
C. Certifications:
1. Verify and provide manufacturer's certification (or certification
by manufacturer's authorized agent) that the equipment selection
specified for each refrigeration system is properly sized and
shall meet the operating requirements set forth for each system
regarding maintaining specified operating temperature, hours of
compressor running time, and system pressures and velocities as
recommended by the equipment manufacturers.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11400-4
SECTION 11400
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT
2. Certificate of Inspection: To requirements of the General
Requirements.
D. Pre -installation conference:
1. Before beginning food service installation, conduct a pre -
installation conference at the Project site with the food service
equipment manufacturer, installer, Architect, Owner's authorized
representative, and other trades to review procedures, schedules,
testing, and coordination of the installation with other elements
of the work.
2. Review warranty requirements.
3. Record (Contractor) discussions of conference, and decisions and
agreements (or disagreements) reached; furnish copy of record
minutes to each party attending.
4. Review procedures related to food service equipment work,
including protection of installed work during construction.
E. Applicable Standards: Special fabrication items such as sinks, work
tables, and counters, shall be manufactured in compliance with
Standard No. 2 of the National Sanitation Foundation Testing
Laboratory and shall bear the NSF Seal of Approval.
F. Electrically heated and motor driven fixtures shall be for the current
shown in Division 15 and 16; these items of equipment shall have
mounted motor starters, switches and controls as required for proper
operation.
G. Verify electrical voltages, cycles, phases and special requirements
before ordering equipment.
1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Protect metal finishes from damage during shipping, storage, handling,
installation and construction of other work in the same spaces. Wrap
and crate each item of equipment as needed for protection from damage.
B. Cover exposed stainless steel surfaces with self-adhesive protective
paper, of a type recommended by the metal manufacturer; do not remove
until work is installed and ready for cleaning and start-up.
1.6 WARRANTY
A. Warranty: On workmanship and material. All material shall be new, of
the best quality, perfect and without flaw. Equipment shall be
delivered in an undamaged condition upon coijpletion. All workmanship
and labor shall be of the best in their respective fields and skilled
mechanics of the trades involved.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11400-5
SECTION 11400
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT
B. Equipment shall be warranted for a period of one year from the date of
Substantial Completion with the exception of refrigerated items which
shall have an additional four years warranty on the compressor units.
1. If at any time within this warranty period of one year an item of
equipment is found to be faulty due to poor workmanship or
inferior and/or defective materials, replace and correct all
defective material and/or installation at no cost to Owner.
2. On extended compressor warranty, only labor charges after first
year shall be paid.
1.7 MAINTENANCE
A. The refrigeration systems shall be furnished with a one-year refrig-
eration service contract, covering all parts and labor, with service
available seven days per week, 24-hours per day.
1. Continuation of the service contract after the first year shall
be at the option of the Owner.
2. The refrigeration system shall be warranted for one year and the
compressors shall carry the manufacturer's extended five-year
warranty. Refer to the General Requirements.
1.8 SCHEDULING
A. Schedules and Reports: Establish earliest and latest job site
delivery dates of furnished and Contractor installed items, according
to General Requirements.
B. Delivery of Owner furnished equipment for installation by this Section
shall take place at a time to be determined by the Owner.
PART 2 - GENERAL
2.1 METALS
A. Stainless steel (s/s): AISI Type 302/304, hardest workable temper,
No. 4 directional polish.
B. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 526, except ASTM A 527 for extensive
forming, ASTM A 525, G90 Zinc Coating, chemical treatment.
1. Where painted finish is indicated, provide mill phosphatized
treatment in lieu of chemical treatment.
C. Steel Sheet: ASTM A569 hot -rolled carbon steel.
D. Galvanized Steel Pipe: ASTM A53 or ASTM A120, welded or seamless,
schedule 40, galvanized.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11400-6
SECTION 11400
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT
E. teel Structural Members: Hot rolled or cold formed, carbon steel
unless stainless steel in indicated.
1. Galvanized finish: ASTM A 123, hot -dipped zinc coating, applied
after fabrication.
F. Aluminum: ASTM B209/B221 sheet, plate and extrusions (as indicated),
alloy temper and finish as determined by manufacturer/fabricator,
except 0.40-MIL natural anodized finish on exposed work unless another
finish is indicated.
2.2 PLASTIC LAMINATE
A. General: NEMA LD1, General purpose high pressure type, 0.062 inch
thick except 0.050 for post -forming, smooth (non -textured) white
unless another texture and color is indicated or selected by
Architect. Comply with NSF No. 35 where applicable.
2.3 HARDWOOD WORK SURFACES
A. General: Laminated edge -grained hard maple (acer saccharum), NHLA
first grade with knots, holes and other blemishes culled out, KILN
dried at 8 percent or less moisture, waterproof glue, machined,
sanded, and finished with NSF -approved oil -sealer.
2.4 INSULATION
A. Cooled -Component Insulation: Rigid, closed -cell polyurethane foam,
either heat -aged slab stock for adhesive lamination with face
sheets,or foamed - in - place using Freon 11 as expanding agent,
K-Value of 0.15, not less than 1.7 lbs. per cu. ft. density.
B. Heater -Component Insulation: Rigid board, semi -rigid blanket or
adhesively applied blanket of glass fiber or other mineral fiber
insulation, certified by manufacturer to withstand long-term exposure
to heat (temperature rating of each insulated equipment item) without
deterioration, K-Value of not more then 0.30, density of not less then
1.5 lbs, per cu. ft.
2.5 JOINT MATERIALS
A. Sealants: One -part or two-part, polyurethane or silicone based,
liquid elastoreric sealant, FS TT-S-00227 or FS-TT-S-00230,
non -solvent release type, mildew -resistant, show a hardness of 30
except 45 if Subject to traffic.
1. Backer toad: Polyethylene rod stock, larger than joint width.
B. Gaskets: solid or hollow (but not cellular) neoprene or polyvinyl
chloride, light grey, minimum or 40 shore a hardness, self-adhesive
or prepared for either adhesive application or mechanical anchorage.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11400-7
SECTION 11400
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT
2.6 PAINT AND COATINGS
A. General: Provide the types of painting and coating materials which,
after drying or curing are suitable for use in conjunction with Food
Service, and which are durable non -toxic, non -dusting, non -flaking,
mildew resistant and comply with governing regulations for Food
Service.
B. Galvanized Repair Paint: MIL-P-21035.
C. Pretreatment: SSPC-PT2 or PT3.
D. Primer coating for metal: FS TT-PP-86, Type suitable for baking where
indicated.
E. Enamel for Metal: Synthetic type, FS TT-P-491, type suitable for
baking where indicated.
F. Sound Deadening: Heavy -bodied resinous coating, filled with
granulated cork or other resilient material, compounded for permanent,
non -flaking adhesion to metal in a 1/8 inch thick coating.
2.7 HARDWARE
A. General: Manufacturer's standard, but not less than BHMA Std. 201
type 2 (institutional), satin finish stainless steel or dull chrome
finish or dull chrome finish or brass, bronze, or steel.
1. Cabinet catches: Heavy duty magnetic type, except as otherwise
indicated.
2. Drawer Slides: Ball -Bearing type, side -mounting, selfclosing.
3. Sliding Door Hardware: Overhead track with tandem nylon wheel
hangers for door leaves over 5 sq. ft. area, rollerless sanitary
slides for smaller doors (comply with NSF Standards).
2.8 CASTERS
A. General: Type and size indicated or, if not indicated, as recommended
by caster manufacturer for the type and weight of equipment supported,
but not less than 4 inch diameter with 15/16 inch tread width, with
sealed self-lubricating ball bearings, cadmium -plated steel disc
wheels and solid polyurethane tires. Provide stainless steel horns and
accessories. Unless other wise indicated, equip each item with 4
swivel -type casters and provide foot brakes on 2 casters on opposite
corners of equipment.
B. Caster Bumpers: Unless equipment item is equipped with another form
of all-around protective bumper provide circular rotating bumper above
each caster, 5 inch diameter tire of light grey synthetic rubber
(hollow or closed -cell) on cadmium -plated disc.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11400-8
SECTION 11400 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT
2.9 PLUMBING FITTING, TRIM AND ACCESSORIES
A. General: Where exposed or semi -exposed, provide bright chrome plated
brass or polished stainless steel units. Provide copper or brass
where not exposed.
B. Water Outlets: At sinks and at other locations where water is
supplied (by manual, automatic or remote control), provide
commercial quality faucets, valves, dispensers of fill devices, or the
type and size indicated and as required to operate as indicated.
Include manual cut-off valves and connecting stem pipes to permit
outlet servicing without shut -down of water supply piping systems.
Plumbing features by T&S Faucets, Fisher Faucets and Chicago Faucets
are approved.
C. Vacuum Breakers: Provide with food service equipment where required
by governing regulations, including locations where water outlets are
equipped for hose attachment.
D. Waste Fittings: Except as otherwise indicated, provide 2"
remote -lever waste valve, and 3.5": strainer without connected
overflow on sinks.
E. Electrical Materials
I. General: Provide standard materials, devices and components as
recommended by the manufacturer/fabricator, selected and
installed in accordance with NEMA Standards and recommendations,
and as required for safe and efficient use and operation,of the
Food Service Equipment, without objectionable noise, vibration
and sanitation problems.
2. Controls and Signals: Provide recognized commercial grade
signals, "on -off" push buttons or switches, and other speed and
temperature controls as required for operation of each item,
complete with pilot lights and permanent signs and graphics to
assist the user of each item. Provide stainless steel cover
plates at controls and signals.
3. Connections: Equip each item requiring electrical power with
either a terminal box for permanent connection or cord -and -plug
for interruptable connection, as indicated. Provide standard
grounded -type plugs, matching outlets (Refer to Division 16)
light grey (Plug and cord).
4. Motors: Totally enclosed type,except drip -proof type where not
exposed to a dust or moisture condition, ball bearings,
impregnated to resist moisture, horse -power and duty -cycle
ratings as required for the service indicated. Power
Characteristics - - Refer to Division 16 for project power
characteristics. Refer to individual equipment requirements for
loads and ratings.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11400-9
SECTION 11400 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT
2.10 FABRICATION OF METALWORK
A. General Fabrication Requirements: Remove burrs from sheared edges of
metal work, ease the corners and smooth to eliminate cutting hazard.
Bend sheets of metal at not less than the minimum radius required to
avoid grain -separation in the metal. Maintain flat, smooth surfaces
without damage to finish.
1. Reinforce metal at locations of hardware, anchorages and
accessory attachments, wherever metal is less than 14 gage or
requires mortised application. Conceal reinforcements to the
greatest extent possible. Weld in place on concealed faces.
2. Where fasteners are permitted, provide philips head, flat or oval
head machine screws. Cap threads with acorn nuts unless fully
concealed in unaccessible construction, and provide nuts and
lockwashers unless metal for tapping is at least 12 gage. Match
fastener head finish with finish of metal fastened.
3. Where components of fabricated metal work are indicated to be
galvanized, and involve welding or machining of metal heavier
than 16 gage, complete the fabrication and provide hot -dip
galvanizing of each component after fabrication, to the greatest
extent possible (depending upon available dip -tank sizes).
Comply with ASTM A 123.
4. Where vents are required for enclosed spaces, or for cabinet
enclosures, provide removable stainless steel insect screens of
18 X 18 mesh. Locate vents to avoid moisture penetration during
cleaning of equipment.
5. Provide removable panels for access to mechanical and electrical
service connections which are concealed behind or within Food
Service Equipment, but only where access is not possible and not
indicated through other work.
B. Metal and Gages: Except as otherwise indicated, fabricate exposed
metalwork of stainless steel, and fabricate the following components
from the gage of metal indicated, and other components from not less
than 20 gage metal.
1. Table tops: 14 gage
2. Counter tops: 14 gage
3. Shelves: 16 gage
4. Front drawer/door panels: 18 gage(double-pan type)
5. Single -pan doors and drawer fronts: 16 gage
6. Enclosed base cabinets: 18 gage
7. Enclosed wall cabinets: 18 gage
8. Sinks and drainboards: 14 gage
9. ' -_:iaust hoods: 18 gage
10. emovable covers, panels: 18 gage
11. Skirts and enclosure panels: 18 gage
12. Closure & trim strips over 4" wide: 18 gage
13. Hardware reinforcement: 12 gage
14. Gusset plates: 10 gage
15. Legs and crossrails: 16 gage (1 5/8inch dia.)
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11400-10
SECTION 11400
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT
C. Work surface Fabrication: Fabricate metal work -surfaces by forming
and welding to provide seamless construction, using welding rods
matching sheet metal, grinding and polishing. Where necessary for
disassembly provide waterproof gasketed draw -type joints with
concealed bolting.
1. Reinforce work -surfaces 30 inch O.C. both ways with galvanized or
stainless concealed structural members. Reinforce edges which
are not self -reinforced by formed edges.
2. Sound deaden underside of metal work -surfaces, including sinks
and similar units, with a coating of sound deadening material.
Hold coating back 3 inches from sanitary edges which are open for
cleaning.
D. Enclosures, General: Provide enclosures, including panels, housing,
and skirts for service lines and mechanical and electrical devices,
and secondary enclosures for equipment items, where indicated and
where required for compliance with governing regulations and NSF
standards. Otherwise, fabricate each item to be as open as possible,
for ease of cleaning.
1. Where equipment is exposed to customer view, provide enclosure of
service lines, operating components and mechanical and electrical
devices.
E. Casework: At fabricator's option, and unless otherwise indicated,
provide either box -type face framing or open channel -type (complying
with NSF requirements in either case).
1. Enclosure: Except as otherwise indicated, provide each unit of
casework (base, wall, overhead and freestanding) with a complete -
enclosure metal cabinet, including fronts, backs, tops, bottoms,
and sides.
2. Door and Drawer Fronts: Except where single -pan_ construction is
indicated, provide double -pan type, not less than 5/8 inch thick,
with seams on inside face. Weld hardware reinforcement inside of
inner pan. Sound deaden by either coating both pans on concealed
face, or by inserting mineral wool insulation between pans.
3. Shelves: Except as otherwise indicated, provide adjustable
standards for positioning and support of shelves in casework.
Turn back -edge of shelf units up 2 inches and hem. Turn other
edges down to form open channel. Reinforce shelf units to
support 40 lbs. per sq. ft. loading, plus 100 percent impact
loading.
4. Drawer Bodies: Except as otherwise indicated, drawform drawer
bodies from a single piece of metal to provide seamless
construction. Flange top edge to protect slides from spillage.
F. Support From Floor: Equip floor -supported mobile units with casters,.
and equip items indicated as "roll -out" units with manufacturer's
standard one -directional rollers. Otherwise, and except for "close
-base" units, provide pipe -or -tube legs, with adjustable bullet -design
feet for floor -supported items of fabricated metalwork. Provide 2
inch adjustment of feet (concealing threading).
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11400-11
SECTION 11400
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT
G. Exhaust Hood Fabrication: Comply with NFPA No. 96, including Appendix
A.
1. Grease Removal: Provide type indicated (removable filters if not
otherwise indicated), with drip -channel gutters, drains and
collection basins.
2. Fire Extinguishing Systems: Wet chemical system complying with
NFPA No. 12.
H. Shop Painting: Clean and prepare metal surfaces to be painted, remove
rust and dirt. Apply treatment to zinc -coated surfaces which have not
been mill-phosphatized. Coat welded and abraded areas of zinc -coated
surfaces with galvanize repair paint. Apply 1.5 MIL (dry film
thickness) metal primer coating, followed by 2. 1.0 MIL (dry film
thickness) metal enamel finish coatings.
2.11 EQUIPMENT (REFER TO EQUIPMENT LIST AT END OF SECTION)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION
A. Rough -in -work: Examine the rough -in mechanical and electrical
services by others, and the installation of floors, walls, columns and
ceilings by others, and the conditions under which the work is to be
done. Verify dimensions of the services and substrates before
fabricating the work.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Standards
1. Water Connections: Install water connections and outlets at each
item of equipment, with air gaps, vacuum breakers and similar
provisions to comply with governing regulations, but not less
than compliance with ANSI Standards A40.4 and A40.6 . To be in
compliance with VUSBC.
2. Electrical Work: Assemble electrical components of equipment in
accordance with applicable "standards of installation" by the
National Electrical Contractors Association, ready for final
connection.
3.3 JOINTING AND ANCHORING
A. Set each item of non -mobile and non -portable equipment securely in
place, leveled and adjusted to correct height. Anchor to supporting
substrate where indicated and when required for sustained operation
and use without shifting or dislocation. Conceal anchorages wherever
possible. Adjust counter tops and other -work surfaces to a level
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11400-12
SECTION 11400
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT
tolerance of 1/16 inch (maximum offset, and plus -or -minus on
dimension, and maximum variation in 2 feet run from level or indicated
slope).
B. Complete field assembly joints in the work (joints which cannot be
completed in the shop) by welding, bolting, gasketing, or similar
methods as indicated. Grind welds smooth and restore finish. Set or
trim gaskets flush except for "T" gaskets as indicated.
C. Treat enclosed spaces (inaccessible after equipment installation) by
covering horizontal surfaces with powdered borax at a rate of 4 oz.
per sq. ft.
D. Install closure plates and strips where required, with joints
coordinated with units of equipment.
E. Install sealants and gaskets all around each unit to make joints
air -tight, waterproof, vermine-proof and sanitary for cleaning
purposes. In general, make sealed joint less then 1/8 inch wide, and
stuff with backer rod to shape sealant bead properly, at 1/4 inch
depth. Shape exposed surfaces of sealant slightly concave, with edges
flush with faces of materials of joint. At internal corner joints,
apply sealant or gaskets to form a sanitary cove, of not less than
3/8 inch radius. Provide seal filled or gasketed joints up to 3/4
inch joint width. Provide metal closure strips for wider joints, with
sealant application each side of strips. Anchor gaskets mechanically
or with adhesives to prevent displacement.
3.4 CLEANING, RESTORING FINISHES
A. After completion of installation, and completion of major work in Food
Service Areas, remove protective coverings, if any, and clean Food
Service Equipment, internally and externally. Restore exposed and
semi -exposed finishes to remove abrasions and other damages. Polish
exposed -metal surfaces and touch-up painted surfaces. Replace work
which cannot be successfully restored.
3.5 PRESSURE VESSELS
A. Notify Department of Labor, Boiler Inspection Division, in writing at
least two weeks prior to completion of installation, requesting
inspection of pressure vessels.
B. Approvals and operating certificates for these vessels shall be
furnished to Owner prior to substantial completion.
3.6 TESTING, START-UP AND INSTRUCTIONS
A. General: Delay the Start-up of Food Service Equipment until service
lines have been tested, balanced, and adjusted for pressure, voltage
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11400-13
SECTION 11400
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT
and similar considerations, and until water and steam lines have been
cleaned and treated for sanitation.
Test each item of operational equipment to demonstrate that it is
operating properly, and that controls and safely devices are
functioning. Repair or replace equipment which is found to be
defective in its operation, including units which are below capacity
or operating with excessive noise or vibration.
B. Final Cleaning: After testing and start-up, clean and sanitize the
Food Service Equipment, and leave in a condition ready for use in Food
Service.
3.7 WARRANTIES
A. Warrant all supplied materials and equipment for a period of not less
than one year after date of substantial completion, including, parts,
labor, travel overtime and any other such services required to warrant
the equipments. Replace if not repairable.
B. Warranty service shall be performed within 48 hours of notification.
C. Supply four manuals for each piece of equipment.
3.8 EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11400-14
SECTION 11400 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT
Unit Prices (Part of Bid Submittal)
The foregoing base bid is based on the unit prices listed hereinafter. The unit
prices listed include the cost of equipment, freight, overhead and profit. In
the event that quantities required by the contract documents change, these unit
prices shall prevail for equipment added to or deleted from the contract.
ITEM
1. COLD STORAGE ASSEMBLY
2. STORAGE PLATFORM
3. MOBILE PLATFORM
4. STORAGE PALLET
(BY OTHERS)
5. STORAGE SHELVING
6. STORAGE SHELVING
7. CAN STORAGE RACK
8. COLD STORAGE ASSEMBLY
9. DUNNAGE RACK
10. RACEWAY
11. STORAGE SHELVING
12. POT STORAGE RACK
13. POT SINK W. WALLSHELF
14. SINK HEATER
15. PRE -RINSE UNIT
16. DISPOSER
17. NOT USED
18. EXHAUST HOOD
19. FIRE CONTROL SYSTEM
20. RACEWAY
21. BRAISING PAN
22. SINK UNIT
23. TROUGH GRATE
24. ROLL -IN PROOF CABINET
25. OVEN RACK
26. ROLL -IN OVEN
27. WORKTABLE
28. MIXER
29. EQUIPMENTSTAND
30. NOT USED
31. WORKTABLE
32. PAN RACK
33. FIRE CONTROL SYSTEM
34. EXHAUST HOOD
35. CONVECTION STEAMER
36. KETTLE
37. TROUGH GRATE
38. KETTLE
39. UTILITY RACEWAY
MAKE & MODEL CITY. UNIT COST TOTAL
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11400-15
SECTION 11400
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT
ITEM MAKE & MODEL OTY.
40. CONVECTION OVEN
41. FRYER W. FILTER SYSTEM
42. OPEN BURNER RANGE
43. GRIDDLE ON STAND
44. REFRIGERATOR
45. WORKTABLE
46. EQUIPMENT STAND
47. SLICER
48. FREEZER
49. PAN RACK
50. NOT USED
51. VEGETABLE PREP. SINK
52. DISPOSER
53. SLICER
54. EQUIPMENTSTAND
55. WORKTABLE
56. RINSE HOSE
57. FOOD CUTTER
58. TROUGH GRATE
59. COFFEE URN
60. NOT USED
61. BEVERAGE COUNTER
62. BEVERAGE CONTAINER
63. ICE MACHINE
64. HOT FOOD CART
65. CONVEYOR
66. SOILED DISHTABLE W. RACKSHELF
67. PRE -RINSE UNIT
68. DISPOSER
69. VAPOR HOOD
70. NOT USED
71. DISHMACHINE
72. CLEAN DISHTABLE
73. TROUGHVEYOR
74. SCRAPPING TABLE
75. TRAY WASHER
76. VAPOR HOOD
77. CLEAN DISHTABLE
78. HOSE BIBB
79. EXHAUST HOOD
80. RETHERMALIZATION OVEN
81. CHILL CART
82. TRAY DELIVERY CART
83. UTILITY CART
84. COLD STORAGE ASSEMBLY W. BLAST CHILLER
85. REMOTE REFRIGERATION SYSTEM
UNIT COST
TOTAL
THE NEW-MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11400-16
SECTION 11400
86. REMOTE REFRIGERATION SYSTEM
TOTAL
All itemized pricing to include freight, delivery, installation and taxes.
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11400-17
SECTION 11400 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT
ITEM 1 - COLD STORAGE ASSEMBLY - ONE REQUIRED
A. Pre -fabricated cold storage room assembly of size and shape shown. Exact
overall size to be field verified prior to fabrication.
1. Insulation: 97% closed -cell or better, foamed -in -place polyurethane,
nominal thickness of 4" throughout, U.L. rated, self -extinguishing,
fire retardant type, expanded by use of HCFC-22, to removal of 100% of
the CFC's.
2. Coved Corners: Assembly constructed so that all interior wall, floor
and ceiling intersections shall have integral coved corners. Add -on
coved strip will not be acceptable.
3. Cam Lock Fasteners: All panel intersections and wall, floor and
ceiling intersections shall be.secured by cam lock fasteners.
4. Finishes & Dimensions: Exterior and interior finishes shall be as
scheduled. All dimensions to be as designed on plan drawings.
Fractional dimensions are not acceptable, all dimensions to be within
1" of design dimension.
5. Doors:
a. Door size and finish shall be as scheduled, complete with sill
wiper gasket, lift type hinges, and inside safety release, and
door lock.
b. Hinges, Latches and Hardware:. Chrome plated. Furnish door with
three hinges. Exterior doors to be equipped with automatic door
closer.
C. Doors: 1/4" aluminum diamond tread plates or 14 gauge stainless
steel plates on both sides of doors where indicated 36" high.
6. Thermometers: Provide compartment with 4" exterior dial thermometer
mounted at eye level to door.
7. Lights: Furnish compartment complete with manufacturer's standard
light fixture mounted and pre -wired to switch with pilot light to door
section. Extra lights and 3-way switches as shown on details. Size
light fixtures to provide 10 foot candles of light 30" above the
floor.
8. Refrigeration System:
a. As part of cold storage room assembly, provide compartment with
complete refrigeration system sized to maintain appropriate
temperature.
b. Refrigeration system to be as specified under Item 85.
C. Condensing unit to be air-cooled and remote. Unit to have
performance and wiring characteristics as scheduled.
9. Miscellaneous:
a. Assembly to be set on floor, using floor screeds and slam braces.
Slam braces spaced at 3'-0" maximum, (see plan detail).
b Provide trim strips, closure panels, as necessary to trim
assembly to adjacent building surfaces.
C. Where necessary furnish exterior structural supports, as part of
this assembly.
D. Provide plastic strip curtains at door location.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11400-18
SECTION 11400
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT
E. Furnish remote visual and audible sensor and alarm, with the remote
activator to be located in the Owner's mechanical and/or maintenance shop.
Owner will advise about exact location.
F. Provide sleeves properly located for utility entrance, drain lines, and
refrigeration lines, and after lines are installed, fill sleeves with
liquid urethane compound, suitable for use in refrigerated spaces. All
penetrations of wall and ceilings panels must be with conduit. Drilled
penetrations without sleeves are not acceptable.
B. Acceptable Manufacturer of cold storage assembly:
1. THERMO-KOOL (LAUREL, MS)
2. HARFORD (ABERDEEN, MD)
3. NOR -LAKE, (HUDSON, WI)
4. MASTERBILT, (NEW ALBANY, MI)
5. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM 2 - STORAGE PLATFORM - 32 REQUIRED
A. One -tier embossed 14 gauge galvanized steel platform unit having following
features:
1. 30" wide x 48" long x 8-1/2" high, with four extra -heavy duty
ball -bearing casters.
2. In addition to platforms, provide two heavy duty tilt jacks on heavy
ball -bearing casters.
B. Acceptable manufacturers of platform:
1. EASTERN STEEL, (BOSTON, MA), MODEL DU-576-M
2. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM 3 - MOBILE PLATFORM - 16 REQUIRED
A. One -tier embossed 14 gauge galvanized steel platform unit having following
features:
1. Galvanized steel tubular uprights, attached with concealed gussets.
2. Free-standing, with four uprights per unit, not less than 10" high.
3. Located as shown on drawings, using quantities and sizes as follows:
16 units 24" wide x 48" long.
B. Acceptable manufacturers of dunnage rack:
1. EASTERN STEEL, (BOSTON, MA), MODEL D40-A
2. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM 4 - STORAGE PALLET - BY OTHERS
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11400-19
SECTION 11400 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT
ITEM 5 - STORAGE SHELVING - EIGHT REQUIRED
A. Provide four -tier embossed 14 gauge stainless steel shelving unit complete
with stainless steel tubular uprights arranged to pass through each shelf,
having following features:
1. Corner brackets to be concealed type with no external attachments.
2. Uprights shall not exceed 63" high, including adjustable feet.
3. Arrange as shown on plan drawings, using quantities and sizes as
follows:
a. 4 units 21" wide x 36" long.
b. 4 units 21" wide x 48" long.
B. Acceptable manufacturers of shelving unit:
1. EASTERN STEEL RACK, (BOSTON, MA), MODEL 40-A-4
2. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM 6 - STORAGE SHELVING - TEN REQUIRED
A. Provide four -tier embossed 14 gauge galvanized steel shelving unit complete
with stainless steel tubular uprights arranged to pass through each shelf,
having following features:
1. Corner brackets to be concealed type with no external attachments.
2. Uprights shall not exceed 63" high, including adjustable feet.
3. Arrange as shown on plan drawings, using quantities and sizes as
follows:
a. 1 unit 42" wide x 36" long.
b. 2 units 21" wide x 42" long.
C. 7 units 21" wide x 48" long.
B. Acceptable manufactures of shelving unit:
1. EASTERN STEEL RACK, (BOSTON, MA), MODEL 40-A-4
2. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM 7 - CAN STORAGE RACK - FOUR REQUIRED
A. All -welded heavy duty aluminum can storage rack having following features:
1. Unit capacity to be a minimum of 156 #10 cans, (13 cases).
2. Unit to be approximately 42" deep x 28" wide, front load and unload.
3. Unit to have four heavy duty legs with adjustable feet.
4. Unit be reinforced on sides and back to avoid movement.
5. Unit to be front load and unload.
B. Acceptable manufacturers of can storage rack:
1. EASTERN STEEL, (BOSTON, MA), MODEL CSR-FF-156
2. Architect approved equivalent.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11400-20
SECTION 11400
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT
ITEM 8 - COLD STORAGE ASSEMBLY - ONE REQUIRED
A. Pre -fabricated cold storage room assembly. Exact overall size to be field
verified prior to fabrication.
1. Insulation: Insulation shall be 97% closed -cell or better,
foamed -in -place polyurethane, nominal thickness of 4" throughout, U.L.
rated, self -extinguishing, fire retardant type, expanded by use of
HCFC-22, to removal of 100% of the CFC's.
2. Coved corners: Constructed so that all interior wall, floor and
ceiling intersections shall have integral coved corners. Add -on coved
strip will not be acceptable.
3. Cam lock fasteners: Panel intersections and wall, floor and ceiling
intersections shall be secured by cam lock fasteners.
4. Finishes & Dimensions: Exterior and interior finishes shall be as
scheduled. Fractional dimensions are not acceptable, all dimensions
to be within 1" of design dimension.
5. Doors:
a. Door size and finish shall be as scheduled. Furnished complete
with sill wiper gasket, lift type hinges, and inside safety
release, and door lock.
b. Hinges, latches and hardware: Chrome plated. Door to be
furnished with three hinges. Exterior doors to be equipped with
automatic door closer.
C. Doors to have 1/4" aluminum diamond tread plates or 14 gauge
stainless steel plates on both sides of doors where indicated 36"
high.
6. Thermometers: Compartment to be provided with 4" exterior dial
thermometer mounted at eye level to door.
7. Lights: Compartment to be furnished complete with manufacturer's
standard light fixture mounted and pre -wired to switch with pilot
light to door section. Extra lights and 3-way switches as shown on
details. Size light fixtures to provide 10 foot candles of light 30"
above the floor.
8. Refrigeration System:
a. As part of cold storage room assembly, provide compartment with
complete refrigeration system sized to maintain appropriate
temperature.
b. Refrigeration system to be as specified under Item 85.
C. Condensing unit: air-cooled and remote. Unit to have performance
and wiring characteristics as scheduled on drawings.
9. Miscellaneous:
a. Assembly to be set on floor, using floor screeds and slam braces.
Slam braces spaced at 3'-0" maximum.
b. Provide trim strips, closure panels, to trim assembly to adjacent
building surfaces.
C. Where necessary furnish exterior structural supports, as part of
this assembly.
d. Provide plastic strip curtains at door location.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11400-21
SECTION 11400 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT
e. Furnish remote visual and audible sensor and alarm, with the
remote activator to be located in the Owner's mechanical and/or
maintenance shop. Owner will advise exact location.
f. Provide sleeves located for utility entrance, drain lines, and
refrigeration lines, and after lines are installed, fill sleeves
with caulking compound, suitable for use in refrigerated spaces.
All penetrations of wall and ceilings panels must be with
conduit. Drilled penetrations without sleeves are not acceptable.
B. Acceptable manufacturers of cold storage assembly:
1. THERMO-KOOL, (LAUREL, MS)
2. HARFORD, (ABERDEEN, MD)
3. NOR -LAKE, (HUDSON, WI)
4. MASTERBILT, (NEW ALBANY, MI)
5. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM 9 - DUNNAGE RACK - FIVE REQUIRED
A. One -tier embossed 12 gauge aluminum platform unit having following
features:
1. Aluminum tubular uprights, attached with concealed gussets.
2. Free-standing, with four uprights per unit, not less than 10" high.
3. Adjustable flanged feet.
4 Located as shown on drawings using quantities and sizes as follows:
a. 1
unit
18"
wide
x 36"
long.
b. 1
unit
18"
wide
x 42"
long.
C. 3
units
18"
wide
x 48"
long.
B. Acceptable manufactures of dunnage rack:
1. EASTERN STEEL, (BOSTON, MA), MODEL D40-A
2. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM 10 - RACEWAY - ONE REQUIRED
A. - Wall mounted utility distribution system to serve Items
having following features:
1. Designed to include electrical. and water.
2. Stainless steel construction.
3. Receptacles with point of use circuit breakers.
4. Pre -wired in accord with National Electrical Code,
components.
13, 14, 15 and 16,
using U.L. listed
5. Quick disconnects and appropriate cord and plug sets as
equipment.
quired by
6. Raceway shall be approximately 24'-0" long, with utilities coming from
the right side.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11400-22
SECTION 11400
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT
B. Acceptable manufacturers of utility distribution system:
1. AVTEC, (DOWNERS GROVE, IL)
2. MODEL EWDE
3. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM 11 - STORAGE SHELVING - TWELVE REQUIRED
A. Four -tier embossed 12 gauge aluminum shelving unit complete with stainless
steel tubular uprights arranged to pass through each shelf, having
following features:
1. Corner brackets: Concealed type with no external attachments.
2. Uprights shall not exceed 63" high, including adjustable feet.
3. Arrange as shown on plan drawings, using quantities and sizes as
follows:
a. 5 units 18" wide x 36" long.
b. 3 units 18" wide x 42" long.
C. 4 units 18" wide x 48" long.
B. Acceptable manufacturers of shelving unit:
1. EASTERN STEEL, (BOSTON, MA), MODEL 40-A-4
2. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM 12 - POT STORAGE RACK - TWO REQUIRED
A. Three-tier embossed 14 gauge stainless steel shelving unit, complete with
stainless steel tubular uprights arranged to pass through each shelf,
having following features:
1. Corner brackets to be concealed type with no external attachments.
2. Set of 5" diameter swivel casters.
3. Uprights shall not exceed 75", including casters.
4. Each unit to be free standing.
5. Arrange as shown on plan drawings, using quantities and sizes as
follows:
a. 2 units 24" wide x 48" long.
B. Acceptable manufacturers of pot storage rack:
1. EASTERN STEEL, (BOSTON, MA), MODEL 40-A3-M
2. Architect approved equal.
ITEM 13 - POT SIN', w. WALLSHELF - ONE REQUIRED
A. Acceptable manufacturers:
1. LOW -TEMP, (JONESBORO, GA)
2. ACE FABRICATION, (MOBILE, AL)
3. STAFAB, (DENVER, CO)
4. Furnish with listed faucets.
5. Architect approved equivalent.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11400-23
SECTION 11400 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT
ITEM 14 - SINK HEATER - ONE REQUIRED
A. Built-in electric sink heater of all stainless steel internal construction,
suitable for mounting to underside of sink, having following features:
1. Electrical characteristics as scheduled.
2. Thermostatic controls with temperature indicating light.
3. Sump with drain, extend drain to nearest FD.
4. Manufacturers standard exterior finish.
5. Power -on indicating light.
B. Acceptable manufacturers of heater:
1. HATCO, (MILWAUKEE, WI), MODEL 3-CS-9
2. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM 15 - PRE -RINSE UNIT - ONE REQUIRED
A. Deck -mounted pre -rinse unit complete with riser support wall bracket,
having following features:
1. Flexible stainless steel hose.
2. Self -closing spray nozzle.
3. Mixing valve with integral check valves.
B. Acceptable manufacturers of pre -rinse unit:
1. T&S BRASS, (TRAVELERS REST, SC), MODEL B-113/109
2. CHICAGO FAUCET, (DES PLAINES, IL)
3. FISHER, (LOS ANGELES, CA)
4. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM 16 - DISPOSER - ONE REQUIRED
A. Disposer with 3 HP motor, having following features:
1. Electrical characteristics as scheduled.
2. 8" diameter rotor, cast steel housing.
3. Sink adaptor.
4. Manual starter, water -proof start -stop switch with thermal overload,
solenoid and vacuum breaker.
B. Acceptable manufacturers of disposer:
1. SALVAJOR, (KANSAS CITY, KS), MODEL 300
2. RED GOAT, (MURFREESBORO, TN)
3. MASTER, (CINCINNATI, OH)
4. INSINKERATOR, (RACINE, WI)
5. Architect approved equivaler .
ITEM 17 - NOT USED
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11400-24
SECTION 11400 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT
ITEM 18 - EXHAUST HOOD - ONE REQUIRED
A. Wall mounted exhaust hood of size, shape and content as shown having
following features:
1. All exposed surfaces of 18 gauge #304 stainless steel construction.
2. N.F.P.A. 96 construction, including all joints and seams welded
externally, continuous and liquid tight.
3. 5/8" diameter hanger rods to structural ceiling, approximately 48" on
center.
4. Stainless steel baffle type U.L. listed grease extracting filters. 20"
x 20".
5. Integral grease gutter sloped to drain to removable grease receptacle.
6. Vapor -proof U.L. listed recessed fluorescent light fixtures, number
and location as shown on detail drawings. Light tubes included.
Furnish hood'fan & light switches.
7. Coordinated installation of fire control system as specified for Item
19. Fire control cabinet to be part of hood.
8. Integral make-up air plenum along front as shown.
9. Non -removable stainless steel perimeter trim and/or closure panels
from top of hood to ceiling.
10. Seal hood to wall with clear silicone sealant.
11. The use of fillers, silicon or other non metallic materials is not
allowed in the exhaust area.
12. Custom fabricated hoods are not acceptable.
B. Acceptable manufacturers of exhaust hood:
1. MECHANICAL SERVICES, (INDIAN TRAIL, NC), MODEL GWC-4
2. AEROLATOR, (MONROE, NC)
3. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM 19 - FIRE CONTROL SYSTEM - ONE REQUIRED
A. Automatic wet chemical fire control system as required to protect exhaust
hood, Item 18, and the cooking equipment located under this hood, and
having following features:
1. All tanks, control heads, piping, relays, cable, fusible links,
nozzles, elbows, as required for complete system.
2. Chrome plated nozzles and exposed piping.
3. Manual strike mechanism in accessible location.
4. Installation in accord with code .requirements and coordinated with
exhaust hood construction and installation.
5. Appliance shut-off feature, with snap -action switch arranged to shut
off service to equipment under hood when system is actuated.
6. Furnish mechanical gas valve.
B. Acceptable manufacturers of fire control system:
1. ANSUL, (MARINETTE, WI), MODEL R-102
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11400-25
SECTION 11400 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT
2. RANGEGUARD, (CLEVELAND, OH)
3. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM 20 - RACEWAY - ONE REQUIRED
A. Island utility distribution system to serve Items 18, 19, 21 and 22, having
following features:
1. Designed to include electrical, water, and gas services.
2. Stainless steel construction.
3. Receptacles with point of use circuit breakers.
4. Pre -wired in accord with National Electrical Code, using U.L. listed
components.
5. Quick disconnects and appropriate cord and plug sets as required by
equipment.
6. Fire shut-off feature for interconnections with fire control system.
7. Raceway shall be approximately 23'-0" long, with utilities coming from
above.
B. Acceptable manufacturers of utility distribution system:
1. AVTEC (DOWNERS GROVE, IL)
2. MODEL EWDE
3. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM 21 - BRAISING PAN - TWO REQUIRED
A. Open cabinet base gas -fired tilting braising pan having following features:
1. Modular cabinet base suitable for installation on banked line-up as
shown on drawings.
2. Capacity of approximately 40 gallons.
3. Suitable for use with propane gas, rated at 120,000 BTU, furnish gas
pressure regulator.
4. Stainless steel exterior finish.
5. Front -hinged tilt mechanism, manual tilt.
6. Food pan support device, front mounted.
7. All equipment in line-up supplied by same manufacturer.
B. Acceptable manufacturers of tilting braising pan:
1. VULCAN HART, (LOUISVILLE, KY), MODEL G-40-0
2. GARLAND, (FREELAND, PA),
3. GROEN, (ELK GROVE VILLAGE, IL)
4. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM 22 - SINK UNIT - ONE REQUIRED
A. Provide stainless steel sink unit having following features:
1. 6" deep sink.
2. Swing spout faucet, with T&S double pantry faucet.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11400-26
SECTION 11400 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT
3. Install in banked line-up as shown on plan drawings.
4. All equipment in line-up by same manufacturer.
B. Acceptable manufacturers of sink unit:
1. VULCAN HART (LOUISVILLE, KY), MODEL 12-BS
2. GROEN, (ELK GROVE VILLAGE, IL)
3. GARLAND, (FREELAND, PA)
4. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM 23 - TROUGH GRATE - TWO REQUIRED
A. Trough grate having following features:
1. All stainless steel welded construction.
2. 3/16" x 1" flat bars set on edge, with 13/16" clearance between bars.
3. Two 1/2" diameter rods wedged through bars full length, and weld to
each bar. Furnish stainless steel frame. Coordinate installation
with other trades.
4. Size to suit trough.
B. Acceptable manufacturers of grate:
1. SERV-O-LIFT, (BOSTON, MA), MODEL SFB-18
2. IMC/TEDDY, (COPIAGUE, NY), MODEL SG-18
3. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM 24 - ROLL -IN PROOF CABINET - ONE REQUIRED
A. Provide fully automatic roll -in proof cabinet having following features:
1. Electrical characteristics as scheduled, water connection.
2. All stainless steel construction with no exposed fasteners.
3. Stainless steel front, cappings, doors, ends, floor and inner liners.
4. Self -closing doors.
5. Door gaskets to be self-adjusting magnetic actuated.
6. Hydraulic exterior closure.
7. Single rack capacity.
B. - Acceptable manufacturers of proof cabinet:
1. TRAULSEN, (COLLEGE POINT, NY), MODEL PRI-1-32-H
2. BAKER'S AID, (SYOSSET, NY), MODEL BAP -I -RI
3. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM 25 - OVEN RACK - FIVE REQUIRED
A. All welded stainless steel roll -in rack cart having following features:
1. Suited for use with oven, Item 26 & proof cabinet, Item 24.
2. All welded stainless steel construction.
3. Four 4", high temperature casters.
4.. Suitable for use with 18" x 26" sheet pans, roast pans, and 12" x 20"
steam table pans.
5. Front loading model.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11400-27
SECTION 11400 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT
B. Acceptable manufacturers of unit:
1. BAKER'S AID, (SYOSSET, NY), MODEL BAOR-S-004
2. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM 26
- ROLL -IN OVEN - TWO REQUIRED
A. Gas -fired roll -in rack oven having following features:
1.
Utilities as scheduled, suitable for use with propane
gas, rated at
140,000 BTU's, furnish gas pressure regulator.
2.
Unit to be suited for use in correctional facilities,
complete with
non -removable screws and protected controls.
3.
Unit to be of all stainless steel construction, in and
out.
4.
Unit to have integral exhaust canopy and exhaust fans.
5.
Unit to have single rack capacity. Dimensions of unit
not to exceed
50" wide x 50" long x 9'-0" high.
6.
Unit to be complete per manufacturer's specifications,
including all
accesories.
7.
Unit to have control panel with 60 minute timer, on/off
switch,
thermostat, damper control and indicator lights. Control
panel to have
keyed access to circuit breakers, electrical panel and grease
fittings.
8.
One unit suited for baking and roasting, one unit suited
for roasting.
B. Acceptable manufacturers of unit:
1.
BAKER'S AID, (SYOSSET, NY), MODEL BARO-IG-SL
2.
Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM 27 - WORKTABLE - TWO REQUIRED
A. Acceptable manufacturers:
1. LOW -TEMP, (JONESBORO, GA)
2. ACE FABRICATION, (MOBILE, AL)
3. STAFAB, (DENVER, CO)
4. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM 28 - MIXER - ONE REQUIRED
A. 60-quart floor model mixer having following features:
1. Electrical characteristics as scheduled.
2. Standard finish.
3. Two each 60 qt. stainless steel bowls and two ea. 30 qt. stainless
steel bowls, with adaptor.
4. Attachment hub, bowl dolly.
5. Meat grinder attachment set.
6. Vegetable slicer attachment with disc holder, grating disc, and three
shredding discs: 3/32, 3/16 and 5/16.
7. Flat beater, stainless steel wire whip, and dough hook.
8. Anchor to floor.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11400-28
SECTION 11400
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT
B. Acceptable manufacturers of mixer:
1. BLAKESLEE, (CHICAGO, IL), MODEL DD-60-T
2. MIDDLEBY MARSHALL, (MORTON GROVE, IL), MODEL 1060
3. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM 29 - EQUIPMENT STAND - ONE REQUIRED
A. Stand with 14 gauge stainless steel top, having following features:
1. 1-5/8" outside diameter stainless steel legs with welded crossrails
and set of 5" diameter casters.
2. Stand shall have four sets stainless steel channel slides, welded in
place, sized to suit 18" x 26" pans.
B. Acceptable manufacturers of equipment stand:
1. SERV-O-LIFT, (BOSTON, MA), MODEL 705
2. CADDY, (BRIDGEPORT, NJ)
3. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM 30 - NOT USED
ITEM 31 - WORKTABLE - ONE REQUIRED
A. Acceptable manufacturers:
1. LOW -TEMP, (JONESBORO, GA)
2. ACE FABRICATION, (MOBILE, AL)
3. STAFAB, (DENVER, CO)
4. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM 32 - PAN RACK - THREE REQUIRED
A. All -welded aluminum pan rack having following features:
1. Solid side walls with extruded aluminum guide supports for 18" x 26"
pans.
2. Capacity: 40 @ 1-1/2" on center.
3. Set of 5" diameter swivel casters.
4. Vertical corner bumpers.
B. Acceptable manufactuters of pan rack:
1. EASTERN STEEL, (BOSTON, MA), MODE'_ C-70-40
2. CRES-COR, (CLEVELAND, OH)
3. PRECISION, (MIAMI, FL)
4. Architect approved equivalent.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11400-29
SECTION 11400 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT
ITEM 33 - FIRE CONTROL SYSTEM - ONE REQUIRED
A. Automatic wet chemical fire control system as required to protect exhaust
hood, Item 34, and the cooking equipment located under this hood, and
having following features:
1. All tanks, control heads, piping, relays, cable, fusible links,
nozzles and elbows, as required for complete system.
2. Chrome plated nozzles and exposed piping.
3. Manual strike mechanism in accessible location.
4. Installation in accord with code requirements and coordinated with
exhaust hood construction and installation.
5. Appliance shut-off feature, with snap -action switch arranged to shut
off service to equipment under hood when system is actuated.
6. Furnish mechanical gas valve.
7. Unit to be interwired with Raceway, (Item 39).
B. Acceptable manufacturer Fire Control System:
1. ANSUL, (MARINETTE, WI), MODEL R-102
2. RANGEGUARD, (CLEVELAND, OH)
3. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM 34 - EXHAUST HOOD - ONE REQUIRED
A. Island exhaust hood of size, shape and content, having following features:
1. All exposed surfaces of 18 gauge #304 stainless steel construction.
2. N.F.P.A. 96 construction, including all joints and seams welded
externally, continuous and liquid tight.
3. 5/8" diameter hanger rods to structural ceiling, approximately,48" on
center.
4. Stainless steel baffle type U.L. listed grease extracting filters. 20"
x 20".
5. Integral grease gutter sloped to drain to removable grease receptacle.
6. Vapor -proof U.L. listed recessed fluorescent light fixtures, number
and location as shown on detail drawings. Light tubes included.
Furnish hood fan & light switches, to be part of Raceway, Item 33.
7. Coordinated installation of fire control system as specified for Item
19 and Raceway, Item 39.
8. Integral make-up air plenum along front as shown.
9. Non -removable stainless steel perimeter trim and/or closure panels
from top of hood to ceiling.
10. Seal hood to wall with clear silicone sealant.
11. The use of fillers, silicon or other non metallic materials is not
allowed in the exhaust area.
12. Custom fabricated hoods are not acceptable.
B. Acceptable manufacturers of exhaust hood:
1. MECHANICAL SERVICES, (INDIAN TRAIL, NC), MODEL GIC-4
2. AEROLATOR, (MONROE, NC)
3. Architect approved equivalent.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11400-30
SECTION 11400 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT
ITEM 35 - CONVECTION STEAMER - FOUR REQUIRED
A. Two -compartment pressureless steamer with self-contained electric steam
boiler, having following features:
1. Electrical characteristics as scheduled, cord and plug.
2. Suitable for use with propane gas, rated at 170,000 BTU, furnish gas
pressure regulator.
3. Automatic boiler blow down and cold water condenser.
4. Anchor to floor by F.S.E.C.
5. Provide HAKO water conditioner as incoming water line.
6. All steam cooking equipment under Hood, Item 34, by same manufacturer.
B. Steamer to be as manufactured by VULCAN HART, (LOUISVILLE, KY), MODEL
SQ-24-2G, GROEN, (ELK GROVE VILLAGE, IL), GARLAND, (FREELAND, PA), or
approved equal.
ITEM 36 - KETTLE - ONE REQUIRED
A. Gas -fired kettle having following features:
1. Manufacturers standard finish, stainless steel construction.
2. Capacity of 40 gallons, flanged feet, anchored to floor, by F.S.E.C.
3. Suitable for use with propane gas, rated at 105,000 BTU, furnish gas
pressure regulator.
4. 3" dairy draw -off, with strainer.
5. Double pantry fill faucet, size as scheduled.
6. Fully jacketed.
7. Hinged cover, with condensate ring.
8. All brackets, handles, hinges, etc., to be welded, for correctional
use.
9. Provide HAKO water conditioner as incoming water line.
10. All steam cooking equipment under Hood, Item 34, by same manufacturer.
B. Acceptable manufacturers of Kettle:
1. VULCAN HART, (LOUISVILLE, KY), MODEL GL-40
2. GARLAND, (FREELAND, PA)
3. GROEN, (ELK GROVE VILLAGE, IL)
4. Approved approved equivalent.
ITEM 37 - TROUGH GRATE - THREE REQUIRED
A. Trough grate having following features:
1. All stainless steel welded construction, of size and shape as
indicated.
2. 3/16" x 1" flat bars set on edge, with 13/16" clearance between bars.
3. Two 1/2" diameter rods wedged through bars full length, and weld to
each bar. Furnish stainless steel frame, coordinate installation with
other trades.
4. Size to suit trough.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11400-31
SECTION 11400 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT
B. Acceptable manufacturers of grate:
1. SERV-O-LIFT, (BOSTON, MA), MODEL SFB-18
2. IMC/TEDDY, (COPIAGUE, NY), MODEL SG-18
3. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM 38 - KETTLE - TWO REQUIRED
A. Gas -fired kettle having following features:
1. Manufacturers standard finish, stainless steel construction.
2. Capacity of 60 gallons, flanged feet, anchored to floor.
3. Suitable for use with propane gas, rated at 120,000 BTU, furnish gas
pressure regulator.
4. 3" dairy draw -off, with strainer.
5. Double pantry fill faucet, size as scheduled.
6. Fully jacketed.
7. Hinged cover, with condensate ring.
8. All brackets, handles, hinges, etc., to be welded, for correctional
use.
9. Provide HAKO water conditioner as incoming water line.
10. All steam cooking equipment under Hood, Item 34, by same
manufacturer.
B. Acceptable manufacturers of kettle:
1. VULCAN HART, (LOUISVILLE, KY), MODEL GL-60
2. GARLAND, (FREELAND, PA)
3. GROEN, (ELK GROVE VILLAGE, IL)
4. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM 39 - UTILITY RACEWAY - ONE REQUIRED
A. Island utility distribution system to serve Items 35, 36, 38, 40, 41, 42
and 43, having following features:
1. Designed to include electrical, water, and gas services.
2. Stainless steel construction. Columns to be placed on heavy duty
platforms with 6" stainless steel adjustable legs.
3. Receptacles with point of use circuit breakers.
4. Pre -wired in accord with National Electrical Code, using U.L. listed
components.
5. Quick disconnects and appropriate cord and plug sets as required by
equipment.
6. Fire shut-off feature for interconnections with fire control system.
7. Raceway shall be approxim-:ily 24'-0" long, with utilities coming from
above.
B. Furnish hood fan & light switches.
B. Acceptable manufacturers of Utility Distribution System:
1. AVTEC, (DOWNERS GROVE, IL), MODEL IUD
2. Architect approved equivalent.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11400-32
SECTION 11400 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT
ITEM 40 - CONVECTION OVEN - ONE REQUIRED
A. Gas -fired convection oven having following features:
1. Electrical characteristics as scheduled, cord and plug.
2. Double sections stacked.
3. Manufacturers standard finish, rear closure panel.
4. Set of adjustable stainless steel legs.
5. Suitable for use with propane gas, rated at 60,000 BTU, per section,
maximum, furnish gas pressure regulator.
6. Non -chain operated door section.
7. 3/4 HP blower motors.
8. Stainless steel drip pan.
B. Acceptable manufacturers of convection oven:
1. VULCAN HART, (LOUISVILLE, KY), MODEL SG-22
2. FRANKLIN, (PEACHTREE CITY, GA)
3. GARLAND, (FREELAND, PA)
4. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM 41 - FRYER W. FILTER SYSTEM - ONE REQUIRED
A. Gas -fired deep -fat fryer with filter system having following features:
1. 35 pound fat capacity per tank.
2. Cabinet base with hinged door.
3. Stainless steel tanks, stainless steel exterior.
4. Thermostatic controls.
5. 17" high stainless steel back guard.
6. Suitable for use with propane gas, rated at 540,000 BTU, furnish gas
pressure regulator.
7. 6" high adjustable legs.
8. Stainless steel fat well cover.
9. Built-in filter system, (furnish with filters & filtering media).
10. Three fry tanks-.
B. Acceptable manufacturer of fryer:
1. VULCAN HART, (LOUISVILLE, KY), MODEL CCFD-11F1
2. GARLAND, (FREELAND, PA)
3. PITCO, (CONCORD, NH)
4. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM 42 - OPEN BURNER RANGE - ONE REQUIRED
A. Gas -fired range with over, base, having following features:
1. Four open burners.
2. 6" high stainless steel adjustable legs.
3. Manufacturer's standard finish, stainless steel exterior sides where
exposed.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THRVE 11400-33
SECTION 11400
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT
4. 17" high stainless steel back guard.
5. Insulated, thermostatically controlled oven base.
6. Suitable for propane gas, rated at 170,000 BTU, furnish gas pressure
regulator, rear connect.
B. Acceptable manufacturers of range:
1. VULCAN HART, (LOUISVILLE, KY), MODEL H-45
2. GARLAND, (FREELAND, PA)
3. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM 43 - GRIDDLE ON STAND - TWO REQUIRED
A. Gas -fired griddle on stand having following features:
1. Electrical characteristics as scheduled.
2. Suitable for use with propane gas, rated at 150,000 BTU, furnish gas
pressure regulator. Attach tether to Raceway with stainless steel
fasteners.
3. Manufacturer's standard finish, 1" thick stainless steel griddle
plate, thermostatic controls.
4. Equipment mounted on extra heavy duty welded stainless steel tubular
griddle stand, with four 5" diameter heavy duty ball bearing swivel
casters affixed to stand. Griddle mounted on stand, and attached with
heavy duty vandal proof bolts. Submit shop drawings for stand.
B. Acceptable manufacturers of griddle:
1. VULCAN HART, (LOUISVILLE, KY), MODEL 960-A
2. WOLF, (COMPTON, CA)
3. GARLAND, (FREELAND, PA)
4. LANG, (REDMOND, WA)
5. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM 44 - REFRIGERATOR - ONE REQUIRED
A. Two -section reach -in refrigerator with top mounted air-cooled condensing
unit, exterior dial thermometer, cylinder door locks and top mounted
condensate evaporator, R-22 refrigerant, having following features:
1. Electrical characteristics as scheduled.
2. Full -height doors, hinged as shown.
3. Stainless steel interior and stainless steel exterior, stainless steel
interior door liner. Stainless steel rear closure.
4. Adjustable stainless steel legs.
5. Standard compliment stainless steel wire shelves.
B. Acceptable manufacturers of refrigerator:
1. TRAULSEN, (COLLEGE POINT, NY), MODEL RHT-2-32-WUT
2. Architect approved equivalent.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11400-34
SECTION 11400
ITEM 45 - WORKTABLE - ONE REQUIRED'
A. Acceptable manufacturer:
1. LOW -TEMP, (JONESBORO, GA)
2. ACE FABRICATION, (MOBILE, AL)
3. STAFAB, (DENVER, CO)
4. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM 46 - EQUIPMENT STAND - ONE REQUIRED
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT
A. Stand with 14 gauge stainless steel top, having following features:
1. 1-5/8" outside diameter stainless steel legs with welded crossrails
and set of 5" diameter casters.
2. Stand shall have four sets stainless steel channel slides, welded in
place, sized to suit 18" x 26" pans.
B. Acceptable manufacturers of equipment stand:
1. SERV-O-LIFT, (BOSTON, MA), MODEL 705
2. CADDY, (BRIDGEPORT, NJ)
3. PRECISION, (MIAMI, FL)
4. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM 47 - SLICER - ONE REQUIRED
A. Slicer having following features:
1. Electrical characteristics as scheduled, cord and plug set.
2. Adjustable gauge plate up to 1-1/4" thickness.
3. Stainless steel knife, 12" diameter.
4. Automatic carriage drive.
B. Acceptable manufacturers of slicer:
1. BLAKESLEE, (CHICAGO, IL), MODEL GSG-12A
2. GENERAL SLICING, (MURFREESBORO, TN)
3. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM 48 - FREEZER - ONE REQUIRED
A. Two -section reach -in freezer with top mounted air-cooled condensing unit,
exterior dial thermometer, cylinder door locks and top mounted condensate
evaporator, R-502 refrigerant, having following features:
1. Electrical characteristics as scheduled.
2. Full -height doors.
3. Stainless steel interior and stainless steel exterior, stainless steel
interior door liner, stainless steel rear closure.
4. Adjustable stainless steel legs.
5. Standard compliment stainless steel wire shelves.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11400-35
SECTION 11400
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT
B. Acceptable manufacturer of freezer:
1. TRAULSEN, (COLLEGE POINT, NY), MODEL RLT-2-32-WUT
2. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM 49 - PAN RACK - SEVEN REQUIRED
A. All -welded aluminum pan rack having following features:
1. Solid side walls with extruded aluminum guide supports for 18" x 26"
pans.
2. Capacity: 40 @ 1-112" on center.
3. Set of 5" diameter swivel casters.
4. Vertical corner bumpers.
B. Acceptable manufacturers of pan rack:
1. EASTERN STEEL, (BOSTON, MA), MODEL C-70-40
2. CRES-COR, (CLEVELAND, OH), PRECISION, (MIAMI, FL)
3. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM 50 - NOT USED
ITEM 51 - VEGETABLE PREP. SINK - ONE REQUIRED
A. Acceptable manufacturers:
1. LOW -TEMP, (JONESBORO, GA)
2. ACE FABRICATION, (MOBILE, AL)
3. STAFAB, (DENVER, CO)
4. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM 52 - DISPOSER - ONE REQUIRED
A. Disposer with 3 HP motor, having following features:
1. Electrical characteristics as scheduled.
2. 8" diameter rotor, cast steel housing.
3. 15" diameter cone, with stainless steel lid.
4. Manual starter, water -proof start -stop switch with thermal overload,
solenoid and vacuum breaker.
B. Acceptable manufacturers of disposer:
1. SALVAJOR, (KANSAS CITY, KS), MODEL 300
2. RED GOAT, (' -_.iFREESBORO, TN)
3. MASTER, (CI'CINNATI, OH)
4. INSINKERATOR, (RACINE, WI)
5. Architect approved equivalent.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11400-36
SECTION 11400 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT
ITEM 53 - SLICER - ONE REQUIRED
A. Slicer having following features:
1. Electrical characteristics as scheduled, cord and plug set.
2. Adjustable gauge plate up to 1-1/4" thickness.
3. Stainless steel knife, 12" diameter.
4. Automatic carriage drive.
B. Acceptable manufacturers of slicer:
1. BLAKESLEE, (CHICAGO, IL), MODEL GSG-12A
2. GENERAL SLICING, (MURFREESBORO, TN)
3. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM 54 - EQUIPMENT STAND - ONE REQUIRED
A. Stand with 14 gauge stainless steel top, having following features:
1. 1-5/8" outside diameter stainless steel legs with welded crossrails
and set of 5" diameter casters.
2. Stand shall have four sets stainless steel channel slides, welded in
place, sized to suit 18" x 26" pans.
B. Acceptable manufacturers of equipment stand:
1. SERV-O-LIFT, (BOSTON, MA), MODEL 705
2. CADDY, (BRIDGEPORT, NJ)
3. PRECISION, (MIAMI, FL)
4. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM 55 - WORKTABLE - ONE REQUIRED
A. Acceptable manufacturers:
1. LOW -TEMP, (JONESBORO, GA)
2. ACE FABRICATION, (MOBILE, AL)
3. STAFAB, (DENVER, CO)
4. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM 56 - RINSE HOSE - ONE REQUIRED
A. Wall -mounted spray hose, having following features:
1. Flexible stainless steel hose.
2. Self -closing spray hose.
3. Mixing valve with integral check valves, and vacuum breaker.
B. Acceptable manufacturers of rinse hose:
1. T&S BRASS, (TRAVELERS REST, SC), MODEL B-167
2. CHICAGO FAUCET, (DES PLAINES, IL)
3. FISHER, (LOS ANGELES, CA)
4. Architect approved equivalent.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11400-37
SECTION 11400 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT
ITEM 57 - FOOD CUTTER - ONE REQUIRED
A. Electric food cutter having following features:
1. Electrical characteristics as scheduled, cord and plug.
2. Removable stainless steel bowl.
3. Complete with all standard accessories.
B. Acceptable manufacturers of cutter:
1. ROBOT -COUPE, (JACKSON, MS), MODEL R-40-T
2. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM 58 - TROUGH GRATE - ONE REQUIRED
A. Trough grate having following features:
1. All stainless steel welded construction, of size and shape as
indicated.
2. 3/16" x 1" flat bars set on edge, with 13/16" clearance between bars.
3. Two 1/2" diameter rods wedged through bars full length, and weld to
each bar. Furnish stainless steel frame.
4. Size to suit trough.
B. Acceptable manufacturers of grate:
1. SERV-O-LIFT, (BOSTON, MA), MODEL SFB-18
2. IMC/TEDDY, (COPIAGUE, NY), MODEL SG-18
3. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM 59 - COFFEE URN - ONE REQUIRED
A. Electric coffee urn having following features:
1. Electrical characteristics as scheduled.
2. Automatic urn.
3. Triple urn, 10 gallon capacity, each side.
4. Positive low-water shut-off feature.
5. Bottom -mounted controls.
6. Double -wall insulated construction.
7. Dual service Prison control package.
8. Furnish with HAKO water conditioner.
B. Acceptable manufacturers of coffee urn:
1. AMERICAN, (NORTHBROOK, IL), MODEL 83010
2. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM 60 - NOT USED
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.nO-2 BID GROUP THREE 11400-38
SECTION 11400
ITEM 61 - BEVERAGE COUNTER - ONE REQUIRED
A. Acceptable manufacturers:
1. LOW -TEMP, (JONESBORO, GA)
2. ACE FABRICATION, (MOBILE, AL)
3. STAFAB, (DENVER, CO)
4. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM 62 - BEVERAGE CONTAINER - 15 REQUIRED
A. Beverage container having following features:
1. Manufacturer's standard finish.
2. Color selection by Architect.
3. 10 gallons capacity.
B. Acceptable manufacturers of container:
1. CAMBRO, (HUNTINGTON BEACH, CA), MODEL LCD-1000
2. SILITE, (CHICAGO, IL)
3. CONTINENTAL PLASTICS, (ST. LOUIS, IL)
4. Architect approved equivalent
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT
ITEM 63 - ICE MACHINE - TWO REQUIRED
A. Cube icemaker and bin having following features:
B. Ice Maker - 2 units stacked.
1. Electrical characteristics as scheduled.
2. Capacity based on 70OF incoming water and 90°F ambient,
approximately 2000 lbs. Each unit consists of 2 makers.
3. Remote, water cooled refrigeration, electrical characteristics
scheduled.
4. Stainless steel finish.
5. Arranged to make half diced ice.
6. Furnish with HAKO, MODEL PP, water conditioner.
7. Remote condenser as part of Refrigeration System, Item 85.
C. Bin
1. Bin to have rated capacity of approximately 1800 lbs.
2. Stainless steel bin and bin liner.
3. 6" adjustable stainless steel legs.
D. Acceptable manufacturers of icemaker:
1. HOSHIZAKI, (PEACHTREE CITY, GA), MODEL (2)KM-1201-DSU
2. MANITOWOC, (MANITOWOC, WI)
3. Architect approved equivalent.
of
as
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11400-39
SECTION 11400 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT
ITEM 64 - HOT FOOD CART - THREE REQUIRED
A. Electric, mobile hot food cart having following features:
1. Electrical characteristics as scheduled, cord and plug. Plug into Item
65.
2. All stainless steel construction.
3. Base to have heated compartments.
4. Unit to have four 5" diameter heavy duty ball -bearing swivel casters,
two with brakes.
5. Unit to have perimeter bumpers.
6. Prison control package, covered controls, torx with peg fasteners.
B. Acceptable manufactures of hot food cart:
1. USECO, (MURFREESBORO, TN), MODEL 10-103A
2. CADDY, (PITMAN, NJ)
3. CARTER HOFFMAN, (MUNDELEIN, IL)
4. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM 65 - CONVEYOR - ONE REQUIRED
A. Self-contained, mechanical band conveyor having following features:
1. All stainless steel construction, stainless steel adjustable legs.
2. Mechanical band conveyor driven by a single motor, 4 bands.
3. All electrical services combined into a single control panel; NEMA
approved. Provide DCO's on both sides, suitable for 120/60/1, 20 amps.
Unit to have suitable receptacles for the listed equipments.
4. Unit to have overall length of 16'-0".
5. At receiving end of conveyor incorporate automatic shut-off device,
being activated when a tray slides over the device.
6. Band repair kit.
B. Acceptable manufacturers of conveyor:
1. USECO, (MURFREESBORO, TN), MODEL 35-16A
2. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM 66 - SOILED DISHTABLE WITH RACKSHELF - ONE REQUIRED
A. Acceptable manufacturers:
1. LOW -TEMP, (JONESBORO, GA)
2. ACE FABRICATION, (MOBILE, AL)
3. STAFAB, (DENVER, CO)
4. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM 67 - PRE -RINSE UNIT - ONE REQUIRED
A. Deck -mounted pre -rinse unit complete with riser support wall bracket,
having following features:
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11400-40
SECTION 11400 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT
1. Flexible stainless steel hose.
2. Self -closing spray nozzle.
3. Mixing valve with integral check valves.
B. Acceptable manufacturer of pre -rinse unit:
1. T&S BRASS, (TRAVELERS REST, SC), MODEL B-113/109
2. CHICAGO FAUCET, (DES PLAINES, IL)
3. FISHER, (LOS ANGELES, CA)
4. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM 68 - DISPOSER - ONE REQUIRED
A. Disposer with 3 HP motor, having following features:
1. Electrical characteristics as scheduled.
2. 8" diameter rotor, cast steel housing.
3. Sink adaptor.
4. Manual starter, water -proof start -stop switch with thermal overload,
solenoid and vacuum breaker.
B. Acceptable manufacturers of disposer:
1. SALVAJOR, (KANSAS CITY, KS), MODEL 300
2. RED GOAT, (MURFREESBORO, TN)
3. MASTER, (CINCINNATI, OH)
4. INSINKERATOR, (RACINE, WI)
5. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM 69 - VAPOR HOOD - ONE REQUIRED
A. Vapor hood having following features:
1. All surfaces to be of 18 gauge #304 stainless steel construction.
2. All joints to be welded, continuous and liquid tight.
3. 5/8" diameter hanger rods to structural ceiling.
4. Stainless steel perimeter trim and/or closure panels from top of hood
to ceiling.
5. Seal to wall with clear silicon sealant.
6. Unit to be sized to extend 2'-0" over outer perimeter of dish machine
on all sides.
B. Acceptable manufacturers of vapor hood:
1. MECHANICAL SERVICES, (INDIAN TRAIL, NC), MODEL GC-5
2. AEROLATOR, (MONROE, NC)
3. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM 70 - NOT USED
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11400-41
SECTION 11400 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT
ITEM 71 - DISHMACHINE - ONE REQUIRED
A. Door type dishmachine with recirculating pre -wash having following features:
1. Electrical characteristics as scheduled.
2. Stainless steel hood and tanks.
3. Manufacturer's standard finish, stainless steel base, frame and
stainless steel adjustable legs, stainless steel closure panels.
4. Electric tank heat.
5. Connect to 180OF water source.
6. Automatic tank fill with manual by-pass.
7. Electrical outlet for soap dispenser.
8. Correctional covers over the entire control housing.
9. Items 71 & 75 to be of the same manufacturer.
B. Acceptable manufacturers of dishmachine:
1. INSINGER, (PHILADELPHIA, PA), MODEL 18-3
2. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM 72 - CLEAN DISHTABLE - ONE REQUIRED
A. Acceptable manufacturers:
1. LOW -TEMP, (JONESBORO, GA)
2. ACE FABRICATION, (MOBILE, AL)
3. STAFAB, (DENVER, CO)
4. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM 73 - TROUGHVEYOR - ONE REQUIRED
A. This Item is part of Item 75, Tray Washer with Blower Dryer.
ITEM 74 - SCRAPPING TABLE - ONE REQUIRED
A. Acceptable manufacturers:
1. LOW -TEMP, (JONESBORO, GA)
2. ACE FABRICATION, (MOBILE, AL)
3. STAFAB, (DENVER, CO)
4. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM 75 - TRAY WASHER - ONE REQUIRED
A. Tray washer and blower dryer having follow.ng features:
1. Electrical characteristics as scheduled.
2. Stainless steel hood and tanks.
3. Manufacturer's standard finish, stainless steel base, frame and
stainless steel adjustable legs, stainless steel closure panels.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE �11400-42
SECTION 11400
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT
4. Electric tank heat.
5. All components pre -wired to stainless steel control panel.
6. Upper and lower spray arms.
7. Electrical outlet for soap dispenser.
8. All pumps, impellers and piping to be non -corrosive.
9. Equipment to be of same manufacturer as Item 71, Dishmachine.
10. In -line integral blower dryer, electrically heated & interwired to
tray washer.
B. Acceptable manufacturers of tray washer:
1. INSINGER, (PHILADELPHIA, PA), MODEL 321-2-RPW/TD-321
2. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM 76 - VAPOR HOOD - ONE REQUIRED
A. Vapor hood having following features:
1. All surfaces to be of 18 gauge #304 stainless steel construction.
2. All joints to be welded, continuous and liquid tight.
3. 5/8" diameter hanger rods to structural ceiling.
4. Stainless steel perimeter trim and/or closure panels from top of hood
to ceiling.
5. Seal to wall with clear silicon sealant.
6. Unit to be sized to extend 2'-0" over outer perimeter of dish machine
on all sides.
B. Acceptable manufacturer of vapor hood:
1. MECHANICAL SERVICES, (INDIAN TRAIL, NC), MODEL GC-5
2. AEROLATOR, (MONROE, NC)
3. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM 77 - CLEAN DISHTABLE - ONE REQUIRED
A. Acceptable manufacturers:
1. LOW -TEMP, (JONESBORO, GA)
2. ACE FABRICATION, (MOBILE, AL)
3. STAFAB, (DENVER, CO)
4. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM 78 - HOSE BIBB - ONE REQUIRED
A. Chrome -plated brass hose bibb.
B. Acceptable manufacturers:
1. T&S BRASS, (TRAVELERS REST, SC), MODEL B-699
2. CHICAGO FAUCET, (DES PLAINES, IL)
3. FISHER, (LOS ANGELES, CA)
4. Architect approved equivalent.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11400-43
SECTION 11400 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT
ITEM 79 - EXHAUST HOOD - ONE REQUIRED
A. Wall mounted exhaust hood of size, shape and content as shown, having
following features:
1. All exposed surfaces of 18 gauge #304 stainless steel construction.
2. N.F.P.A. 96 construction, including all joints and seams welded
externally, continuous and liquid tight.
3. 5/8" diameter hanger rods to structural ceiling, approximately 48" on
center.
4. Stainless steel baffle type U.L. listed grease extracting filters. 20"
x 20".
5. Integral grease gutter sloped to drain to removable grease receptor.
6. Vapor proof U.L. listed recessed fluorescent fixtures, number and
location as shown on detail drawings. Light tubes included. Furnish
hood fan & light switches.
7. Integral make-up air plenum along front as shown on plan drawings.
8. Non -removable stainless steel perimeter trim and/or closure panels
from top of hood to ceiling.
9. Seal hood to wall with clear silicone sealant.
10. The use of fillers, silicon or other non metallic materials is not
allowed in the exhaust hood.
11. Custom fabricated hoods are not acceptable.
B. Acceptable manufacturers of exhaust hood:
1. MECHANICAL SERVICES, (INDIAN TRAIL, NC), MODEL GWC-4
2. AEROLATOR, (MONROE, NC)
3. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM 80 - RETHERMALIZATION OVEN - FOUR REQUIRED
A. Electric rethermalization unit having following features:
1. Electrical characteristics as scheduled. Bring all wiring to single
connection point.
2. Two units stacked, suitable for use with 2-1/2" x 12" x 20" steamtable
pans, with shelf cassette.
3. All stainless steel construction, stainless steel adjustable legs.
4. Correctional control panel protection feature.
5. Computerized control board.
6. Stainless steel adjustable legs.
B. Retherm oven to be as manufactured by USECO, (MURFREESBORO, TN), MODEL
RTH-2, or apprnved equal.
ITEM 81 - CHILL CART - 89 REQUIRED
A. Stainless steel chill cart having following features:
1. All stainless steel construction, welded, suitable for 12" x 20" pans.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BTO GROUP THREE 11400-44
SECTION 11400 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT
2. Four 5" heavy duty ball -bearing casters, for specific use in blast
chiller, Item 84.
3. Top mounted prison application locking device to suit blast chiller.
B. Acceptable manufacturers of cart:
1. USECO, (MURFREESBORO, TN), MODEL 34-016
2. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM 82 - TRAY DELIVERY CART - 18 REQUIRED
A. Heated stainless steel tray delivery cart having following features:
1. Electrical characteristics as scheduled, cord and plug, 10 foot long.
2. Exterior to be 20 gauge stainless steel, interior 24 gauge stainless
steel. Insulated walls with 1" thick fiberglass. Extra thickness in
top.
3. Full perimeter bumpers, in stainless steel channel.
4. Unit to have 8" diameter, heavy duty ball -bearing casters, whell ahead
pattern.
5. 16 gauge stainless steel tray slides. Center rack assembly, dual
service and attached to cart by mounting studs.
6. Top mounted, removable heating unit. Self-lubricating, internally
cooled fan motor.
7. Water splash insert, in the heating unit.
B. Acceptable manufacturers of cart:
1. CARTER HOFFMAN, (MUNDELIEN, IL), MODEL PH-1835-U
2. USECO, (MURFREESBORO, TN),
3. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM 83 - UTILITY CART - 15 REQUIRED
A. Stainless steel welded cart having following features:
1. Push handle.
2. Two shelves.
3. Two 5" diameter swivel casters and top 10" diameter fixed casters.
4. Non -marking vinyl wrap -around bumper.
B. Acceptable manufacturers of cart:
1. SERV-O-LIFT, (BOSTON, MA), MODEL 979
2. PRECISION, (MIAMI, FL)
3. USECO, (MURFREESBORO, TN)
4. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM 84 - COLD STORAGE ASSEMBLY W. BLAST CHILLER - ONE REQUIRED
A. Provide pre -fabricated blast cooler assembly with holding coolers of size
and shape shown on plan drawings.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11400-45
SECTION 11400
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT
1. Insulation: Closed -cell foamed -in -place polyurethane, nominal
thickness of 4" throughout, U.L. rated, self -extinguishing, fire
retardant type. Flame spread rating of 25 or better. The U-factor
shall not exceed 0.25, the R-factor shall be a minimum 34.48 with
insulation of 0.116 BTU per inch thickness per degree Fahrenheit.
2. Coved Corners: Blast Chill Assembly: constructed so that all
interior wall, stainless steel floor and ceiling intersections shall
have integral coved corners. Add -on coved strip will not be
acceptable. Remainder of assembly to have floor screeds.
3. Cam Lock Fasteners: All panel intersections and wall, floor and
ceiling intersections shall be secured by cam lock fasteners.
4. Finishes & Dimensions: Exterior and interior finishes shall be as
scheduled. Dimensions to suit building space and not exceed the
designed space. Storage capacity of cold storage assembly not to be
impeded by the size and shape of the cold storage assembly.
5. Doors: Door size and finish as scheduled and be furnished complete
with sill wiper gasket, lift type hinges, and inside safety release.
a. Hinges, Latches and Hardware: Chrome plated. All doors
furnished with three hinges. Exterior doors to be equipped with
automatic door closer.
b. Unit to be provided with motorized turn mechanism to suit chill
racks as specified under Item 82. Mechanism to be installed at
factory.
6. Thermometers: Each compartment to be provided with 4" exterior dial
thermometer mounted at eye level to door. Digital read-out
thermometers are acceptable. Thermostatic probe to be placed in pyrex
vial, with glycerine solution. Blast chiller to have computerized
timer.
7. Lights: Each compartment to be furnished complete with manufacturer's
standard light fixture mounted and pre -wired to switch with pilot
light to door section. Extra lights and 3-way switches as shown on
details. Size light fixtures to provide 10 foot candles of light 30"
above the floor.
8. Refrigeration System: As part of cold storage room assembly, provide
compartment with complete refrigeration system sized to maintain
appropriate temperature. Blast cooler to be furnished with factory
furnished coils by the panel manufacturer, with design accomplishments
as required for the work.
a. Refrigeration system to be as specified under Item 86.
b. Condensing units to be air-cooled and remote. Units to have
performance and wiring characteristics as scheduled.
9. Miscellaneous:
a. Assembly to be set on floor as shown on drawings. Building floor
to be insulated below assembly by G.C.
b. Trim strips, closure panels, etc., as necessary to trim assembly
to adjacent building surfaces. Plastic strip curtains at door
locations where shown.
C. Sleeves properly located for utility entrance, drain lines, and
refrigeration lines, and after lines are installed, fill sleeves
with liquid urethane compound, suitable for use in refrigerated
spaces.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11400-46
SECTION 11400
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT
d. All penetration of wall and ceilings panels must be with conduit.
Drilled penetrations without sleeves are not acceptable.
e. All cold storage assemblies for this project by the same
manufacturer.
B. Acceptable manufacturers of cold storage assembly:
1. THERMO-KOOL, (LAUREL, MS)
2. HARFORD, (ABERDEEN, MD)
3. NOR -LAKE, (HUDSON, WI)
4. USECO, (MURFREESBORO, TN)
5. MASTERBILT, (NEW ALBANY, MI)
6. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM 85 - REMOTE REFRIGERATION SYSTEM - ONE REQUIRED
A. Package refrigeration system for walk-in coolers, freezers and ice machines
specified as Items 1, 8, 63 & 84 (Holding Cooler).
B. Each compartment to be furnished with complete refrigeration system sized
to maintain appropriate temperature. The system to be provided with all
required refrigerant piping, insulation, sight glass, vibration eliminator,
solenoids, thermostats, defrost timers, as necessary. The refrigeration
system shall be a pre-engineered and factory assembled unit.
1. Refrigeration Unit:
a. Compressors shall be rack mounted, single stage semi -hermetic
Copeland (or equivalent) compressors.
b. The unit shall be provided with multi -circuited air-cooled
condenser, operating within the recommended range of suction and
discharge pressures for cold storage assemblies. Each circuit of
the multi -circuit condenser shall be sized for minimum of 150F
T.D.
C. Unit to have pre -wired surface mounted breaker panel requiring
only one electrical connection to housing, complete with panel
mounted disconnect.
d. Each compartment shall be equipped with Copeland (or equivalent)
compressor, large pump down capacity receiver with two shut-off
valves, liquid line drier, sight glass, suction and discharge
vibration eliminator, high -low pressure control, crankcase heater
and flood back head pressure control for low ambient -all factory
assembled, and all such other devices as may be necessary to make
a complete system. Line runs may require upsizing of lines &
condensers.
e. All compressors units shall be new and factory assembled to
operate with the refrigerant specified. R-22 shall be used on
all commercial temprature units and R-502 shall be used on all
low temperature units, R-22 only, may be used on 1/2 HP & 3/4 HP
units only. Compressor to be coated for corrosion protection.
Compressor to be water cooled, with the return water line to be
suited for connection to the building utilities. Compressor fins
to be coated with polyester.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE . 11400-47
SECTION 11400
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT
2. Evaporator Coils:
a. For each compartment, mounted at approximate location shown.
b. Evaporators to be low -silhouette type with performance
characteristics to match condensing units. Freezer unit to have
automatic electric defrost.
C. Provide evaporator drain lines and extend to floor receptors
outside walk-in assembly, with freezer drains to be wrapped with
heater cable.
d. Heater cable to be tightly wrapped without space between the
wrap -grounds. Insulate drain lines with 3/4" Armaflex or
equivalent.
3. Refrigeration Lines:
a. To be run in neat, orderly manner so as to avoid interference
with structural features and work of other trades. All
refrigeration lines inside the unit to be extended to one side of
the unit.
b. All copper tubing to be refrigerant grade hard copper or type
"L"
C. Silver solder and/or sil-fors shall be used for all refrigerant
piping.
4. The frame shall be made of structural steel. Entire frame shall be
pre -assembled, welded, cleaned and painted with a prime coat of zinc
chromate and shall be finished with a coat of epoxy based enamel,
protected against corrosion by coating the entire unit with a coat of
polyurethane finish.
5. Control Panel: The entire unit shall have factory mounted and
pre -wired control panel, complete with main fused disconnect,
compressor circuit breakers, contractors, and time clocks wire for
single point power connection.
6. Installation: Installation equipment to be installed by the
manufacturer of the equipment, or approved agent.
C. Acceptable manufacturers of system:
1. CZ/FILCO, (BREA, CA)
2. MODEL MIDG
3. Architect approved equivalent.
ITEM 86 - REMOTE REFRIGERATION SYSTEM - ONE REQUIRED
A. Provide package refrigeration system for Blast Chiller, Item 84.
B. Each compartment to be furnished with complete refrigeration system sized
to maintain appropriate temperature. The system to be provided with all
required refrigerant piping, insulation, sight glass, vibration elimil .or,
solenoids, thermostats, defrost timers, as necessary. The refrigerition
system shall be a pre-engineered and factory assembled unit.
1. Refrigeration Unit:
a. Compressors shall be rack mounted. Compressors shall be single
stage semi -hermetic Copeland (or equivalent) compressors.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11400-48
SECTION 11400
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT
b. Provide the unit shall be provided with multi -circuited
air-cooled condenser, operating within the recommended range of
suction and discharge pressures for cold storage assemblies. Each
circuit of the multi -circuit condenser shall be sized for minimum
of 15° temperature difference.
C. Unit to have pre -wired surface mounted breaker panel requiring
only one electrical connection to housing, complete with panel
mounted disconnect.
d. Each compartment shall be equipped with Copeland (or equivalent)
compressor, large pump down capacity receiver with two shut-off
valves, liquid line drier, sight glass, suction and discharge
vibration eliminator, high -low pressure control, crankcase heater
and flood back head pressure control for low ambient -all factory
assembled, and all such other devices as may be necessary to make
a complete operable system.
e. All compressors units shall be new and factory assembled to
operate with the refrigerant specified. R-22 shall be used on
all commercial temprature units and R-502 shall be used on all
low temperature units, R-22 only, may be used on 1/2 HP & 3/4 HP
units only. Compressor to be coated for corrosion protection.
Compressor to be water cooled, with the return water line to be
suited for connection to the building utilities. Compressor fins
to be coasted with polyester.
2. Evaporator Coils:
a. For each compartment, mounted at approximate location shown.
b. Evaporators for the blast chiller only are part of Item 84, and
are furnished by Useco. Blast Chiller unit to have automatic
electric defrost.
C. Provide evaporator drain lines and extend to floor receptors
outside Chiller assembly, with Chiller drains to be wrapped with
heater cable.
d. Heater cable to be tightly wrapped without space between the
wrap-arounds. Insulate drain lines with 3/4" Armaflex or better.
3. Refrigeration Lines:
a. To be run in neat, orderly manner so as to avoid interference
with structural features and work of other trades. All
refrigeration lines inside the unit to be extended to one side of
the unit.
b. All copper tubing to be refrigerant grade hard copper or type
"L"
C. Silver solder and/or sil-fors shall be used for all refrigerant
piping.
4. The frame shall be made of structural steel. Entire frame shall be
pre -assembled welded, cleaned and painted with a prime coat of zinc
chromate and shall be finished with a coat of epoxy based enamel,
protected against corrosion by coating the entire unit with a coat of
polyurethane finish.
5. Control Panel: The entire unit shall have factory mounted and
pre -wired control panel, complete with main fused disconnect,
compressor circuit breakers, contractors, and time clocks wire for
single point power connection.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11400-49
SECTION 11400 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT
6. Installation: Installation equipment to be installed by the
manufacturer of the equipment, or approved agent.
C. Acceptable manufacturers of system:
a. CZ/FILCO, (BREA, CA), MODEL MIDG
b. Architect approved equivalent.
********************
END OF SECTION 11400
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11400-50
SECTION 11480
ATHLETIC EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Athletic Equipment
a. Basketball backstop/board/goal; fixed; wall -mounted.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Manufacturer's Data:
1. Submit manufacturer's technical data and installation
instructions for each type of athletic equipment.
B. Shop Drawings:
1. Submit shop drawings for each type of athletic equipment showing
layout, elevations, anchorage and sizes.
C. Submit maintenance data to requirements of Division One.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Provide basketball backstop/board/goals and support from the same
supplier.
B. Use of catalog numbers and specific requirements indicated on drawings
and in specifications are not intended to preclude use of equivalent
products by other acceptable manufacturers, but are given for purpose
of establishing a standard of design and quality for materials,
construction and workmanship.
C. Be responsible for coordination of painting of basketball lines -
Section 09900 - PAINTING.
1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Protect units and finishes from damage during shipping, storage,
handling, installation and construction of other work in same areas.
B. Wrap and crate item for protection from damage.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 BASKETBALL BACKSTOP/BOARD/GOALS
A. Schedule:
Equip. No. 11121 Extended outdoor backstop (#400-S Medart) with
fan -shaped fiberglass backboard (#1100FG Medart)
and goal (#1150-C Medart).
B. Provide accessories, anchorage devices and fasteners for a complete
assembly.
C. Finish:
1. Mounting Assembly: Manufacturer's non-asphal.t base, black enamel,
one prime and two finish coats.
2. Backboard: Manufacturer's standard bonded finish. Fan -shaped,
fiberglass backboard.
3. Goal: Standard net.
D. Acceptable Manufacturers:
1. MEDART (Basis of Design)
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 11480-1
SECTION 11480
ATHLETIC EQUIPMENT
2. PORTER
3. NISSEN
4. Substitutions : To requirements of the General Requirements -
SUBSTITUTIONS.
E. Provide minimum face of backstop to face of wall distance possible.
F. Exposed Security Fasteners:
1. Provide "Torx with peg" head tamperproof security fasteners for
anchoring work in exposed security areas.
2. Locked mechanical rooms do not require tamperproof fasteners.
3. Finish shall match that specified of the item anchored.
4. Provide tools for fastening devices.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for installation and
anchorage.
B. Comply with regulation mounting heights.
3.2 PAINT LINES
A. Refer to 09900 - PAINTING.
********************
END OF SECTION 11480
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 11480-2
SECTION 11704 ICE MACHINES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Ice Machines
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Provide fully dimensioned shop drawings defining size, shape, layout
and all related equipment and accessories, complete with full
descriptive literature and product data.
1.3 WARRANTY
A. Complete refrigeration system shall be fully warranted for a period of
five years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Ice Machine (Equipment Number 11704)
1. FOLLETT Model 50F4A floor model, flake ice, air cooled, 390
pounds per day/50 pound storage, UL and NSF listed, glass filler
faucet and sloping top.
2. SCOTSMAN
3. Architect approved equivalent.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Units: installed by authorized factory representatives in spaces
provided to requirements of manufacturer's printed literature. Unit
shall be made operable, complying with National Sanitation Foundation
requirements.
END OF SECTION 11704
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP THREE 11704-1
Special Construction
DIVISION 13
SECTION 13090
RADIATION PROTECTION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION
A. Radiation shielding: Lead -lined wall systems:
1. Lead laminated gypsum wallboard and anchorage fasteners.
2. X-ray view windows / Lead -lined frames.
3. Lead lined cassette cabinets.
4. Designating plaque.
5. Accessories and items required for installation of above,
including shielding for all mechanical, telephone, security/
communications systems and electrical penetrations.
1.2 TESTING
A. After radiology equipment has been installed and placed in operating
condition, radiation protection work shall be tested by a registered
radiation physicist, certified by American Board of Radiology.
B. Testing shall be made in accordance with NATIONAL BUREAU OF STANDARDS
HANDBOOK 76, "X-ray Protection Up to Three Million Volts". A written
record of tests shall be submitted to Architect. Operation of
radiology equipment shall not be permitted until protection is fully
approved.
C. The responsibility for testing and the payment for the testing service
shall be by this Section.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings:
1. Shop Drawings are required for control windows showing size,
shape construction, and relation to adjacent materials and glass
thickness.
B. Materials List:
1. Submit, before delivery of materials of this section, a
list of all materials proposed to be furnished and
under this portion of work, stating manufacturer's
catalog number for each item.
C. Installation Methods:
1. Accompanying materials list, submit two copies
current recommended method of installation for
recommendations shall be basis for acceptance
actual installation methods used in this work.
D. Warranty:
complete
installed
name and
of manufacturer's
each item. These
or rejection of
1. Warrant radiation protective materials to retain the specified
shielding effectiveness for a period of five years from date of
substantial completion.
E. Submit copies of tests conducted after installation of materials and
equipment are complete.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 13090-1
SECTION 13090
RADIATION PROTECTION
A.
C.
A
General
1. Sheet lead shall comply with Fed. Spec. QQ-L-201 of thickness
shown on drawings.
2. Sheet lead shall be 99.9% virgin lead free from dross, oxide
inclusions, laminations, scale, blisters or cracks.
3. Lead thickness in specialty and accessory items shall be equal
lead in partitions in which specialty or accessory item occurs.
4. Manufacturers:
a. RAY PROOF CORPORATION
b. ALLIED LEAD CONSTRUCTION COMPANY
C. AMERAY
d. A&L LEAD CO., INC.
e. NEW ENGLAND LEAD BURNING COMPANY, INC. (NELCO).
Lead Laminated Gypsum Wallboard
1. Lead laminated gypsum wallboard shall consist of single,
unpierced lead sheet, factory laminated to 5/8" thick gypsum
wallboard.
2. Lead laminated gypsum wallboard shall be installed using
appropriate fasteners and using a lead strip behind each joint
recommended by manufacturer.
3. Lead nails shall be of an approved design to accomplish shielding
not less than provided by the barrier in which they are used, and
of the type and size recommended by the manufacturer of the
material to be installed.
4. Thickness of lead lining shall be as indicated on the Drawings.
X-ray View Windows
1. View windows shall be installed in locations indicated on
drawings and shall provide radiation protection equal to that
provided by the partition in which the window occurs.
2. Viewing Windows shall be constructed of 18 gage cold rolled steel
lined with same lead thickness as the partition in which is
installed. Baffled slots shall be provided at bottom for voice
passage. Frames shall form minimum overlap of 3/8" at all points
of perimeter of lead glass. Stops to be removable. Factory prime
painted.
3. Lead glass (plan designation Pb) shall be of size indicated and
thickness adequate to provide protection equal to adjacent lead
thickness of partitions. Lead glass shall be held in place with
removable lead lined stops. Lead glass shall conform to Fed.
Spec. DD-G-451, type I, class 1, quality q3.
4. Approved manufacturers:
a. BAR -RAY
b. A&L LEAD CO.
C. Architect approved ep ivalent
Lead Lined Film Cassette Cabin:ts:
1. Cassette cabinets shall De constructed of 18 gage cold rolled
steel with baked enamel finish. Color to be selected by
Architect from manufacturer's standard color range.
2. Cabinet shall be two compartment, four door type. The doors of
one compartment plainly marked for exposed cassettes and doors
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 13090-2
SECTION 13090
RADIATION PROTECTION
other compartment marked for unexposed cassettes. An
interlocking device shall prevent doors on opposite ends of the
compartment from being opened at the same time.
3. Where cabinets occur in lead lined partitions, the entire
cabinet, doors and integral wall flange shall be lined with sheet
lead of thickness to provide radiation protection equal to that
provided by adjacent partitions in which the cabinets occur.
E. Designating Plaque:
1. Rooms with lead lining shall have a plaque designating lead
thickness and lead equivalent of floor, ceiling and each
partition including control booth walls, mounted at location
directed by Architect. Locations where thickness of lead changes
or is not continuous shall be indicated on the plaque.
2. Plaques shall be of aluminum, Bakelite or other Architect
approved material and shall be sufficient size to contain
information required.
G. Lead Lining for Metal Door and Frames shall be thickness to provide
radiation shielding equal to the lead lining in adjacent partitions.
Refer to Section 08100 - METAL DOORS AND FRAMES.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install products of this section in accordance with reviewed shop
drawings and manufacturer's installation directions and National)
Bureau of Standards Handbook No. 76.
B. Lead laminated gypsum wallboard
1. Secure to metal studs with self tapping screws set in wallboard
with lead buttons. Install a 2" wide strip of lead behind
vertical joints to provide a 1" lap with each edge of butting
wallboard.
C. Lead -Lined Doors Clearances:
1. Top and Lock Stile: .... 1/8"
2. Hinge Stile:.......... 1/16"
3. Bottom: .... 1/4"
D. Penetration Shielding: Apply strips or "patches" of 1/16" thick or
3/32" thick as indicated sheet lead behind all electrical boxes,
telephone boxes and other penetrations to shielding. Lead shielding
"patches" shall be secured to studs, formed around boxes and tapped
inside shielding so as to maintain shielding protection. Secure lead
with panel adhesive and copper wire.
E. Apply continuous strips of sheet lead, same thickness as indicated for
partitions, inside hollow metal door frames as indicated. Lap splices
not less than 2". Secure lead in frames with panel adhesive daubs and
by means of metal tabs welded in frames at 8".
F. Piping Shielding: In common partition between rooms, in addition to
lead shielding indicated in partition, provide additional strip of
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 13090-3
SECTION 13090
RADIATION PROTECTION
sheet lead of some thickness on opposite side of partition covering
oxygen and vacuum piping. Additional lead strip to extend a minimum
4" horizontally beyond pipes and vertically from floor to ceiling.
Secure lead to top of metal stud partition with sheet metal screws.
Secure lead to piping with copper wire minimum 12" on center.
G. Install lead lined viewing windows in partitions as required to suit
job requirements.
3.3 PLAQUES
A. Install in location designated by the Architect in all room where lead
lined partitions occur.
B. Secure each plaque to partition 5'-0" above floor in such a manner as
not to impair protective characteristics of partition.
*********************
END OF SECTION 13090
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 13090-4
Conveying Systems
DIVISION 14
SECTION 14700
PART 1 - GENERAL
PNEUMATIC TUBE SYSTEM
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Computer controlled automatic point to point pneumatic tube
system.
a. Provide system complete with all required sleeves, inserts,
tubing, bends, fittings, carriers, hangers, applicable
electrical work, testing, and adjusting.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Work performed by qualified installers, as approved by the
manufacturer of the pneumatic tube system, who have had a minimum of
three years of previous experience in work similar to the system
required on this project.
B. The system shall be the standard product of a manufacturer regularly
engaged in the manufacture and installation of a fully automatic
pneumatic tube system for at least five years. The installation will
be performed by trained installers who are directly employed by the
manufacturer.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings:
1. Submit shop drawings showing layout of tube runs and details of
stations, diverter packages and other equipment.
2. Submit detailed location drawings indicating the routing of all
tubes; the locations of all stations; sleeve locations, the space
required for all tubing, switches, valves and selection equipment
between stations; the location, capacity, horsepower and space
requirements of all exhausters; description and space
requirements of the main electrical control center; and total
electrical circuitry including any or all remote electrical
connections required for a complete installation.
B. Operating and Instruction Manual:
1. Upon completion of the installation of the system, furnish copies
of an Instruction Manual and Maintenance Manual which shall
include the following:
a. Description of system and components
b. Starting and stopping procedures
C. Special operating instructions
d. Routine maintenance procedures
e. Schedule for periodic servicing and lubrication
f. Parts list, illustrations, and diagrams
g. One approved copy of each shop drawing
h. One copy of each wiring diagram
2. Manual must be in Architect's hands at least 30 days prior to
date it is expected system will be turned over to the Owner.
3. After Manual is reviewed by the Architect, furnish three copies
to the Owner and one to the Architect.
C. Submit manufacturer written certification of approval of installer of
pneumatic tube system.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 14700-1
SECTION 14700
PNEUMATIC TUBE SYSTEM
1.4 WARRANTY
A. Warranty system by the manufacturer and installer free from defects in
workmanship and materials under normal use and service for a period of
twelve (12) months from date of substantial completion. Material
found to be defective shall be repaired or replaced at no additional
cost to the Owner.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 DESCRIPTION AND COMPONENTS
A. Acceptable Manufacturers for Pneumatic Tube Systems:
1. HALE/QUANTUM Divisions 1-800-258-4253
2. Architect approved equivalent.
B. Each substation within a given zone shall be connected to its storage
unit via a single tube line and in -line transfer units. The storage,
spacing, direction, and path of the carriers shall be controlled by
the computer.
C. Each tube zone shall be capable of serving stations even though a
lesser number may be indicated for a given zone at this time.
D. The system shall be so designed that failure of one station will not
interfere with the normal functioning of any other station in the
system.
E. No reject station will be allowed to be incorporated in the system.
carrier rejections will be indicated at the dispatching station
non -existing, signed -off, or malfunctioning station destinations.
F. The system shall provide for an ultimate capacity of 15 stations
without the need for any modification to the central control.
G. Air exhausters shall provide the motivating power for the carriers all
times. Carriers shall travel at an average speed of 25 feet
second.
H. Carriers shall be routed in the tubing lines by means of in -line
transfer units.
I. No carrier impact valves shall be used in the system. All carrier
transfer from negative pressure to positive pressure or vice versa
shall be done by valve reversal in the exhauster module. Proper
operation shall not be dependent upon carrier mass or velocity. No
electro-mechanical gates shall be required.
J. Destination selection shall be by means of a station name matrix on
station control panel. This selection shall be used to direct carrier
to its destination. No destination coding devices shall required on
the carriers.
K. After the receipt of the "Station Selector" signal, the dispatching
sequence shall be totally automatic, requiring no additional attention
from the operator.
L. The system shall be so designed that failure of any in -line transfer
unit sensor shall not shut down that section of the system.
M. The system shall be so designed that carriers always take shortest
route to their destinations. No central exchanger shall be required.
Carrier processing between zones shall be done through central storage
area as described later in this specification.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 14700-2
SECTION 14700
PNEUMATIC TUBE SYSTEM
N. Each zone and the central storage area shall act independently of each
other, with separate exhausters for each zone and the central storage
area.
2.2 SYSTEM OPERATION
A. The System shall be computer controlled through the use of a Digital
Computer. The computer control center shall supervise all system
operations by accumulating and storing all system data and displaying
this data constantly on a cathode ray tube (CRT).
B. All system transactions and alarms shall be automatically displayed
the CRT. All stored data shall be displayed on the CRT on demand from
the keyboard. The CRT shall automatically display each transaction
and indicate carrier backlog on a continuous basis and displam alarms
for any malfunction until the condition causing the alarm has been
corrected.
C. The computer control center shall check all equipment on the carrier
route to assure delivery before the system accepts the carrier.
Control center shall also determine the shortest carrier route to its
destination and prevent carrier from being released into the system if
it is destined for a non -existing station or a station that has been
signed off.
D. If a malfunction should occur after the carrier has been released into
the system, but before it can be delivered to its selected
destination the carrier will be returned to its originating station or
the most available station if the originating station has been
"Signed -Off".
E. The control center shall record all carriers dispatched and all
carriers received by every station on the system. If excess carriers
are received by any station on the system, the carrier may be placed
the dispatcher and the "Empty Carrier Return Button" depressed. The
control center will then direct the empty carrier to the station
stations that are short of empty carriers.
F. It shall be possible to sign -off any station on the system either at
the individual station or at the control center. A carrier will not
leave a dispatching station until all carriers are removed from the
receiving unit.
2.3 TRANSMISSION AND AIR LINE TUBING
A. Furnish and install tubing for air and carrier transmission lines.
Tubing shall be 16 gauge, cold rolled, galvanized electric welded
steel, flash removed. Each standard length shall have one end
expanded to form a slip joint.
B. Bends shall be of the same material as straight tubing, formed on the
centerline to a radius of 50", free from wrinkles or distortions.
Bends shall be joined to other bends or straight tubing with solid
steel sleeves. When bends are cut in the field for offsets and small
angle turns, the ends shall be squarely cut, filed, and straightened
out by mandrelling to make a good connection to adjoining pieces.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 14700-3
SECTION 14700 PNEUMATIC TUBE SYSTEM
C. All joints shall be sealed with suitable compound to provide an air-
tight joint. Provide a sufficient number of sleeves in all tubing runs
to facilitate removal of stuck carriers.
D. No expanded bends shall be allowed in this system.
E. Provide hangers and supports on ten foot centers for horizontal runs
tubing. Vertical runs shall be supported at every floor. Each
horizontal bend and in -line component shall be supported.
1. Use self drilling expansion shields. Explosive force hammer or
booster assist anchors will not be allowed.
2.4 EXHAUSTERS
A. Provide an exhauster for each zone and the central storage area. The
exhausters shall be capable of operating all lines simultaneously and
produce an approximate carrier speed of 25 feet per second.
Exhausters shall be of the regenerative design with direct drive of
the impellers by the motor. Exhausters shall be designed for floor or
ceiling mounting.
B. Exhausters shall be supplied in factory assembled modules complete
with vibration isolators, intake and exhaust mufflers, intake and
exhaust piping, screen box, air valves, and insulation. Side panel
shall be readily removable for access.
C. Each exhauster shall be connected by flexible sleeves to appropriate
connections. '
2.5 SENDING AND RECEIVING STATIONS: EQUIPMENT #14700
A. Furnish and install a total of 2 recessed type stations in the
following areas:
STATION FLOOR
Central Control Room A-2000
Booking C-1035
B. The stations' operating panel shall consist of a matrix panel with
station names for easy selection, a send button and a station on/off
button. If a selected station is inoperative, the words "Off -Line"
shall appear on the panel. If the selected station is not able to
receive a carrier, the words "Not Available" shall appear on the
operating panel.
2.6 CARRIERS
A. Furnish four side opening carriers having a clear inside length of
nine inches. Carriers shall be large enough to handle normal
correspondence.
B. Size: 4-inch.
2.7 SPECIALTIES
A. An Air Compressor and dryer shall be supplied with system to supply
air to station dispatching chamber and in -line transfer units.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 14700-4
SECTION 14700
PNEUMATIC TUBE SYSTEM
B. Auxiliary Power Supply:
exhauster package a two
to provide light and
maintenance work.
Provide wire inside of each transfer unit and
plug, 115 volt receptacle which will be used
for service power tools during preventative
2.8 SOUND CONTROL
A. All wall type stations shall have the concealed portion sound deadened
by applying 1/2" Celotex cemented securely and then sprayed with a
layer of "Flintkote" body deadener.
B. Exhauster shall be mounted on double rubber -in -shear type vibration
isolators similar to Vibration Eliminator Co. Type "D" or Architect
approved equivalent.
C. Furnish and install a muffler on the intake and discharge side of the
exhauster(s).
D. Transmission lines, except in mechanical equipment rooms, mechanical
shafts and basement non-public service areas shall be insulated with
1" thick 3/4 lb. density PF-335 flexible fiberglass with 0.0025 foil
facing with joints taped.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PERFORMANCE TEST, TURNOVER AND ACCEPTANCE
A. Test Procedure:
Phase I - To determine that the system is functional and operational,
and installed in accordance with the specifications.
1. Physical inspection of components.
2. Computer simulation and interrogation.
Phase II - To determine usable capacity of system.
1. Consecutive dispatching
B. Upon completion, Contractor shall demonstrate the system performance
to representatives of the Owner and Architect at a specified date and
time. Owner's personnel shall be instructed in the necessary
operational and maintenance requirements. The warranty shall begin at
time of substantial completion.
3.2 TRAINING
A. During the final days of installation, give maintenance personnel
assigned by the Owner, complete instruction in the use, operation and
maintenance of the system and instructions to attendants in the proper
use of the system. At the Owner's option, provide two (2) days
formal training in the factory in the theory and practice of
maintenance operation.
3.3 MAINTENANCE SERVICE
A. Before expiration of the warranty period, manufacturer shall make
available to the Owner, for Owner's consideration, a complete
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 14700-5
SECTION 14700
PNEUMATIC TUBE SYSTEM
Preventive Maintenance Agreement, to take effect on the last day of
the warranty, which will provide for the following: Inspections and
checkout of all components four times per year. Repair or
replacement of all worn parts from the manufacturer's stock.
Unlimited emergency service. Manufacturer will respond to any service
request within 24 hours of receiving such a request.
********************
END OF SECTION 14700
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 14700-6
Mechanical
DIVISION 15
SECTION 15000
PART 1 - GENERAL
GENERAL PROVISIONS
1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The Work shall include the furnishings of systems, equipment and
materials specified in this Division and as called for on the
Mechanical Drawings, to include; supervision, operation, methods and
labor for the fabrication, installation, start-up and tests for the
complete mechanical installation.
B. Drawings for the Work are diagrammatic, intended to convey the scope
of the Work and to indicate the general arrangement and locations of
the Work. Because of the scale of the Drawings, certain basic items
such as pipe fittings, access panels, and sleeves may not be shown.
This Section shall be responsible for selecting the equipment to fit
the space provided. The location and sizes for pipe fittings, sleeves,
inserts, fire and/or smoke dampers, and other basic items required by
code and other sections shall be coordinated and included for the
proper installation of the Work.
C. Equipment Specification may not deal individually with minute items
required such as components, parts, controls and devices which may be
required to produce the equipment performance specified or as required
to meet the equipment warranties. Where such items are required, they
shall be included by the supplier of the equipment, whether or not
specifically called for in the Contract Documents.
D. Where the words "provide", "furnish", "include" or "install" are used
in the Specification or on the Drawings, it shall mean to furnish,
install and test complete and ready for operation, the items
mentioned. If an item is either called for in the Specification or
called for on the Drawings, it shall be considered sufficient for
including same in the work.
E. Where noted on the Drawings or where called for in other Sections of
the Specification, the Contractor for this Division shall install
equipment furnished by Others, and shall make required service
connections. Contractor shall verify with the supplier of the
equipment the requirements for the installation.
F. Coordinate with all trades in submittal of shop drawings. Shop
drawings shall be prepared at scale of 1/4" = 1'-0", clearly
indicating all applicable components. Space conditions shall be
detailed to the satisfaction of all concerned trades. In the event
that Contractor installs his work before coordinating with other
trades so as to cause any interference with work of other trades, the
necessary changes shall be made in the work to correct the condition,
at no additional cost to the Owner.
1.2 CODES PgMD STANDARDS
A. All work shall be performed in compliance with all applicable Laws,
Codes and Regulations of the Governmental Bodies having jurisdiction
over the site.
B. Work not regulated by Governmental Bodies shall be performed in
accordance with current issues of the following Codes and Standards.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP THREE 15000-1
SECTION 15000 GENERAL PROVISIONS
1. Standard Building Code, SBCCI 1985 with 1986 and 1987
Ammendments.
2. Standard Mechanical Code, SBCCI 1985 with 1986 and 1987
Amendments.
3. Standard Plumbing Code, SBCCI 1985 with 1986 and 1987 Amendments.
4. Standard Gas Code 1985 with 1986 and 1987 Amendments.
5. NFPA 101, 1988.
6. National Electrical Code 1990.
7. Fundamental Volume, ASHRAE 1989.
8. HVAC Systems and Applications Volume, ASHRAE 1987.
9. HVAC Duct Construction Standards, Metal and Flexible, SMACNA,
1985.
10. Fire, Smoke and Radiation Damper Installation Guide for HVAC
Systems, SMACNA, 1986.
11. HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual, SMACNA, 1985.
12. Energy Efficiency Code for Building Construction Energy Code
Program, Department of Community Affairs, State of Florida, 1989.
13. Air Moving and Conditioning Association - AMCA.
14. American National Standards Institute - ANSI
15. American Society of Mechanical Engineers - ASME.
16. American Society for Testing and Materials - ASTM.
17. American Water Works Association - AWWA.
18. Industrial Risk Insurers - IRI
19. Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings
Industry - MSS.
20. National Electrical Manufacturers Association - NEMA.
21. National Fire Protection Association - NFPA.
22. Underwriters' Laboratories - UL
23. Utility Company Regulations as pertains to services provided.
24. Other Codes and Standards as individually referred to in the
Technical Sections of the Specification.
1.3 FEES, PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS
A. Secure all permits and pay all fees required in connection with the
Work.
B. Coordinate and provide such inspections as are required by the
Authorities with jurisdiction over the site.
C. Where applications are required for procuring of services to the
building, prepare and file such application with the Utility Company.
Furnish all information required in connection with the application in
the form required by the Utility Company.
1.4 ACTIVE SERVICES
A. Existing active ser :-es; water, gas, sewer, electric, when
encountered, shall be protected against damage. Do not prevent or
disturb operation of active services which are to remain. If active
services are encountered which require relocation, make request to
authorities with jurisdiction for determination of procedures. Where
existing services are to be abandoned, they shall be terminated in
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP THREE 15000-2
SECTION 15000
GENERAL PROVISIONS
conformance with requirements of the Utility or Municipality having
jurisdiction.
1.5 SITE INSPECTION
A. Inspect the site to be familiar with conditions of the site which will
affect the work. Verify points of connection with utilities and
routing of outside piping to include required clearances from existing
structures, trees or other obstacles.
B. Extra payment will not be allowed for changes in the Work required
because of failure to make this inspection.
1.6 OPENINGS, CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Coordinate the placing of openings in the new structure as required
for the installation of the Mechanical Work.
B. When additional patching is required due to failure to inspect work;
then provide the patching required to properly close the openings, to
include patch painting.
C. When cutting and patching of the structure is made necessary due to
failure to install piping, ducts, sleeves or equipment on schedule, or
due to failure to furnish, on schedule, the information required far
the leaving of openings, then provide the cutting and patching as
required.
D. Provide cutting and patching and patch painting in the existing
structure, as required for the installation of work, and furnish
lintels and supports as required for openings. Cutting of structural
support members will not be permitted without prior approval of the
Architect. Extent of cutting shall be minimized, use core drills,
power saws or other machines which will provide neat, minimum
openings. Patching shall match adjacent materials and surfaces and
shall be performed by craftsmen skilled in the respective craft
required.
1.7 WIRING FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
A. Division 16 shall provide power services for motors and equipment
furnished by this Section to include safety disconnect switches and
final connections. Division 16 shall also provide motor starters and
contactors which are located in any motor control centers when motor
control center is indicated on drawings and all fire protection/
and/or security alarm wiring.
B. Division 15 shall provide all motors, mote
for equipment furnished under this Division
integral part of a motor control center
Division 16. Motors shall be high efficie
shall be combination starter/disconnects
requirements.
C. Provide internal wiring, control wiring
equipment furnished, to include temperatur
wiring except for fire protection, medical
alarm.
starters and contactors
except where they are an
which is provided under
cy type. Motor starters
in accordance with the
and interlock wiring for
e control wiring and alarm
gas alarm, and/or security
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP THREE 15000-3
SECTION 15000
GENERAL PROVISIONS
D. Coordinate with Division 16 and other Sections of the Project Manual,
all motors and other mechanical equipment which require electrical
services. Provide schedule which shall include the exact location for
rough -in, electrical load, size and electrical characteristics for
all services required.
E. Where motors or equipment furnished require larger services or
services of different electrical characteristics than those called
for on the Electrical Drawings, provide material as required to fit
the substitute equipment.
F. Motors for Variable Frequency Drives: Coordinate to provide motors
compatible with variable frequency drive supplied.
1.8 PROTECTION
A. Take special care for the protection of equipment furnished.
Equipment and material shall be completely protected from weather
elements, painting, and plaster, until the project is completed.
Damage from rust, paint, and scratches, shall be repaired to restore
equipment to original condition.
B. Where the installation or connection of equipment requires work in
areas previously finished by other Trades, the area shall be protected
and not marred, soiled or otherwise damaged during the course of such
work. Arrange with the other Trades for repairing and refinishing of
such areas which may be damaged.
C. Provide for temporary construction filters and operation of heating,
ventilation, and cooling units as required to provide 24 hour control
of heat and humidity at the start of finish installation.
1.9 SUBMITTALS
A. Method or procedure for submitting shop drawings and submittal data
shall be in compliance with Division One - SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA
AND SAMPLES.
B. Submittal data for mechanical equipment shall consist of shop drawings
and/or catalog cuts showing technical data necessary to evaluate the
material or equipment, to include dimensions, wiring diagrams,
performance curves, ratings, control sequence and other descriptive
data necessary to describe fully the item proposed and its operating
characteristics.
1.10 FINISHING
A. General:
1. Prior to acceptance of the installation and final payment of the
Contract, perform the work outlined herein.
B. Closeout Submittals:
1. Make applicable closeout submittals in compliance with Division
One.
C. Cleaning:
1. Perform cleaning required by Division One applicable to this
Division of the work.
2. At the conclusion of the construction, clean the site and
structure thoroughly of debris and unused materials remaining
from the mechanical construction. Tunnels and closed off spaces
shall be cleaned of all packing boxes, wood frame members and
other waste materials used in the mechanical construction.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP THREE 15000-4
SECTION 15000
GENERAL PROVISIONS
3. The entire system of piping and equipment shall be cleaned
internally. Open all dirt pockets and strainers, completely
blowing down as required and clean strainer screens of
accumulated debris.
4. Tanks, fixtures and pumps shall be drained and proven free of
sludge and accumulated matter.
5. Remove temporary labels, stickers, from fixtures and equipment.
(Do not remove permanent name plates, equipment model numbers,
and ratings.
6. Heating and air conditioning equipment, tanks, pumps, and traps,
shall be thoroughly cleaned and new filters or filter media
installed.
D. Project Record Document:
1. Prepare and submit project record documents in compliance with
Section 01720.
E. Operation and Service Manuals:
1. Prepare and submit operation and service manuals in compliance
with Section 01730.
1.11 TEST AND DEMONSTRATIONS
A. Test systems and place in proper working order prior to demonstrating
systems to Owner.
B. Prior to acceptance of the mechanical installation, demonstrate to the
Owner or his designated representatives all essential features and
functions of all systems installed, and instruct the Owner in the
proper operation and maintenance of such systems. The contract shall
allow for fifteen (15) working days to perform the demonstrations.
C. Provide necessary trained personnel to perform the demonstrations and
instructions. Provide manufacturer's representatives for systems as
required to assist with the demonstrations.
D. Dates and times for performing the demonstrations shall be coordinated
with the Owner.
E. System demonstrations shall be in accordance with Division One -
OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA.
F. Upon completion of demonstrations, provide a certificate testifying
that demonstrations have been completed. Certificate shall list each
system demonstrated, dates demonstrations were performed, names of
parties in attendance, and shall bear signatures of contractor and
Owner.
1.12 PAINTING AND IDENTIFICATION
A. Provide painting as scheduled below:
I. Touch-up paint where damaged on equipment furnished with factory
applied finished, to match original finish.
B. Identification of mechanical systems shall be as specified -in Section
15085 - PIPING IDENTIFICATION.
1.13 EXCAVATING,
A. Provid
HLM 90007.00-4
e
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE 15000-5
SECTION 15000
GENERAL PROVISIONS
backfill such trenches and excavations after work has been installed
and tested. Care shall be taken in excavating, that walls and
footings and adjacent load bearing soils are not disturbed, except
where lines must cross under a wall footing. Where a line must pass
under footing, the crossing shall be made by the smallest possible
trench to accommodate the pipe. Excavation shall be kept free from
water by pumping if necessary. No greater length of trench shall be
left open, in advance of pipe and utility laying, than that which is
authorized
B. Trenches for piping and utilities located inside foundation walls and
to a point five feet outside of the wall shall be not less than
sixteen inches nor more than twenty-four inches wider than the outside
diameter of the pipe to be laid. The widths of trenches for piping and
utilities located more than five feet outside of building foundation
walls, other than for sewers, shall be governed by conditions found at
the site.
C. Trenches for sewers shall be excavated so that the pipe may be laid to
the alignment and depth required and the maximum trench widths up to
the level of the outside top of the pipe shall be not more than
twenty-four inches for pipe sizes up to and including twelve inch
pipe. Other trench widths shall be governed by the conditions found
at the site.
D. Bottoms of trenches shall be so shaped that when pipe is in place the
lower fourth of the circumference for the full length of the barrel
will be supported on compacted fill. Bell holes shall be dug so that
no part of the weight of the pipe is supported by the bell but shall
be no larger than necessary for proper jointing. All sewers and
piping requiring excavation below the compacted fill required for the
structure shall be excavated to at least six inches below pipe invert.
E. Sewer and drain trenches shall be made true to grade by means of
substantial and accurately set batter -boards not more than 50 feet
apart with a taut cord or wire stretched between them.
F. Immediately after testing and/or inspection, the trench shall be
carefully backfilled with earth free from clods, brick, and foreign
material, to a depth one-half the pipe diameter and then firmly
paddled and tamped in such a manner as not to disturb the alignment or
joints of the pipe. Thereafter, the backfill shall be puddled and
tamped every vertical foot.
G. Coordinate all requirements with Section 02720 - EXCAVATION AND
BACKFILL UTILITIES.
1.14 CONCRETE WORK
A. Provide concrete bases and housekeeping pads for mechanical equipment
unless indicated otherwise. Concrete work shall be as specified in
Section 03300; CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE.
B. Provide equipment anchor bolts and coordinate their installation and
location with reviewed and approved shop drawings.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP THREE 15000-6
SECTION 15000
GENERAL PROVISIONS
1.15 ACCESS PANELS
A. Access panels: Refer to Section 08305. Coordinate locations of access
panels with work of this Division and other trades, as reviewed and
approved by the Architect.
1.16 SLEEVES
A. Sleeves passing through non -load bearing or non -fire rated walls and
partitions shall be galvanized sheet steel with lock seam joints of
minimum gauges as follows: for pipes 2-1/2" size and smaller - 24
gauge; 3" to 6" -22 gauge; over 6" - 20 gauge.
B. Sleeves passing through load bearing walls, concrete beams, fire rated
walls, foundations, footings and waterproof floors shall be Schedule
40 galvanized steel pipe or cast iron pipe.
C. Sleeves for insulated piping shall be of sufficient internal diameter
to take pipe and insulation and to allow for free movement of pipe.
Waterproof sleeves shall be of sufficient internal diameter to take
pipe and waterproofing material.
D. In finished areas where pipes are exposed, sleeves shall be terminated
flush with wall, partitions and ceilings, and shall extend 1/2" above
finished floors. Extend sleeves 1" above finished floors in areas
likely to entrap water.
E. Sleeves passing through membrane waterproofing or lead safing shall be
flashed as required to maintain the integrity of the wall system.
F. Sleeves passing through floors, smoke walls, fire walls and all other
fire and/or smoke rated partitions: provide sleeves and firestop and
penetration sealing system in accordance with the requirements of
Section 07272 - Firestop and Penetration Sealing System.
G. Non -rigid insulation for piping passing through smoke and/or fire
rated assemblies shall be interrupted and replaced with same equal
thickness framed glass or hydrous calcium silicate for the length of
the sleeve only.
H. Pipe to wall penetration closures for underground pipe penetrations of
walls shall be "Link -Seal" as manufactured by THUNDERLINE CORPORATION
or Architect approved equivalent.
1.17 ESCUTCHEONS
A. Provide chrome plated escutcheons at each sleeved opening into
finished spaces. Escutcheons shall fit around insulation or around
pipe when not insulated; outside diameter shall cover sleeve. Where
sleeve extends above finished floor, escutcheon shall be high cap type
and shall clear sleeve extension. Secure escutcheons or plates to
sleeve but not to insulation with set screws or other approved
devices.
1.18 INSULATION PROTECTION
A. Where exposed insulated piping extends to floor, provide sheet metal
guard around insulation, as specified in Section 15252 - PIPE AND
EQUIPMENT INSULATION.
THE NEW MONRA6 GOUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-4 BI GROUP THREE 15000-7
SECTION 15000
GENERAL PROVISIONS
1.19 ANCHORING OF EQUIPMENT
A. All equipment located on floor slab, that is not mounted on wheels and
is capable of being moved shall be secured to the floor with anchor
bolts. A minimum of two bolts are required per each piece of
equipment and bolts shall be of sufficient size to prevent equipment
of overturning.
1.20 PROTECTION OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
A. Water and steam piping shall not be installed in electrical rooms or
directly above electrical equipment. When piping is required to be
installed in electrical rooms or directly above electrical equipment,
a drain pan shall be provided to protect the electrical equipment.
1.21 ROUGH -IN AND CONNECTIONS FOR FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT UNDER OTHER SECTIONS OF
THE PROJECT MANUAL AND BY OWNER
A. Provide all rough -in for all equipment requiring connection to systems
provided under this Division and other sections of this Project
Manual. Verify requirements and current locations with approved shop
drawings before proceeding with work.
B. Make all connections to equipment furnished under other Sections of
this Project Manual and by Owner as required to obtain complete and
working systems.
C. Hospital medical fixtures and equipment, sterilizing fixtures and
equipment, laboratory fixtures and equipment, laundry equipment, and
kitchen fixtures and equipment will be provided complete with trim and
controls but without necessary appurtenances for connection to
rough -in. Provide all necessary stops and isolating valves,
continuous wastes and P-traps, piping, steam trap assemblies as
detailed on approved drawings and all other necessary supplemental
equipment.
1.22 SYSTEM WARRANTY
A. Work required under this Division shall include one-year warranty.
Warranty to replace for Owner, defective workmanship and material
which has been furnished under contract at no cost to the Owner for
period of one year from date of Substantial Completion. Warranty
shall include all reasonable adjustments of system required for proper
operation during warranty period. Warranty shall not include normal
preventative maintenance services or filters.
B. At "Demonstration", one-year Warranty provision by Contractor shall be
explained to Owner.
C. Provide all sealed hermetic refrigeration systems with a five-year
factory warranty.
********************
END OF SECTION 15000
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-4 . BID GROUP THREE 15000-8
SECTION 15050
WATER TREATMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Water Treatment Systems
a. Installation and start-up supervised and approved by a
factory representative.
b. Chemical supplies and service for one year operation.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The water treatment chemical and service supplier shall be a
recognized specialist, active in the field of industrial water
treatment for at least ten years, whose major business is in the field
of water treatment, and shall have regional water analysis
laboratories, development facilities and service department, plus
full-time personnel located within the trading area of the job site.
B. Provide Water Treatment Program similar and equivalent to the
following as manufactured by the MOGUL CORPORATION; Chagrin Falls,
Ohio, consisting of a fully integrated system with all measurement and
control functions of single source distribution to assure
compatibility. Similar and equivalent systems and equipment by BETZ-
ENTEC, NALCO CHEMICAL, NATIONAL CHEMICAL, GARRATT-CALLAHAN CO., or
MITCO WATER LABORATORIES, INC.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Include manufacturer's drawings or product data and cut sheets as
necessary to fully describe the system.
B. Submit operation and maintenance manual in accordance with Division 1.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 CHILLER
CONDENSER WATER (GREY WATER)
A. Feeding and Control Equipment
1.
Provide for each condenser water system an independent chemical
treatment system (including all external piping and wiring) to
control conductivity, pH, and chemical treatment. Control system
shall incorporate microprocessor technology. Provide control
system equivalent to MOGUL Microchem MC44A6. Housed
instrumentation in a primed and painted NEMA 12 enclosure with a
key -lock door with window.
2.
Key Pad Control - Access measurements, set points, calibration
adjustments, program data and real clock time chemical resistant
membrane key pad. Calibration will not require any mechanical
adjustments.
3.
Display - Indicate digital measurements, setpoint and program
data accessed through the key pad on a display. Display
information for the following functions with commands prompting
the operator to change set points and access the program
operating data: Normal operation, conductivity set points, pH set
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15050-1
SECTION 15050
WATER TREATMENT
points, alarm status, feed limit timers, calibration, temperature
set points, drum levels, real clock time and auxiliary
analog/digital inputs as required.
4. Conductivity Monitor - Provide linear, temperature compensated
measurements over the full range of 0-10,000 micromhos. Accuracy
will be 1% of reading, with a hysterisis of ± 30 micromhos over
a temperature compensated range of 5-60 degrees centigrade.
Control bleed -off in the following manner:
a. Standard Operation - Conductivity controller actuates
solenoid bleed -off valve when cooling water system
dissolved solids level reaches or exceeds the setpoint.
b. Biocide Operation - A secondary bleed -off setpoint lowers
system conductivity levels prior to biocide feed. Insure
increased bleed -off prior to biocide feed so that the
dissolved solids levels will not rise above standard
operation set point during biocide feed, when bleed -off
lock -out timer is activated. In both operating modes, an
independent bleed limit timer with alarm shall safeguard
against excessive bleed -off.
5. pH Control - Control the pH of the recirculating water by a
voltage regulated, fully integrated controller with linear
measurements over its full range of 0-14 pH. Provide two
independent control set points for feed of acid and/or caustic
chemicals. Provide an adjustable feed limit timer with alarm for
each pH control chemical used.
6. Chemical Feed Controls - Each of the (4) chemical feeds will be
capable of operating in one of the three following independently
field programmable modes:
a. Percentage Timer - Chemical is fed on an adjustable' time -
proportioning basis initiated by bleed -off.
b. Counter/Timer - Chemical is fed proportional to make-up
water rate. A water meter with an electric contactor shall
pulse a solid state reset counter with an adjustable range
of 0-99 counts. Completion or counter -cycle will initiate
solid-state reset timer for chemical feed with an adjustable
range of 0-10 minutes.
C. Clock Timer - Chemical feed is programmed by a 24 hour timer
with 1, 7, or 28 day repeating cycle. Each chemical feed
interval programmed for start time and duration with up to
16 intervals per function.
7. Auxiliary Analog/Digital Inputs - Provide auxiliary channels for
other analog input signals as required (ORP, corrosivity, flow
rate, etc.). Provide digital input channels for water flow
interlock, make-ip water meter, bleed -off water meter and printer
out of paper.
8. Security Code - Controller programming changes accessible only by
entering an authorized security code.
9. Printer - Capable of printing operating data at rate of 20
characters per second on standard adding machine roll paper (2
3/4" wide). Printer manually activated to print each display
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15050-2
SECTION 15050
WATER TREATMENT
screen. Automatically print all analog operating data for the
previous 30 minutes (in 5-minute increments) prior to alarm
occurrence.
10. Operating Data History - Record and retain in memory operating
data for the following parameters:
a. The minimum, maximum and average of all analog input data
recorded each hour for the previous 24 hours and for each
day for the previous seven days.
b. The first and last occurrence of each alarm condition
including the day and time of each occurrence for the
previous seven days.
C. The daily total running time in hours and minutes for
bleed -off and all chemical feeds, including acid and/or
caustic, if applicable. The water flow volume in gallons of
water through the make-up and bleed -off water meters on both
a daily and accumulative basis.
11. Drum Level Monitoring - Monitor each chemical drum used by a drum
level sensor which will continuously sense the amount of chemical
remaining and alarm when the level has dropped to a
predetermined, adjustable level (set point). Display the level
remaining in each drum and the drum level alarm set point. This
set point to be adjustable from 0-100% in the field. Low drum
level alarms shall display low drum level, lockout chemical pump
and activate alarm buzzer.
12. Power Outage Protection:
a. Provide a lithium cell battery able to power real time
clock/calendar up to one year.
b. Maintain setpoints, calibrations, feed schedules and all
other user options inputs and software and shall be, for a
minimum of one year without battery backup.
13. Preprogrammed Set points - Factory pretest and calibrate.
Preprogram "default" setpoints to prevent overfeeds prior to user
programming.
14. Enclosure: Isolate and protect the chemical feed pumps by a
dividing panel. Mount the chemical pumps and sample stream
piping assembly in a key -lock, NEMA 12 enclosure, fabricated from
14 gauge, cold -rolled steel, primed and painted with polyurethane
enamel paint for corrosion protection. Pre -plumb and pre -wire
components in the enclosure to form an operational and ready to
use system.
15. Sample Stream Piping Assembly: Include the following:
a. Solenoid valve
b. Water pressure reducing and regulating valve.
C. Pressure Gauge
d. Pressure switch limit manual reset button and adjustable set
point range of 5-110 PSI. Pressure switch shall have proof
pressure rating of 1000 PSI and burst pressure rating of
3000 PSI.
e. Flow Monitor
f. Flow Control Valve
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15050-3
SECTION 15050 WATER TREATMENT
g. Conductivity Probe
h. pH Probe
i. pH Temperature Compensation Electrode
j. Sample Valve
16. Chemical Feed Assembly: Include the following:
a. Shut -Off Valves
b. Chemical Injection Tees
C. Flow Switch
17. Chemical Pumps: Feed rate adjustable while running.
18. Water meters complete with electric contacting register sized to
meter twice the volume of the maximum makeup and bleed -off water
rate of the system.
19. Prepiped bleed -off piping assembly consisting of shut-off valve,
wye strainer, strainer flush valve, throttling valve and solenoid
valve. Size bleed -off piping assembly to bleed twice the maximum
bleed -off rate of the system.
20. Sample stream injection quill including diffuser tube and back
check valve for injecting sample stream flow into the
recirculating line.
21. Provide piping equipment and components fabricated from materials
suitable for the chemicals use and operating conditions
encountered.
B. Water Treatment Chemicals:
1. Furnish one year's supply of the recommended formulas for control
of scale and corrosion in the open recirculating system. Provide
two separate formulas for prevention of microbiological growth in
the same system. Register biocide products recommended with the
Environmental Protection Agency. Show EPA registration numbers
clearly on all product literature and drum labels. Sulfuric acid
to be provided by Owner. To insure operator safety, provide all
chemical products in liquid form for direct feed from shipping
container to the cooling system.
2.2 CHILLED WATER, AND EMERGENCY GENERATOR ENGINE COOLING WATER (GREY WATER)
A. Feeding and Control Equipment:
1. Provide for each separate closed system apparatus equivalent to
the following (including all external piping and wiring):
a. One-shot feeder, minimum two gallon capacity, with funnel,
drain connection and valves, designed for the pressure
requirements of the specific system piped across the
circulating pumps common suction and discharge.
B. Water Treatment Chemicals:
1. Furnish one year's supply of the recommended formula for scale
and corrosion protection of closed recirculating system.
Formulation shall not contain any ingredients which are harmful
to system materials of construction.
2.3 SERVICE
A. Supply sufficient pre -start up cleaner for flushing and cleaning the
systems to remove all oil and foreign matter from the piping and
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15050-4
SECTION 15050
WATER TREATMENT
equipment prior to final filling of the system with fresh water.
Supply instructions explaining the quantities of cleaner to use and
the method and duration of the operation. Immediately upon completion
of the cleaning, operating and refilling of the systems with fresh
water. Add the initial dosage of protective chemical treatment.
B. Instruct the Owner's personnel in the proper testing procedures and
the proper operation of the chemical feeding and control equipment.
Supply written instructions to the Owner as specified in Division 1.
2.5 TESTING EQUIPMENT
A. Furnish basic water test equipment, spare reagents for maintaining
control of program standards in the condenser and chilled water
systems. Include the following:
1. Reagents and apparatus for determination of corrosion inhibitor
level in the condenser and chilled water system.
2. Reagents and apparatus for determination of pH, P&M alkalinity
and chlorides.
3. Apparatus for determination of microbiological colony population
and biocide effectiveness.
B. Provide test Cabinet suitable for wall mounting for storage of testing
glassware and reagents including one shelf, keylock door and
fluorescent light. Construct cabinet of 18 gauge, cold -rolled steel,
primed and painted with white, polyurethane enamel paint for corrosion
protection.
C. Furnish prefabricated stainless steel Corrosion Coupon By -Pass
Assembly to monitor program effectiveness including:
1. 1" Inlet and outlet shut-off valves.
2. 1" line strainer with 20 mesh stainless steel screen.
3. Corrosion probe connection fitting.
4. Two (2) corrosion coupon with holders.
5. Two (2) corrosion coupon tees.
6. Flow control valve (8 GPM).
7. Corrosion coupons will be analyzed by suppliers regional
laboratory and test reports provided at recommended intervals.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install systems as recommended by manufacturer and per contract
Documents.
3.2 WATER MANAGEMENT PROGRAM
A. The treatment system supplier shall provide all consulting services
for a period of one year from start-up of the system.including:
1. Installation and system start-up procedure recommendations.
2. Pre -operation system cleanout procedure supervision.
3. Initial water analysis and recommendations.
4. Training of operating personnel on proper feeding and control
techniques.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15050-5
SECTION 15050
WATER TREATMENT
5. Periodic field service and consultation meetings.
6. Any necessary log sheets and record forms.
7. Any required laboratory and technical assistance.
B. All services will be provided by a qualified, full-time representative
of the supplier.
END OF SECTION 15050
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15050-6
SECTION 15060
PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Piping Systems
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings and/or catalog cuts showing materials, pressure
and temperature ratings, physical dimensions, and procedure to be used
for installation of piping.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIAL
Material
A. Cast iron soil pipe, service
weight, bell and spigot, asphalt
coated, ASTM A74.
B. Cast iron soil pipe, service
weight, no hub, asphalt coated
CISPI 301.
C.
E.
Ductile iron, cement lined water
pipe, asphalt coated, ANSI A21.1,
Class 150.
Copper water tube, hard temper,
Type K, L and M. ASTM B88.
Service
Sanitary and storm sewers under
building. Above ground soil,
waste and vent and downspouts
2" diameter and over.
Above ground only soil, waste
vent and downspouts 2" diameter
and over, as permitted by Code.
Underground water service main,
4" diameter and larger.
Type K Underground domestic water lines and underground air
conditioning condensate drain lines.
Type L Above ground domestic water lines, above ground grey
water,above ground waste, downspouts.
Type M Above ground, vents. Above ground air conditioning
condensate drain lines.
Copper drainage tube, hard Above ground soil, waste, vent
temper, Type DWV. ASTM B306. and downspouts.
F. Brass pipe, Schedule 40, Exposed piping connections for
chromium plated. ASTM B43. plumbing fixtures, showers and
chromium plated tanks.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 15060-1
SECTION 15060
PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS
Material
G. Galvanized steel pipe Schedule
40, ASTM A120.
H. Black steel pipe, Schedule
40, ASTM A120.
Service
Above ground waste and down-
spouts up to and including 3"
diameter.
Chilled water, liquified
petroleum gas, fuel oil, cooling
water,emergency generator and/or
fire pump diesel engine exhaust,
and radiator piping.
I. Black steel pipe in Fire protection sprinkler
accordance with requirements and/or wet standpipe.
of Paragraph 3-.1.1.1, -.2,
and -.3 of NFPA 13 and/or
Paragraph 7-3.1, -.2, and -.3
of NFPA 14.
J. Copper refrigeration tube, Refrigerant lines.
hard temper. Type L-ACR,
ASTM B88.
K. PVC Schedule 40 Type SDR-21 Condenser Water
Type I, Grade I, ASTM D-2241-76
2.2 FITTINGS
A. Cast iron soil pipe fittings and ASTM A74.
B. Ductile iron cement lined water pipe - Class 150 ANSI A21.20, AWWA
C110, standard mechanical joint fitting with lugs for connecting to
pipe.
C. Copper water tube cast bronze or wrought copper, solder joint type
ANSI B16.18 and B16.22.
D. Copper drainage tube (DWV) - Cast bronze fittings, solder joint
fittings. ANSI B.16 23-69.
E. Brass pipe - cast bronze screwed, 125 pound, flat band water pattern,
chromium plated, for chromium plated pipe.
F. Threaded pipe - malleable iron fittings, 150 pound standard for
Schedule 40 pipe and 300 pound for Schedule 80 pipe.
G. Welded pipe - same material and strength as pipe.
H. All fittings shall be a manufactured item, field fabricated fittings
are not acceptable.
I. PVC pipe fittings Type I Grade I ASTM DR466-7,-A.
2.3 JOINTS
A. Cast iron bell and spigot soil pipe -pack joints with oakum, fill with
molten lead at one pouring, calk solid flush with hub rim. If
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 15060-2
SECTION 15060
PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS
approved by Code pre-set plastic or rubber joint, ASTM C564, may be
used.
B. Cast iron no -hub pipe cast iron MG coupling or Alpha -coupling by
Universal Cast Iron Manufacturing Co. or 24 gauge Type 304 stainless
steel Clamp -All coupling by CLAMP -ALL CORP. Coupling assembly
tightened by torque wrench.
C. Threaded pipe - make joints using approved pipe joint compound,
applied to male threads only. Cut pipe square, cut threads clean,
remove burrs and ream ends to full size of bore. Threads shall not be
exposed on chromium plated pipe.
D. Threadless brass pipe - use brazing alloy which will flow freely at
1300° F, use flux and brazing method as recommended by manufacturer of
brazing alloy.
E. Copper water tube - use 95-5 solder, cut pipe square, clean and polish
tube ends and inner surface of fittings, apply flux and solder joint
as recommended by manufacturer of solder type fittings.. Use same
method for copper drainage tube, except use 50-50-solder. Use same
method for copper refrigerant pipe, except use silver solder with 15%
silver content, equal to Sil-Fos 15.
F. Welded pipe - welding shall conform to welding section of ANSI B31.1
"Code for Power Piping." Pipe up to 2" diameter shall be screwed.
Pipe 2-1/2" diameter and over shall be welded.
G. PVC Pipe - Solvent weld joints.
2.4 NIPPLES AND UNIONS
A. Nipples shall conform to size, weight and strength of adjoining pipe.
When length of unthreaded portion of nipple is less than 1-1/2" use
extra strong nipple; do not use close nipples.
B. For pipe 3" and smaller, use screwed unions; over 3" use flanged
unions. For steel and wrought iron pipe use malleable iron unions
black or galvanized, to conform to pipe with ground joint. Cast iron
flanged unions gasket type. For threaded brass pipe, use bronze
ground joint unions with octagon ends. Install unions on equipment
intended to be disassembled.
C. Dielectric unions shall be installed between connections of copper
pipe and ferrous piping in gas piping systems and dielectric waterway
connectors in water piping systems.
2.5 OPTIONAL GROOVED PIPING SYSTEM
A. Grooved piping system will only be acceptable for chilled water
sprinkler piping, wet standpipe.
B. At Contractors option, Mechanical grooved pipe, couplings and fittings
shall be as follows, if approved by local code.
1. Pipe: Schedule 40, black steel, conforming to ASTM Al20, standard
square cut, grooved to coupling manufacturer's specifications.
Pipe ends shall be clean and free from indentations, projections
and roll marks in the area from pipe end to groove for proper
gasket sealing.
2. Couplings: Ductile iron, ASTM A536, or malleable iron, ASTM A47,
with EPDM gaskets suitable for 230°F. operating temperature ASTM
D200, and heat treated carbon steel bolts and nuts, ASTM A183:
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 15060-3
SECTION 15060
PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS
Victaulic Style 77 1 Line and Fitting Couplings and Style 72
Outlet Couplings, Victaulic.
3. Fittings: Malleable iron, ASTM A47, or ductile iron, ASTM A536,
with grooved or shouldered ends: Victaulic Full Flow Fittings,
or approved equal.
4. Flanges: Malleable iron, ASTM A47, or ductile iron, ASTM A536,
hinged, two-piece design, suitable for opening and engaging the
grooves, and shall be secured in position with a tight -fitting
lock bolt. Flanges shall conform to 125# (0.9 MPa) cast iron,
ANSI B16.1, and 150# (1MPa) steel, ANSI B16.5, bolt hole
alignment: Victaulic Styler 741 Vic -Flanges.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install pipe for plumbing and mechanical systems.
B. Pipe shall be prepared for installation as follows:
1. Ream pipe and tube ends and remove burrs.
2. Remove scale and dirt, inside and outside, before assembly.
3. Remove welding slag and foreign material from pipe and fitting
material.
C. Piping on the drawings is shown in a schematic form; install piping
approximately as indicated: straight, plumb, and as direct as
possible, form right angles on parallel lines with building walls.
Keep pipes close to walls, partitions, ceilings, offsetting only where
necessary to follow walls and avoid interference with other mechanical
items. Locate groups of pipes parallel to each other; space at a
distance to permit applying full insulation and to permit access for
servicing valves. Most piping to be runin concealed locations unless
indicated exposed, or in equipment rooms. Coordinate work with other
trades as defined in this Project Manual.
D. Install horizontal piping as high as possible without sags or humps so
that proper grades can be maintained for drainage.
E. Locate valves for easy access and operation. Do not locate valves
with stems below horizontal.
F. Check piping for interference with other trades, avoid placing water
pipes over electrical equipment.
G. Where rough -ins are required for equipment furnished by others verify
exact rough -in dimensions with Owner or equipment supplier before
roughing -in.
H. Branch pipes shall use factory cast or forged pipe fittings to match
the material of the piping system. Saddle branch connections shall not
be used.
I. Install automat':: temperature control valves, separable wells,
pressure taps an( other items as required and furnished by Temperature
Control subcontractor.
J. PVC piping exposed shall be coated with U-V selective coating.
END OF SECTION 15060
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP THREE 15060-4
SECTION 15085
PIPING IDENTIFICATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes
1. Piping Identification
a. Label and identify piping systems.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ANSI A13.1 - Identification of piping systems
B. ANSI Z53.1 - Safety color coding standards.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit manufacturer's catalog cuts showing complete descriptive data.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable manufacturers of piping identification materials:
1. BRADY
2. SETON
2.2 MATERIALS
A. All non -insulated indoor piping shall be identified with vinyl cloth
identification markers or equal, BRADY B-500.
B. For insulated indoor piping and all outdoor piping provide thin .film
marker BRADY, B-350. .
C. For pipes under 3/4" O.D. (too small for color bands and legends),
provide stamped metal tags at locations of pipe markers.
2.3 LABEL AND COLOR
A. Labeling and color coding shall be in accordance with "Scheme for the
Identification of Piping Systems" (ANSI A13.1-1981).
B. Each marker must show:
(1) approved color -coded background
(2) proper color of legend in relation to background color
(3) approved legend letter size
(4) approved marker length
(5) directional flow arrow.
C. Provide legend indicating color and service in the operating and
maintenance manuals.
2.4 LOCATION OF PIPE MARKERS
A. Locations for pipe markers in equipment rooms, tunnels and shafts
shall be as follows:
1. Adjacent to each valve and fitting (except on plumbing fixtures
and equipment).
2. At each branch and riser take -off.
3. At each pipe passage through wall, floor and ceiling
construction.
4. At each pipe passage to underground.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP THREE 15085-1
SECTION 15085 PIPING IDENTIFICATION
5. On all horizontal pipe runs -marked every 25 feet.
B. Locations for pipe markers above ceilings in finished areas.
1. Adjacent to each valve.
2. On all horizontal pipe runs -marked every 25 feet.
3. At each pipe passage through wall, floor, or ceiling
construction.
2.5 VALVES AND DAMPERS
A. Identify each valve and damper with stamped metal tag.
B. Provide schedule listing valve and damper number and their location.
Schedule shall be provided in the operating and maintenance manuals.
C. All main and branch line valves are to be tagged in accordance with
the following numerical schedule:
Cold Water
1000
- 1999
Hot Water
2000
- 2899
Liquified Petroleum
3000
- 3999
Condenser Water
4000
- 4999
Chilled Water Supply
8000
- 8499
Chilled Water Return
8500
- 8989
The following valves, shall havesequential numbering starting with
number one (1) with the following prefix.
Non -Potable Grey Water NPGW-1
Condensing (Cooling Tower) CT-1
Fire Lines F-1
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 Flow arrows and labels shall be positioned to be visible from room floor.
3.2 Attach metal tags with metal chains.
END OF SECTION 15085
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP THREE 15085-2
SECTION 15100 VALVES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Valves
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittal data shall include physical dimensions, construction
materials, and pressure and temperature ratings.
B. Submit product data.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. POWELL, NIBCO, HAMMOND, GRINNELL STOCKHAM, CRANE.
B. All valves shall be of the same manufacturer unless otherwise
specified.
C. Figure numbers in valve schedule based on POWELL.
2.2 VALVE SIZES
A. Valve sizes 2" and smaller, all bronze with screwed ends; sizes 2-1/2"
and larger, iron bodies, bronze trim, flanged ends. Valves for copper
pipe shall have solder joint ends.
2.3 GATE VALVES
A. Gate valves shall have solid tapered wedge, except where otherwise
specified.
2.4 GLOBE VALVES
A. Globe valves shall have renewable composition discs as recommended by
manufacturer for intended service, or renewable bevel seats and metal
discs.
2.5 CHECK VALVES
A. Check valves - horizontal swing type with bronze seat and composition
of bronze disc as approved; body of same material, pressure rating,
screwed or flanged and finish as adjoining Globe or Gate Valves.
2.6 BALL VALVES
A. Ball valves, 2" and smaller, shall be 400 WOG cast bronze design with
teflon seats and seals and full ports complying with B16.34 or
MSS-SP-72. End connections shall be screwed. Valves shall be
GRINNELL 3810 and 3810SJ or equal by NIBCO, POWELL, WATTS or APOLLO.
2.6 BUTTERFLY VALVES
A. Butterfly valves, 2-1/2" and larger, shall be 150 WOG (tested and
certified to operate at 175 WOG) cast iron lug type body with extended
neck, wafer type with bronze disc on stainless steel stem, ethylene -
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 15100-1
SECTION 15100
VALVES
propylene (EPDM) seats and seals, and full ports conforming to MSS-SP-
67. Valves thru 6" shall have not less than 10 position level lock
handle with memory stop. Valves 8" and larger have gear operators
with memory stop. Valves shall be GRINNELL-LC-8211-1 and LC-8211-2 or
equal by KEYSTONE, NIBCO, POWELL or CENTERLINE.
2.8 VALVE SCHEDULE
A. Furnish valves as per following schedule:
Valve Type Service
1. Gate - 2" and smaller Fig. 2712 Domestic hot and cold water
2-1/2" and larger Fig. 1893 pressures rating 200 psi.
2. Plug - 2" and smaller Fig. 2202
2-1/2" to 4" Fig. 2203
6" and larger Fig. 2201-G.
Furnish operating wrench with
each cock, not required for
geared cocks.
3. Gate -
2"
and smaller
Fig. 2714
Chilled water, condenser
2-1/2"
and
larger Fig.
1793
water, pressures up to 200
psi, temperatures from 40° to
2500 F.
4. Globe
- 2"
and smaller
Fig. 150
2-1/2"
and
larger Fig.
241
5. Angle
- 2"
and smaller
Fig. 151
2-1/2"
and
larger Fig.
243.
6. Check - 2" and smaller Fig. 596
2-1/2" and larger Fig. 559
Except in pump discharge:
7. Silent Check - 1" to 1-1/2" MUESSCO,
Fig. 101M-BP; 2" and larger MUESSCO,
Fig. 105M-DT.
8. Balancing Cock - 2" and smaller
Fig. 2202; 2-1/2" to 4" Fig. 2203;
6" and larger Fig. 2201-G. Furnish
operating wrench with each cock;
not required for geared cocks.
9. Silent Check - 1" to 1-1/2" MUESSCO, Pump Discharge
Fig. 101M-BP; 2" and larger
MUESSCO, Fig. 105M-DT.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 15100-2
SECTION 15100
VALVES
Valve Tvae Service
10. Balancing Cock - 2" and smaller
Fig. 2202; 2-1/2" to 4" Fig. 2203;
6" and larger Fig. 2201-G.
Furnish operating wrench with
each cock; not required for
geared cocks.
11. Plug - 2" and smaller Fig. 2202;
2-1/2" to 4" Fig. 2203; 6" and
larger Fig. 2201-G. Furnish
operating wrench with each
cock; not required for geared
cocks.
12. Ball Valves: May be used in lieu of gate valves 2" and smaller for
domestic cold and hot water, grey water, chilled water and condenser
water.
13. Butterfly Valves: May be used in lieu of gate/valves 2-1/2" and
larger for domestic cold and hot water, grey water, chilled water and
condenser water.
2.9 GROOVED PIPING SYSTEM
A. At Contractors option, if mechanical grooved piping system is utilized
as specified in Section 15060 - PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS, the butterfly
valves may be Victaulic Series 700 for up to 6" and larger than 6" may
be Victaulic Series 701. Valves shall meet the same requirements as
required for all butterfly valves.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install valves.
B. All valves: easily accessible. When it becomes necessary to install
valves above plaster ceilings, provide access doors. Installation of
the access doors : by another Section of this project manual.
C. Install valves in equipment rooms to provide easy access to valve. For
valves installed 10'-0" above the floor: provide valves with a chain
operator.
D. Triple duty valve are not acceptable.
END OF SECTION 15100
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15100-3
SECTION 15110
HEAT TRACE SYSTEM
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes
1. Electric Heat Trace System
B. Provide a complete U.L. listed system of heaters and components for
maintaining domestic, kitchen and laundry hot water temperatures.
1.2 PERFORMANCE
A. The system supplier shall furnish certified performance rating for
each specific system requirement. The certified rating shall equal or
exceed the specified ratings.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit operating and maintenance manual for components.
B. Submit manufacturers installation instructions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable manufacturers:
1. RAYCHEM CORPORATION
2. THERMON CORPORATION
3. CHEMLEX
2.2 EQUIPMENT
A. The self-regulating heater shall consist of:
1. Two 16 AWG nickel -coated copper bus wires embedded in:
2. A radiation cross -linked self-regulating polymer core covered by:
(Non-crosslinked cores will not be accepted).
3. A radiation cross -linked modified polyolefin dielectric jacket
which is covered by: (Non-crosslinked jackets will not be
accepted)
4. A tinned copper braid incorporating a colored strand for easy
product identification. (Stainless steel braids will not be
accepted)
B. The self-regulating heat trace element shall respond to varying
localized temperature conditions along the pipe by self-regulating its
heat out -put at each point along its length without reliance on
thermostat controls. A constant wattage heater is not acceptable.
C. The heat trace element shall operate on 208 volts, 1 phase. Power for
each heater circuit shall be routed through a circuit breaker.
Electrical work shall conform to the requirements of Division 16.
D. Components used for all power connection points, tees and end seal
terminations by the heat trace element manufacturer.
E. Self-regulating heat trace element and interconnecting components.
Shall be listed by an approved testing laboratory.
F. The Heater Trace Elements: Comparable to RAYCHEM HWAT-B, for
maintaining domestic hot water temperature, 100°F and HWAT-F for
maintaining kitchen and laundry hot water temperature, 140°F.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15110-1
SECTION 15110
HEAT TRACE SYSTEM
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Apply heat trace element linearly along piping.
B. Secure heat trace element to piping as recommended by manufacturer.
C. Affix signage to exterior of thermal insulation, indicating piping is
heat traced.
3.2 TESTING
A. After installation of heat trace element(s) and prior to installation
of thermal insulation, test for insulation resistance in accordance
with manufacturers installation instructions.
********************
END OF SECTION 15110
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15110-2
SECTION 15130
THERMOMETERS AND GAUGES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Thermometers and Gauges
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit manufacturers product data and catalog cuts showing complete
descriptive data.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Thermometers:
1. WEKSLER
2. ASHCROFT
3. WEISS
4. U.S. GAUGE
B. Pressure Gauges:
1. WEKSLER
2. ASHCROFT
3. U.S. GAUGE
C. Differential Air Pressure Gauges:
1. DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC.
2.2 THERMOMETERS
A. WEISS, Model 12VS5, 5" stem 12" scale, adjust angle type, Industrial
thermometer, complete with double thick glass front, gas actuated,
separable socket and arranged so the unit can be set any required
angle front to back or left to right during or after installation.
Range 30-240° F. for hot water and 0-120° F. for chilled water, with
2° F. divisions.
2.3 PRESSURE GAUGES
A. WEKSLER, Type BFI for water, 6" compound pressure vacuum gauge,
aluminum case, white dial, 1/4" male NPT. Range 30" vacuum to 100
pound pressure (with 1 inch divisions below 0 psi, 1 psi divisions to
50 psi, and 5 psi divisions to 100 psi) for water.
2.4 LEVER HANDLE COCKS
A. WEKSLER, Type All, suitable for 200 psi.
2.5 DIFFERENTIAL AIR PRESSURE GAUGES
A. DWYER INSTRUMENTS INC., magnehelic air resistance gauge Model 2003
having a range from 0 to 3.0 inches water column, with 0.10 inch
divisions.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 15130-1
SECTION 15130
THERMOMETERS AND GAUGES
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install thermometers in discharge and return piping at chiller, at
each supply and return connection for the air handling unit cooling
coils and at other points as indicated.
B. Provide separable well for each thermometer in the piping systems.
C. Install gauge for each pump, mounted on 1/4" steel pipe manifold
connected to the suction and discharge of the pump, with lever handle
union cocks in the manifold on each side of the gauge, so that the
gauge may be opened to either the suction or discharge pressure.
D. Install gauges on chiller and headers, at pressure reducing valves and
at other points as indicated on Drawings.
E. Differential air pressure gauges shall be installed across all air
filter sections, both low efficiency and high efficiency.
F. Provide lever handle cock for each pressure gauge installed in the
water system.
*********************
END OF SECTION 15130
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 15130-2
SECTION 15140
PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Pipe Hangers and Supports.
a. Pipe support systems shall secure pipes in place, prevent
pipe vibration, provide vertical adjustment for maintaining
required grades, provide for expansion and contraction.
b. Where supports are attached to concrete or other structural
members, care shall be taken to prevent damage or weakening
of the structural members.
C. Where concrete inserts are to be used, it shall be this
Contractor's responsibility to accurately locate and attach
inserts to concrete forms.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings and/or catalog cuts showing materials, weight
carrying capacities, physical dimensions, and procedures to be used
for installation of pipe hangers and supports.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS/HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Hangers and support devices shall be equal to:
1. GRINNELL
2. FEE & MASON
3. ELCEN
4. Figure numbers based on GRINNELL.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION - HORIZONTAL PIPE SUPPORTS
A. Hanger rods for steel, wrought iron and brass pipe shall be installed
in accordance with the following schedule:
Pipe Size Rod Diameter
Maximum Spacing
Up to 1-1/4"
3/8"
8'-0"
1-1/2" and 2"
3/8"
10'-0"
2-1/2" and 3"
1/2"
10'-0"
4" and 5"
5/8"
12'-0"
6"
3/4"
12'-0"
891
7/8"
14,
_.2 ��
10" and 12"
7/8"
16'-0"
14" and 16"
1"
16'-0"
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15140-1
SECTION 15140 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
B. Hanger rods for copper pipe and tube shall be installed in accordance
with the following schedule:
Pipe Size Rod Diameter Maximum Spacing
Up to 1" 3/8" 6'-0"
1-1/4" and 1-1/2" 3/8" 8'-0"
2" 3/8" 9,_0"
2-1/2" 1/2" 91_0"
and 4" 1/2" 10'-0"
C. Support horizontal cast iron soil pipe with one hanger for each pipe
length. Locate hangers close to hubs.
D. In addition to the above specified spacings, install additional
hangers at change in pipe direction and at concentrated loads, large
valves, strainers, etc.
E. Where more than one pipe is to be run parallel together, they may be
supported on trapeze type hangers. Trapeze bar angles and hanger rods
shall be of sufficient size with required spacing to support the
particular group of pipes.
F. For suspending hanger rods from brackets attached to walls; use welded
steel brackets, Fig. 194 for loads up to 750 lbs.; Fig. 195 for loads
up to 1500 lbs.; Fig. 199 for loads up to 3000 lbs.
G. Where pipes are to be racked along walls, use "Unistrut" pipe racks.
H. Copper plated hangers shall be provided where hangers are in direct
contact with copper piping. On insulated copper piping, copper plated
hangers may be omitted, provided hanger is isolated from copper pipe.
3.2 INSTALLATION - VERTICAL PIPE SUPPORTS
A.
Support vertical steel, wrought iron, copper and brass
pipe
at every
other floor line.
B.
Support vertical cast iron soil pipe at every floor
line.
C.
In addition to the above, support vertical pipes at
base of riser
with
base fitting set on concrete or brick pier, or by
hanger located
on
horizontal connection close to riser.
D.
Where pipe sleeves extend above floor, place pipe
clamps at
ceiling
below and support clamp extensions from inserts
or other
approved
attachment.
3.3 PIPE ATTACHMENTS
A. For horizontal steel and wrought iron pipe, use malleable iron split
pipe ring with turnbuckle adjuster, Fig. 108 and 114 combined for
pipes up to 8"; carbon steel double bolt pipe clamp with weldless eye
nut, Fig. 295 for pipes over 8". Clevis hangers, Fig. 260 may be used
for all pipe sizes.
B. For horizontal copper pipe and tube; use copper -plated malleable iron
split pipe ring with turn buckle adjuster Fig. CT-109 and 114
combined.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15140-2
SECTION 15140
PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
C.
When thermal
expansion for
horizontal pipe is in excess of 1/2"
axially, use
adjustable swivel
pipe roll Fig. 174 or pipe roll stand
Fig. 177.
D.
For horizontal
cast iron soil
pipe, use clevis hanger, Fig. 260.
E.
For vertical,
steel, wrought
iron and cast iron pipe, use extension
pipe clamps,
Fig. 261.
F.
For vertical
copper pipe and
tube, use copper -plated extension pipe
clamp, Fig. CT-121.
3.4 INTERMEDIATE ATTACHMENTS
A. Hanger rods, use carbon steel single or double end threaded, Figs.
140, 141, 253, 254 as required. Continuous threaded rod, Fig. 146 may
be used wherever possible.
B. Chain wire or perforated strap hangers will not be permitted. One
pipe shall not be suspended from another pipe.
3.5 STRUCTURAL ATTACHMENTS
A. For attaching steel or carbon plated hanger rods to reinforced
concrete; use galvanized malleable iron concrete inserts, Fig. 279 for
loads up to 770 lbs.; Fig. 282 for loads up to 1,430 lbs.
B. For attaching steel hanger rods to structural steel beams, use
malleable iron C-clamps, Fig. 87 with retaining clip for loads up to
630 lbs.; Fig. 229 with extension piece for loads up to 1,365 lbs.
For copper plated hanger rods, use copper plated malleable iron C-
clamps, Fig. CT-88 with hardened point cup set screw, for loads up to
510 lbs.
C. For attaching steel hanger rods to wood structural members, use
malleable iron adjustable swinging hanger flange, Fig. 154 with
extension piece for loads up to 1,350 lbs. For copper plated.hanger
rods, use copper plated malleable iron ceiling flange, Fig. CT-128R
for loads up to 180 lbs.
D. Vertical expansion shields or toggles shall not be used for suspending
hanger rods, except with permission in cases where inserts have been
omitted or cannot be used. If permitted, use two expansion shields or
toggles per hanger rod.
3.6 PIPE COVERING PROTECTION
A. Hangers and supports for insulated piping shall not injure or pierce
insulation. Provide insulation protection shields, Fig. 160, 161 or
167 in conjunction with hanger or roll device.
********************
END OF gECTION 15140
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15140-3
SECTION 15160 PUMPS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Pumps
1.2 PERFORMANCE AND TEST
A. Pump capacities, ratings and electrical characteristics shall be as
scheduled.
B. Pump performance and motor characteristics shall be such that motor
will not be loaded beyond its service factor if operating head is
reduced to 80% of specified head.
C. Pumps shall be factory tested at specified conditions.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittal data shall consist of drawings and/or catalog cuts giving
dimensions, arrangement, construction materials, performance curves,
and electrical characteristics.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. BELL AND GOSSETT
B. AURORA PUMP CO.
C. ARMSTRONG
D. ALLIS-CHALMERS
E. TACO
F. PEERLESS
2.2 BASE MOUNTED END SUCTION CIRCULATING PUMPS
A. Base mounted end suction circulating pumps shall be of the centrifugal
single stage type. Vertical split case design, to facilitate
servicing of internal components without disturbing motor, piping
connections or alignment. Components and construction shall be as
specified herein.
1. Casing: Close grained cast iron, 175 psi working pressure.
Companion flanges and plugged tappings for vent, drain and gauge
connections.
2. Impeller: All bronze enclosed type keyed to shaft and secured
with lock nut. Dynamically and hydraulically balanced for quiet
operation.
3. Shaft: Heat treated carbon steel.
4. Bearings: Bronze sleeve bearings, oil lubricated.
5. Shaft Seals: Mechanical seal, with carbon seal ring and
removeable seat. Seals shall be suitable for fluid temperatures
up to 240° F and for treated water up to 500 ppm concentration of
poly- phosphates.
6. Drive: Pump and motor to be connected through a flexible long
hub drive coupling, with safety guard. Coupling shall be capable
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15160-1
SECTION 15160
PUMPS
of absorbing combination of shock, torsional vibration and
misalignment.
7. Motor: NEMA Standard, normal torque, 40° C rise, open -drip proof
prelubricated.
8. Base Plate: Pump and motor shall be properly mounted and aligned
on a common rigid structural steel or cast iron base. Base to
have open area for grouting.
2.3 BASE MOUNTED DOUBLE SUCTION CIRCULATING PUMPS
A. Base mounted double suction circulating pumps shall be of the
centrifugal single stage type. Vertical or horizontal split case
design, to facilitate servicing of internal components, without
disturbing motor, piping connections, or alignment. Components and
construction shall be as specified herein.
1. Casing: Close grained cast iron, 175 psi working pressure.
Companion flanges and plugged tappings for vent, drain, and gauge
connections.
2. Impel-ler: All -bronze enclosed type keyed to shaft and secured
with lock nut. Dynamically and hydraulically balanced for quiet
operation. Impeller shall be single or double suction type as
required for type of pumps scheduled.
3. Shaft: No. 18-8 stainless steel.
4. Bearings: Ball bearings, grease lubricated.
5. Shaft Seals: Mechanical seal, with carbon seal ring and removable
seat. Seals shall be suitable for fluid temperatures up to 2400
F and for treated water up to 500 rpm concentration of poly-
phosphates.
6. Drive: Pump and motor to be connected through a flexible drive
coupling, with safety guard. Coupling shall be capable of
absorbing combination of shock, torsional vibration, and mis-
alignment.
7. Motor: NEMA Standard, normal torque, 400 C rise, open -drip proof
prelubricated.
8. Base Plate: Pump and motor shall be properly mounted and aligned
on a common rigid structural steel or cast iron base. Base to
have open area for grouting.
B. Horizontal split case design shall be acceptable for "or equal",
provided sufficient clearance is available around pump and piping for
maintenance access. Substitution of horizontal split case design
where vertical split case design is indicated shall be approved by
Architect.
2.5 FINISH
A. Pumps: thoroughly cleaned and painted with factory -applied machine
enamel prior to s` )ment.
B. Touch-up finish m rred during installation.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15160-2
SECTION 15160
PUMPS
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install circulating pumps for all fluid circulating systems.
B. Provide the following for each pump:
1. Flexible connector in suction and discharge line.
2. Valving as indicated.
3. Flowmeter fitting and strainer as specified in Section 15517
Hydraulic Specialties.
4. Compound gauge with turn cocks connected between pump suction and
discharge.
5. Reduction in pipe size necessary to fit pump connection size
shall be made at pump connection inside all other fittings and
accessories.
C. Suction inlet pipe for single suction pumps shall be a straight
section of pipe of not less than five pipe diameters in length between
pump suction flange and any change in direction of suction line.
Where space conditions will not permit suction inlet pipe of required
length, provide suction diffuser.
D. Base mounted end suction pumps without suction diffusers and
horizontal split case pumps shall have overhung piping elbows
supported from the floor with 3" diameter pipe leg with end cap welded
to the elbow. Where piping is less than 3", use pipe size.
********************
END OF SECTION 15160
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15160-3
SECTION 15175 VARIABLE SPEED MOTOR CONTROL FOR FANS AND PUMPS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Variable Speed Drives
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittal data shall consist of drawings and/or catalog cuts giving
dimensions, arrangement, construction materials, available speed range
drive horsepower rating, electrical characteristics of controller,
reference signal characteristics and installation instructions.
PART 2 - EQUIPMENT
2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Variable speed drives by:
1. SQUARE D
2. ROBICON
3. SYSTECON
4. ALLEN BRADLEY
5. TOSHIBA
6. Arrangement and capacities'as scheduled.
2.2 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE MOTOR CONTROL
A. Provide and install a complete variable speed drive system for the
variable water volume pumps and variable air volume fans as scheduled.
The system shall consist of variable speed drives, a control system
and application engineering to insure a satisfactory and efficient
system for the motors driving this equipment. Only standard NEMA B
squirrel -cage induction motors shall be used.
B. The Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) shall be of sufficient capacity and
provide a quality of output waveform so as to achieve full rated
output of the pump motors. In addition, the VFD will include the
following ratings and parameters.
1. Minimum VFD efficiency - 94 percent at 100 percent speed.
2. Rated input voltage - 460 volts +10 percent, -5 percent.
3. Ambient temperature range - 100C to 40°C.
4. Elevation - less than 3,000 feet above MSL.
5. Power factor - 0.95 minimum.
6. Power unit rating basis - 100 percent rated current continuous.
7. Speed control range - 0 to 100%.
C. The VFD shall incorporate an input molded case circuit breaker. It
shall be sized to provide short circuit interrupting capacity of not
less than the panel from which it is fed and shall be mechanically
interlocked with the power unit enclosure door.
D. The rectifier section will be a full wave, 3-phase diode bridge type
to change the input AC power to DC power. The output of the rectifier
shall form a current or voltage source whose output is regulated and
limited.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 15175-1
SECTION 15175
VARIABLE SPEED MOTOR CONTROL FOR FANS AND PUMPS
E. The inverter section will convert the DC output of the current or
voltage source to adjustable frequency power to the motor. The VFD
shall not induce excessive power losses in the motors. Inverter shall
be pulse width modulating type.
F. The power circuit design shall be such that the following fault
conditions can occur without damage to the power circuit components:
1) Single phase fault or 3-phase short circuit on VFD output
terminals, and 2) Failure to communicate inverter SCR due to severe
overload or other conditions.
G. To insure safety of the equipment, the VFD shall include these
protection features: 1) Static instantaneous overcurrent and over -
voltage trip, 2) Static over speed (overfrequency) protection, 3)
phase sequence detector, line or fuse loss and undervoltage
protection, 4) Power unit overtemperature protection, 5) Motor inverse
time overload protection, and 6) Responsive action to motor winding
temperature detectors or thermostatic switches.
H. A timed linear acceleration and deceleration function will be
provided, adjustable from 4 to 20 seconds.
I. All SCR's in the converter and inverter sections will be standard
rectifier grade devices containing SCR manufacturers standard catalog
numbers such that they can be readily cross referenced and
interchanged with other SCR manufacturer devices. SCR catalog numbers
must be submitted as part of the submittal package. No fast switching
SCR's will be allowed.
J. The drive output will contain an input AC reactor to allow safe
operation of the VFD regardless of source KVA rating. The AC reactor
will prevent VFD from generating intervals of zero voltage (notches)
which could interfere with other solid state controls.
K. The following conditions will cause an orderly drive shutdown and
restart after time delay:
1. Loss of input power.
2. Under voltage.
3. Sustained gradual overload.
4. Instantaneous severe overload.
5. SCR over temperature.
6. Over voltage.
7. Blown fuse.
8. Logic power supply failure.
For each occurrence condition 1 thru 6, the VFD will
automatically attempt to restart. Two unsuccessful restarts will
result in permanent shutdown and alarm.
L. After factory operational testing, the VFD will be heat tested with
power on in a heat room at 50'C for a minimum of 50 hours.
M. The VFD control system shall receive a 4 to 20mA signal from the
control equipment furnished under Section 15950 - Automatic
Temperature Control Systems. Operation of the VFD system shall
conform to the sequence of operation described in the Automatic
Temperature Controls. The control system shall also incorporate
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 15175-2
SECTION 15175 VARIABLE SPEED MOTOR CONTROL FOR FANS AND PUMPS
provisions for a remote start -stop control signal and contacts to
signal a trouble alarm to a remote location for any alarm or shutdown
of the VFD system.
N. The VFD system shall provide diagnostic operating and fault indication
by means of indicating lights.
0. Single Pump System or Fan System
1. Operator Controls: Hand -off -automatic switch, motor running
light, manual -automatic switch, manual speed control
potentiometer, and percent speed indicating meter.
P. Parallel Pump System: Controls as called for in Automatic Temperature
Control System. Operator Controls: Hand -off -automatic switch,
running light, manual -automatic switch, manual speed control, percent
speed indicating meter for each pump motor, and a manual switch to
select the lead pump.
Q. Provide manual bypass to transfer the motor, while at rest, to the A-C
line for operation at constant speed rather than with the variable
speed controller.
R. House the variable speed drive system in a multiple compartment
enclosure with a gasketed door and backpanel for each compartment.
Equip all compartments with electrical operating equipment and
voltages above 115 volts with door disconnect switches and handles
that de -power each compartment before a door is opened. Floor or wall
mount enclosure with enamel paint.
S. Manufacturer shall provide application engineering required for the
variable speed installation. The manufacturer or his representatives
shall provide start-up and adjustment service and subsequent field
service for two days.
T. Multiple drives may be located within a motor control center, if UL
listed for this location.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install variable frequency drive motor controls on pumps and fans as
scheduled. Make all connections between drive unit and controller.
Reference signal connection to controller shall be coordinated with
temperature controls contractor.
B. Test variable frequency drive motor control system to verify
performance as scheduled.
C. Instruct Owner's personnel on operation of variable frequency drive
motor control system.
END OF SECTION 15175
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 15175-3
SECTION 15242
VIBRATION ISOLATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Vibration isolation devices for rotating or reciprocating mechanical
equipment.
2. Include all components required for installation of the resilient
mounting and suspension systems and adjusting each system.
1.2 SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordinate resilient mounting systems with the exact equipment to be
furnished in regard to physical size, isolator locations, weight, rotating
speed, etc. Direct contact and cooperation between the vibration isolation
device fabricator and the equipment manufacturer is required.
B. Select piping systems isolators for proper coordination with the physical
arrangement of pipe lines and with the physical characteristics of the
building.
C. Provide on-the-job supervision as required during installation of
resiliently mounted equipment and piping to assure that vibration isolators
are installed in strict accordance with normally accepted practices for
critical environments.
D. Replace isolators which do not produce the required deflection, are
improperly loaded above or below their correct operating height, or which
do not produce the required isolation.
E. General: Comply with the minimum static deflectors indicated or as
recommended by the American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air
Conditioning Engineers, including the definitions of critical and non-
critical locations, for the selection and application of vibration
isolation materials and units as indicated.
F. Manufacturer's Recommendations: Except as otherwise indicated, comply with
manufacturer's recommendations for selection and application ofvibration
isolation materials and units.
G. Be alert for possible "short-circuiting" of vibration isolation systems by
piping supports, electrical connections, temperature control connections,
drain lines, building construction, etc. Where such situations cannot be
easily resolved, notify the Architect so that preventive or remedial action
can take place on a timely basis. Remedial measures required shall be
undertaken by the Contractor responsible at no additional cost to the
Owner.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings - Include the following:
1. Manufacturer's model number for each isolator, the machine or pipeline
to which it is to be applied, and the number of isolators to be
furnished for each machine or pipeline.
2. Steel spring mounts or hangers: Identify free height, deflected
height, solid height, isolator loading and diameter of spring coil.
3. Elastomer or glass fiber isolators: Identify free height, deflected
height, and isolator loading.
4. Dimensional and weight data for concrete inertia bases, steel and rail
bases, and details of isolator attachment.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP THREE 15242-1
SECTION 15242
VIBRATION ISOLATION
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable manufacturers of
1. CONSOLIDATED KINETICS
2. MASON INDUSTRIES, INC.
3. PEABODY NOISE CONTROL
4. VIBRATION MOUNTINGS &
5. KORFUND COMPANY
2.2 ISOLATION MATERIAL
vibration isolators:
CONTROLS, INC.
A. Fiberglass Pads and Shapes: Glass fibers of not more than 0.18 mil diameter
which are bonded annealed and stabilized during the manufacturing process
to achieve a natural frequency of not more than 12 Hertz. The natural
frequency shall be constant over a wide operating load range and the
stiffness shall increase proportionately with the load applied. Furnished
in the thickness and shapes required for use in vibration isolation units.
B. Neoprene Elastomer Pads and Shapes: Neoprene elastomers which are resistant
to oils, acids and alkalis, and have temperature range of 00 to 200°F. Pads
and shapes shall be furnished of the manufacturer's standard hardness and
shall be so designed as to provide features of shear and compression for
isolation efficiency and protection against shock overload. Furnish in the
thickness and shapes required for use in vibration isolation units.
C. Steel Springs: Wound -steel compression springs of high strength, heat -
treated, spring alloy steel with an outside diameter not less than 0.8
times the operating height; with lateral spring stiffness not less than the
vertical stiffness; and designed to reach the solid height before exceeding
the rated fatigue point of the steel.
2.3 ISOLATION SUPPORT UNITS
A. Type 1 - Pads: Manufacturer's standard molded inorganic fiberglass coded to
indicated load capacity.
B. Type 2 - Isolator: Double deflection neoprene mounting. All metal surfaces
shall be neoprene covered to avoid corrosion. Top and bottom shall have
non-skid friction ribs. Bolts holes shall be provided for those areas
where bolting is required.
C. Type 2A - Hanger: Steel housing with one-piece neoprene - in - shear isolation
unit having all metallic surfaces covered to resist corrosion. Hanger
shall be designed to carry a 500% overload without failure.
D. Type - 3 Isolator: Free-standing spring type isolator, laterally stable
without housing. The spring shall be mounted between top and bottom
loading plates and a 1/4" thick isolation pad shall be located between the
bottom loading plate and .:he support. Isolator shall have leveling bolt
that must be rigidly boli�d to the equipment.
E. Type 3A - Hanger: Steel housing with laterally stable spring and load
transfer plate. Hanger shall be designed to carry a 500% overload without
failure.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP THREE 15242-2
SECTION 15242
VIBRATION ISOLATION
F. Type 3B - Hanger: Combination hanger incorporating a precompressed
fiberglass or neoprene elastomer isolation pad in series with a steel
spring, all be large enough to permit the hanger rod to swing through a 300
arc before contacting the hole and short circuiting the spring. Hanger
shall be designed to carry a 500`yo overload without failure.
G. Type 4 - Isolator: Restrained free-standing spring type isolator with
laterally stable springs and incorporating vertical limits stops to assure
a constant operating height if the supported weight is removed, and to
reduce movement due to wind loads. Limit stops shall be out of contact
during normal operations and shall be isolated form the housing to prevent
short-circuiting.
2.4 VIBRATION ISOLATION BASE TYPES
A. Type A: Base: Defined as the condition when a separate base is not used
and the isolators are attached directly to the supported equipment.
B. Type B - Base: Structural steel base or rails constructed of wide flange
structural steel with depth equal to 10% of the longest span of the
equipment but not less than 6". Bases shall have adjustable motor slide
rails built-in where required by equipment.
C. Type C - Base: Reinforced concrete inertia base. The structural steel frame
shall be designed and supplied by the isolator manufacturer. Concrete shall
be poured into the frame at the job site. The welded steel frame shall be
fabricated using ASTM A36 shapes, plates and bars. The base shall
incorporate prelocated equipment anchor bolts, 1/2" diameter (Number 4)
reinforcing bars on nominal 8" centers each way with both ends of each bar
butt welded to the base framing. Provide height saving isolator support
brackets anchor and anchor base frame to spring isolator units. The
thickness of the base shall be minimum of 8`0 of the longest span between
isolators but not less than 6 inches deep.
D. Type D - Base: Roof mounting curb, vibrating control base consisting of
extruded aluminum upper and lower members with cadmium plated steel spring
isolator selected for 1" static deflection. Provide neoprene weather
seal continuous between upper and lower base.
2.5 PIPING ISOLATION UNITS
A. Type K - Flexible Neoprene Connectors:
1. Flexible neoprene connectors shall be used on equipment as indicated
on the drawings or on the equipment schedule. They shall be twin
sphere design manufactured of multiple plies of nylon tire cord fabric
and neoprene both molded and cured in hydraulic rubber presses. No
steel wire or rings shall be used as pressure reinforcement. Straight
connectors shall have two spheres. Connectors up to and including 2"
diameter may have threaded ends. Connectors 2-1/2" and larger shall
be manufactured with floating galvanized flanges recessed to lock the
connector's raised face neoprene flanges. Connectors shall be rated
a minimum of 150 psi at 220 F.
B. Type M - Acoustical Seal:
1. Where piping passes through equipment room walls, floor or ceilings,
the vibration isolator manufacturer shall provided a split seal
consisting of two bolted pipe halves with 3/4" of thicker neoprene
sponge bonded to the inner faces. The seal shall be tightened around
the pipe to eliminate clearance between the inner sponge face and the
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 15242-3
SECTION 15242 VIBRATION ISOLATION
piping face and the piping. Seals shall project a minimum of I" past
either face of the wall. Where temperatures exceed 240°F, 10# density
fiberglass may be used in lieu of the sponge.
2.6 ISOLATION OF FRACTIONAL HORSEPOWER EQUIPMENT
A. Isolate all fractional horsepower (under 1/2 horsepower) fans, pumps, etc.,
which are mounted on or suspended from floors that are not on -grade with
neoprene -in -shear isolators furnished by the vibration isolation supplier
except where such isolators are furnished as an integral part of the
machine.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine prior construction and conditions under which work will be
performed.
3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Manufacturer's representative: Instruct installer in installation
procedures. Be available on project site during installation of vibration
isolators.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, comply with manufacturer's
instructions for the installation and load application to all vibration
isolation materials and units. Adjust to ensure that units do not exceed
rated operation deflections or bottom out under loading, and are not short-
circuited by other contacts or bearing points. Remove space blocks and
similar devices (if any) intended for temporary protection against
overloading during installation.
B. Anchor and attach units to substrate and equipment as required for secure
operation and to prevent displacement by normal forces, and as indicated.
C. Adjusting leveling devices as required to distribute loading uniformly onto
isolators. Shim units required where leveling devices cannot be used to
distribute loading properly.
D. Install inertia base frames on isolator units as indicated, so that a
minimum of 2" clearance below base will result when frame is filled with
concrete and supported equipment has been installed and loaded for
operation.
E. Locate isolation hangers as near the overhead support structure as
possible.
F. Acoustical wall seals: If the piping goes in before the walls, clamp seal
in place and pour the walls around the outside of the seal. If the walls
are up first, drill or break the wall in the piping location; then clamp
the seal on and back pack the concrete around the seal.
3.4 SCHEDULE
A. General: Except as otherwise noted, apply the following types of vibration
isolators at the indicated locations or for the indicated items of
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 15242-4
SECTION 15242
VIBRATION ISOLATION
equipment. Selection is Contractor's option where more than one type is
indicated.
1. Air handling units: Use Type 3. Isolator with 0.75 inch minimum
deflection, except when unit is internally isolated.
2. Suspended centrifugal fans: Use Type 3B - Hangers with 1.5 inches
minimum deflection.
3. Air compressors, tank mounted: Use Type 3 - Isolator with 0.75 inch
minimum deflection, and Type C Base.
4. Pumps: Use Type 3 - Isolator with 1.5 inches minimum deflector, and
Type C Base.
5. Centrifugal chillers: Use Type 4 - Spring isolator with 1.5 inches
minimum deflection.
6. Cooling towers: Use Type 4 - Spring isolator with 2.5 inches minimum
deflection.
7. Piping passing through mechanical room walls: Use Type M
8. Piping in equipment rooms 50 ft. from vibrating equipment whichever is
greater: Use Type 3B - Hanger with 1.5 inches minimum deflection.
********************
END OF SECTION 15242
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 15242-5
SECTION 15252 PIPE AND EQUIPMENT INSULATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Insulation of piping, tanks, fittings and other surfaces.
a. Insulation shall include insulating materials, jackets,
adhesive, mastic coatings, tie wire and other materials to
complete the insulating work.
1.2 CODES AND STANDARDS
A. Insulating materials, jackets, mastics, etc., shall meet flame spread,
fuel contribution and smoke developed ratings in accordance with
NFPA-90A. Flame spread rating of not more than 25, smoke developed
rating of not more than 50.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit manufacturer's catalog cuts showing complete descriptive data.
B. Submit manufacturer installation instructions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Insulating materials by:
1. OWENS CORNING
2. CERTAINTEED
3. KNAUF
4. MANVILLE
5. PITTSBURGH CORNING
B. Mastics and adhesives as
recommended by insulation manufacturer.
2.2 PIPE INSULATION - TYPE 'A'
A. Pipe Covering:
1. Preformed sectional heavy density fiberglass insulation and
factory applied vapor barrier, all service jacket with pressure
sensitive self sealing longitudinal laps and butt strips.
Suitable for operating temperatures from -60'F to +450'F. Water
vapor permeance of .02 perms.
B. Fittings:
1. Fitting coverings for all ells, tees, valves, flanges and other
fittings shall be of same thickness as adjacent pipe covering.
Shall be ZESTON 25/50 pre -molded one piece PVC insulated fitting
covers. Installation and vapor barriers shall be in accordance
with manufacturer's recommendations.
2.3 EQUIPMENT INSULATION - TYPE 'B'
A. Rigid fiberglass insulation board with factory applied all service
jacket. Suitable for operating temperature of -60'F to +450'F. Water
vapor permeance of .02 perms.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 15252-1
SECTION 15252
PIPE AND EQUIPMENT INSULATION
B. Cut or miter insulation where necessary to fit the shape and contour
of the equipment. On round surfaces band insulation in place with
3/4" x 0.015" thick galvanized steel bands 18" on centers. On flat or
irregular surfaces impale insulation over welded pins on 12" centers
and secure with speed washers. Point up joints with insulating
cement.
C. Cover insulation with 1" hexagonal galvanized wire mesh secured to
bands or welded pins, lace edges of wire mesh. Apply 1/2" thickness
of insulating cement, in two coats.
2.4 EQUIPMENT JACKET - TYPE 'C'
A. Vapor barrier jacket shall consist of one layer of Ludlow Foil Barrier
paper smoothly adhered to insulation or cement surface with Vapor
Barrier Lap Adhesive.
2.5 ALUMINUM JACKET - TYPE 'E'
A. 0.016" thick corrugated aluminum jacket, secured with 1/2" aluminum
bands.
B. Fittings shall be covered with pre -formed aluminum jacket, as manu-
factured by PREFORMED METAL PRODUCTS.
2.6 PIPE INSULATION - TYPE 'K'
A. Rigid Foamed Glass. Preformed split sectional pipe insulation of
rigid foamed cellular glass for piping and flat block formed to fit
for equipment. Apply with butt joints staggered and all joints
tightly butted and buttered with joint sealer. All joints fitted to
eliminate voids, not filled with vapor seal coating. Wire in place
with rust -proof wire, 12 inches on center, but not less than 2 wires
per section. Provide expansion joint of 1/2 inch expanded elastomeric
plastic blend or 1/2" of 1 lb. density fibrous glass insulation in
each 50 foot length or increment thereof. Expansion joint covered
with layer of insulation of equal thickness to insulation and
overlapping joint one and one-half times thickness each way. Indoor
insulation covered with 1/8" layer of white, fire retardant,
vapor -barrier mastic; apply layer of white open weave glass fabric (10
x 20 mesh) with all joints overlapped 2 inches, and cover with second
1/8" layer of same mastic. Indoor insulation may be covered with
factory -applied white, fire retardant, foil-scrim-kraft all purpose
jacket. Underground direct buried piping covered with Polyguard
waterproof laminated protecting pipeline coating in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions. Insulation located on roof or exposed,
above ground, outdoors shall be finished with 016" thick aluminum
manufactured by CHILDERS. Aluminum shall be applied with longitudinal
joints lapped to shed water. Circumferen-tial joints shall be lapped
with a brush coat of CHILDERC CP-30 between laps to weatherproof
joints. Aluminum shall be ba,aed in place with 3/8" wide aluminum
bands. Fittings, valves, etc., shall be insulated with mitered
sections of same material as adjacent pipe, wire in place and finished
with two coats of CHILDERS CP-30, with one layer of an open weave
glass fabric embedded between coats.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 15252-2
SECTION 15252
PIPE AND EQUIPMENT INSULATION
2.7 EQUIPMENT INSULATION - TYPE 'L'
A. Hydrous Calcium Silicate: Preformed split sectional pipe insulation of
asbestos free rigid hydrous calcium silicate for piping and flat block
formed to fit for equipment. Breechings covered with high rib, 3/8"
metal lath to provide air space. Insulation cut and mitered to fit
shape and contour of equipment and banded in place with 3/4" by 0.015"
galvanized steel band on 18" centers. For equipment and breechings
only cover insulation with 1/2" galvanized hexagonal wire mesh secured
to bands and apply two 1/4" coats of insulating cement plaster, second
coat 25% Portland trowelled smooth. Finish insulation with pre -sized
glass cloth adhered with lagging adhesive.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Use only experienced applicators regularly engaged in the trade. Rough
work will be rejected. Application details shall be in accord with
the insulating materials suppliers' recommendations except where a
higher standard is specified.
B. Inspect piping and equipment before applying insulation to insure the
installing Contractor has completed leak tests and surfaces are clean,
dry and ready for application of insulation.
C. Covering for "cold" pipes shall pass unbroken through hanger clevises,
and sleeves. All details of covering for cold surfaces shall be such
that continuous covering with unbroken vapor barrier is provided. The
same covering and hanging detail shall be used for pipes connecting to
vibrating equipment or carrying pulsating pressures to avoid metal to
metal contact between pipes and hangers.
D. Insulation at removable heads, manhole covers, strainer plugs and
other access points shall be fabricated in such a manner that it can
be readily removed without damage to the insulation. Removable
insulation shall have a vapor proof cover fabricated so as to allowt
to be resealed to the equipment vapor barrier.
3.2 INSULATION SCHEDULE
SERVICE TYPE INSULATION & THICKNESS
A. Domestic Hot Water Type A, 1" thick, up to 2" pipe size
1-1/2" thick 2-1/2" and larger.
B. Chilled Water Lines Type K, 1-1/2" thick up to and
Supply and Return including 2" pipe size, 2" thick 2-1/2"
pipe size and over.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 15252-3
SECTION 15252
PIPE AND EQUIPMENT INSULATION
SERVICE
C. Air Handling Unit
and Fan Coil Unit
Condensate Drain Lines
and horizontal portions of
Downspout lines.
D. Underside of Roof Drain
TYPE INSULATION & THICKNESS
Type A, 1" thick all pipe sizes.
Type B and C, 1" thick.
E. Chilled water pumps, Type K, 2" thick.
expansion tank, air
separator, chillers (as
recommended by manufacturer)
F. All insulated piping Type E
exposed to weather
G. All insulated piping in Type E
fan rooms, mechanical
rooms, and energy center
from floor up to 6'-0" above
floor and where insulation
may be exposed to excessive
abuse chillers.
H. Standby generator engine Type L, 3" thick. Insulate
exhaust system, including as breeching
muffler, inside building to
underside of roof penetration.
I. Refrigerant Suction Piping
J. Refrigerant Liquid Piping
K. Domestic water heater stack
Type K, 2" thick for pipe size 1" and
less; 2-1/2" thick for pipe size 1-1/4"
and over.
Underground and/or outside of building
only, Type K, 1-1/2" thick all pipe
sizes.
Type L, 2" thick
3.3 GUARDS
A. Where exposed insulated piping extends to floor, provide sheet
mP'31 guard around insulation to extend up from floor 24". Guard:
g,ivanized sheet steel not less than 26 gauge.
********************
END OF SECTION 15252
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 15252-4
SECTION 15290
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Duct insulation materials.
2. Covering schedule.
3. Fire rated duct insulation
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 15890 - DUCTWORK.
and accessories.
DUCTWORK INSULATION
1.2 STANDARDS
A. Provide covering materials with maximum UL Flame Spread Index of 25,
and maximum Smoke Developed Index of 50, and conform to all
requirements of NFPA-90A and 90B, ASTM-0518, E96, C553, E84 and C177.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Test Assembly
1. Submit U.L. Test Report certifying system meets or exceeds fire
rating requirements.
B. Manufacturer's installation instructions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable manufacturers:
1.
CERTAIN -TEED
2.
OWENS CORNING FIBERGLASS
3.
MANVILLE
4.
PPG
5.
ARMSTRONG
6.
KNAUF
7.
THERMAL CERAMICS
[Thermaltek, Inc.
630 Zion Church Road
Concord, NC 28025
(704) 784-3001]
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Type 'A' Duct Lining: CSG Coated Ultralite Type 300, three pound per
cubic foot density.
B. Type 'B' Duct Covering: CSG Ultralite Standard Duct Wrap Type 100
with Foil Scrim Kraft vapor barrier facing, one pound per cubic foot
density.
C. Type 'C' Duct Covering: CSG Type IB-600 Industrial Board with factory
applied Foil Scrim Kraft vapor barrier facing, six pounds per cubic
foot density.
D. Type 'D' Duct Jacket: Presized reinforced 10 x 20 mesh white glass
cloth smoothly adhered to insulation or ductwork with white fire
retardant vapor barrier lagging adhesive.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15290-1
SECTION 15290
DUCTWORK INSULATION
E. Type 'E' Fire Rated Duct Assembly:
Protection System:
1. Physical Properties
a. Services Range:
b. Melting Point:
C. Color:
d. Density:
e. Thickness:
f. Flammability:
"Kaowool Fire Master Fire
-280° to 2300°F
3200OF
White
+ 8 lbs./cu. ft.
1--1/2"
Flame Spread 0; Smoke Developed 0; RA
Contributed 0.
2. Accessories:
a. Stainless Steel Straps
b. Impaling Clips and Pins
C. Access Door Attachments
3. Comply with requirements of:
1. UL Listed R8418
2. NFPA 96
2.3 COVERING AND LINING SCHEDULE
A. Cover ducts as scheduled:
1. Line apparatus casings with Type 'A' duct liner, 1" thick.
2. Line return air ducts and plenums in mechanical equipment rooms
and for 10' beyond equipment connections, lined with Type 'A'
duct liner, 1" thick. Except Infirmary Air Handling Unit AHU-B1
and associated ductwork shall not to be internally lined.
3. Cover supply air ducts with Type 'B' duct covering, 2" thick. In
mechanical equipment or air handling equipment rooms where
install Type 'C' duct covering, 1" thick or line with Type 'A'
duct liner 1" thick but NOT downstream from 90% or 99.97%
efficiency filters. Treat filter housings part of ductwork.
Double insulation thickness on supply air ducts exposed outdoors.
4. Cover ductwork in mechanical equipment and air handling equipment
rooms covered with Type 'D' duct jacket unless internally lined.
5. Cover all kitchen heads exhaust ducts with Type 'E' duct
covering.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 DUCT LINER APPLICATION
A. Cut covering slightly longer than circumference of duct to insure full
thickness at corners.
1. Install with edges tightly banded, and adhered to duct with fire
resistant adhesive.
2. Apply adhesive so that insulation conforms to duct surfaces
uniformly and firmly.
B. In addition to the adhesive, secure insulation to the bottom of ducts
18" or wider by means of welded pins and speed clips located 12" on
centers.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15290-2
SECTION 15290
DUCTWORK INSULATION
1. Cut the protruding ends of the pins off flush after the speed
clips have been applied.
2. Thoroughly seal the vapor -retarder facing with a vapor -retarder
mastic and tape where the pins have pierced through.
C. Seal joints with 2" wide vapor -retarder tape or strips using a fire
resistive adhesive. Seal cuts or tears with strips of vapor -retarder
jacket applied with adhesive or pressure sensitive tape.
D. Insulate full thickness through hangers.
3.2 FIRE RATED DUCT INSULATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's recommendation and instructions.
B. Coordinate duct hanger support for proper design.
3.3 DUCT LINER APPLICATION
A. Apply duct liner with coated or surface designed to be exposed facing
the air stream and adhered with 100% coverage of fire retardant
adhesive. When width exceeds 12" or height exceeds 24" additionally
secure liner with mechanical fasteners spaced on 12" maximum centers.
Coat exposed joints and edges of transverse joint with a fire
retardant adhesive.
B. Duct sizes shown on drawings are net inside dimensions. Sheet metal
size shall be increased to allow for duct lining.
3.4 DUCT JACKET APPLICATION
A. Apply heavy brush coat of lagging adhesive to completely cover
insulation or ductwork. Embed glass cloth into wet mastic to insure
complete and uniform contact. Overlap all joints 2" and smooth out
all wrinkles. Apply second complete coat of adhesive and brush out
smooth.
********************
END OF SECTION 15290
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15290-3
SECTION 15330
WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Wet -Pipe Sprinkler System and standpipes.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 09900 - Painting
1.2 REFERENCES
A. NFPA-13 - Standard for Installation of Sprinkler Systems.
B. NFPA-14 - Standard for Installation of Standpipe and Hose Systems.
1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Performance requirements:
1. Provide a combined wet -pipe sprinkler system/standpipe fire
extinguishing sprinkler system for hazard occupancy to afford
complete fire protection coverage throughout the Building.
2. Each system shall include materials, accessories, and equipment
necessary to provide each system complete and ready for use.
3. Provide each system to give full consideration to blind spaces,
piping, electrical equipment, ductwork, other .construction and
equipment and to afford complete coverage.
B. Maximum velocity in the piping shall not exceed 20 fps.
C. Sprinkler discharge in the design area will not be permitted to vary
more than 120%.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit a complete set of detailed working drawings showing equipment,
underground fire service lines, risers, piping and heads.
1. After approval by Architect, these drawings shall be reviewed and
approved in writing or stamped approved by the Fire Insurance
Rating Bureau, and the Authorities having Jurisdiction.
B. Submit Documentation of the following:
1. Before commencing work, submit reports documenting:
a. Approval of submittals.
2. During progress of work, submit reports on an "as occurred"
basis:
a. Installation conforms to NFPA 13 and NFPA 14.
b. Results of hydrostatic tests.
3. During the warranty period, submit results of quarterly
inspection for Owner, fire inspector, and insurance carrier.
4. Certifications.
C. Prior to Owner acceptance of completed work:
1. Submit operation and maintenance manuals.
2. Provide project record drawings on mylar.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in work of this
section, with a minimum of ten years of documented successful
experience with projects of similar scope.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15330-1
SECTION 15330
WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
B. Regulatory Requirements:
1. Sprinkler system design, equipment, materials, devices and
installation shall conform to NFPA Codes, and Requirements of
Governmental Bodies and Bureaus.
2. Current issue Building Code, City/County of Key West, Florida.
3. Local Fire Department
4. State Fire Marshal
5. City Building Department
6. Fire Insurance Rating Bureau
1.6 INSTRUCTION
A. Furnish typed instructions relative to sprinkler controls, alarm
device operations and emergency procedures.
B. Instructions shall be encased in a metal frame with glass or Lucite
cover and shall be permanently installed next to sprinkler riser main.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable manufacturers of sprinkler heads:
1. STAR
2. Architect approved equivalent.
2.2 PIPE MATERIAL
A. Above Ground Piping:
1. Piping shall be new, designed for 175 PSI working pressure and
approved for fire sprinkler installation.
2. 2" or Smaller Pipe: Black steel, Schedule 40, A53 or A120.
3. 2-1/2" or Larger Pipe: Black steel, Schedule 40, A53 or A120
and/or Schedule 10, A135.
4. Drain lines and piping exposed to weather shall be: Schedule 40,
A120 galvanized.
5. Threadable thinwall (XL) pipe will not be permitted.
6. Factory -prime paint all piping.
B. Fittings:
1. Screwed Fittings: Standard approved, Class 125, cast iron or
Class 150 malleable iron.
2. Flanged Fittings: Approved, short body, Class 125, black cast
iron. Gaskets shall be full face, 1/8" minimum thickness red
rubber.
3. Welded Fittings: Of the approved type.
a. Welding: comply with NFPA requirements.
b. Field welding will not be permitted.
4. Flexible Couplings: Approved for -.00ved end connections
equivalent to Victaulic Styles 75 or 77 Uniform couplings to be
used throughout the project. Roll grooving only on Schedule 10
pipe.
5. "Slip on" fittings will not be permitted.
6. Only approved segmented fittings will be permitted.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15330-2
SECTION 15330
WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
C. Underground Pipe and Fittings:
1. Underground Pipe: UL and/or FM approved, cement lined, cast iron
and/or ductile iron, Class 52 and/or PVC, C900, Class 150 or
Class 200. Fittings shall be Class 250 and installed in strict
accordance with NFPA-24. All bends shall be rodded and thrust
blocked.
2. Underground piping shall be installed in accordance with NFPA-24.
3. Underground piping shall be flushed in accordance with NFPA-24.
D. Valves: UL and/or FM approved, type for their respective service.
E. Supervisory Switches: UL and/or FM approved type for their respective
service and uniform throughout the project.
F. Hangers and Supports: In accordance with NFPA-13, except explosive
driven fasteners will not be permitted.
2.3 EQUIPMENT
A. Fire Department Connection
I. Threads for Hose Connections: Comply with standards of City of
Key West.
B. Roof Manifold:
1. Threads for Hose Connections: Comply with standards of City of
Key West.
C. Fire Hose Cabinets: City of Key West.
D. Fire Department Valve Cabinets: City of Key West.
E. Fire Department Valves: Equal to POTTER ROEMER with 2-1/2" x 1-1/2"
reducer with cap and chain.
2.4 SPRINKLER HEADS
A. Provide complete equipped sprinkler head cabinet with 3 of each type
heads used.
B. Sprinkler Heads:
1. 1/2-1
, 165° :
a. Central Model "A", upright or pendent with brass finish.
b. Architect approved equivalent.
2. 1/2", 165°:
a. Central Model "A", upright or
coating.
b. Architect approved equivalent.
3. 1/2", 165°:
a. Central recessed Model "H" with
b. Architect approved equivalent.
4. 1/2", 165°:
pendent with corr-proof
chrome finish.
a. Star Institutional Pendant Styles A and B, also sidewall
PHS.
b. Architect approved equivalent.
5. 1/2", 286°:
a. Central Model "H", sidewall with brass finish.
b. Architect approved equivalent.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 1 BID GROUP THREE 15330-3
SECTION 15330
WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
2.5 IDENTIFICATION AND LABELING
A. Tag all control, drain and test valves, indicating their function.
1. Signs shall be laminated plastic and secured by chain.
2.6 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Tests and Certification:
1. Test system in accordance with NFPA-13. Tests shall be conducted
in the presence of the Authority Having Jurisdiction and the
Owners' representative. Have available at the site, a copy of
the prescribed test. Contractor shall give ample notice as to
time for conducting tests.
2. Should any component of the system fail the prescribed test,
replace such component with component of increased strength as
required to withstand test.
B. Upon completion of installation and test, prepare "Contractor's
Material and Test Certificate", as prescribed in NFPA-13. Certificate
shall be signed by Contractor's and Owners' representative. Furnish
copies of the signed Certificate to Authorities Having Jurisdiction,
Owner, Insurance Rating Bureau and Architect.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Install new fire service line and sprinkler system generally as
indicated; exact requirements and installation shall be in accordance
with shop drawings as approved by Architect, Fire Insurance Rating
Bureau and Authority having Jurisdiction.
B. Coordinate sprinkler drawings with the mechanical and electrical
drawings, and the reflected ceiling plans.
1. Sprinklers shall be required for maximum coverage of the areas.
2. Drops for sprinkler heads may be installed before the lighting,
air ducts and air outlets are installed. Locate the heads so as
to avoid interference with such items.
3. Locations for mechanical and electrical items shall have priority
over sprinkler piping and head locations.
4. Where sprinkler heads are to be installed in ceiling tiles, heads
shall be located in the center of the ceiling panel, or located
in other symmetrical pattern acceptable to the Architect.
5. Additional piping may be required in congested ceiling areas.
Provide piping to accommodate coordination requirements at no
additional cost to Owner.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Pendant type ,Vrinkler head drops shall be short as possible. No
piping including reducing coupling shall be exposed below finished
ceiling.
B. Wiring: For wiring of signal and alarm devices, coordinate require-
ments with Division 11 and 16.
C. Painting: Refer to Section 09900 - Painting.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15330-4
SECTION 15330
WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
3.3 FIELD TESTING
A. Perform all field tests; provide labor, equipment and incidentals
required for the tests.
1. Notify the Authority Having Jurisdiction, Owner representative
and Architect, 10 days prior to the dates scheduled for tests.
2. All deficiencies found shall be corrected and work affected by
such deficiencies shall be completely retested at no additional
cost to the Owner.
B. Preliminary Tests: Test all systems at 50 psi above the maximum
pressure but not less than 200 psi for a period of two hours. Piping
above suspended ceilings shall be tested, inspected, and approved
before installation of ceilings. Test the alarms and other devices.
Test the water flow alarms by flowing water through the Inspector's
test connection. When tests have been completed and corrections made,
submit a signed and dated certificate, similar to that specified in
NFPA 13, with a request for a formal inspection and tests."
C. Formal Inspection and Tests: The Authority Having Jurisdiction,
Owner's representative and Architect will witness formal tests. An
experienced technician regularly employed by the sprinkler installer
shall be present during the inspection. At this inspection, repeat
any or all of the required tests as directed. Correct defects in the
work provided, and make additional tests until it has been
demonstrated that the systems comply with contract requirements.
D. During the one-year warranty period following Substantial Completion,
provide a total of four inspections on the system, with reports filed
with the Owner, Owner's insurance carrier, and fire inspector.
********************
END OF SECTION 15330
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15330-5
SECTION 15403
WATER BOOSTER PUMPS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes
1. Water Booster Pumps
1.2 PERFORMANCE
A. Pump capacities, ratings, and electrical characteristics as scheduled.
B. Provide pump with performance and motor characteristics that will not
load the motor beyond its service factor if operating head is reduced
to 80% of specified head.
1.3 FACTORY TEST AND CERTIFICATION
A. The factory shall certify in writing that the water pressure booster
system and its component parts have undergone a complete electric and
hydraulic test prior to shipment. Test shall include a system
operating flow from zero to 100% design flow rate under specified
suction and net delivery pressure conditions. Certification shall
include copies of the test data. Send to Architect prior to shipment.
System test may be witnessed by Owner or Architect, by reporting
intent to do so to the factory.
1.4 WARRANTY
A. Provide written warranty that the internal multi -stage pumping
assemblies and pressure regulating valves shall be free from against
defective material and workmanship for five years from date of
shipment. Warrant motors for five years from date of shipment against
burn -out from any cause when equipped with standard over -temperature
protection system and maintained according to factory instructions.
Warrant the water pressure booster system in writing by the
manufacturer for a period of one year from date of substantial
completion against defects in design, materials or construction.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Provide drawings and catalog cuts giving dimensions, arrangement,
foundation requirements, construction materials, performance curves,
electrical characteristics and installation instructions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable Manufacturers:
1. TACO
2. BELL & GOSSETT
3. PEERLESS
4. WEIL
2.2 EQUIPMENT
A. Furnish a
be capable
HLM 90007.00-2
prefabricated water pressure booster system. System shall
of automatically providing constant system pressure.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE 15403-1
SECTION 15403 WATER BOOSTER PUMPS
B. Provide constant speed single stage end suction pumps of cast iron,
bronze fitted construction. Equipped with mechanical shaft seal.
Each pump shall have vibration -isolating mounts and be fitted with a
separate prewired temperature probe and approved electrical purge
valve installed immediately upstream of each PRV.
C. Motors: Each pump motor shall meet NEMA standards and operate within
the available service factor at any points on the pump capacity -head
curve.
D. System Controls: Maintain system pressure by pilot operated diaphragm
type, combination pressure regulating, non slam check valve on each
pump discharge line. Valve Body: Cast iron with epoxy coated cover
and brass or epoxy coated disc guide, disc retained and diaphragm
washer.
E. Power and Control Panel: Furnish a single steel enclosure power and
control panel, NEMA 1, with an oven -baked enamel. The panel shall
include for each pump a fused disconnect switch with external
operating handle, starter with three -leg overload protection, running
light and hand -off -auto control switch. It shall also house all
control components and include 115V control transformer with control
power switch, indicating lights, relays, audio-visual alarm system and
other necessary controls. Factory pre -wire internally and test in
accordance with the provisions of the National Electrical Code. Panel
shall have UL listing mark for industrial control panels.
F. Instrumentation and Emergency Controls: Provide individual 4-1/2 inch
ASA Grade A pressure gauges for pumps and for indicating system and
suction pressures, flush mounted in a gauge panel. Provide necessary
pressure and flow switches to properly control pump sequencing.
Include pressure switches for abnormally low suction and low and high
system pressure to protect pumps and activate audio-visual, alarm
system, all with manual reset. Provide controls to manually alternate
equal capacity pumps.
G. Accessories:
1. Individual pressure gauges for pumps and for indicating system
and suction pressures.
2. High system pressure switch and auxiliaries to automatically shut
down the lead pump and its pressure regulating valve and put the
lag pump and its PRV on the line.
3. Low suction pressure cut-off switch and auxiliaries to shut down
total system if incoming water pressure is lost.
4. Alarm horn and silence button installed in panel to provide
audible alarm.
5. High suction pressure switch and 4 minute time delay relay to
shut down the pumps and automatically restart them as required if
water supply pressure exceeds system pressure; supply water
automatically by-passes booster system.
6. Flexible pipe connector on each pump discharge in place of
compression coupling.
7. Central gauge panel - mounted on top of power and control panel
to accommodate pump, system and suction pressures gauges.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15403-2
SECTION 15403
WATER -BOOSTER PUMPS
H. Factory Prefabrication: Factory fabricate system on a common
structural steel stand with all interconnecting piping and wiring
completed and operationally tested prior to shipment. Include
isolation valves on the suction and discharge of each pump, cast iron
suction and discharge pipe manifolds, as well as copper tubing with
shut-off cocks for gauges and pressure switches. Limit field
connections to suction and discharge piping and power connection at
the control panel.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 START UP SERVICE
A. Provide the service of a factory trained representative on the job
site to check installation and start-up and instruct operating
personnel.
3.2 INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT
A. Interferences: Avoid interference with structure and with the work
specified in other sections. Preserve adequate headroom and clear
doors and passage ways.
B. Inspection: Check equipment for defects, verify that parts are
properly furnished and installed, and that adjustments have been made.
********************
END OF SECTION 15403
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15403-3
SECTION 15404
DOMESTIC WATER SOFTENER
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Duplex Domestic Water Softener
1.2 STANDARDS AND CODES
A. Installation shall comply with applicable requirements of Standard
Plumbing Code.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings and/or catalog cuts showing technical data
necessary to evaluate the equipment to include dimensions, wiring
diagrams, performance data, and other descriptive data necessary to
describe fully the water softener.
1.4 MAINTENANCE
A. Extra Material: Provide a one year supply of expendible items.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Units shall be by:
1. CULLIGAN
2. MITCO BARNSTEAD
3. RAINSOFT
2.2 GENERAL
A. The purpose of the water softening equipment specified will be to
remove hardness (expressed as CaCO3), to the extent that the
effluent from the water softener will contain not more than three
grains per gallon of hardness, as determined by an accepted soap
hardness test method when operated at rated capacity and in
accordance with the operating instructions.
2.3 SOFTENER TANKS
A. Tanks will be designed for a working pressure of 100 psi and tested at
50% in excess of the working pressure. Sideshell height will be
designed to allow a minimum freeboard space of 50% of the mineral bed
depth for adequate expansion during backwashing. Tanks will be
equipped with one 11" x 15" manhole located in the tophead of the
tank, and one 4" x 6" handhole located in the side sheet near the
bottom of the tank. Softener tanks will be supported by screw -type
jack legs and will be painted with a rust inhibiting primer.
2.4 DISTRIBUTOR SYSTEM
A. The soft water collector and backwash distributor will consist of a
header -lateral pipe system fitted with fine slot plastic distributors
which disperse water laterally. The distributors will be covered with
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 15404-1
SECTION 15404
DOMESTIC WATER SOFTENER
a minimum of 4" of fine gravel to aid in proper distribution of water
and support the mineral bed. A separate header -lateral will be
provided for brine distribution. It will have a minimum of eight
individual laterals which disperse brine laterally approximately 6"
above the mineral bed.
2.5 BRINE TANK
A. A combination salt storage and brine measuring tank will be furnished.
It will have a 60" sidesheet reinforced at the tope with a steel band.
The tank will be painted with a rust -inhibiting primer on the exterior
and coated on the inside with Bitumastic (or equal) lining. The tank
will be equipped with a drain port at the bottom. The brine tank will
be equipped with a distributor properly designed for the collection of
brine and automatic models will be equipped with a suitable chamber
for housing an automatic air eliminator. Three step legs will be
provided for support and leveling of the brine tank. Where
specified, a two tank system for brine measuring and salt storage will
be provided.
2.6 MINERAL
A. The mineral furnished will be of the type designated as non -phenolic
polystyrene resin having a minimum exchange capacity of 30,000 grains
per cubic foot when regenerated with 0.5 pounds of salt per 1,000
grains of exchange capacity. It will be solid, of the proper particle
size (not more than 4% through 40 mesh U.S. Standard screens, and not
more than 1% through 50 mesh U.S. Standard screens, wet screening),
and will contain no agglomerates, shells, plates, or other shapes
which might interfere with the normal function of water softener.
2.7 PIPE, VALVES, AND FITTINGS
A. Pipe will be galvanized standard weight Schedule 40 mild steel.
Fittings will be 125 pound class galvanized malleable iron. All
piping shipped assembled will be hydrostatically tested for leaks at
the factory.
2.8 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS
A. The main control valve will be of the hydraulically activated four -
position type to accomplish the regeneration steps of backwash,
brine -slow rinse, rapid rinse, and service. Direction of flow will be
controlled by a hydraulic rotary pilot which opens and closes eight
diaphragm valves slowly to avoid noise and shock. The valve will
include self-adjusting flow regulators to properly control the rate of
flow during the backwash, brine -rinse, and rapid rinse positions
regardless of pressure fluctuations between 30 and 120 psi.
1. Automatic Water Meter Regeneration: An automatic reset water
meter will bE :4ti 1 i zed for initiating the lock -out devices to
prevent simul-aneous regeneration.
2.9 WATER TESTING EQUIPMENT
A. Produce sample lock to obtain sample of effluent water.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 15404-2
SECTION 15404 DOMESTIC WATER SOFTENER
B. Furnish complete test kit to perform soap test.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 Install water softening equipment in accordance with manufacturers
recommendations.
********************
END OF SECTION 15404
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 15404-3
SECTION 15408
SOIL, WASTE AND VENT SYSTEM
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Soil, Waste
2. Floor drains
3. Cleanouts
and Vent System
1.2 CODES AND STANDARDS
A. Current issue Standard Plumbing Code, Southern Building Code Congress
International, Inc.
B. Current issue Plumbing Code, City of Key West.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable manufacturers of floor drains and cleanouts:
1. ZURN
2. JOSAM
3. WADE
4 J.R. SMITH
2.2 SOIL AND WASTE LINES
A. Piping shall be of material specified in Section 15060 - PIPE AND PIPE
FITTINGS.
B. Use appropriate drainage pattern fittings. Dual-Tite fittings may be
used for underground lines.
2.2 VENTS
A. Vent lines shall be of materials specified in Section 15060 - PIPE AND
PIPE FITTINGS.
B. Use appropriate drainage pattern fittings.
C. Vents through the roof shall extend at least above the highest
possible water level on the roof but in no case less than 12".
D. Coordinate flashing for each vent with roofing Contractor.
2.4 FLOOR DRAINS
A. Provide seepage pans of four pound sheet lead at least 3'-0" square
for all floor drains over open space. Lead, shall be thoroughly
coated with asphaltum before it is placed in contact with concrete or
concrete fill is placed over the lead.
B. Provide seepage pans of four pound sheet lead to cover total area of
showers over open spaces that are not provided with pre -manufactured
bases. Pan shall turn up at ends at least 9" and corners shall be
folded and properly sealed.
C. Flashing clamps and auxiliary drainage rims shall be provided for all
drains that are to receive seepage pans.
D. Refer to drawings for floor drain -schedule.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15408-1
SECTION 15408
SOIL, WASTE AND VENT SYSTEM
2.5 CLEANOUTS
A. In floors of finished areas; cast iron caulking ferrule for soil pipe
hub with brass countersunk plug and nickel bronze alloy round flush
access cover with scoriated top.
B. In carpeted areas provide carpet cleanout markers.
C. In floors of unfinished areas; cast iron with tapered body for
caulking into soil pipe hub, with brass countersunk plug.
D. In walls of finished areas; cast brass raised head plug and stainless
steel round cover plate with polished top and countersunk stainless or
cadmium plated cover screw. Provide with caulking ferrule where
installed in cast iron soil pipe.
E. In walls of unfinished areas; cast brass raised head, iron pipe size
male threads. Provide with caulking ferrule where installed in iron
soil pipe.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Follow indicated lines generally, but make exact layout on the job to
work actual fitting dimensions, align piping and avoid interferences.
Provide proper support to maintain uniform fall of 1/4" per foot for
lines 2" and smaller and 1/8" per foot for lines larger than 2".
Protect openings against the entrance of dirt.
B. No soil or waste pipe shall be covered by earth or construction
without first being proved free of leaks by a hydrostatic test of at
least 15 feet head, and witnessed by Owner's Representative.
C. Provide a cleanout at the base of each stack, near the end of each
branch 10'-0" or more in length, where the sewer leaves the building
and at other points where required by Code and good practice.
Cleanout spacing shall not exceed 50'-0" on long runs. Cleanouts
shall be same size as pipe up to and including 4" and 4" for larger
pipes. Cleanouts for concealed pipes shall be set flush with floor
and wall surfaces.
D. Install vents in practical alignment and supported with constant pitch
back to the drainage system, concealed from finished spaces, unless
shown or directed otherwise.
E. Soil, waste and vent connections to fixtures shall be accurately
located and concealed from finished spaces, unless indicated
otherwise.
F. Verify exact finish floor levels and set floor drain top rims
accurately to proper level. Allow for proper slope toward drains.
********************
END OF SECTION 15408
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15408-2
SECTION 15410
STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEM
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Storm Drainage System
1.2 CODES AND STANDARDS
A. Current issue Standard Plumbing Code, Southern Building Code Congress
International, Inc. (SBCCI).
B. Current issue Plumbing Code, City of Key West.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable manufacturers of roof drains:
1. JOSAM
2. SMITH
3. WADE
4. ZURN
2.2 ROOF DRAINS
A. Roof Drains:
1. Refer to drawings for roof drain schedule.
B. Provide 4 lb. lead flashing with minimum 12" skirt for all roof
penetrations. Federal Specification QQ-L-201F (2), Grade A.
2.3 DOWNSPOUTS
A. Roof Drain Downspouts:
1. Comply with requirements of Section 15060 - PIPE AND PIPE
FITTINGS.
2.4 STORM SEWERS
A. Storm Sewers:
1. Comply with requirements of Section 15060 - PIPE AND PIPE
FITTINGS.
2.5 CLEANOUTS
A. Cleanouts:
1. Comply with requirements of Section 15408 - SOIL, WASTE AND VENT
SYSTEM.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install roof drains in cooperation with other trades.
END OF SECTION 15410
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15410-1
SECTION 15430
PLUMBING SPECIALTIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Plumbing Specialties
1.2 CODES AND STANDARDS
A. Water hammer arrestors shall be in accordance with Standard Plumbing
Code and Plumbing and Drainage Institute Standard PDI-WH 2O1.
B. Gas piping and connections to equipment shall be in accordance with
Standard Gas Code, NFPA 54 and the City of Key West.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit manufacturers catalog cuts providing a complete description of
the equipment.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Water hammer arrestors shall be:
1. JOSAM
2. J.R. SMITH
3. WADE
4. ZURN
2.2 WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS
A. Water hammer arrestors shall consist of non-ferrous elastic chambers
contained in heavy steel casings with approved recoil dampeners,
certified to function in accordance with PDI Standard PDI- WH 201 to
limit surge pressure to 150 pound from a flow velocity of 10 fps at 60
psig through 50 feet of pipe same size as the shock absorber.
2.3 LIQUIFIED PETROLEUM GAS SYSTEM
A. Swing joints and universal joints shall be made with Barco flexible
ball joints by AEROQUIP CORPORATION.
B. Regulators shall be vented to a point outside the building.
C. Provide flexible metallic hose for vibrating equipment connection.
D. Provide means of isolation in main, in each branch line and at all
items of equipment with gate valve or cock.
E. Provide piping disconnecting means at all items of equipment by
ground joint unions up to 2-1/2" and flanges for 3" and larger.
F. All gas -fired appliance, fixtures, and equipment shall be provided
with a gas safety shut-off valve with inlet strainer installed in the
supply piping between the manual shut-off valve and any branch or
connection. Valve shall be automatic opening, electric opening and
holding, and shall be self -closing by spring or gravity within five
seconds after electricity is cut off. Valve shall be closed by any
signal from the fire alarm system.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15430-1
SECTION 15430 PLUMBING SPECIALTIES
2.4 TRAP PRIMERS
A. Corrosion resistant brass, NSF listed
2.5 PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE RELIEF VALVE
A. Confirm to ANSI 221.22 1979 relief valves and automatic gas shut-off
devices as tested and certified by AGA.
B. Acceptable manufacturers shall be Watts, A.W. Cash Valve Mgf.
Corporation or Muesco Inc.
2.6 WATER PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES
A. Spring diaphragm type with bronze or semi -steel bodies and spring
chambers, bronze trim and rubber diaphram. Valves single sealed tight
closing with (screwed) (185 pound flange) (250 pound flange)
connections, suitable for dead-end service.
B. Acceptable Manufacturers:
a. Watts
b. Spirax Sarco, Inc.
C. Mueller Company
2.7 VACUUM BREAKERS
A. Anti -syphon vacuum breakers to prevent back-siphonage of polluted
water into potable water supply. Rating 212 degrees F temperatures.
125 PSI working pressure.
B. Unfinished areas rough brass finish, finishes areas chrome plated
finish.
C. Acceptable Manufacturer:
a. Watts
PARTS 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install water hamper arrestors in strict accordance with manufacturers
written instructions at locations indicated on Drawings.
********************
END OF SECTION 15430
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15430-2
SECTION 15440
PLUMBING FIXTURES AND ACCESSORIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Plumbing Fixture Installation.
a. Trim and accessories.
1.2 FIXTURE SCHEDULE
A. Fixtures, trim and accessories shall be of type and model numbers as
scheduled.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit catalog cuts giving manufacturers model numbers, fixture and
rough -in dimensions and construction material for each type of
fixture, trim and accessory scheduled.
B. Provide maintenance instructions with parts list for all materials
provided under this section.
C. Provide templates for fixture cut-outs.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable manufacturers of Vitreous China and Cast Iron Enameled
Fixtures:
1. AMERICAN STANDARD
2. CRANE
3. ELJER
4. KOHLER.
B. Acceptable manufacturers of Stainless Steel Sinks:
1. JUST
2. ELKAY.
C. Acceptable manufacturers of stainless steel Security Fixtures:
1. ACORN
2. BRADLEY
3. Architect approved equivalent.
D. All fixtures complete with fittings, trim and mounting methods.
E. Trim:
1. Brass trim by:
a. CHICAGO FAUCET
b. SPEAKMAN.
F. Acceptable manufacturers of Drinking Fountains and Water Coolers:
1. HALSEY TAYLOR
2. ELKAY
3. HAWS
4. OASIS
5. Architect approved equivalent.
F. Acceptable manufacturers of Flush Valves:
1. SLOAN
2. DELANEY.
G. Acceptable manufacturers of Service Sinks (Terrazzo construction)
1. Stern Williams
2. Fiat
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15440-1
SECTION 15440 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND ACCESSORIES
2.2 VITREOUS AND CAST IRON FIXTURES
A. Vitreous ware: non -absorbent, even color, unwarped, two fired vitreous
china, grade "A" as rated by the Bureau of Standards.
B. Enameled cast iron fixtures shall have the enamel fused with the iron
to provide a hard acid -resisting enameled finish.
C. Vitreous and enamel fixtures: white, except where other color are
indicated in schedule.
2.3 STAINLESS STEEL SINKS
A. Fabricated from 18 gauge nickel -bearing type 302, 18-8 stainless
steel, except in laboratories where they shall be type 316, with satin
finish, and sound deadening treatment.
B. Where non -self rimming sinks are specified, furnish sinks with Hudee
mounting rim.
2.4 SECURITY FIXTURES
A. Security fixtures: Type 304, 14 gauge stainless steel construction.
No visible seams permitted.
2.5 TRIM
A. Trim shall include: supply pipes, stop valves, faucets, tail pieces,
strainers, wastes, traps, floor and wall escutcheon plates which shall
be brass. Exposed trim: chrome plated.
B. Stop valves: compression type with loose key or screw driver control.
C. P-traps: adjustable cast brass with cleanout plug.
D. Faucets shall contain standardized interchangeable operating units for
both hand closing and self closing types, closing with the pressure of
the water and containing a stamped morsel metal seat.
E. Security fixture valves: air operated solenoid type.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install fixtures and make water supply, waste and vent connections.
B. Set fixtures in center of stalls, between partitions where required.
Verify dimensions for spacing.
C. Setting shall be absolutely tight and rigid on proper ground. Use
MIRACLE ADHESIVE CORPORATION Tub -Caulk or approved equal pointing
materials under all setting surfaces.
D. Fixtures shall be covered with paper glued in place after they are set
to prevent damage during the balance of construction. At the
conclusion of work, the paper shall be removed and the fixtures
properly cleaned.
E. This Section shall be responsible for the protection of the fixtures
until acceptance by Owner. Damaged fixtures shall be replaced at no
additional cost to the Owner.
F. Provide water hammer arrestor for each plumbing fixture or group of
fixtures as recommended by Plumbing and Drainage Institute Standard
PDI-WH 2O1.
G. Coordinate fixture cut-out templates with Section 06200 countertops.
********************
END OF SECTION 15440
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15440-2
SECTION 15460 SUMP PUMPS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Packaged Sump Pump
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings and/or catalog cuts showing technical data
necessary to evaluate the equipment, to include dimensions, wiring
diagrams, performance data and other descriptive data necessary to
describe fully the Sump Pump.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable manufacturers of pump units:
1. WEIL PUMP
2. ENPO-CORNELL
3. AURORA
4. HYDROMATIC
2.2 SUBMERSIBLE SUMP PUMP
A. Centrifugal, semi -open impeller type pump. Pump shall include a cast
iron impeller, stainless steel shaft, sealed ball bearings, cast iron
base, suction plate, and casing, and galvanized steel strainer.
B. Provide Schedule 40 galvanized steel piping with malleable iron
sanitary fittings.
C. Control: Automatic mercury float switch level control and automatic
motor starter with overload protection (wall mounted).
2.8 CHECK VALVE/GATE VALVE
A. Provide piping from pump units to include check valve and gate valve
in accordance with plumbing code and local ordinances.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION AND TESTING
A. Test system and place in proper working order prior to demonstrating
systems to Owner.
END OF SECTION 15460
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 15460-1
SECTION 15470
HOT WATER STORAGE HEATER
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section
1. Hot
Includes:
Water Storage Heaters
1.2 STANDARDS AND CODES
A. Tanks designed, constructed and stamped in accordance with ASME Code,
Section IV Pressure Vessels for 150 psig working pressure and shall
have National Board Registration. Provide form U-1; Manufacturer's
Data Report for Low-pressure, Fired, Potable Hot Water Heater.
B. Include ASME Relief Valve, Thermometer and Pressure Gauges, all in
accordance with State and local codes.
C. Insulation of storage tank shall conform ANSI/ASHRAE/IES 90A-1980
Energy Conservation in New Building Design, Section 7, Paragraph 7.3.3
and Florida Model Energy Efficiency Code for Building Construction,
April, 1984, Section 5, Paragraph 504.2,(a).
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings and/or catalog cuts showing technical data
necessary to evaluate the equipment, to include dimensions, wiring
diagrams, performance data and other descriptive data necessary to
describe fully the Hot Water Storage Heater.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GAS FIRED WATER HEATER (POWER GAS)
A. Capacity: The water heater shall have a minimum gas input with
storage and recovery capacity as indicated on the drawings.
B. Tank: Constructed in accordance with ASME Code Section IV, stamped
with the appropriate symbol, and hydrostatically tested at 190 psi
minimum. The tank shall be equipped with a removable modular energy
package mounted on a flange with a minimum diameter of 23". Tank
access may be gained by the removal of this energy package with
ordinary hand tools. Tank may be of modular design where more than
one tank module will be required to meet the total gallon capacity.
All fittings of Type K heavy copper. No tank connections of other
than nonferrous alloys will be accepted.
C. Provide a minimum of two operating thermostats. There shall also be
an ASME temperature and pressure relief valve set at not more than 125
psi and 210°F. There shall be installed, in the cold section of the
tank as factory standard equipment, a thermal expansion control valve
set to relieve pressures exceeding 100 psi. Equipment submitted
without these redundant controls, temperature limiting device and
thermal expansion control valve, will not be accepted.
D. Unit shall be insulated with a heavy density fiberglass insulation and
jacketed with segmented panels of 22 gauge steel with a factory baked
enamel finish. Each panel shall be interlocked and easily removable
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 15470-1
SECTION 15470
HOT WATER STORAGE HEATER
for field replacement should damage occur. The heat loss of the
insulated tank shall not exceed 14 BTU/HR per square foot of tank
surface area with not less than an ambient temperature of 65°F. The
minimum jacket heat loss acceptable must not exceed those of ASHRAE 90
standards. The entire water heater shall rest on heavy duty skids.
E. After all welding is completed protect the interior tank surfaces with
a continuous coating of polyshield, an elastomeric, polymerized,
hydrophobic cross -linked plastic for protection against rust and
corrosion. Magnesium rods will not be installed. Cement lining or
glass lining (porcelain enamel) with magnesium rods will not be
accepted as an equal.
F. Burner shall be a forced draft power type for operation with liquified
petroleum gas.with high fan curves that enable the burner to create an
overfire pressure in the turbopower module and all heating surfaces.
The burner shall have a cast aluminum housing and be certified by
Underwriters Laboratories. Burner and controls shall have a one year
cost free service policy where all material, labor and freight is paid
for by the manufacturer on defective parts. Provide gas train,
valves, cocks and regulator UL approved.
G. The entire water heater shall meet UL requirements, shall fit properly
in the space provided and shall conform to drawings and
specifications. The complete installation shall be in accordance with
applicable federal, state, and local codes and installation drawings.
H. Burner Control
I. Listing: The complete water heater shall be listed by Underwriters
Laboratories and have the Underwriters' Laboratories label attached.
J. Acceptable Manufacturers:
1: PRESSURE VESSEL INDUSTRIES
2. A.O. SMITH
3. BOCK
2.2 HOT WATER HEATER VENT STACK
A. Metalbestos Model PS or equivalent UL listed "Medium Heat"
prefabricated sectional type with sections up to 3'-0" length
terminating three (3) feet above any roof within ten (10) feet.
B. Joints shall be sealed with high temperature cement and aluminized
steel draw bands. Cement and drawbands shall be supplied by the stack
manufacturer. C. Provide roof support assembly.
D. Accessories required are:
1. Insulated roof penetration fitting.
2. Top section protective cap.
3. Rain cap.
2.3 HOT WATER CIRCULATING PUMP
A. Circulating pump for building hot water ;nd all bronze or stainless
steel construction.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 15470-2
SECTION 15470
HOT WATER STORAGE HEATER
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Coordinate exact location and size concrete base.
B. Install heater and make hot and cold water connections and circulating
line connection.
********************
END OF SECTION 15470
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 15470-3
SECTION 15490 FUEL STORAGE AND DISPENSING SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. SECTION INCLUDES
1. Fuel Storage and Dispensing Systems
a. Work under this Section shall include the gasoline supply
system; the diesel supply system; fuel oil supply system,
bulk oil system and the waste oil system.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Codes and Standards
1. Install fuel handling systems in accordance with NFPA Standard
31, "Standard for the Installation of Oil Burning Equipment", and
NFPA 30 "Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code".
2. Construct storage tanks in accordance with UL 1316 "Glass Fiber
Reinforced Plastic Underground Storage Tanks for Petroleum
Products", ASTM D4021, "Glass Fiber Reinforced Polyester
Underground Petroleum Storage Tanks", and MIL Spec. MIL-T-
522777A, "Tanks, Storage, Underground, Glass Fiber Reinforced
Plastic".
B. Equipment Qualification: The manufacturer shall furnish proof that he
has been engaged in the production of fuel dispensing equipment for a
period of not less than two years and that the equipment is the latest
current model equipment.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data
1. Submit manufacturer's technical product data and installation
instructions for fuel storage and dispensing systems, materials
and products.
B. Shop Drawings
1. Submit scaled layout drawings of fuel handling systems pipe and
fittings including, but not necessarily limited to, pipe and tube
sizes, locations, elevations and slopes of horizontal runs, wall
and floor penetrations, and connections. Indicate interface and
spatial relationship between piping and approximate equipment.
a. Storage Tanks: Submit manufacturer's shop drawings
indicating critical dimensions, and locations of fittings
and accessories, including manways, hold down straps and
pipe sumps.
2. Provide dimensioned shop drawings of the site showing the exact
location of all tanks and piping and related systems.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. General
1. Provide piping materials and factory fabricated piping products
and accessories of sizes, types, materials, pressure ratings,
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP THREE 15490-1
SECTION 15490 FUEL STORAGE AND DISPENSING SYSTEMS
temperature ratings, and capacities as indicated. Where not
indicated, provide proper selection as required by product being
handled and equipment manufacturers installation requirements.
2.2 PIPING IDENTIFICATION
A. Provide identification complying with piping identification.
2.3 ABOVE GROUND PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. Provide pipe and pipe fittings complying with pipe and pipe fittings.
2.4 UNDERGROUND PIPING
A. Pipe: FRP pipe, complying with pipe and pipe fitting.
B. Where metallic pipe and fittings are required for connection to tanks
or equipment provide Schedule 40 pipe with steel Class 150 fittings
and Class 250 unions. Coat and wrapped black iron fittings for fuel
oil and diesel.
2.5 SECONDARY CONTAINMENT PIPING
A. Install underground product supply and tank fill piping or other
piping normally handling liquid product in secondary containment
piping.
B. Secondary containment piping shall be as specified for underground
piping, sized one pipe size larger than the pipe it contains.
C. Fittings: FRP with two piece, bolted construction.
D. Secondary containment system shall provide a continuous leak tight
enclosure arranged to drain to pipe sump and sump sensor. Where
piping connects to equipment or rises above grade terminate the
containment system with a termination fitting to provide leak tight
seal.
2.6 BASIC SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS
A. Provide supports and anchors complying with pipe hangers and supports.
2.7 FILL BOX
A. Fill Box: Containment manhole type with heavy duty cover, product
adaptor and a lockable vapor tight fill cap.
B. Containment manhole shall have an integral valve to permit spillage to
be drained back into fill tube, with valve serviceable from inside the
manhole.
C. Provide vapor recovery connection consisting of a heavy duty manhole,
adaptor fitting and lockable vapor tight cap provided adjacent to the
fill box.
2.8 STICK GAGE
A. Provide gage box consisting of a lockable cap and drop tube on the
fill connection to the storage tank. Gage waste oil tank through the
pump out connection.
B. Stick gage shall indicate fluid depth in feet and inches. Provide
gage materials compatible with all petroleum products.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP THREE 15490-2
SECTION 15490
FUEL STORAGE AND DISPENSING SYSTEMS
2.9 VENT CAPS
A. Provide vent cap on top of each tank vent line consisting of aluminum
or bronze housing, 40-mesh screen, and rain -shedding top.
B. Provide vent caps full size of vent pipe.
2.10 FOOT VALVE EXTRACTOR ASSEMBLY
A. Extractor Assembly: Foot valve, suction pipe, foot valve extractor,
extension pipe and cap. Size foot valve and suction pipe to match
pump flow requirements. Size extension pipe and cap as required for
removal of foot valve.
B. Foot Valve: Bronze body, double poppet with metal -to -metal seat, and
monel screen.
2.11 UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK
A. General
1. Provide 360° double wall type factory -fabricated underground
storage tanks.
B. Loading Conditions
1. External Hydrostatic Pressure
a. Equivalent to 7'-0" depth of bury from top of tank and hole
fully flooded; withstand general buckling with safety
factory of 2:1.
2. Surface Loads
a. H-20 axle loads when installed in accordance with
manufacturer's installation instructions.
3. Internal Load
a. Withstand 5 psi air pressure test.
4. Tank shall support accessory equipment including drop tubes,
monitoring equipment, level gage and piping.
C. Storage Requirements
1. Pressure: Vent primary tank shells operated at atmospheric
pressure. Tanks with provisions for vapor recovery systems shall
operate at a pressure or vacuum of approximately 1 psi.
2. Specific Gravity: Store liquids with specific gravities up to
1.1.
3. Temperature: Store liquids with maintained temperatures of up to
150'F.
4. Chemical Resistance: Chemically inert to petroleum products
being stored.
D. Construction
1. Tank shall have a space between the primary and secondary shell
walls to allow for the free flow and containment of all leaked
product from the primary tank.
2. Tank shall provide monitoring capability as follows:
a. Accessibility to the tank bottom between the primary and
secondary walls. Tanks 1,000 gallon capacity and larger:
one 4" NPT fitting located at each end of the tank. Tanks
550 gallon capacity shall have one 4" NPT on one end of the
tank. Include one 4" NPT fitting in the monitoring
reservoir.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP THREE 15490-3
SECTION 15490 FUEL STORAGE AND DISPENSING SYSTEMS
b. Where optional hydrostatic monitoring is used, provide the
tank capable of continuous monitoring of conditions between
the inner and outer shell walls produced by hydrostatic
pressure at 7 foot maximum head pressure over tank top.
Provide a reservoir connected to the space between the
primary and secondary shells at the top of the tank.
3. Certification Plate - Underwriters' Laboratory label and Factory
Mutual label, permanently affixed to each tank.
4. Flanged Manways
a. Size: 22" ID. Provide two manways on each tank of 4,000
gallons or more capacity. Provide one manway on each tank
of 2,500 gallons or less capacity.
b. Furnish manways complete with UL listed gaskets, bolts and
covers.
C. Each steel manway cover shall have 4" NPT steel fittings
welded in place. The number or location of fittings as
required by piping or per manufacturers standard
configuration. Plug unused connections.
5. Provide strike plates under all primary tank fittings to protect
the bottom of the tank.
E. Accessories
1. Anchor Straps - Provide glass fiber -reinforced plastic anchor
straps for each tank. Number and location of straps specified by
manufacturer.
2. Tank Lifting Lugs - Provide lifting lugs on all tanks, capable of
withstanding weight of tank with a safety factory of 3 to 1.
3. Fill Tubes: Fiberglass -reinforced plastic, factory installed, 4"
diameter, and shall include a 6" steel fitting with a double
tapped reducer bushing to 4" diameter.
4. Fittings:
a. Locate all threaded fittings on U.L. labeled tanks for
storage of petroleum products in the manway lid or fitting
pods and construct consistent with the requirements of the
U.L. label. Supply fittings with threaded cast iron plugs.
b. All Standard Threaded Fittings: 4" in diameter and shall be
half couplings. Use reducers for smaller sizes where
required.
C. Machine tolerances for threaded fittings in accordance with
the ANSI standard for each fitting size.
d. Strength - NPT fittings shall withstand a minimum of 150
foot-pounds of torque and 1,000 foot-pounds of bending, both
with 2:1 factor of safety.
5. Terminate all rigid internal piping 4" from the bottoms of the
tanks.
2.12 PIPING SUMPS
A. General
1. Install piping sumps to provide spill containment for underground
piping connecting pumps or other tank mounted accessories.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP THREE 15490-4
SECTION 15490
FUEL STORAGE AND DISPENSING SYSTEMS
B. Sump
1. Fabricate sump from glass fiber reinforced polyester resin.
2. Pipe Fittings: FRP couplings sized and located as required by
piping.
3. Electrical Fittings: 1" steel NPT full couplings.
4. Sump Lid: 22-inch diameter FRP friction fit cover.
5. Attached sump to manway with 1/4-inch epoxy coated steel plate,
bolted and gasketed to manway and sump bottom.
C. Piping Sump Sensor
2.13 TANK MONITORING AND LEVEL INDICATING SYSTEMS
A. Tank
Monitoring System
1.
Tank monitoring system shall be capable of detecting and
identifying leakage into or out of the space between the tank
shells. Provide one of the following optional systems:
a. A hydrostatic type with the space between the shells filled
with an antifreeze solution. Solution shall be as
recommended by the tank manufacturer. Monitor the solution
level in a reservoir at the type of the tank. Provide
alarms for both high and low level in the reservoir.
b. A capacitance type detector with electronic sensor, flexible
cable and mounting head. Sensor shall be mounted at the
bottom of the tank, between the shells at the low end.
2.
Provide PVC riser, access pit with heavy duty cover, junction box
and other accessories required to install and provide service
access to the tank monitoring equipment.
B. Piping Sump Sensor
1.
Provide liquid sensor in each piping sump to detect leakage and
activate an alarm signal. Sensor shall be one of the following
types:
a. Float type with normally closed contacts to detect an
accumulation of 2" or more water or product.
b. A capacitance type electronic sensor.
2.
Provide required mounting brackets junction boxes and accessories
required to instal the sensor and connect sensor to the control
panel.
C. Overfill Alarm
1.
Provide an overfill alarm consisting of a single point vertical
float type level switch. All wetted parts of the level switch
shall be constructed of brass and stainless steel or all
stainless. Level switch shall be factory set to actuate when
liquid level is above 90% of tank capacity. Level switch shall
be suitable for field modification for different mounting heights
as required for each installation.
2.
Activation of the overfill alarm shall activate an audible alarm
and signal light on the system control panel and at a remote
location near the system fill point.
3.
At the contractors option, the overfill alarm detection may be
accomplished through the level indicating system.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP THREE 15490-5
SECTION 15490
FUEL STORAGE AND DISPENSING SYSTEMS
D. Level Indicating System
1. Level indicating system shall be microprocessor based within
accuracy of 1/10 of an inch. Systems shall provide tank level,
gross gallonage and net gallonage. System shall have a keypad
for input instructions, a digital display and a tape printer.
2. Level probe shall extend to bottom of tank and shall include
support flange, sensor unit and terminal connector. Unit shall
be ultrasonic tape or magnetic float type with stainless steel
sensor tube.
E. System Power and Wiring
1. Wiring for all portions of the tank monitoring and level
indicating systems installed in the tank, piping sump, tank
access manholes or pits, or similar hazardous locations shall
have one of the following classifications:
a. Intrinsically safe so that the circuit is incapable of
releasing sufficient electrical or thermal energy to cause
ignition of the stored products under "normal" or "fault"
operating conditions.
b. NEMA Class 1, Division 1, Group C or D.
2. Operating Power shall be 110 volt, 60 Hz single phase. Provide
required transformers, isolation devices and safety devices
required by the systems.
F. Control Panels
1. Control panels for the tank monitoring and level indicating
systems maybe combined into a single panel or separated into two
or more panels. Where multiple tanks are installed, the control
panels may also be combined if functions for each tank are
clearly identified. Where separate panels are used, they shall
be mounted adjacent to each other and each shall comply with the
requirements of this section.
2. Control panels shall include:
a. Panel lights for each circuit.
b. Audible alarm.
C. Alarm silence switch.
d. Alarm test switch.
e. Auxiliary contacts for each alarm.
f. Digital read out where required.
g. Selector switches where required.
3. Control panels shall be UL listed with a steel cabinet suitable
for wall mounting. Provide required mounting brackets. Each
alarm and operating function shall be identified on the face of
the panel.
2.14 LEVEL INDICATING SYSTEM
A. Level indicating system shall consist a central console and level
probe in each product tank.
B. Level probe shall extend to the bottom of the tank and shall include
support flange, sensor unit and terminal connector. Level shall be
determined ultrasonically with accuracy to 1/10 of an inch.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP THREE 15490-6
SECTION 15490
FUEL STORAGE AND DISPENSING SYSTEMS
C. The central console shall have keypad, digital display and tape
printer. Unit shall be microprocessor based and shall be capable of
providing tank level, gross gallonage and net gallonage. Unit shall
also provide high and low level of alarms.
2.15 SPECIAL PURPOSE TOOLS
A. Provide all special purpose tools required for normal operation and
maintenance. Special purpose tools shall include but shall not be
limited to those required to remove adaptor fitting, extract valves
from extractor assemblies, open manholes or remove covers or cups.
B. Provide two complete sets of special purpose tools.
2.16 FUEL OIL PUMP SET
A. The fuel oil pump set shall consist of two OBERDORF Fuel Oil Pumps.
Direct connected and internal relief valves on the discharge of each
pump.
B. Mount the pumps on a 10 ga. drip pan. Furnish with all necessary
inner connecting valves and piping to permit operation of either one,
or both pumps simultaneously without the need for closing or opening
valves. Furnish necessary valves and unions to permit removal of one
pump without disrupting the remaining pumping system.
C. Mount a duplex fuel oil suction strainer, equal to a KRAISAL Series
72, on the drip pan base. The strainer shall consist of two strainer
baskets interconnected together by a 3-way valve. This valve shall
permit removal and cleaning of one basket without interrupting the
flow of oil to the other basket. Furnish two vacuum gauges, installed
on the entering and leaving sides of the strainer.
D. Furnish pump motor magnetic starters mounted on the drip pan base.
Provide NEMA 1 enclosure and "off -on" selector switches. Factory
wired the motors to the starters.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine areas and conditions under which fuel dispensing systems
materials and products are to be installed. Do not proceed with work
until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in accordance with
equipment manufacturers installation requirements.
3.2 INSTALLATION OF PIPING
A. General
1. Install fuel oil piping in accordance with pipe and pipe fittings
and in accordance with manufacturers recommendations, NFPA 30 and
NFPA 31.
2. Sealants: Use sealants on metal piping treads which are
chemically resistant to the product contained. Use sealants
sparingly and apply only to male threads of metal joints.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP THREE 15490-7
SECTION 15490
FUEL STORAGE AND DISPENSING SYSTEMS
3. Grounding: Electrically ground piping system within project, and
bond tightly to grounding electrodes.
4. Pipe Wrap: Protect steel piping in contact with earth, or other
corrosive materials, against corrosion. Seal wrap piping with
coal -tar saturated wrapping tape over coal -tar epoxy coating 20
mils thick.
5. Containment piping shall slope to piping sumps.
3.3 INSTALLATION OF OIL STORAGE TANKS
A. General
1. Comply with manufacturer's installation instructions and
applicable provisions of NFPA 30 and 31.
2. Rigidly adhere, step-by-step to manufacturer's installation
instructions for excavation, bedding, tank setting, anchoring,
and backfill.
3. Pitch bottom of tank 3" for entire length, and fill opening at
low end for gasoline, diesel and fuel oil tanks, pump out
connection at low end for waste oil tanks.
3.4 SYSTEM INSTALLATION
A. Installation of underground systems shall comply with API Publication
1615, November 1979, "Installation of Underground Storage Systems."
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Piping Tests
1. Test fuel oil piping in accordance with requirements of NFPA 31.
2. Repair -or replace fuel oil piping as required to eliminate leaks,
and retest as specified to demonstrate compliance.
B. Storage Tanks Tests
1. Before tanks are backfilled, but after they have been bedded,
provide air pressure test in accordance with NFPA 31.
2. Repair or replace tanks as required to eliminate leaks, and
retest as specified to demonstrate compliance.
3. Test piping (except for fill piping) at 150 percent of maximum
operating pressure, or 50 psig air pressure, whichever is greater
for a period of one hour while all joints are soaped.
4. Test tank with 5 psig on inner tank (minimum 30 minutes) after
verifying integrity of inner tank. Maintain the inner tank and
test outer tank with minimum 5 psig pressure while soaping the
skin of the tank. Use of an air gauge with quarter pound
increments must be used.
3.6 NOTIFICATIONS
A. At least three days prior to performing any of the following, the
contracto must submit to the Owner a schedule for the Owner's
approval of when the following installation procedures can be
observed.
1. Lifting and placing of tank in hole. (Tank must not be rolled or
dropped into the hole).
2. Field pressure testing of tank.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP THREE 15490-8
SECTION 15490
FUEL STORAGE AND DISPENSING SYSTEMS
3. Verification that the UL label is located on each tank.
4. Anchoring of tank as per manufacturer's recommendation.
5. Compacting of backfill (minimum of every 12 inches). Ensure
filter fabric (polyethylene unacceptable) is used in areas which
have one or more of the following:
1) Ground water levels that rise and fall frequently.
2) Unstable soils (muck and landfills).
3) Water conditions with silty soils.
6. Pressure testing of piping.
********************
END OF SECTION 15490
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP THREE 15490-9
SECTION 15517
HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Hydronic Specialties
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit manufacturers product data, catalog cuts and drawings for each
type of device specified.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable manufacturers:
1. BELL AND GOSSETT
2. THRUSH/AMTROL
3. ARMSTRONG
4. TACO
5. TOUR AND ANDERSON
B. Model numbers based on BELL AND GOSSETT, unless otherwise noted.
2.2 COMPRESSION/EXPANSION TANKS
A. Provide pre -pressurized captive air bladder type expansion tanks as
scheduled. Tanks to be constructed for 125 psig working pressure, and
tested certified, and stamped with the ASME label in accordance with
ASME Section VIII. Bladder: replaceable nylon reinforced butyl or
elastomeric suitable for 240OF maximum operating temperature.
Provide integral base ring for vertical mounting.
B. Provide ASME safety relief for expansion/compression tank with setting
at 125 psi in accordance with ASME Section VIII.
2.2 AIR SEPARATORS
A. Air Separator - Provide a tangential type air separator with strainer,
sized to system flows shown on drawings. Unit to be constructed for
125 psig working pressure and stamped with the ASME label.
2.3 SYSTEM FILL PRESSURE AND RELIEF VALVES
A. System fill and pressure and valve: iron body, brass trim with field
adjustable pressure setting.
B. System relief valve: iron body, brass trim with field adjustable
pressure setting, ASME safety relief valve set for 75 psig.
2.4 AIR VENTS
A. Manual air vents, B&G No. 4V, or 1/4" brass lever handle drain cock
with 1/4" O.D copper overflow connection.
B. Automatic air vents, with 1/4" O.D. copper overflow connection.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 15517-1
SECTION 15517
HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES
2.5 FLOW METER FITTINGS
A. Flow meter fittings 1/2" through 2" pipe size: ARMSTRONG CBVI.
B. Flow meter fittings 2-1/2" pipe size and over: ARMSTRONG CBVII.
2.6 FLOW METER
A. Furnish and turn over to the Owner one new and unused portable
differential flowmeter with Carrying case; ARMSTRONG CBM-60 meter for
use with ARMSTRONG flow meter fittings.
2.7 STRAINERS
A. "Y" type having heavy cast iron bodies with blow -off tappings in
screen covers. Sizes 1/2" through 1-1/2 shall have screen of 20 mesh
Monel. Sizes 2" and over shall be perforated stainless steel, 233
holes per square inch, with .045 diameter, .016" thick. Screen shall
be removable without disturbing piping.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install compression/expansion tanks as high as conditions permit.
Tanks shall be suspended from ceiling construction with trapeze
hangers.
B. Install air separator as indicated. Separator shall not be supported
by piping. Install pipe hanger at inlet and outlet.
C. Install pressure reducing and fill valves and make cold water
connection. Install fast fill by-pass line with globe valve.
D. Install automatic air vents at high points inside equipment rooms,
where air pockets would collect on the air separators. Extend 1/4"
copper overflow line to floor drain.
E. Install flowmeter fittings.
F. Install flow indicators in return lines for condenser water and
chilled water pumps.
G. Provide upstream and downstream unrestricted lengths of straight pipe
for flow meters as required by the manufacturer.
********************
END OF SECTION 15517
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 15517-2
SECTION 15540 EMERGENCY GENERATOR AUXILIARIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1.
Emergency Generator Auxiliaries.
2.
Equipment and material furnished and installed
other
sections of this Project Manual:
a. Diesel engine driven electrical generating
set complete with
operating and safety controls.
b. Automatic transfer switch.
C. Electrical switchgear
3.
Equipment and material furnished under other
sections of this
Project Manual and installed by this section:
a. Fuel oil day tank with electrically driven
fuel oil transfer
pumps.
b. Hand -operated fuel oil pump.
C. Flexible exhaust pipe connector
d. Residential class engine muffler
e. Fuel oil cooler
4.
Equipment and material furnished and installed
by this section:
a. Fuel oil piping
b. Radiator sheet metal shroud with flexible
connector and
connection to wall louver which is provided under another
section.
C. Engine exhaust system piping
d. Fuel oil transfer pump and control.
e. All necessary control wiring.
PART 2 - MATERIAL
2.1 Exhaust piping: as specified in Section 15060 - PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS.
2.2 Insulation of exhaust piping: as specified in Section 15252 - PIPE AND
EQUIPMENT INSULATION. Piping exterior to the building shall not be
insulated.
2.3 Provide adequate steel support legs for fuel oil day tank, at height
recommended by emergency generator manufacturer to achieve gravity fuel
flow to emergency generator.
2.4 Provide support for silencer and exhaust piping, so that the weight of
silencer and exhaust piping is not supported by the emergency generator.
2.5 Fuel oil transfer pump shall be red jacket 1/3 HP 208V, 1 phase submerged
pump with check valve, air eliminator, expansion relief valve siphon nozzle
and venturi, siphon check valve and pressure test screw.
2.6 Provide control to automatically start and stop pump from day tank float
valve. Control shall include all necessary wiring, wiring devices and
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 15540-1
SECTION 15540
EMERGENCY GENERATOR AUXILIARIES
conduit. Wiring devices and conduit in accordance with the requirements of
Division 16.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 Provide fill for engine skid mounted radiator and piping system.
3.2 Install expansion joint directly to emergency generator exhaust flange. Do
not insulate expansion joint.
3.3 Install fuel oil transfer pump and controls.
3.4 Install fuel oil piping and auxiliaries.
********************
END OF SECTION 15540
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 15540-2
SECTION 15552
FUEL OIL PIPING SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Diesel Fuel
Oil Supply System
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Codes and Standards:
1. Install fuel oil systems in accordance with NFPA 30-87 "Flammable
and Combustible Liquids Code" and NFPA 37-90 "Stationary
Combustion Engines and Gas Turbines".
2. Construct storage tanks in accordance with UL 1316 "Glass Fiber
Reinforced Plastic Underground Storage Tanks for Petroleum
Products" and ASTM D4021, "Glass Fiber Reinforced Polyester
Underground Petroleum Storage Tanks".
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data
1. Submit manufacturer's technical product data and installation
instructions for fuel oil systems, materials and products.
B. Shop Drawings
1. Submit scaled layout drawings of fuel oil systems pipe and
fittings including, but not necessarily limited to, pipe and tube
sizes, locations, elevations and slopes of horizontal runs, wall
and floor penetrations, and connections. indicate interface and
spatial relationship between piping and proximate equipment.
a. Storage Tanks: Submit manufacturer's shop drawings
indicating critical dimensions, and locations of fittings
and accessories, including manways, hold down straps and
pipe sumps.
2. Provide a copy of all local and state regulations for underground
storage tanks.
3. Submit dimensioned shop drawings of the site showing the exact
location of all tanks and piping and related systems.
C. Provide sealant manufacturer written certification that sealants
selected for use in piping are chemically resistant to products
contained, and are correct and proper for use intended.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. General
1. Provide piping materials and factory fabricated piping products
and accessories of sizes, types, materials, pressure ratings,
temperature ratings, and capacities indicated. Where not
indicated, provide proper selection required by product being
handled and equipment manufacturers installation requirements.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15552-1
SECTION 15552 FUEL OIL PIPING SYSTEMS
2.2 PIPING IDENTIFICATION
A. Provide identification complying with Section 15085 - PIPING
IDENTIFICATION, in accordance with the following listing:
1. Above Ground Piping: Plastic pipe markers.
2. Underground Piping: Underground type plastic line markers.
2.3 ABOVE GROUND PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. Provide pipes and pipe fittings complying with Section 15060 - PIPE
AND PIPE FITTINGS, in accordance with the following listing:
1. Black Steel Pipe: Schedule 40; malleable iron threaded, plain,
Class 150 fittings shall be used for diesel fuel.
2. Copper Tube: Type K, soft annealed temper, cast copper, flared
tube fittings.
2.4 UNDERGROUND PIPING
A. Pipe shall be FRP pipe, aromatic amine cured, epoxy resin, reinforced
with continuous wound glass fiber filament under controlled tension,
ASTM D2996. Pipe shall be UL listed for underground petroleum
products.
B. FRP fittings shall be similar construction as pipe or compression
molded using epoxy compound reinforced with minimum 60. chopped glass
fiber.
C. FRP joints shall be made with epoxy adhesive using matching tapered
bell and spigots. Installation shall be in strict conformance with
manufacturer's published instructions.
D. Where metallic pipe and fittings are required for connection to tanks
or equipment they shall be Schedule 40 pipe with steel Class 150
fittings and Class 250 unions. Fittings for diesel service shall be
coated and wrapped black iron.
2.5 SECONDARY CONTAINMENT PIPING
A. Underground product supply and tank fill piping shall be installed in
secondary containment piping.
B. Secondary containment piping shall be as specified for underground
piping, sized one pipe size larger than the pipe it contains.
C. Fittings shall be FRP with two piece, bolted construction.
D. Secondary containment system shall provide a continuous leak tight
enclosure arranged to drain to pipe sump and sump sensor. Where
piping connects to equipment or rises above grade the containment
system shall be terminated with a termination fitting to provide leak
tight seal.
2.6 BASIC SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS
A. Provide supports and anchors complying with Section 15140 - PIPE
HANGE`- AND SUPPORTS.
2.7 FILL BOX
A. Fill box
product
HLM 90007.00-2
shall be a containment manhole type with heavy duty cover,
adaptor and a lockable vapor tight fill cap.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE 15552-2
SECTION 15552 FUEL OIL PIPING SYSTEMS
B. Containment manhole shall have an integral valve to permit spillage to
be drained back into fill tube. Valve shall be serviceable from
inside the manhole.
2.8 STICK GAGE
A. Gage box consisting of a lockable cap and drop tube shall be provided
on the fill connection to the storage tank.
B. Stick gage shall indicate fluid depth in feet and inches. Gage
materials shall be compatable with all petroleum products.
2.9 VENT CAPS
A. Provide flame arresting vent cap on top of each tank vent line
consisting of aluminum or bronze housing, 40-mesh screen, and rain -
shedding top.
B. Vent caps shall be full size of vent pipe.
2.10 FOOT VALVE EXTRACTOR ASSEMBLY
A. Extractor assembly shall include foot valve, suction pipe, foot valve
extractor, extension pipe and cap. Foot valve and suction pipe shall
be sized to match pump flow requirements. Extension pipe and cap
shall be sized as required for removal of foot valve.
B. Foot valve shall be bronze body, double poppet with metal -to -metal
seat, and monel screen. .
2.11 UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK
A. General
1. Provide as indicated, factory -fabricated underground storage
tanks, of capacities and dimensions as scheduled. Tanks shall be
360 degree double wall type.
B. Loading Conditions:
1. External Hydrostatic Pressure
a. Equivalent to 7'-0" depth of bury from top of tank and hole
fully flooded; withstand general buckling with safety
factory of 2:1.
2. Surface Loads:
a. H-20 axle loads when installed in accordance with
manufacturer's installation instructions.
3. Internal Load:
a. Withstand 5 psi air pressure test.
4. Tank shall be designed to support accessory equipment including
drop tubes, monitoring equipment, level gage and piping
equipment.
C. Storage Requirements
1. Pressure: Primary tank shells operated at atmospheric pressure
shall be vented.
2. Specific Gravity: Tanks must store liquids with specific
gravities up to 1.1.
3. Temperature: Tanks must store liquids with maintained
temperatures of up to 150°F.
4. Chemical Resistance: Tanks must be chemically inert to petroleum
products being stored.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15552-3
SECTION 15552
FUEL OIL PIPING SYSTEMS
D. Construction
1.
Tank shall have a space between the primary and secondary shell
walls to allow for the free flow and containment of all leaked
product from the primary tank.
2.
Tank shall be designed to provide monitoring capability as noted:
a. Accessibility to the tank bottom between the primary and
secondary walls. Tanks 1,000 gallon capacity and larger
shall have one 4" NPT fittings located at each end of the
tank. Tanks 550 gallon capacity shall have one 4" NPT on
one end of the tank. All tanks will also include one 4" NPF
fitting in the monitoring reservoir.
b. The tank shall be capable of continuous monitoring of
conditions between the inner and outer shell walls produced
by hydrostatic pressure at 7 foot maximum head pressure over
tank top.
C. A reservoir connected to the space between the primary and
secondary shells shall be provided at the top of the tank.
3.
Certification Plate - Underwriters' Laboratory label and Factory
Mutual label shall be permanently affixed to each tank.
4.
Flanged Manways
a. The manways to be 22" ID. Two manways shall be provided
with each tank of 4,000 gallons or more capacity. One
manway shall be provided with each tank of 2,500 gallons or
less capacity.
b. All manways will be furnished complete with UL listed
gaskets, bolts and covers.
C. Each steel manway cover shall have 4" NPT steel fittings
welded in place. The number or location of fitting shall be
as required by piping or per manufacturers standard
configuration unused connections shall be plugged.
5.
Strike plates shall be provided under all primary tank fittings
to protect the bottom of the tank.
E. Accessories
1.
Anchor Straps - Provide glass fiber -reinforced plastic anchor
straps for each tank. Number and location of straps shall be as
specified by manufacturer.
2.
Tank Lifting Lugs - Provide lifting lugs on all tanks. Lugs
shall be capable of withstanding weight of tank with a safety
factory of 3 to I.
3.
Fill Tubes
a. Tubes shall be fiberglass -reinforced plastic.
b. Tubes shall be factory installed, 4" diameter, and shall
include a 6" steel fitting with a double tapped reducer
bushing to 4" diameter.
4.
Fittings
a. Threaded fittings on U.L. labeled tanks for storage of
petroleum products shall be located in the manway lid or
fitting pods and shall be constructed consistent with the
requirements of the U.L. label. Fittings shall be supplied
with threaded cast iron plugs.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2
BID GROUP THREE 15552-4
SECTION 15552 FUEL OIL PIPING SYSTEMS
b. Standard threaded fittings shall be 4" in diameter and shall
be half couplings. Reducers shall be used for smaller sizes
where required.
C. Threaded fittings shall have machine tolerances in
accordance with the ANSI standard for each fitting size.
d. Strength - NPT fittings shall withstand a minimum of 150
foot-pounds of torque and 1,000 foot-pounds of bending, both
with 2:1 factor of safety.
5. Rigid internal piping shall be terminated 4" from the bottoms of
the tanks.
2.12 TANK MONITORING SYSTEM
A. General
1. The tank monitoring system shall be a hydrostatic type with the
space between the primary and secondary shells filled with
antifreeze solution and solution level monitored in a reservoir
located at the top of the tank.
B. Level Sensor
1. Level sensor shall provide both high level and low level alarm
signals to the monitor control panel.
2. Level sensor shall be U.L. listed and have a NEMA 4X rating.
3. Level sensor shall be installed in the reservoir through a 4-inch
PVC riser pipe to permit inspection and servicing from above.
C. Control Panels
1. Constructed of U.L. listed, electronic components. The control
panel power source shall be 120 volts A.C. The sensor monitoring
circuit shall be intrinsically safe circuit so that the circuit
is incapable of releasing sufficient electrical or thermal energy
to cause ignition of specific hazardous material under "normal"
or "fault" operating conditions.
2. Control panels include:
a. Panel lights for each circuit.
b. Alarm test button for each circuit.
C. Warning bell
d. Transmission contacts (normally closed) for remote alarm
signal.
e. Fiberglass panel housing.
f. Two spare light bulbs.
g. Wall mounting hardware.
h. Alarm bell silence switch.
i. Hasp for padlock.
D. Antifreeze Solution
1. Solution shall be composed of approximately 30 percent calcium
chloride, 1 to 3 percent potassium chloride, 1 to 2 percent
sodium chloride with the balance being water.
2. Solution shall be colorless to pale yellow.
3. Solution shall be odorless.
4. The specific gravity at 60OF shall be 1.272 to 1.317.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15552-5
SECTION 15552
FUEL OIL PIPING SYSTEMS
2.13 PIPING SUMPS
A. General
1. Install piping sumps to provide spill containment for underground
piping connecting pumps and other tank mounted accessories.
B. Sump
1. Fabricated from glass fiber reinforced polyester resin.
2. Pipe fittings shall be FRP couplings sized and located as
required by piping.
3. Electrical fittings shall be 1" steel NPT full couplings.
4. Sump lid shall be 22-inch diameter FRP friction fit cover.
5. Sump shall be attached to manway with 1/4-inch epoxy coated steel
plate, bolted and gasketed to manway and sump bottom. .
C. Piping Sump Sensor
1. Sensor shall be pre -assembled and ready to wire. All electrical
components shall be U.L. listed NEMA 4X. The sensor shall be
float switch type capable of detecting a 2" or more accumulation
of liquid (water or product) in the piping sump. Contacts shall
be normally closed. The float switch shall be stainless steel
and shall be housed in plastic casing with mounting clamp.
2. The switch panel shall be pre -assembled and ready to wire. All
electrical components shall be U.L. listed NEMA 4X. The
electrical box shall be nonmetallic.
2.16 SPECIAL PURPOSE TOOLS
A. Provide special purpose tools required for normal operation and
maintenance. Special purpose tools shall include but shall not be
limited to those required to remove adaptor fitting, extract valves
from extractor assemblies, open manholes or remove covers or cups.
B. Provide two complete sets of special purpose tools.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Examine areas and conditions under which fuel dispensing systems
materials and products are to be installed. Do not proceed with work
until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in accordance with
equipment manufacturers installation requirements.
3.2 INSTALLATION OF PIPING
A. General
1. Install fuel oil piping in accordance with Section 15060 - PIPE
AND PIPE FITTINGS and in accordance with manufacturers
recommendations, NFPA 30 and NFPA 37.
2. Sealants: Use sealants on metal piping treads wh:6, are
chemically resistant to the product contained. Use :3alants
sparingly and apply only to male threads of metal joints.
3. Grounding: Electrically ground piping system within project, and
bond tightly to grounding electrodes where metallic piping is
used.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15552-6
SECTION 15552
FUEL OIL PIPING SYSTEMS
4. Pipe Wrap: Protect steel piping in contact with earth, or other
corrosive materials, against corrosion. Seal wrap piping with
coal -tar saturated wrapping tape over coal -tar epoxy coating 20
mils thick.
3.3 INSTALLATION OF OIL STORAGE TANKS
A. General
1. Comply with manufacturer's published installation instructions
and applicable provisions of NFPA 30 and 31.
2. Rigidly adhere, step-by-step to manufacturer's installation
instructions for excavation, bedding, tank setting, anchoring,
and backfill.
3. Pitch bottom of tank 3" for entire length and fill opening at low
end.
3.4 SYSTEM INSTALLATION
A. Installation of underground systems shall comply with API Publication
1615, November 1979, "Installation of Underground Storage Systems."
3.5 EXCAVATION AND TRENCHING
A. Excavation and trenching: Comply with Section 02220.
3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Piping Tests
1. Test fuel oil piping in accordance with requirements of NFPA 30
and 31.
2. Repair or replace fuel oil piping to eliminate leaks, and retest
as specified to demonstrate compliance.
B. Storage Tanks Tests
1. Before tanks are backfilled, and after they have been bedded,
provide air pressure test in accordance with NFPA 30.
2. Repair or replace tanks to eliminate leaks, and retest as
specified to demonstrate compliance.
3. Piping must be tested (except for fill piping) at 150 percent of
maximum operating pressure, or 50 psig air pressure, whichever is
greater for a period of one hour while all joints are soaped.
4. Tank must be tested with 5 psig on inner tank (minimum 30
minutes) after verifying integrity of inner tank. Maintain the
inner tank and test outer tank with minimum 5 psig pressure while
soaping the skin of the tank. Use of an air gauge with quarter
pound increments must be used.
3.7 NOTIFICATIONS
A. . At least three days prior to performing any of the following, submit
to the Construction Manager a schedule for the Construction Manager's
approval of when the following installation procedures can be
observed.
1. Lifting and placing of tank in hole. (Tank must not be rolled or
dropped into the hole).
2. Field pressure testing of tank.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15552-7
SECTION 15552
FUEL OIL PIPING SYSTEMS
3. Verification that the UL label is located on each tank.
4. Anchoring of tank as per manufacturer's recommendation.
5. Compacting of backfill (minimum of every 12 inches). Ensure
filter fabric (polyethylene unacceptable) is used in areas which
have one or more of the following:
1) Ground water levels that rise and fall frequently.
2) Unstable soils (muck and landfills).
3) Water conditions with silty soils.
6. Pressure testing of piping.
3.8 FUEL
A. Upon completion of testing of generators fill fuel oil storage tank
with fuel oil.
END OF SECTION 15552
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 15552-8
SECTION 15684
CENTRIFUGAL CHILLERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Chilled Water System
1.2 STANDARDS AND CODES
A. Performance shall be in accordance with ARI Standard 550.
B. Compressor motors, starters and control wiring shall conform to NEMA,
UL and NEC and local Utility Requirements.
1.3 DESCRIPTION
A. Centrifugal chillers described in this Section shall be water cooled
direct drive or gear driven, one to three stage refrigerant
compression with inlet vane.control.
B. The chiller manufacturer shall provide and install Refrigerant
Management System (RMS) when using a CFC with an Ozone Depletion
Potential of greater than 0.05.
C. Refrigerant Management System is designed for use with any low-
pressure centrifugal chiller. The RMS shall provide conservation of
low pressure CFC's and prevent the release of CFC;'s into the
atmosphere during routine servicing. In addition to safety holding
the refrigerant during servicing, the RMS will recharge centrifugal
chillers with recycled refrigerant. By means of a
distillation/separation system, excess oil and water will be removed
from the refrigerant to provide optimum chiller efficiency.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings and/or catalog cuts showing technical data
necessary to evaluate the equipment, to include dimensions, wiring
diagrams, performance curves, ratings, control sequence and other
descriptive data necessary to describe fully the centrifugal water
chillers.
B. Submit shop drawings showing equipment layout for chillers, towers,
chilled water pumps and condenser water pumps with interconnecting
pipe and accessories.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable manufacturers for chillers:
1. TRANE
2. CARRIER
3. YORK
4. McQUAY.
2.2 CHILLERS
A. Evaporator and Condenser
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 15684-1
SECTION 15684
CENTRIFUGAL CHILLERS
1. Evaporator and condenser shall be of shell and tube and designed
in accordance with requirements of the ASME code for unfired
pressure vessels. Refrigerant side shall be proof tested at 1.5
times maximum design working pressure but not less than 60 PSIG.
Working pressure shall be equivalent to saturated pressure
temperature at 115°F. A safety relief valve shall be provided
for the refrigerant circuit. Relief valve shall be piped to
exterior of the building.
2. Each tube shall be integral finned type, with smooth lands at
tube supports. Tubes shall be individually replaceable with tube
ends rolled into annular grooves in the tube sheets. Each
evaporator tube shall be rolled into the intermediate support
sheets. Condenser tubes shall be .035 thickness cupro-nickel
(90% Cu, 102Ni).
3. Water boxes shall be designed for 150 PSIG maximum working
pressure. Water side shall be hydrostatically tested at 1.5
times working pressure. Taps and valves for vents and drains
shall be provided. Condenser water box shall be epoxy coated.
4. Evaporator shall have eliminators installed along its complete
length above the tubes to prevent liquid refrigerant from
entering the compressor.
5. Minimum allowable refrigerant temperature shall be 32'F at design
conditions shown in the schedule.
B. Compressor
1. Compressor shall be of the centrifugal type.
2. Impellers shall be cast from high strength aluminum alloy,
balanced both statically and dynamically. Impeller shall be
proof tested at least 15% above design operating speed.
3. Compressor assembly shall be run tested at the factory.
Vibration shall not exceed 0.1 mil at the bearings.
4. Capacity control shall be by variable inlet guide vanes, capable
of modulating performance from 10% to 100% rated unit capacity.
Single -stage units, or two -stage units with inlet vanes in front
of only one stage of compression, shall also require automatic
hot gas bypass to allow operation at 10% load.
5. A positive displacement submerged oil pump shall provide
lubrication to parts requiring oil. Sump heater shall be
provided to separate refrigerant from oil. The oil pump shall
be suitable for operation on low voltage (600 volts or less) 3
phase power.
6. Provide integral oil cooling system or separate oil cooler.
7. Compressor shall be direct drive or gear driven, one to three
stage design with impellers keyed directly to motor or gear shaft
extension.
8. Compressor motors shall be name plated in accordance with NEMA
standards showing manufacturer, operating motor data, model
number, and serial number.
C. Chiller shall be charged with refrigerant.
D. Control Panel
1. The chiller shall be equipped with an electronic control panel
including the following:
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 15684-2
SECTION 15684 CENTRIFUGAL CHILLERS
a. Three-phase electronic current limiting with individual
current transformers.
1) Electronic current limiter shall limit the maximum
amperage drawn by the compressor motor by monitoring
all three phases of supply power. The inlet guide
vanes shall modulate in response to the maximum
amperage drawn by any one of the three phases.
2) Continuous variable position demand limiter shall
permit manual control of power demand at all operating
points from 40 to 100 percent full load power.
b. Electronic capacity control
1) Pneumatic Temperature Control System, including
temperature sensor, vane actuator and integrated
circuit microprocessor.
2) Precise control of deadband range shall be field
adjustable from ±1/4 F to ±1-1/2 F.
3) Precise control of rate at which the chiller is allowed
to load (ramp function) shall be field adjustable from
two to 45 minutes.
4) Unit microprocessor shall include a manual four -
position (hold, load, unload or automatic) diagnostic
switch for ease of maintenance.
5) Individual lights shall indicate when machine is
loading, unloading, or if automatic current limiting is
occurring.
C. Low refrigerant temperature override shall automatically
close the guide vanes and unload the compressor if low
refrigerant temperature is detected.
d. A method to maintain capacity inlet guide vanes in closed
position during compressor start-up shall be provided.
e. Antirecycle timer to ensure 30 minute interval between
successive compressor motor starts.
f. Individual, front adjustment gauges shall be provided to
indicate condenser, evaporator, oil and purge drum
pressures. Gauges shall be scaled in English and metric
units. Gauges shall be orificed to prevent excessive
sensitivity and movement of gauge indicators.
g. Cam timer shall provide operation of oil pump during prelube
and postlube cycles.
h. Switch to permit manual or automatic operation of the purge
system.
i. Safety controls shall be wired in the main control power
circuit to the starter. Low evaporator temperature, high
condenser pressure, high motor temperature and low oil
pressure controls shall be wired to independently stop the
compressor motor. Additionally, each of these controls
shall be wired through a fault trip indicator to provide a
double break of all safety lockout systems. Method to
provide first -out indication of fault shall be provided.
Manual reset of each fault trip indication shall be
required.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 15684-3
SECTION 15684
CENTRIFUGAL CHILLERS
j. Starter panels faults shall be detected and fault trip
indicator wired to stop the compressor motor. Manual reset
shall be required.
k. One additional set of normally closed contacts (convertible
to normally open contacts on each fault trip indicator)
shall be provided to allow remote annunciation of each of
the following conditions: Low evaporator temperature, high
condenser pressure, high motor temperature, low oil pressure
and starter fault.
1. 120 volt power supplies shall be individually fused and
shall include: control circuit, oil pump system circuit,
oil heater circuit and purge circuit.
M. Provide interlock between the two chillers to prevent
simultaneous start of the compressors.
n. Provide audible and visual alarm with silence/reset
pushbutton for the following conditions:
1. Low chilled water temperature
2. Low lube oil pressure
3. Low condenser water flow
Visual alarms shall not be de -energized until problem
situation is corrected.
E. Purge System
1. Unit operating with refrigerant under vacuum at 75°F (R-11) shall
have a high efficiency purge system connected to main
refrigeration system. When in operation, purge system shall
function to automatically remove air, water vapor, and non -
condensable gases from refrigeration system and to condense,
separate, and return to system any refrigerant present therein.
CFC emissions, during normal purse, shall not be greater than 0.1
lb. of refrigerant per pound of air. Purge system shall be
manually or automatically started and stopped, and shall be
assembled as a compact unit. Purge system shall be complete with
all necessary operating and safety devices and with an oil
separator if required by manufacturer.
F. "Pre Vac" System
1. Provide "Pre Vac" temperature maintenance system for low pressure
chillers to operate when chillers is off for extended periods.
2.3 STARTER
A. Compressor motor starter shall be supplied by the centrifugal chiller
manufacturer. Starter shall be Wye -delta closed transition.
B. Starters shall be enclosed in free standing or unit mounted NEMA-1
enclosure designed for top or bottom cable entry. Enclosure shall
have front access with adequate working clearance for line and load
wiring. There shall 5e no wiring in spaces above resistors. Starters
shall have metal nameplate showing manufacturer, serial number,
voltage, maximum locked rotor amps, and maximum overload trip setting.
C. Contactor shall be air break design to carry specified current (OLT)
on continual basis without damage (normal condition). It shall be
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 15684-4
SECTION 15684
CENTRIFUGAL CHILLERS
designed to break specified (LRA) current repeatedly without damage
(abnormal condition).
D. Control circuit shall have hand reset, inverse time magnetic over -load
relays set to hold motor in during acceleration which may last as long
as 45 seconds at 57.7% voltage at motor terminals, or 12 seconds at
full voltage, and ultimately trip at 105% motor FLA rating. Trip
setting and time setting shall be independent on one another.
E. Starter shall be equipped with pilot relay bridging main centrifugal
starter and centrifugal control panel control circuitry to initiate
start sequence of compressor. Pilot relay with 115 volt coils shall
be designed to carry control current without damage and disengage upon
release without fail. Pilot relay to perform no other function.
F. Centrifugal starter shall have two extra N.O. interlocks on the run
contactor, overload protection on each of the three phases, fused
control circuits, and adjustable time limit acceleration to maximum of
90 seconds.
G. Starter shall be provided with solderless cable connectors for line
and load sides. Connectors shall be copper cable sizes in accordance
with applicable electric code wire sizing procedures.
H. Starter shall have control power transformer mounted within starter
enclosure to power centrifugal control panel. Secondary voltage at
115/60/1 shall be brought to terminals through a fuse block.
I. Provide ammeters and voltmeters, one for each phase, mounted on
starter door. Ammeters shall be designed to read inrush current.
Indicators shall read in middle of meter under normal operation.
J. Size 1 full voltage oil pump starter with 115 volt separate control
shall be furnished and mounted within starter enclosure.
K. Permanent wiring diagram shall be affixed to inside of starter panel
door.
2.4 REFRIGERANT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
A. General
1. The RMS shall consist of a condenser, vacuum pump, storage tank
and heater unit. Additional components shall include a filter
drier, safety devices and all required instrumentation and
interconnecting hoses.
2. All connections shall be by 1/2 inch charging hoses unless
otherwise specified.
B. Storage Tank
1. The storage tank shall be of sufficient capacity to contain the
entire refrigerant charge of one chiller when 90% full at 90F in
accordance with ANSI/ASHRAE 15-1989.
2. The storage tank shall be rated for a design pressure of 15 psig
and equipped with a rupture disc.
3. Means shall be provided for rigging and for use with a forklift.
C. Condenser
1. The condenser shall be a copper tube -in -tube rated for a minimum
450 psig refrigerant side and 300 psig water side design
pressure.
D. Heater
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 15684-5
SECTION 15684
CENTRIFUGAL CHILLERS
1. The heater shall be a permanent strap -on type with a minimum 500-
watt rating at 115 v, one phase, 60 Hz, and shall be operated by
means of a toggle switch.
E. Vacuum Pump
1. The pump shall be a diaphragm type with 1/2-hp, 115-v, one -phase,
60 Hz motor and shall be capable of pulling a vacuum of 25.5 in.
Hg (ref. 30 in barometric pressure). The pump shall be capable
of maintaining a pressure differential of 9 to 10 psig between
the storage tank and the interconnected chiller.
2. The pump shall be equipped with a permanent split capacitor motor
which shall be controlled by a toggle switch.
F. Safety Devices:
1. Pressure relief valve sized in accordance with ANSI/ASHRAE 15-
1989.
2. Two high-pressure switches to protect the storage tank against
over- pressurization. One switch shall limit the tank pressure to
10 psig by shutting off the tank heater. The second switch shall
limit the vacuum pump discharge pressure to 10 psig by shutting
off the vacuum pump.
G. Contaminant Removal - The system shall be capable of removing
contaminants from the refrigerant charge in accordance with the
following requirements.
1. Oil separation shall occur through a distillation process and
shall provide recycled refrigerant with less than 1000 ppm oil.
2. Water separation and removal shall provide recycled refrigerant
with less than 50 ppm water.
H. Additional Chillers - The RMS shall be able to accommodate multiple
chillers with the proper crossover connections and the storage tank is
to be capable of containing the entire refrigerant charge of the
larger of the two units, when 90% full at 90F.
I. Special Features
1. Casters - Accessory package for use with 20-cu. ft. storage tank
shall include four 6-inch diameter swivel casters with wheel
locks, mounting brackets and hardware.
2.5 ALARM SYSTEM
A. Provide monitoring system for refrigerant or oxygen depletion sensor.
As appropriate for refrigerant used.
B. Alarm system shall signal the BAS of alarm condition.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Provide flow switches in condenser water and chilled water piping
before water enters unit to prevent compressor from star'.ig unless
flow has been established.
B. Install auxiliary water piping for chiller oil cooler and purge
condenser. Water service shall be from chilled water return to the
individual chiller with auxiliary water return to the chilled water
pump suction header.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 15684-6
SECTION 15684
CENTRIFUGAL CHILLERS
C. Install thermometers and pressure gauges in water piping adjacent to
inlet and outlet connections of both evaporator and condenser.
D. Install balancing valves in external water circuits to balance and
trim system.
E. Insulate evaporator and other portions of machine required to prevent
sweating under normal operating conditions. Insulation shall be
encased in a sheet metal jacket finish painted to match the entire
chiller.
F. Extend refrigerant pressure relief line, as required by manufacturer,
to safe discharge point outside building.
G. Furnish refrigerant for testing and charging, and dry nitrogen for
testing.
H. Install units on vibration insolation.
I. Chiller manufacturer shall provide to Construction Manager a certified
factory run capacity test.
J. Extend refrigerant purge exhaust to a safe discharge point outside the
building.
K. Coordinate with the building automation system.
3.2 START-UP SERVICE
A. Manufacturer shall furnish a factory -trained representative without
charge for a minimum of five working days. Representative shall
supervise leak testing, evacuation and dehydration using a vacuum pump
furnished by the manufacturer, charging the unit, start up, and
instruction of Owner's personnel on operation and maintenance.
********************
END OF SECTION 15684
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 15684-7
SECTION 15714
BLOW THRU COOLING TOWER
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Cooling tower
2. Controls
3. Ladder and handrails
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ANSI/AFBMA 9 - Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Ball Bearings.
B. ANSI/AFBMA 11 - Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Roller Bearings.
C. ASME PTC-23 - Atmospheric Water -Cooling Equipment.
D. ASTM E-84 - Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of
Building Materials.
E. Cooling Tower Institute (CTI) ATC-105 - Acceptance Test Code for Water
Cooling Towers,
F. Cooling Tower Institute (CTI) STD-201 Certification Standard.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings indicating suggested structural steel supports
including dimensions, sizes, and locations for mounting bolt holes.
B. Submit product data indicating rated capacities, dimensions, weights
and point loadings, accessories, required clearances, electrical
requirements and wiring diagrams, and location and size of field
connections. Submit schematic indicating capacity controls.
C. Certify performance, based on CTI ATC-105 and CTI STD-201 and submit
performance curve plotting leaving water temperature against wet bulb
temperature.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Marley
B. Evapco
C. Baltimore Air Coil
1.1 Substitutions: Based on Architect/Engineer approval.
2.2 MANUFACTURED UNITS
A. Provide units for outdoor use, factory assembled, sectional,
counterflow, vertical discharge, blow thru design, with fan assemblies
built into pan and casing.
2.3 COMPONENTS
A. Pan and Casing: All stainless steel, type 304 with access doors at
both ends of tower to air plenum.
B. Fans: Multi blade, cast aluminum axial type with belt drive, bearing' -
with ANSI/AFBMA 9 or ANSI/AFBMA 11 L-10 life at 30,000 hours, with
extended grease fittings.
C. Motor: Single speed mounted on adjustable steel base.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15714-1
SECTION 15714
BLOW THRU COOLING TOWER
D. Belt Drive: Designed for minimum 150 percent motor nameplate power.
E. Fan Guard: Stainless steel rod and wire guard.
F. Distribution Section: Polyvinyl chloride piping header and branches
with plastic spray nozzles.
G. Fill: Wave formed sheets of polyvinyl chloride plastic, self
extinguishing with ASTM E-84 flame spread rating of 5.
H. Drift Eliminators: Two or three polyvinyl chloride drift loss limited
to 0.0002 percent of total water circulated.
I. Float Valves: Brass or bronze make-up valve with plastic or copper
float.
J. Hardware: Stainless steel nuts, bolts, and washers,
2.4 ACCESSORIES
A. Time Delay Relay: Limits fan motor starts to not more than six per
hour.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Install tower on structural steel beams as instructed by manufacturer.
C. Elevate tower to maintain maximum positive suction head on condenser
water pump.
D. Install tower on vibration isolators.
E. Connect condenser water piping with flanged connections to tower.
Pitch condenser water supply to tower and condenser water suction away
from tower.
F. Connect make-up water piping with flanged or union connections to
tower. Pitch to tower.
G. Connect overflow, bleed, and drain, to floor drain.
*********************
END OF SECTION 15714
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15714-2
SECTION 15770 MAKE-UP AIR UNITS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Make -Up Air Units.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Unit: constructed, stamped, labeled, listed and/or approved in accordance
with applicable codes and standards of the following:
1. ANSI, ASTM, AMCA and ASHRAE
2. NFPA and Underwriters Laboratory.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit product data and shop drawings in accordance with Section 01301.
B. Submit manufacturer's technical product data, including rated capacities of
selected models clearly indicated, weights, furnished specialties and
accessories; and installation and start-up instructions.
C. Submit manufacture's assembly -type shop drawings indicating dimensions,
weight loadings, and required clearances.
D. Submit maintenance data and parts list for each unit, control and
accessory; including "trouble -shooting" maintenance guide. Include this
data and product data in maintenance manual.
1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Handle rooftop units and components carefully to prevent damage, breaking,
denting and scoring. Do not install damaged rooftop units or components;
replace with new.
B. Store units and components in clean dry place. Protect form weather, dirt,
fumes, water, construction debris and physical damage.
C. Comply with Manufacturer's rigging and installation instructions for
unloading units and moving them to final location.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable manufacturers:
1. Captive -Aire
2 Greenheck
2.2 GENERAL
A. Provide unit completely factory assembled, wired with factory installed
magnetic motor starters.
B. Mount on metal rials with lifting and anchor holes suitable for slab or
curb mounting.
2.3 SUPPLY FAN SECTION
A. Provide supply fan, fan motor, and one inch washable permanent type
filters. Supply fan utilizes 100 percent Outside Air. Provide and outside
rain hood with a wire mesh inlet screen.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15770-1
SECTION 15770
MAKE-UP AIR UNITS
B. Fans: Dynamically balanced for quiet operation with belt -driven centrifugal
fans with adjustable pitch motor sheaves.
C. Supply fan motors: Open drip proof with integral thermal overload
protection.
D. The supply air side of the package shall utilize a heavy duty squirrel
cage, blower with ball bearings. The fan shall be driven by an open, drip -
proof motor sized for required CFM delivery and shall have adjustable motor
pulleys and heavy duty belts. The supply air section of the unit shall be
covered by an 18 gage removable lid with latches.
2.4 EXHAUST FAN
A. The exhaust air side of the package shall utilize a fat trap design,
centrifugal, upblast exhaust fan. The fan shall be specifically designed
to work with the reset of the package both physically and functionally. An
open, drip -proof motor, adjustable motor pulleys and heavy duty belt shall
be standard on all units.
2.5 TRUNK LINE
A. The supply air trunkline shall be constructed of the same material as the
main package and shall include 1" washable, removable mesh filter angled
downward to prevent water entry into the unit. Upon final assembly of the
package, the supply air inlet and exhaust air outlet shall be separated to
meet the code requirements.
2.6 MOTOR STARTERS
A. Unit shall come equipped with factory installed and wired magnetic motor
starters for the supply and exhaust fans, selected to function properly
with the factory unit and all external controls and accessories. Starters
shall have 3 overload relays, control circuit transformer,, auxiliary
contacts, low voltage protection, H-O-A selector switch and all other
features required for safe operation. Standardize starters with Electrical
Contractor and Section 16 - Electrical. Primary disconnect switch (es)
provided under Section 16 - Electrical.
2.7 CURB
A. A completely insulated curb shall be provided with the package along with
an equipment rail sized properly to support the supply air truckline.
2.8 WIRING
A. The entire Roof Top Package: factory prewired with input power connections
dropping through the unit. Pitch pockets will not be required. Wiring to
the motors is accomplished with a length of flexible conduit, no more than
6 feet in length, which will enter through the bottom of the unit into the
supply fan area. Wiring for the supply fan motor shall run through an
internal service disconnect switch and connect to the motor through
flexible conduit. Wiring for the exhaust fan shall run through
weatherproof conduit to an external service disconnect switch mounted on
the fan. Motor starters shall be installed in the units custom wiring
package.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15770-2
SECTION 15770
MAKE-UP AIR UNITS
2.9 ENCLOSURE
A. The unit: constructed of 18 gage aluminized metal, welded on all seams to
assure watertightness and durability. Only one roof opening shall be
required per package.
B. Other jacketing: die -formed, 20 gage galvanized steel and finished in air-
dry enamel.
C. Service access panel: provided through easily removable side access panels
with captive fasteners.
D. Fan sections and supply plenums when provided: insulated with fire
resistant, odorless, mat faced one -inch glass fiber material.
2.10 DAMPERS
A. Equip with outside air damper and two position spring return damper motor
and controls. Motor shall power the outside air damper full open when unit
is on, and to full closed when unit is shut down.
2.11 FILTERS
A. Furnished and install one inch thick permanent washable air filters in
holding rack.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine areas and conditions under which units are to be installed. Do not
proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in
manner acceptable to installer.
3.2 INSTALLATION OF UNITS
A. Install units in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions.
Install units plumb and level, firmly anchored in locations indicated, and
maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances.
B. Install units on roof curb, in accordance with National Roofing
Contractor's Association (NRCA) installation recommendations.
C. Start-up units, in accordance with manufacture's start-up instructions.
Test controls and demonstrate compliance with requirements. Replace
damaged or malfunction controls and equipment.
3.3 GROUNDING
A. Provide positive equipment ground for unit components.
3.3 SPARE PARTS
A. Furnish to Owner, with receipt, the following spare parts for each unit:
1. One set of matched fan belts for each belt -driven fan.
********************
END OF SECTION 15770
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15770-3
SECTION 15785 FAN COIL UNITS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Fan Coil Units
1.2 STANDARDS
A. Units shall have certified ratings complying with ARI Standard
441-1966.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittal data shall consist of drawings and/or catalog cuts giving
dimensions, arrangement, construction materials, fan performance
curves, coil capacity, horsepower, electrical characteristics and
installation instructions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Fan coil units by:
1. TRANE
2. CARRIER
3. MCQUAY
4. YORK
5. Arrangement, capacities and electrical characteristics as
scheduled.
2.2 GENERAL
A. Units shall be factory built and assembled with arrangements as
indicated.
B. Units shall have capacities, ratings and performance as scheduled.
2.3 UNIT CONSTRUCTION
A. Horizontal models shall be manufactured from heavy -gauge galvanized
steel with a continuous one-piece combination primary and auxiliary
drain pan. Fan deck shall be positively secured and easily removed
for servicing.
B. All conditioned air passages shall be insulated with, 1/2" 2 lb.
density erosion proof insulation.
C. Concealed ceiling hideaway models with inlet plenum shall consist of
a basic unit chassis. Motor board assembly shall be fastened with
four wing nuts for easy removal for full access to the coil. Unit
shall have an integral inlet plenum with back inlet duct collar and be
lined as required above.
2.4 COILS
A. Coils with 1/2" O.D. tubes mechanically bonded to aluminum fins (10
per inch), shall be supplied as standard. All water coils shall be
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15785-1
SECTION 15785
FAN COIL UNITS
furnished with 5/8" O.D. supply and return connections with manual air
vents mounted. Rows of coils as indicated on drawings.
2.5 FANS
A. Centrifugal fan wheels shall be of the forward curved, double width,
double inlet type. The wheel housing shall be constructed of
galvanized steel.
2.6 MOTORS
A. Permanent split capacitor motors with built in thermal overload
protection shall be provided and resiliently mounted as an integral
part of the fan deck. All motors shall start and operate at 90
percent of the nameplate voltage at all fan -speed settings.
2.7 DRAIN PANS
A. All models shall have a double drain pan fabricated of 18 gage
galvanized steel lined with 1/2" fiberglass insulation. A 7/8" O.D.
sweat fitting shall be provided for the primary drain connections.
When specified, a 1/2" O.D. overflow secondary drain connection shall
be provided. All units are to have auxiliary drip lip provided under
piping area.
2.8 FILTERS
A. All models: supplied with 1" throwaway type filters.
2.10 CONTROLS
A. Provide as a standard, a manual three -speed controller with integral
rotary on -off switch. On ceiling models the controller shall be
shipped separately with a flush plate for field installation. ,
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install units and make piping and duct connections as indicated on
drawings.
B. Extend condensate drain line from drain pan, through a trap, to the
nearest floor drain and elbow into drain as indicated on drawings.
D. Install flexible connectors in ducts at connections to units.
E. For all ceiling units, exposed or concealed, install blower switch
and speed controller adjacent to or as an integral part of the
thermostat installation.
F. Provide auxiliary drain pans for units concealed in ceiling cavities
constructed of not less than 24 gauge galvanized sheet steel, not less
than 1-1/2" inches deep ar.; 3" larger than unit. Auxiliary drain pan
construction similar to teat required for Water Heater Drain Pans,
South Florida Building Code, 1984, Paragraph 4614.17(b).
********************
END OF SECTION 15785
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15785-2
SECTION 15855
AIR HANDLING UNITS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Air Handling Units
1.2 STANDARDS
A. Units shall have certified ratings complying with ARI Standard 430.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittal data shall consist of drawings and/or catalog cuts giving
dimensions, arrangement, construction materials, fan performance
curves, coil capacity, horsepower, electrical characteristics and
installation instructions.
B. Fan manufacturers shall furnish for approval for each fan, certified
sound power ratings with an octave band analysis and also the
volume- pressure- horsepower characteristic curves from shut-off to free
delivery.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Air handling units by:
1. YORK
2. MCQUAY
3. BOHN
4. CARRIER
5. AIRTHERM
2.2 GENERAL
A. Units shall be factory built and assembled with arrangements as
indicated.
B. Units shall have capacities, ratings and performance as scheduled.
C. Internally isolated units must comply with Section 15242.
2.3 CASINGS
A. Casings shall be constructed of the best quality steel reinforced for
maximum rigidity with steel angle framework as required. Each shall
consist of a fan section, coil section, drain pan (if unit is to be
used for air conditioning), and a filter section.
B. Metal gauges shall not be less than the following: drain pan - 14
gauge and fan sections ends - 16 gauge.
C. Casings and all accessories, with the exception of the coils, shall be
given a protective enamel paint finish. If galvanizing is used ;r
lieu of a baked enamel finish, the unit must be constructed of mill
galvanized steel. Units with enamel finish shall receive at least one
coat of air dried enamel after final assembly.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15855-1
SECTION 15855
AIR HANDLING UNITS
D. Belt guards shall have four sides, totally enclosing all moving parts.
Belt guards shall be fabricated from expanded - metal to allow for
ventilation of the belts.
E. The casing shall be designed for the design pressure equal to the
negative of the maximum static pressure differential between the
highest peak on the selected fan characteristic curve and ambient
pressure. The casing shall be furnished with lifting lugs or other
attachments to facilitate handling.
F. Fan and coil sections for high pressure units shall be connected by
flexible neoprene coated, fire resistant glass fiber duct.
G. Casing shall have removable panels to provide access to internal
components. Coils shall be removable without disassembly of unit.
H. Drain pan shall be double drain pan construction and provided under
the complete fan and coil section for horizontal units and under the
complete coil section for vertical units, with drain connections on
each end. Drain pans shall be insulated with 1" insulation between
the two pans and the inner pan shall have stainless steel liner.
2.4 FANS
A. All fans and shafts shall be manufactured by the unit manufacturer.
B. All units having 35 or more square feet of coil area shall have
non -overloading fans with air foil blades. Draw -through units with
less than 35 square feet of coil area shall have forward curved
blades.
C. All units shall have externally mounted bearings and motors.
Internal bearings, with extended grease lines, will be permitted on
units that have more than 41 square feet of coil area.
D. Fan housings shall be die -formed with streamlined inlets and side
sheets. Bearings shall be grease lubricated ball bearings selected
for an L-10 rating life of not less than 130,000 hours for direct
connected service and not less than 42,500 for belt connected service.
E. Fans shall be statically and dynamically balanced and factory run
tested, in the unit.
2.5 COILS
A. Coils shall be furnished for cooling media as scheduled.
B. Coils shall be copper fin copper tube type with brass header. Fins
shall have drawn, belled, collars bonded to the tubes by means of
mechanical expansion of the tubes. Coil casings shall be stainless
steel.
C. Chilled water cooling coils shall be completely drainable, and shall
be pitched in the unit casing for proper drainage. On multi -rowed
coils, each row of tubes shall be separately headered and drained.
Drain connections shall be extended to outside of the casing by the
unit manufacturer.
2.6 MOTORS AND DRIVES
A. Motors shall be NEMA Standard, normal torque, 40° C rise, splash proof
of horsepower rating and electrical characteristics as scheduled on
drawings.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15855-2
SECTION 15855 AIR HANDLING UNITS
B. Drives shall be rated at 1.25 x the motor horsepower rating. Drives
shall be adjustable speed drives for adjustment within plus or minus
10 percent of specified RPM.
C. Motor shall be mounted on an adjustable mount, suitable for adjusting
belt tension and drive alignment.
D. Furnish and install belt guards in accordance with OSHA requirements
for all sheaves, exposed shafts and belts.
2.7 INSULATION
A. Unit casing shall be lined with 1" thick, 2 pound mat faced glass
fiber insulation, adhered to fan and coil section with full coat of
approved adhesive. Insulation and adhesives in dry state shall have
a flame spread rating of not more than 25 and smoke developed rating
of not more than 50.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Lay out exact location for concrete bases and furnish to Contractor
a dimensional drawing showing base sizes and locations. Upon receiving
his approval, place concrete base.
B. Install units and make piping and duct connections.
C. Install balancing cock, flow meter fitting and shut off valve and
automatic control valve.
D. Extend condensate drain line from drain pan, through a trap, to the
nearest floor drain and elbow into drain. Provide sufficient height
between drain pan and condensate drain trap to allow drainage against
negative fan pressure.
E. Install fire resistant flexible connectors in ducts at connections to
units. Flexible connectors shall be in accordance with NFPA 90A.
F. Install vibration isolation.
G. Install flexible connectors in all piping at connection to the units.
END OF SECTION 15855
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15855-3
SECTION 15858
FANS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION
A. Fans
1. Inline centrifugal fans.
2. Propeller fans.
3. Roof exhaust fans.
4. Tubeaxial jams.
1.2 STANDARDS AND CODES
A. All fans shall be tested and rated in accordance with AMCA Standard
and the Certified Rating Program and shall bear the AMCA Certified
Rating Seal.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings shall include the following information:
1. Fabrication details, material specifications.
2. Factory certified performance data.
3. Guaranteed sound power output. Tests of sound power shall be
performed in accordance with AMCA 300.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. In -line centrifugal fans shall be by GREENHECK, COOK, ACME or
Architect approved equivalent.
B. Propeller fans shall be by AMERICAN COOLAIR, ACME, COOK, GREENHECK, or
Architect approved equivalent.
C. Roof exhaust fans shall be by GREENHECK, COOK, ACME or Architect
approved equivalent.
D. Multiple fans of the same type described above shall be furnished by
the same manufacturer.
2.2 IN -LINE CENTRIFUGAL FANS
A. Fans as indicated in the schedule shall be tubular centrifugal with
non -overloading horsepower characteristics, wheel diameters, outlet
velocities, speeds, and horsepowers not greater than as listed in the
tabulation. Selections are to 'be made from published catalog ratings
based on laboratory tests made in accordance with AMCA approved test
codes and procedures. Fan horsepowers indicated shall not be
exceeded.
B. Fans are to be of tubular design with air entering and leaving
axially. Rotors are to be centrifugal type with backwardly inclined
or air foil type blades, balanced both statically and dynamically.
Conversion guide vanes are to be provided inside the fan casing to
eliminate turbulence and insure smooth flow from the fan outlet.
C. Fan casings are to be of welded steel or aluminum construction with
flanged inlet and outlet. Bearings and drive to be enclosed and
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15858-1
SECTION 15858
FANS
isolated from the air stream. Bearings are to be anti -friction type
with provisions for relubrication. Bearings shall have an L- 10
rating life of 130,000 hours for direct connected service and 42,500
hours for belt driven service.
D. Fans are to be arranged as indicated on the drawings with motors on
adjustable mounts attached to the fan casing or with fan and motor
mounted on an integral steel base. Support legs, hanger rods, inlet
screens, variable inlet vanes and belt guards are to be provided
where indicated.
2.3 PROPELLER FANS
A.
Propeller
fans shall be capacity and size
as indicated on the
drawings.
Capacities shall be in accordance with
AMCA Standards.
B.
Fans shall
be belt driven or direct drive
as indicated on the
drawings.
Belt guards totally enclosing the
drives on four sides
shall be provided for belt driven fans.
C.
Fans shall
be factory assembled unit with steel
structural frame and
fan return
and adjustable pitch cast aluminum blades in cast aluminum
hub.
D.
Fan safety
guards shall be provided on inlet
and outlet of fan as
necessary to provide protection of personnel.
2.4 ROOF EXHAUST FAN
A. Fans shall be complete factory assembled units and shall include
housings, non -overloading centrifugal fan wheels, adjustable speed
V-belt drives, air stream cooled explosion proof motors, and vibration
isolators.
B. Housings shall be of aluminum. Louver blades shall be a minimum of
.U81 aluminum and extruded of 6063 T alloy. Blades shall incorporate
an integral stormproofing lip. All corners shall be open, mitered and
welded on the blade underside. Louver blades shall be arranged
vertically in an extended stacking design beyond the shoulder of the
roof curb. Shall incorporate a hinging arrangement for accessibility
to interior parts.
C. Fan wheel shall be of aluminum construction, spark resistant suitable
for use with flammable gases.
D. Each unit shall be equipped with the following accessories.
1. Expanded aluminum bird screen.
2. Disconnect device.
3. Automatic belt tightener.
4. Self acting back draft damper.
5. Prefabricated sound attenuating curb.
2.5 TUBEAXIAL FANS:
A. Roof mounted upblast exhaust fans shall be of the belt drum tube
axial type capable of operating at an air temperature of V10F. Fans
shall be equipped with a fusible link damper lifter to provide heat
and smoke relief in the event of an electrical power failure.
B. Propeller construction shall be fabricated steel. A standard square
key or tapered bushing shall lock the propeller to the shaft.
Propellers shall be statically and dynamically balanced.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15858-2
SECTION 15858
FANS
C. Housings shall be constructed of welded heavy gauge steel.
D. Bearing supports shall be constructed of structural steel members to
prevent vibration and rigidly support the shaft and bearings. All
structural steel parts shall coated with PermaTector to provide a
lasting finish.
E. Belt and bearing tubes shall be constructed of welded heavy gauge
steel and provided with ventilation for proper cooling of belts,
bearing and drives.
F. Turned, precision ground and polished steel shafts shall be sized so
the first critical speed is at least 25% over the maximum operating
speed. Close tolerances shall be maintained where the shaft makes
contact with the bearing. Bearing shall be heavy duty , grease
lubricated, self aligning wall type in pillow block mounts. Extends
lubrication lines shall provided with external grease fittings.
Bearing shall be selected for a minimum average (L50) life in excess
of 200,000 hours at maximum operating speed.
G. Windbands shall be constructed of heavy gauge steel with reinforced
edges.
H. Curb caps shall be constructed of heavy gauge steel with heavy gauge
steel reinforcing gussets and integral flanged and prepunched venture
inlet.
2.6 FINISH
A. All fans shall have an air dried phenolic coating applied to interior,
exterior and to all moving parts.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install fans.
B. Install flexible connectors at duct connections to fans. Flexible
connectors shall meet requirements of NFPA 90A.
C. Install vibration isolation for fans.
D. Coordinate prefabricated curb installation with work of this Section
and Division 3 and 7.
********************
END OF SECTION 15858
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15858-3
SECTION 15880 FIRE DAMPERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Fire Dampers in Ductwork
1.2 CODES AND STANDARDS
A. Installation in accordance with NFPA-90A.
B. Constructed and tested in accordance with UL Safety Standard 555, for
1-1/2 hour or 3 hour fire protection rating, with 165 *F., fusible
link, and shall bear UL label. Provide fire dampers with high fusible
link (286°F)associated with following air handling units:-AHU-Al, AHU-
A4, AHU-B1, AHU-D1, & D2, AHU-El & E2 and AHU-F1 & F2.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittal data shall include construction materials and performance
data developed from testing in accordance with AMCA Standard 500,
illustrating pressure drops for all size dampers required.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. RUSKIN MANUFACTURING COMPANY
B. NATIONAL CONTROLLED AIR
C. PREFCO, AIR BALANCE
D. Design, specification and model numbers based on RUSKIN MANUFACTURING
COMPANY.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Fire dampers shall be of the curtain type, suitable for either
vertical or horizontal installation, with 20 gauge steel channel
frames, 24 gauge steel blades, and 18 gauge steel enclosure with duct
collars. All parts galvanized mill finish.
B. Fire dampers shall be Type 1BD2 of the following style enclosures:
1. Style C: for square and rectangular ducts.
C. For Construction with less than 3 hour Rating:
1. -Ruskin Type IBD2-Style C, CR or CO, as applicable. Mill
galvanized finish; 20 gage steel frame, 24 gage blades, 20 gage
enclosure, 24 gage collar, 100% free area design, 1-1/2 hour UL
label per UL 555.
D. For Construction with 3 hour or greater Rating:
1. Ruskin Type IBD23-Style C, CR, or CO, as applicable, Mill
galvanized finish; 18 gage enclosure, 4-7/8" maximum steel
channel frame, interlocking steel blades, 100% free area design,
3 hour UL label per UL 555.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15880-1
SECTION 15880
FIRE DAMPERS
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install fire dampers in all locations where ducts penetrate fire walls
and floors.
B. Install dampers in accordance with manufacturer's instructions,
utilizing steel sleeves, angles, and practices as required to provide
an installation equivalent to that utilized by the manufacturer when
the dampers were UL tested.
C. At each damper, install access panel arranged for servicing fusible
link.
D. Demonstrate, in presence of Owner's Representative, the operation of
each fire damper. Fusible link shall be disconnected and damper shall
be allowed to close. If no binding or sticking is evident, damper
shall be set in the open position and fusible link reinstalled.
********************
END OF SECTION 15880
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15880-2
SECTION 15884 COMBINATION SMOKE AND FIRE DAMPERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
I. Combination Smoke and Fire Dampers in Ductwork.
1.2 CODES AND STANDARDS
A. Installation in accordance with NFPA-90A.
B. Damper and damper operator, constructed and tested as a unit in
accordance with UL Safety Standard 555 S-85 for 1-1/2 hour fire
protection rating, with 165°F fusible link, and shall bear UL label.
Provide fire dampers with high fusible link (286°F)associated with
following air handling units:-AHU-Al, AHU-B1, AHU-D1, & D2, AHU-El &
E2 and AHU-F1 & F2.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittal data shall include construction materials and performance
data developed from testing in accordance with AMCA Standard 500,
illustrating drops for all size dampers required.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable manufacturers:
1. RUSKIN MANUFACTURING COMPANY
2. NATIONAL CONTROLLED AIR
3. PREFCO
4. AIR BALANCE.
B. Design, specification and model numbers based on RUSKIN MANUFAC-
TURING COMPANY.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Combination smoke and fire dampers: of the multi -blade pivot type,
suitable for either vertical or horizontal installation with 16 gauge
steel channel frames, 16 gauge steel blades, stainless steel bearings,
1/2" steel shafts, 18 gauge steel enclosure with duct collars,
operator mounting bracket, operator linkage and pneumatic operator.
B. Combination smoke and fire dampers: Type FSD-60 with the following
style enclosures:
1. Style C; for square and rectangular ducts.
C. Damper operators shall be compatible with and integrated into the
system provided under Section 15950 - AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
SYSTEMS.
D. Increase duct size at each smoke damper as required to maintain
approximately same duct cross -sectional free area thru the smoke
damper.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 15884-1
SECTION 15884 COMBINATION SMOKE AND FIRE DAMPERS
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install combination smoke and fire dampers in locations where ducts
penetrate smoke walls. Install duct mounted smoke detector upstream
from each damper. Detectors: Refer to Section 16721 - Fire Alarm and
Detection System.
B. Install dampers in accordance with manufacturers recommendations,
utilizing steel sleeves, angles, and practices as required to provide
an installation equivalent to that utilized by the manufacturer when
the dampers were UL tested.
C. At each damper, install access panel arranged for servicing fusible
link and duct mounted smoke detector.
D. Contractor shall demonstrate, in presence of Owner's Representative,
the operation of each combination smoke and fire damper. Fusible link
shall be disconnected and damper shall be allowed to close. If no
binding or sticking is evident, damper shall be set in the open
position and fusible link reinstalled.
********************
END OF SECTION 15884
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 15884-2
SECTION 15885
AIR FILTERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1.
Prefilter
2.
Final filter
3.
Filter frame
4.
Filter bank housing
5.
Filter gages
1.2 STANDARDS AND CODES
A. Filter efficiencies and design shall be in accordance with ARI 850 68.
Minimum efficiencies and maximum clean pressure drops shall be as scheduled
on the Drawings.
B. High Efficiency Filters shall be UL listed as Class I filters, Low
Efficiency Filters as Class II and shall bear UL label and shall meet
NFPA-90A Standards.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop drawings shall include fabrication details, material specification,
physical dimensions, efficiencies and pressure drops.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable manufacturers of Air Filters.
1. American Air Filter.
2. Continental.
3. Farr.
4. PuraFil
B. Filter systems design, space requirements, specifications and schedules
based on filter units as manufactured by American Air Filter Company.
Comparable products of other specified manufacturers are acceptable.
C. All filters shall be furnished by the same manufacturer.
2.2 PREFILTER
A. Replaceable Type AAF AM -AIR glass fiber filtering media, not less than 2"
thick.
B. Initial pressure drop at a 500 FPM face velocity: Not to exceed .30" w.g.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15885-1
SECTION 15885 AIR FILTERS
C. Average atmospheric dust efficiency: A minimum of 25% based on the ASHRAE
Standard 52.68.
2.3 ODOR FILTER (PF-D1,D2,E1,E2, F1 & F2)
A. Housing: Housing shall be constructed of 16 gage galvanized steel.
Extruded aluminum filter side tracks shall be bolted to vertical formed
channel supports at 2411 intervals across the width of the housing. Filler
tracks shall include nylon pile seal to mate with the sealing face of all
filters. Doors on both sides shall be hinged with stainless steel or
galvanized steel hinges and pins, and shall include permanently attached
positive locking door latch. Gaskets shall provided to prevent air leakage
around doors and between the doors and the filters.
B. Modules: Modules shall be constructed of ABS grade DFA-R thermoplastic.
Modules shall have V-shaped cross shaped sections, containing filter media.
Perforated plastic portion shall have 53% open area. Modules shall carry
UL class II listing when filled with filter media.
C. Media: Media shall be PuraFil:l II/Purakol 33/67 as manufactured bu
Purafil, Inc.
2.4 MEDIUM AND HIGH EFFICIENCY EXTENDED SURFACE AIR FILTERS (SUPPORTED PLEAT TYPE)
A. Filters shall consist of water resistant media made from ultra -fine glass
fibers. The media shall be pleated and have crimped aluminum separators to
maintain uniform spacing between pleats. The pleated media pack shall be
inserted into galvanized steel cell sides with a 3/4" galvanized steel
header on the air entering side. The filters shall have wire cross -bracing
on the air leaving side.
B. Initial pressured drop at a 500 FPM face velocity shall not exceed .60"
w.g.
C. The filters shall have an average atmospheric dust spot efficiency of 90%
based on the ARI 850.
E. Housing shall be designed to operate at the same pressures as specified
for the air handling unit.
F. Housing shall be constructed of 4" wide flanges, heavy duty corner posts
and vertical supports spaced a maximum of every two feet of filter width.
It is constructed of heavy gauge galvanized steel. Duct connections shall
be flanged type.
G. Housings shall be provided with an access door on each end. All ; "oors
shall have neoprene rubber gaskets to ensure proper seal. Largs quick
acting, spring loaded cast aluminum latches shall be provided for the
access door along with plated hinges to resist corrosion. Access door
hinges, and latches shall be rated for operating pressure of fan.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15885-2
SECTION 15885 AIR FILTERS
H. Neoprene gasketing shall be used to provide a tight seal between filters
and filter housing to ensure that no air bypasses the filter media.
A. Direct Reading Dial: 3-1/2 in. diameter diaphragm actuated dial in metal
case, vent valves, black figures on white background, front recalibration
adjustment range 0.1 in. wg. for prefilter and 0.2 in. wg. for each final
filter, 2 percent of full scale accuracy.
B. Accessories: Static pressure tips with integral compression fittings, 1/4"
aluminum tubing, 2-way or 3-way vent valves.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Factory assemble and ship as one unit which meets the requirements
indicated on the Drawings and in the Specifications.
B. Duct connections: Flanged type, field fabricated, as indicated on the
Drawings.
C. Install filter equipment as indicated on drawings in accordance with
manufacturer's recommendations.
D. Suspended filter equipment: Mounted on structural steel platforms
suspended from the building structure by steel rod hangers with vibration
isolators. Do not transmit eight of the units to the connecting ducts.
E. Install differential air pressure gauges across the air filters as
indicated on the drawings and as specified in this section.
********************
END OF SECTION 15885
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15885-3
SECTION 15890 DUCTWORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Ductwork
1.2 STANDARDS
A. Ducts, plenums, apparatus casings, metal gauges, reinforcing, methods
of supporting and hanging, and other sheet metal work as called for
shall be in accordance with "HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal
and Flexible" First Edition, 1985, of Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning
Contractors National Association (SMACNA).
B. Air conditioning, heating and ventilating system ductwork construction
and installation shall conform to requirements of NFPA Bulletin No.
90-A, "Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems".
C. Kitchen exhaust system ductwork construction and installation shall
conform to requirements of NFPA Bulletin No. 96 "Removal of Smoke and
Grease -laden Vapors From Commercial Cooking Equipment".
1.3 DESCRIPTION
A. Construct ductwork in accordance with requirements for the specified
SMACNA duct pressure classification and the following:
1. Variable Air Volume Supply Air Systems upstream of Variable Air
Volume Terminals: + 4" W.G., Seal Class A.
2. Variable Air Volume Supply Air Systems downstream of Variable Air
Volume Terminals: + 2" W.G., Seal Class B.
3. Constant Volume Supply Air Systems: + 3" W.G. Seal Class B.
4. Variable Air Volume Return/Constant Air Volume Return: -1" W.G.
Seal Class B.
5. Smoke Exhaust/Combination Return and Smoke Exhaust Ductwork: -6"
W.G. Seal Class A.
6. Building Exhaust Systems (other than smoke exhaust), -1" W.G.
Seal Class B.
7. Kitchen Hood and Dishwasher Exhaust - Pressure available from
fan.
8. Other duct system/not listed: Pressure available from fan.
1.4 LEAKAGE TEST
A. Test all ducts of pressure classification 3" W.G. or greater for
leakage in accordance with the procedure described in "HVAC Air Duct
Leakage Test Manual", Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors
National Association (SMACNA) First Edition, 1985.
B. Installed duct systems pressurized to test pressure 50% over design
operating pressure.
C. Air leakage at test pressure measured by calibrated orifice type of
flow meter. Total allowable leakage of system shall not exceed the
following percentage of the air handling capacity of the system,
depending on the system pressure:
1. Duct pressure up to 2": 5%
2. Duct pressure up to 6": 1%
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 15890-1
SECTION 15890
DUCTWORK
D. If system is tested in sections, add leakage rates to give performance
of whole system.
E. Leakage concentrated at one point may result in objectionable noise
even if system passes leakage rate criteria. Correct noise source to
satisfaction of Architect.
F. Orifice flow measurement device must have been individually calibrated
against a primary standard, and this calibrated curve permanently
attached to orifice tube assembly.
G. Submit test results to the Architect's and the Owner's representative.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings for duct systems drawn to not less than 1/4" -
" B. Shop drawings shall show the duct routing, actual duct dimensions,
elevations of ducts above finished floor line, and shall include the
location and size of balancing dampers, control dampers, fire and
smoke dampers, terminal units, access panels, registers and diffusers.
Shop drawings shall indicate what pressure classes of ductwork are to
be installed for each section.
C. Shop drawings shall include plan view and elevation view for air
handling units, exhaust and return fans, filters, sound attenuators,
humidifiers, apparatus and apparatus casings.
D. Shop drawings shall include standard duct and sheet metal fabrication
details.
E. Submit leakage test results for Architects review.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Flexible ducts shall be UL 181 Class I by CLEVAFLEX, FLEXMASTER,
THERMAFLEX or WIREMOLD.
B. Shop fabricated sheet metal work shall be constructed of prime quality
resquared tight coat galvanized steel, except where other type
material is specified. Manufacturer's name and U.S. gauge number
shall appear on each sheet.
C. Duct sealant shall be Hardcast Duct Sealant 601, Precision Adhesives
PA-2084 Duct Sealant or United Sheet Metal United Duct Sealer.
2.2 LOW PRESSURE DUCTS
A. Rectangular Duct Fittings
1. Elbows shall be constructed with centerline radius of not less
than duct width; where space conditions will not permit this
radius or where indicated, square elbows with air turns shall be
used.
2. S',r )es for transitions or other changes in dimension shall be
m nimum 1 to 3.
3 Used for supply air ductwork downstream of terminal volume boxes,
return air ductwork, exhaust air ductwork and outside air intake
ductwork.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 15890-2
SECTION 15890
DUCTWORK
2.3 MEDIUM AND HIGH PRESSURE DUCTS
A. Fabricate and support in accordance with SMACNA High Pressure Duct
Construction Standards and ASHRAE handbooks, except as indicated.
Provide duct materials, gages, reinforced, and sealing for operating
pressures indicated.
B. Construct T's, bends, and elbows with radius of not less than 1-1/2
times width of duct on centerline. Where not possible and where
rectangular elbows are used, provide air foil turning vanes. Where
acoustical lining is required, provide turning vanes of Perforated
metal with glass fiber insulation. Weld in place.
C. Transform duct sizes gradually, not exceeding 15 degrees divergence
and 30 degrees convergence.
D. Fabricate continuously welded medium and high pressure round and oval
duct fittings two gages heavier that duct gages indicated in SMACNA
Standard. Joints shall be minimum 4 inch cemented slip joint, brazed
or electric welded. Prime coat welded joints.
E. Provide standard 45 degree lateral wye takeoffs unless otherwise
indicated where 90 degree conical tee connections may be used.
F. Used for supply air ductwork from air handling unit discharge to inlet
of terminal volume boxes.
2.4 PLENUMS AND APPARATUS CASINGS
A. Plenums shall be fabricated of same material as duct connecting to
plenum and shall be two metal gauges heavier than gauge of largest
duct connecting to plenum.
B. Apparatus Casings shall be fabricated of not less than 18 gauge
galvanized steel and shall be braced for rigidity. Bracing shall
consist of not less than 2" x 2" x 1/4" galvanized structural steel
angles, spaced not more than 3'-0" on center. Main entry doors shall
be provided for access to all apparatus and shall be fabricated of two
thicknesses of not less 22 gauge galvanized steel with 1" thick rigid
glass fiber filler. Provide 2" x 2" x 1/4" galvanized welded, angle
frames, hinges, air tight gaskets and two YOUNG REGULATOR CO., No.
1335 or 1340 latches.
2.5 DUCT ACCESSORIES
A. Manual Volume Dampers: Fabricated of same material as ducts, two
metal gauges heavier than duct and hammered 1" all around, mounted on
3/8" square rod with saw slot position indicated. Pivot bearings,
locking position regulator, YOUNG REGULATOR CO., Series 443. Where
positioning regulator is not accessible, provide coupling and
extension rod with regulator for ceiling wall or floor installation,
as required. YOUNG Series 301 and 315 for ceiling, Series 700 for
walls.
B. AirTurns: Single thickness vanes having runners 2" radius and 1- 1/2"
on center with embossed side. DURO-DYNE or equivalent shop
fabricated.
C. Air Extractors for installation at branch duct take -offs shall be
YOUNG REGULATOR CO., No. 890-B with positioning regulator for mounting
on duct. Where positioning regulator is not accessible, air
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 15890-3
SECTION 15890 DUCTWORK
extractors shall be No. 890-A with coupling, extension rod and
positioning regulator for installation on wall or ceiling.
D. Flexible Duct Connections: 30 ounce woven glass fiber, double
neoprene coated, fire retardant, waterproof and air tight, suitable
for temperatures to 250°F, UL approved. VENTFABRIC, INC. "Vent -
glass".
E. Access Panels: Shall be of same material as ducts in which they are
installed, fabricated of two thicknesses of not less than 22 gauge,
with 1 thick rigid glass fiber filler. Provide sheet metal frame,
airtight gasket and two YOUNG REGULATOR COMPANY No. 1330 latches.
2.6 FLEXIBLE DUCT
A. Flexible duct shall be factory pre -insulated, consisting of vinyl
coated spring steel wire helix bonded to vinyl coated fiberglass mesh
screen, having one (1) inch nominal fiberglass insulation and vinyl
impregnated closely woven fiberglass vapor barrier.
B. Composite assembly shall meet requirements of NFPA-90A and UL 181 and
shall be UL listed for flame spread rating of not more than 25 smoke
developed rating of not more than 50.
C. Flexible duct shall be connected to metal ducts and terminal units
using VENTLOK 670 Series clamps.
D. Maximum length of flexible duct connections from metal duct to
terminal units shall be not greater than 48".
2.7 SPECIAL DUCTWORK
A. Kitchen Exhaust Systems
1. Range hood exhaust duct and fitting constructed of and supported
by stainless steel not. less than .0.048 inch (No. 18 MSG) in
thickness.
a. All seams, joints and penetrations shall have a liquid tight
continuous external weld.
b. All sections constructed and installed without forming dips
or traps and sloped not less than 1 inch per foot toward
either hood or approved residue trap.
C. Provide cleanout openings at each change in direction and at
any other portion of system not accessible from duct inlet
or discharge. Cleanout openings on side of duct and of
sufficient size to permit thorough cleaning. Opening
provided with door or cover equal to or heavier than duct
and latching system operable without use of a tool
sufficient to make it grease -tight.
d. All exposed ductwork and connections in the occupied space
shall have all joints ground and polished to a No. 3 finish.
e. Duct construction shall comply with NFPA 96.
a. All seams, joints and penetrations shall have a liquid
tight, continuous, external welded.
b. All sections constructed and installed without forming
dips or traps and sloped not less than 1/4 inch per
foot toward either hood or approved trapped drain
connection.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 15890-4
SECTION 15890
DUCTWORK
B. Dishwasher exhaust & laundry room dryer exhaust duct work.
1. Galvanized steel of soldered joints above ceiling and 304
stainless from ceiling to dishwasher or dryer connection.
Slope ductwork toward dirty side of dishwasher as indicated.
C. Ductwork indicated on drawings to be of stainless steel
construction shall be fabricated from 304 stainless steel.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Ducts shall be installed following essentially lines indicated;
install offsets, angles, transitions as may be required to avoid
interferences with other work, install streamlined easements around
obstructions where necessary to pass obstructions through ducts.
Maintain full capacity of ducts at offsets, angles, transitions and
easements, except where drawings indicated use of reducing or
increasing transitions.
B. Install dampers and air extractors in all duct systems as required for
controlling air volumes to trunk ducts, branch ducts, outlets and
inlets. Pivot type volume dampers shall be installed in ducts at the
outlets and inlets of air handling equipment and plenums. Install
splitter type dampers in duct wyes and at streamlined branch takeoffs.
Where branch ducts tap off of trunk ducts, install air extractors.
Contractor shall install a complete system of dampers as required for
balancing air systems.
C. Install access panels for inspection and servicing of duct mounted
equipment; reheat coils, sound attenuators, control dampers, smoke and
fire dampers.
D. Install flexible connections in ducts at connections to plenums,
apparatus casings, fan housings, air handling units, exhaust fans and
other equipment which could transmit vibrations to the duct systems.
E. Each duct section shall be rigidly supported from structure. Attach
hangers to structure with expansion plugs, concrete inserts, beam
clamps or other approved means. Rubber -in -shear isolators shall be
installed in hangers for ducts in equipment rooms, to prevent
vibration transmission to the structure.
F. Install duct mounted equipment as specified in other Sections.
G. Duct sizes shown are net inside dimensions and sheet metal size shall
be increased to allow for duct linings.
H. Specified duct sealant pumped or painted into joints on all ductwork
systems, as required, before assembly and painted over after assembly.
Sealant shall be allowed to set 48 hours before any air pressure is
put on system. All tie bars, bolts and rivets shall be sealed with
the specified sealant. Corners on all take -offs, tap -ins, and joints
shall be closed type. Low pressure ductwork over 30", shall be cross
broken or beaded between joints and reinforcing angles. If beading is
used, beads shall be on 12" centers. Pocket lock construction of
any kind, will not be permitted in ductwork, plenums, and casings ;
all galvanized mild steel.
********************
END OF SECTION 15890
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 15890-5
SECTION 15894
AIR TERMINAL UNITS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Constant/variable volume and fan powered variable volume boxes.
1.2 STANDARDS
A. All unit lining materials shall meet the requirements of NFPA 90A.
B. Compliance with performance specified in Contract Documents,
including sound power, shall be verified by certified data derived
from tests conforming to ADC Test Code 1062-R4 and ANSI-S-1.21-72,
except for specified requirements herein.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittal data shall consist of drawings and/or catalogue cuts giving
dimensions, arrangement, construction materials, performance data,
discharge, and radiated sound power levels in octave bands for each
size terminal scheduled at minimum, 1-1/2", 2", 3", and 4" static
pressure across the terminal unit.
B. Certified test data from an ACD certified test laboratory shall be
submitted with shop drawings. Unit sound power levels and minimum
pressure drop ratings shall not exceed that indicated and/or scheduled
on the drawings.
PART 2 - EQUIPMENT
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Air Terminal Units by:
1. TITUS
2. TEMPMASTER
3. MAGNA FLOW
4. KRUEGER
5. Arrangement, capacity, performance, and type as scheduled and/or
indicated.
B. Design is based on TITUS
2.2 CONSTANT/VARIABLE VOLUME BOXES
A. Provide single duct Terminals of sizes and capacities (CFM) indicated
on the drawings.
1. Terminals shall be constructed of not less than 24 gauge zinc -
coated steel, mechanically assembled and sealed to form an air-
tight casing: Maximum air leakage of less than 1% at 5" w.g.
Spot welded casings are not acceptable.
2. Interior walls of the Terminal casing shall be lined with 1/2"
dual -density fiberglass with 4 pounds per cubic foot skin
density, or Architect approved equivalent acoustical material,
rated for a maximum air velocity of 4500 fpm. Insulation must
meet all requirements of UL 181 and NFPA 90-A. Raw edges exposed
to the airstream shall be coated and sealed.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15894-1
SECTION 15894
AIR TERMINAL UNITS
3. Sound power data shall be submitted with no corrections or noise
reduction factors applied.
B. Terminal air control valve shall be dual -wall construction, consisting
of two metal thickness with 1/2" dual -density insulation sandwiched
between, creating an effective radiated sound barrier. Insulation
shall be as specified for Terminal casing. The control blade of the
air valve shall be 16 gauge, designed to operate through a 45 degree
arc. Multi -blade dampers and single blade volume controllers
(operating through 90 degree) are not acceptable, unless approved in
writing by Architect. The control blade shall be bolted or welded to
a continuous shaft which rotates in self-lubricating (nylon) bearings.
Blade shall close against a closed -cell gasket seat; it shall be
preloaded to insure a tight seal. Blade shall not deflect at inlet
pressures up to 6" w.g. Elliptical or oval dampers are not an
acceptable substitution, unless approved in writing by Architect.
C. Pressure differential reset controller shall maintain setpoint (CFM)
within 5%, regardless of system pressure change. CFM limiting devices
are not acceptable. The reset controller shall constantly monitor
thermostat input, air flow (CFM), and system static and total pressure
in a manner as to minimize under or over -controlling in relation to
the space temperature requirements. The reset controller shall be
capable of field adjustment of minimum and maximum CFM settings
without the use of tools.
1. Flow curve for field balancing shall be affixed to terminal
casing.
2. Differential flow taps and factory set maximum and minimum CFM
values shall be provided.
3. Controller shall maintain pressure independence to as low as .03"
w.g. Averaging sensor shall be mounted in the inlet 'of the
Terminal and shall provide a minimum of one air pickup point for
each 2-1/2" of inlet diameter. Single -point differential sensors
are not acceptable.
D. Terminal shall be furnished with factory mounted control, as shown in
the Sequence of Operation:
1. Unless otherwise indicated, damper shall be normally open.
2. Pneumatic wall thermostats shall be two -pipe, direct acting and
provided by Section 15950.
2.3 FAN POWERED VARIABLE AIR VOLUME BOXES
A. Casing shall be 24 gauge galvanized with rectangular discharge. A one
piece aluminum backdraft damper shall be provided on the discharge of
the fan. This damper shall be factory set and aligned for precise
seal. Leak rate shall not exceed 2 percent of 0.5 inch w.g.
B. The interior surface of the casi^. shall be acoustically and thermally
lined with 1/2 inch thick, 1-2/: lb. density glass fiber insulation
with density facing insulation shall be U.L. listed and shall meet
NFPA 90A requirements.
C. Modulation shall be cylindrical die cast aluminum airflow control
device with integral actuator operating over a 5 10 10 psi spring
range, tapered to fit standard round flexible duct diameters.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15894-2
SECTION 15894
AIR TERMINAL UNITS
Integral flow taps calibration chart shall be provided on unit. Leak
rate shall not exceed 4 percent at 3./0 inches w.g.
D. Regulator shall be thermostatically reset velocity controller which
provides constant delivery air control within +5 percent rated flow,
down to 25 percent of unit rated cfm, independent of changes in system
static pressure. Factory calibrated field adjustable set points shall
be provided to set maximum and minimum cfm.
E. Fan shall be forward curved style with galvanized steel wheel.
Housing shall be 18 gauge steel and fanboard 16 gauge steel.
F. Motor shall be permanent split capacitor type, direct drive, three
speed with low voltage starting and shall have an extended oil tube.
Motor temperature rise shall be less than 50 degrees centigrade on all
speeds.
G. Fan controls shall include an on -off switch factory mounted on the
unit.
H. An expanded metal or hardware cloth cover shall be furnished and
installed on the recirculated air inlet.
2.4 REHEAT COILS
A. For those units in which reheat coils are used, Terminal Units as
noted on drawings shall be furnished with electric resistance duct
heater. On reduction in cooling requirements, the air supply quantity
shall be gradually reduced to a fixed minimum, specified on the
drawings. Then the reheat coil shall be activated in sequence to
maintain thermostat setting. In this case, field adjustable minimum
CFM settings shall be incorporated into the volume regulatory system
specified herein above and factory set to the minimum CFM shown.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install units and make duct and piping connections.
********************
END OF SECTION 15894
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15894-3
SECTION 15936 GRILLES, REGISTERS, DIFFUSERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
I. Grilles, Registers and Diffusers
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Provide product data on all materials of this section.
B. Submit shop drawings showing location and types of each diffuser,
register and grille.
C. Provide manufactured certification and test reports that detention
bars were manufactured and test in accordance with requirements ASTM
A627 - Homogenous tool -resisting steel flat bars and shapes for
security applications."
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Products by:
1. TITUS
2. TUTTLE & BAILEY
3. KRUEGER
4. ANEMOSTAT
5. Design, specification and schedule based on TITUS.
2.2 WALL SUPPLY REGISTERS
A. Wall mounted supply registers shall be as scheduled with key operated
opposed multi -blade volume control dampers.
2.3 WALL RETURN AND EXHAUST REGISTERS
A. Wall mounted return and exhaust registers shall be as scheduled, with
key operated opposed multi -blade volume control dampers.
2.4 WALL GRILLES
A. Wall mounted supply, return or exhaust grilles shall be of same design
as registers except volume control dampers will not be required.
2.5 CEILING DIFFUSERS
A. Ceiling diffusers shall be of type and style as scheduled, and shall
be provided with volume control dampers, grids and field adjustable
directional pattern device for 1-way, 2-way, 3-way and 4-way throw.
2.6 CEILING RETURN AND EXHAUST REGISTERS
A. Ceiling return and exhaust registers shall match ceiling diffusers and
shall be provided with opposed blade volume control.
2.7 BARRIER GRILLES (TOOL RESISTANT) CONSISTING OF:
A. 3/4" diameter tool resistant steel vertical bars at 5" on center.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 15936-1
SECTION 15936
GRILLES, REGISTERS, DIFFUSERS
B. 2" x 1/4" tool resistant flat steel horizontal bars at 8" on center.
C. 2" x 1/4" steel frame around perimeter of grille.
D. Vertical bars shall pass through horizontal bars.
E. All junction points and corners continuously welded.
F. Conform to ASTM A627-68 (81) - "Homogenous Toll Resisting Steel Bars
for Security Applications", and ASTM A-629-77 (81) "Tool Resisting
Steel Flat Bars and Shapes for Security Applications".
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install wall mounted grilles and registers plumb and level and flush
to surface. Locations may be altered slightly, as acceptable to the
Architect, so as to fit masonry portions of the structure.
B. In grid panel type ceilings, lay -in metal pan, acoustical, etc.,
grilles, registers and diffusers shall be located in the center of the
panel.
C. Coordinate location of ceiling diffusers and registers with reflected
ceiling plan.
********************
END OF SECTION 15936
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 15936-2
SECTION 15950 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 Section Includes:
A. Automatic Temperature Control System:
1. Automatic temperature controls required to accomplish control
actions described in the sequence of operation.
2. Control components required to interface with factory installed
controls furnished with equipment.
3. Control components required to interface with the Building
Automation System.
1.2 PRE -CONSTRUCTION COORDINATION MEETING
A. Prior to the start of construction, meet with all involved trades to
coordinate the incidental work items. The Contractor shall provide
minutes of the meeting to all involved parties and to the Owner and
the Architect.
B. The minutes of the meeting shall include a definition of who furnishes
and who installs the following:
1. Automatic Valves
2. Separable wells for thermometers
3. Valves and piping for steam, water, drain and our flow
connections.
4. Piping connections for flow measuring devices.
5. Valve position indicators.
6. Automatic dampers
7. Blank off plates (safing) where dampers
8. Assembly of multiple section dampers.
9. Access doors in ducts and ceiling walls
10. Duct penetrations and mounting brackets
11. Motor starters and interlock devices.
are smaller than ducts.
or
for control devices.
12. Electric devices power supplies to control equipment.
13. Smoke detectors
14. Combination smoke and pipe dampers
C. The minutes of the meeting shall identify revisions required by
equipment substitutions.
1.3 SUBMITTAL BROCHURE
A. Submit the following for approval:
1. Control system drawing containing all pertinent data to provide
a functional operating system.
2. Valve, and damper schedules showing size, configuration, capacity
and location of all equipment.
3. Data sheets for all control system components.
4. Manufacturer's authorization of installer.
1.4 INSTRUCTIONS AND ADJUSTMENT
A. Adjust and validate all thermostats, controllers, valves, damper
operators, relays provided under this Section.
B. Furnish operating and maintenance manuals covering the function and
operation of the control systems on the project for use by the Owner's
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 15950-1
SECTION 15950
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEMS
operating personnel. These manuals shall include the control cycle
narrative for the control equipment, complete control diagrams with
labeling of control wiring and instruments to match diagram.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable manufacturers:
1. JOHNSON CONTROLS
2. HONEYWELL
3. BARBER COLEMAN
4. LANDIS & GYR POWERS
5,. Architect approved equivalent.
B. Installation by manufacturer
representative with 5 years minimum
or manufacturer's authorized
of authorized representation.
2.2 ELECTRIC WIRING
A. Provide electric wiring, conduit, and wiring connections required for
the installation of the temperature control system, unless
specifically shown on the electrical drawings or called for in
Division 11 and 16.
B. Comply with the requirements of Division 16.
2.3 ROOM TYPE INSTRUMENTS
A. Room Thermostats: Manufacturer's standard type, adjustable
sensitivity and calibrated dial. Metal cover with tamper -proof
screws. Provide concealed adjustment on thermostats. Range.50° to
90°F.
2.4 LOW TEMPERATURE DETECTION
A. Electric Low Temperature Warning Thermostats: Provide 20 ft. low
point sensitive elements (not averaging type) installed to serpentine
the entire coil face area. Suspend elements upstream of the coil.
Provide two -position manual reset. Where coils are two banks, provide
two low limit thermostats, wired in to activate the control sequences.
2.5 HIGH TEMPERATURE DETECTION
A. Electric High Temperature Thermostats: Bimetal type sensing element
with at least 10" insertion length. Two position manual reset type.
2.6 AIR PIPING
A. Provide tubing type as follows:
1. Exposed: Hard copper tubing, cr multi -tube polyethylene with a
vinyl jacket. Terminate multi -tube bundles in panels or junction
boxes only. Install hard copper tubing for final termination
from junction box to equipment device.
2. Concealed: Hard or soft copper tubing, single or multi -tube
polyethylene.
3. Concrete Buried: Hard or soft copper tubing or polyethylene
tubing enclosed in a metal conduit.
4. Inside panels and unit enclosures: Polyethylene Tubing.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 15950-2
SECTION 15950 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEMS
B. Provide copper or brass hangers for copper tubing or acceptable
dielectric isolation.
C. Polyethylene Tubing: Black Type FR.
2.7 PNEUMATIC TRANSMISSION
A. Pneumatic Duct and Immersion Temperature Transmission: Liquid filled
capillary type incorporating a pneumatic feedback signal to insure
exact and proportional relationship between the measured temperature
and the transmitted signal. Where the transmitter is used for sensing
mixed air temperatures or coil discharge temperature, or the duct area
is in excess of 14 sq. ft., the instrument shall incorporate an
averaging element with a minimum length of 96 inches.
B. The transmitters shall transmit a 15 PSI signal over a 50, 100 or 200
degrees F range as required to suit each variable. Use 200°
transmitters only where the variable changes more than 75°F. Furnish
wells where transmitters are used for sensing liquid temperatures.
C. Temperature, Pressure and Humidity Receiver Controllers: Provide
adjustable proportional band and authority adjustment range, and dials
for set point, ratio and reset range. mount inside local panels.
D. Pneumatic Thermometers, Humidity and Pressure Indicators: Dial type,
a minimum of 2-1/2" in diameter. Thermometers shall be furnished in
50, 100 or 200'F ranges to match the range of the transmitter with
which it is being used. Furnish pneumatic thermometers and indicators
for transmitters and other points specified.
2.8 AUTOMATIC CONTROL VALVES
A. Fully proportioning with modulating plug or V-port inner guides,
unless otherwise specified. Provide quiet operating valves. .Valves
shall fail-safe in either normally open or normally closed position in
the event of control air failure. Valves shall operate in sequence
when required by the sequence of operation. Shall be the control
manufacturer size control valves. Control valves shall meet the
heating and cooling loads as specified, be suitable for the pressure
conditions and shall close against the differential pressures
involved. Provide molded diaphragm type valve operators. Body
pressure rating and connection type (screwed or flanged) shall conform
to pipe schedule elsewhere in this specification.
B. Steam Control Valves: Single seated type with equal percentage flow
characteristics. Preheater valves and direct radiation valves:
normally open type. Valve discs shall be stainless steel for steam
pressure above 35 PSIG. Whenever the steam flow rate requires a
single valve greater than 2-1/2", install two valves in parallel
(which shall operate sequentially) with one valve smaller than 2-1/2".
C. Heating Water and Chilled Water Valves: Single seated type with equal
percentage flow characteristics.
2.9 DAMPERS
A. Single or multiple blade as required. Provide blank -off plates and
conversions necessary to install dampers smaller than duct size.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 15950-3
SECTION 15950
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEMS
B. Damper Frames: #13 gauge galvanized sheet metal with flanges for duct
mounting.
C. Damper Blades: A maximum of 6" wide corrugated type construction,
fabricated from two sheets of #22 gauge galvanized sheet steel, spot
welded together, suitable for high velocity performance.
D. Replaceable Rubber Seals: Install along the top, bottom and sides of
the frame and along each blade edge. Seals shall provide a tight
closing, low leakage damper. Submit leakage and flow characteristics
charts to the Architect.
2.10 DAMPER OPERATORS
A. Damper Operators: Molded rubber diaphragm piston type, fully
proportioning unless otherwise specified. They shall have ample power
to overcome friction of damper linkage and air pressure acting on the
louvers. Install the damper operator outside the airstream wherever
possible.
B. The operators shall operate at varying rates of speed to correspond to
the dictates of the controllers and variable load requirements. The
operators shall operate in sequence when required by the sequence of
the operation. The operator linkage arrangement shall provide
normally open or normally closed positions of the dampers as required.
Provide pilot positioners on damper operators on modulating dampers
that are to be sequenced.
C. Pilot Positioner: Full relay type with an interconnecting linkage to
provide mechanical feedback for accurate positioning and control.
D. Combination Smoke and Fire Damper Operations
1. Provide operating interface with damper operators for combination
smoke and fire dampers are provided.
2. Whenever an air moving device has been de -energized through a
signal from the fire alarm system, the temperature control system
or manually the smoke dampers in the duct system associated with
the device shall close.
2.11 ENTHALPY COMPARATOR
A. The Enthalpy Comparator: Shall provide the economizer cycle control.
The enthalpy controller shall compare the enthalpy of the outdoor air
and the enthalpy of the return air. The controller shall accept
standard signals from temperature and humidity transmitters. The
controller shall output the necessary control signals required to
provide the economizer cycle operation.
2.12 DUCT HYGROSTAT - HIGH LIMIT
A. The Duct Hygrostat: Highly sensitive hygroscopic membrane mounted on
a sliding base to permit easy adjustment.
2.13 FLOW METER
A. Primary Sensing Device:
1. Flow Elements: Averaging pitot differential pressure type with
sensor constructed of 316 stainless steel.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 15950-4
SECTION 15950
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEMS
2. Each flow element shall consist of four basic parts:
a. High pressure sensor with four impact ports facing upstream.
b. Interpolating tube to average pressures sensed by impact
ports.
C. Single low pressure sensor facing downstream.
d. Instrument head with isolating valves to transmit both
pressures to a secondary device.
3. Each flow element shall have a cross -sectional shape such that
flow separation occurs at a fixed point resulting in stable flow
coefficient over wide range of Reynolds Numbers independent of
pipeline pressures and temperatures.
4. Flow element mounting hardware shall comply with the latest
edition of ANSI B31.1 Power Piping Code.
a. Provide flanged mount.
5. Accuracy of Flow Element: ± 1% of actual flow rate over flow
range. Repeatability of Flow Element: ± 0.1% of actual value
over flow range. Provide certified data from independent flow
laboratories as verification.
B. Differential Pressure Transmitter:
1. Differential pressure transmitter shall provide a 4 to 20 mA DC
output signal using all solid state electronics in dual
compartment housing. Transmitter shall:
a. Utilize same leads for power and signal;
b. Have external span zero adjustment.
C. Have zero elevation and suppression adjustment.
2. Standard Material of Construction: 316 stainless steel
diaphragm, drain/vent valves; cadmium plated carbon steel for
process flanges and adapters, bolts; cast aluminum for electronic
housing.
3. Connect Wiring through 1/2" conduit to integral junction box with
screw terminals. Provide test jacks compatible with miniature
banana plugs.
4. Performance:
a. Accuracy ± 0.2% of calibrated span.
b. Linearity ± 0.1% of calibrated span.
C. Hysteresis not exceed 0.05% of calibrated span.
d. Repeatability within 0.05% of calibrated span.
e. Rated to 2000 psi. maximum pressure and 200°F maximum
temperature.
f. Range compatible with requirements of primary sensing
device.
5. Provide local indicating meters of transmitter output as an
integral part of the transmitter and housing.
2.14 ELECTRIC DEVICES
A. Select UL listed electric switch devices for the applied load and
application. Provided a separable copper, monel or stainless steel
well for all water thermostats.
B. Electric Thermostats: Line voltage or low voltage type suitable for
the application. Provide heat anticipation for low voltage type.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 15950-5
SECTION 15950
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEMS
C. Unit Heater Aquastats: Strap on type.
2.15 ELECTRONIC DATA INPUTS AND OUTPUTS
A. Closely match input/output sensors and devices to the requirements of
the Field Control Panel for accurate, responsive, noise free signal
input/output. Do not use computer inputs derived from pneumatic
sensors. Do not use thermocouples or thermistors.
B. Temperature Sensors: Resistance Temperature Detector (RTD) type of
500 ohm balco, 100 or 3000 ohm platinum, or solid-state I.C. type.
1. Space Temperature Sensors: Provide blank commercial type locking
satin chrome covers.
2. Duct Temperature Sensors: Rigid stem or averaging type as
required by the sequence of operation. Provided a separable
copper, monel or stainless steel well for water sensors. Provide
outside air wall mounted sensors with a sun shield.
3. The Dewpoint Sensor: Non -reactive organic bobbin material to
give precise dewpoint readings with accuracy of not more than ±
1.5°F; with integral draft shield as part of the instrument for
air velocities in excess of 50 feet per minute. The dewpoint
sensor shall operate over a minimum dewpoint temperature range
suitable to application.
C. Relative Humidity Sensors: Capacitance type with 10% to 90% range.
Provide duct mounted humidity sensors with a sampling chamber.
Provide wall mounted sensors shall be provided with covers identical
to temperature sensors.
D. Differential and Static Pressure Sensors and Switches
1. Fan proof -of -flow switches: U.L. listed adjustable set point and
differential pressure type. Piped to fan discharge except where
fans operate at less than one inch WG, then pipe across the fan.
For fractional horsepower and non -ducted fans, relays or
auxiliary contacts may be used. Maximum pressure rating not less
than 10 inches WG.
2. Pump proof -of -flow switches: U.L. listed adjustable differential
pressure or flow type as required by the sequence of operation.
Provide chilled water flow switches with a totally sealed vapor
tight switch enclosure on 300 psi body other devices shall be
rated at 150 PSI. Provide differential pressure switches with a
valved manifold for servicing.
E. Kilowatt Transducers: Integrated electronic type with accuracy of .2%
of scale. Provide two current transformers (CT's) for balanced three
phase loads (such as motors). Provide three CT's for unbalanced
loads. Provide two or three potential transformers (PT's) as
recommended by the manufacturer for the application. Output shall be
4 to 20 ma. Provide suitable CT's and '-:'s unless specifically
specified with other equipment.
F. Outputs: Provide control relays and analog output transducers
computable with the Field Control Panel output signals. Provide
relays suitable for the loads encountered. Design analog output
transducers for precision closed loop control with pneumatic
repeatability no greater than 1-1/2 percent.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 15950-6
SECTION 15950
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEMS
2.13 CONTROL AIR COMPRESSOR AND ACCESSORIES
A. Furnish and install a duplex air compressor with both or the
compressors mounted on a single A.S.M.E. tank. Provide belt guards,
automatic starters or starting switches, operating pressure switches,
pressure reducing valves, oil and dirt removal filter, refrigerated
air dryer, automatic traps, pressure relief valves, gauges and all
other accessories for complete and automatic operation.
B. Furnish an automatic alternator which shall:
1. Switch the lead compressor after each running cycle.
2. Bring on both compressors if one cannot handle the load.
3. Continue to operate either compressor on a failure of the other.
C. Provide a continuous operating refrigerated air dryer, with
refrigerant evaporator and mechanical condensate separator and
facilities for mounting a condensate discharge valve. The dryer shall
be designed for 175 psig maximum operating pressure and shall be
capable of reducing the atmospheric dewpoint to -10°F when drying at
100 psig, with no more than 3.0 psig pressure drop at rated capacity.
D. Provide a filter to remove oil and particulates from compressed air
source, capable of more removing both 0.08 micron diameter solid
particles and 0.01 micron diameter oil aerosol. Mount the replaceable
coalescing type filter element within a transparent bowl, with a
protective perforated metal shield. Replacement of filter element
shall not require disassembly of any connected piping or
discontinuance of central air service. Provide a bowl drain to
facilitate removal of accumulated water and oil.
2.14 SMOKE CONTROL SYSTEM
A. Incorporate the smoke control system into the Building Automation
System.
B. Run wiring to and from the system controller and from fire fighters
smoke control station to smoke control equipment in EMT -conduit.
C. Provide copper tubing for pneumatic tubing required for the operation
of the smoke control equipment under fire conditions, including main
air supplies.
D. Install smoke control system controller and accessories in a cabinet
as described for temperature control panels.
2.15 FIRE FIGHTERS SMOKE CONTROL STATION
A. Provide start/stop switches and pilot lights in the Fire Fighters
Smoke Control Station (FSCS) as described in the sequence of operation
and shown on the drawings:
B. Install the FSCS in a cabinet as described for temperature control
panels.
C. The FSCS may be interfaced to the communications bus of the (BAS)
provided one of the following conditions is provided.
a. All global communication and instructions or commands issued by
the FSCS are not dependent upon operation of BAS Central
Processing Unit (CPU) or communication controller.
b. Provide hot standby central CPU with auto data base file update
for global event initiated programs.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 15950-7
SECTION 15950
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEMS
c. Central system CPU and peripherals are U.L. 864, UOJ2 control
units, systems listed.
d. Wiring from panel FSCS to AHU/EF systems is enclosed in home run
Conduit and not dependent on BAS system operation.
e. Demonstrate one of the above during owner training and confirm in
submittal selected method.
2.16 TEMPERATURE CONTROL PANELS
A. Provide a wall or floor mounted control panel for each air handling
unit and for each other central plant system. Locate panels to
provide convenient service and adjustment of the equipment served.
Provide NEMA 1 enclosures with gasketed hinged doors with keyed lock.
Panels wider than 4'-0" shall have double doors closing in the panel
center. Key all locks alike. Panels shall be identical in
appearance.
B. Mount controllers, relays, switches, solenoid, etc in enclosed control
panel. Make temperature settings, adjustments, and calibrations at
the system control panel or via software calibration.
C. Provide each panel with an identifying nameplate. Provide each device
mounted on the face of the control panel with a nameplate.
Nameplates: Engraved phenolic material with white engraving stock and
black fill. Attach nameplates to panel with screws.
D. Factory connect devices within the panels.
E. Locate the following on the face of each local control panel as
applicable for its particular control system:
1. Outside air temperature
2. Return air temperature
3. Unit leaving air temperature
4. Fan control switches
5. Outside air minimum position control switches (return air systems
only).
6. Pump control switches (as applicable).
7. Running lights for fans, pumps, boiler and condensing unit.
8. Alarm light indications for low temperature, smoke indication and
loss of air flow.
F. Submit details indicating how the devices will be mounted on the panel
face.
2.17 DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTORS
A. Detectors and accessories shall be provided under Division 16.
B. Detectors and accessories shall be installed under this Section.
2.18 MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES
A. Provide the nece-,sary relays, flow controllers, pressure controllers,
meters, cumulat';s, valves, positioners, electric switches, three-way
solenoid valves, two-way and three-way switches, clocks, transformers,
etc., to make a complete and operable system as described in the
sequence of operation.
B. Locate these devices at the local panel unless indicated otherwise.
C. Air Flow Switches: Differential pressure sensing type. Where there
is no element across which to sense a pressure change, the pressure
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 15950-8
SECTION 15950
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEMS
switch shall compare the difference between the total pressure and the
static pressure in the ductwork.
2.19 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION
A. Sequence of operation indicated on the drawings.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Air Piping:
1. Air lines adjacent to insulated ducts or casings shall be
properly supported on brackets to prevent burying of lines in
insulation.
2. Size air lines to prevent control lag due to abnormal airflow.
3. Test entire system by placing under 30 pound pressure for 24
hours. During this time, pressure drop to not exceed 5%.
3.2 ADJUSTMENT
A. Upon completion of the Work, adjust and validate thermostats,
controllers, valves, damper operators, relays, etc., provided under
this Section.
3.3 QUALITY CONTROL
A. Control system to be set up and checked out by factory trained
technicians skilled in the -setting and adjustment of temperature
controls used in this project. This mechanic to be experienced in the
type of systems associated with this control system.
B. At time of final inspection, demonstrate the entire sequence of
operation for all systems to the Architect and/or Owner's
Representative. At this time, Architect to observe function of entire
control system, observe temperature control operations, damper
positions, necessary to assure that temperature control system is
operating as intended by mechanical design.
C. Final acceptance of system not to occur until sequence of operation
check has taken place and certified by Architect and/or Owner's
Representative.
D. Return to project site during the opposite season to verify operation
of control systems. Architect and/or Owner's Representative to be
given notice of this return and to accompany Control technician to
observe the sequence of operation.
********************
END OF SECTION 15950
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 15950-9
SECTION 15965
BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Provide the BAS, (Building Automation System) fully integrated and
installed as a complete Distributed Digital Control (DDC) System. The BAS
includes all computer software and hardware, operator input/output devices,
field control panels, automation sensors and controls, wiring and piping.
Sensors, controls, wiring, piping and related components shall be as
specified in AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEMS.
B. Provide the engineering, installation supervision and labor, calibration,
software programming, and checkout necessary for a complete and fully
operational BAS.
C. Initial system programming shall be provided to provide the full operation
of the controlled equipment as described in the Sequence of Operations in
the AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEMS.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The system shall be installed by competent mechanics, regularly employed
by the BAS manufacturer with full responsibility for proper operation of
the BAS including debugging and proper calibration of each component in the
entire system. Supplier shall have an in -place support facility within 100
miles of the site with technical staff, spare parts inventory and all
necessary test and diagnostic equipment.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals, start up, test and validation of BAS, instruction of Owner's
representative on maintenance and operation of BAS, and as built composite
pneumatic electric diagrams showing interlocks between equipment furnished
under this and other sections and controls.
B. Submittal shall consist of:
1. Data sheets of all products
2. Valve, damper, and well -and tap schedules showing size,
configuration, capacity and location of all equipment.
3. Graphic sketches showing graphic presentation of all systems with
points specified in the Control Systems Requirements summary.
4. Menu tree showing English penetration path including all points.
5. Data entry forms for initial parameters. Contractor shall provide
English listing of all analog points with columnar blanks for high
and low warning limits and high and low alarm limits, and a listing
of all fan systems with columnar blanks for beginning and end of
occupancy periods.
6. Wiring and piping interconnection diagrams including panel and device
power and sources.
7. Equipment lists of all proposed devices and equipment.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15965-1
SECTION 15965
BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM
8. Software documentation including sequence of operation and all
control programs.
9. Licensing agreement for each licensed software module (one copy to
be executed by the Owner prior to software delivery).
10. Manufacturers authorization of installer.
1.4 SYSTEM STRUCTURE
A. Provide a network of independent field control panels. Each field control
panel shall perform all specified control functions in a completely
independent manner. Additionally, field control panels shall networked for
single point programming and for the sharing of point information and
control instructions between panels. A central processing unit (CPU) shall
function as the normal operators interface and shall provide archival and
report generating functions.
B. Build the basic elements of the BAS structure from standard components kept
in inventory. The components shall not require customizing other than
setting jumpers and switches, adding firmware modules or software
programming to perform the entire system's required functions.
C. Field control panels shall have sensor outputs, set points, alarm functions
and control adjustments available at the panel through a portable plug in
interface device. Provide (2) interface device units.
D. Fully modular and distributed processing architecture and not rely on a
central processor or any other correlating device for sharing of point data
amoung field conttrol panels.
E. Expandable by the addition of field control panels.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable Manufacturers
1. Johnson Controls
2. Honeywell
3. Barber Coleman
4. Landis & Gyr Powers
2.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. All electronic equipment shall conform to the requirements of F.C.C.
regulation Part 15, Section 15 governing radio frequency electromagnetic
interference and be so labeled. The BAS shall comply with U.L. 916 and be
so listed at the time of bid.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15965-2
SECTION 15965 BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM
B. Design and build all system components to be fault tolerant.
1. Satisfactory operation without damage at 110% above and 85% below
rated voltage and at ± 3 hertz variation in line frequency.
2. Provide static, transient, and short circuit protection on all inputs
and outputs. Communication lines shall be protected against
incorrect wiring, static transients and induced magnetic
interference. Bus connected devices shall be a.c. coupled or
equivalent so that any single failure will not disrupt or halt bus
communication.
3. All real time clocks and data file RAM to be battery backed for a
minimum of 72 hours.
4. Receive and printout (and display) native language alarms at the
central location even when the host computer is non -operational or
taken out of service for periodic maintenance.
2.3 BAS CENTRAL HARDWARE
A. A computer based central with full 32 bit processor, 20.0 megahertz minimum
operating speed, a minimum of 4 megabytes RAM, 1.2 megabyte diskette, 80
megabyte hard disk, video graphics array (VGA) driver, a 72 hour battery
backed real time clock and peripheral interface boards as specified herein.
B. A primary operators station, CRT based, complete with keyboard, mouse and
color monitor. The operator station shall provide for total keyboard -less
operation as the primary operator interface. The mouse shall not require
the use of more than one button for operation. Keyboard shall include full
upper/lower case ASCII keyset, a numeric keypad, cursor control key and
programmable function keys. Twelve inch color monitor shall support 16
colors, have a low reflectance screen, 1 25 line by 80 character display,
front access contrast control and a minimum of (640 x 480) pixel
resolution.
C. A printer shall be provided for recording alarms, operator transactions,
and system reports. Printer shall meet minimum requirements as follows:
1. 132 column, 160 character per second print speed.
2. 9 x 9 dot matrix character structure switchable to 9 x 18 dot matrix
for letter quality output with 96 ASCII upper/lower case character
set.
3. Software selectable under, emphasized, double strike, and expanded
(double width) characters capability.
4. Adjustable line spacing of six or eight lines per inch with
compressed mode option for 220 characters/line and bidirectional
printing and logic seeking.
5. Provide 1000 sheets of fan -fold paper per printer.
2.4 FIELD CONTROL PANELS
A. Each field Control Panel shall include its own microprocessor, real time
clock, memory (including ROM, RAM, EPROM as required), power supply,
input/output modules, termination modules, and battery. The battery:
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15965-3
SECTION 15965 BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM
Self -charging and capable of supporting the clock and all panel program
memory within the control unit if the commercial power to the unit is
interrupted or lost for a minimum of 72 hours.
B. Each field control panel shall interface directly to industry standard
sensors and input devices, including the following types of inputs:
1. Analog Inputs:
a. 4-20 mA
b. 0-10 VDC
C. Thermistors
d. 3-15 psi air pressure
2. Digital Inputs:
a. Dry contract closures
b. pulse accumulators
C. The field control panel shall directly control pneumatic and electronic
actuators and control devices by providing the following control outputs:
1. Digital outputs (contact closures)
a. Motor starters, sizes 1 to 4.
2. Analog outputs
a. 3-15 psi
b. 4-20 mA
C. 0-135 ohms
d. 0-10 VDC
D. Each Field Control' Panel shall work in conjunction with the central
computer, other field control panels or as a stand-alone to perform HVAC
and energy management control applications. The field control panel shall
operate on a stand alone basis upon loss of communication with the network.
Implement this capability through a dedicated programmable module without
rewiring and/or reconfiguring any portion of the Field Control Panel. In
the stand-alone mode, the Field Control Panel shall continue to execute
programmed commands, local contact event initiated programs and energy
management programs.
E. The Field Control panel shall store operating and alarm data for retrieval
when communications are restored. Where operation requires input data from
other portions of the system, the Field Control Panel shall utilize the
values last available before the communications failure.
F. Store the control programs both in the individual Field Control Panel and
in the mass storage disk unit associated with the central computer. Any
program or set point modifications made at either location shall be stored
at both locations.
G. If a Field Control Panel should ever lose its programming, the central
computer shall automatically download the appropriate programs to the
respective Field Control Panel. Automatic initialization and operation
shall subsequently occur. Changes in programming or set point made at a
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15965-4
SECTION 15965
BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM
Field Control Panel shall automatically be uploaded to the central
computer.
H. Mount the Field Control Panel in a 16 gauge cold rolled steel enclosure
with a hinged door and a key locking mechanism. Key all enclosures on the
project alike. Factory mount all components of the BAS system on steel
subpanels for ease of installation and maintenance.
2.5 DATA COMMUNICATIONS
A. Provide communications between individual Field Control Panels and the
central computer via a single pair of twisted wires with a minimum
transmission speed of 9600 baud. FCP's are to be a.c. coupled to the bus
to assure that FCP failures will not cause loss of communications with
other bus connected devices. Provide all necessary drivers and modems
required for FCP interconnection.
B. The FCP communications network shall allow sensor sharing, inter FCP event
programs, and global application programs. Each FCP shall have equal
rights for data transfer and shall report in its predetermined time slot.
1. All messages transmitted must be positively acknowledged as received
or negatively acknowledged as not received. Negative
acknowledgements shall immediately force a retransmission of the
message.
2. Bus connected devices with no messages to transmit must send an "I'm
OK" message each bus cycle. Lack of an "I'm OK" message after
successive retries shall constitute a communications or device
failure and be recognized as such by the bus and shall be recorded
as not responding on the system printer.
3. Full communications shall be sustained as long as there are at least
two operational devices on any segment of the bus.
4. Global data (all station messages) is to be available for use by any
device on the bus as inputs or outputs to its resident control
programs.
5. Each FCP is to be provided with a communications watchdog to assure
that an individual FCP cannot permanently occupy the bus. If a FCP
is determined to be "babbling" it shall be automatically shutdown and
a flag set to annunciate this fact.
6. Error recovery and communication initialization routines are to be
resident in each bus connected device.
7. Software counters shall be provided for cold starts, warm starts,
privilege violation, illegal instructions, address errors, bus errors
and zero divide as a diagnostic tool. Error types and counter are
to be operator accessible.
C. Provide communications between the central system and fire and security
panels via a UL listed supervised redundant transmission network.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15965-5
SECTION 15965 BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM
2.6 PORTABLE OPERATORS TERMINAL
A. General: Provide two (2) hand held Portable Operators Terminal (POT) for
operator readout of system variables, override control and adjustment of
control parameters. The POT shall plug directly into individual FCP's for
power and data.
B. The POT shall:
1. Automatically display a sequential all point summary.
2. Display a sequential alarm summary.
3. Allow display and/or changing of digital point state, analog point
value, time and data, application and DDC parameters, analog limits,
time schedules, runtime counts and limits, daylight savings time
changeover, time/event initiation, and programmable offset values.
4. Allow access into FCP initialization routines and diagnostics.
5. Enable/disable points, initiators and programs.
C. The POT shall include command keys, data entry keys, cursor control keys,
and a 24 character liquid crystal alpha -numeric display. Provide access
via self prompting menu selection with arrow key control of next
menu/previous menu and step forward/step backward within a given menu.
Connection of a POT to a FCP shall not interrupt nor interfere with normal
network operation in any way, prevent alarms from •being transmitted, or
preclude central initiated commands and system modification.
D. As an alternative to the POT, a fixed liquid crystal or LED display and
entry keyboard may be provided per Field Control Panel. Provide functional
capability equal to that described for the POT as a minimum. Provide lock
and key control to prevent tampering with the fixed display and keyboard.
2.7 SOFTWARE
A. Minimum Software: Operating System (OS), Data Base Manager, Communications
Control, Operator Interface (01), Scheduler, Time and Event Programs and
Global Energy Management.
1. Real time operating system: Multi-tasking/multi -user allowing multi -
terminal operation and concurrent execution of multiple real time
programs and custom program development.
2. Data Base Manager: Manage all data on an integrated and non -
redundant basis and allow additions and deletions to the data base
without any detriment to the existing data. Provide cross linkages
such that no data required by a software program may be deleted by
the operator until that data has been deleted from its respective
programs.
3. Communications 1.mtrol: See "Data Communications".
4. Operator interface software: See below.
5. Scheduler: Schedule centrally based time and event, temporary, and
exception day programs.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15965-6
SECTION 15965
BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM
B. Operator Interface Software
Provide a full. English interactive menu selection means of accessing and
displaying system data to the operator. Provide a minimum of five menu
levels with the penetration path operator assignable (for example, area,
building, wing, floor, air handler or point group). English descriptors
assigned to menu items are to be operator defined and modifiable through
the operators keyboard under password control.
1. Provide operator access to the system under password and personal ID
control. Assign an eight character alphanumeric password plus three
character ID in field to each operator via the operators keyboard.
Operators access data from any terminal in the system by entry of
proper password and ID. Provide sign off from a terminal manually
using a Sign Off Key or if no keyboard activity takes place, an
automatic Sign Off shall occur. Provide field programmable automatic
sign off period from one minute to sixty minutes in one (1) minute
increments on a per operator basis. Record all sign on/sign off
activity on the system printer.
2. Assign each system operator an access level, or levels, for
controlling the data which is accessible to a specific operator.
Provide three access levels minimum. Assign each menu item in the
system an access level so that a one for one correspondence between
operator assigned access level(s) and menu item access level(s) is
required to gain access to the menu item. Display all menu items to
the operator with those to which he has access highlighted via
distinctive color text, unique background color, or full brilliance
versus half intensity display. All menu and operator access level
assignments shall be online programmable and under password control.
Access levels shall be applied to all menu items for data access,
report selection, and data modification.
3. Display data in logical group format. That is, any set of randomly
selected points regardless of physical hardware address,
communication channel, or point type (temperature, humidity, fire,
etc.) may be assigned as a logical group for display or printout.
Logical groups are to be online programmable and under password
control: Points may be assignable to multiple logical groups.
Logical groups shall also contain calculated or pseudo points.
4. Provide data segregation for control of specific data routed to a
terminal, to an operator assigned to a terminal, or to a given output
device such as a printer. Provide thirty-two (32) definable
segregation groups minimum. "Segregation groups" shall be randomly
selectable such as, all fire points, fire points second floor, all
space temperature points, HVAC points, command points, etc. Points
shall be assignable to multiple segregation groups. Display and/or
output of data to printer or CRT shall occur where there.is a match
of operator or peripheral segregation group assignment are the point
segregations.
Display and print alarms at each peripheral to which segregation
allows but only those operators having proper authorization level
will be allowed to acknowledge alarms. Operators and peripherals
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15965-7
SECTION 15965
BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM
shall be assignable to multiple segregation groups and all
assignments are to be online programmable and under password control.
5. Display operator accessed data in logical group format in a 16 line
by 80 character window on the color CRT monitor. The first line of
the display shall be a text message of the group identity made up of
a backtrace of the selection path menu item descriptors. In
addition, this line shall display the logical group number and
address of this group. Display points within the logical group, one
point per line with full text descriptors, the status or value,
engineering unit, and whether the point is normal or in alarm
condition. Flag points in a locked out condition, disabled, or
overriden by operator command and the specific condition identified
in the display. Uniquely identify commandable points within the
group having their point numbers displayed in reverse video or with
a different background color. For commandable points the display
shall also indicate which program last commanded the point or whether
it was an operator action. A "page down" notation shall appear on
the last line of the display if the group contains more points than
can be displayed in the window. A "page down" key shall provide
access to subsequent pages of the group data via single keystrokes.
In addition, a "page up" key shall provide single keystroke access
of the previous page of data. Provide "next group" and "previous
group" keys to allow moving to the next consecutive logical group of
points or to move to the numerical group preceding the one currently
in the display window.
6. Provide a dedicated "command line" at the bottom of the CRT display
for the issuing of commands. Access points identified in the logical
group display as commandable by entering the numeric point address
of the point or by using the cursor control up/down arrow keys to
position the cursor at the point to be commanded. Pressing the "data
entry" key shall cause the address of the point, its current status,
and available commands applicable to the specific point to be
displayed on the command line. For example, if the point were a
motor point it would display current condition ON with available
commands of ON, OFF, AUTO. Execute desired command by positioning
the cursor to it and pressing the "Data Entry" key. Display the
current condition along with the valid set point range for analog
command points. Provide the prompt "enter new value".
7. Provide short form addressing as a rapid means of accessing data
without going through menus. Three methods are to be provided:
a. Entry of menu item number.
b. Entry of the logical group identification number.
C. English language entry.
8. Provide a temporary identifier or "bookmark" feature to allow an
operator to assign the "bookmark" to a screen he is currently working
on, move to a new screen to take action, then return to the
"bookmarked" screen by entering the "bookmark" identity. Bookmark
identify is to be field programmable.
9. Provide electronic messaging facility for any operator to enter a
message to any other operator by selecting the MESSAGE menu item,
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15965-8
SECTION 15965 BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM
entering the receiving operators initials, and. entering the messages
(such as REPLACE FILTERS ON AHU-2). When an operator with a queued
message signs onto any terminal (or if he is signed on at the time
of message entry), a "message waiting" prompt shall be issued.
Messages shall also include the sender's initials.
C. Site Specific Customizing Software
1. Provide software which will allow the user to modify and tailor the
BAS to the specific and unique requirements of the equipment
installed, the programs implemented, and to staffing and operational
practices. Online modification of system configuration, program
parameters, and data base shall be provided via menu -selection and
keyboard entry of data into preformatted self -prompting templates.
Provide the following modification capability as a minimum.
a. Operator assignment capability: Designation of operator
passwords, access levels, point segregation and auto sign off.
b. -Peripheral assignment capability: Assignment of segregation
groups to consoles and printers, designation of backup
consoles and printer, designation of console header points and
enabling/disabling of printout of operator changes.
C. System configuration/diagnostic capability: Communications
and peripheral port assignments, FCP assignments to the
communications network, FCP enable/disable, assignment of
command trace to pints and application programs, and
initiation of diagnostics.
d. System text add/change capability: English descriptors for
menu path items, points, segregation groups and access levels,
action messages for alarms, runtime and trouble condition and
extended messages.
e. Time/schedule change capability: Time/data set,
time/occupancy schedules, exception/holiday schedules and
daylight savings time schedules.
f. Point related change capability: System/point enable/disable;
run time enable/di.sable; assignment of points to segregation
groups, analog value offset, lockout, run time, and setting a
fixed input or output value; and assignment of alarm/warning
limits.
g. Application program change capability: Enable/disable of EMS
programs, EMS program parameter changes, assignment of comfort
limits, global points, time and event initiators, time and
event schedules and enable/disable time and event programs.
2. Provide software which will allow the user to add points, or groups
of points, to the system and to link them to control and energy
management programs. All additions and modifications are to be
online programmable via operators keyboard, downline loaded to
distributed processing units, and entered into their data bases.
After verification of point add.itions and associated program
operation the data base shall be upline loaded and recorded on hard
disk and floppy disk (as an archived record) for subsequent
reinitialization download.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15965-9
SECTION 15965
BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM
3. Provide a Pascal or other high level language programming capability
for implemention of custom DDC programs. Software shall include a
compiler, a linker and upline/downline load capability. In addition,
a library of DDC algorithms, intrinsic control operators, logic
operators, and relational operators for implementation of control
sequences shall be provided and shall include as a minimum:
a. Proportional Control, Proportional plus Integral (PI),
Proportional plus Integral plus Derivative (PID), and Adaptive
Control (self learning). Use the Adaptive Control algorithm
on control loops, as indicated in the Control System
Requirements summary, where the controlled medium flow rate is
variable (such as VAV units and variable flow pumping loops).
The adaptive control algorithm shall monitor the loop response
to output corrections and adjust the loop response
characteristics in accordance with the time constant changes
imposed by variable flow rates. The algorithm shall operate
in a continuous self learning manner and shall retain in
memory a stored record of the system dynamics so that on
system shutdown and restart, the learning process starts where
it left off. Standard PI of PID algorithms are not acceptable
substitutes for variable flow applications since they will
provide optimal control at only one flow rate and will require
continued manual fine tuning.
b. Fully implemented intrinsic control operators including
sequence, reversing, ratio, time delay, time of day, highest
select, lowest select, analog controlled digital output,
analog control analog output, digitally controlled analog
output.
C. Logic, and relational operators (AND, OR, NOT; EQUAL TO, NOT
EQUAL TO, LESS THAN ...; etc.) which are a standard set
available with Pascal or other similar high level language.
D. Provide alarm handler software to respond to alarm conditions sensed and
transmitted from FCP's. First in, first out handling of alarms in
accordance with alarm priority ranking (fire alarm first, security second,
etc.) is required with buffer storage for a minimum of 20 alarms in case
of simultaneous multiple alarms. Alarm handler shall be active in both the
Signed On and Signed Off modes to assure that alarms will be processed even
though an operator is not currently signed on.
1. Alarms shall be displayed in a dedicated window of the CRT terminal.
Display shall include as a minimum:
a. Indication of alarm condition; i.e., ABNORMAL OFF, HI ALARM/LO
ALARM, analog value or status, and English group and point
identification such as SPACE TEMPERATURE TECH CENTER 2ND FLOOR
ROOM 202.
b. A discrete per point alarm -action taking message; i.e., CALL
MAINTENANCE DEPT. Ext 5561.
C. Provide a multi -line extended message capability to allow
assignment of, and printout of, extended action taking
messages on a per alarm point basis.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15965-10
SECTION 15965
BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM
2. Categorize and process alarms in accordance with the alarm class.
Alarm silencing shall be by pressing the "silence" key or by
(authorized operators) acknowledgement. In all cases, alarm
acknowledgement shall only be allowed by operators authorized to
access the point in alarm.
a. Class 1 alarms (those associated with fire, security and other
extremely critical equipment monitoring functions): alarm,
trouble, return to normal, and acknowledge conditions printed
and displayed. All conditions shall cause an audible to sound
and shall require individual acknowledgement.
b. Class 2 alarms (critical, but not life safety related):
processed the same as Class 1 alarms. These alarms, however,
will not require individual acknowledgement but may be
acknowledged via the Multiple Alarm Acknowledgement key.
C. Class 3 (general system monitoring alarms): printed, and
displayed on the CRT screen. Every new alarm received shall
cause the audible to sound. It shall be possible to
"Acknowledge" queued alarms either on an individual basis or
via a Multiple Alarm Acknowledge key. Alarms returning to
normal condition shall be printed, and shall not cause an
audible or require an acknowledgement.
d. Class 4 (routine maintenance warning alarms): printed only
with no display, no audible, and no acknowledgment required.
4. Provide an unacknowledged alarm indicator on the CRT display to alert
the operator that there are unacknowledged alarms in the system.
E. Provide standard reports, field selectable to appear on the CRT terminal,
any selected printer, or both. Schedule all facility wide standard reports
to run at a specific time and/or interval via an operator' function
supported by necessary data entry templates and interactive prompts.
Standard preformatted reports shall include:
1. Point summary reports may be requested at any menu level (facility,
building, area, system) and shall include only points to which the
requesting operator is authorized. Point summary reports shall
include the current value/status and condition, system and point
English descriptors, and shall be selectable for all points, points
in alarm, points in an alarm lockout state, analog points (including
alarm limits assigned), commandable points (including set point
values), digital points, disabled points, fixed points, lockout
points -in -alarm, and run time points (including currently accumulated
run time and limits).
2. Data file text summary reports shall provide listings of current
software including point descriptors, run time action messages,
engineering units, alarm messages, trouble messages, freeform names.
3. Data file point information reports shall summarize point parameters
as programmed such as assigned descriptors, messages, engineering
units, alarm class and priority, scan and lockout status,
minimum/maximum off times, etc.
4. Diagnostic reports shall include a summary report of the status of
each system device (PC, FCP, Communications Controller), and a
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15965-11
SECTION 15965 BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM
diagnostic report of each FCP. FCP diagnostic reports shall list
"passed" FCP's and shall summarize complete diagnostic results of all
"not passed" FCP's (i.e.; failed chip ID).
5. Trend report shall allow the operator to randomly select logical
arrays of points to be recorded and the time interval at which
samples are to be taken. Time interval shall be assignable from 1
to 60 minutes. It shall be possible to assign up to 10 variables to
a trend report. A numeric listing of the points to be trended along
with a complete English group and point descriptor shall be printed
out as a trend header at the start of the report. Following the
header the trend report number shall be listed followed by the column
headers 1 through 10 with appropriate engineering unit abbreviations;
i.e., DEG or PSI, printed under the column head number. At each
specified interval, the time shall be recorded and the assigned
variable values shall be printed under the column headers. Trend
reports may be output in real time line -at -a -time to each system
printer. If, on an alarm printer, a trend is interrupted by a higher
priority activity.
F. A graphics mode of operation shall be provided allowing full color displays
of campus layouts; building floor plans; HVAC, chiller and boiler system
configurations.
1. Dynamic data such as temperature and humidity values, fan and motor
status, alarm point condition, etc. is to be embedded in the graphics
at the sensing location. Points in an alarm condition shall
G.
annunciate via color change and blinking.
2. Dynamic data shall automatically update at a pre -preprogrammed
interval not to exceed 10 seconds. Manual update shall also be
provided via a screen update key.
3. Commandable, points, both digital and analog, shall be uniquely
identified by color and/or discrete symbol and shall be directly
addressable and commandable from the graphic display. Direct entry
of commandable point address or positioning of the cursor to the
point shall cause a display of associated command states for
digitals, the set point value and valid range for analogs.
4. All graphic displays shall be online programmable via keyboard,
trackball, or mouse selection of graphic library stored symbols and
system profiles. Provide, in addition, the capability to create
custom symbols, system profiles, floor plans, etc. and to store them
in the graphics library.
5. It shall be possible to associate a graphic with any level of the
manu penetration path; i.e., an area, a building, a floor, or group
of points.
6. Fully implemented graphic displays are y be provided for all
systems.
Provide a history file to allow automatic storage of certain records plus
allow the operator to selectively direct critical real time system data and
activity to a mass storage device for -later recall and analysis via spread
sheets or trend log formats.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15965-12
SECTION 15965
BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM
1. All alarm and return to normal activity shall automatically be routed
to history files. Alarms and return -to- normals shall include warning
and alarm threshold violations plus no -response, trouble, run time
count exceeded, FCP alarms, power demand alarms, and command
failures. Provide a templatized sorting/extraction routing to allow
a user to request a report of subsets of this historically stored
data by specifying the points of interest, the time window of
interest (beginning and ending time and date), and the type of alarms
of interest (all of above types or specific types). Locking out or
disabling of points shall also be historically stored and output in
the all type reports.
2. Operator shall be able to select, via the CRT terminal keyboard,
those analog and digital inputs and outputs to be stored and the
interval at which samples are taken.
3. History trend file data base shall be available for access by
standard off the shelf software packages such as Lotus 1, 2, 3,
Framework, or similar so that the operator may format display or
printouts in the form of:
a. Spread Sheets
b. Bar Charts
C. Curve Plots
4. History files shall be the source data for stored trend reports to
be used for records and system analysis. Operator shall be able to
select specific points to be output, the time period of the report
and time at which the report is to be printed. Provide capacity for
a minimum of eight 12.point trend logs. Trend output format shall
be as specified for trend logs.
H. The system provided must be capable of running standard off the'shelf IBM
PC compatible software packages concurrently with the real time system.
A fully tested and qualified integrated third party software package
including spread sheet, data base manager, and word processing and capable
of running under Concurrent PC DOS is to be identified as system compatible
and listed in the submittal.
1. The base system software shall include a CRT "windowing" feature to
allow the operator to monitor the real time system and use third
party software simultaneously.
2. All third party software packages identified shall have access to the
system historical data base previously specified.
3. For computer based systems not IBM software compatible, an IBM
compatible PC subsystem shall be provided complete with necessary
terminals, hard disk, letter quality printer and interface to the BAS
data base.
I. Input/Output Point processing software shall include:
1. Continuous update of input and output values and conditions. All
connected points are to be updated at a minimum of one second
intervals.
2. Analog to digital conversion, scaling and offset, correction of
sensor non -linearity, sensing no response or failed sensors, and
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15965-13
SECTION 15965 BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM
conversion of values to 32 bit floating point format. It shall be
possible to input subsets of standard sensor ranges to the A/D
converter and assign gains to match the full scale 32 bit conversion
to achieve high accuracy readout.
3. A reasonability check on all analog inputs against the previously
read value. Discard those values falling outside preprogrammed
reasonability limits. Unless five successive unreasonable scan
values agree, in which case consider the new value reasonable.
4. Assignment of proper engineering units and status condition
identifiers to all analog and digital input and outputs.
5. Analog input alarm comparison with the ability to assign two
individual sets of high and low limits (warning and actual alarm) to
an input or to assign a set of floating limits (alarm follows a reset
schedule or DDC control point) to the input. Assign each alarm a
unique differential to prevent a point from oscillating into and out
of alarm. Make alarm comparisons each scan cycle.
6. Debounce of digital inputs to prevent nuisance alarms. Provide
adjustable debounce timing from two seconds to two minutes in one
second increments.
J. Command control software shall manage the receipt of commands from the
central operators console, portable operators terminal, and from control
programs.
1. Command relay, programmable from 0 to 30 seconds, shall be provided
to prevent simultaneous energizing of loads.
2. Assign each command a command and residual priority to manage
contentions created by multiple programs having access to the same
command point. Execute only outputs with a higher command priority
than the existing residual priority. Whenever a command is allowed
to execute, its assigned residual priority shall replace the existing
residual priority.
3. Support a "fixed mode" option to allow inputs to, and outputs from,
DDC control programs to be set to a fixed state or value. When in
the "fixed mode" assign a high residual command priority to inputs
and outputs to prevent override by application programs.
4. Maintain a last user record to positively identify which program or
manual command is in control of a given point. Display the last user
information along with other point data on the CRT display of logical
groups.
K. Provide alarm lockout software to prevent nuisance alarms. On initial
startup of air handler and other mechanical equipment assign a "timed"
lockout" period to analog points to allow them to reach a stable condition
before activating F arm comparison logic. Lockout period is to be
programmable on a ,er point basis from 0 to 90 minutes in one minute
increments. A "hara lockout" shall also be provided to positively lock out
alarms when equipment is turned off or when a true alarm is dependent on
the condition of an associated point. Hard lockout points and lockout
initiators are to be operator programmable.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15965-14
SECTION 15965
BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM
L. Accumulate run time based on the status of a digital input point. It shall
be possible to totalize either on time or off time up to 10,000 hours with
one minute resolution. Run time counts shall reside in non-volatile memory
and have FCP resident run time limits assignable through the operators
terminal.
M. Provide a transition counter to accumulate the number of times a device has
been cycled on or off. Counter is to be non-volatile and be capable of
accumulating 600,000 switching cycles. Limits shall be assignable to
counts to provide maintenance alarm printouts.
N. Provide custom DDC programs to meet the control strategies as called for
in the sequence of operation sections of these specifications. Each FCP
shall have resident in its memory and available to the programs a full
library of DDC algorithms, intrinsic control operators, arithmetic, logic,
and relational operators for implementation of control sequences.
0. Occupancy/Time Programs shall include up to two independent start and stop
times per day for each system identified in the Control System Requirements
summary.
1. Provide unique time programs for each day of the week, plus a unique
holiday schedule. Each motor may be provided with unique time
programs, or motors may be grouped and assigned to a common time
program as directed by the Owner.
2. For each time program, provide a template to allow simple time
modifications for each day up to six days in advance. The template
shall allow the time modifications to be permanent changes or to
execute only once, then return to the previous (permanent) schedule.
3. Calendar days which are intended to execute under the "holiday"
schedule shall be template defined up to one year in advance. Up to
32 "holiday" days shall be assignable.
P. Provide a time and event programming (TEP) capability which will initiate
a sequence of commands for execution at a specific time or upon the
occurrence of an event. Program features required as a minimum are:
1. Analog points to be commandable to a specific value.
2. Digital points commandable to a specific state, i.e. on or off; fast,
slow or off.
3. Initiator to be a specific day and time or a specific event; i.e.,
either analog or digital alarm occurrence.
4. Commands must honor command delays and residual priority structures.
5. Multiple commands assigned to a single initiator and the ability to -
chain TEP's.
6. Ability to enable and disable TEP's and initiators individually and
manual initiation.
Q. Maintenance Management Software
1. The control system shall have integrated maintenance management
software (MMS) which can be accessed on-line without the need to exit
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15965-15
SECTION 15965
BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM
the control system software. The MMS shall provide the following
functions as a minimum:
a. Preventive maintenance scheduling.
b. Work order generation based on actual equipment runtime, event
(alarms), calendar scheduling or interval schedule. Equipment
runtime and event data shall be actual values automatically
reported by the control system. Systems which require the
manual entry of runtime are not acceptable.
C. Parts and supplies inventory.
d. Labor and material expenditures tracking.
R. Provide memory for non-volatile or 72 hour battery backed RAM energy
management application programs and associated data files. Individual
programs shall be capable of being accessed from the central operators
terminal or portable operators terminal for enabling/disabling and program
parameter modification.
1. Base distributed power demand program on a sliding window
instantaneous demand algorithm. The FCP interfaced to the demand
meter shall calculate the demand, forecast the demand tread, compare
it to established demand limits, and initiate load shedding action
or reestablishment of loads as required. Shedding shall be on a
sequential basis with least important loads shed first and restored
last. Restoration cycle shall add the most important loads first.
DCP's on the bus shall each have a four -tier shed table for
assignment of schedulable loads. When a request is issued to the bus
to shed a specific number of kilowatts each controller will shed Tier
2 loads, etc. until the shed requirement is met.
2. Integrate Optimum Start and Night Cycling into a single coordinated
software package addressing the unique requirement of each systems
Unoccupied Period, which may include one or more of the following:
a. Delay equipment startup based on outdoor temperature, space
temperature, and system response to assure that comfort
conditions are reached exactly at scheduled occupancy time
(occupancy schedules are defined under "Occupancy/Time
Programming"), and operate in both heating and cooling cycles.
Employ an adaptive algorithm which automatically adjusts
according to the previous day's program performance and shall
automatically assign longer lead times for weekend and holiday
shutdowns.
b. Night Cycle program shall apply to heating cycle only with the
outdoor air dampers closed. The space temperature shall be
used to determine the "fan on" and/or "supply heat" command to
maintain a low limit of 50-55°F for the heating cycle.
3. Provide an Optimum Stop program for utilizing stored energy (flywheel
effect) to carry the heating or cooling load on a short term basis.
Employ an adaptive algorithm to automatically accelerate the stop
time as much as one hour based on external load conditions and the
rate of temperature change of the occupied space with the energy
source off (Drift Rate).
4. Provide an enthalpy program which will automatically select the air
source; outdoor air or mixed air, that presents the least total heat
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15965-16
SECTION 15965
BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM
load to the cooling coil based upon an anthalpy comparison of
outdoor air and return air.
5. Provide a load reset program assure that only the minimum amount of
heating and cooling energy is supplied to satisfy zone temperature
requirements. The program shall be applicable to hot decks, cold
decks and chilled water supply. Provide individual programs each
sensing the worst case zone requirements and providing only the
minimum energy source media to satisfy the need.
2.8 DATA AND CONTROL SUMMARY
A. Provide the following hardware devices as required to connect the remote
electronic panels and the standard control software modules. Provide
additional software required to accomplish the detailed sequence of
operations specified in Automatic Temperature Controls.
B. Provide each analog point with a unique FCP resident dual high and dual low
limit alarm thresholds as specified elsewhere set in engineering units.
Where specified, floating (a band above and below a set point) alarm limits
shall be provided.
C. Each digital output shall have a software -associated monitored input. Any
time the monitored input does not track it's associated command output
within a programmable time interval, a "command failed" alarm shall be
reported.
D. Where calculated points (such as CFM) are shown, they shall appear in their
respective logical groups. The respective.unconditioned raw data (such as
the logarithmic differential pressure) points shall also be grouped in a
special group for display and observation independent of the logical
groups.
E. Where data or control points are required to accomplish the digital control
or energy management sequences specified but not listed on this summary,
the contractor shall notify the Architect in writing at least fourteen days
prior to bid openings. If this timely notification is not received by the
Architect, all points required by the sequences shall be provided.
F. Unless otherwise specified or approved prior to bidding, the primary analog
input and the analog output of each DDC loop shall be resident in the same
FCP containing the DDC algorithm, and shall function independent of any
peer or mux communication links. Secondary (reset type) analog inputs may
be received from the peer network, but approved default values and/or
procedures shall be substituted in the DDC algorithm for this secondary
input if network communications fail or if the secondary input becomes
erroneous or invalid.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PROTECTION OF SOFTWARE RIGHTS
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15965-17
SECTION 15965
BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM
A. Prior to delivery of software, the Building Automation System (BAS
manufacturer and the Owner will enter into a software 'license agreement
with provisions such as limiting use of the software to the equipment
provided under these specifications, limiting copying, preserving
confidentiality and prohibiting transfer to a third party.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Properly support all wiring and tubing. Run all wiring and tubing exposed
and in equipment rooms parallel to or at right angles to the building
structure. Neatly bundle and anchor all piping and wiring within
enclosures to prevent obstruction to devices and terminals.
B. Provide all electrical installation required for a fully functional system
unless specifically shown on the electrical plans. Provide wiring in
accordance with applicable local and national codes. Install line voltage
wiring, wiring exposed, and wiring in equipment rooms in conduit in
accordance with Division 16. Electronic wiring: #18 AWG minimum THHN and
shielded if required. Conceal wiring in the central control room in an
approved manner.
C. Enter all computer programs and data files into the related computers
including control programs, initial approved parameters and settings,
English descriptors, and colorgraphics complete with dynamic dispersed
data. Install samples of the following for training and validation:
1. Trend Log
2. Alarm Message (action taking message)
3. Run time maintenance message
4. Trouble action message
D. Maintain diskette copies of all data file and application software for
reload use in the event of a system crash or memory failure, including FCP
programs. One copy shall be delivered to the Owner during training
session, and one copy shall be archived in the BAS manufacturer's local
software vault.
3.3 VALIDATION
A. The BAS contractor shall completely check out, calibrate and test all
connected hardware and software to insure that the system performs in
accordance with the approved specifications and sequences of operation
submitted.
B. Witnessed validation demonstration shall consist of:
1. Running each specified report
2. Display and demonstrate each data entry template to slow site
specific customizing capability. Demonstrate parameter changes.
3. Execute menu tree
4. Display graphics, demo update.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15965-18
SECTION 15965 BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM
5.
Execute digital
and analog commands in English and graphic mode.
6.
Demonstrate
freeform
address assignments and commands.
7.
Demonstrate
all
specified diagnostics.
8.
Demonstrate
DDC
loop precision and stability via trend logs of inputs
and outputs
(6
loops minimum).
9.
Demonstrate
EMS
performance via trend logs and command printouts.
10.
Demonstrate
scan,
update, and alarm responsiveness.
3.4 MANUALS
A. Provide six (6) operators manuals with graphic explanations of keyboard use
for all operator functions specified under Operator Training, including
graphic mode. Although operator functions are to be self -instructional and
menu -interactive from the keyboard terminal, this manual shall be for off -
lien study and refresher use.
B. Provide a Programmer's manual with graphic descriptions of all keyboard
functions required for software modifications and development specified
under Programmer Training. Although high level languages such as PASCAL
are required to be usable on the system, full PASCAL type manuals and
training are not required. The use and installation of PASCAL type
programs shall be included in this manual. This programmer's manual shall
include computer generated listings.
C. Provide revised As Built documents of all materials required under the
paragraph "SUBMITTALS" on this specification.
D. Provide three operators manuals, two programmers, and two As Built manuals
provided to the Owner.
3.5 TRAINING
A. Provide training by the BAS manufacturer and utilize specified manuals and
as -built documentation.
B. Operator training shall include two initial four-hour sessions
encompassing:
1. Sequence of Operation review
2. Sign on -Sign off
3. Selection of all displays and reports
4. Commanding of points, English and graphic mode
5. Modifying English test
6. Modifying warning limits, alarm limits and start -stop times.
7. System initialization
R. Download and initialization of DCP's
�. Purge and/or dump of historical data
10. Use of Portable Operators Terminal
11. Troubleshooting of sensors (determining bad sensors)
12. Creating and modifying color graphics
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15965-19
SECTION 15965
BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM
C. Supervisor training shall include an additional two hour session
encompassing:
1. Password assignment/modification
2. Operator assignment/modification
3. Operator authority assignment/modification
4. Point disable/enable
5. Terminal and data segregation/modification
D. Programmer training shall include two additional three hour sessions
encompassing:
1. Software review of Sequence of Operation programs
2. Modification of control programs
3. Add/Delete/Modify data points
4. Use of diagnostics
5. System maintenance procedures
6. Review of initialization
7. Upload/download and off-line archiving of all system software.
8. Use of Portable Programmers Terminal
3.6 WARRANTY
A. Guarantee all components, system software, parts and assemblies supplied
by the BAS manufacturer against defects in materials and workmanship for
one year from acceptance data.
B. Furnish labor to troubleshoot, repair, reprogram, or replace system
components at no charge to the Owner during the warranty period.
C. All corrective software modifications made during warranty service periods
shall be updated on all user documentation and on use and manufacturer
archived software disks.
********************
END OF SECTION 15965
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15965-20
SECTION 15992
TESTS - PIPING SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Piping tests for all systems:
a. Chilled Water and Condenser Water
b. Domestic and Grey Water Systems
C. Sanitary and Storm Waste and Vent
d. Liquified Petroleum Gas System
Systems
Systems
e. Fire Protection Systems
f. Refrigerant Piping Systems
2. Additional tests may be specified in other sections. These shall
be performed in addition to those specified in this section.
3. Should governing bodies require tests over and above those
specified in this Section, they shall be performed by this
Section and certified for approval by such governing bodies or
agencies.
4. Perform additional tests as may be required by utility companies
or agencies supplying the particular service such as city water,
or LP gas.
5. Provide certified test reports for all systems.
1.2 EQUIPMENT
A. Provide all devices, equipment, and gases, necessary to make tests
required. Devices installed in the work shall not be used for test
purposes.
B. Materials shall be subjected to standard test by manufacturer before
shipment.
1.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Make test during installation and after completion. Tests shall be
made at expense of this Section.
B. Piping concealed in building construction, chases, and other areas,
shall be proved before being concealed. Contractor failing to make
such tests must assume all costs of removing and replacing defective
piping and must pay all costs of cutting and repairing building
construction made necessary by this neglect to end of guarantee
period.
C. Make tests prior to insulating piping or backfilling of underground
work.
D. Make hydrostatic tests with cold water. The minimum duration shall be
four hours.
E. Test in presence of Owner's representative, who may direct Contractor
to perform tests in presence of some other appointed witness. In all
cases, perform tests in presence of Owner -approved representatives.
This Section will be responsible for correct testing, observation of
results, and corrections necessary.
F. Provisions shall be made so that every item may be thoroughly
inspected, and in no case shall any part of construction be obscured.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15992-1
SECTION 15992
TESTS - PIPING SYSTEMS
G. Do not apply test pressures to a hot valve. In event such testing is
necessary, install temporary block ahead of valve. Final test of
connection against hot valve shall be by examination of work under
service pressure.
H. Any device connected into system which cannot assume test pressure
shall be disconnected and protected from damage.
I. All parts of system under test must be under constant supervision with
authority to bleed off excess pressure that may develop. No test
shall remain on work unless continuously attended. Use care so that
excess pressure does not develop because of temperature changes.
J. Work shall be completely leak free at any joint, fittings, accessory,
or attachment. If repairs are necessary, re -test work after
correction. Correct defects made manifest by these tests before
proceeding with other work.
K. Fluids shall circulate and flow freely without noise, vibration, or
hammer on either hand or automatic control, with no evidence of leaks,
trapping, or binding.
L. Mechanical and Electrical equipment shall operate satisfactorily at
specified capacity without noise, vibration, overheating, or evidence
of misalignment or insecure mounting.
1.4 CERTIFIED TEST REPORTS
A. For each system tested, provide a certificate testifying that the
system was tested as specified and provide the following data:
1. Identification of system tested referencing specific equipment
connected to system.
2. Date tested.
3. Test pressure and duration of test.
4. Recorded test pressure at end of test.
5. Media used for testing.
6. List necessary repairs made before the system passed the leak
test.
7. Signature of Contractor.
8. Signature of witness.
9. Other data as required by the system specification.
1.5 CHILLED WATER AND CONDENSER WATER SYSTEMS
A. Hydrostatic test at 150`yo of design pressure but in no case less than
180 psig. Maintain for not less than four hours.
B. After test blow all piping clean with water. Leave lines clean of all
debris and sediment.
C. Special piping materials shall be tested as recommended by
manufacturer.
1.6 DOMESTIC AND GREY WATER SYSTEMS
A. Hydrostatic test at 125 psig minimum, four hour duration.
B. After test blow clean with potable water, leave lines clean of all
sediment and debris.
C. Sterilize all lines with.chlorine as specified.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15992-2
SECTION 15992
TESTS - PIPING SYSTEMS
1.7 SANITARY AND STORM WASTE AND VENT SYSTEMS
A. Inspect lines over entire length for
and by rodding entire length.
B. Hydrostatically test building work to
by plugging outlet and filling system
obstructions with illumination
maximum head of water possible
to maximum height.
C. Keep infiltration into gravity sewers to minimum. Proof may be
required by tests on completed project immediately after rain of
sufficient intensity to saturate soil, or by other means.
1.8 LIQUIFIED PETROLEUM GAS
A. Preliminary test piping system with air at 25 psig for four hours
duration.
B. Piping system shall be finally tested with air at 125 psig, for four
hour duration. Soap test all joints and connections.
C. After test, blow all lines with compressed air to clean of all
sediment and debris.
1.9 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
A. All types shall be tested in accordance with applicable NFPA
requirements for particular system installed.
B. Provide certification of tests as may be required by NFPA such as flow
tests for sprinkler systems, main pressure tests, etc.
1.10 REFRIGERANT PIPING SYSTEMS
A. Lines shall be cleaned of scale, dirt, and foreign matter before
making connections, and shall be purged with dry nitrogen to prevent
oxidation during brazing.
B. After completion, the high and low pressure sides of the piping system
shall be pressurized at the test pressures specified in ASHRAE 15-80
for the refrigerant type to be used in the system, with a mixture of
Freon 12 and dry nitrogen, and leak tested with a soap bubble solution
followed with an a electronic leak detector having a sensitivity of
1/2 ounce of R-12 refrigerant per year. Any leaks shall be repaired,
and tests shall be repeated until no further leaks are found and the
system passes a static leak test pressure for a duration of 24 hours.
C. After the pressure tests are completed, the system, including the
coils, shall be exhausted by a suitable vacuum pump connected to the
liquid line. After 2.5 millimeters of mercury absolute pressure is
obtained, break the vacuum with oil pumped dry nitrogen. Re -
evacuate the system to 2.5 millimeters of mercury absolute pressure
and stop vacuum pump. As an alternative to multiple evacuation,
system may be evacuated to not more than 500 microns of mercury
absolute pressure and stop vacuum pump. Allow systems to stand under
vacuum 12 hours minimum with no noticeable pressure rise. The vacuum
shall be checked by a suitable mercury column gage.
D. After the dehydration of the system is thus completea, the system
shall be charged with refrigerant and put into operation.
E. The tests of the refrigerant piping systems shall follow the
general test guidelines of ASHRAE 15-80, except as modified herein.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15992-3
SECTION 15992
TESTS - PIPING SYSTEMS
F. A dated declaration of the test of the refrigerant piping shall be
provided in accordance with the requirements of Division 1. The dated
declaration shall include the information outlined in Article 12.3 of
ASHRAE 15-80.
G. Submit test reports of the refrigerant piping leak tests for all
refrigerant piping systems installed. The test reports shall contain
the following information:
1. System refrigerant and high and low side test pressure used.
2. Listing of the necessary repairs made before the refrigerant
piping system passed the leak test.
3. Identification of specific system by referencing specific
equipment identification numbers.
4. Leak testing media used.
5. Suction and discharge refrigerant gas pressures and temperatures
taken after the refrigerant system has been charged.
H. The completed refrigerant system shall be guaranteed to be
sufficiently free from leaks so that the loss of refrigerant for 18
months from the date of final payment shall not exceed 5 per cent.
1.11 OTHER PIPING SYSTEMS
A. Test all piping systems not listed in
system manufacturer's requirements.
B. In all cases blow or flush all piping
debris.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
N/A
PART 3 - EXECUTION
N/A
********************
END OF SECTION 15992
strict accordance with the
clear of all sediment and
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15992-4
SECTION 15995
SYSTEM BALANCING AND TESTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Construction Manager shall obtain services of an independent test
and balance agency that specializes in and whose business is
limited to testing and balancing of air conditioning systems.
2. Provide materials, equipment, labor and supervision necessary to
accomplish total systems air balancing, water balancing smoke
control and testing as outlined in this Section.
3. Heating and Air Conditioning Contractor shall cooperate with
Balancing Agency by:
a. Including balancing dampers as required by Drawings and
Specification.
b. Putting complete system into operation during duration of
balancing period.
C. Providing up-to-date set of Drawings and advising
immediately of changes made to system during construction.
d. Providing labor and equipment and cost of performing
corrections such as dampers, belts and pulley changes, etc.
as required without undue delay.
e. Providing complete submittal information for mechanical
equipment complete with pertinent engineering information.
4. Balancing Contract shall incorporate the following:
a. Adjust and balance complete mechanical system as hereinafter
specified.
b. At completion of balancing contract, assist in instruction
of Owner's personnel in proper operation and maintenance of
each piece of equipment.
1.2 SMOKE CONTROL TESTING
A. Provide field of smoke control system and comply with the procedures
and requirements of NFPA 92A-1988 Edition : Recommended Practice for
Smoke Control Systems", Chapter 4 Testing:
1. Section 4-3 Acceptable Testing
2. Section 4-3.2 Testing Equipment
3. Section 4-3.3 Testing Procedures
4. Section 4-3.4 Stair Tower Pressurization Systems
5. Section 4-3.5 Zoned Smoke Control System
6. Section 4-3.7 Testing Documentation
7. Section 4-3.8 Owner's Manual and Instruction
B. Provide drawings, equipment and labor for testing and documentation.
C. System Balancing and Testing Agency must be approved by Project
Manager, Project Officer and Architect before performing test.
D. Adjust, correct and balance complete mechanical system.
E. Certify the smoke control system and its constituent parts operate as
specified and to the satisfaction of the authority having
jurisdiction.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15995-1
SECTION 15995
SYSTEM BALANCING AND TESTING
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Test and Balance Agency selected shall be fully certified by
Associated Air Balance Council or National Environmental Balancing
Bureau and shall have at least one member qualified as Certified Test
and Balance Engineer that has been issued this certification by
National Examining Board - United States and Canada. All final
reports shall be signed by this Certified Test and Balance Engineer
and shall include his official stamp.
B. Testing and Balancing Agency as part of its contract shall act as
authorized inspection agency, responsible through Construction Manager
to Architect and Owner, and shall report any discrepancies or items
not installed in accordance with contract drawings and/or
specification pertaining to air distribution, cooling and heating and
exhaust systems.
C. Selected agency shall submit AABC National Warranty Certificate or
copy of current NEBB Certification which includes preconstruction plan
check and field inspection program immediately upon receipt of test
and balance contract.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 EQUIPMENT
A. Test equipment shall be furnished by the Balancing Contractor and will
remain his property.
B. Instruments used for testing and balancing of systems must have been
calibrated within a period of six months and been checked for accuracy
prior to start of work. Verification of calibration provided with
submittal data.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Construction Manager shall coordinate work done by testing and
balancing agency with work of other trades in following manner:
1. Notify selected agency within 30 days after award of their
contract so that preliminary plan check and field inspection
phase may be initiated.
2. Provide two sets of final prints of air conditioning plans for
plan check purposes to test and balance agency prior to
construction.
3. Direct installing contractor to make all necessary changes or
additions to air conditioning system on items reported by test
and balance agency to be not in accordance with Contract Drawings
and/or Specification.
3.2 AIR AND/OR HYDRONIC SYSTEM TESTING -BALANCING -ADJUSTING
A. Testing and balancing shall be performed in complete accordance with
AABC National Standards of Field Measurements and Instrumentation,
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15995-2
SECTION 15995
SYSTEM BALANCING AND TESTING
Form No. 81266, Volume One, or NEBB Test -Balance -Adjust Report, Form
TBA-1 through 21-71. Testing and balancing shall be performed on air
and hydronic systems.
B. Three copies of complete test report shall be submitted prior to final
acceptance of project, one copy to Construction Manager, one copy to
Architect, one copy to Owner.
3.3 AIR TEST AND BALANCING PROCEDURE
A. Measure supply air volumes by means of duct traverse method, taking
minimum of sixteen (16) readings. Seal duct access holes with metal
snap -in plugs. Use of duct tape to seal access holes will not be
permitted.
B. Adjust balancing dampers for required branch duct air quantities.
C. Adjust grilles and diffusers to within 5% of individual requirements
specified, and also adjust so as to minimize draft in all areas.
D. Total air delivery in any particular fan system shall be obtained by
adjustment of particular fan speed. Drive motor of each fan shall not
be loaded over corrected full load amperage rating of motor involved.
E. Changes that are required for final balancing results as determined by
Balancing Contractor will be provided for by respective contractors
who supply and install such equipment under their contractual
obligations. Such changes may encompass, but are not necessarily
restricted to changing the pulleys, belts, dampers or adding dampers
and/or access panels.
3.4 WATER TEST AND BALANCING PROCEDURE
A. Before setting pump capacities, check following items:
1. Automatic fill valve setting and strainer
2. Expansion tank level
3. Cleanliness of system water
4. Make certain pump strainers are clean
5. Check pump rotation.
6. Check air vents at coils and high points of system
B. Measure circulating pump capacities by differential pressure
measurements, amperage and brake horsepower method using pump manufac
turer's capacity curve. Position automatic valves, hand valves and
balancing cocks for full flow through coils, convertors, etc. during
pump adjustment. Use only calibrated test gauges for pump adjustment;
use of pressure gauges installed with system will not be allowed.
C. Coordinate setting of controls to maintain coil water inlet design
temperatures, with coil valves positioned for full flow through coil
during adjustment. Balance individual water coils at full flow to
maintain temperature differential specified.
D. Mark settings of balancing cocks at required positions.
3.5 BALANCING DATA
A. System report shall include but not necessarily be limited to the
following information at Design Conditions, at Initial setting, and
final setting.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15995-3
SECTION 15995
SYSTEM BALANCING AND TESTING
1.
2.
3.
4.
Fans. and Pumas
Manufacturer, size and H.P.
Amperage (Nameplate and corrected full load)
Motor current characteristics, starter size,
RPM
Brake Horsepower
Fan CFM
Fan Suction and discharge static pressure
Pump GPM
Pump Discharge and Suction Pressures
Fan or Pump Reference number, name or letter
Systems External to Fan or Pump - Test Data
heater size
Grill or Diffuser reference number and manufacturer
Location (room number and name)
Design velocity and CFM or GPM
Flow Factor
Final condition of balance
Cooling Coils
Coil type, manufacturer and reference number
Air flow CFM
Cooling coil entering and leaving air temperature
(D.B.)
Cooling coil entering and leaving air temperature (W.B.)
Water Flow GPM
Entering and leaving water temperature
Chiller and Cooling Tower
Entering and leaving water temperature.
Entering and leaving water pressure.
Motor current characteristics, starter size, heater size.
********************
END OF SECTION 15995
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 15995-4
Electrical
DIVISION 16
SECTION 16010
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION
A. Provide all material and labor for the fabrication, installation,
start-up, and testing for the complete electrical installation.
B. Drawings for the work are diagrammatic, intended to convey the extent,
general arrangement, and locations of the work. Because of the scale
of the drawings, certain basic items such as conduit fittings, access
panels, sleeves, pull and junction boxes may not be shown. Include
such items where required by code, other sections, or for proper
installation of the work.
C. Equipment specifications may not deal individually with every part,
control, or device which may be required to produce the equipment
performance specified or as required to meet the equipment warranties.
Include such items as required, whether or not specifically indicated.
D. Coordinate with all trades in submittal of shop drawings. Shop
drawings shall detail space conditions to the satisfaction of all
concerned trades, subject to final review by the Architect. If
electrical work is installed before coordinating with other trades,
which interferes with work of other trades, make all necessary changes
to correct the condition at no additional cost to the Owner.
1.2 CODES AND STANDARDS
A. Install all work in accordance with the applicable requirements of
following:
1. National Electric Code - NEC 1990
2. Regulations of the:
a. Federal Government
b. State of Florida
C. County of Monroe.
d. City of Key West.
3. NFPA Codes:
a. NFPA 13 - Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler
Systems.
b. NFPA 13A - Inspection, Testing and Maintenance of Sprinkler
Systems.
C. NFPA 72A - Standard for the Installation, Maintenance and
Use of Local Protective Signalling Systems.
d. NFPA 72B - Standard for the Installation, Maintenance and
Use of Auxiliary protective Signalling Systems.
e. NFPA 72C - Standard for the Installation, Maintenance and
Use of Remote Station protective Signalling Systems.
f. NFPA 72D - Standard for the Installation, Maintenance and
Use of Proprietary protective Signalling.�Systems.
g. NFPA 72E - Standard on Automatic Fire Detectors.
h. NFPA 72G - Guide for the Installation, Maintenance and Use
of Notification Appliances for Protective Signalling
Systems.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 16010-1
SECTION 16010
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
i. NFPA 72H - Testing Procedures for Local, Auxiliary, Remote
Station and Propriety Protective Signalling Systems.
j. NFPA 75 - Standard for the Protection of Electronic
Computer/Data Processing Equipment.
k. NFPA 78 - Lightning Protection Code
1. NFPA 90A - Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning
and Ventilating Systems.
M. NFPA 90B - Standard for the Installation of Warm Air Heating
and Air Conditioning Systems.
n. NFPA 91 - Standard for the Installation of Blower and
Exhaust Systems.
o. NFPA 96-1987 - Standard for the Installation of Equipment
for the Removal of Smoke and Grease -Laden Vapors from
Commercial Cooking Equipment.
p. NFPA 101 - Code for Safety to Life from Fire in Building and
Structures.
q. NFPA 110 - Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems.
B. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to comply with the
applicable codes, ordinances, regulations, and standards. Where
discrepancies occur, notify the Architect, in writing, and ask for
interpretation. Correct any installation that fails to comply with
the applicable codes and standards at no additional cost to the Owner.
1.3 PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS
A. Obtain and make all payments for permits and inspections required. At
the completion of the project and before final acceptance of the
electrical work, provide evidence of final inspection and approval by
the authorities having jurisdiction.
1.5 ELECTRICAL REFERENCE SYMBOLS
A. Symbols used on the floor plans are defined in the Electrical Symbols
Schedule on the Drawings. Some of the symbols scheduled may not be
required for the project.
B. The symbols used for schematic or one line power and control wiring
diagrams are American Standard Graphical Electrical Symbols as
published in American Standard Chart Z32.3.
1.6 ACTIVE SERVICES
A. Protect existing active services, water, gas, sewer, electric, when
encountered, against damage. Do not prevent or disturb operation of
active services which are to remain. If active services are
encountered which require relocation, make request to authorities with
jurisdiction for determination of procedures. Where existing services
are to be abandoned, terminate them in conformance with requirements
of the utility or municipality having jurisdiction.
1.7 TESTS
A. Test all systems and place in proper working order prior to demon-
strating systems to the Owner.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 16010-2
SECTION 16010 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
B. After work is completed, make a load balance test to demonstrate that
with full lighting and mechanical load the balance between phases is
within 5%. Correct any unbalance beyond this limit.
C. Test system ground to demonstrate that the ground resistance does not
exceed the requirements of NEC.
D. Perform such tests as required by authorities having jurisdiction over
the site.
1.8 DEMONSTRATIONS
A. Prior to acceptance of the work, demonstrate to the Owner or his
designated representative all features and functions of all systems,
and instruct the Owner in the proper operation of the systems.
Demonstrate each system once.
B. Minimum requirements are as follows:
1. Point out the actual location of each system component and
demonstrate its function and relationship to other components
within the system.
2. Demonstrate the electrical systems by actual "start -stop"
operation showing how to work controls, reset protective devices,
replace fuses, and what to do in an emergency.
3. Demonstrate communication, signal, alarm, and detection systems
by actual operation of the systems and show how to reset signal
alarm and detection devices.
C. Systems to be demonstrated shall include, but not be limited to,
following:
1. Service and power distribution systems
2. Lighting and lighting controls systems
3. Emergency lighting systems
4. Motor and equipment control
5. Alarm detection and signal systems
6. Communication systems
7. Standby power system
8. Uninterruptible Power Supply System
D. Provide the necessary trained personnel to perform the demonstra-
tions and instructions, and arrange to have the- manufacturer's
representatives present to assist with the demonstrations. Allow ten
days for performing prescribed demonstrations.
E. Arrange with the Owner the dates and times for each demonstration.
1.9 IDENTIFICATION
A. Provide identification for wiring systems and equipment.
B. Color code,(spot painted), all boxes, enclosures, including conduits
for emergency circuits, per 1990 NEC-NFPA 70, paragraph 700-9. Colors
for emergency circuits:
Life safety yellow
Emergency orange
Elevators green
Fire alarm red
Normal blue
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 16010-3
SECTION 16010 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
C. Identify the following equipment with 1/2" high letters on engraved
laminated plastic tags mechanically affixed. Tags shall be black with
white letters.
1. Panelboards - Affixed to covers.
2. Switchboards - Affixed to cabinet and next to each distribution
breaker.
3. Motor Control Centers - Affixed to cabinet and next to each
starter.
4. Motor and Equipment Controls - Affixed to cabinet.
5. Disconnect Switches - Affixed to cabinet.
D. Identify the following non -concealed junction boxes and backboxes with
1/2 high letters on engraved laminated plastic tags mechanically
affixed. Tags shall be black with white letters.
1. Telephone Distribution System
2. Fire Alarm System
3. Electrical Distribution System
4. Uninterruptible Power Supply System
E. Letter concealed junction boxes above ceilings and in chases with
stencil lettering, using fast drying sign enamel identifying feeder,
branch circuits and systems, i.e. fire alarm "FA", telephone "TELE",
normal power "N2A-1", Life Safety "LIA-1", etc.
F. Identify panelboards, equipment, and boxes in connection with
emergency wiring system as in C. and D. above, except use red
lettering.
G. Identify systems with conductors exceeding 240 volts to ground using
1/2" high, stenciled black letters on all panels, switches, pull
boxes, junction boxes, and every 30' on exposed conduits. Example:
"480 VOLTS".
H. Provide typewritten circuit directories installed inside panelboard
doors under transparent plastic covers.
I. On power panels and switchgear without doors, identify circuit
breakers and switches with engraved plastic tags affixed to cabinet
adjacent to device.
1.10 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit Shop Drawings and product data in accordance with Division One.
B. Submit data consisting of Shop Drawings and catalogue cuts complete
with technical data necessary to evaluate the material or equipment.
Include dimensions, wiring diagrams, performance curves, ratings,
control sequence, and other descriptive data necessary to describe
fully the item proposed and its operating characteristics.
C. Do not purchase or install equipment requiring submittal until the
review process is complete.
1.11 ACCEPTABLE PRODUCTS
A. Use only new products made by companies regularly engaged in the
manufacture of the type equipment specified. Use the products of a
single manufacturer for similar type equipment, i.e., panel boards.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 16010-4
SECTION 16010
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
B. Use only products that are in strict conformance with the
specifications. Where manufacturers have been named, use one of those
named.
1.12 CONCRETE WORK
A. Concrete bases and pads for electrical equipment identified on the
drawings will be furnished by Section 03300. All bases not shown
shall be the responsibility of this section.
B. Furnish and install all equipment anchor bolts in their proper
location.
1.13 EXCAVATING, TRENCHING, AND BACKFILLING
A. Provide excavating necessary for light pole bases, underground wiring,
conduit and ductbanks, and backfill trenches and excavations after
work has been inspected. Excavate so that walls, footings, and
adjacent load bearing soils are not disturbed in any way, except where
lines must cross under a wall footing. Where a line must pass under
a footing, make the crossing by the smallest possible trench to
accommodate the conduit. Keep excavation free from water by pumping
if necessary. Open no greater length of trench in advance of conduit
laying than that which is required.
B. Remove roots to a minimum level of 18" below finished grade and deeper
as required for duct runs, manholes, and light pole bases. no roots
shall be allowed to remain under any installed electrical work.
C. Place backfill about the structure, when practicable, as the work
construction progresses. Backfill on or against concrete work only
when directed. Backfill duct lines as rapidly as the testing and
acceptance of the finished sections of the work will permit, and
backfill to a crown approximately 6" above the existing grades. In
backfi11ing around duct lines, compact selected material firmly around
and to a depth of not less than 6" over the top of the duct. Compact
fill and backfill and rough grading thoroughly in layers and bring up
to within 6" of finished grades. Use fill and backfill that is clean
and free from vegetable matter and refuse.
D. Coordinate all requirements with Section 02226 - EXCAVATING,
BACKFILLING, COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES.
1.14 PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT
A. During construction, protect all equipment from insulation moisture
absorption and metallic component corrosion by appropriate use of
strip heaters, lamps, coverings, or other suitable means. Apply
protection immediately upon receiving the products and maintain
continually.
B. Keep products clean by elevating above ground or floor and by using
suitable coverings. Take such precautions as are necessary to
protect apparatus and materials from damage. Failure to protect
materials is sufficient cause for rejection of the apparatus or
material in question.
C. Protect factory finish from damage during construction operations and
until acceptance of the project. Satisfactorily restore any finishes
that become stained or damaged.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 16010-5
SECTION 16010 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
N/A
PART 3 - EXECUTION
N/A
********************
END OF SECTION 16010
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 16010-6
SECTION 16111
CONDUIT SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Electrical Conduit Systems
a. Install all wiring in conduit unless otherwise indicated.
1.2 STANDARDS AND CODES
A. Fabricate and install conduit systems complying with the provisions of
applicable Section NEC, Chapter 3.
B. Provide materials UL and NEC approved for the application intended.
1.3 DESCRIPTION
A. This Section describes the basic materials and methods of installa-
tion for circular cross section conduit systems. Other types of
raceways required are specified in other sections.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 CONDUIT
A. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT/Thinwall): Galvanized steel
conforming to ASA C80.3, FS WW-0563 and UL-797.
B. Rigid Metallic Conduit (RMC): Hot dipped galvanized steel conforming
to ASA C80.1, FS WW-0581e and UL-6.
C. Rigid Non -Metallic Conduit: Type 40 or 80 heavy wall polyvinyl -
chloride (PVC) conforming to NEMA TC-2, FS WC-1094 and UL-651.
D. Flexible Metal Conduit (Greenfield): Spiral wound, square -locked, hot
dipped galvanized steel conforming to UL-1.
E. Liquid -tight Flexible Metal Conduit (Sealtite): Spiral wound,
square -locked, hot dipped galvanized steel with a bounded outer jacket
of PVC conforming to UL-360.
2.2 FITTINGS AND BODIES
A.
EMT: Concrete tight steel set screw,
galvanized iron, or steel
compression type. Use insulated throat type
at cabinets, boxes, and
gutters.
B.
RMC: Threaded, galvanized iron, heavy steel, concrete tight. Use
insulated grounding bushings at cabinets,
boxes, and gutters.
C.
Non -Metallic: Schedule 40, PVC, solvent
weld socket type.
D.
Flexible Metal: Two -screw, double clamp
malleable iron, hot dipped
galvanized or cadmium plated.
E.
Liquid-Tite, Flexible Metal: Compression
type with insulated throat,
malleable iron, hot dipped galvanized or
cadmium plated.
F.
Conduit Bodies: Cast metal condulets
having threaded entrances,
removable covers and corrosion resistant screws.
Use for sharp turns,
tees, etc.
2.3 OUTLET BOXES
A. General Use Boxes: Galvanized, pressed steel units of proper depth and
gauge required by the outlet location. Equip with plaster ring or
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 16111-1
SECTION 16111
CONDUIT SYSTEMS
cover as necessary. Acceptable manufacturers: RACO, STEEL CITY,
APPLETON, or Architect approved equivalent.
B. Floor Boxes:
1. Flush Type:
a. Above Grade Slabs: Concrete tight galvanized steel with
adjustable top.
Standards: HUBBELL B-2529 2"-3" slabs
HUBBELL B-2527 over 3" slabs
b. On Grade Slabs: Watertight cast unit with adjustable top.
Standards: HUBBELL B-2537 2"-3" slabs
HUBBELL B-2536 over 3" slabs
C. Provide the following accessories as required for each floor
outlet location:
HUBBELL S-2525 Cover
SC-3091 Power Outlet
SC-3190 Phone/Communications Outlet
S-3082 Carpet Flange
2. Poke -Through Type: Complete unit made up of a junction box, floor
sleeve, and pedestal outlet for installing on an existing above
ground floor. Unit must be approved for use with and maintain
the integrity of a three-hour fire rated floor.
Standards: SQUARE D Fire Gard
MAC-FAB FR-2
NELSON 210 MCT
C. Special Boxes: Galvanized sheet metal construction and sized in
accordance with the NEC based on the number of conductors and splices
to be housed. For special systems, use boxes as recommended by the
equipment manufacturer.
D. Free Standing Boxes on Conduit Stubs: In kitchens, laundries,' shops
and other areas as indicated, use CROUSE-HINDS Type FS or FD malleable
iron cadmium finish boxes with appropriate gasketed cover plate to
suit device.
E. Outlets Installed Outdoors or in Wet Locations: Use CROUSE-HINDS Type
FS or FD box with No. WLRS-1 or No. WLRD-1 cover plate for
receptacles, and No. DS185 cover plates for switches.
2.4 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES
A. Construction, sizes and installation of pull and junction boxes shall
comply with NEC, Chapter 3.
B. Fabricate pull and junction boxes not specifically described in NEC,
Chapter 3, of heavy gauge galvanized steel with screw covers, brass
screws and hardware with enamel finish.
C. Install pull and junction boxes in poured concrete floors that are
flush tv-i, cast iron, with watertight gasketed covers. Provide
recesser type covers in areas having tile or carpeted floors.
D. Provide rain tight units for outdoor installations.
2.5 AUXILIARY GUTTERS
A. Construction, sizes and installation of auxillary gutters shall comply
with NEC, Chapter 3.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 16111-2
SECTION 16111
CONDUIT SYSTEMS
2.6 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Provide conduit hanger and support devices, approved type for the use
required, to include structural steel members, suspension rods,
conduit clamps, concrete inserts, expansion shields, beam clamps and
welding pins. Provide devices with galvanized finish or other
approved corrosion resistance finish. Provide hangers and supports as
follows:
1. Where single or multiple run of conduit are routed on surface of
structure, use conduit clamps mounted on Unistrut channel so as
to maintain not less than 1" clearance between conduit and
structure.
2. Where a single run of conduit is suspended from overhead, use
split ring conduit clamp suspended by steel drop rod.
3. Where multiple parallel runs of conduit are suspended from
overhead, use split ring conduit clamps uniformly spaced and
supported on trapeze hangers fabricated of Unistrut channels,
suspended by not less than 1/2" steel drop rod.
4. Where conduit is buried in concrete floor slabs, anchor conduit
to structural floor with hold jiffy clamps, at 10'-0" intervals.
5. Where circuit voltage is above 550 volts, provide conduit clamp
with insulating bushings of required dielectric strength.
6. Strap iron or wire hangers are not acceptable.
7. Provide hanger and support spacing in accordance with NEC,
Sections 345-12, 346-12 and 348-12. Regardless of listed spacing
provide additional hangers or supports at not more than 2'-0"
from each change of direction and at each side of any box or
fitting.
B. Anchor hangers and supports to structure as follows:
1. Hangers and supports anchored to poured concrete; use malleable
iron or steel concrete inserts attached to concrete forms.
2. Hangers or supports anchored to precast concrete; use self -
drilling expansion shields. Expansion shields may also be used
where concrete inserts have been missed or additional support is
required in poured concrete.
3. Hangers or supports anchored to steel; use beam clamp and/or
steel channels as required by system.
4. The use of explosive force hammer actuated, booster assist or
similar anchoring device will not be permitted without prior
approval of the Architect.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 CONDUIT INSTALLATION
A. Unless otherwise indicated, provide conduit in accordance with the
following:
1. Rigid Metal Conduit (RMC): Anywhere except corrosive environ-
ments.
2. Thinwall Metal (EMT): Anywhere except as follows:
a. Underground.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 16111-3
SECTION 16111
CONDUIT SYSTEMS
b. In slabs on grade.
C. Corrosive environments.
3. Schedule 40 PVC: only where indicated:
a. In floor slabs.
b. Below grade with rigid 90°.
4. Schedule 80 PVC: only where indicated.
a. In floor slabs.
b. Below grade with rigid 90°.
B. In general, install horizontal runs of conduit in ceiling plenum.
Route conduit for wall mounted fixtures and outlets overhead and down
through the wall. Install conduit in floor slabs only where
conditions will not permit the conduit to be routed overhead.
C. In general, conceal conduit, except in crawl spaces, tunnels, shafts,
mechanical equipment rooms, at connections to surface panels and free
standing equipment, or as otherwise noted.
D. Route conduit in lines parallel to or at right angles with the
building construction.
E. Install conduit a minimum of 6" from piping installed by other trades.
F. Certain conduits are permitted to be embedded in structural concrete
work. Coordinate work with the respective trades to effect the
following:
1. Install conduit after the reinforcing steel is securely anchored
in place.
2. Do not displace steel reinforcing from plan dimensions without
approval of Architect.
3. Do not place conduit over top of reinforcing or under bottom of
reinforcing.
4. Conduit and fittings shall not displace concrete in columns in
excess of 4% of total cross-section area of column without
approval of Architect.
5. Install conduit a minimum of 3 diameters on center.
6. Maximum Size of Embedded Conduit: 1/3 thickness of structural
slab; 2/3 thickness of topping slab.
G. Minimum Size Conduit: 3/4" trade size, except 1/2" may be used for
indicated switch legs, dead ends and for signal, control and
communications systems, where adequate. Where specific size is not
indicated, select size required in accordance with Chapter 9 of NEC.
H. Install the conduit system mechanically and electrically, continuous
from outlet to outlet and to cabinets, junction or pull boxes. Secure
conduit to cabinets and boxes in such a manner that all parts of the
system will have electrical continuity.
I. Protect metal conduit buried in earth fill with an approved corrosion
resistant material.
3.2 OUTLET BOX INSTALLAT'JN
A. Install outlet boxes for fixtures, switches, receptacles and other
devices.
B. Approximate location of outlets are shown on the plans, verify each
outlet location as shown before installing the outlet box.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 16111-4
SECTION 16111
CONDUIT SYSTEMS
C. Do not install wall boxes flush in common wall that are back-to-back
or through -wall type. Where it is necessary to install boxes
back-to-back, install sound absorption material between boxes and plug
nipple connection with duct seal.
D. Where boxes are located on opposite sides of a common wall and are
closely connected by conduit, plug the conduit openings with duct
seal.
E. Install outlet boxes plumb and square with wall face and with front of
box or cover located within 1/8" of face of finish wall. Set boxes in
masonry with bottom of the box tight to the masonry unit.
F. Outlet boxes installed in fire/smoke and smoke partitions exceeding 16
square inches, shall be five sided with gypsum board. All joints
between outlet boxes and wall assemblies shall be filled with approved
joint compound.
3.3 PULL AND JUNCTION BOX AND GUTTER INSTALLATION
A. Install pull boxes, junction boxes and auxiliary wiring gutters where
indicated on Drawings and where required to facilitate installation
of the wiring.
B. For concealed conduit, install boxes flush with ceiling or wall with
covers accessible and easily removable. Where flush boxes are
installed in finished ceilings or walls, provide an oversize cover
which exceeds the box face dimensions by a sufficient amount to cover
the gap between box and finished material.
C. Do not locate boxes in finished, occupied rooms, without prior
approval of Architect.
3.4 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION
A. Install hangers and supports for all conduit and boxes.
B. Conduit and boxes shall not be attached to or supported from
mechanical pipes, plumbing pipes or sheet metal ducts.
3.5 SLEEVES
A. Where electrical conduits pass through walls, roofs, ceilings or
floors, set sleeves for them when the floors, walls, ceilings, or
roofs are constructed. If any holes are cut in finished work where
sleeves have been omitted, use a concrete coring machining or other
approved method and only with the written consent of the Architect.
Cut all such holes carefully, no larger than necessary. Cover these
holes entirely by escutcheon plates when work is completed. Provide
sleeves made of steel no lighter than 18 gauge.
B. Where conduits pass through sleeves in exterior walls, caulk the
annular space with oakum and fill inside and out with a non -hardening,
waterproof sealant finished off flush with both faces of the wall.
C. Where conduits pass through sleeves in the roof, flash the penetration
similar to Plates 65 and 66, of the "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual"
of the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National
Association, Inc., (4th edition, 1987) and the recommended materials
and procedures of the roofing manufacturer.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 16111-5
SECTION 16111
CONDUIT SYSTEMS
D. Seal conduits or cables passing through sleeves in rated floors or
walls inside the building to prevent passage of smoke or spread of
fire. Maintain integrity of the rated floor or wall system. Refer to
Section 07272 - FIRESTOP AND PENETRATION SEALING SYSTEM
3.6 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Cut walls, floors, etc., as required for the electrical installation.
Unless otherwise indicated, patch and refinish to match adjacent
surfaces.
********************
END OF SECTION 16111
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 16111-6
SECTION 16111
CONDUIT SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION
A. Electrical and security conduit system.
1. Install conduit in precast concrete modular cells.
1.2 STANDARDS AND CODES
A. Fabricate and install conduit systems complying with the provisions of
applicable Section NEC, Chapter 3.
B. Provide materials UL and NEC approved for the application intended.
1.3 DESCRIPTION
A. This Section describes the basic materials and methods of installa-
tion for circular cross section conduit systems.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 CONDUIT
A. Rigid Non -Metallic Conduit: Type 40 or 80 heavy wall polyvinyl -
chloride (PVC) conforming to NEMA TC-2, FS WC-1094 and UL-651.
2.2 FITTINGS AND BODIES
A. Non -Metallic: Schedule 40, PVC, solvent weld socket type.
B. Conduit Bodies: Cast metal condulets having threaded entrances,
removable covers and corrosion resistant screws. Use for sharp turns,
tees, etc.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 CONDUIT INSTALLATION
A. Unless otherwise indicated, provide conduit in accordance with the
following:
1. Schedule 40 PVC: only where indicated:
a. In floor slabs.
2. Schedule 80 PVC: only where indicated.
a. In floor slabs.
B. Route conduit in lines parallel to or at right angles with the
building construction.
C. Install the conduit system continuous from outlet to outlet and to
cabinets, junction or pull boxes. Secure conduit to cabinets and boxes
in such a manner that all parts of the system will have electrical
continuity.
D. Use plastic spacers for conduit separation and support.
END OF SECTION 16111
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO 16111-1
SECTION 16120
WIRE AND CABLE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION
A. Wiring Systems
1.2 STANDARDS AND CODES
A. Install wiring in compliance with the applicable provisions of NEC,
Chapter 3.
B. Use materials that are in accordance with NEC, Article 310 and UL
listed for application intended.
1.3 DESCRIPTION
A. This Section describes the basic materials and methods of installation
for general wiring systems of 600 volts and less. Higher voltage
wiring, if required, is specified elsewhere.
B. Minimum Size Conductors: No. 12 AWG for power and lighting and 14 AWG
for signal and control.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 WIRE AND CABLE
A. Conductors: 98% conductivity, soft drawn copper.
B. Insulation: 600 volt, heat and moisture resistant with a minimum
temperature rating of 75°C (RHW, THW, THWN, XHHW), except as follows:
1. Use 900C rated wire for conductors routed through light fixture
channels.
2. 600C rated wire may be used in signal or control circuits
operating at a maximum of 25 volts.
3. Use 150°C rated wire for equipment connections where the
operating temperature exceeds 90°C, i.e., incandescent light
socket tap -offs.
4. Use Type OF for underground direct burial circuits, where
permitted.
C. Use stranded conductor for all wiring #6 AWG and larger. All other
wiring may be solid.
2.2 CONDUCTOR COLOR CODING
A. Color code all power and lighting cable. In general, use wire colored
by integral pigmentation making the wire 100% colored. Where not
practicable, color code the wire by using colored plastic tape at all
junctions and terminations. Use the following chart wherever
possible:
120/208 Volt 277/480 Volt
I.
Phase 'A' conductor
- Black
Brown
2.
Phase 'B' conductor
- Red
Orange
3.
Phase 'C' conductor
- Blue
Yellow
4.
Neutral conductor
- White
Grey
5.
Grounding conductor
- Green
Green
THE NEW MONROE
COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-1
BID
GROUP THREE
16120-1
SECTION 16120
WIRE AND CABLE
2.3 CONNECTORS
A. #8 AWG and Smaller Conductors, In -Line Splices and Taps: Vinyl
insulated spring connectors; "Scotchlok" or equivalent.
B. #6 AWG and Larger:
1. In -Line Connectors: Pressure type, 0-Z "XW" with "XWC" cover or
equivalent.
2. Taps: Parallel type, 0-Z "PMX" with "PNXC" cover or equivalent.
C. Terminations to Bus Bars, Switch Studs, and Terminal Blocks: Use
solderless type, 0-Z "Shurelug" or equivalent.
D. Insulate splices and taps to thickness of conductor insulation with
half -lapped layers of 3M "Scotch" brand No. 33 vinyl electrical tape.
Connectors having irregular surfaces; fill voids and smooth.contours
with 3M "Scotchfil" electrical putty prior to tapping.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Do not install wire in the conduit system until the building is
enclosed and masonry work is completed.
B. Swab conduit free of moisture and debris prior to pulling in wire.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install major feeder cable continuous from origin to termination.
B. Make splices in branch circuit wires only in accessible junction
boxes.
C. Pull power feeder cable using an approved pulling compound or powder.
********************
END OF SECTION 16120
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP THREE 16120-2
SECTION 16155
COMBINATION MOTOR STARTERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Combination Motor Starters
a. Combination starters shall be installed for motors with
ratings of one-half horsepower or larger, and rated 200
volts or higher.
b. Starters shall be NEMA sizes as selected by the Contractor
as required for the motor horsepower ratings. No starter
shall be smaller than NEMA Size 0.
1.2 CODES AND STANDARDS
A. Combination starters shall be in accordance with NEMA Standards, sizes
and horsepower ratings.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit manufacturers catalog cuts and product data on combination
starters proposed for installation. Include fabrication details,
ampere and voltage ratings.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. Combination starters shall be of the fusible type except where
Drawings indicate non -fusible type.
B. Enclosures shall be of the general purpose type except where Drawings
indicate other type enclosures.
2.2 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable manufacturers of combination motor starters:
1. SQUARE D
2. WESTINGHOUSE
3. ALLEN BRADLEY
4. GENERAL ELECTRIC
2.3 DISCONNECT
A. Disconnect shall be visible blade disconnect switch.
B. The disconnect handle shall always be in control of the disconnect
device with the door open or closed. The disconnect handle shall
clearly marked as to whether the disconnect device is "ON" or "OFF",
and shall include a two-color handle grip, the black side visible in
the "OFF" position indicating a safe condition, and the red side
visible in the "ON" position indicating or danger condition.
2.4 STARTERS
A. Non -fusible and/or fusible combination starters shall be equivalent
Square D Class 8538 or Class 8738, 3 pole, 3 phase furnished with
following devices:
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 16155-1
SECTION 16155
COMBINATION MOTOR STARTERS
1. "HAND -OFF -AUTO" selector switch in cover.
2. 120 volt control transformer.
3. Three (3) bi-metal type thermal units. The starter shall be
inoperative if any thermal unit is removed.
4. Minimum of two N.O. and two N.C. electrical interlocks.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install combination motor starters for motors.
B. Prior to purchasing starters, obtain from Owner and other
Contractors/subcontractors, a schedule of motors furnished by them
that will require starters.
END OF SECTION 16155
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 16155-2
SECTION 16161
MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Motor Control Centers.
1.2 CODES AND STANDARDS
A. Motor control centers shall be in accordance with NEMA Standards,
sizes and horsepower ratings.
1.3 EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION
A. Consists of one or more enclosed vertical sections joined together to
form a rigid, free standing assembly. Meet the requirements of
Underwriters Laboratories Publication UL-845 and NEMA Publication ICS-
2-322.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: Include fabrication details, maintenance access and
clearances, lugs and bus arrangement, ampere and voltage rating,
breaker frame sizes and interrupting ratings and combination starters.
PART 2 - EQUIPMENT
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Motor control centers shall be as manufactured by SQUARE D, WESTING -
HOUSE, ALLEN BRADLEY or GENERAL ELECTRIC. Enclosures shall be NEMA 1.
Each motor control center shall consist of one or more vertical
sections bolted together to form a rigid, free standing assembly and
shall meet NEMA standards and the complete assembly shall be U.L.
listed.
2.2 GENERAL
A. Motor control centers shall operate on 480 volts, 3 wire, 60 hertz
service. The control voltage shall be 120 volts, 60 hertz. Copper
bus bars shall be braced for available short circuit current.
2.3 CUBICLE
A. Vertical sections shall be formed of heavy gauge mild cold rolled
steel. Provided on top shall be means for lifting and in bottom means
for bolting to floor. Each section shall be approximately 90 inches
high, 21 inches deep and 20 inches wide.
B. Each section shall have a vertical wire trough, 35 square inch area,
that extends from top to bottom. Horizontal wire troughs shal-1 extend
full length of center.
C. Each section shall have vertical bus bars. Continuous horizontal bus
bars shall interconnect sections. Bus bars shall be copper. Bus
connections shall be made with bolts and Bellville washers. High
strength glass reinforced alkyd insulators shall be used as bus
supports and as unit plug-in insulators. Insulated horizontal and
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 16161-1
SECTION 16161
MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS
vertical labyrinth bus barriers shall be furnished to reduce the
hazard of accidental contact.
D. Each unit door shall have an engraved white core black phenolic
nameplate. Units shall have master nameplates.
E. The control center shall be wired in accordance with NEMA Class I,
Type B.
F. All painted parts shall have metal treated and finished with baked
enamel. Exterior surfaces shall be finished medium light gray.
G. Each motor control center shall include a full length ground bus.
2.4 OVER CURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES
A. Each motor control center shall have a fusible main switch.
B. Manufacturers molded case circuit breakers shall be furnished for
combination starters and branch circuit breaker units.
C. Molded case circuit breakers furnished for combination starters shall
be equipped with instantaneous magnetic trip only with field
adjustable magnetic trip level.
2.5 COMBINATION STARTERS
A. Branch circuit breakers and full voltage starters Size 3 and small- to
be mounted on plug-in units. The plug-in connection shall be a two
point with spring loaded plated fingers. Each unit shall have door
mounted on piano hinges and hold closed with captive screws. Unit door
shall have provision for mounting push buttons and pilot lights. The
unit door shall have a lockable disconnect operator to control the
branch circuit breaker. The operator handle shall have up -down
motion with down position as "off". The operator handle shall be
interlocked with position of door, defeatable by an electrician.
B. Manufacturers magnetic motor starters shall be furnished.Each
starter shall have three melting alloy overload relay thermal units
and auxiliary contacts, two N.O., two N.C.
C. In general, all magnetic motor starters are rated for full voltage,
non -reversing, however, selected starters shall be multi -speed
starting type as noted on the drawings. In all cases, minimum size
starter furnished shall be Size 0.
D. Pilot devices and control transformers shall be furnished as scheduled
on the Drawings.
2.6 PANELBOARD AND DRY TYPE TRANSFORMER
A. In each motor control center, furnish a 3 phase, 4 wire, 100 amp
120/208 VAC panelboard with main breaker as scheduled.
B. In each motor control center, furnish a 480 VAC, 3 phase primary:
208/120 VAC, 3 phase, 4 wire, secondary dry type distribution
transformer. Include primary side main circuit breaker for
transformer.
2.7 METERING EQUIPMENT
A. Provide in each motor control center a 3 phase ammeter with switch
indicating total connected load at the main overcurrent protective
device.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 16161-2
SECTION 16161 MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS
B. Motor shall be switchboard instrument type.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Provide concrete housekeeping pad for each motor control center;
Section 03300 - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE.
********************
END OF SECTION 16161
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 16161-3
SECTION 16170
DISCONNECT SWITCHES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION
A. In general, disconnect switches are indicated on the Drawings, and
shall be this Section's responsibility to furnish and install all
disconnect switches, whether indicated or not, for equipment and
motors furnished, and for equipment and motors furnished by other
trades and Owner.
1.2 STANDARDS AND CODES
A. Except where otherwise required by this Section, the following
Standards and Codes shall govern:
1. NEC Chapter 3
2. UL listed
3. NEMA KSI-1969
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit manufacturers catalug cuts and product data.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Disconnect switches by SQUARE D, GENERAL ELECTRIC or WESTINGHOUSE.
2.2 EQUIPMENT
A. Disconnects for fractional horsepower motors, 112 horsepower and
smaller, and less than 125 volts, and for equipment of similar
capacity and voltage shall be Buss types as follows:
1. Type SRY mounted on 4" square box cover, for plug-in equipment in
unfinished areas.
2. Type SRW mounted on stainless steel plates, for plug-in equipment
in finished areas, installed in flush switch box.
3. Type SSY mounted on 4" square box cover, for direct connected
equipment in unfinished areas.
4. Type SSW mounted on stainless steel plate, for direct connect
equipment in unfinished areas, installed in flush switch box.
B. Disconnects for fractional horsepower motors larger than 112 horse-
power and for integral horsepower motors, and for equipment of similar
capacity shall be heavy duty industrial type, with solid neutrals
where required.
C. Provide all disconnect switches with auxilliary contacts, two N.O. and
two N.C.
2.2 FUSES
A. Fuses shall be equivalent to BUSSMAN, types and ratings as follows:
1. UL Class L, Hi -Cap Time Delay Current Limiting, Type KRP-C,
200,000 ampere interrupting rating; use for main service and
circuits over 600 ampere.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP THREE 16170-1
SECTION 16170
DISCONNECT SWITCHES
2. UL Class R, Low -Peak Dual Element Current Limiting, Type LPN-R
and LPS-R, 200,000 ampere interrupting rating;, use for circuits
600 ampere or less, and motors above one-half horsepower.
3. UL Class S, Fustat Dual Element, 10,000 ampere interrupting
rating; use for general purpose circuits up to 30 ampere, and
fractional horsepower motors, 125 volt or less.
B. Fuses for feeders, branch circuits, motors and other equipment shall
be selected in types and ratings in accordance with NEC to provide a
coordinated system of overcurrent protection, thus in case of a fault
or harmful overload, only the fuses nearest the fault or overload
will open.
C. Provide one spare set of three (3) of each size and type of fuses.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
N/A
END OF SECTION 16170
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP THREE 16170-2
SECTION 16199
WIRING DEVICES AND PLATES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Wiring Devices and Plates.
1.2 STANDARDS AND CODES
A. Provide devices in accordance with the following:
1. Receptacles; NEC Chapter 4
2. Wall Switches; NEC Chapter 3
3. UL Listed
4. NEMA Standards
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. HARVEY HUBBELL, or Architect approved equivalent by GENERAL ELECTRIC,
ARROW HART or PASS & SEYMOUR.
1. Catalog numbers are based on HARVEY HUBBELL.
2.2 GENERAL
A. Provide Ivory color devices except as follows:
1. Special devices not available in that color.
2. Emergency circuit devices which shall have red handles and
bodies.
B. Provide satin stainless steel covers with torx-with-peg security
screws at inmate accessible areas.
2.3 SWITCHES
A. 20 amp, 120/277 volt, heavy duty, specification grade, quiet type
meeting the requirements of Fed. Spec. WS-896 and NEMA WD-1. Standards
are as follows:
Toggle
1. Single Pole 1221
2. 3-Way 1223
2.4 DUPLEX RECEPTACLES
A. 20 amp, 120 volt, heavy duty, specification grade, grounding type
meeting the requirements of Fed. Spec. WC-596, NEMA WD-1, and UL 498.
Standards are as follows:
Specification
Grade
1. Duplex 5362
2. G.F.C.I. GF-5362
3. ISO -Ground IG-5362
4. Safety Type SG-62H
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 16199-1
SECTION 16199
WIRING DEVICES AND PLATES
2.5 SPECIAL PURPOSE OUTLETS
A. Provide receptacle having characteristics and NEMA configuration
required by the equipment being served, or as indicated on the
Electrical Symbol List.
2.6 PLATES
A. Provide plates for all switches, receptacles, TV, telephone's and
special outlets, and blank plates for all unused and junction boxes.
B. Use smooth style, 0.10" thick, phenolic or urea plastic. Match color
of plate with color of device in non -inmate areas.
C. Use one piece die formed prime ten gauge cold rolled steel
construction with continuous welded and ground smooth edges. Color to
be baked white enamel. Based on "Fail/Safe" Series SSB_ and SPC.
Inmate accessible areas:
1. First Floor:
Zone A
Zone B - Medical/Infirmary, Laundry
Zone C
Zone D
Zone E
Zone F
2. Second Floor:
Zone A - Inmate Waiting
Zone C - Kitchen, Maintenance, Institutional Storage
Zone D
Zone E
Zone F
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install wiring devices. Mounting heights are as follows:
1. Switches: 48" above finished floors (top of switches).
2. Receptacles: 18" above finished floors generally; 36" above
finished floors or 8" above counters and work benches in
kitchens, shops, mechanical equipment rooms and similar areas.
B. In masonry walls, adjust switch and receptacle heights as required so
the bottom of the outlet box is at the nearest mortar joint to the
required height.
C. Install light switches, located adjacent to doors, on "knob" side of
door unless indicated otherwise.
D. Where walls have wainscot finish, adjust switch height as required so
switch is either all in wainscot or all in wall above wainscot.
E. Prior to roughing -in outlet boxes, verify from general construction
drawings; door -ings, type of wall finishes and locations for
counters and wor.. benches.
F. The Architect and Owner reserve the right to change any device
location without added cost, if change is made prior to rough -in.
********************
END OF SECTION 16199
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 16199-2
SECTION 16300
STANDBY POWER GENERATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Standby Power Generation System shall be Type 10, Class 48.
2. General: the system shall consist of the following:
a. Diesel engine driven emergency generator, skid mounted,
complete with all accessories as required for complete
automatic operation.
b. A free standing engine control assembly complete with
circuit breaker and control device for operation, and
control of the engine generator set.
C. A free standing switchboard type assembly with automatic
transfer switches, controls and accessories as required for
automatic transfer of the emergency systems.
1.2 QUALIFICATIONS
A. The Bidder of the diesel electric generator sets shall have two or
more diesel electric installations engineered by the Bidder or a
supplier of the Bidder, using major components of the same or similar
type proposed to be furnished for this application.
1.3 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP
A. All materials and parts comprising the units shall be new and unused,
of current manufacture, and of the highest grade, free from defects
and imperfections affecting performance. Engine and generator shall
be by same manufacturer. Workmanship shall be of the highest grade.
The engine, generator and all major items of auxiliary equipment shall
be manufactured in the United States by manufacturers currently
engaged in the production of such equipment.
1.4 WARRANTY
A. The unit shall be covered by the manufacturer's warranty for a period
of two (2) years from the date of substantial completion. Seller or
dealer extended warranty will not be accepted.
1.5 PARTS AND SERVICE
A. Engine Generator Set:
1. Only bids on current units which can be properly maintained
without the necessity of the purchaser carrying parts stocks, or
being subjected to long periods of interrupted service due to
lack of parts will be secured. Bidder shall maintain a permanent
parts and service facility within 50 miles of the job site from
which parts and service may be obtained in necessary quantities
at any time during the day or night.
2. In addition, the bidding generator set supplier must have not
less than ninety-five (95%) percent of all engine replacement
parts in his stock at all times. Bidder shall have established
means of parts procurement from an accessible depot which shall
result in 98% or greater, parts availability within 24 hours from
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 16300-1
SECTION 16300 STANDBY POWER GENERATION
order. The generator set supplier shall provide service on an
emergency basis 24 hours a day, seven days a week and on a normal
basis 18 hours a day, five days a week and six hours on Saturday.
1.6 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop drawings and submittal data shall include the following:
1. Drawings on engine generator set and foundation requirements.
2. Complete literature describing engine generator set.
3. Drawings and complete literature describing auxiliary equipment
to be furnished.
4. The switchgear supplier shall be responsible for providing the
coordinating wiring diagrams showing the electrical connections
between the switchgear and the engine generators for use by the
Division 16 and engine generator service personnel during
installation and checkout of the equipment.
B. Bidder shall furnish in duplicate with his bid, the engine -generator
offered with the following data in tabulated form:
1. Make of engine.
2. Number of cylinders.
3. Bore, inches.
4. Stroke, inches.
5. Piston displacement, cubic inches.
6. Piston speed, feet per minute at rated RPM.
7. Make and type of generator.
8. Generator electrical rating, 1250 KVA.
9. Number and type of bearings.
10. Exciter type and drive.
11. Current prices for the following engine parts:
a. Fuel injection unit (capsule valve, injection valve,
combination pump and valve, etc. as applicable).
b. Fuel injection pump plunger and body if separate from item
a.
C. Cylinder liner.
d. Piston with pin and rings.
e. Valves for one cylinder.
f. One set of replaceable bearings.
g. Connecting rod.
h. Crankshaft
i. One set of fuel filter elements.
j. One set of lubricating oil filter elements.
C. Provide certification that the manufacturer of the automatic transfer
switches are listed by Underwriters Laboratory Standard UL-1008 with
withstand and close -in values equal to the interrupting rating of the
circuit breakers and/or fuse that is specified to protect the circuit.
1.7 TESTING, START-UP AND INSTRUCTIONS
A. Provide an eight hour factory testing of generator and job site
testing as indicated below. Correct any defects which become evident
during testing.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 16300-2
SECTION 16300
STANDBY POWER GENERATION
B. Provide job site testing using a portable load bank and the expected
building load as follows:
1. Load Bank
a. 1/4 load - 60 minutes
b. 1/2 load - 60 minutes
C. 3/4 load - 60 minutes
d. Full load - 180 minutes
e. No load with full load switched "on" instantaneously, 60
minutes.
f. Cool down period.
2. Building Load
a. Simulate an actual power failure condition with all of the
expected building emergency system load turned on.
b. If an in -phase monitor is used in the system, use an
oscilloscope to demonstrate in -phase transfer of load.
C. Record the following in fifteen minute intervals during the test:
1. Kilowatts
2. Amps
3. Volts
4. Coolant temperature
5. Room temperature
6. Frequency
7. Oil pressure
D. On completion of the installation, the initial start-up and
instruction shall be performed by a factory -trained representative of
the engine supplier. At the time of start-up, thoroughly explain the
operating instructions and maintenance procedures to the operating
personnel. provide two copies of operating and maintenance
instruction books for the electric set and all auxiliary equipment at
that time. Include all test readings in the instruction book.
E. Arrange dates for tests, start-up and instruction so that Architect
and Owner can witness tests.
1.8 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION
A. A drop in voltage on any phase of the normal power service to 70% or
less with a duration of 1-3 seconds (adjustable) shall close a contact
which will initiate cranking of engine.
1. Arrange the starting control circuits so that cranking will
commence immediately after closing of the contact. Provide four
cranking cycles of ten seconds "on" and ten seconds "off". If
the engine fails to start after the four cranking cycles, lockout
the starting controls and require manual resetting.
B. After the engine starts and reaches 90% of rated voltage and
frequency, transfer switches shall immediately transfer to the
emergency power source.
C. Upon restoration of the normal power service to 90% rated voltage and
frequency on all phases, retransfer all emergency system transfer
switches to the normal source after a time delay of 5-25 minutes
(adjustable).
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 16300-3
SECTION 16300
STANDBY POWER GENERATION
D. After retransfer to the normal source, the engine shall run for five
minutes unloaded, then automatically shut down and be ready for the
next power failure. If the normal service should fail during this
five minute overrun period, transfer the loads back to the emergency
power source in the same manner as in "B".
E. If the emergency power source should fail while carrying the load,
retransfer the loads to the normal source immediately upon restoration
of the normal source to 90% rated voltage and frequency on all phases.
F. Operating the system test button shall simulate a normal source power
failure and shall cause a normal sequence of operations and transfer
of load.
PART 2 - EQUIPMENT
2.1 ENGINE GENERATOR AND TRANSFER SWITCH MANUFACTURERS
A. The diesel electric generator set shall be CATERPILLAR or approved
equivalent by CUMMINS or WAUKESHAW.
1. Specification based on CATERPILLAR.
B. The transfer switches shall be ASCO or Architect approved equivalent
by RUSSEL ELECTRIC or ZENITH.
1. Specification based on ASCO.
2.2 DETAILED SPECIFICATION - ENGINE GENERATOR
A. Generator Sets:
1. The diesel electric generator set shall be Caterpillar No. 3512.
B. Rating
1. Electric set rating shall be based on operation at 1800 RPM when
equipped with all necessary operating accessories. Electric set
shall be capable of producing 1000 KW, 1250 KVA minimum 0.8 PF
for continuous electric set applications for duration any normal
power failure under the conditions specified.
C. Engine:
1. Type: The engine shall be full Compression ignition, four-cycle,
single -acting, solid -injection turbo charged and after -cooled
unit. It shall be V-type, with trunk -type pistons and not less
than eight cylinders.
2. Size: Output capacity with all required auxiliaries shall not be
less than 1997 BHP at 1800 RPM.
3. Speed: Engine speed shall not exceed 1800 RPM at normal full load
operation.
4. Governor: Governor shall be WOODWARD.
5. Fuel: Satisfactory performance on No. 2 domestic burner oil is
requirement. Diesel engine requiring premium fuel will not
considered.
6. Fuel System: Injection pumps and injection valves shall not
require adjustment in service. The engine shall have an
individual mechanical injection pump and injection valve for each
cylinder, any one of which may be removed and replaced from parts
stock.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 16300-4
SECTION 16300 STANDBY POWER GENERATION
a. Fuel systems shall be equipped with replaceable fuel filter
elements which may be easily removed without breaking any
fuel line connectors or disturbing the fuel pumps or any
other part of the engine. All fuel filters shall be
conveniently located in one accessible housing, ahead of the
injection pumps so fuel will have been thoroughly filtered
before it reaches the pumps. No screens or filters
requiring cleaning or replacement shall be used in injection
pumps or injection valves. Engine shall be equipped with a
built-in gear -type engine driven fuel transfer pump, capable
of lifting fuel against a head of twelve (12) feet.
b. An independent fuel oil day tank having a minimum capacity
of 300 gallons shall be provided. Fuel shall be supplied by
means of an independent fuel transfer pump controlled by a
float switch in the day tank. Furnish with solenoid and
manual fuel cut-off valves and fuel strainer. Coordinate
equipment and devices with other divisions and drawings.
C. A heat exchanger needs to be provided between the day tank
and the engine. Installation of this device shall be by
Division 15.
d. Hand operated fuel pump: One rotary type hand pump having a
capacity of not less than 5 gallons per minute shall be
furnished and install in filling tanks. Pumps shall be
capable of above delivery when operating with 14 foot
suction lift. Hand pump shall be installed in a convenient
operating position near the fuel day tanks.
7. Lubrication: A gear -type lubricating oil pump with lube oil
cooler will supply oil under pressure to main bearings, crank pin
bearings, camshaft bearings, and valve mechanism. Pistons'shall
be spray cooled. Effective full flow lubricating oil filters of
the replaceable resin impregnated cellulose type shall be
provided and so located that lubricating oil is continuously
filtered. Filter system shall be equipped with a spring -loaded
bypass valve as an insurance against stoppage of lubricating oil
circulation in event the filters become clogged. All
lubricating oil piping and lube oil temperature controls shall be
factory fabricated.
8. Air Cleaners: One or more engine mounted dry -type air cleaners
of sufficient capacity to protect engine working parts from dust
and grit shall be provided.
9. Starting System
a. DC Motor Starting
1) Furnish a 24 volt DC electric starting system with
positive engagement. The motor voltage shall be as
recommended by the engine manufacturer.
2) Provide fully automatic generator set start -stop
controls in the control panel. Controls shall provide
shutdown for low oil pressure, high water temperature,
overspeed and overcrank. Controls shall include a 30
second single cranking cycle unit with lockout. A four
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 16300-5
SECTION 16300
STANDBY POWER GENERATION
position function switch marked "auto", "manual",
off/reset and stop, two auxiliary contacts normally
closed and two auxiliary contacts normally open.
3) Provide Batteries: 24 volt lead acid storage battery
sets of the heavy duty diesel starting type. Battery
voltage shall be compatible with the starting system.
The battery sets shall be rated at no less than 244
ampere hours.
4) Battery Tray: Provide battery tray that conforms to
NEC 480-7(b). Shall be constructed of fiberglass to be
resistant to deterioration by battery electrolyte.
Further, construction shall be such that any spillage
or boil over battery electrolyte shall be contained
within the tray to prevent a direct path to ground.
5) Battery Charger: Furnish a current limiting battery
charger to automatically recharge batteries. Charger
shall float at 2.17 volts per cell and equalize at 2.33
volts per cell. It shall include overload protection,
silicon diode full wave rectifiers, voltage surge
suppressor DC ammeter, DC voltmeter and fused AC
output. AC input voltage shall be 120 volts single
phase. Amperage output shall be no less than 5
amperes. Charger shall be wall mounted type in NEMA 1
enclosure.
6) Battery Monitor: Furnish a remote battery monitor to
be located in an area of 24 hour a day operation.
10. Cooling System
a. Each engine cooling system shall consist of a unit mounted
radiator, a centrifugal pump for circulation of the coolant
through the water jackets of the cylinder block, cylinder
head, exhaust manifold and lube oil cooler. The water pump
shall be engine mounted and driven. Water temperature shall
be Thermostatically controlled. Radiator shall be equipped
with a capped filler opening, overflow line and drain cock.
The radiator fan shall blow cooling air through the
radiator. Fan shall not operate so long as jacket water is
below 100°F (adjustable).
b. Jacket Water Heaters: Each engine shall be equipped with
steel sheathed immersion type electric jacket water heater
for maintaining the engine jacket water at approximately
100OF when the ambient temperature is 20°F. The heat shall
be equipped with an adjustable thermostat and mounted on the
engine, circulating the water by means of natural
convection. The heaters shall be sized by the engine
generator unit manufacturer and sh-ll be installed on the
engine generator unit at the ractory by the engine
manufacturer. Heaters shall be rayed 6 KW and shall operate
from the 480 volt, 3 phase electric system.
11. Exhaust System: A suitable MAXIM silencer No. MT-41, 8 inch to
provide critical residential silencing shall be furnished for
each engine. A flexible exhaust adapter at least 24 inches long
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 16300-6
SECTION 16300
STANDBY POWER GENERATION
shall be furnished for each exhaust outlet. Hangers shall
adjustable wrought iron or malleable iron. Support shall be an
approved manner. Hangers shall permit expansion. Exhaust pipe
shall be wrought iron, black, conforming to Federal specification
WW-P-441, Class A. Joints shall be welded with welded fittings.
Companion flanges shall be provided as required.
12. Engine -Mounted Panels and Controls:
a. Provide suitable engine -mounted instrument panel including
the following instruments:
1) Lubricating oil temperature gauge.
2) Lubricating oil pressure gauge.
3) Water temperature gauge.
4) Engine Hour meter.
b. Controls: The engine shall be provided with a terminal
block for connection to the remote automatic engine starting
panel. The following controls, alarms and shutdowns shall
be furnished: (Both main annunciator and remote)
1) Line circuit breaker with cable terminations.
2) Low oil pressure.
3) High water temperature.
4) Over crank
5) Over speed.
6) High water temperature pre -alarm.
7) Low oil pressure pre -alarm.
8) Low water temperature.
9) Voltmeter and Ampmeter.
10) Ampmeter/Voltmeter phase selector switch.
11) Frequency meter.
12) Panel illumination lights and switch (lamp test).
13) Four position function switch; "auto", "manual",
"off/reset" and "stop".
14) Motor starter for remote radiator.
15) Fuse block, terminal strip and 460/120 volt transformer
for remote fuel oil transfer pump.
16) Battery malfunction.
17) Low Fuel Main Tank
18) EPS Supplying Load
19) Low Voltage Batteries
20) Audible Alarm Silencing Switch.
13. Mounting:
a. Equip the engines and generator with a base for mounting the
engine -generator unit. Refer to Section 03300 for concrete
foundation requirements.
b. Provide suitable spring -type vibration isolators between the
engine -generator and its concrete foundation.
F. Generator:
1. Generator shall be 277/480 volts, 3 phase, 4 wire, 60 cycle, 1800
RPM, rated 1000 KW minimum at 0.8 PF. It shall be of heavy-duty
ball bearing construction connected to engine fly wheel through
a suitable flexible coupling.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 16300-7
SECTION 16300
STANDBY POWER GENERATION
2. Exciter shall have sufficient capacity to produce ample
excitation under all normal load conditions. Exciter may be
direct connected or static controlled rectifier type.
G. Fuel Lines:
1. Fuel lines shall be Type "K" copper tubing with wrought brass
copper sweat pattern fittings. All joints shall be made with
silver solder. Complete shop drawings shall be prepared for the
fuel system and approved by an authorized representative of the
engine manufacturer prior to submittal. Flexible fuel lines
shall be furnished at the engine.
H. Remote Monitoring Panel:
1. Provide and install a Remote Monitoring Panel as detailed by 12.9
for controls.
2. The cabinet shall be flush mounted.
2.3 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCHES
A. Rating: The automatic transfer switch rating shall be as indicated.
On three phase, 4 wire systems, utilizing ground fault protection, a
true four pole transfer switch shall be supplied with all four poles
mounted in a common shaft. The short circuit rating of the fourth
pole shall be identical to the rating of the main poles. The complete
switch assembly shall be listed under UL-1008 for use on emergency
systems.
B. Construction and Performance: The critical and life safety transfer
switches shall be double throw, actuated by a single electrical
operator, momentarily energized; and connected to the transfer
mechanism by a single over center type linkage with a total transfer
time not to exceed one half second. The transfer switch shall be
capable of transferring successfully in either direction with-90% of
rated voltage applied to the switch terminals.
C. The equipment transfer switches shall be double throw, actuated by two
electrical operators momentarily energized and connected to the
transfer mechanism by a single over center linkage with a minimum
transfer time of 25 hertz, or longer. The time delay between the
opening of the closed contacts and the closing of the open contacts is
to allow the motor loads to be demagnetized before transfer. The RMTD
type transfer switch allows the motor loads to be re -energized after
transfer with normal in -rush current. Transfer switches utilizing
in -phase monitors are not acceptable.
D. The normal and emergency contacts shall be positively interlocked
mechanically and electrically to prevent simultaneous closing. Main
contacts shall be mechanically locked in position in both the normal
and emergency positions without the use of hooks, latches, magnets,
or springs; and shall be silver -tungsten alloy protected by arcing
contacts; wit, magnetic blowouts on each pole. Interlocker: molded
case circuit ►,reakers or contractors are not acceptable.
E. The transfer switch shall be equipped with a manual operator that is
designed to prevent injury to the operation personnel if the
electrical operator should suddenly become energized during manual
transfer. The manual operator shall provide the same contact transfer
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 16300-8
SECTION 16300
STANDBY POWER GENERATION
speed as the electrical operator to prevent a flash over from
switching the main contacts slowly.
F. Each transfer switch to include the following features:
1. A three second maximum non-adjustable time delay to over- ride
momentary outages.
2. An adjustable motor driven type time delay (0-2 minutes) on
transfer to emergency.
3. An adjustable motor driven type time delay (0-30 minutes) on
retransfer to normal with (0-30 minutes) unloading running timer
for cool -down of standby generators.
4. Key operated type test switch mounted on cabinet providing test
operation of the transfer switch and the standby generators.
5. Two auxiliary contacts to close when normal fails to initiate
starting controls on engines.
6. Two auxiliary contacts on main shaft, one to close on normal, the
other to close on emergency.
7. Interlocking control circuitry for three -source priority load
selection power system.
8. Two front pilot lights to indicate switch in normal or emergency
position. Provide fusing and control transformer.
9. On the automatic equipment transfer switch provide contacts to
signal elevator controller that emergency power is available.
The transmitting signal will be delayed at the transfer switch
with an adjustable delay timer (0-2 minutes).
10. On the manual equipment transfer switch, provide contacts so
switch may be operated by remote station in as- selected by
Architect. Remote control station and wiring by Temperature
Control Contractor. Provide duplicate set of momentary contact
push buttons on front cover of switch for transfer to emergency
and retransfer to normal.
11. One 20 amp fused circuit, energized from the emergency source.
G. Provide in each switch enclosure a ground bus mounted at the rear to
match ground bus in adjacent switchboard cubicles. Verify with
switchboard supplier. Ground bus shall be fabricated from high
strength, best grade 98% conductivity pure copper. Bars to be
rectangular type with full round edges, electrically silver plated
over their entire length. At both ends of the ground bus provide six
cable lugs suitable for cable up to 750 MCM copper conductor. Bond
ground bus to metal enclosure.
H. Enclosure: The four transfer switches are to be enclosed in two free
standing, floor mounted, rigid frame construction, NEMA 1 type indoor
cabinet as shown on the Drawings. The enclosure depth shall match
depth of adjoining switchboard cubicles. Verify depth with
switchboard supplier. The exterior and interior steel surfaces shall
be properly cleaned and finished with an ANSI #49 medium gray enamel
over rust inhibiting phosphatized coating.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 16300-9
SECTION 16300
STANDBY POWER GENERATION
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Lay out exact location for concrete bases and furnish a dimensional
drawing showing base sizes and location.
B. Install diesel generators and engine control cabinets.
C. Install emergency feeders and make all terminations.
********************
END OF SECTION 16300
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 16300-10
SECTION 16351
UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) System.
1.2 CODES AND STANDARDS
A. Refer to Section 16010.
1.3 WARRANTY
A. U.P.S. shall have a warranty period of one year from the date of
substantial completion.
B. The batteries shall have a ten year warranty, replace defective
batteries free of charge during first full year of operation. Provide
maintenance free type batteries.
C. Battery Compartment: Warranted for a minimum period of one year.
D. Batteries shall be trickle charged and maintained until final
acceptance.
E. Services include parts, labor and travel for one year.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: Submit with shop drawings, literature describing
batteries, system operation, inverter, charger, enclosure, maximum
input current, maximum battery output current, installed weights,
panelboard information, transient protection and warranties.
1.5 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. 50 KVA System: Continuously on line (12) twelve step, step wave, dual
bridge, SCR type and shall supply precise, conditioned, no break, no
dip power to the loads, independent of disturbances and interruptions
from the commercially available AC power supply.
1. Disturbances are defined as being brown -outs, line noise, and
transients.
B. The UPS System shall include, but not be limited to, the following
components
1. Inverter
2. Storage Battery Bank
3. Charger System
4. Disconnect Switches
5. Feeders
6. Branch Circuit Panel
C. Upon failure of normal, commercially derived power, the UPS shall
automatically provide AC power to designated loads for a duty cycle of
not less than 15 minutes.
D. The installed UPS System shall operate in conjunction with the
installed power distribution system.
E. Provide complete surge and transient voltage protection.
1.7 FACTORY TEST
A. Manufacturer shall test the complete UPS System prior to shipment to
the job site. Provide a copy of the test report to the Owner and
Program Manager.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 16351-1
SECTION 16351
UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY
B. Resulting damages incurred due to improper start-up of UPS System or
system failure not detected during the factory test is the
responsibility of this Section. Include all costs incurred in
normalizing the equipment or damage as a result of improper physical
and electrical protection.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. The following manufacturers are acceptable, based on the manufacturers
compliance with all performance requirements and dimensional
requirements indicated on drawings and specifications.
1. EXIDE
2. LIEBERT
3. EMERSON
B. Materials, equipment, and parts comprising the system: new and
unused, of recent manufacture, and of the highest grade material, free
from defects and imperfections.
1. Equipment: Product of manufacturer currently engaged in the
production of such systems and shipped, assembled, and tested at
the job site with load banks.
2.2 SYSTEM COMPONENTS
A. The UPS System shall consist of the following major pieces of
equipment, one 50 KVA System.
1. Power Conversion Module
2. UPS Battery Bank Complete for 15 minute support (nominal).
3. Battery Cell Connectors with stainless steel bolts, washers and
hex nuts; lug connectors for battery rack to cabinet cable
connections. Flame arrestor for each cell; cell spreader board.
4. Integral Battery Disconnect Switch in a maintenance free battery
cabinet.
5. Remote Monitor Panel, Wiring and interfacing to security system.
6. Complete Owner's, Operation, and Maintenance Manuals with
schematic wiring diagrams.
7. Maintenance Bypass Isolation switch with feeders.
8. Main output overcurrent protective device.
9. Transient Voltage and Surge Protection
10. Branch Circuit Panel - 225 amp mains, with 175A/3P breaker, (2)
42 pole tubs, with 84-20A/IP breakers.
2.3 OPERATION
A. Design the UPS System to operate as an on-line, reverse transfer
system, with the following modes of non -transient voltage transfer.
1. Normal:
a. The critical load is continuously supplied by the inverter.
b. The rectifier/battery charger derives power from the
commercial AC source and supplies DC power to the inverter
while simultaneously float charging the battery bank.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 16351-2
SECTION 16351
UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY
2. Emergency:
a. Upon failure of the commercial AC power, the critical load
is supplied by the inverter automatically, and obtains its
power from the storage battery bank.
b. There shall be no power interruption or mechanical transfer,
to the critical load upon failure or restoration of the
commercial AC source.
3. Recharge:
a. Upon restoration of the commercial AC source, the
rectifier/charger powers the inverter and simultaneously
recharges the battery rack to rated capacity.
b. This shall be an automatic function and shall cause no
interruptions to the critical load.
4. System Overload (Bypass):
a. If the UPS System is overloaded or a malfunction should
occur in the UPS System while commercial or standby AC power
is available, an automatic transfer shall be made which will
bypass the UPS and connect the critical load directly to the
commercial or standby AC power supply, without power
interruption.
b. When overload/malfunction conditions are corrected to normal
operation, the critical load shall be automatically re -
transferred back to the UPS System, without power
interruption.
C. Annunciate bypass feature at the Security Console as an
event alarm. Provide interfacing for connection by the
security subcontractors, of all status conditions and
changes of the UPS to the security system.
5. Maintenance:
a. When UPS System maintenance is required, the critical load
can be transferred to the commercial AC power by the u,se of
a manually operated, normally open, maintenance bypass/
disconnect switch.
b. This switch shall work in conjunction with the normally
closed, automatically operated, system isolation switch.
C. Switching from normal operation to maintenance operation and
back again shall not interrupt the AC power to the critical
load.
2.4 CHARACTERISTICS
A. The UPS System shall operate with the following characteristics:
1. Rectifier/Charger:
a. Input Voltage: 277/480V, 3-phase, 4 wire, with ground;
within +10-15%, with ±5% full -rated taps.
b. Frequency: 60 hertz, ±5%.
C. Power Factor: 0.80 lag minimum at nominal conditions.
2. Inverter Output:
a. Output Voltage: 120/208V, 3-phase, 4 wire, ± 1% steady
state and 3% for 50% unbalanced load.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 16351-3
SECTION 16351
UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY
b. Frequency: 60 hertz, ±5%.
C. Capacity: as specified above.
3. Battery Bank:
a. Type: Sealed, maintenance free.
b. Float Voltage: 2.25 volts per cell.
C. Specific Gravity: 1.215 at full charge (77'F).
d. Duty Cycle: 15 minutes at full rated load.
e. Final Discharge Volts, Minimum: 1.67 volts per cell.
2.5 CONTROL PANEL
A. Locate each control panel on the front of the converter cabinet and
have, as a minimum, the following metering capabilities:
1. Input voltage and amperage with phase selection.
2. Input frequency
3. Battery voltage and amperage
4. Load volts and amperage with phase selection.
7. Load frequency
8. Bypass volts and amperage with phase selection.
9. Bypass frequency
10. Inverter on
11. Battery run time, low battery alarm
12. High temp and over temp
13. Battery overvoltage
14. High AC out
15. Temperature alarm
B. Control panel shall have emergency shutdown system switch with
protective cover.
C. Schematic diagram panel with indication lights/alarm and alpha -numeric
digital display for metering capabilities.
D. Provide remote monitoring interfacing to incorporate the above
functions.
E. Provide a remote panel for the UPS Unit as follows:
1. Locate remote panel in the Security Control Room.
2.6 GROUNDING
A. The UPS System output AC neutral bus shall be electrically isolated
from the UPS chassis.
1. The UPS chassis and signal ground system: connected together and
to a common ground point.
2. The UPS output AC neutral bus: connected to the ground reference
riser for the facility.
2.7 SURGE PROTECTION
A. Provide Category "C" level T.V.S.S. h U.L. 1449 standards and
ANSI/IEEE 62.41.
B. Refer to Section 16605 for transient voltage and surge protection.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 16351-4
SECTION 16351 ' UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install UPS system equipment and components as required, in accordance
with equipment manufacturer's written instructions, and with
recognized industry practices, to ensure that UPS system equipment
complies with requirements. Comply with requirements of NEC, and
applicable portions of NECA's "Standard of Installation" pertaining to
general electrical installation practices.
B. Coordinate with other electrical work, including raceways, boxes, and
fittings, etc., to interface installation of UPS systems work with
other work.
3.2 GROUNDING
A. Provide equipment grounding connections for UPS system as indicated.
Tighten connections to fulfill manufacturer's torquing requirements.
If not manufacturer -provided, tighten connections to comply with
tightening torques specified in UL Std 486A to assure permanent and
effective grounds.
3.3 TESTING AND START-UP
A. Upon completion of installation of UPS system equipment, and after
building circuitry has been energized with normal power source, test
UPS system, with manufacturer's representative present, to demonstrate
capability and compliance with requirements. Where possible, correct
malfunctioning units at site, then retest to demonstrate compliance;
otherwise, remove and replace with new units and proceed with
retesting.
3.3 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Clean equipment to requirements of manufacturer recommendations.
********************
END OF SECTION 16351
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 16351-5
SECTION 16400 SERVICE AND POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION
A. Service and Power Distribution Systems.
1.2 SERVICE DESCRIPTION
A. The primary electrical service will be available from City -Electric.
This service is rated at 13,800 nominal voltage.
B. The secondary service will be available from City Electric. This
service shall be rated at 277/480 volt, 3 phase, 4 wire, solid neutral
with ground bus. The solid neutral will be grounded at the secondary
of the main transformers and not grounded at any other down line
point.
C. Service for large motors and primaries of distribution transformers
shall be 480 volt, 3 phase, 3 wire, with ground.
D. Service for primary lighting shall be 277/480 volt, 3 phase, 4 wire,
with ground.
E. Service for certain lighting, receptacles, fractional horsepower
motors and small equipment loads shall be 120/208 volt, 3 phase, 4
wire, with ground.
1.3 CONNECTION TO CITY ELECTRIC POWER COMPANY SYSTEM
A. City Electric will furnish and install the following:
1. High Voltage Transformers
2. Overhead high voltage cables and poles.
3. Necessary high -voltage cable splices, terminations, pot heads,
etc., for both overhead and underground lines.
4. Ground system in vault.
5. Secondary metering equipment.
B. The Contractor shall furnish and install the following:
1. Underground raceway duct bank. (Bid Group One)
2. High voltage underground feeders, through duct bank as per City
Electric.
a. 15 KV Cable - Number 2 XLPE, 220 mils, 133% insulation with
tape shield, Number 2 600 volt insulated neutral and number
6 bare ground.
1) Primary cables shall have phase markings at all risers,
manholes, vaults and enclosure.
A - Phase - Red Tape (1) Wrap
B - Phase - Orange Tape (2) Wraps
C - Phase - Blue Tape (3) Wraps
2) Primary cable shall have one loop in handholes/manholes
no cable splices will be allowed in duct bank and in
handholes/manholes.
3) Obtain from City Electric which side of main DIP pole
to bring up risers. Provide all rigid conduit and
weatherhead and install first length up pole. City
electric to install remaining conduit and weatherhead.
4) Certified independent H1 - potential testing of primary
cable is required for unground system.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 16400-'
SECTION 16400
SERVICE AND POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS
5) Provide two pulling tension calculations. First must
be the maximum allowable tension for the particular
cable installed. The second calculation is estimated
pulling tension that can occur during installation.
3. Secondary wiring from transformer secondaries.
4. Conduit and backboards for secondary metering.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 RELATED EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL
A. The equipment and material related
system shall be as indicated and
Sections:
1. Conduit System -
PART 3 - EXECUTION
to the service and distribution
as specified in the following
Section 16111
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install service and distribution system as indicated.
********************
END OF SECTION 16400
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007 00-2 BID GROUP THREE 16400-2
SECTION 16425
MAIN SERVICE SWITCHBOARD
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION
A. Main Service Switchboard
1.2 CODES AND STANDARDS
A. Switchboard shall be completely
before delivery and shall bear UL
NEMA standards requirements.
factory assembled, wired and tested
labels. Designs shall meet NEC and
B. The main circuits will be given a dielectric test of 2200 volts for
one minute between live parts and ground and between opposite
polarities. The wiring and control circuits will be given a
dielectric test of 2200 volts for one minute between live parts and
ground.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittal data for the switchboard shall consist of shop drawings
showing technical data necessary to evaluate the equipment, to include
dimensions of switchboard cubicles, fabrication materials, bus
arrangement, ratings and other descriptive data necessary to describe
fully the equipment proposed.
B. Submittal data to include detail wiring diagram of interlocking
control and ground fault systems.
1. The manufacturer shall submit diagrams required by Paragraph:
"Short Circuit Analysis and Over current Device Coordination" of
this Section.
2. Include detail information on the performance, characteristics
and ratings of the circuit breakers.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Main service switchboard shall be SQUARE D, or approved equivalent by
GENERAL ELECTRIC or WESTINGHOUSE.
1. Specification based on SQUARE D.
2.2 GENERAL
A. These specifications and associated drawings describe indoor Low
Voltage Metal -Enclosed Switchboard Assembly. The assembly shall be
designed for use on a 480 volt, 3 phase, 4 wire with ground, 60 Hz
system and shall be complete from the incoming line connections.
Items not specifically mentioned but necessary for proper operation
are implied in this description. Equipment shall be 600 volt class.
B. Furnish and install where indicated a dead front type, completely
metal enclosed, self-supporting structure independent of wall
supports. It shall consist of the required number of vertical
sections bolted together to form one rigid switchboard 90" high.
Switchboard construction shall be of the universal frame type using
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 16425-1
SECTION 16425
MAIN SERVICE SWITCHBOARD
die -formed members bolted and braced to produce a rigid frame work
that will maintain its strength and rigidity during shipment. The
sides and rear shall be covered with removable screw -on plates. Front
doors over breakers shall be removable. Covers shall be fabricated
from code gauge steel and shall be provided with the necessary
ventilated openings to maintain minimum temperature. Necessary
interconnections, instrumentation and control wiring where specified
shall be included.
C. Small wiring, necessary fuse blocks and terminal blocks within the
switchboard shall be furnished when required. Groups of control wires
leaving the switchboard shall be provided with terminal blocks with
suitable numbering strips. Hardware used on conductors shall have
high tensile strength and an anti -corrosive plating.
D. Switchboard and switchgear shall be provided with adequate lifting
means and shall be capable of being rolled or moved into installation
position and bolted directly to the floor without the use of floor
sills.
E. Individual shipping sections shall be designed for bolting together
installation site. Necessary bolting hardware as well as main splices
shall be supplied between adjacent shipping sections.
F. Adequate conduit space shall be provided to meet NEC requirements.
G. Exterior and interior steel surfaces of the switchboard and switchgear
shall be properly cleaned and finished with an ANSI #49 medium gray
enamel over a rust inhibiting phosphatized coating.
H. Engraved nameplates shall be furnished for main and feeder circuits.
I. Nameplate material to be embossed phenolic core. Black face with
white lettering.
2.3 CUBICLE CONSTRUCTION
A. Each vertical steel unit forming part of the switchgear line-up shall
be a self-contained housing having one or more individual breaker or
instrument compartments, a centralized bus compartment and rear
cabling compartment.
2.4 BUS CONSTRUCTION
A. Bus shall be bolted copper. When the cross bus is split for shipping
purposes, all contact surfaces at the joint shall be plated; the joint
bolts are to be of high strength grade 5 steel equipped with spring
washers.
B. An isolated neutral bus with cable lugs is to be supplied, rated at
100 percent of the phase current. Neutral bus shall extend entire
length of switchgear. Provide additional cable lugs .
C. A ground bus with cable lugs shall be furnished firmly secured to each
vertical section structure and shall extend the entire length of the
switchgear. Provide additional cable lugs.
D. Bus bar: sized so as to maintain a maximum temperature rise of 65 % .,
in accordance with UL requirements for plated bus bars.
E. The bus assembly shall be constructed so as to maintain the minimum
electrical clearances.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 16425-2
SECTION 16425
MAIN SERVICE SWITCHBOARD
F. The bus work shall be adequately braced to withstand mechanical forces
exerted during short circuit conditions when directly connected to a
power source having the available short circuit current indicated.
Minimum short circuit bracing: 100,000 RMS SYM amperes.
G. A-B-C type bus arrangement, left to right, top to bottom and front
rear, as viewed from the front, shall be used throughout. Main
horizontal bus bars: mounted with all three phases arranged in the
same vertical plane.
2.5 MAIN SERVICE DISCONNECT
A. The main service disconnect device shall be molded case circuit
breaker totally front accessible and front connectable. Circuit
breaker to be provided with ground fault protection, shunt trip,
auxiliary switches, undervoltage trip and phase failure protection.
2.5 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
A. Group mounted molded case circuit breakers shall be totally front
accessible. Mount the circuit breakers in the switchboard to permit
installation, maintenance and testing without reaching over any line
side bussing. The circuit breakers are to be removable by the
disconnection of only the load side cable terminations and all line
and load side connections to be individual to each circuit breaker.
Common mounting brackets and electrical bus connectors will not be
acceptable.
B. Furnish each circuit breaker with an externally operable mechanical
means to trip the circuit breaker, enabling maintenance personnel to
verify the ability of the circuit breaker trip mechanism to operate,
as well as exercise the circuit breaker operating mechanisms.
2.7 SHORT CIRCUIT ANALYSIS AND OVER CURRENT DEVICE COORDINATION
A. The supplier for the over current protective devices shall make short
circuit analysis and over current device coordination study, shall
submit with the equipment shop drawings, a one -line diagram indicating
the calculated available short circuit current at each over current
device and the required interrupting rating for each device. The
actual interrupting rating for each device shall not be less than the
ratings scheduled on the drawings, without prior approval of the
Architect. Where scheduled interrupting ratings are not adequate to
safely interrupt the calculated short circuit current at each over
current device and the required interrupting rating for each device.
The actual interrupting rating for each device shall not be less than
the ratings scheduled on the drawings, without prior approval of the
Architect. Where scheduled interrupting ratings are not adequate to
safely interrupt the calculated short circuit current the supplier
shall provide over current devices with interrupting ratings equal to
or larger than calculated short circuit currents.
B. Interrupting ratings for over current protective devices shall be
based on unlimited primary, 1500 KVA transformer, 5.75% impedance
motor load contribution of not less than four (4) times the
transformer full load current.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 16425-3
SECTION 16425
MAIN SERVICE SWITCHBOARD
C. The switchboard manufacturer shall coordinate the reverse power re -
settings with the City Electric and shall recommend selective trip
settings between main and feeder breakers and ground fault settings.
2.7 GROUND FAULT EQUIPMENT TEST AND ADJUSTMENT
A. After the power distribution system and electrical equipment are
completely installed, this Section and the equipment supplier shall
test ground fault systems, and shall adjust over current device trip
setting, adjust ground fault sensor pickup amps time cycle settings.
B. Prior to final acceptance of the electrical installation submit to the
Architect a written report and chart indicating the over current
device trip settings and device hold pickup amps, and the ground fault
sensor pickup amps and time cycle settings.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Provide and install main service switchboard. Provide bus way
openings and termination. Conduct and submit to Architect a short
circuit analysis and over current device coordination study. Test
upon completion of installation ground fault systems. Provide
adjustments to trip settings, pickup amps, and time cycle settings.
Lay out exact location for concrete bases and furnish a dimensional
drawing showing base sizes and locations.
********************
END OF SECTION 16425
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 16425-4
SECTION 16450 ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS GROUNDING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION
A. Electrical Systems Grounding.
B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere:
1. Section 16010 - General Provisions
2. Section 16300 - Standby Power Generation
3. Section 16351 - Uninterruptible Power Supply
4. Section 16400 - Service and Power Distribution Systems
5. Section 16425 - Main Service Switchboard
6. Section 16461 - Dry Type Distribution Transformers
7. Section 16470 - Distribution Panelboard - Circuit Breaker Type
8. Section 16472 - Branch Circuit Panelboards - Circuit Breaker Type
9. Section 16601 - Lightning Protection System
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Provide equipment meeting the applicable standards of the following
agencies and associations:
1. Underwriters Laboratories, UL
2. National Fire Protection Association, NFPA
3. NEC Chapter 2.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 BASIC MATERIALS
A. Ground Electrodes: Minimum 3/4" diameter copper plated steel rods
twenty (20) feet long.
B. Grounding Conductors: Copper, bare or insulated in accordance with
the National Electric Code.
C. Ground Connectors: High strength copper alloy, U-bolt type which allow
wire to be connected parallel to or at right angles to the ground rod
or pipe.
1. Standards: ABG Series by 0-Z CO. - Rods and Pipes to 1-1/2"
diameter. CG Series by 0-Z CO. - Pipes 2" and larger.
D. Ground Bushings: Insulated type with lay -in grounding connector and
adjustable aligner ring.
1. Standards: BLG Series by 0-Z CO. - Threaded. SBLG Series by U-Z
co. - Threadless.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEM
A. Bond the following together to form the grounding electrode system:
1. The main water or sprinkler service piping. Connect ahead of
meter.
2. The metal frame of the building.
3. The reinforcing steel at or near the bottom of a footing or
foundation.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 16450-1
SECTION 16450
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS GROUNDING
4. The Lightning Protection System encircling the building, if
available.
5. The ground rod installation:
a. Provide - 3 rods spaced to form a 6' equilateral triangle
connected together with a bare 3/0 copper conductor and
driven to such a depth so as to have a maximum resistance of
25 ohms. Drive more rods as required to meet the maximum
resistance.
3.2 MAIN SYSTEM GROUNDING REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide a ground resistance of 3 ohms or less for the complete system
and conforming to the minimum requirements of the National Electrical
Code. Provide additional rods as required to meet resistance
requirements.
B. Size the main grounding conductor in accordance with the National
Electric Code, install from the main distribution panel or switchboard
to the grounding electrode system and connect complete.
C. Provide ground rod installation and make connections at pad mounted
transformer as required by the Utility Company.
3.3 MAIN BONDING REQUIREMENTS
A. Bond the following to the grounding electrode system:
1. Domestic hot and cold water piping. Provide bonding jumper
around meter and any non-metallic sections.
2. Sprinkler piping.
3. Fuel oil piping.
4. Chilled water piping.
5. Heating system water piping.
B. Size bonding jumpers in accordance with the National Electric -Code.
3.4 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING METHODS
A. Provide an equipment grounding conductor in all conduits and race-
ways. Sized in accordance with N.E.C. All equipment grounding shall
be accomplished using this conductor unless otherwise indicated.
B. At all electric panels, install grounding bushings on all conduits and
a lug on the panel back box and bond conduits and back box together
using a bare #4 AWG copper conductor. Bond junction boxes in feeder
conduit runs in a similar manner.
3.5 SPECIAL SYSTEM GROUNDING
A. For telephone, alarm, and security/communication systems, provide a #6
AWG copper conductor from the grounding electrode system to each
terminal cabinet or equipment location unless indicated otherwise.
3.6 DRY TYPE TRAM " ORMER GROUNDING
A. Ground ta, neutral of each dry type transformer to a building steel.
Tie the grounding electrode system using a separate conductor sized in
accordance with the National Electric Code.
*********************
END OF SECTION 16450
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 16450-2
SECTION 16461 DRY TYPE DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION
A. Dry Type Distribution Transformers.
1.2 CODES AND STANDARDS
A. Transformers: UL listed for specified temperature rise.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittal
and sound
fully the
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
data: include dimensions, electrical characteristics, KVA
ratings, and other descriptive data necessary to describe
transformers.
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Transformers: SQUARE D or equivalent by GENERAL ELECTRIC or
WESTINGHOUSE.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Transformers:
furnished with KVA ratings, electrical characteristics
and
tap arrangement:
1.
Single phase transformers: 480 volt primary and 120/ 240 volt
secondary. Three phase transformers: 480 volt delta primary and
208Y/120 or 240 volt delta secondary. Transformers 25 KVA and
larger shall have a minimum of 4-2 1/2" full capacity primary
taps. Exact voltages and taps to be as designated in transformer
schedule.
2.
Transformers 9 KVA and above: 115°C temperature rise above 400C
ambient; 115°C rise transformers: capable of carrying 15%
continuous overload without exceeding a 150°C rise in a 40°C
ambient. Insulating materials: in accordance with NEMA ST2O
standards for a 2200C UL component recognized insulation system.
3.
Transformer coils: of continuous wound construction and
impregnated with non -hygroscopic, thermosetting varnish.
Materials used must have a minimum of one year of proven field
usage. Accelerated laboratory tests not acceptable in lieu of
actual field experience.
4.
Cores: constructed of high grade, non -aging silicon steel with
high magnetic permeability, and low hysteresis and eddy current
losses. Magnetic flux densities are to be kept well below the
saturation point. The core laminations shall be clamped together
with steel angles. The completed core and coil shall then be
bolted to the base of the enclosure but isolated from the base by
means of rubber, vibration -absorbing mounts. There shall be no
metal -to -metal transformers 500 KVA and smaller, the vibration
isolating system shall be designed to provide a permanent
fastening of the core and coil to the enclosure. Sound isolating
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP THREE 16461-1
SECTION 16461
DRY•TYPE DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS
systems requiring the complete removal of all fastening devices
will not be acceptable.
5. Transformers 25 KVA and larger: in heavy gauge, sheet steel
ventilated enclosure. The ventilating openings designed to
prevent accidental access to live parts in accordance with UL,
NEMA, and ANSI Standards for ventilated enclosures. Transformers
through 100 KVA single phase, and 75 KVA three phase: designed so
they can be either floor or wall mounted. Above these ratings
they shall be floor mounted design.
6. The entire transformer enclosures degreased, cleaned,
phosphatized, primed, and finished with a grey, baked enamel.
7. The maximum temperature of the top of the enclosure shall not
exceed 35°C rise above a 40°C ambient.
8. The core of the transformer: grounded to the enclosure by means
of a flexible grounding conductor sized in accordance with
applicable NEMA and NEC Standards.
9. Sound levels: certified by the manufacturer not to exceed the
following when tested per NEMA and ANSI Standards:
a. 25 to 50 KVA - 45DB
b. 51 to 150 KVA - 50DB
C. 151 to 300 KVA - 55DB
d. 301 to 500 KVA - 60DB
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Lay out exact locations for concrete bases for floor mounted
transformers and provide a dimensional drawing showing base sizes and
locations.
B. Make conduit connections with not less than 24" length of flexible
conduit.
C. Mount floor mounted transformers on rubber -in -shear vibration
isolators. Suspend ceiling suspended transformers from structure
with 1/2" steel rods with rubber -in -shear vibration isolators.
Install 1" thick neoprene and cork vibration isolation pad between
transformer and walls, for wall mounted transformers.
D. Set floor mounted transformers on 3" high concrete pads in all
locations; Section 03300 - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE.
********************
END OF SECTION 16461
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP THREE 16461-2
SECTION 16470 DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS - CIRCUIT BREAKER TYPE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION
A. Distribution Panelboards.
1.2 STANDARDS AND CODES
A. Fabrication and installation shall comply with applicable Sections of
NEC, Chapter 3, and shall bear UL label.
1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Dead -front, safety type panelboards furnished with thermal magnetic
molded case circuit breakers and copper bussings; suitable for power
distribution application and when required, shall be suitable for
service equipment. Circuit breakers shall have frame and trip ratings
as scheduled.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop drawings: include fabrication details, lug and bus arrangement,
ampere and voltage rating, breaker frame sizes and interrupting
ratings.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Panelboards by SQUARE D, GENERAL ELECTRIC or WESTINGHOUSE.
2.2 PANELBOARDS
A. Bussing Assembly and Temperature Rise: Panelboard bus structure and
main lugs or main breaker shall have current ratings as shown on the
panelboard schedule. Such ratings shall be established by heat rise
test with maximum hot spot temperature on any connector or bus bar not
to exceed 50°C rise above ambient. Heat rise tests shall be conducted
in accordance with Underwriters' Laboratories Standard UL67. The use
of conductor dimensions will not be accepted in lieu of actual heat
tests. Equipment ground bus shall be provided for all panels. All
bus: copper.
B. Safety Barriers: The panelboards interior assembly shall be dead
front with panelboard front removed.
C. Cabinet: Panelboard assembly shall be enclosed in a steel cabinet.
The rigidity and gauge of steel to be as specified in UL Standard 50
for cabinets. The size of wiring gutters shall be in accordance with
UL Standard 67. Cabinets to be equipped with spring latch and
tumbler -lock on door of trim. Doors over 48" long shall be equipped
with three-point latch and vault lock. All locks shall be keyed alike
Endwalls shall be removable. Fronts. shall be of code gauge,
full -finished steel with rust -inhibiting primer and baked enamel
finish.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP THREE 16470-1
SECTION 16470 DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS - CIRCUIT BREAKER TYPE
D. Circuit Breakers: Circuit breakers shall be equipped with individually
insulated, braced and protected connectors. The front faces of all
circuit breakers shall be flush with each other. Large, permanent,
individual circuit numbers shall be affixed to each breaker in a
uniform position (or equip each breaker with a circuit card holder and
neatly printed card identifying the circuit). Tripped indication
shall be clearly shown by the breaker handle taking a position between
ON and OFF. Provisions for additional breakers shall be such that no
additional connectors will be required to add breakers.
E. Integrated Equipment Rating: Each panelboard, as a complete unit,
shall have a rating equal to or greater than the integrated equipment
rating shown on the panel board schedule. Such rating shall be
established by test with the circuit breakers mounted on the
panelboard. The short-circuit tests on the circuit breaker and on the
panelboard structure shall be made simultaneously by connecting the
fault to each panel board breaker with the panelboard connected to
its rated voltage source. Method of testing shall be per proposed UL
standards pertaining to listing of molded case circuit breakers for
high -interrupting capacity ratings. The source shall be capable of
supplying the specified panelboard short-circuit current or greater.
Test data showing the completion of such tests upon the entire range
of distribution and power panelboards to be furnished shall be
submitted to the Architect, if requested, with or before the submittal
of approval drawings. Testing of panelboard circuit breakers for
short-circuit rating only with the breaker individually mounted is not
acceptable. Also, testing of the bus structure by applying a fixed
fault to the bus structure alone is not acceptable.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Securely anchor panelboards to structure and make feeder connections.
END OF SECTION 16470
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP THREE 16470-2
SECTION 16471 FEEDER AND BRANCH CIRCUITS AND EMERGENCY WIRING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION
A. Feeder and Branch Circuits:
1. Conductors
2. Conduit fittings and boxes
3. Overcurrent protection
4. Panelboards
5. Conduit hangers and supports
6. Wiring devices
7. Motor and equipment connections
1.2 STANDARDS AND CODES
A. Except where otherwise
Standards and Codes shall
1. Branch Circuits
2. Feeders
3. Motor Circuits
4. Grounding
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
required by this Section, the following
govern: NEC Chapter 2.
2.1 FEEDER CIRCUITS
A. A riser diagram and/or general layout of feeder circuits are indicated
on the drawings. Lay out the feeders generally as indicated, and
determine the location and routing of feeders to best fit the layout
of the work.
B. In general, conductor sizes for feeder circuits are not noted -on the
drawings. Where conductor sizes for feeder circuit are noted,
provide feeder circuits with conductors sized as follows:
1. Feeders, serving an individual branch circuit panel, or an
individual power distribution panel, shall have conductors with
an ampere capacity of not less than the capacity of the panel
mains.
2. Feeders, serving more than one branch circuit panel, or more than
one power distribution panel, shall have conductors with an
ampere capacity of not less than the combined ampere capacity of
all panel mains, served by the feeder.
2.2 BRANCH CIRCUITS
A. A general layout of branch circuit wiring is indicated on the
drawings. Generally, receptacles and appliances shall be on separate
circuits from lighting.
B. Branch panel circuits are numbered to match NEMA pole numbering
system; poles 1 and 2 - Phase A, poles 3 and 4 - Phase B, poles 5 and
6 - Phase C, etc. Actual field numbering of circuit directories may
vary from pole numbers, but shall be phased and pole connected as
shown on the plans.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP THREE 16471-1
SECTION 16471 FEEDER AND BRANCH CIRCUITS AND EMERGENCY WIRING
C. No. 14 wire will be permitted only on control circuits of relays,
contactors, starters, etc. No. 12 wire will be minimum size for any
lighting, motor, or general branch circuits unless specifically noted
otherwise.
D. In general, conductor sizes for major branch circuits, such as large
motor and equipment branch circuits are noted on drawings. Where
conductor sizes for such circuits are not noted, Contractor shall
provide branch circuits with conductors sized as follows:
1. Conductors for individual motor branch circuits shall have ampere
capacity of not less than 125% of the running current of the
motors (Article 430-22, NEC).
2. Conductors for multiple motor branch circuits shall have ampere
capacity of not less than 125% of the running current of the
largest motor plus 100% of the running current for each
additional motor connected to the circuit. (Article 430-24
NEC).
3. Conductors for individual or multiple equipment branch circuits
shall have an ampere capacity of not less than 125% of the total
connected ampere load served by the branch circuit.
E. Conductor sizes for lighting, receptacles and small motor branch
circuits, with less than 20 ampere connected load are not shown on
drawings. Conductors for such circuits shall be sized as follows:
1. Conductor size for branch circuits 75 feet in length from branch
circuit panel to center of load shall not be smaller than No. 12;
up to 125 feet not smaller than No. 10, up to 175 feet not
smaller than No. 8.
2. Conductor size for exit light circuits shall be not smaller than
No. 10.
F. Where specific conductor sizes required by the drawings are,larger
than Code requires, the larger sizes shall be installed.
G. Circuits may be arranged in 4-wire feeds, 3 circuits and common
neutral, in color code previously described, more than 3 circuits in
conduit by specific approval only.
2.3 EMERGENCY SYSTEM WIRING
A. Install wiring for emergency system circuits in conduit system
separate from normal lighting and power circuits.
B. Exposed conduit and conduit above removable ceilings: marked at every
junction and pull box, with 1" wide "RED" plastic marking
tape, affixed to conduit at each box.
C. Outlets, switches and receptacles, regardless of type, size or
location, that are connected to emergency system circuits shall be
furnished with visible parts molded of "bright red" material to
provide immediate identification of such outlets. Outlets: equal to
HUBBELL catalog numbers as specifi, under Wiring Devices Section with
the letter "R" added to the catal a number.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP THREE 16471-2
SECTION 16471 FEEDER AND BRANCH CIRCUITS AND EMERGENCY WIRING
PART 3 - EXECUTION
N/A
********************
END OF SECTION 16471
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP THREE 16471-3
SECTION 16472 BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS - CIRCUIT BREAKER TYPE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION
A. Branch Circuit Panelboards
1.2 STANDARDS AND CODES
A. Fabrication and installation shall comply with applicable Sections of
NEC, Chapter 3, and shall bear UL Label.
1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Dead -front, safety type panelboards furnished with thermal -magnetic
molded case circuit breakers and copper bussing; for lighting,
receptacle and applicable branch circuit application. Circuit
breakers shall have frame and trip ratings.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop drawings to include fabrication details, lug and bus arrangement,
ampere and voltage rating, breaker frame sizes and interrupting
ratings.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Panelboards by SQUARE D, GENERAL ELECTRIC or WESTINGHOUSE.
2.2 PANELBOARDS
A. Bussing Assembly and Temperature Rise: Panelboard bus structure and
main lugs or main breaker shall have current ratings as shown,on the
panelboard schedule. Such ratings shall be established by heat rise
tests with maximum hot spot temperature on any connector to bus bar
not to exceed 50°C rise above ambient. Heat rise test shall be
conducted in accordance with Underwriters' Laboratories Standard UL67.
The use of conductor dimensions will not be accepted in lieu of actual
heat -tests. Bus bar connections to the branch circuit breakers shall
be the "distributed phase" or "phase sequence" type. Single-phase
three -wire panelboard bussing shall be such that any two adjacent
single -pole breakers are connected to opposite polarities in such a
manner that two -pole breakers can be installed in any location.
Three-phase, four -wire bussing shall be such that any three adjacent
single -pole breakers are individually connected to each of the three
different phases in such a manner that two or three -pole breakers can
be installed at any location. Current -carrying parts of the bus
assembly shall be plated. Mains ratings: as shown in the panelboard
schedules. Provide equipment ground bus for panels. All bus: copper.
B. Safety Barriers: The panelboard interior assembly shall be dead front
with panelboard front removed.
C. Cabinet and Fronts: Panelboard assembly shall be enclosed in a steel
cabinet. The rigidity and gauge of steel to be as specified in UL
Standard 50 for cabinets. Wiring gutters shall be in accordance with
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP THREE 16472-1
SECTION 16472 BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS - CIRCUIT BREAKER TYPE
UL Standard 67 for panelboards. Minimum gutter 6" each side, 5" top
and bottom. Fronts shall include doors and have flush, brushed
stainless steel, cylinder tumbler -type locks with catches and spring -
loaded door pulls. The flush lock shall not protrude beyond the front
of the door. All panelboard locks shall be keyed alike. Front shall
have adjustable indicating trim clamps which shall be completely
concealed when the doors are closed. Doors shall be mounted by
completely concealed steel hinges. Fronts shall not be removable with
door in the locked position. A circuit directory frame and card with
a clear plastic covering shall be provided on the inside of the door.
The directory card shall provide a space at least 1/4" high x 3" long
or equivalent for each circuit. The directory shall be typed to
identify the load fed by each circuit. Fronts shall be of code gauge,
full finished steel with rust -inhibiting primer and baked enamel
finish.
D. Wiring Terminals: Terminals for feeder conductors to the panelboard
mains and neutral shall be UL listed as suitable for the type of
conductor specified. Terminals for branch circuit wiring, both
breaker and neutral, shall be UL listed as suitable for the type of
conductor specified.
E. Circuit Breakers: quick -make, quick -break thermal -magnetic, trip
indicating, and have common trip on all multiple breakers. Circuit
breakers shall be bolt -on type equipped with individually insulated,
braced and protected connectors. The front faces of circuit breakers
shall be flush with each other. Large permanent individual circuit
numbers shall be affixed to each breaker in a uniform position (or
equip each breaker with a circuit card holder and neatly printed card
identifying the circuit). Tripped indication shall be clearly shown
by the breaker handle taking a position between ON and OFF.
Provisions for additional breakers shall be such that no additional
connectors will be required to add breakers.
F. Integrated Equipment Rating: Each panelboard, as a complete unit,
shall have a rating equal to or greater than the integrated equipment
rating shown on the panelboard schedule. Such rating shall be
established by test with the circuit breakers mounted on the
panelboard. The short-circuit tests on the circuit breaker shall be
made simultaneously by connecting the fault to each panelboard breaker
with the panelboard connected to its rated voltage source. Method of
testing shall be per proposed UL standards pertaining to listing of
molded case circuit breakers for high -interrupting capacity ratings.
The source shall be capable of supplying the specified panelboard
short-circuit current or greater. Test data showing the completion of
such tests upon the entire range of distribution and power panelboards
to be furnished shall be submitted to the Architect, if requested by
him, with or before tha submittal of approval drawings. Testing of
panelboard circuit breakers for short-circuit rating only with the
breaker individually mounted is not acceptable. Testing of the bus
structure by applying a fixed fault to the bus structure alone is not
acceptable.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP THREE 16472-2
SECTION 16472 BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS - CIRCUIT BREAKER TYPE
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Securely anchor panelboards to structure and make feeder and branch
circuit connections.
********************
END OF SECTION 16472
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP THREE 16472-3
SECTION 16500
LIGHTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Product and installation requirements for lighting equipment.
a. Provide all light fixtures in accordance with the light
fixture schedule unless otherwise indicated.
b. Provide light fixtures for built-in millwork items.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit complete shop drawings and product data for the following
items:
1. Each light fixture type with complete description.
2. Photometric curves.
3. Method of installation.
1.3 STANDARDS AND CODES
A. Except where otherwise required by this Section, the following
standards and codes shall govern:
1. NEC Chapter 4
2. UL listed
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. The manufacturers listed below are acceptable provided they meet all
conditions of the specifications.
1. Incandescent Fixtures:
a. LITHONIA
b. PRESCOLITE
C. OMEGA
d. MARCO
2. Fluorescent Fixtures:
a. LITHONIA
b. DAYBRITE
C. MILLER
d. KEENE
e. KEYSTONE
f. NULITE
g. W.F. HARRIS
h. HUBBELL
i. ALKCO
j. FAILSAFE
3. High Intensity Discharge Ballasts
a. LITHONIA
b. PRESCOLITE
C. OMEGA
d. MARCO
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 16500-1
SECTION 16500
LIGHTING
e. W.F. HARRIS
f NORTHERN
g. ESCO
h. DEVINE
i. HUBBELL
4. Security Fixtures
a. MARK
b. FAIL SAFE
C. VERSATECH
d. NORTHERN
5. Site Lighting Fixtures
a. KIM
b. MOLDCAST
C. HUBBELL
d. SPAULDING
2.2 INCANDESCENT FIXTURES
A. Glassware for fixtures: high quality with not less than 65%
efficiency in light transmission.
B. Recessed fixtures: furnished with gaskets, so designed and installed
that they will completely eliminate light leakage between flanges and
ceilings.
2.3 FLUORESCENT FIXTURES:
A. Fluorescent fixture housings: die formed of cold rolled steel of not
less than 22 gauge. Construction shall provide an approved method of
locking lens or shielding in place. . Enamel finish for light
reflectance shall have a hardness between H and 3H. Before enamel is
applied, the metal shall be cleaned and prepared by "Bonderizing" or
an equivalent process.
B. Plastic lenses for fluorescent fixtures: 100% virgin acrylic, not less
than 1/8" nominal thickness.
C. Provide fastening devices for fluorescent fixtures in lay -in tee -bar
ceilings to securely anchor the fixture to the tee -bar.
D. Equip exposed lamp fluorescent fixtures with clips to prevent the
lamps from falling out of their sockets.
1. Standard: ARM-A-LITE "Safety Guards".
E. Equip exposed lamp fluorescent fixtures with clear plastic lamp
protectors to prevent lamp breakage.
1. Standard: ARM-A-LITE "Safety Sleeves".
2.4 FLUORESCENT BALLASTS
A. Ballasts: High -power factor, ETL, CBM certified, with Class P rating
and a sound rating of "A" or th., quietest made for the type lamps
used.
B. Provide ballasts having a built-in automatic resetting thermal
protector.
C. Provide energy savings type units having reduced input and providing
approximately 95% rated light output of the lamp.
1. Standards:
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 16500-2
SECTION 16500
LIGHTING
a. UNIVERSAL "Watt Reducer"
b. ADVANCE "Mark III"
C. GENERAL ELECTRIC "Watt Miser"
D. Dimming Ballasts: 1 or 2-lamp, high -power factor units. Provide
model required by the voltage and dimming system. See LIGHTING
CONTROL EQUIPMENT - Section 16930 for acceptable models.
E. Acceptable Manufacturers: ADVANCE, JEFFERSON, GENERAL ELECTRIC or
UNIVERSAL.
2.5 HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE BALLASTS
A. Ballasts: High power factor having a minimum power factor of 90%.
B. Provide constant wattage, conventional or auto -transformer, regulator
type that will maintain lamp wattage within 6% for an input voltage
variation of 10%.
C. Fuse each ballast individually to provide short circuit isolation in
case of ballast failure. Size fuse according to the ballast
manufacturer's recommendations.
D. Acceptable Manufacturer's:
1. SYLVANIA
2. UNIVERSAL
3. JEFFERSON
4. GENERAL ELECTRIC
5. WESTINGHOUSE.
2.6 LAMPS
A. Provide new lamps in accordance with the following:
1. Fluorescent: Rapid start, standard cool white, unless indicated
otherwise.
2. Fluorescent: Rapid start lite white, energy saving type.,
a. Standards:
1) SYLVANIA "Super Saver"
2) GENERAL ELECTRIC "Watt -Miser"
3) WESTINGHOUSE "Econowatt"
3. Incandescent: Inside frosted with a minimum rating of 125 volts
unless otherwise indicated.
4. Tungsten Halogen: Inside frosted with a minimum rating of 125
volts unless otherwise indicated.
5. H.I.D.: Provide as follows unless otherwise indicated.
a. Mercury vapor - deluxe white.
b. Metal halide - phosphor coated.
1) Mercury and metal -halide lamps shall have automatic
extinguishing mechanism which will turn off the lamp in
the event of a breakage of the outer globe.
C. High pressure sodium - clear.
B. Furnish to the Owner a chart listing the size and type of lamps
required by each type of light fixture. Use the full lamp ordering
code, i.e.:
1. Type A - F40CW
2. Type B - 150 PAR/FL
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 16500-3
SECTION 16500 LIGHTING
C. Acceptable Manufacturers:
1. SYLVANIA
2. GENERAL ELECTRIC
3. WESTINGHOUSE
4. ITT.
2.7 R.F. SUPPRESSORS
A. Where suppressors are required, provide one in each fixture.
1. Standards:
a. CORNELL-DUBILIER IF-24 - 12D volts only.
b. GENERAL ELECTRIC 89G635 - 120 or 277 volts.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install lighting fixtures surface, recessed or pendant as indicated.
Lighting fixtures are shown in their approximate location. The
Architect and Owner reserve the right to change light fixture
locations within the same room, without added cost, if the change is
made before rough -in.
B. Coordinate the installation of light fixtures with the ceiling and
mechanical installations.
C. Support fixtures installed in lay -in ceiling with four sheet metal
screws attached to support tee's and fixture ends.
D. Support fixtures, installed on or recessed in plaster ceilings, from
the building structure above and independent of the ceiling support
system.
E. In large mechanical equipment rooms having exposed ceilings, hang the
light fixtures from chain. Feed chain hung fixtures through a rubber
covered cord, taped to one chain and use a twist -lock plug connection.
F. Wire pendant hung fixtures through one of the supporting stems. When
row mounting or other condition requires stabilization, provide
UNISTRUT or KINDORF type reinforcement as directed.
G. On fixtures that are not directly supported from the building
structure, provide safety support chains installed from the fixture
housing to the structure. Use two chains for each fluorescent fixture
and one for each incandescent.
H. Fixtures to be recessed in fire -rated ceilings shall have fire -rated
construction or have fire -rated protective housings installed as part
of the ceiling construction.
I. Install fixtures with hinged door frames so that they hinge from the
same side within the same room.
3.2 LAMPING OF FIXTURES
A. At '.'*lie completion of the work, furnish and install the proper number,
type and size of new lamps in each new fixture and each existing
fixture to be reused.
B. Provide the Owner with a complement of spare lamps equal to 5% of each
type of lamp used on the project, except that the minimum number of
spare lamps shall be two.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 16500-4
SECTION 16500
LIGHTING
C. As each portion of the building receives
turned over to the Owner, the Owner will
replacement of burned -out lamps. However, i
defective during the warranty period and
turnouts, repair and relamp the fixture
additional spare lamps to replace those tha
defective fixture.
********************
END OF SECTION 16500
final inspection and is
become responsible for
f any new fixture becomes
causes premature lamp
and give to the Owner
t were ruined due to the
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 16500-5
SECTION 16601
LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION
A. Lightning Protection System
1.2 CODES AND STANDARDS
A. The lightning protection system shall conform to NFPA-78 and the
Underwriters' Laboratories Code for Lightning Protection. The Master
Label Plate of approval of the UL shall be affixed to the building
upon completion of the lightning protection system.
B. Provide L.P.I. certified system.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop drawings shall be submitted on the system layout and system
components. These shop drawings shall be prepared by the lightning
protection equipment manufacturer.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. The system shall be installed by, or under the direct supervision of
a firm actively engaged in the installation of UL approved Master
Labeled Lightning Protection systems and this firm shall be listed by
UL.
B. All materials used shall be that of THOMPSON LIGHTNING PROTECTION
INC., Saint Paul, Minnesota, or approved equivalent by ROBBIN HAGGER
and HEAVY.
2.2 AIR TERMINALS
A. Shall be No. 56, 1/2" x 18" solid round copper points to extend to at
least 10" above roof or parapet with heavy duty bronze bases.
2.2 FITTINGS
A. Fittings and attachments shall be of copper and copper bronze and of
bolted pressure type construction.
2.3 GROUND TERMINALS
A. Shall be No. 225 copper clad steel bars 5/8" in diameter driven
vertically into the earth to a depth of at least 10 feet. The ground
rod shall be connected to the conductor by No. 231 heavy duty 2-bolt
bronze clamp.
2.4 CONDUCTORS
A. Roof and down conductors shall be No. 28R stranded copper cable with
28 strands of 14 gauge wire. The conductor shall weigh at least 375
pounds per 1000 feet.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 16601-1
��XNti(�I► .. �
LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Where any part of the protection system is exposed to mechanical
injury it shall be protected by a nonconductive material. If metal
pipe or tubing is used for protecting conductors, the conductor shall
be electrically connected to the pipe or tubing at both ends.
B. Down conductors shall be completely concealed. Where conductors are
installed in poured concrete they shall be run in PVC conduit. One
down lead shall be interconnected to the water pipe system.
C. Interconnect conductors to provide at least two electric paths to
ground. Avoid an upward direction for lateral conductors inter-
connecting air terminals. Turn conductors with a radius of at least
8" at an included angle not more acute than a right angle. Space down
conductors around building's periphery as evenly as permitted by
architectural features and locations of terminals and grounds.
D. Place fasteners amply strong for rigid, permanent support no more than
3' on center of vertical or down conductors and horizontal conductors.
Use self -drilling expansion shield fasteners.
E. Bond into protection system metal caps, breechings, or other metal
masses that are a permanent part of the construction, as required by
Underwriters' Laboratories Code.
F. Interconnect and ground to the conductor system metal ventilators,
vent stacks, pipes, roofing ridge roofs, valleys, crickets, eaves,
troughs, downspouts, ducts, cold water supply piping, and any other
metallic object or surface of a size presenting a capacitance hazard.
Protect telephone lines, electric service, radio, television security/
communication or other masts or wires entering the building by
establishing a common ground and use of a proper lightning arrester.
********************
END OF SECTION 16601
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 16601-2
SECTION 16605 TRANSIENT VOLTAGE/SURGE PROTECTION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes
1. Transient Voltage Surge Suppressors (TVSS)
a. Surge protection of AC electrical circuits and systems from
the effects of lightning induced currents/voltages,
substation switching transients and internally generated
transients resulting from inductive and/or capacitive load
switching and radio frequency/electromagnetic interference.
b. Suppression protection for each building service. entrance
and each subpanel location.
C. Surge protection for all circuits sensing, powering and
controlling devices located or mounted external to the
building.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ANSI/IEEE C62.41-1980 (Formerly, IEEE STD 587-1980), Guide for Surge
Voltages in Low Voltage AC Power Circuits.
B. ANSI/IEEE C62.1 - 1984, Standard for Surge Arrestors for AC Power
Circuits.
C. ANSI/IEEE Standard C62.33-1982, Standard for Test Specification for
Varistor Surge Protection Devices.
D. ANSI/IEEE Standard 81-1983, Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity,
Ground Impedance, and Earth Surface Potentials of a Ground System.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit product description data for each suppressor category type.
B. Submit dimensions for each suppressor type and indicate mounting
arrangement with required hardware and conductors.
C. Submit manufacturer's U.L. certified test data derived from test
results conducted on a completed unit indicating the ability of the
product to meet or exceed the requirements of this work.
D. Submit electrical one -line diagram layout showing location of each
unit installation point.
E. Submit calculated system voltage suppression ratio.
F. Submit manufacturers certified test data confirming a fail short
failure mode.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 16605-1
SECTION 16605
TRANSIENT VOLTAGE/SURGE PROTECTION
G. Provide U.L. Letter or Card Certifying U.L. 1449 listing.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications:
1. Surge suppression devices manufactured by a company engaged in
the design, development, and manufacture of surge suppression
devices for the protection of electrical circuits and electronic
equipment.
B. Regulatory Requirements:
1. For purposes of this specification, Category C and B locations,
shall assume a maximum voltage amplitude of twenty kilovolts and
a maximum current amplitude to ten kiloamperes.
2. Underwriters Laboratories, UL 1449, Standard for Safety,
Transient Voltage Surge Suppressors, Revised Edition, effective
date July 2, 1987.
1.5 WARRANTY
A. Warrant surge suppression devices and supporting components for
performance and to be free of defective materials and workmanship for
a period of no less than five years from the date of Substantial
Completion.
B. Should suppressor be destroyed by surge(s) or transients, free
replacement shall apply during the warranty period.
1.6 MAINTENANCE
A. Surge suppressor manufacturer shall offer factory repair service for
all non -encapsulated assemblies and replacement of encapsulated unit.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURER
A. Acceptable Manufacturers:
1. L.E.A. Dynatech
2. Liebert Corp.
3. Atlantic Scientific Corp.
B. System protection and design is based on L.E.A. Dynatech.
2.2 SUPPRESSOR PERFORMANCE CRITERIA, MAIN DISTRIBUTION (UNIT SUBSTATION
SWITCHBOARDS)
A. Main distribution panel location is defined as designated Unit Sub -
Station Switchboards ANSI/IEEE C62.41-1980, location Category C.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 16605-2
SECTION 16605
TRANSIENT VOLTAGE/SURGE PROTECTION
B. Three Phase, 4 Wire Configurations: Provide independent (MOV)
suppression elements between each phase and common point earth ground.
Each phase conductor shall have independent system/elements for each
phase and neutral, and for neutral to ground, with a minimum of seven
independent (MOV) systems/elements for each complete unit.
C. Provide visible indication of proper suppressor connection and
operation without having to disconnect or disassemble the unit.
D. The mounting position of the suppressor shall permit a straight and
short lead length connection between the suppressor and the point of
connection to the panelboard.
E. Suppressors shall meet the following criteria:*
1. Maximum single impulse current rating of 125,000 amperes (8 x 20
micro sec waveform).
2. Pulse Life Rating: 10,000 amperes ( 8 x 20 micro sec waveform)
with 1,000 occurrences.
3. Maximum clamping voltage and current rating:
CATEGORY C TABLE
SYSTEM VOLTAGE CLAMPING VOLTAGE RANGES
"Y" CONNECTED L-N L-G N-G
208/120 300-380 400-570 300-380
480/277 800-940 1150-1300 800-940
F. Suppressors shall have turn -on and turn-off times of less than one
nanosecond for each element, less than five nanoseconds for each
system.
G. Suppressors shall be Metal Oxide Varistors with solid-state
componentry that operate bi-directionally.
H. Provide integral disconnecting means with current limiting fuses.
2.3 SUPPRESSOR CRITERIA: SUBPANEL
A. Subpanel Location: Defined as designated Distribution and Branch
Circuit Panel locations, Category B.
B. For 3 phase, 4 Wire Configuration: Provide (MOV) suppression elements
between each phase, each phase conductor and the system neutral and
between the system neutral and the electrical grounding conductor;
providing a total of seven suppression elements.
C. Visible indication of proper suppressor connections and operation must
be provided without having to disconnect or disassemble the unit.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 16605-3
SECTION 16605
TRANSIENT VOLTAGE/SURGE PROTECTION
D. The mounting position of the suppressor shall permit a straight and
short lead length connection between the suppressor and the point of
connection to the panelboard and as short as possible.
E. Suppressors are to meet or exceed the following criteria:
1. Maximum Single Impulse Current Rating: 50,000 amperes (8 x 20 As
- waveform).
2. Pulse Life Rating - 10,000 amp - 1,000 occurrences.
3. Maximum Clamping Voltage:
CATEGORY B TABLE
SYSTEM VOLTAGE
CLAMPING
VOLTAGE
RANGES
"Y" CONNECTED
L-L
L-N
N-G L-G
208/120
300-330
300-330
300-330 400-480
480/277
750-880
750-880
800-850 800-1100
F. Suppressors shall have a turn -on and turn-off times of less than 1
nanosecond, less than 5 nanoseconds for system, 1-nanosecond for each
element.
G. Suppressors shall use Metal Oxide Varistors with solid-state
componentry and operate bi-directionally.
H. Provide integral fused disconnecting means with current limiting
fuses..
2.4 Provide transient voltage counter that displays the number of voltage
transients that occurred on the unit input. Counter to be battery backed
and retains the count through a system power outage.
2.5 FILTERING
A. Provide Electromagnetic Interference and Radio Frequency filters per
U.L. 1283 and U.L. 1449, paragraph 1.4.
B. Provide filtering integral with the surge suppression
enclosure/assembly.
2.6 ANNUNCIATION (COVER MOUNTED)
A. Redundant Status Indicators
1. One for each suppression module.
One for each level of protection.
B. Status Alarm Monitor
1. Provide two normally open and two normally closed dry contacts
interlocked with the status alarm monitoring.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 16605-4
SECTION 16605
TRANSIENT VOLTAGE/SURGE PROTECTION
C. Surge Counter Digital Display
D. Audible Alarm with Silencing Switch
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install transient voltage and surge suppression system.
B. Coordinate installation of Transient Voltage Surge Suppressors System
with manufacturers and suppliers of equipment to be protected.
C. Demonstrate and train Owner's authorized personnel for service and
operation of the systems.
END OF SECTION 16605
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 16605-5
SECTION 16660
WIRING FOR EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OTHERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION
A. Provide materials, labor and supervision necessary to install electric
services for equipment furnished by other Sections of this Project
Manual, Owner, and other equipment required by Contract Documents.
B. In general the equipment to be wired shall include but not be limit-
ed to the following:
1. Mechanical Equipment
2. Equipment furnished by Owner.
3. Other equipment as required by Contract Documents.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
N/A
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION
A. Prior to commencement of work of this section, examine all areas and
conditions which affect work of this section. Provide timely written
notice to Architect and Construction Manager of conditions detrimental
to proper completion of the work and of effects on work schedules.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Provide services and make final connections for motors and equipment.
Make final connections except where notes on drawings state "rough -in
only" or "final connections by others". Where final connections are
to be made by others install outlet box, pull in conductors and leave
8" pigtail for each conductor. Conductors shall be taped and
appropriate cover plate installed over box.
B. Furnish safety disconnects for motors and equipment, so as to make
service complete to each item of equipment.
C. This section will not be responsible for internal wiring, alarm
wiring, control wiring or interlock wiring for equipment furnished by
others or for temperature control wiring, unless such wiring is
specifically indicated in contract documents, on approved shop
drawings or called for in other sections of the Project Manual.
D. Prior to roughing -in conduit, consult with all trades and Owner -
approved shop drawings , and verify the exact locations for rough -ins,
and the exact size and characteristics of the services required, and
obtain from the other trade Contractors, approved equipment
manufacturers, and Owner a schedule of electrical loads for the
equipment furnished by them. These schedules shall be used for
verifying services, motor starters, disconnects, fuses, and overload
protection.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP THREE 16660-1
SECTION 16660 WIRING FOR EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OTHERS
E. Changes required in the work, due to failure to comply with these
requirements, shall be made at no additional cost to the Owner.
END OF SECTION 16660
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP THREE 16660-2
SECTION 16721
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION
A. Electrically operated, closed loop, microprocessor based fire alarm
and detection system.
B. Coordinate with the installation of work of the ESM (Divison 11),
Division 15 and 16 and other trades.
1.2 STANDARDS AND CODES
A. The installation and wiring shall comply with applicable provisions of
the current issue of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
1.3 SERVICE
A. The equipment manufacturer shall be represented by a local service
organization, and the name of the organization shall be furnished to
the Owner. The local service organization shall furnish, a one-year
maintenance and inspection contract, effective from the date of final
acceptance. This organization shall also have the ability to respond
within twenty hours of service need contact.
1.4 WARRANTY
A. The fire alarm system shall be free from defects in workmanship,
materials and installation, under normal use and service, for a period
of one year from the date of final acceptance. Equipment shown to be
defective in workmanship or material shall be repaired, replaced,
corrected or adjusted free of charge at no additional cost to Owner.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittal data for the Fire Alarm System shall include the following:
1. Shop drawings showing the placement of devices and wire counts
and type of wire.
2. Catalog sheets showing technical data.
3. Dimensions of all cabinets.
4. Description of operation.
5. Battery calculations.
6. Riser diagram.
7. U.L. listing numbers of each component.
1.6 DESCRIPTION
A. The system shall be microprocessor based, with Class B initiating and
indicating circuits. The control circuits, I.E. fan shut down.
Elevator recall, etc. shall be supervised. The fire alarm system
shall be zoned as shown on the drawings and riser diagram. All
components including the digital alarm communicator shall be U.L.
listed, under U.L. category UOJZ.
1.7 OPERATION
A. A general fire alarm shall be initiated by actuation of any manual
alarm station, verified area smoke detector or duct detection system
or sprinkler water flow switch.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 16721-1
SECTION 16721
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
B. A supervisory indicator shall sound with the activation of any
sprinkler water flow switch or fire pump power loss, phase reversal,
or pump running indicator.
C. When an area smoke detector is initially activated, the system shall
start the alarm verification mode. After the detector has processed
through the reset portion of the verification mode and is activated a
second time will the general alarm sequence occur. If a second alarm
is activated at any time during the alarm verification period the
general alarm sequence shall occur. Activation of any contact device,
i.e. pull station, water flow indicators shall bypass the alarm
verification mode the general alarm sequence shall occur.
D. The fire alarm system shall have the following responses once an alarm
has been initiated:
1. Display location and type of alarm at the fire alarm control
panel.
2. Sound an audible device at the fire alarm control panel.
3. Illuminate the proper indicator at all remote annunciators.
4. Activate all alarm indicating appliances, after'a programmed time
delay.
5. Display the alarm information on the remote CRT.
6. Print the alarm information on the remote printer.
7. Shut down all air handlers, exhaust fans, and associated dampers.
8. Start HVAC Smoke Control System (indicated on Sheet 10.36 of
Contract Documents. Coordinate operation to interface with fire
alarm.)
9. Release all magnetic door holders.
10. Recall the elevators if an associated smoke detector is
activated.
11. Cause a signal to be transmitted to the local fire department.
All abnormal conditions, alarms, troubles and supervisory shall
be through a digital alarm communicator to a central station to
the local fire department.
12. Provide dry contact closure to electronic security system,
graphic system annunciator and control panel. (Coordinated with
Division 11 ESM).
E. Proceeding items shall occur simultaneously and shall be continuous
until the activated device is returned to normal, except that the
alarm indicating appliance may be silenced. However the entire alarm
sequence shall occur in the event of a second alarm condition. When
the actuated device has been restored to its normal condition the
system may be reset. The control circuits will be programed to
stagger start the air handling units and exhaust fans.
F. Equipment shall be supervised for opens and grounds in initiating
circuits, signal circuits end communication lines. If a disarrangement
occurs in any of these r;r-cuits an audible signal and display shall
occur at the fire alarm control panel, be printed along with time and
date at the remote printer, and be displayed at the remote CRT and
illuminate the proper indicator at the remote annunciators.
G. All changes of status shall be retained in the fire alarm control
panel's historical log feature. In addition to the change of status
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 16721-2
SECTION 16721
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
and time. Date and response shall also be retained in the historical
log feature.
1.8 INTERFACING WITH OTHER EQUIPMENT
A. The fire protection installer will provide install flow switches and
tamper switches. The sprinkler flow switches will each have one (1)
set of dry contacts for interconnection. Each sprinkler flow switch
is to be a separate alarm zone to itself. The tamper switch valve
alarm will have one (1) set of dry contacts for interconnection. Each
tamperproof valve to be a separate trouble zone to itself. This
Contractor will interconnect these alarm devices as described above to
the general fire alarm system.
B. Interconnection to the air handling units and exhaust fans shall be
done by this Contractor. The associated dampers shall be
interconnected by the Mechanical Contractor.
C. This Section will extend from the general fire alarm control panel
wiring necessary to the elevator controller to signal the elevator
control system that the building is in a fire alarm condition. Inter-
connection to recall shall be made by the elevator supplier.
D. This Section will extend from the general fire alarm control panel
wiring and circuit necessary to signal the security graphic
annunciator and control panel that the building is in a fire alarm
condition. This circuit is to be supervised and zoned accordingly.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Fire alarm and detection systems: (all parts to be of same
manufacturer).
1. SIMPLEX TIME RECORDER CO.
2. JOHNSON CONTROLS
3. A.D.T.
4. HONEYWELL
5. FAST
B. Basis of Design - SIMPLEX
2.2 FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL
A. Main Fire Alarm Panel: equivalent to SIMPLEX Model 4100 containing
the following features:
1. 80 character L.C.D. display.
2. 300 event historical alarm log.
3. 300 event trouble log.
4. U.L. listed for power -limited application.
5. RS 232 ports or RS-422 for connection to remote printer and CRT
and connection for future connection.
6. Microprocessor based.
7. Programmable time control functions for stagger starting air
handling units.
8. Serial port outputs for the remote annunciators.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 16721-3
SECTION 16721
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
9. Programmable control switches.
10. 24 hour battery stand-by with 5 minutes of alarm.
11. Minimum 4 levels of access:
a. Level 1 alarm acknowledge and alarm silence.
b. Level 2 reset and historical log review.
C. Level 3 historical log clear.
d. Level 4 programming functions.
2.3 REMOTE ANNUNCIATORS
A. The remote annunciators shall contain an alarm and trouble indicator
for each zone. SIMPLEX Model 4100 or equal.
B. Provide fire alarm remote annunciator panel for Fire Department on
arrival at main gate.
2.4 REMOTE PRINTER'S
A. The remote printer shall print all changes of status. Alarms shall be
printed in red. Any change of status shall be printed along with the
time and date fo the change of status. Will operate on 24VDC stand-
by.
2.5 REMOTE CRT
A. The remote CRT shall display all changes of status along with the time
and date the changes of status occurred.
2.6 PERIPHERAL DEVICES
A. Manual Stations: SIMPLEX Model 2099-9201, keyed the same as the FACP.
B. Area Smoke Detectors: SIMPLEX Model 2098-9201 photo -electric. Each
smoke detector shall have a
installed.
C. Duct Type Smoke Detectors:
type with a remote indicator
Division 15.
D. Alarm Signals: SIMPLEX Model
E. Heat Detectors: 2098 Series.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
protective wire guard SIMPLEX 2098-9715
SIMPLEX Model 2098-9649 photo -electric
and test switch. Duct installation by
4903-9101 Horn/Strobe Unit.
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Equipment installation and wiring shall be as described in Contract
Documents, and in accordance with detailed instructions furnished by
the equipment manufacturer. The manufacturer shall maintain a full
time service organization and shall supervise final connection of the
termination at the control panel remote annunciators, printers and
CRT.. The manufacturer service organization shall perform a quality
inspection of the final installation and in the presence of the
Contractor, Owner's representative, local code and fire authorities,
shall perform a complete finished test of all aspects of the system.
A system certification verifying the proper system operation shall be
required prior to acceptance.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 16721-4
SECTION 16721
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
B. This section shall furnish and install wiring, conduit, junction boxes
and outlet boxes required for the installation of a complete system.
Wiring shall be color coded throughout and shall test free and clear
of opens, grounds and crosses between conductors. Wiring shall be
stranded type THHN with sizes shown on the fire alarm riser diagram.
This section shall furnish and install T&B "Sta-Kon" spade type lugs
on wire ends connected to screw type terminals on all fire alarm
equipment. Line power supply shown on fire alarm riser diagram.
********************
END OF SECTION 16721
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 16721-5
SECTION 16781
TELEPHONE CONDUIT SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION
A. Telephone Conduit Systems
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 TELEPHONE SERVICE
A. Provide conduits, boxes, other materials for the installation of
telephone service. Conduit system shall meet same basic requirements
of Section 16111 - CONDUIT SYSTEMS.
B. Wall telephone outlets shall be 4" square outlet boxes with single
gang raised plaster ring cover, and telephone style device plate.
C. Floor telephone outlets shall be as per Section 16111.
D. Telephone terminal boards shall be 3/4" thick fire retardant plywood.
E. Where indicated, provide 3-hour fire rated conduit seals as
manufactured by O.Z. Gedney Type CFSF.
F. After telephone cables have been placed, fill voids in conduit risers
with fire resistant silicon foam as manufactured by CHASE TECHNOLOGY
Type CTC PR-865.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install nylon pull wire in each telephone conduit over 2" trade size
for telephone company's.use.
B. Consult with telephone company prior to installing service and conduit
system, and verify the exact requirements before proceeding with the
work.
********************
END OF SECTION 16781
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 16781-1
SECTION 16930
LIGHTING CONTROL EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION
A. Lighting Control Equipment.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit catalog cuts for all lighting control equipment.
PART 2 - EQUIPMENT
2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A.
Time controls and photo
control:
1. PARAGON
2. TORK
3. INTERMATIC.
B.
Dimmers:
1. LUTRON
2. HUNT.
C.
Lighting contactors:
1. SQUARE D
2. ALLEN BRADLEY
3. WESTINGHOUSE
4. GENERAL ELECTRIC.
D.
Lighting relays shall
be "General
Electric's" TLC Low Voltage
Switching System.
2.2 PHOTO -INITIATED TIME CONTROL
A.
PARAGON Series 72010-Z,
120 V 60 HZ, 2
NO, 1 NC isolated contacts.
B.
Control shall have: 40,amp
tungsten rating per pole up to 277 volts
A.C.; an adjustable OFF
from 9:00 P.M.
to 1:00 A.M.; indicator light
for visual checking of
photo control
circuit; manual ON -OFF skip -
trip. Lighting load shall
be carried
by time switch. Shall be able
to reset in event of power
failure. Initiated by Photocontrol PS121-0
or approved equivalent.
Control to be
low temperature, in NEMA Type
3 Indoor/Outdoor gasketed enclosure.
2.3 LIGHTING CONTACTORS
A. SQUARE D, Class 8903 Type LL.
B. Mechanically held with coil clearing contacts, continuously rated 20
amperes per pole, shall not require derating for use on high inrush
loads. Interrupting capacity of 300% of rated current at 0.5 power
factor.
C. Number of poles and voltage rating as required.
2.4 LOCAL WALL BOX DIMMERS
A. Incandescent dimmers for 120 volt lighting circuits shall be Models
listed below for loads indicated:
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 16930-1
SECTION 16930
LIGHTING CONTROL EQUIPMENT
MODEL NO. (LUTRON)
N-600
N-1000
N-1500
N-2000
MAXIMUM WATTS
600
1000
1500
2000
B. When two or more dimmers are ganged adjacent to each other, they shall
be derated as recommended by the manufacturer.
2.5 LOW VOLTAGE SWITCHING
A. Inmate housing units shall be controlled through the security touch
screen system. Coordinate with specification sections 11202, 11204
and 11206.
B. General Electric's TLC Low Voltage System shall provide relays for
control as indicated on the Contract Documents.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 Install lighting control system as recommended by the manufacturer.
********************
END OF SECTION 16930
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 16930-2
ADDENDUM NO. lA
NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION FACILITY
Bid Group 3A
November 26, 1991
Modification
Replace section 00030 Notice of Calling for Bids, dated 11/19/91,
with attached revised section 00030, dated 11/26/91.
The pre -bid conference has been changed from December 6, 1991
to Friday, December 13, 1991. The location of the meeting has
been changed from Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits office to the
Lion's Club building, located at 2405 North Roosevelt
Boulevard, Key West, Florida. The meeting time remains the
same, 10:00 am.
The pre -bid meeting is mandatory for bidders of the following bid
packages, in order for bidders to submit a bid:
Bid Package No. 13, Security Systems
Bid Package No. 14, Prime Electrical Contract Zones A,B,C,D,E
Bid Package No. 15, Mechanical Process and HVAC
Bid Package No. 16, Prime Plumbing Contract Zones A,B,C,D,E
Bid Package No. 17, Fire Protection System
Bid Package No. 25, Plumbing Contract Zones D and E
Bid Package No. 26, Electrical Contract Zones D and E
Bidders on the remaining bid packages in Bid Group 3A are invited
to attend; however, bidders do not have to attend in order to
submit a bid. These bid packages are:
Bid Package No. 18, Food Service Equipment
Bid Package No. 19, Laundry Equipment
Bid Package No. 20, Loading Dock Equipment
Bid Package No. 21, Pneumatic Tube System
Bid Package No. 22, Metals
Bid Package No. 23, Security Glass and Glazing
Bid Package No. 24, Aluminum Window Walls, Glass and Glazing
All bidders are encouraged to review the bidding documents as soon
as possible, and to submit questions prior to the pre -bid meeting.
Questions are to be submitted to the Office of the Construction
Manager, Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits, P.O.Box 5283, Key West, FL
33045, or by fax, to (305) 292-9697.
END OF ADDENDUM lA TO BID GROUP 3A.
11/26/91 ADDENDUM NO. lA
SECTION 00030
NOTICE OF CALLING FOR BIDS
NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN TO WHOM IT MAY CONCERN that on Friday,
January 3, 1992 at 10:00 a.m., a Committee consisting of the
County Purchasing Director, the County Attorney, and the County's
Construction Manager, will meet and open sealed bids at the
Monroe County Purchasing Department, 5100 College Road, Public
Service Building, Cross Wing, Room 002, Stock Island, Key West,
Florida, for the following Bid Packages for the New Detention
Facility on Stock Island, Key West, Florida:
Bid Package No. 13
Bid Package No. 14
Bid Package No. 15
Bid Package No. 16
Bid Package No. 17
Bid Package No. 18
Bid Package No. 19
Bid Package No. 20
Bid Package No. 21
Bid Package No. 22
Bid Package No. 23
Bid Package No. 24
Bid Package No. 25
Bid Package No. 26
. . . Security Systems
. Prime Electrical Contract Zones
A,B,C,D,E
. Mechanical Process & HVAC
. . . Prime Plumbing Contract Zones
A,B,C,D,E
. Fire Protection System
. Food Service Equipment
. . Laundry Equipment
. . Loading Dock Equipment
. Pneumatic Tube System
. Metals
. Security Glass and Glazing
. Aluminum Window Walls, Glass &
Glazing
. . . Plumbing Contract Zones D and E
. . . Electrical Contract Zones D and E
All bids must be in the hands of the Monroe County Purchasing
Director, on or before 10:00 a.m. on January 3, 1992. No Bids
will be received after the deadline.
All bids, together with the recommendation of the County
Administrator, will be presented to the Board of County
Commissioners of Monroe County, Florida, for final awarding or
otherwise.
Drawings and specifications can be examined and picked -up at the
office of Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits, 5090 Junior College Road,
Stock Island, Key West, Florida 33040, (305) 292-7845, in
accordance with the Instructions to Bidders. Drawings and
specifications can be obtained for the refundable deposit sum of
$ 250.00.
11/26/91 NOTICE OF CALLING FOR BIDS (ADD. 1A) 00030 - 1
Drawings and specifications can also be examined at the following
locations:
Construction Consultants
1020 Bee Pond Road
Palm Harbor, FL 34683
(813) 784-3301
Edward J. Gerrits, Inc.
3465 NW Second Avenue
Miami, FL 33127
(305) 573-2465
A mandatory pre -Bid Conference for Bid Packages 13, 14, 15, 16,
17, 25, and 26, will be held at the Lion's Club, located at 2405
North Roosevelt Boulevard, Key West, Florida at 10:00 a.m. on
December 13, 1991. Any questions concerning the Bid Documents
shall be directed to the Construction Manager, Morrison-
Knudsen/Gerrits.
Bid Security payable to Monroe County Board of County
Commissioners in the amount of five percent (5%) of the Bid must
accompany each Bid in accordance with the Instructions to
Bidders. The Bidder awarded a contract in accordance with this
notice shall post a public construction bond guaranteeing
completion and quality of the work under the drawings and
specifications.
DATED at Key West, Florida, this 22nd day of November, 1991.
R.M. COFER
Director of Purchasing, for
Monroe County, Florida
11/26/91 NOTICE OF CALLING FOR BIDS (ADD. 1A) 00030 - 2
ADDENDUM NO. 1B
NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION FACILITY
Bid Group 3A
December 11, 1991
Modification No. 1:
This addendum modifies the mandatory condition of the pre -bid
meeting.
The pre -bid meeting is not mandatory; however, it is strongly
suggested that bidders attend.
The time, date and location of the pre -bid meeting stays the
same as per Addendum No. 1A.
December 13, 1991, 10:00 am, Lions Club building, 2405
North Roosevelt Boulevard, Key West, FL.
Bidders are encouraged to bring questions in writing with them
to the pre -bid meeting. Bidders are also encouraged to fax
questions to the office of the Construction Manager, Morrison-
Knudsen/Gerrits, at (305) 292-9697.
Note: This is Addendum No. 1B. Addendum No. lA was issued on
11/26/91. Addendum No. 1 has not yet been issued.
12/11/91 ADDENDUM NO. 1B
ADDENDUM NO. 1
NEW NONROE COUNTY DETENTION FACILITY
Bid Group 3A
December 20, 1991
Modification No. 1: Bid Due Date and Time
Replace section 00030 Notice of Calling for Bids, dated 11/26/91,
with attached revised section 00030, dated 12/19/91.
The due date and time for receipt of bids has been changed to 2:00
p.m, January 8, 1992.
Modification No. 2: Table of Contents
Replace section 00001 Table of Contents, dated 11/20/91, with
attached revised section 00001, dated 12/18/91.
Modification No. 3:Provosal Forms
Replace section 00113 Security Systems Proposal Form, _dated
11/19/91, with attached revised section 00113, dated 12/18/91.
Replace sections 00114, 00115, 00116, 00117, 00118, 00119, 00121,
00122, 00123, 00124, 00125, and 00126, dated 11/20/91, with
attached revised sections, Proposal Forms, dated 12/18/91.
Replace section 00120 Loading Dock Equipment Proposal Form, dated
11/18/91, with attached revised section 00120, dated 12/18/91.
Short Bid Forms have been added to some, not all, of the Bid
Package Proposal Forms. Bidders must review the last page,
(signature page) for the pages and sections that must be submitted
prior to the bid deadline. If the bid package being bid has a
Short Bid Form, not all of the Proposal Form pages are required to
be submitted by the bid deadline. However, if a Short Bid Form is
not included in the Bid Package Proposal Form section, bidder is
required to submit the complete Proposal Form prior to the bid
deadline. Note that in this case, the bidder is also required to
submit the Unit Price Schedule.
In the case of Short Bid Form Bid Package proposals, note that the
Detailed Bid Form is required to be submitted, along with Unit
Price Schedules as applicable, within (24) hours after the bid
deadline.
12/20/91 ADDENDUM NO. 1 PAGE - 1
Modification No. 4: Scopes of Work
Replace sections 00313, 00314, 00315, 00316, 00317, 00318, 00319,
00320, 00321, 00322, 00323, 00324, 00325, and 00326 Scopes of Work,
dated 11/19/91, with revised sections, Scopes of Work, dated
12/18/91.
Modification No. 5: Milestone Schedule
Replace section 00353 Milestone Schedule, dated 11/20/91, and plot
dated 11/20/91, with attached revised section 00353, dated
12/18/91, and plot dated 12/19/91.
Also included is Primavera detail activity data and schedule, pages
1 thru 13, dated 12/18/91.
Modification No. 6: Drawing Schedule
Replace section 00993 BG-3 Schedule of Drawings, dated 11/19/91,
with attached revised section 00993, dated 12/19/91.
Modification No 7• Florida Keys Contractor Association (FKCA) List
Attached to this addendum is a listing of contractors as furnished
by the Florida Keys Contractor Association, for distribution to all
plan holders.
Modification No 8• Technical Specifications and Drawings
Incorporate Document 00901, Addendum No. 1, dated December 20,
1991, to Bid Group 3, into the bidding documents. This document
was prepared by Hansen Lind Meyer, and is shown on pink colored
sheets. This document contains revised specifications, revision
notes to drawings, and revised drawings.
Modification No. 9: Pre -bid Meeting Minutes
Incorporate the attached Pre -Bid Meeting Agenda and Minutes, from
the December 13, 1991 Pre -Bid Meeting, into the bidding documents.
12/20/91 ADDENDUM NO. 1 PAGE - 2
Clarification No. 1: Utility Routing Coordination
Utility Routing Coordination, as described in the scopes of work
for:
B.P. 13 Security Systems
B.P. 14 Prime Electrical Contract Zones A,B,C,D,E
B.P. 15 Mechanical Process and HVAC
B.P. 16 Prime Plumbing Contract Zones A,B,C,D,E
B.P. 17 Fire Protection System
B.P. 18 Food Service Equipment
B.P. 19 Laundry Equipment
B.P. 21 Pneumatic Tube System
B.P. 25 Plumbing Contract Zones D and E
B.P. 26 Electrical Contract Zones D and E,
remain as presented. However, we wish to bring to the attention of
the bidders that the precast concrete has not yet been designed,
but is in the process of being designed, and will continue to
progress concurrently with the awards of the Bid Group 3A
contracts, and continue thru mid -February, 1992.
Reference Phase I of the Utility Routing Coordination plan in the
scope of work of the applicable bid packages as noted above. In
order to facilitate timely information to the precast contractor,
the Construction Manager is in the process of early review and
development of suggested routing - of all major utility
installations, for Zone A and Zone D cell horizontal and vertical
chases for the purpose of precast coordination only. The CM will
conduct an analysis of structural and utility interface information
presented in the contract documents and in accordance with industry
standards, and provide the precast contractor with sufficient
information to proceed with precast piece detailing and production.
This contractor shall be notified by addendum and/or shall be
provided current status information upon contract award. Any
required precast penetrations above and beyond what is identified
by the CM in these specific areas shall be the responsibility of
the contractor.
It is anticipated that Bid Group 3A utility contractors will be
under contract to support precast coordination efforts in other
zones and areas, and to correlate the CM's coordination conclusions
in Zones A and D with his installations.
8/20/91 ADDENDUM NO. 1 Page 3
SECTION 00030
NOTICE OF CALLING FOR BIDS
NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN TO WHOM IT MAY CONCERN that on Wednesday,
January 8, 1992 at 2:00 p.m., a Committee consisting of the
County Purchasing Director, the County Attorney, and the County's
Construction Manager, will meet and open sealed bids at the
Monroe County Purchasing Department, 5100 College Road, Public
Service Building, Cross Wing, Room 002, Stock Island, Key West,
Florida, for the following Bid Packages for the New Detention
Facility on Stock Island, Key West, Florida:
Bid
Package
No.
13
.
. . Security Systems
Bid
Package
No.
14
.
. . Prime Electrical Contract Zones
A,B,C,D,E
Bid
Package
No.
15
.
. . Mechanical Process i IIVAC
Bid
Package
No.
16
.
. . Prime Plumbing Contract Zones
A,B,C,D,E
Bid
Package
No.
17
.
. . Fire Protection System
Bid
Package
No.
IS
.
. . Food Service Equipment
Bid
Package
No.
19
.
. . Laundry Equipment
Bid
Package
No.
20
.
. . Loading Dock Equipment
Bid
Package
No.
21
.
. . Pneumatic Tube System
Bid
Package
No.
22
.
. . Metals
Bid
Package
No.
23
.
. . Security Glass and Glazing
Bid
Package
No.
24
.
. . Aluminum Window Walls, Glass &
Glazing
Bid
Package
No.
25
.
. . Plumbing Contract Zones D and E
Bid
Package
No.
26
.
. . Electrical Contract Zones D and E
All bids must be in the hands of the Monroe County Purchasing
Director, on or before 2:00 p.m. on January 8, 1992. No Bids
will be received after the deadline.
All bids, together with the recommendation of the County
Administrator, will be presented to the Board of County
Commissioners of Monroe County, Florida, for final awarding or
otherwise.
Drawings and specifications can be examined and picked -up at the
office of Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits, 5090 Junior College Road,
Stock Island, Key West, Florida 33040, (305) 292-7845, in
accordance with the Instructions to Bidders. Drawings and
specifications can be obtained for the refundable deposit sum of
$ 250.00.
12/19/91 NOTICE OF CALLING FOR BIDS (ADD. 1) 00030 - 1
Drawings and specifications can also be examined at the following
locations:
Construction Consultants
1020 Bee Pond Road
Palm Harbor, FL 34683
(813) 784-3301
Edward J. Gerrits, Inc.
3465 NW Second Avenue
Miami, FL 33127
(305) 573-2465
A Pre -Bid Conference was held at the Lion's Club, located at 2405
North Roosevelt Boulevard, Key West, Florida at 10:00 a.m. on
December 13, 1991.
Any questions concerning the Bid Documents shall be directed to
the Construction Manager, Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits.
Bid Security payable to Monroe County Board of County
Commissioners in the amount of five percent (5%) of the Bid must
accompany each Bid in accordance with the Instructions to
Bidders. The Bidder awarded a contract in accordance with this
notice shall post a public construction bond guaranteeing
completion and quality of the work under the drawings and
specifications.
12/19/91 NOTICE OF CALLING FOR BIDS (ADD. 1) 00030 - 2
U
TABLE OF CONTENTS
BID GROUP 3A
(Volume I)
1. Bidding Documents (Volume I)
Section 00030 Notice of Calling for Bids
Section 00050 Project Summary
Section 00100 Instructions to Bidders
Proposal Forms:
Section 00113 Security Systems
Section 00114 Prime Electrical Contract Zones
A,B,C,D,E
Section 00115 Mechanical Process and HVAC
Section 00116 Prime Plumbing Contract Zones A,B,C,D,E
Section 00117 Fire Protection System
Section 00118 Food Service Equipment
Section 00119 Laundry Equipment
Section 00120 Loading Dock Equipment
Section 00121 Pneumatic Tube System
Section 00122 Metals
Section 00123 Security Glass and Glazing
Section 00124 Aluminum Window Walls, Glass & Glazing
Section 00125 Plumbing Contract Zones D and E
Section 00126 Electrical Contract Zones D and E
Schedule of Unit Prices:
Section 00143 Security Systems
Section 00144 Prime Electrical Contract Zones
A,B,C,D,E
Section 00145 Mechanical Process and HVAC
Section 00146 Prime Plumbing Contract Zones A,B,C,D,E
Section 00147 Fire Protection System
Section 00155 Plumbing Contract Zones D and E
Section 00156 Electrical Contract Zones D and E
Section 00163 Pre -Bid Substitutions
Section 00220 Geotechnical Data
Section 00230 Site Survey
12/18/91 TABLE OF CONTENTS (ADD. 1) 00001 - 1
Scopes of Work for Reference (BG-1 and
BG-2):
Section 00303 Site Electrical & Temporary Power
Section 00305 Site Grading & Caissons
Section 00307 Concrete Foundations
Section 00309 Site Plumbing
Section 00310 Precast Concrete
Section 00311 Hydraulic Elevators
Section 00312 Precast Embeds
Scopes of Work (BG-3A):
Section 00313 Security Systems
Section 00314 Prime Electrical Contract Zones
A,B,C,D,E
Section 00315 Mechanical Process and HVAC
Section 00316 Prime Plumbing Contract Zones A,B,C,D,E
Section 00317 Fire Protection System
Section 00318 Food Service Equipment
Section 00319 Laundry Equipment
Section 00320 Loading Dock Equipment
Section 00321 Pneumatic Tube System
Section 00322 Metals
Section 00323 Security Glass and Glazing
Section 00324 Aluminum Window Walls, Glass & Glazing
Section 00325 Plumbing Contract Zones D and E
Section 00326 Electrical Contract Zones D and E
Section 00353 Milestone Schedule
Section 00410 Bid Bond - AIA Document A310, February
1970 edition
Section 00420 Sworn Statement on Public Entity Crimes
Section 00425 Lobbying and Conflict of Interest Clause
Section 00430 Non -Collusion Affidavit
Section 00440 Proposed Subcontractor Listing
Section 00450 Contractor's Qualification Statement -
AIA Document A305
12/18/91 TABLE OF CONTENTS (ADD. 1) 00001 - 2
2. Contract Documents (Volume I)
Section 00500 Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner
and Contractor - AIA Document A101/CM,
June 1980 edition
Section 00610 Public Construction Bond
3. Conditions (Volume 1)
Section 00750 General Conditions, AIA Document
A201/CM, June 1980 edition
Section 00800 Substantial Completion and Owner
Acceptance
Section 00805 Supplementary General Conditions
Section 00900 Application & Certificate for Payment -
AIA Document G702/G703
Section 00905 Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of
Debts and Claims
Section 00908 Contractor's Affidavit of Release of
Liens
Section 00910 Consent of Surety to Final Payment - AIA
Document G707, April 1970 edition
Section 00915 Affidavit and Partial Release of Lien
Section 00970 Project Safety and Health Plan
Section 00980 Contractor Quality Control Plan
4. Drawings
Section 00993 Schedule of Drawings, Bid Group 3
12/18/91 TABLE OF CONTENTS•(ADD. 1) 00001 - 3
S. General Requirements (Volume I)
Section 01027 Application for Payment
Section 01028 Change Order Procedures
Section 01130 Security Project Procedures
Section 01200 Project Meetings
Section 01301 Submittals
Section 01310 Progress Schedules
Section 01370 Schedule of Values
Section 01385 Daily Construction Reports
Section 01395 Document Clarification Requests
Section 01410 Testing Laboratory Services
Section 01510 Temporary Utilities
Section 01520 Construction Aids
Section 01550 Access Roads and Parking Areas
Section 01560 Temporary Controls
Section 01580 Project Identification and Signs
Section 01590 Field Offices and Sheds
Section 01595 Construction Cleaning
Section 01600 Material and Equipment
Section 01630 Post -Bid Substitutions
Section 01650 Starting of Systems
Section 01670 Systems Demonstrations
Section 01700 Contract Closeout
Section 01710 Final Cleaning
Section 01720 Project Record Documents
Section 01730 Operation and Maintenance Data
12/18/91 TABLE OF CONTENTS (ADD. 1) 00001 - 4
6.
Technical Specifications, Bid Group Three, (Volume II, dated
November 11, 1991)
Section 02211 Rough Grading
Section 02215 Finish Grading
Section 02222 Excavating, Backfilling And Compacting
For Structures
Section 02226 Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting
For Utilities
Section 02510 Asphaltic Concrete Paving
Section 02518 Concrete Unit Pavers
Section 02520 Portland Cement Concrete Paving
Section 02580 Pavement Marking
Section 02644 Water Mains
Section 02721 Sewer Structures
Section 02730 Sanitary Sewerage
Section 02732 Sewage Force Mains
Section 02733 Sewage Pump Station
Section 02800 Site Improvements
Section 02810 Irrigation System
Section 02830 Fence And Gates
Section 02835 Barbed Tape
Section 02930 Lawns
Section 02950 Trees, Shrubs And Ground Cover
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE
Section 03100 Concrete Formwork
Section 03200 Concrete Reinforcement
Section 03300 Cast -in -Place Concrete
Section 03520 Insulating Concrete Decks
Section 03600 Grout
DIVISION 4 - MASONRY
Section 04200 Unit Masonry
DIVISION 5 - METALS
Section 05180 Miscellaneous Structural Steel
Section 05500 Metal Fabrications
Section 05510 Metal Stairs
Section 05810 Expansion Joint Covers Assemblies
DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTIC
Section 06100 Rough Carpentry
Section 06200 Finish Carpentry
12/18/91 TABLE OF CONTENTS (ADD. 1) 00001 - 5
DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
Section 07115
Section 07210
Section 07215
Section 07272
Section 07530
Section 07730
Section 07900
Sheet Waterproofing
Building Insulation
Sprayed -Insulation
Firestop And Penetration
Single Ply Roofing
Roof Accessories
Joint Sealers
DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
08100
08211
08300
08305
08320
08410
08660
08710
08800
08842
08902
Metal Doors And Frames
Sealing System
Flush Wood Doors
Special Doors
Access Panels And Doors
Security Metal Doors And Frames
Aluminum Entrances
Security Windows
Door Hardware
Glazing
Security Glazing
Aluminum Window Walls
DIVISION 9 - FINISHES
Section 09110 Non -Load Bearing Wall Framing Systems
Section 09200 Lath and Plaster
Section 09250 Gypsum Board
Section 09300 Tile
Section 09510 Acoustical Ceilings
Section 09650 Resilient Flooring
Section 09680 Carpet
Section 09700 Special Flooring
Section 09800 Special Coatings
Section 09830 Elastomeric Coating
Section 09900 Painting
Section 09950 Wallcovering
DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES
Section 10100 Chalkboards And Tackboards
Section 10160 Solid Plastic Toilet Partitions
Section 10200 Louvers and Vents
Section 10270 Access Flooring
Section 10350 Flagpole
DIVISION 10 - SPECIALITIES continued
Section 10500 Steel Lockers
Section 10520 Fire Extinguisher Cabinets
Section 10550 Postal Specialties
12/18/91 TABLE OF CONTENTS (ADD. 1) 00001 - 6
Section 10606 Security Fencing Assembly
Section 10800 Toilet Accessories
Section 10900 Miscellaneous Specialties
DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT
Section 11110 Laundry Equipment
Section 11160 Loading Dock Equipment
Section 11197 Security/Detention Equipment
Section 11200 Basic Electronic Security Requirements
Section 11202 System Central Processing Unit
Section 11203 Fire Alarm Interface
Section 11204 Programmable Logic Controller
Section 11205 Address Panels
Section 11206 Relay Cabinets
Section 11208 Card Access Control
Section 11211 Situation Man -Down Equipment
Section 11212 Closed Circuit Video Equipment
Section 11217 Vehicle Loop Detection
Section 11218 Operational Intercom System
Section 11222 Inmate/Attorney Telephones
Section 11224 Metal Detection Equipment
Section 11400 Food Service Equipment
Section 11480 Athletic Equipment
Section 11704 Ice Machines
DIVISION 13 - RADIATION PROTECTION
Section 13090 Radiation Protection
DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS
Section 14700 Pneumatic Tube System
Section 14240 Hydraulic Elevators
DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL
Section 15000 General Provisions
Section 15050 Water Treatment
Section 15060 Pipe and Pipe Fittings
Section 15085 Piping Identification
Section 15100 Valves
Section 15110 Heat Trace System
Section 15130 Thermometers and Gages
Section 15140 Pipe Hangers And Supports
Section 15160 Pumps
Section 15175 Variable Speed Motor Control for Fans
and Pumps
Section 15242 Vibration Isolation
Section 15252 Pipe And Equipment Insulation
12/18/91 TABLE OF CONTENTS (ADD. 1) 00001 - 7
IVISION 15 - MECHANICAL continued
Section 15290 Ductwork Insulation
Section 15330 Wet -Sprinkler System
Section 15403 Water Booster Pumps
Section 15404 Domestic Water Softener
Section 15408 Soil, Waste and Vent System
Section 15410 Storm Drainage System
Section 15430 Plumbing Specialties
Section 15440 Plumbing Fixtures and Accessories
Section 15460 Sump Pumps
Section 15470 Hot Water Storage.Heater
Section 15490 Fuel Storage And Dispensing Systems
Section 15517 Hydronic Specialties
Section 15540 Emergency Generator Auxiliaries
Section 15684 Centrifugal Chillers
Section 15714 Blow Thru Cooling Tower
Section 15770 Make -Up Air Units
Section 15785 Fan Coil Units
Section 15855 Air Handling Units
Section 15858 Fans
Section 15880 Fire Dampers
Section 15884 Combination Smoke And Fire Dampers
Section 15885 Air Filters
Section 15890 Ductwork
Section 15894 Air Terminal Units
Section 15936 Grilles, Registers, Diffusers
Section 15950 Automatic Temperature Control Systems
Section 15965 Building Automation System
Section 15992 Tests - Piping Systems
Section 15995 System Balancing and Testing
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL
Section 16010 Electrical General Provisions
Section 16111 Conduit Systems - Bid Group 3
Section 16111 Conduit Systems - Bid Group 2
Section 16120 Wire and Cable
Section 16155 Combination Motor Starters
Section 16161 Motor Control Centers
Section 16170 Disconnect Switches
Section 16199 Wiring Devices and Plates
Section 16300 Standby Power Generation
Section 16351 Uninterruptible Power Supply
Section 16400 Service and Power Distribution Systems
Section 16425 Main Service Switchboard
Section 16450 Electrical Systems Grounding
Section 16461 Dry Type Distribution Transformers
Section 16470 Distribution Panelboards - Circuit
Breaker Type
12/18/91 TABLE OF CONTENTS (ADD. 1) 00001 - 8
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL continued
Section 16471 Feeder and Branch Circuits and Emergency
Wiring
Section 16472 Branch Circuit Panelboards - Circuit
Breaker Type
Section 16500 Lighting
Section 16601 Lightning Protection System
Section 16605 Transient Voltage/Surge Protection
Section 16660 Wiring for Equipment Furnished by Others
Section 16721 Fire Alarm System
Section 16781 Telephone Conduit Systems
Section 16930 Lighting Control Equipment
12/18/91 TABLE OF CONTENTS (ADD. 1) 00001 - 9
SECTION 00113
PROPOSAL FORM
Bid Package No. 13
Security Systems
BID TO MONROE COUNTY - CLERK OF COURTS
0/0 PURCHASING DEPARTMENT
PUBLIC SERVICE BUILDING, CROSS WING,
ROOM 002, 5100 COLLEGE ROAD, STOCK
ISLAND, KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33.040
BID FROM:
The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and Drawings,
Specifications, Bid Package, and Addenda thereto and other
Contract Documents for the construction of:
Bid Package No. 13, Security Systems
and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be
performed, having become familiar with all local conditions
including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having
familiarized himself with material availability, Federal, State,
and Local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations affecting
performance of the Work, does hereby propose to furnish all
labor, mechanics, superintendents, tools, material, equipment,
transportation services, engineering support, and all incidentals
necessary to perform and complete said Work and work incidental
hereto, in a workman -like manner, in conformance with said
Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract Documents including
Addenda issued thereto.
The undersigned further certifies that he has personally
inspected the actual location of where the Work is to be
performed, together with the local sources of supply and that he
understands the conditions under which the Work is to be
performed. The successful bidder shall assume the risk of any
and all costs and delays arising from the existence of any
subsurface or other latent physical condition which could be
reasonably anticipated by reference to documentary information
provided and made available, and from inspection and examination
of the site.
12/18/91 SECURITY SYSTEMS PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00113 - 1
SHORT BID FORM
This Short Bid Form is only a summarization of the more detailed
bid form that follows, Detailed Bid Form. Nothing exists in this
Short Bid Form that does not exist on the Detailed Bid Form.
This Short Bid Form shall be submitted by the specified bid due
date. Within (24) hours of the deadline for receipt of bids,
bidders shall be required to submit the Detailed Bid Form to
Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits, 5090 College Road, Stock Island, Key
West, FL 33040. Two copies of the Detailed Bid Form are
required to be sent to MK/G, and will be used for bid comparisons
and bid clarification conferences, after opening of bids.
Two copies of the Unit Price Schedule are to be submitted along
with the Detailed Bid Form.
Failure of the bidder to submit the Detailed Bid Form and the
Unit Price Schedule within (24) hours of the deadline for receipt
of bids, may result in the bidder's bid being considered non-
responsive.
Item numbers correspond to item numbers on the Detailed Bid Form.
Insert Lump Sum Bids as follows:
A. Base Bid
General Bid and Zones, items 1-20 $
Access Panels and Doors, items 21-56 $
Total Base Bid, items 1-56, (figures) $
Total Base Bid, (words)
DOLLARS
B. Alternate 13-01: Bid on Bid Package No. 22 Metals
Alternate 13-01, items 57-62, (figures) $
Alternate 13-01, (words)
DOLLARS
C. Alternate 13-02: Bid on Bid Package No. 23 Security Glass
and Glazing
Alternate 13-02, item 63, (figures) $
Alternate 13-02, (words)
DOLLARS
12/18/91 SECURITY SYSTEMS PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) .00113 - 2
D. Combined Bid for Alternate 13-01 and 13-02
Combined Alternate, items 57-63, (figures) $
----------
Combined Alternate, (words)
DOLLARS
E. Alternate 13-03: Security Systems Raceways
Alternate 13-03, items 64-94, (figures) $
----------
Alternate 13-03, (words)
DOLLARS
F. Owner Option 13-01: Zone F Security Systems
Owner Option 13-01, items 95-103, (figures) $
Owner Option 13-01, (words)
DOLL•A.RS
12/18/91 SECURITY SYSTEMS PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00113 - 3
BACK PAGE
12/18/91 SECURITY SYSTEMS PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00113 - 4
DETAILED BID FORM
BASE BID FORM
GENERAL BID ITEMS
1. Mobilization
2. General Conditions
3. Permits
4. Bond
5. Submittals
GENERAL BID, Items 1 through 5
ZONE A
6. Security Hollow Metal
7. Security Hardware
8. Security Systems
Subtotal Zone A, Items 6 through 8
ZONE B
9. Security Hollow Metal
10. Security Hardware
11. Security Systems
Subtotal Zone B, Items 9 through 11
ZONE C
12. Security Hollow Metal
13. Security Hardware
14. Security Systems
Subtotal Zone C, Items 12 through 14
12/18/91 SECURITY SYSTEMS PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00113 - 5
ZONE D
15. Security Hollow Metal $
16. Security Hardware $
17. Security Systems $
Subtotal Zone D, Items 15 through 17 $
ZONE E
18. Security Hollow Metal $,
19. Security Hardware $,
20. Security Systems $
Subtotal Zone E, Items 18 through 20 $
SECURITY SYSTEMS BID, Items 6 through 20 $
12/18/91 SECURITY SYSTEMS PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00113 - 6
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS
Gypsum w/Standard Lock
a X b
Size
Ouantit_y U.P.
12" x
12"
$30
18" x
18"
$45
18" x
24"
$80
24" x
2411'
$55
24" x
36"
$75
Subtotal
Gypsum w/StandardLock, Fire -Rated Panels
= c
Bid Allowance
a X b =
Size
Ouantity U.P.
12" x
12"
$105
18" x
18"
$130
18" x
24"
$195
24" x
2411'
$170
24" x
36"
$210
Subtotal
c
Bid Allowance
12/18/91 SECURITY SYSTEMS PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00.113 - 7
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
Plaster w/Standard Lock
a X b
Size Ouantity U.P.
12" x 12" $75
18" x 18" $110
18" X 24" $165
24" x 2411' $130
24" x 36" $200
Subtotal
ster w/Standard Lock. Fire -Rated Panels
a X b =
Size
Quantity U.P.
12" x
12"
$105
18" X
18"
$130
18" x
24"
$195
24" x
2411'
$170
24" x
36"
$210
Subtotal
c
Bid Allowance
c
Bid Allowance
12/18/91 SECURITY SYSTEMS PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00113 - 8
Security Plaster
w/Security Lock
a X
b
= c
Size
Quantity
U.P.
Bid Allowance
41.
12" x 12"
$260
42.
18" x 18"
$325
43.
18" x 24"
$400
44.
24" x 2411'
$355
45.
24" x 36"
$480
Subtotal
$
**
Security Plaster
w/Security Lock.
Fire -Rated
Panels
a X
b
= c
Size
Ouantity
U.P.
Bid Allowance
46.
12" x 12"
$230
47.
1801 x 18"
$250
48.
18" x 24"
$355
49.
24" x 2411'
$280
50.
24" x 36"
$330
Subtotal
$
Security Masonry w/Security Lock
a X b
Size Quantity U.P.
51. 24" x 2411' $485
52. 24" x 36" $530
Subtotal
c
Bid Allowance
12/18/91 SECURITY SYSTEMS PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00113 - 9
** For any access doors required, and not shown in the allowance
53.
54.
55.
56.
TOTAL ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS BID,
items 21 through 56 (figures) $
SUMMARY OF BASE BID
General Bid Items $
Zones A through E Security Systems $
Access Panels and -Doors $
TOTAL BASE BID, items 1 through
56 above, (in figures) $
12/18/91 SECURITY SYSTEMS PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00113 - 10
ALTERNATES BID FORM
Alternate 13-01: Bid on Bid Package No. 22, Metals
Provide a complete bid on Bid Package No. 22, Metals. This
bidder shall comply with all applicable sections of the bid
package, drawings and specifications as it pertains to Bid
Package No. 22 Metals, in order to do so.
57. Section 05500 Metal Fabrications, furnish
and install items under paragraph 2.2 D and E,
and include prime painting. This also
includes security bars as shown
on drawing 4.42, detail 1. Angle embeds
on detail 1 are already provided. $
58. Drawing 10.32, Air Devices Schedule,
Furnish and install security air devices,
which includes security bars. On schedule,
this includes, but is not limited to devices
S-9, S-22, R-3, R-5, R-13, and E-3. $
59. Section 11197 Security/Detention Equipment $
60. Section 15936 Barrier Grilles $
61. Section 10200, Louvers and Vents, furnish
and install item 1.1 A. h., steel security
grille, grating and framework. $
62. Section 10900 Miscellaneous Specialties $
TOTAL ALTERNATE 13-01 BID, items
57 through 62 (figures) $
12/18/91 SECURITY SYSTEMS PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00113 - 11
Alternate 13-02: Bid on Bid Package No. 23, Security
Glass and Glazing
Provide a complete bid on Bid Package No. 23, Security Glass
and Glazing. This bidder shall comply with all applicable
sections of the bid package, drawings and specifications as
it pertains to Bid Package No. 23 Security Glass and
Glazing, in order to do so.
63. Security glass and glazing $
TOTAL ALTERNATE 13-02 BID, item
63 (figures) $
COMBINED BID for ALTERNATE 13-01 and ALTERNATE 13-02, if
both of these alternates are awarded:
TOTAL ALTERNATES 13-01 and 13-02 BID,
(figures) $
Alternate 13-03: Security Systems Raceways
Provide a complete price to remove from the scope -of work of
the Security Systems contractor, the furnishing and
installing of security systems conduit, raceways, cable
trays, junction boxes and fittings.
This includes removing items pertaining to radiation
protection; such as the furnish and installation of
shielding security/communication systems, including
penetration shielding. Also, the provision of warranty on
these radiation protective materials.
Note: This alternate does not include removing from the
scope of work the requirement of security systems shop
drawings and coordination drawings.
Below is a schedule showing types and sizes of conduit. The
Security Systems bidder shall state the quantities of each
type and size of raceway, the unit price, and make the bid
extension.
12/18/91 SECURITY SYSTEMS PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00113 - 12
Conduit Schedule
Conduits shall be considered a complete raceway system,
inclusive of all fittings, supports, pull -points, etc.,
required for a complete raceway system.
EMT/Thinwall
Conduit
a
X b
= c
Size
Unit
Unit Price
Ouantity
Bid Extension
64.
3/4 "
if
65.
1 "
if
66.
1 1/4"
if
67.
1 1/2"
if
68.
2 It
if
69.
2 1/2"
if
70.
3 of
if
71.
4 to
if
Subtotal, Items 64
through 71
$
Rigid Metallic
Conduit
a
X b
= c
Size
Unit
Unit Price
Ouantity
Bid Extension
72.
3/4 "
if
73.
1 "
if
74.
1 1/4"
if
75.
1 1/2"
if
76.
2 of
if
77.
2 1/2"
if
78.
3 "
if
79.
4 "
if
Subtotal, Items 72 through 79
12/18/91 SECURITY SYSTEMS PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00113 - 13
Rigid PVC
Conduit
a X b = c
Size
Unit
Unit Price Quantity Bid Extension
80.
3/4 "
if
81.
1 "
if
82.
1 1/4"
if
83.
1 1/2"
if
84.
2 it
if
85.
2 1/2"
if
86.
3 it
if
87.
4 it
if
Subtotal,
Items 80
through 87 $
Other Raceway
Systems
if not listed above
a X b = c
Description
Unit
Unit Price Ouantity Bid Extension
88.
if
89.
if
,
90.
if
91.
if
92.
if
93.
if
94.
if
Subtotal,
Items 88
through 94 $
TOTAL ALTERNATE 13-03 BID,
items 64 through 94 (figures),
ADD / DEDUCT (circle one)
12/18/91 SECURITY SYSTEMS PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00113 - 14
OWNER OPTION BID FORM
Owner Option 13-01: Zone F Security Systems
At the option of the Owner, furnish and install Zone F Work,
similar to zones D and E.
95. Mobilization
96. General Conditions
97. Permits
98. Bond
99. Submittals
100. ZONE F Security Hollow Metal
101. ZONE F Security Hardware
102. ZONE F Security Systems
103. ZONE F Access Panels and Doors
TOTAL OWNER OPTION 13-01 BID, items
95 through 103 (figures) $
12/18/91 SECURITY SYSTEMS PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00113 - 15
I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No.(s)
I have included pages 1 - 4 and page 16 of the Proposal Form
and attached the required Bid Security , Contractor's
Qualification Statement , Lobbying and Conflict of Interest
Clause , Sworn Statement of Public Entity Crimes , Non -
Collusion Affidavit , and proposed Subcontractor listing
(Check mark items above. as a reminder that they are included.)
Mailing Address:
Phone Number:
Date:
Witness:
Signed:
(Name)
(Title)
(Seal)
12/18/91 SECURITY SYSTEMS PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00113 - 16
SECTION 00114
PROPOSAL FORM
Bid Package No. 14
Prime Electrical Contract Zones A,B,C,D,E
BID TO MONROE COUNTY - CLERK OF COURTS
C/O PURCHASING DEPARTMENT
PUBLIC SERVICE BUILDING, CROSS WING,
ROOM 002, 5100 COLLEGE ROAD, STOCK
ISLAND, KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040
BID FROM:
The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and reference
Drawings, Specifications, Proposal, and Addenda thereto and other
Contract Documents for the construction of:
Biel Package No. 14, Prime Electrical Contract Zones A,B,C,D,E
and having carefully examined the site where the Work is,to be
performed, having become familiar with all local conditions
including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having
familiarized himself with material availability, Federal, State,
and Local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations affecting
performance of the Work, does hereby propose to furnish all
labor, mechanics, superintendents, tools, material, equipment,
transportation services, engineering support and all incidentals
necessary to perform and complete said Work and work incidental
hereto, in a workman -like manner, in conformance with said
Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract Documents including
Addenda issued thereto.
The undersigned further certifies that he has personally
inspected the actual location of where the Work is to be
performed, together with the local sources of supply and that he
understands the conditions under which the Work is to be
performed. The successful bidder shall assume the risk of any
and all costs and delays arising from the existence of any
subsurface or other latent physical condition which could be
reasonably anticipated by reference to documentary information
provided and made available, and from inspection and examination
of the site.
12/18/91 PRIME ELECTRICAL PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00114 - 1
SHORT BID FORM
This Short Bid Form is only a summarization of the more detailed
bid form that follows, Detailed Bid Form. Nothing exists in this
Short Bid Form that does not exist on the Detailed Bid Form.
This Short Bid Form shall be submitted by the specified bid due
date. Within (24) hours of the deadline for receipt of bids,
bidders shall be required to submit the Detailed Bid Form to
Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits, 5090 College Road, Stock Island, Key
West, FL 33040. Two copies of the Detailed Bid Form are
required to be sent to MK/G, and will be used for bid comparisons
and bid clarification conferences, after opening of bids.
Two copies of the Unit Price Schedule are to be submitted along
with the Detailed Bid Form.
Failure of the bidder to submit the Detailed Bid Form and the
Unit Price Schedule within (24) hours of the deadline for receipt
of bids, may result in the bidder's bid being considered non-
responsive.
Item numbers correspond to item numbers on the Detailed Bid Form.
Insert Lump Sum Bids as follows:
A. Base Bid
General Bid and Zones, items 1-40 $
Access Panels and Doors, items 41-76 $
Total Base Bid, items 1-76, (figures) $
Total Base Bid, (words)
DOLLARS
B. Alternate 14-01: Zone D and E Electrical
ADD / DEDUCT (circle one)
Alternate 14-01, items 77-78, (figures) $
Alternate 14-01, (words)
DOLLARS
C. Owner Option 14-01: Zone F Electrical
Owner Option 14-01, items 79-91, (figures) $
Owner Option 14-01, (words)
DOLLARS
12/18/91 PRIME ELECTRICAL PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00114 - 2
3.
4.
5.
5a.
5b.
5c.
5d.
5e.
6.
6a.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
DETAILED BID FORM
BASE BID FORM
GENERAL BID ITEMS
Mobilization $
General Conditions $
Permits $
Bond $
Submittals $
Switchgear $
Uninterruptible Power Supply $
Emergency Generator $
Kitchen Equipment Hook-up $
Radiation Protection $
GENERAL BID, Items 1 through 5 and 5a through 5e $
ZONE A
Conduit Systems
Wire and Devices
Panel Boards
Service Distribution
Lighting
Lightning Protection
Fire Alarm System
Temporary Power and Lighting
12/18/91 PRIME ELECTRICAL PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00114 - 3
ZONE A BID, items 6 through 12 $
ZONE B
13.
Conduit Systems
$
13a.
Wire and Devices
$
14.
Panel Boards
$
15.
Service Distribution
$
16.
Lighting
$
17.
Lightning Protection
$
18.
Fire Alarm System
$
19.
Temporary Power and Lighting
$
ZONE B BID, items 13 through 19
$
ZONE C
20.
Conduit Systems
$
20a.
Wire and Devices
$
21.
Panel Boards
$
22.
Service Distribution
$
23.
Lighting
$
24.
Lightning Protection
$
25.
Fire Alarm System
$
26.
Temporary Power and Lighting
$
ZONE C BID, items 20 through 26
$
12/18/91 PRIME ELECTRICAL PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00114 - 4
ZONE D
27. Conduit Systems
27a. Wire and Devices
28. Panel Boards
29. Service Distribution
30. Lighting
31. Lightning Protection
32. Fire Alarm System
33. Temporary Power and Lighting
ZONE D BID, items 27 through 33
ZONE E
34. Conduit Systems
34a. Wire and Devices
35. Panel Boards
36. Service Distribution
37. Lighting
38. Lightning Protection
39. Fire Alarm System
40. Temporary Power and Lighting
ZONE E BID, items 34 through 40
12/18/91 PRIME ELECTRICAL PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00114 - 5
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
47.
48.
49.
50.
ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS
Gvpsum wLstandard Lock
a X b
Size
Ouantity U.P.
12" x
12"
$30
18" x
18"
$45
18" x
24"
$80
24" x
2401'
$55
24" x
36"
$75
Subtotal, Items 41 through 45
Gvnsum w/Standard Lock. Fire -Rated Panels
a X b =
Size
Quantity U.P.
12" x
12"
$105
18" x
18"
$130
18" x
24"
$195
24" x
2411'
$170
24" x
36"
$210
Subtotal, Items 46 through 50
c
Bid Allowance
c
Bid Allowance
12/18/91 PRIME ELECTRICAL PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00114 - 6
51.
52.
53.
54.
55.
56.
57.
58.
59.
60.
Plaster w/Standard Lock
a X b
Size
Ouantity U.P.
12" x
12"
$75
18" x
18"
$110
18" x
24"
$165
24" x
2411'
$130
24" x
36"
$200
Subtotal, Items 51 through 55
= c
Bid Allowance
Plaster w/Standard Lock. Fire -Rated Panels
a X b =
size
Ouantity U.P.
12" x
12"
$105
18" x
18"
$130
18" x
24"
$195
24" x
2411'
$170
24" x
36"
$210
Subtotal, Items 56 through-60
c
Bid Allowance
12/18/91 PRIME ELECTRICAL PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00114 - 7
Security Plaster w/Security Lock
a X b
Size Ouantity U.P.
61. 12" x 12" $260
62. 18" x 18" $325
63. 18" x 24" $400
64. 24" x 2411' $355
65. 24" x 36" $480
Subtotal, Items 61 through 65
= c
Bid Allowance
** Security Plaster w/Security Lock Fire -Rated Panels
a X b = c
Size Ouantity U.P. Bid Allowance
66. 12" x 12" $230
67. 18" x 18" $250
68. 18" x 24" $355
69. 24" x 2411' $280
70. 24" x 36" $330
Subtotal, Items 66 through 70 $
Security Masonry w/Security Lock
a X b
Size Ouantity U.P.
71. 24" x 2411' $485
72. 24" x 36" $530
Subtotal, Items 71 through 72
c
Bid Allowance
12/18/91 PRIME ELECTRICAL PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00114 - 8
73.
74.
75.
76.
TOTAL ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS BID,
items 41 through 76 (figures)
�yiluIV, ki 41
General Bid Items
Zone A through E Electrical
Access Panels and Doors
TOTAL BASE BID, items 1 through
76 above, (in figures)
P,
12/18/91 PRIME ELECTRICAL PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00114 - 9
ALTERNATES BID FORM
Alternate 14-01: Zone D and E Electrical
77. The Prime Electrical Contractor shall provide a complete bid
to remove from his scope of work, the furnishing of all Zone
D and E permanent materials to be incorporated into the
work, except for fixtures, heat trace equipment, timeclock,
lighting relay cabinets, and all safety disconnects. This
shall consist of, but not be limited to conduit raceways and
wiring for: lighting, receptacles, power, telephone raceway
only, and heat trace conduit and wiring.
ADD / DEDUCT (circle one) $
78. The Prime Electrical Contractor shall also provide a bid to
remove from his scope of work the installation of Zone D and
E work, which includes lighting rough -in and finish, from
the last distribution panel to end device. This shall also
include installation of receptacles and power runs,
terminations, telephone raceway, and heat trace system
installation.
ADD / DEDUCT (circle one)
TOTAL ALTERNATE 14-01 BID, items
77 through 78 (figures) $
12/18/91 PRIME ELECTRICAL PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00114 - 10
OWNER OPTION BID FORM
Owner Option 14-01: Zone F Electrical
At the option of the Owner, furnish and install Zone F
Electrical, similar to zones D and E.
79.
Mobilization
$
80.
General Conditions
$
81.
Permit
$
82.
Bond
$
83.
Submittals
$
84.
Conduit Systems
$
85.
Panel Boards
$
86.
Service Distribution
$
87.
Lighting
$
88.
Lightning Protection
$
89.
Fire Alarm System
$
90.
Temporary Power and Lighting
$
91.
Access Panels and Doors
$
TOTAL OWNER OPTION 14-01 BID, items
79 through 91 (figures)
$
12/18/91 PRIME ELECTRICAL PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00114 - 11
Owner Option 14-02: Direct Purchase of Equipment
At the option of the Owner, either contractor or Owner
shall purchase the following equipment. This is in
accordance with section 00100 Instructions to Bidders,
paragraph 1.8. Contractor shall calculate quantity.
Contractor shall state supplier/vendor purchase price
only, including shipping, and state amount of tax.
a. Standby Power Generation, section 16300. Complete
Emergency Generator assembly.
Quantity:
Cost:
Tax:
b. Uninterruptible Power Supply, section 16351.
Complete UPS assembly.
Quantity:
D
Cost:
Tax:
C. Motor Control Centers, section 16161. Complete
MCC assembly.
Quantity:
Cost:
Tax:
d. Main Service Switchboard, section 16425. Complete
Swithgear assembly.
Quantity:
Cost:
Tax:
12/18/91 PRIME ELECTRICAL PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00114 - 12
I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No.(s)
I have included pages 1,2, 12 and 13 of the Proposal Form
and attached the required Bid Security , Contractor's
Qualification Statement , Lobbying and Conflict of Interest
Clause , Sworn Statement of Public Entity Crimes , Non -
Collusion Affidavit , and proposed Subcontractor listing
_(check mark items above, as a reminder that they are included.)
Mailing Address:
Phone Number:
Date:
Witness:
Signed:
(Name)
(Title)
(Seal)
12/18/91 PRIME ELECTRICAL PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00114 - 13
SECTION 00115
PROPOSAL FORM
Bid Package No. 15
Mechanical Process and HVAC
BID TO : MONROE COUNTY - CLERK OF COURTS
C/o PURCHASING DEPARTMENT
PUBLIC SERVICE BUILDING, CROSS WING,
ROOM 0021 5100 COLLEGE ROAD, STOCK
ISLAND, KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040
BID FROM:
The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and Drawings,
Specifications, Proposal, and Addenda thereto and other Contract
Documents for the construction of:
Bid Package No. 15,,Mechanical Process and HVAC
and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be
performed, having become familiar with all local conditions
including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having
familiarized himself with material availability, Federal, State,
and Local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations affecting
performance of the Work, does hereby propose to furnish all
labor, mechanics, superintendents, tools, material, equipment,
transportation services, engineering support, and all incidentals
necessary to perform and complete said Work and work incidental
hereto, in a workman -like manner, in conformance with said
Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract Documents including
Addenda issued thereto.
The undersigned further certifies that he has personally
inspected the actual location of where the Work is to be
performed, together with the local sources of supply and that he
understands the conditions under which the Work is to be
performed. The successful bidder shall assume the risk of any
and all costs and delays arising from the existence of any
subsurface or other latent physical condition which could be
reasonably anticipated by reference to documentary information
provided and made available, and from inspection and examination
of the site.
12/18/91 MECHANICAL PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00115 - 1
SHORT BID FORM
This Short Bid Form is only a summarization of the more detailed
bid form that follows, Detailed Bid Form. Nothing exists in this
Short Bid Form that does not exist on the Detailed Bid Form.
This Short Bid Form shall be submitted by the specified bid due
date. Within (24) hours of the deadline for receipt of bids,
bidders shall be required to submit the Detailed Bid Form to
Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits, 5090 College Road, Stock Island, Key
West, FL 33040. Two copies of the Detailed Bid Form are
required to be sent to MK/G, and will be used for bid comparisons
and bid clarification conferences, after opening of bids.
Two copies of the Unit Price Schedule are to be submitted along
with the Detailed Bid Form.
Failure of the bidder to submit the Detailed Bid Form and the
Unit Price Schedule within (24) hours of the deadline for receipt
of bids, may result in the bidder's bid being considered non-
responsive.
Item numbers correspond to item numbers on the Detailed Bid Form.
Insert Lump Sum Bids as follows:
A. Base Bid
General Bid and Zones, items 1-31 $
Access Panels and Doors, items 32-67 $
Total Base Bid, items 1-67, (figures) $
Total Base Bid, (words)
DOLLARS
B. Owner Option 15-01: Zone F Mechanical
Owner Option 15-01, items 68-79, (figures) . $
Owner Option 15-01, (words)
DOLLARS
C. Owner Option 15-02• Multiple Bid Option, Bid Packages No. 15
and No. 16.
Owner Option 15-02, items 80-81, deduct (figures) $
Owner Option 15-02, (words)
DOLLARS
12/18/91 •MECHANICAL PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00115 - 2
D. Owner Option 15-03: Multiple Bid Option, Bid Packages No.
15, 16 and 17.
Owner Option 15-03, items 82-84, deduct (figures) $
Owner Option 15-03, (words)
DOLLARS
12/18/91 MECHANICAL PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00115 - 3
BACK PAGE
12/18/91 MECHANICAL PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00115 - 4
4.
5.
6.
6a.
6b.
6c.
6d.
6e.
6f.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
DETAILED BID FORM
BABE BID FORM
GENERAL BID ITEMS
Mobilization
$
General Conditions
$
Permits
$
Bond
$
Submittals
$
System Balancing and Testing
$
Chillers
$
Fuel Tank and Piping
$
Radiation Protection
$
Kitchen Equipment Hook-up
$
Water Treatment
$
Cooling Tower
$
GENERAL BID, Items 1 through 6 and 6a through 6f $
ZONE A
Mechanical Pipe
Ductwork
Mechanical Equipment
Automatic Temp. Control/Bldg. Automation
Insulation
ZONE A BID, items 7 through 11
12/18/91 MECHANICAL PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00115 - 5
ZONE B
12. Mechanical Pipe $
13. Ductwork $
14. Mechanical Equipment $
15. Automatic Temp. Control/Bldg. Automation $
16. Insulation $
ZONE B BID, items 12 through 16 $
ZONE C
17. Mechanical Pipe $
18. Ductwork $
19. Mechanical Equipment $
20. Automatic Temp. Control/Bldg. Automation $
21. Insulation $
ZONE C BID, items 17 through 21 $
ZONE D
22.
Mechanical Pipe
$
23.
Ductwork
$
24.
Mechanical Equipment
$
25.
Automatic Temp. Control/Bldg. Automation
$
26.
Insulation
$
ZONE D BID, items 22 through 26 $
12/18/91 MECHANICAL PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00115 - 6
ZONE E
27. Mechanical Pipe $
28. Ductwork $
29. Mechanical Equipment $
30. Automatic Temp. Control/Bldg. Automation $
31. Insulation $
ZONE E BID, items 27 through 31 $
12/18/91 MECHANICAL PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00115 - 7
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.
ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS
Gvnsum w/Standard Lock
a X b
Size
Quantity U.P.
12" x
12"
$30
18" x
18"
$45
18" x
24"
$80
24" x
2411'
$55
24" x
36"
$75
Subtotal, Items 32 through 36
Gypsum w/Standard Lock Fire -Rated Panels
a X b
Size Ouantity U.P.
12" x 12" $105
18" x 18" $130
18" x 24" $195
24" x 2411' $170
24" x 36" $210
Subtotal, Items 37 through 41
c
Bid Allowance
= c
Bid Allowance
12/18/91 MECHANICAL PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00115 - 8
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
47.
48.
49.
50.
51.
Plaster w/Standard Lock
a X b
Size
Quantity U.P.
12" x
12"
$75
18" x
18"
$110
18" x
24"
$165
24" x
2411'
$130
24" x
36"
$200
Subtotal, Items 42 through 46
Plaster w/Standard Lock, Fire -Rated Panels
a X b =
Size
Quantity U.P.
12" x
12"
$105
18" x
18"
$130
18" x
24"
$195
24" x
2411'
$170
24" x
36"
$210
Subtotal, Items 47 through 51
c
Bid Allowance
c
Bid Allowance
12/18/91 MECHANICAL PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00115 - 9
Security Plaster w/Security Lock
a X
b =
c
Size
Quantity
U.P.
Bid
Allowance
52.
12" x 12"
$260
53.
18" x 18"
$325
54.
18" x 24"
$400
55.
24" x 2411'
$355
56.
24" x 36"
$480
Subtotal, Items
52
through 56
$
**
Security Plaster
w/Security
Lock.
Fire -Rated
Panels
a X
b =
c
Size
'Quantity
U.P.
Bid
Allowance
57.
12" x 12"
$230
58.
18" x 18"
$250
59.
18" x 24"
$355
60.
24" x 2411'
$280
61.
24" x 36"
$330
Subtotal, Items
57
through 61
$
Security Masonry
w/Security
Lock
a X
b =
c
Size
Ouantity
U.P.
Bid
Allowance
62.
24" x 2411'
$485
63.
24" x 36"
$530
Subtotal, Items
62
through 63
$
12/18/91 MECHANICAL PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00115 - 10
** For any access doors required, and not shown in the allowance
items above, increase the count of Security Plaster w/Security
Lock type totals, accordingly, and provide detail and accounting
of applicable access doors below.
64.
65.
66.
67.
TOTAL ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS BID,
items 32 through 67(figures)
4ijW� 1'y ij1� • o
General Bid Items
Zone A through Zone'E Mechanical
Access Panels and Doors
TOTAL BASE BID, items 1 through
67 above, (in figures)
12/18/91 MECHANICAL PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00115 - 11
OWNER OPTION BID FORM
Owner Option 15-01: Zone F Mechanical
At the option of the Owner, furnish and install Zone F Work,
similar to zones D and E.
68.
Mechanical Pipe
$
69.
Ductwork
$
70.
Mechanical Equipment
$
71.
Automatic Temp. Control/Bldg. Automation
$
72.
Insulation
$
73.
Mobilization
$
74.
General Conditions
$
75.
Permits
$
76.
Bond
$
77.
Submittals
$
78.
System Balancing and Testing
$
79.
Access Panels and Doors
$
TOTAL OWNER OPTION 15-01 BID, items
68 through 79 (figures)
$
12/18/91 MECHANICAL PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00115 - 12
Owner Option 15-02: Multiple Bid Option, Bid Packages No. 15
and No. 16.
Provide Net Deduct from Base Bid for Bid Package No. 15
Mechanical Process and HVAC, and Bid Package No. 16 Prime
Plumbing Contract Zones A,B,C,D,E, IF the Owner were to
award both contracts to the same contractor.
80. Mechanical Process and HVAC DEDUCT $
81. Prime Plumbing Contract Zones DEDUCT $
A,B,C,D,E
Note: This Owner Option 15-02 does not have to be bid by
Mechanical Process and HVAC.
In order to bid this Owner Option 15-02, Bidder must
submit a bona fide bid for Bid Package No. 15 and a
bona fide bid for Bid Package No. 16.
Owner Option 15-03: Multiple Bid Option, Bid Packages No.
15, 16 and 17.
Provide Net Deduct from Base Bid for Bid Package No. 15
Mechanical Process and HVAC, Bid Package No. 16 Prime
Plumbing Contract Zones A,B,C,D,E, and Bid Package No. 17
Fire Protection System, IF the Owner were to award all three
contracts to the same contractor.
82. Mechanical Process and HVAC DEDUCT $
83. Prime Plumbing Contract Zones DEDUCT $
A,B,C,D,E
84. Fire Protection System DEDUCT $
Note: This Owner Option 15-03 does not have to be bid by
Mechanical Process and HVAC.
In order to bid this Owner Option 15-03, Bidder must
submit a bonafide bid for Bid Package No. 15, a
bonafide bid for Bid Package No. 16, and a bonafide bid
for Bid Package No. 17.
12/18/91 MECHANICAL PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00115 - 13
Owner Option No. 15-04: Direct Purchase of Equipment
At the option of the Owner, either contractor or Owner
shall purchase the following equipment. This is in
accordance with section 00100 Instructions to Bidders,
paragraph 1.8. Contractor shall calculate quantity.
Contractor shall state supplier/vendor purchase price
only, including shipping, and state amount of tax.
a. Blow Thru Cooling Tower, section 15714. Complete
Cooling Tower assembly.
Quantity:
Cost:
Tax:
b. Centrifugal Chillers, section 15684. Complete
Chiller assembly.
e
Quantity:
Cost:
Tax:
C. Air Handling Units, section 15855. Complete AHU
assembly.
Quantity:
Cost:
Tax:
12/18/91 MECHANICAL PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00115 - 14
I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No.(s)
I have included pages 1-4 and pages 14-15 of the Proposal
Form , and attached the required Bid Security ,Contractor's
Qualification Statement , Lobbying and Conflict of Interest
Clause , Sworn Statement of Public Entity Crimes , Non -
Collusion Affidavit , and proposed Subcontractor listing
(Check mark items above, as a reminder that they are included.)
Mailing Address:
Phone Number:
Date:
Witness:
Signed:
(Name)
(Title)
(Seal)
12/18/91 MECHANICAL PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00115 - 15
SECTION 00116
PROPOSAL FORM
Bid Package No. 16
Prime Plumbing Contract Zones A,B,C,D,E
BID TO : MONR_OE COUNTY - CLERK OF COURTS
C/o PURCHASING DEPARTMENT
PUBLIC SERVICE BUILDING, CROSS WING,
ROOM 002, 5100 COLLEGE ROAD, STOCK
ISLAND KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040
BID FROM:
The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and Drawings,
Specifications, Proposal, and Addenda thereto and other Contract
Documents for the construction of:
Bid Package No. 16, Prime Plumbing Contract Zones A,B,C,D,E
and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be
performed, having become familiar with all local conditions
including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having
familiarized himself with material availability, Federal, State,
and Local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations affecting
performance of the Work, does hereby propose to furnish all
labor, mechanics, superintendents, tools, material, equipment,
transportation services, engineering support, and all incidentals
necessary to perform and complete said Work and work incidental
hereto, in a workman -like manner, in conformance with said
Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract Documents including
Addenda issued thereto.
The undersigned further certifies that he has personally
inspected the actual location of where the Work is to be
performed, together with the local sources of supply and that he
understands the conditions under which the Work is to be
performed. The successful bidder shall assume the risk of any
and all costs and delays arising from the existence of any
subsurface or other latent physical condition which could be
reasonably anticipated by reference to documentary information
provided and made available, and from inspection and examination
of the site.
12/18/91 PRIME PLUMBING PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00116 - 1
SHORT BID FORM
This Short Bid Form is only a summarization of the more detailed
bid form that follows, Detailed Bid Form. Nothing exists in this
Short Bid Form that does not exist on the Detailed Bid Form.
This Short Bid Form shall be submitted by the specified bid due
date. Within (24) hours of the deadline for receipt of bids,
bidders shall be required to submit the Detailed Bid Form to
Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits, 5090 College Road, Stock Island, Key
West, FL 33040. Two copies of the Detailed Bid Form are
required to be sent to MK/G, and will be used for bid comparisons
and bid clarification conferences, after opening of bids.
Two copies of the Unit Price Schedule are to be submitted along
with the Detailed Bid Form.
Failure of the bidder to submit the Detailed Bid Form and the
Unit Price Schedule within (24) hours of the deadline for receipt
of bids, may result in the bidder's bid being considered non-
responsive.
Item numbers correspond to item numbers on the Detailed Bid Form.
Insert Lump Sum Bids as follows:
A. Base Bid
General Bid and Zones, items 1-10 $
Access Panels and Doors, items 11-46 $
Total Base Bid, items 1-46, (figures) $
Total Base Bid, (words)
DOLLARS
B. Alternate 16-01: Zone D and E Plumbing
ADD / DEDUCT (circle one)
Alternate 16-01, items 47-48, (figures) $
Alternate 16-01, (words)
DOLLARS
C. Owner Option 16-01: Zone F Plumbing
Owner Option 16-01, item 49-55, (figures) $
Owner Option 16-01, (words)
DOLLARS
12/18/91 PRIME PLUMBING PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00116 - 2
DETAILED BID FORM
BASE BID FORM
GENERAL BID ITEMS
1.
Mobilization
$
2.
General Conditions
$
3.
Permits
$
4.
Bond
$
5.
Submittals
$
5a.
Kitchen Equipment Hook -Up
$
5b.
Radiation Protection
$
GENERAL BID, Items 1 through 5b.
$
6.
ZONE A Plumbing
$
7.
ZONE B Plumbing
$
8.
ZONE C Plumbing
$
9.
ZONE D Plumbing
$
10.
ZONE E Plumbing
$
TOTAL PLUMBING BID, items 6 thru
10 above, (in figures)
$
12/18/91 PRIME PLUMBING PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00116 - 3
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS
Gypsum w/Standard Lock
a X b
Size Ouantity U.P.
12" x 12" $30
18" x 18" $45
18" x 24" $80
24" x 2411' $55
24" x 36" $75
Subtotal, Items 11 thru 15
Gypsum w/Standard Lock. Fire -Rated Panels
a X b =
Size Ouantity U.P.
12" x 12" $105
18" x 18" $130
18" x 24" $195
24" x 2411' $170
24" x 36" $210
Subtotal, Items 16 thru 20
c
Bid Allowance
c
Bid Allowance
12/18/91 PRIME PLUMBING PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00116 - 4
Plaster w/Standard Lock
Size
21. 12" x 12"
22. 1S11 x 18"
23. 18" x 24"
24. 24" x 2411'
a X b
Quantity U.P.
$75
$110
$165
$130
25. 24" x 36" $200
Subtotal, Items 21 thru 25
Plaster w/Standard Lock. Fire -Rated Panels
a X b =
Size -
Ouantity U.P.
26.
12" x 12"
$105
27.
18" x 18"
$130
28.
18" x 24"
$195
29.
24" x 2411'
$170
30.
24" x 36"
$210
Subtotal, Items 26 thru
30
c
Bid Allowance
c
Bid Allowance
12/18/91 PRIME PLUMBING PROPOSAL FORM (•ADD. 1) 00116 - 5
Security Plaster
w/Security
Lock
a X
b =
c
Size
Ouantity
U.P.
Bid
Allowance
31.
12" x 12"
$260
32.
18" x 18"
$325
33.
18" x 24"
$400
34.
24" x 2411'
$355
35.
24" x 36"
$480
Subtotal, Items
31
thru 35
$
**
Security Plaster
w/Security
Lock,
Fire -Rated
Panels
a X
b =
c
Size
Ouantity
U.P.
Bid
Allowance
36.
12" x 12"
$230
37.
18" x 18"
$250
38.
18" x 24"
$355
39.
24" x 2411'
$280
40.
24" x 36"
$330
Subtotal, Items
36
thru 40
$
Security Masonry
w/Security
Lock
a X
b =
c
Size
Ouantity
U.P.
Bid
Allowance
41.
24" x 2411'
$485
42.
24" x 36"
$530
Subtotal, Items
41
thru 42
$
12/18/91 PRIME PLUMBING PROPOSAL FORM
(ADD. 1)
00116 - 6
** For any access doors required, and not shown in the allowance
items above. increase the count of Security Plaster w/Security
Lock type totals. accordingly, and provide detail and accounting
of applicable access doors below.
43.
44.
45.
46.
TOTAL ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS BID,
items 11 thru 46 (figures)
SUMMARY OF BASE BID
General Bid Items
Zones A thru E Plumbing Bid
Access Panels and Doors
TOTAL BASE BID, Items 1 thru 46
above, (in figures)
12/18/91 PRIME PLUMBING PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00116 - 7
Alternate No. 16-01: Zone D and E Plumbing
47. The Prime Plumbing Contractor shall
provide a complete bid to remove from
his scope of work the furnishing of
all Zone D and E permanent materials
to be incorporated into the work,
except for special valves and fixtures
which are listed on Attachment "A".
Access Panels and Doors
Everything Else, (other than access
panels and doors)
ADD / DEDUCT (circle one)
Total, item 47.
48. The Prime Plumbing Contractor shall
provide a bid to remove from his scope
of work the installation of all
plumbing systems in Zones D and E.
ADD/DEDUCT (circle one)
TOTAL ALTERNATE 16-01 BID, items
47 and 48 (figures)
TOTAL ALTERNATE 16-01• BID, (words)
H
DOLLARS
12/18/91 PRIME PLUMBING PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00116 - 8
OWNER OPTION BID FORM
Owner Option 16-01: Zone F Plumbing
At the option of the Owner, furnish and install Zone F Work,
similar to zones D and E.
49. Mobilization
50. General Conditions
51. Permits
52. Bond
53. Submittals
54. Zone F Plumbing
55. Access Panels and Doors
TOTAL OWNER OPTION 16-01 BID, item
49 thru 55 (figures)
12/18/91 PRIME PLUMBING PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00116 - 9
I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No.(s)
I have included pages 1,2 and 10 of the Proposal Form and
attached the required Bid Security , Contractor's
Qualification Statement , Lobbying and Conflict of Interest
Clause , Sworn Statement of Public Entity Crimes , Non -
Collusion Affidavit , and proposed Subcontractor listing
(Check mark items above. as a reminder that they are included.)
Mailing Address:
Phone Number:
Date:
Witness:
Signed:
(Name)
(Title)
(Seal)
12/18/91 PRIME PLUMBING PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00116 - 10
SECTION 00117
PROPOSAL FORM
Bid Package No. 17
Fire Protection System
BID TO MONROE COUNTY - CLERK OF COURTS
c/o PURCHASING DEPARTMENT
PUBLIC SERVICE BUILDING, CROSS WING,
ROOM 002, 5100 COLLEGE ROAD, STOCK
ISLAND, KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040
BID FROM:
The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and reference
Drawings, Specifications, Proposal, and Addenda thereto and other
Contract Documents for the construction of:
Bid Package No. 17, Fire Protection System
and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be
performed, having become familiar with all local conditions
including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having
familiarized himself with material availability, Federal, State,
and Local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations affecting
performance of the Work, does hereby propose to furnish all
labor, mechanics, superintendents, tools, material, equipment,
transportation services, engineering support, and all incidentals
necessary to perform and complete said Work and work incidental
hereto, in a workman -like manner, in conformance with said
Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract Documents including
Addenda issued thereto.
The undersigned further certifies that he has personally
inspected the actual location of where the Work is to be
performed, together with the local'sources of supply and that he
understands the conditions under which the Work is to be
performed. The successful bidder shall assume the risk of any
and all costs and delays arising from the existence of any
subsurface or other latent physical condition which could be
reasonably anticipated by reference to documentary information
provided and made available, and from inspection and examination
of the site.
12/18/91 FIRE PROTECTION PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00117 - 1
SHORT BID FORM
This Short Bid Form is only a summarization of the more detailed
bid form that follows, Detailed Bid Form. Nothing exists in this
Short Bid Form that does not exist on the Detailed Bid Form.
This Short Bid Form shall be submitted by the specified bid due
date. Within (24) hours of the deadline for receipt of bids,
bidders shall be required to submit the Detailed Bid Form to
Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits, 5090 College Road, Stock Island, Key
West, FL 33040. Two copies of the Detailed Bid Form are
required to be sent to MK/G, and will be used for bid comparisons
and bid clarification conferences, after opening of bids.
Two copies of the Unit Price Schedule are to be submitted along
with the Detailed Bid Form.
Failure of the bidder to submit the Detailed Bid Form and the
Unit Price Schedule within (24) hours of the deadline for receipt
of bids, may result in the bidder's bid being considered non-
responsive.
Item numbers correspond to item numbers on the Detailed Bid Form.
Insert Lump Sum Bids as follows:
A. Base Bid
General Bid and Zones, items 1-10 $
Access Panels and Doors, items 11-46 $
Total Base Bid, items 1-46, (figures) $
Total Base Bid, (words)
DOLLARS
B. Owner Option 17-01: Zone F Fire Protection
Owner Option 17-01, items 47-53, (figures) $
Owner Option 17-01, (words)
DOLLARS
12/18/91 FIRE PROTECTION PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00117 - 2
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
DETAILED BID FORM
BABE BID FORM
GENERAL BID ITEMS
Mobilization
General Conditions
Permits
Bond
Shop Drawings/Engineering
GENERAL BID, Items 1 through 5
Zone A Fire Protection
Zone B Fire Protection
Zone C Fire Protection
Zone D Fire Protection
Zone E Fire Protection
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS BID, Items 6 through 10
12/18/91 FIRE PROTECTION PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00117 - 3
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS
Gvnsum w/Standard Lock
a X b
Size
Ouantity U.P.
12" x
12"
$30
18" x
18"
$45
18" x
24"
$80
24" x
2411'
$55
24" x
36"
$75
Subtotal, Items it through 15
GvDsum w/Standard Lock. Fire -Rated Panels
a X b =
Size
Quantity U.P.
12" x
12"
$105
18" x
18"
$130
18" x
24"
$195
24" x
2411'
$170
24" x
36"
$210
Subtotal, Items 16 through 20
c
Bid Allowance
c
Bid Allowance
R
12/18/91 FIRE PROTECTION PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00117 -•4
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
Plaster w/Standard Lock
a X b
Size
Ouantity U.P.
12" x
12"
$75
18" x
18"
$110
18" x
24"
$165
24" x
2411'
$130
24" x
36"
$200
Subtotal, Items 21 through 25
= c
Bid Allowance
Plaster w/Standard Lock. Fire -Rated Panels
a X b =
Size
Ouantity U.P.
12" x
12"
$105
18" x
18"
$130
18" x
24"
$195
24" x
2411'
$170
24" x
36"
$210
Subtotal, Items 26 through 30
c
Bid Allowance
12/18/91 FIRE PROTECTION PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00117 - 5
Security Plaster w/Security
Lock
a X
b =
c
Size
Ouantity
U.P.
Bid Allowance
31.
12" x 12"
$260
32.
18" x 18"
$325
33.
18" x 24"
$400
34.
24" x 2411'
$355
35.
24" x 36"
$480
Subtotal, Items 31
through 35
$
**
Security Plaster w/Security
Lock.
Fire -Rated
Panels
a X
b =
c
'Size
Quantity
U.P.
Bid Allowance
36'.
12" x 12"
$230
37.
18" x 18"
$250
38.
18" x 24"
$355
39.
24" x 2411'
$280
40.
24" x 36"
$330
Subtotal, Items 36
through 40
$
Security Masonry w/Security Lock
a X b
Size Ouantity U.P.
41. 24" x 2411' $485
42. 24" x 36" $530
Subtotal, Items 41 through 42
c
Bid Allowance
12/18/91 FIRE PROTECTION PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00117 - 6
** For any access doors required, and not shown in the allowance
items above, increase the count of Security Plaster w/Security
Lock type totals, accordingly, and provide detail and accounting
of applicable access doors below.
43.
44.
45.
46.
TOTAL ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS BID,
items 11 through 46 (figures) $
TOTAL BID, items 1 through 46 (figures)
I
12/18/91 FIRE PROTECTION PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00117 - 7
OWNER OPTION BID FORM
Owner Option 17-01: Zone F Fire Protection
At the option of the Owner, provide fire protection system
for Zone F, complete, similar to zones D and E.
47. Zone F Fire Protection $
48. Mobilization $
49. General Conditions $
50. Permit $
51. Bond $
52. Shop Drawings/Engineering $-
53. Access Panels and Doors $
TOTAL OWNER OPTION 17-01 BID, items
47 through 53 (figures) $
12/18/91 FIRE PROTECTION PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00117 - 8
I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No.(s)
I have included pages 1, 2 and 9 of the Proposal Form and
attached the required Bid Security , Contractor's
Qualification Statement , Lobbying and Conflict of Interest
Clause , Sworn Statement of Public Entity Crimes , Non -
Collusion Affidavit , and proposed Subcontractor listing
(Check mark items above. as a reminder that they are included.)
Mailing Address:
Phone Number:
Date:
Witness:
Signed:
(Name)
(Title)
(Seal)
12/18/91 FIRE PROTECTION PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00117 - 9.
SECTION 00118
PROPOSAL FORM
Bid Package No. 18
Food Service Equipment
BID TO MONROE COUNTY - CLERK OF COURTS
C/o PURCHASING DEPARTMENT
PUBLIC SERVICE BUILDING, CROSS WING,
ROOM 002, 5100 COLLEGE ROAD, STOCK
ISLAND, KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040
BID FROM:
The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and reference
Drawings, Specifications, Proposal, and Addenda thereto and other
Contract Documents for the construction of:
Bid Package No. IS, Food Service Equipment
and having carefully examined the site where -the Work is to be
performed, having become familiar with all local conditions
including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having
familiarized himself with material availability, Federal, State,
and Local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations affecting
performance of the Work, does hereby propose to furnish all
labor, mechanics, superintendents, tools, material, equipment,
transportation services, engineering support, and all incidentals
necessary to perform and complete said Work and work incidental
hereto, in a workman -like manner, in conformance with said
Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract Documents including
Addenda issued.thereto.
The undersigned further certifies that he has personally
inspected the actual location of where the Work is to be
performed, together with the local sources of supply and that he
understands the conditions under which the Work is to be
performed. The successful bidder shall assume the risk of any
and all costs and delays arising from the existence of any
subsurface or other latent physical condition which could be
reasonably anticipated by reference to documentary information
provided and made available, and from inspection and examination
of the site.
12/18/91 FOOD SERVICE PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00118 - 1
BASE BID FORM
Insert the following Lump Sum Bids.
1. Mobilization $
2. General Conditions $
3. Permits $
4. Bond $
5. Submittals $
6. Kitchen Equipment (from Unit Price $
Bid Form below)
TOTAL BID, items 1 through 6 (figures) $
TOTAL BID, (words)
DOLLARS
12/18/91 FOOD SERVICE PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00118 - 2
UNIT PRICE BID FORM
The foregoing base bid is based on the unit prices listed
hereinafter. Sum total of these unit prices are to be inserted
as item no. 6 above. The unit prices listed include the cost of
equipment, freight, overhead and profit. In the event that
quantities required by the contract documents change, these unit
prices shall prevail for equipment added to, or deleted from the
contract.
ITEM MAKE & UNIT
NO. DESCRIPTION MODEL QTY COST TOTAL
-----------------------------------------------------------------
1. Cold Storage Assembly
2. Storage Platform
3. Mobile Platform
4. Storage Pallet NOT IN CONTRACT
(By Others)
5. Storage Shelving
6. Storage Shelving
1. Can Storage Rack
8. Cold Storage Assembly
9. Dunnage Rack
10. Raceway
11. Storage Shelving
12. Pot Storage Rack
13. Pot Sink w/Wallshelf
14. Sink Heater
15. Pre -Rinse Unit
16. Disposer
12/18/91 FOOD SERVICE PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00118 - 3
ITEM MAKE & UNIT
NO. DESCRIPTION MODEL QTY COST TOTAL
-----------------------------------------------------------------
17. Not Used NOT USED
18. Exhaust Hood
19. Fire Control System
20. Raceway
21. Braising Pan
22. Sink Unit
23. Trough Grate
24. Roll -In Proof Cabinet
25. Oven Rack
26. Roll -In Oven
27. Worktable
28. Mixer
29. Equipment Stand
30. Not Used NOT USED
31. Worktable
32. Pan Rack
33. Fire Control System
34. Exhaust Hood
35. Convection Steamer
36. Kettle
37. Trough Grate
38. Kettle
12/18/91 FOOD SERVICE PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00118 - 4
ITEM MAKE & UNIT
NO. DESCRIPTION MODEL QTY COST TOTAL
-----------------------------------------------------------------
39. Utility Raceway
40. Convection Oven
41. Fryer w/Filter System
42. Open Burner Range
43. Griddle on Stand
44. Refrigerator
45. Worktable
46. Equipment Stand
47. Slicer
48. Freezer
49. Pan Rack
50. Not Used NOT USED
51. Vegetable Prep. Sink
52. Disposer
53. Slicer
54. Equipment Stand
55. Worktable
56. Rinse Hose
57. Food Cutter
58. Trough Grate
59. Coffee Urn
60. Not Used NOT USED
12/18/91 FOOD SERVICE PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00118 - 5
ITEM MAKE & UNIT
NO. DESCRIPTION MODEL QTY COST TOTAL
-----------------------------------------------------------------
61. Beverage Counter
62. Beverage Container
63. Ice Machine
64. Hot Food Cart
65. Conveyor
66. Soiled Dishtable
w/Rackshelf
67. Pre -Rinse Unit
68. Disposer
69. Vapor Hood
70. Not Used NOT USED
71. Dishmachine
72. Clean Dishtable
73. Troughveyor
74. Scrapping Table
75. Tray Washer
76. Vapor Hood
77. Clean Dishtable
78. Hose Bibb
79. Exhaust Hood
80. Re-thermalization Oven
81. Chill Cart
82. Tray Delivery Cart
12/18/91 FOOD SERVICE PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00118 - 6
ITEM MAKE & UNIT
NO. DESCRIPTION MODEL QTY COST TOTAL
-----------------------------------------------------------------
83. Utility Cart
84. Cold Storage Assembly
w/Blast Chiller
85. Remote Refrigeration
System
86. Remote Refrigeration
System
87. Section 11704 Ice Machines
Equipment Total Price,
to be entered as item no. 6
on Base Bid Form above.
Items 1 through 87, (figures) $
------------------
------------------
Equipment Total Pricd, (words)
DOLLARS
I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No.(s)
12/18/91 FOOD SERVICE PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00118 - 7
I have included pages 1 through 8 of the Proposal Form and
attached the required Bid Security , Contractor's
Qualification Statement , Lobbying and Conflict of Interest
Clause , Sworn Statement of Public Entity Crimes , Non -
Collusion Affidavit , and proposed Subcontractor listing
(Check mark items above, as a reminder that they are included.)
Mailing Address:
Phone Number:
Date: Signed:
Witness:
Name)
(Title)
(Seal)
12/18/91 FOOD SERVICE PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00118 - 8
SECTION 00119
PROPOSAL FORM
Bid Package No. 19
Laundry Equipment
BID TO MONROE COUNTY - CLERK OF COURTS
c/o PURCHASING DEPARTMENT
PUBLIC SERVICE BUILDING, CROSS WING,
ROOM 002, 5100 COLLEGE ROAD, STOCK
ISLAND KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040
BID FROM:
The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and reference
Drawings, Specifications, Proposal, and Addenda thereto and other
Contract Documents for the construction of:
Bid Package No. 19, Laundry Equipment
and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be
performed, having become familiar with all local conditions
including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having
familiarized himself with material availability, Federal, State,
and Local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations affecting
performance of the Work, does hereby propose to furnish all
labor, mechanics, superintendents, tools, material, equipment,
transportation services, engineering support, and all incidentals
necessary to perform and complete said Work and work incidental
hereto, in a workman -like manner, in conformance with said
Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract Documents including
Addenda issued thereto.
The undersigned further certifies that he has personally
inspected the actual location of where the Work is to be
performed, together with the local sources of supply and that he
understands the conditions under which the Work is to be
performed. The successful bidder shall assume the risk of any
and all costs and delays arising from the existence of any
subsurface or other latent physical condition which could be
reasonably anticipated by reference to documentary information
provided and made available, and from inspection and examination
of the site.
12/18/91 LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00119 - 1
BASE BID FORM
Insert the following Lump Sum Bids.
1. Mobilization $
2. General Conditions $
3. Permits $
4. Bond $
5. Submittals $
6. Laundry Equipment (from Unit Price
Bid Form below) $
TOTAL BID, items 1 through 6 (figures) $
TOTAL BID, (words)
DOLLARS
12/18/91 LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00119 - 2
UNIT PRICE BID FORM
The foregoing base bid is based on the unit prices listed
hereinafter. Sum total of these unit prices are to be inserted
as item no. 6 above. The unit prices listed include the cost of
equipment, freight, overhead and profit. In the event that
quantities required by the contract documents change, these unit
prices shall prevail for equipment added to, or deleted from the
contract.
ITEM
MAKE & UNIT
NO.
DESCRIPTION
MODEL QTY COST TOTAL
-----------------------------------------------------------------
L-1
Laundry Cart
L-2
Hose Bibb
NOT IN CONTRACT
L-3
Sewing Machine
L-4
Chair
NOT IN CONTRACT
L-5
Laundry Cart
'
L-6
Shelving
L-7
Folding Table
L-8
Dryer
L-9
Dryer
L-9
Dryer (Future)
L-10
Not Used
NOT USED
L-11
Washer/Extractor
L-12
Washer/Extractor
L-12
Washer/Extractor
(Future)
L-13
Trough Grate
L-14
Shelving
L-15
Laundry Sink
12/18/91 LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00119 - 3
Equipment Total Price, to be entered
as item no. 6 on Base Bid Form above.
Items L-1 through L-15, (figures) $
Equipment Total Price, (words)
TOTAL BID, items 1 through 6 (figures) $
TOTAL BID, (words)
DOLLARS
DOLLARS
12/18/91 LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00119 - 4
I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No.(s)
I have included pages 1 through 5 of the Proposal Form and
attached the required Bid Security , Contractor's
Qualification Statement , Lobbying and Conflict of Interest
Clause , Sworn Statement of Public Entity Crimes , Non -
Collusion Affidavit , and proposed Subcontractor listing
(Check mark items above, as a reminder that they are included.)
Mailing Address:
Phone Number:
Date:
Witness:
Signed:
(Name)
(Title)
(Seal)
12/18/91 LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00119 - 5
SECTION 00120
PROPOSAL FORM
Bid Package No. 20
Loading Dock Equipment
BID TO MONROE COUNTY - CLERK OF COURTS
C/o PURCHASING DEPARTMENT
PUBLIC SERVICE BUILDING, CROSS WING,
ROOM 002, 5100 COLLEGE ROAD, STOCK
ISLAND, KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040
BID FROM:
The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and reference
Drawings, Specifications, Proposal, and Addenda thereto and other
Contract Documents for the construction of:
Bid Package.No. 20, Loading Dock Equipment
and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be
performed, having become familiar with all local conditions
including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having
familiarized himself with material availability, Federal, State,
and Local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations affecting
performance of the Work, does hereby propose to furnish all
labor, mechanics, superintendents, tools, material, equipment,
transportation services, engineering support, and all incidentals
necessary to perform and complete said Work and work incidental
hereto, in a workman -like manner, in conformance with said
Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract Documents including
Addenda issued thereto.
The undersigned further certifies that he has personally
inspected the actual location of where the Work is to be
performed, together with the local sources of supply and that he
understands the conditions under which the Work is to be
performed. The successful bidder shall assume the risk of any
and all costs and delays arising from the existence of any
subsurface or other latent physical condition which could be
reasonably anticipated by reference to documentary information
provided and made available, and from inspection and examination
of the site.
12/18/91 LOADING DOCK EQUIP. PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00120 - 1
BASE BID FORM
Insert the following Lump Sum Bids.
1.
Labor
$
2.
Equipment
$
3.
Shipping
$
4.
Permits
$
5.
Bond
$
6.
Submittals
$
TOTAL BID, items 1 through 6 (figures) $
TOTAL BID, (words)
DOLLARS
12/18/91 LOADING DOCK EQUIP. PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00120 - 2
I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No.(s)
I have included pages 1 through 3 of the Proposal Form , and
attached the required Bid Security , Contractor's
Qualification Statement , Lobbying and Conflict of Interest
Clause , Sworn Statement of Public Entity Crimes , Non -
Collusion Affidavit , and proposed Subcontractor listing
(Check mark items above, as a reminder that they are included.)
Mailing Address:
Phone Number:
Date:
Witness:
Signed:
(Name)
(Title)
(Seal)
12/18/91 LOADING DOCK EQUIP. PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00120 - 3
SECTION 00121
PROPOSAL FORM
Bid Package No. 21
Pneumatic Tube System
BID TO : MONROE COUNTY - CLERK OF COURTS
C/o PURCHASING DEPARTMENT
PUBLIC SERVICE BUILDING, CROSS WING,
ROOM 002, 5100 COLLEGE ROAD, STOCK
ISLAND, KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040
BID FROM:
The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and reference
Drawings, Specifications, Proposal, and Addenda thereto and other
Contract Documents for the construction of:
Bid Package No. 21, Pneumatic Tube System
and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be
performed, having become familiar with all local conditions
including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having
familiarized himself with material availability, Federal, State,
and Local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations affecting
performance of the Work, does hereby propose to furnish all
labor, mechanics, superintendents, tools, material, equipment,
transportation services, engineering support, and all incidentals
necessary to perform and complete said Work and work incidental
hereto, in a workman -like manner, in conformance with said
Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract Documents including
Addenda issued thereto.
The undersigned further certifies that he has personally
inspected the actual location of where the Work is to be
performed, together with the local sources of supply and that he
understands the conditions under which the Work is to be
performed. The successful bidder shall assume the risk of any
and all costs and delays arising from the existence of any
subsurface or other latent physical condition which could be
reasonably anticipated by reference to documentary information
provided and made available, and from inspection and examination
of the site.
12/18/91 PNEUMATIC TUBE PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00121 - 1
SHORT BID FORM
This Short Bid Form is only a summarization of the more detailed
bid form that follows, Detailed Bid Form. Nothing exists in this
Short Bid Form that does not exist on the Detailed Bid Form.
This Short Bid Form shall be submitted by the specified bid due
date. Within (24) hours of the deadline for receipt of bids,
bidders shall be required to submit the Detailed Bid Form to
Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits, 5090 College Road, Stock Island, Key
West, FL 33040. Two copies of the Detailed Bid Form are
required to be sent to MK/G, and will be used for bid comparisons
and bid clarification conferences, after opening of bids.
Two copies of the Unit Price Schedule are to be submitted along
with the Detailed Bid Form.
Failure of the bidder to submit the Detailed Bid Form and the
Unit Price Schedule within (24) hours of the deadline for receipt
of bids, may result in the bidder's bid being considered non-
responsive.
Item numbers correspond to item numbers on the Detailed Bid Form.
Insert Lump Sum Bids as follows:
A. Base Bid
General Bid and System, items 1-6 $
Access Panels and Doors, items 7-42 $
Total Base Bid, items 1-42, (figures) $
Total Base Bid, (words)
DOLLARS
12/18/91 PNEUMATIC TUBE PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00121 - 2
DETAILED BID FORM
BASE BID FORM
1. Mobilization
2. General Conditions
3. Permits
4. Bond
5. Submittals
6. Pneumatic Tube System
Subtotal Items 1 through 6
12/18/91 PNEUMATIC TUBE PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00121 - 3
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
16.
ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS
Gypsum w/Standard Lock
a X b
Size Ouantity U.P.
12" x 12" $30
18" x 18" $45
18" x 24" $80
24" x 2411' $55
24" x 36" $75
Subtotal
Gvvsum w/Standard Lock. Fire -Rated Panels
a X b =
Size
Ouantity U.P.
12" x
12"
$105
18" x
18"
$130
18" x
24"
$195
24" x
2411'
$170
24" x
36"
$210
Subtotal
c
Bid Allowance
c
Bid Allowance
12/18/91 PNEUMATIC TUBE PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00121 - 4
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
Plaster w/Standard Lock
Size
12" x 12"
18" x 18"
18" x 24"
2411 x 24111
24" x 36"
Subtotal
a X b
Quantity U.P.
$75
$110
$165
$130
$200
= c
Bid Allowance
Plaster w/Standard Lock. Fire -Rated Panels
a. X b =
Size
Ouantity U.P.
12" x
12"
$105
18" x
18"
$130
18" x
24"
$195
24" x
2411'
$170
24" x
36"
$210
Subtotal
c
Bid Allowance
12/18/91 PNEUMATIC TUBE PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00121 - 5
Security Plaster
w/Security Lock
a X
b =
c
Size
Ouantity
U.P.
Bid
Allowance
27.
12" x 12"
$260
28.
18" x 18"
$325
29.
18" x 24"
$400
30.
24" x 2411'
$355
31.
24" x 36"
$480
Subtotal
$
**
Security Plaster
w/Security Lock
Fire -Rated
Panels
a X
b =
c
Size
Ouantity
U.P.
Bid
Allowance
32.
12" x 12."
$230
33.
18" x 18"
$250
34.
18" x 24"
$355
35.
24" x 2411'
$280
36.
24" x 36"
$330
Subtotal
$
Security Masonry
w/Security Lock
a X
b =
c
Size
Ouantity
U.P.
Bid
Allowance
37.
24" x 2411'
$485
38.
24" x 36"
$530
Subtotal
$
12/18/91 PNEUMATIC TUBE PROPOSAL
FORM (ADD.
1)
00121 - 6
** For any access doors required, and not shown in the allowance
items above, increase the count of Security Plaster w/Security
Lock type totals, accordingly, and provide detail and accounting
of applicable access doors below.
39.
40.
41.
42.
TOTAL ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS BID,
items 7 through 42 (figures)
TOTAL BID, items 1 through 42 (figures)
H
12/18/91 PNEUMATIC TUBE PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00121 - 7
I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No.(s)
I have included pages 1, 2 and 8 of the Proposal Form and
attached the required Bid Security , Contractor's
Qualification Statement , Lobbying and Conflict of Interest
Clause , Sworn Statement of Public Entity Crimes , Non -
Collusion Affidavit , and proposed Subcontractor listing
(Check mark items above, as a reminder that they are included.)
Mailing Address:
Phone Number:
Date:
Witness:
Signed:
(Name)
(Title)
(Seal)
12/18/91 PNEUMATIC TUBE PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00121 - 8
SECTION 00122
PROPOSAL FORM
Bid Package No. 22
Metals
BID TO MONROE COUNTY - CLERK OF COURTS
C/o PURCHASING DEPARTMENT
PUBLIC SERVICE BUILDING, CROSS WING,
ROOM 002, 5100 COLLEGE ROAD, STOCK
ISLAND, KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040
BID FROM:
The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and Drawings,
Specifications, Bid Package, and Addenda thereto and other
Contract Documents for the construction of:
Bid Package No. 22, Metals
and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be
performed, having become familiar with all local conditions
including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having
familiarized himself with material availability, Federal, State,
and Local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations affecting
performance of the Work, does hereby propose to furnish all
labor, mechanics, superintendents, tools, material, equipment,
transportation services, engineering support, and all incidentals
necessary to perform and complete said Work and work incidental
hereto, in a workman -like manner, in conformance with said
Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract Documents including
Addenda issued thereto.
The undersigned further certifies that he has personally
inspected the actual location of where the Work is to be
performed, together with the local sources of supply and that he
understands the conditions under which the Work is to be
performed. The successful bidder shall assume the risk of any
and all costs and delays arising from the existence of any
subsurface or other latent physical condition which could be
reasonably anticipated by reference to documentary information
provided and made available, and from inspection and examination
of the site.
12/18/91 METALS PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00122 - 1
BABE BID FORM
Insert the following Lump Sum Bids.
1.
Mobilization
$
2.
General Conditions
$
3.
Permits
Owner Paid
4.
Bond
$
5.
Submittals
$
6.
Section 05500 Metal Fabrications, furnish
and install items under paragraph 2.2 D and E,
and include prime painting. This also
includes security bars as shown
on drawing 4.42, detail 1. Angle embeds
on detail 1 are already provided.
$
7.
Drawing 10.32, Air Devices Schedule,
Furnish and install security air devices,
which includes security bars. On schedule,
this includes, but is not limited to devices
S-9, S-22, R-3, R-5, R-13, and E-3.
$
8.
Section 11197 Security/Detention Equipment
$
9.
Section 15936 Barrier Grilles
$
10. Section 10200, Louvers and Vents, furnish
and install item 1.1 A. h., steel security
grille, grating and framework. $
11. Section 10900 Miscellaneous Specialties $
TOTAL BASE BID, items 1 through
11 above, (in figures) $
TOTAL BASE BID,(words)
DOLLARS
12/18/91 METALS PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00122 - 2
OWNER OPTION BID FORM
Owner Option 22-01: Zone F Metals
At the option of the Owner, furnish and install Zone F Work,
similar to zones D and E.
12.
Mobilization
13.
General
Conditions
14.
Permits
15.
Bond
16.
Submittals
17.
Section
05500
Metal Fabrications
18.
Drawing
10.32
Air Devices Schedule
19.
Section
11197
Security/Detention Equipment
20.
Section
15936
Barrier Grilles
21.
Section
10200,
Louvers and Vents, grilles,
grating
and framework.
22.
Section
10900
Miscellaneous Specialties
TOTAL OWNER OPTION 22-01 BID, items
12 through 22 (figures)
TOTAL OWNER OPTION 22-01 BID, (words)
Owner Paid
DOLLARS
12/18/91 METALS PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00122 - 3
I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No.(s)
I have included pages 1 through 4 of the Proposal Form , and
attached the required Bid Security , Unit Price Schedule ,
Contractor's Qualification Statement , Lobbying and Conflict
of Interest Clause , Sworn Statement of Public Entity
Crimes , Non -Collusion Affidavit and proposed
Subcontractor listing
(Check mark items above, as a reminder that they are included.)
Mailing Address:
Phone Number:
Date:
Witness:
Signed:
(Name)
(Title)
(Seal)
12/18/91 METALS PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00122 - 4
SECTION 00123
PROPOSAL FORM
Bid Package No. 23
Security Glass and Glazing
BID TO MONROE COUNTY - CLERK OF COURTS
C/o PURCHASING DEPARTMENT
PUBLIC SERVICE BUILDING, CROSS WING,
ROOM 002, S100 COLLEGE ROAD, STOCK
ISLAND, KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040
BID FROM:
The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and Drawings,
Specifications, Bid Package, and Addenda thereto and other
Contract Documents for the construction of:
Bid Package No. 23, Security Glass and Glazing
and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be
performed, having become familiar with all local conditions
including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having
familiarized himself with material availability, Federal, State,
and Local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations affecting
performance of the Work, does hereby propose to furnish all
labor, mechanics, superintendents, tools, material, equipment,
transportation services, engineering support, and all incidentals
necessary to perform and complete said Work and work incidental
hereto, in a workman -like manner, in conformance with said
Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract Documents including
Addenda issued thereto.
The undersigned further certifies that he has personally
inspected the actual location of where the Work is to be
performed, together with the local sources of supply and that he
understands the conditions under which the Work is to be
performed. The successful bidder shall assume the risk of any
and all costs and delays arising from the existence of any
subsurface or other latent physical condition which could be
reasonably anticipated by reference to documentary information
provided and made available, and from inspection and examination
of the site.
12/18/91 SECURITY GLASS PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00123 - 1
BABE BID FORM
Insert the following Lump Sum Bids.
GENERAL BID ITEMS
1. Mobilization $
2. General Conditions $
3. Permits Owner Paid
4. Bond $
5. Submittals $
GENERAL BID, Items 1 through 5 $
6.
ZONE A Glass and Glazing
$
7.
ZONE B Glass and Glazing
$
8.
ZONE C Glass and Glazing
$
9.
ZONE D Glass and Glazing
$
10.
ZONE E Glass and Glazing
$
SECURITY GLASS AND GLAZING BID, Items 6
through 10 (figures)
$
TOTAL BASE BID, items 1 through
10 above, (in figures)
$
TOTAL BASE BID,(words)
DOLLARS
12/18/91 SECURITY GLASS PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00123 - 2
OWNER OPTION BID FORM
Owner Option 23-01: Zone F Security Glass and Glazing
At the option of the Owner, furnish and install Zone F Work,
similar to zones D and E.
11. Mobilization
12. General Conditions
13. Permits
14. Bond
15. Submittals
16. ZONE F Security Glass and Glazing
TOTAL OWNER OPTION 23-01.BID, items
it through 16 (figures)
TOTAL OWNER OPTION 23-01 BID, (words)
Owner Paid
DOLLARS
12/18/91 SECURITY GLASS PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00123 - 3
I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No.(s)
I have included pages 1 through 4 of the Proposal Form and
attached the required Bid Security , Contractor's
Qualification Statement , Lobbying and Conflict of Interest
Clause , Sworn Statement of Public Entity Crimes , Non -
Collusion Affidavit , and proposed Subcontractor listing
(check mark items above. as a reminder that they are included.)
Mailing Address:
Phone Number:
Date:
Witness:
Signed:
(Name)
(Title)
(Seal)
12/18/91 SECURITY GLASS PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00123 - 4
SECTION 00124
PROPOSAL FORM
Bid Package No. 24
Aluminum Window Walls, Glass and Glazing
BID TO MONROE COUNTY - CLERK OF COURTS
C/O PURCHASING DEPARTMENT
PUBLIC SERVICE BUILDING, CROSS WING,
ROOM 002, 5100 COLLEGE ROAD, STOCK
ISLAND, KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040
BID FROM:
The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and Drawings,
Specifications, Bid Package, and Addenda thereto and other
Contract Documents for the construction of:
Bid Package No. 24, Aluminum Window Walls, Glass and Glazing
and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be
performed, having become familiar with all local conditions
including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having
familiarized himself with material availability, Federal, State,
and Local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations affecting
performance of the Work, does hereby propose to furnish all
labor, mechanics, superintendents, tools, material, equipment,
transportation services, engineering support, and all incidentals
necessary to perform and complete said Work and work incidental
hereto, in a workman -like manner, in conformance with said
Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract Documents including
Addenda issued thereto.
The undersigned further certifies that he has personally
inspected the actual location of where the Work is to be
performed, together with the local sources of supply and that he
understands the conditions under which the Work is to be
performed. The successful bidder shall assume the risk of any
and all costs and delays arising from the existence of any
subsurface or other latent physical condition which could be
reasonably anticipated by reference to documentary information
provided and made available, and from inspection and examination
of the site.
12/18/91 ALUMINUM WW, G&G PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00124 - 1
BAST BID FORM
Insert the following Lump Sum Bids.
GENERAL BID ITEMS
1.
Mobilization
$
2.
General Conditions
$
3.
Permits
Owner Paid
4.
Bond
$
5.
Submittals
$
GENERAL BID, Items 1 through 5
$
ZONE SPECIFIC BID ITEMS
6.
Zone A Aluminum Entrances
$
7.
Zone A Glass and Glazing
$
8.
Zone A Aluminum Window Walls
$
9.
Zone B Glass and Glazing
$
10.
Zone B Lead Glass
$
11.
Zone C Glass and Glazing
$
12.
Zone D Glass and Glazing
$
13.
Zone E Glass and Glazing
$
SPECIFIC BID, Items 6 through 13
$
TOTAL BID, items 1 through 13 (figures)
$
TOTAL BASE BID,(words)
DOLLARS
12/18/91 ALUMINUM WW, G&G PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00124 - 2
ALTERNATES BID FORM
Alternate 24-01: Bid on Bid Package No. 23, Security
Glass and Glazing
Provide a complete bid on Bid Package No. 23, Security Glass
and Glazing. This bidder shall comply with all applicable
sections of the bid package, drawings and specifications as
it pertains to Bid Package No. 23 Security Glass and
Glazing, in order to do so.
14.
Mobilization
$
15.
General Conditions
$
16.
Permits
Owner Paid
17.
Bond
$
18.
Submittals
$
GENERAL BID, Items 14 through 18
$
19.
ZONE A Glass and Glazing
$
20.
ZONE B Glass and Glazing
$
21.
ZONE C Glass and Glazing
$
22.
ZONE D Glass and Glazing
$
23.
ZONE E Glass and Glazing
$
SECURITY GLASS AND GLAZING BID, Items 19
through 23 (figures)
$
TOTAL ALTERNATE BID, items 14 through
23 above, (in figures)
$
TOTAL ALTERNATE BID,(words)
DOLLARS
12/18/91 ALUMINUM WW, G&G PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00124 - 3
OWNER OPTION BID POR1rI
Owner Option 24-01: Zone*F Glass and Glazing
At the option of the Owner, furnish and install Zone F Work,
similar to zones D and E.
24. Mobilization
25. General Conditions
26. Permits
27. Bond
28. Submittals
29. Glass and Glazing
TOTAL OWNER OPTION 24-01 BID, items
24 through 29 (figures)
TOTAL OWNER OPTION 24-01 BID, (words)
S
Owner Paid
El
DOLLARS
12/18/91 ALUMINUM WW, G&G PROPOSAL FORM•(ADD. 1) 00124 - 4
I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No.(s)
I have included pages 1 through 5 of the Proposal Form and
attached the required Bid Security , Contractor's
Qualification Statement , Lobbying and Conflict of Interest
Clause , Sworn Statement of Public Entity Crimes , Non -
Collusion Affidavit , and proposed Subcontractor listing
(Check mark items above, as a reminder that they are included.)
Mailing Address:
Phone Number:
Date• Signed:
Witness:
(Name)
(Title)
(Seal)
12/18/91 ALUMINUM WW, G&G PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00124 - 5
SECTION 00125
PROPOSAL FORM
Bid Package No. 25
Plumbing Contract Zones D and E
BID TO MONROE COUNTY - CLERK OF COURTS
C/o PURCHASING DEPARTMENT
PUBLIC SERVICE BUILDING, CROSS WING,
ROOM 002, 5100 COLLEGE ROAD, STOCK
ISLAND KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040
BID FROM:
The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and Drawings,
Specifications, Proposal, and Addenda thereto and other Contract
Documents for the construction of:
Bid•Package No. 25, Plumbing Contract Zones D and E
and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be
performed, having become familiar with all local conditions
including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having
familiarized himself with material availability, Federal, State,
and Local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations affecting
performance of the Work, does hereby propose to furnish all
labor, mechanics, superintendents, tools, material, equipment,
transportation services, engineering support, and all incidentals
necessary to perform and complete said Work and work incidental
hereto, in a workman -like manner, in conformance with said
Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract Documents including
Addenda issued thereto.
The undersigned further certifies that he has personally
inspected the actual location of where the Work is to be
performed, together with the local sources of supply and that he
understands the conditions under which the Work is to be
performed. The successful bidder shall assume the risk of any
and all costs and delays arising from the existence of any
subsurface or other latent physical condition which could be
reasonably anticipated by reference to documentary information
provided and made available, and from inspection and examination
of the site.
12/18/91 D & E PLUMBING PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00125 - 1
SHORT BID FORK
This Short Bid Form is only a summarization of the more detailed
bid form that follows, Detailed Bid Form. Nothing exists in this
Short Bid Form that does not exist on the Detailed Bid Form.
This Short Bid Form shall be submitted by the specified bid due
date. Within (24) hours of the deadline for receipt of bids,
bidders shall be required to submit the Detailed Bid Form to
Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits, 5090 College Road, Stock Island, Key
West, FL 33040. Two copies of the Detailed Bid Form are
required to be sent to MK/G, and will be used for bid comparisons
and bid clarification conferences, after opening of bids.
Two copies of the Unit Price Schedule are to be submitted along
with the Detailed Bid Form.
Failure of the bidder to submit the Detailed Bid Form and the
Unit Price Schedule within (24) hours of the deadline for receipt
of bids, may result in the bidder's bid being considered non-
responsive.
Item numbers correspond to item numbers on the Detailed Bid Form.
Insert Lump Sum Bids as follows:
A. Base Bid
Base Bid, items 1-7 $
Access Panels and Doors, items 8-43 $
Total Base Bid, items 1-43, (figures) $
Total Base Bid, (words)
DOLLARS
12/18/91 D & E PLUMBING PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00125 - 2
DETAILED BID FORM
BASE BID FORM
GENERAL BID ITEMS
1. Mobilization $
2. General Conditions $
3. Permits $
4. Bond $
5. Submittals $
GENERAL BID, Items 1 through 5 $
6. Furnish all ZONE D and E Permanent Materials,
to be incorporated into the work, except for
special valves and fixtures which are listed
on Attachment "A".
Access Panels and Doors $
Everything Else, (other than access $
panels and doors)
Total, item 6. $
7. Install all ZONE D and E Plumbing Systems,
including special valves and fixtures which
are listed on Attachment "A". $
TOTAL PLUMBING BID, items 6 through
7 above, (in figures) $
12/18/91 D & E PLUMBING PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00125 - 3
8.
9.
ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS
GvAsum w/Standard Lock
a X b
Size
Ouantity U.P.
12" x
12"
$30
18" x
18"
$4.5
18" x
24"
$80
24" x
2411'
$55
24" x
36"
$75
Subtotal, Items 8 through 12
Gvusum w/Standard Lock— Fire -Rated Panels
a X b =
Size
Quantity U.P.
12" x
12"
$105
18" x
18"
$130
18" x
24"
$195
24" x
2411'
$170
24" x
36"
$210
Subtotal, Items 13 through 17
c
Bid Allowance
c
Bid Allowance
H
12/18/91 D & E PLUMBING PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00125 - 4
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
Plaster w/Standard Lock
a X I b
Size
Ouantity U.P.
12" x
12"
$75
18" x
18"
$110
18" x
24"
$165
24" x
2411'
$130
24" x
36"
$200
Subtotal, Items 18 through 22
Plaster'w/Standard Lock, Fire -Rated Panels
a X b =
Size
Ouantity U.P.
12" x
12"
$105
18" x
18"
$130
18" x
24"
$195
24" x
2411'
$170
24" x
36"
$210
Subtotal, Items 23 through 27
c
Bid Allowance
H
c
Bid Allowance
12/18/91 D & E PLUMBING PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00125 - 5
Security Plaster w/Security
Lock
a X
b =
c
Size
Ouantity
U.P.
Bid
Allowance
28.
12" x 12"
$260
29.
18" x 18"
$325
30.
18" x 24"
$400
31.
24" x 2411'
$355
32.
24" x 36"
$480
Subtotal, Items 28
through 32
$
**
Security Plaster w/Security
Lock.
Fire -Rated
Panels
a X
b =
c
Size
Ouantity
U.P.
Bid
Allowance
33.
12" X 1211_
$230
34.
18" x 18"
$250
35.
18" x 24"
$355
36.
24" x 2411'
$280
37.
24" x 36"
$330
Subtotal, Items 33
through 37
$
Security Masonry w/Security
Lock
a X
b =
c
Size
Quantity
U.P.
Bid
Allowance
38.
24" x 2411'
$485
39.
24" x 36"
$530
Subtotal, Items 38
through 39
$
12/18/91 D & E PLUMBING PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00125 - 6
40.
41.
42.
43.
TOTAL ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS BID,
items 8 through 43 (figures)
SUMMARY OF BASE BID
General Bid Items
Plumbing Bid
Access Panels and Doors
TOTAL BASE BID, Items 1 through 43
above, (in figures)
12/18/91 D & E PLUMBING PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00125 - 7
I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No.(s)
I have included pages 1, 2 and 8 of the Proposal Form , and
attached the required Bid Security , Contractor's
Qualification Statement , Lobbying and Conflict of Interest
Clause , Sworn Statement of Public Entity Crimes , Non -
Collusion Affidavit , and proposed Subcontractor listing
(Check mark items above, as a reminder that they are included.)
Mailing Address:
Phone Number:
Date:
Witness:
Signed:
(Name)
(Title)
(Seal)
12/18/91 D & E PLUMBING PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00125 - 8
SECTION 00126
PROPOSAL FORM
Bid Package No. 26
Electrical Contract Zones D and E
BID TO MONROE COUNTY - CLERK OF COURTS
C/o PURCHASING DEPARTMENT
PUBLIC SERVICE BUILDING, CROSS WING,
ROOM 002, 5100 COLLEGE ROAD, STOCK
ISLAND, KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040
BID FROM:
The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and reference
Drawings, Specifications, Proposal, and Addenda thereto and other
Contract Documents for the construction of:
Bid.Package No. 26, Electrical Contract Zones D and E
and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be
performed, having become familiar with all local conditions
including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having
familiarized himself with material availability, Federal, State,
and Local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations affecting
performance of the Work, does hereby propose to furnish all
labor, mechanics, superintendents, tools, material, equipment,
transportation services, engineering support and all incidentals
necessary to perform and complete said Work and work incidental
hereto, in a workman -like manner, in conformance with said
Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract Documents including
Addenda issued thereto.
The undersigned further certifies that he has personally
inspected the actual location of where the Work is to be
performed, together with the local sources of supply and that he
understands the conditions under which the Work is to be
performed. The successful bidder shall assume the risk of any
and all costs and delays arising from the existence of any
subsurface or other latent physical condition which could be
reasonably anticipated by reference to documentary information
provided and made available, and from inspection and examination
of the site.
12/18/91 D & E ELECTRICAL PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00126 - 1
SHORT BID FORM
This Short Bid Form is only a summarization of the more detailed
bid form that follows, Detailed Bid Form. Nothing exists in this
Short Bid Form that does not exist on the Detailed Bid Form.
This Short Bid Form shall be submitted by the specified bid due
date. Within (24) hours of the deadline for receipt of bids,
bidders shall be required to submit the Detailed Bid Form to
Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits, 5090 College Road, Stock Island, Key
West, FL 33040. Two copies of the Detailed Bid Form are
required to be sent to MK/G, and will be used for bid comparisons
and bid clarification conferences, after opening of bids.
Two copies of the Unit Price Schedule are to be submitted along
with the Detailed Bid Form.
Failure of the bidder to submit the Detailed Bid Form and the
Unit Price Schedule within (24) hours of the deadline for receipt
of bids, may result in the bidder's bid being considered non-
responsive.
Item numbers correspond to item numbers on the Detailed Bid Form.
Insert Lump Sum Bids as follows:
A. Base Bid
Base Bid, items 1-7 $
Access Panels and Doors, items 8-43 $
Total Base Bid, items 1-43, (figures) $
Total Base Bid, (words)
DOLLARS
12/18/91 D & E ELECTRICAL PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00126 - 2
DETAILED BID FORM
BASE BID FORM
GENERAL BID ITEMS
1. Mobilization
2. General Conditions
3. Permits
4. Bond $
5. Submittals
GENERAL BID, Items 1 through 5
E
6. Furnish all Zone D and E permanent materials
to be incorporated into the work, except for
fixtures, heat trace equipment, timeclock,
lighting relay cabinets, and all safety
disconnects. This shall consist of, but not
be limited to conduit raceways and wiring for:
lighting, receptacles, power, telephone raceway
only, and heat trace conduit and wiring. $
7. Install all of Zone D and E work, which includes
lighting rough -in and finish, from the last
distribution panel to end device. This shall
also include installation of receptacles and
power runs, terminations, telephone raceway, and
heat trace system installation. $
ELECTRICAL BID, Items 6 through 7 $
12/18/91 D & E ELECTRICAL PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00126 - 3
8.
9.
10.
ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS
GvDsum w/Standard Lock
a X b
Size
Ouantity U.P.
12"
x
12"
$30
18"
x
18"
$45
18"
x
24"
$80
24"
x
2411'
$55
24"
x
36"
$75
Subtotal, Items 8 through 12
GvDsum w/Standard► Lock. Fire -Rated Panels
a X b =
Size
Ouantity U.P.
12" x
12"
$105
18" x
18"
$130
18" x
24"
$195
24" x
2411'
$170
24" x
36"
$210
Subtotal, Items 13 through 17
c
Bid Allowance
c
Bid Allowance
�1
12/18/91 D & E ELECTRICAL PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00126 - 4
Plaster w/Standard Lock
a X b
Size
Ouantity_ U.P.
18.
12" x 12"
$75
19.
18" x 18"
$110
20.
18" x 24"
$165
21.
24" x 2411'
$130
22.
24" x 36"
$200
Subtotal, Items
18 through 22
Plaster w/Standard Lock. Fire -Rated Panels
a X b =
size Quantity_ U.P.
23. 12" x 12" $105
24. 18" x 18" $130
25. 18" x 24" $195
26. 24" x 2411' $170
27. 24" x 36" $210
Subtotal, Items 23 through 27
c
Bid Allowance
c
Bid Allowance
12/18/91 D & E ELECTRICAL PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00126 - 5
Security Plaster w/Security
Lock
a X
b =
c
Size
Ouantity
U.P.
Bid Allowance
28.
12" x 12"
$260
29.
18" x 18"
$325
30.
18" x 24"
$400
31.
24" x 2411'
$355
32.
24" x 36"
$480
Subtotal, Items 28
through 32
$
**
Security Plaster w/Security
Lock,
Fire -Rated
Panels
a X
b =
c
Size
Ouantity
U.P.
Bid Allowance
33.
12" x 12"
$230
34.
18" x 18"
$250
35.
18" x 24"
$355
36.
24" x 2411'
$280
37.
24" x 36"
$330
Subtotal, Items 33
through 37
$
Security Masonry w/Security Lock
a X b
Size Ouantity U.P.
38. 24" x 2411' $485
39. 24" x 36" $530
Subtotal, Items 38 through 39
c
Bid Allowance
12/18/91 D & E ELECTRICAL PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00126 -'6
** For any access doors required and not shown in the allowance
items above, increase the count of Security Plaster w/Security
Lock type totals, accordingly, and provide detail and accounting
of applicable access doors below.
40.
41.
42.
43.
TOTAL ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS BID,
items 40 through 43 (figures) $
SUMMARY OF BASE BID
General Bid Items $
Zones D and E Electrical $
Access Panels and Doors $
TOTAL BASE BID, items 1 through
43 above, (in figures) $
12/18/91 D & E ELECTRICAL PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00126 - 7
I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No.(s)
I have included pages 1, 2 and 8 of the Proposal Form and
attached the required Bid Security , Contractor's
Qualification Statement , Lobbying and Conflict of Interest
Clause , Sworn Statement of Public Entity Crimes , Non -
Collusion Affidavit , and proposed Subcontractor listing
(Check mark items above. as a reminder that they are included.)
Mailing Address:
Phone Number:
Date• Signed:
witness:
(Name)
(Title)
(Seal)
12/18/91 D & E ELECTRICAL PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00126 - 8
SECTION 00313
SCOPE OF WORK
Bid Package No. 13
Security Systems
1.1 General Scope
Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies,
equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and
protection, to install complete operating systems, and proper
execution and completion of all Work specified on the
drawings, in the bid package, and the sections of the
Specifications, which include, but are not limited to the
listing that follows. The bidder shall review all drawings,
and specification sections that are not specifically listed,
for any additional requirements in order to complete the scope
of work described herein.
Primary Sections and Descriptions of the Work
01130
Security Project Procedures
07272
Firestop.and Penetration Sealing System
08305
Access Panels And Doors
08320
Security Metal Doors and Frames
08710
Door Hardware
11200
Basic Electronic Security Requirements
11202
System Central Processing Unit
11203
Fire Alarm Interface
11204
Programmable Logic Controller
11205
Address Panels
11206
Relay Cabinets
11208
Card Access Control
11211
Situation Man -Down Equipment
11212
Closed Circuit Video Equipment
11217
Vehicle Loop Detection
11218
Operational Intercom System
11222
Inmate/Attorney Telephones
11224
Metal Detection Equipment
13090
Radiation Protection
15140
Pipe Hangers and Supports
16010
Electrical General Provisions
16111
Conduit Systems - Bid Group 3
16120
Wire and Cable
16450
Electrical Systems Grounding
12/18/91 SECURITY SYSTEMS SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00313 - 1
Related Sections and Descriptions
02222
02226
02830
02835
03100
03200
03300
Note:
03410
03412
03420
03490
03520
03600
04200
05180
05500
06200
07215
07530
07720
07900
08300
08410
08842
08842
10200
10270
11400
14240
15000
15175
15330
15470
15965
16111
16155
16161
16170
16351
16605
16660
16721
16930
Excavating, Backfilling and
Structures
Excavating, Backfilling and
Utilities
Fence And Gates
Barbed Tape
Concrete Formwork
Concrete Reinforcement
Cast -In -Place Concrete
Compacting for
Compacting for
The following (4) Precast Concrete specifications
can be viewed at the office of the Construction
Manager.
Precast Concrete Hollow Cored Planks
Precast Concrete Panels (BG-2)
Precast Prestressed Concrete Sections
Precast Concrete Modular Cell (BG-2)
Insulating Concrete Decks
Grout
Unit Masonry
Miscellaneous Structural Steel
Metal Fabrications
Finish Carpentry
Sprayed Insulation
Single Ply Roofing
Roof Accessories
Joint Sealers
Special Doors
Aluminum Entrances
Security Glazing
Security Glazing
Louvers and Vents
Access Flooring
Food Service Equipment
Hydraulic Elevators
General Provisions
(BG-2)
(BG-2)
Variable Speed Motor Control for Fans and Pumps
Wet -Sprinkler System
Hot Water Storage Heater
Building Automation System
Conduit Systems - Bid Group 2
Combination Motor Starters
Motor Control Centers
Disconnect Switches
Uninterruptible Power Supply
Transient Voltage/Surge Protection
Wiring for Equipment Furnished by Others
Fire Alarm Systems
Lighting Control Equipment
12/18/91 SECURITY SYSTEMS SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00313 - 2
1.2 Special Provisions
The following Special Provisions are intended to clarify the
scope of work, or highlight features of the work, or modify,
change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid
Package.
.1 All licenses required in order to perform the scope of
work in the specified location, shall be procured and
maintained by the contractor and his subcontractors.
Contractor shall submit copies to the Construction
Manager. This shall include construction permits
required by the City of Key West.
.2 Contractor shall maintain As -Built drawings. (Record
Drawings per section 01720), of his work progression. A
50% progress of field work submittal, will be required.
.3 Any excavations required for the complete and proper
installation of his work below grade, shall be in
accordance with sections 02222 & 02226.
.4 Provide, replace, and maintain any safety rails and
barricades as necessary during the process of work, or
during deliveries of materials or equipment.
.5 Contractor is to review Division 1 General Requirements
for additional responsibilities -required in order to
perform the work under this Bid Package.
Contractor shall pay particular attention to section
01710 Final Cleaning, which shall be performed as
scheduled by the CM, which will be at or near the
completion of the project.
.6 Access Panels and Doors - Those access panels and doors
that are shown on the drawings will be furnished and
installed by others. Those that are shown in the ceiling
shall be dedicated to the exclusive use of Bid Package
No. 15 Mechanical Process and HVAC. Those that are shown
in the wall shall be dedicated to the exclusive use of
the plumbing contractor's). All of the access panels and
doors shall be excluded from the trades account
allowance.
Access panels and doors that are not shown, but are
necessary for installation, maintenance and replacement
of this contractor's work, and those that are required by
governing codes and regulations, shall be furnished by
this contractor, to other trade contractors for
installation, as an allowance.
12/18/91 SECURITY SYSTEMS SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00313 - 3
This contractor shall state the quantity of each size of
access panel and door, and what material they are to be
installed in, per the proposal form. The bid extension
shall be made at the Owner given bid unit price, to
produce the required bid item allowance.
After contract award, supply of the contractor's stated
quantity of access panels and doors shall be purchased by
others. There will be a corresponding deductive change
order issued to this contractor, removing the supply of
the access panels and doors from his contract, and at the
Owner given bid unit price. If the actual quantity
required exceeds the bid quantity, this contractor shall
be responsible for furnishing access panels and doors,
(manufacturer as approved by the Owner) to the
appropriate installing contractor for installation, and
the costs of the door assembly and installation will be
borne by this contractor. Any access panels and doors
not installed, from the allowance bid group that was
purchased, shall remain in the Owner's possession, or
turned back to the supplier for credit, to which credit
will be due the Owner.
.7 Utility Routing and Coordination of the Work
This contractor shall be responsible to coordinate his
work with other multiple prime contractors both in the
scheduling of field work activities and in the
integration of individually furnished items into final
composite installations. Coordination drawings
procedures shall consist of, but are not limited to,
Utility Routing Drawings and Base Trade Installers
Drawings. The Utility Routing coordination shall consist
of three phases.
Phase I
The first phase shall constitute the routing of the
precasters erection mylar or sepia drawings for utility
routing 'over -lay' of each trade contractor's work. This
shall be done by routing first to the sheet metal
contractor, second to the plumber, third to the fire
protection contractor, fourth to mechanical piping, fifth
to electrical and lastly to the security contractor, who
shall return the composite overview to the CM. Each
trade contractor shall have noted each service by name &
size of carrier (pipe, duct, etc.) and insulation/hanger
cross sectional dimensions, i.e., 3" Greywater (611), 24"
x 12" Supply (26" x 14"), 2" ltg, 1" Comm, etc.
Additionally, each trade contractor shall have specified
location, size, and type of precast embed or block out
12/18/91 SECURITY SYSTEMS SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00313 - 4
required to accommodate the installation of his work.
The intent at this level of coordination is to specify
interface information from trade contractors to the
precast concrete contractor which will allow the
precaster to prepare piece casting drawings and begin
precast production.
Phase II
Upon review by the Owner's representative to identify
congested areas, the sheetmetal contractor shall be
notified of any additions to the following background
drawings which the sheetmetal contractor shall prepare to
appropriate scale as directed by the Owners
representative.
Background Drawing
Prepared by the HVAC and Process Pipe Contractor, and
consists of plan, elevation and cross section
cuts.
1. Corridors and hallways -Plan & Elevation 1/4"
cross sections 1" = if
2. Kitchen -Plan & Elevation 1/411= 11, cross sections
1"= 1'
3. Housing chases and plenums -Plan & Elevation 1/4" _
11, cross sections 1" = 1'
4. Mechanical rooms -Plan & Elevation 1/4" = 1', cross
sections 1" = 1'
5. Laundry -Plan & Elevation 1/411= 11, cross sections
1"=1'
6. Electrical rooms -Plan & Elevation 1/411= 11, cross
sections 1"= 1'
7. All other areas -conventional scale with chases of
enlarged scale.
These drawings shall be routed and marked up by the
Utility Trade Contractors in the same manner as Phase One
drawings, except 'over -lay' work shall show more detail
depicting all items and features such as radius fittings,
valves, specialties, space between pipes, graphic and
written elevations and dimensions, and hanger/support
details. The owner's representative may conduct job site
meetings to resolve and finalize any conflicts which are
not answered during drawing 'over -lay' routing.
Item number 3. above and zone 'A' shall be submitted
within (10) ten calendar days of Award of Contract.
12/18/91 SECURITY SYSTEMS SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00313 - 5
Phase III
Shop or background drawings shall be prepared and
submitted by the masonry, non -load bearing wall, ceiling,
raised floor, and cast -in -place concrete contractors.
These drawings shall be routed in the same manner as the
previous phases and each trade contractor shall provide
all information necessary for installation of items
furnished by their contract scope of work and which will
require embedment or blockout in the walls, ceiling or
floors.
The requirements of this section are separate from other
drawings and submittals required in the technical
specifications or record drawing sections of the contract
documents.
.8 Furnish to the appropriate trade contractor, for
installation in precast concrete, non -load bearing walls,
masonry, and cast -in -place concrete, all frames, sleeves,
anchors, weld plates and other similar inserts or devices
required to facilitate and coordinate the Work in this
Bid Package. Submit routing shop drawings showing wall
elevation, floor and ceiling plans with requirements for
location and size suitable for field location and
installation. Coordinate and verify correctness of-
installation'as the• work progresses. Verify prior to
casting in form work, or during line and grade
installation of major feature progress.
Furnish and deliver to precast concrete contractor within
(10) working days after award of this contract, all
required sleeves, inserts and other embedded items with
coordination drawings necessary for incorporation in the
precast components, for Zone A.
Furnish and deliver to precast concrete contractor all
required sleeves, inserts and other embedded items with
coordination drawings necessary for incorporation in the
precast components, for Zones B,C,D and E, with
timeliness to facilitate the fabrication schedule of the
precast contractor.
.9 All unfinished surfaces of materials or equipment
furnished or installed by this contractor, shall be
inspected for readiness by follow-on contractors and the
CM, prior to installation of follow-on work. This would
include bringing back to original condition, surfaces
disturbed by welding, burning, or other disfigurement,
which will need to be made ready for finish painting, or
other work.
12/18/91 SECURITY SYSTEMS SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00313 - 6
.10 This contractor is responsible to coordinate and/or
provide all penetrations shown or not shown on drawings
which are necessary to facilitate the complete
installation of his work. Penetrations in horizontal
precast members equivalent to 6" circular or larger,
shall be provided by the Precast Contractor when
adequately coordinated per items .7 and .8 above.
Other penetrations in horizontal members shall be field
core drilled and shall be the responsibility of this
trade contractor. Field penetrations shall be subject to
the advance approval of the precaster and A/E, and shall
be in accordance with Article 4.14.3. All costs of field
installed penetrations and finished closure of field and
precast provided openings shall be borne by the
contractors using or requiring same. All finished
closure details shall conform with firesafing, safety
building codes and design intent (draft closure, material
fall protection, etc.).
All penetrations and openings should be completed prior
to the finish covering installation. In the event that
penetrations are necessary after finish covering
installation, this contractor shall coordinate and pay
for all related work necessary to provide the completed
detail.
.11 Materials and Equipment Furnished by Others - All
materials furnished by the Owner, other contractors for
the Owner, or by the CM for the Owner, for installation
by this contractor shall upon delivery, be unloaded,
transferred, stored and fully protected by the contractor
until installed. Any demurrage or similar charge
incurred due to failure of the contractor to promptly
unload the materials and equipment shall be the
responsibility of the contractor.
The contractor shall carefully examine all materials and
equipment furnished by the Owner, or any of his
designees, (other contractors or the CM). The contractor
shall complete receiving reports describing the quantity
and condition of the materials or equipment. The
contractor shall be responsible for subsequent damage or
loss until installation is completed and accepted by the
Owner.
Should the contractor fail to report any visible signs of
damage in the receiving report as indicated above, then
all parties may assume that the damage occurred while the
materials and equipment were in the care, custody and
control of the receiving contractor.
12/18/91 SECURITY SYSTEMS SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00313 - 7
Any material furnished by the Owner, at an off -site
location, on other than a charge basis in connection with
the contract, shall be deemed as held by the contractor
on consignment. All such materials not used in the
fabrication of materials or equipment required under the
contract shall be returned to the applicable party, as
directed, at their expense; and, if not accounted for or
so returned, shall be paid for by the contractor.
.12 It will be the full responsibility of this trade
contractor to prORerly seal and maintain rated assemblies
in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations,
affected by his work, and in accordance with section
07272 Firestop and Penetration Sealing System.
.13 Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating all
housekeeping pads and equipment pads that are required
for this contractors work, and are shown on the contract
drawings, with the Concrete Contractor. Those that are
not shown, but are required for the complete and proper
installation of his work, shall be furnished and
installed by this contractor.
.14 All equipment installed shall be verified for
installation to provide adequate clearances for
maintenance and service.
.15 -Not Used.
.16 This contractor shall schedule and provide adequate
overhead hangers and supports to prevent spray on
insulation damage or delay. And in the event of delayed
installation, or damage, this contractor shall bear the
costs of correction.
.17 Provide any necessary capped stub -outs, sleeves, or tees
as required for connections of work in future Zone 'F'.
.18 Any core drilling or Penetrations made by this
contractor, or for this contractor in the performance of
his work, shall be properly closed and sealed by this
contractor after installation of the work.
.19 This contractor shall provide all equipment disconnects
as specified throughout this bid package and
specifications. This contractor shall assist the Owner's
need to standardize product sources wherever possible
within this package and other divisions.
12/18/91 SECURITY SYSTEMS SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00313 - 8
.20 Contractor shall perform all required testing and provide
adequate personnel in order to complete all testing to
the requirements of governing agencies.
.21 All incoming materials and equipment shall be coordinated
with other trades and the CM is to be notified, in order
that proper laydown, staging and stocking areas are
developed, prior to release for shipping. Within the
building, areas shall be restricted and stocking areas
will be authorized in writing.
.22 If in the event of conflicting, or overlapping
requirements in any area of the bidding documents,
technical specifications, or drawings, the most stringent
condition shall be bid and constructed. Notify the CM in
any event, in order to not compromise the Owner's right
to make appropriate decisions.
.23 For all fusible devices, provide (1) spare set of fuses
of (3) each, of each type and size of fuse.
.24 This contractor is reminded of inmate contact areas and
perimeters, and of the requirement for security devices,
fasteners, connectors, and any other work associated with
this bid package scope of work, in order that proper care
and construction is performed in accordance with the
standards and*guidel-ines set forth by the regulatory
agencies governing jails.
.25 This contractor shall provide and coordinate fully with
the provisions of section 16010 Electrical General
Provisions, paragraph 1.1. This contractor shall submit
for approval all 3-phase equipment required in this
section of the work to the A/E for review and approval
within (10) calendar days of contract award. All 3-phase
equipment circuitry and device requirements of this
contract shall be provided to the Electrical Contractor
within (20) calendar days of contract award.
.26 Furnish and install Transient Voltage/Surge Protection,
in accordance with section 16605, as required for the
proper installation and operation of Security Systems.
This contractor shall be bound by all provisions of
section 16605 Transient Voltage/Surge Protection, as
related to equipment provided under this scope of work.
Provide section 16605 to vendors to ensure plant
fabrication and submittal inclusion.
12/18/91 SECURITY SYSTEMS SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00313 - 9
.27 Provide applicable scope of work in mock-up cell and
chase, in order to develop a complete and finished mock-
up.
.28 Section 01130 Security Project Procedures, this
contractor shall furnish and install requirements
complete as described, including systems components.
.29 Prepare Security Control Systems shop drawings suitable
for use by installer, (other than this contractor).
Drawings should show conduit size, wire sizing and
quantities, location line and grade, and installation
method, i.e., concealed floor, wall, exposed, etc.
.30 Furnish and install all control wiring and appurtenances
required for Security Systems. Make final electrical
connections and adjustments of all devices to obtain a
fully functional system.
As soon as possible after the initial installation, and
prior to start-up, Security Systems contractor will
institute a point-to-point verification program, to
verify wiring, addresses, and device functions. After
zone point-to-point verification, (3) weeks will be
allowed for entire system start-up.
.31 Furnish, install and protect graphic control consoles,
racks, tables, panels, cabinets, etc., required. Prepare
and submit for approval, graphic panel, consoles, panels,
etc., and coordinate with casework installer.
.32 Section 08710 Door Hardware, and section 08320 Security
Metal Doors and Frames: This contractor shall be
responsible for all security items described in these two
specification sections, complete, with the exception of
door hardware that is non -security, and non -security
doors and frames. Security door/frame/hardware
assemblies are shown on drawings 4.73,4.74 and 4.75, and
are labelled 'Security'. Elevations are shown on drawing
4.76.
This contractor shall layout and install door frames.
Contractor shall coordinate with, and verify masonry or
other contractors wall layout. Any errors in layout
causing movement after installation, shall be corrected
at the expense of the contractor and Security Systems
Contractor.
The Security Systems Contractor shall be responsible for
the preparation of frames, including bituminous coating,
including providing grout holes, and providing any
12/18/91 SECURITY SYSTEMS SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00313 - 10
conduit integral to frames or raceways for electric locks
or door position switches as required. Assure conduits,
lock pockets, strike pockets, and other holes and
penetrations are plugged to prevent grout intrusion and
to facilitate subsequent installations. Security Systems
Contractor shall repair grout ports.
The Masonry Contractor shall be responsible for grouting
preparations, frame grouting, grouting of frame to wall
or frame to floor joints, and cleanup.
.33 Section 11203 Fire Alarm Interface, contractor shall
provide all requirements of section. Contractor shall
also coordinate his installation and work with the
Electrical Contractor, who will be providing Fire Alarm
System in accordance with section 16721.
.34 Contractor shall continue grounding as provided for in
paragraph 3.5 A, section 16450 Electrical Systems
Grounding.
.35 Section 08410 Aluminum Entrances, contractor shall
coordinate with the Aluminum Entrance installer, for
installation of all electronic security equipment,
located at, or on the aluminum entrances.
.36 -Section 16351 Uninterruptible Power Supply, contractor
shall verify quantity and size of circuits and conductors
and coordinate the same with the Electrical Contractor.
.37 Lighting shall be controlled through the touch screen
system. Contractor shall provide interface to the
approved manufacturer's system as per section 16930
Lighting Control Equipment. Coordinate with Electrical
Contractor as required for the proper installation and
operation of the Lighting Control Equipment.
.38 Section 14240 Hydraulic Elevators, BG-2: Perform all
security work as required for the proper installation and
operation of the security systems, as relates to the
Hydraulic Elevators, (i.e. security cameras, intercom,
alternate control, etc.).
.39 Section 02830 Fence and Gates, furnish and install
control wiring, control panel and make terminations at
both ends, in order to complete controlling operation of
gate operators. Fencing, operators, and hardware will be
by fencing contractor.
12/18/91 SECURITY SYSTEMS SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00313 - 11
.40 Section 13090 Radiation Protection - Furnish and install
shielding of security/communications systems, including
penetration shielding. Provide warranty on radiation
protective materials.
.41 Any temporary or permanent utility or service outages,
which are necessary after being put into service or
energized, shall require notice and approval prior to
actual system shutdown. The Contractor requiring the
outage shall gain approval of the CM no less than (7)
days prior to anticipated date of outage. The written
request for outage approval shall contain system or
circuits of service, areas that will be affected, and
time duration of outage. Outages shall be coordinated so
as not to affect the work of other contractors.
.42 Alternate 13-01: Provide Bid on Bid Package No. 22,
Metals
The Security Systems bidder shall provide a complete bid
on Bid Package No. 22, Metals. This bidder is to comply
with all applicable sections of the bidding documents in
order to do so.
The work of this alternate includes, but is not limited
to:
a. Section 05500 Metal Fabrications, furnish and
install items under paragraph 2.2 D and E, and
include prime painting. This also includes
security bars as shown on drawing 4.42, detail 1.
Angle embeds on detail 1 are already provided.
b. Drawing 10.32, Air Devices Schedule, Furnish
security air devices to Mechanical Contractor for
installation, and these include security bars. On
schedule, this includes, but is not limited to
devices S-9, S-22, R-3, R-5, R-13, and E-3.
C. Section 11197 Security/Detention Equipment, furnish
and install specification section complete. Embeds
in precast concrete cells have been provided.
Verify detention furnishings with the provided
embeds for proper installation and attachments.
d. Section 15936 Grilles, Registers, Diffusers,
paragraph 2.7, furnish only, to the appropriate
installing contractor for installation, all
Barrier Grilles required in the project. Deliver
to the jobsite or offsite location if grilles are
to be installed in any prefabricated product. Make
12/18/91 SECURITY SYSTEMS SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00313 - 12
barrier grilles ready for installation, and welded.
Provide all required fasteners, embeds,
coordination drawings, and instructions to
installer, in order to facilitate proper
installation. Coordinate with the Mechanical
contractor for interface with his work.
e. Section 10200, Louvers and Vents, furnish and
install item 1.1 A. h., steel security grille,
grating and framework.
f. Section 10900 Miscellaneous Specialties, furnish
and install wall mounted TV brackets.
.43 Alternate 13-02: Provide Bid on Bid Package No. 23.
Security Glass and Glazing
The Security Systems bidder shall provide a complete bid
on Bid Package No. 23, Security Glass and Glazing. This
bidder is to comply with all applicable sections of the
bidding documents in order to do so.
The work of this alternate includes, but is not limited
to:
a. Furnish and install all security glass and glazing
for security windows, as described in specification
section 08842 Security Glazing.
b. Section 07900 Joint Sealers, provide all glazing,
sealants, and compounds required, to complete
installation of windows, borrowed lights, and'door
lights.
.44 Alternate 13-03: Security Systems Raceways.
This bidder shall provide a price to remove from his
scope of work, the furnishing and installing of security
systems conduit, raceways, cable trays, junction boxes,
and fittings.
This includes removing items pertaining to radiation
protection; such as the furnish and installation of
shielding security/communications systems, including
penetration shielding. This also includes the provision
of warranty on these radiation protective materials.
This does not include the removing from the Security
Systems scope of work, the requirement for security
systems shop drawings, suitable for use by installer,
showing conduit size, wire sizing and quantities,
12/18/91 SECURITY SYSTEMS SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00313 - 13
location line and grade, and installation method, i.e.,
concealed floor, wall, exposed, etc.
Included as a part of the Proposal Form, is a conduit
schedule showing types and sizes. The Security Systems
bidder shall state the quantities of each type and size
of raceway, the unit price, and make the bid extension.
.45 Owner Option No. 13-01: Zone 'F' Security Systems:
At the option of the Owner, furnish and install Zone 'F'
Security Systems, similar to Zones 'D' and 'E'.
This area is defined as the area bound by column lines G
to La, and 17 line to 24 line, as well as column lines 37
to X, and U line to 42 line.
.46 The Mechanical Process and HVAC contractor will be
providing (2) air changes per hour in all work areas,
until the permanent HVAC system is in operation. If the
Security Systems Contractor should require any additional
ventilation, then it will be his responsibility to
provide, and in accordance with section 01510 Temporary
Utilities, paragraph 2.8._
.47 The Prime Electrical Contractor will be providing
Temporary Lighting in accordance with section 01510
Temporary Utilities, paragraph 2.6, until the permanent
lighting system is in operation.
If the Security Systems Contractor should require any
additional temporary lighting, then it will be his
responsibility to provide.
1.3 By Others
.1 Furnishing of exterior security window frames, in section
08660, and installation of those in precast concrete
only. This window is detailed on drawing 4.42 and 4.51.
.2 Finish painting of all material and equipment, except
where the specifications call for factory finish, then
the Security Systems contractor shall provide.
.3 Furnishing and installing embeds in precast concrete
cells.
.4 Furnishing and installing conduit systems as shown on
sheet 4.51, which includes raceways and junction boxes,
and that are embedded in the precast concrete cells.
12/18/91 SECURITY SYSTEMS SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00313 - 14
1.1
SECTION 00314
SCOPE OF WORK
Bid Package No. 14
Prime Electrical Contract Zones A,B,C,D,E
General Scope
Provide all labor, supervision, materials., supplies,
equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and
protection, to install complete operating systems, and proper
execution and completion of all Work specified on the
drawings, in the bid package, and the sections of the
Specifications, which include, but are not limited to the
listing that follows. The bidder shall review all drawings,
and specification sections that are not specifically listed,
for any additional requirements in order to complete the scope
of work described herein.
Primary Sections and Descriptions
01130 Security Project Procedures
01510 Temporary Utilities (Temporary Lighting)
07272 Firestop*and Penetration Sealing System
08305 Access Panels And Doors
15000 General Provisions
15110 Heat Trace System
16010 Electrical General Provisions
16111 Conduit Systems - Bid Group 2
16111 Conduit Systems - Bid Group 3
16120 Wire and Cable
16155 Combination Motor Starters
16161 Motor Control Centers
16170 Disconnect Switches
16199 Wiring Devices and Plates
16300 Standby Power Generation
16351 Uninterruptible Power Supply
16400 Service and Power Distribution Systems
16425 Main Service Switchboard
16450 Electrical Systems Grounding
16461 Dry Type Distribution Transformers
16470 Distribution Panelboards - Circuit Breaker Type
16471 Feeder and Branch Circuits and Emergency Wiring
16472 Branch Circuit Panelboards - Circuit Breaker Type
16500 Lighting
16601 Lightning Protection System
12/18/91 PRIME ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00314 - 1
16605 Transient Voltage/Surge Protection
16660 Wiring for Equipment Furnished by Others
16721 Fire Alarm System
16781 Telephone Conduit Systems
16930 Lighting Control Equipment
Related Sections and Descriptions
02222 Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting for
Structures
02226 Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting for
Utilities
02733 Sewage Pump Station
02810 Irrigation Systems
02830 Fence and Gates
03100 Concrete Formwork
03200 Concrete Reinforcing
03300 Cast -In -Place Concrete
Note: The following (4) Precast Concrete specifications
can be viewed at the office of the Construction
Manager.
03410 Precast Concrete Hollow Cored Planks
03412 Precast Concrete Panels (BG-2)
03420 Precast Prestressed Concrete Sections
03490 Precast Concrete Modular Cell (BG-2)
03520
Insulating Concrete Decks
03600
Grout ,
04200
Unit Masonry
05180
Miscellaneous Structural Steel
05500
Metal Fabrications
06100
Rough Carpentry
06200
Finish Carpentry
07115
Sheet Waterproofing
07210
Building Insulation
07215
Sprayed Insulation
07530
Single Ply Roofing
07720
Roof Accessories
07900
Joint Sealers
08300
Special Doors
08320
Security Metal Doors and Frames
08710
Door Hardware
08902
Aluminum Window Walls
09110
Non -Load Bearing Wall Framing System
09200
Lath and Plaster
09250
Gypsum Board
09510
Acoustical Ceilings
09650
Resilient Flooring
09680
Carpet
(BG-2)
(BG-2)
12/18/91 PRIME ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00314 - 2
09700
Special Flooring
09800
Special Coatings
09830
Elastomeric Coating
09900
Painting
09950
Wallcovering
10270
Access Flooring
11110
Laundry Equipment
11160
Loading Dock Equipment
11200
Basic Electronic Security Requirements
11202
System Central Processing Unit
11203
Fire Alarm Interface
11204
Programmable Logic Controller
11205
Address Panels
11206
Relay Cabinets
11208
Card Access Control
11211
Situation Man -Down Equipment
11212
Closed Circuit Video Equipment
11217
Vehicle Loop Detection
11218
Operational Intercom System
11222
Inmate/Attorney Telephones
11224
Metal Detection Equipment
11400
Food Service Equipment
11704
Ice Machines
14240
Hydraulic Elevators
14700
Pneumatic Tube System
15050
Water Treatment
15100
Valves,
15160
Pumps
15175
Variable Speed Motor Control for Fans and Pumps
15242
Vibration Isolation
15330
Wet -Sprinkler System
15403
Water Booster Pumps
15404
Domestic Water Softener
15430
Plumbing Specialties
15440
Plumbing Fixtures and Accessories
15460
Sump Pumps
15470
Hot Water Storage Heater
15490
Fuel Storage and Dispensing Systems
15540
Emergency Generator Auxiliaries
15684
Centrifugal Chiller
15714
Blow Thru Cooling Tower
15770
Make -Up Air Units
15785
Fan Coil Units
15855
Air Handling Units
15858
Fans
15884
Combination Smoke and Fire Dampers
15894
Air Terminal Units
15950
Automatic Temperature Control Systems
15965
Building Automation System
15995
System Balancing and Testing
12/18/91 PRIME ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00314 - 3
1.2 Special Provisions
The following Special Provisions are intended to clarify the
scope of work, or highlight features of the work, or modify,
change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid
Package.
.1 All licenses required in order to perform the scope of
work in the specified location, shall be procured and
maintained by the contractor and his subcontractors.
Contractor shall submit copies to the Construction
Manager. This shall include construction permits
required by the City of Key West.
.2 Contractor shall maintain As -Built drawings, (Record
Drawings per section 01720), of his work progression. A
50% progress of field work submittal, will be required.
.3 Any excavations required for the complete and proper
installation of his work below grade, shall be in
accordance with sections 02222 & 02226.
.4 Provide, replace, and maintain any safety rails and
barricades as necessary during the process of work, or
during deliveries of materials or equipment.
.5 Contractor is to review Division 1 General Requirements
for additional responsibilities required in order to
perform the work under this Bid Package.
Contractor shall pay particular attention to section
01710 Final Cleaning, which shall be performed as
scheduled by the CM, which will be at or near the
completion of the project.
.6 Access Panels and Doors - Those access panels and doors
that are shown on the drawings will be furnished and
installed by others. Those that are shown in the ceiling
shall be dedicated to the exclusive use of Bid Package
No. 15 Mechanical Process and HVAC. Those that are shown
in the wall shall be dedicated to the exclusive use of
the plumbing contra_ctor(s). All of the access panels and
doors shall be excluded from the trades account
allowance.
Access panels and doors that are not shown, but are
necessary for installation, maintenance and replacement
of this contractor's work, and those that are required by
governing codes and regulations, shall be furnished by
this contractor, to other trade contractors for
installation, as an allowance.
12/18/91 PRIME ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00314 - 4
This contractor shall state the quantity of each size of
access panel and door, and what material they are to be
installed in, per the proposal form. The bid extension
shall be made at the Owner given bid unit price, to
produce the required bid item allowance.
After contract award, supply of the contractor's stated
quantity of access panels and doors shall be purchased by
others. There will be a corresponding deductive change
order issued to this contractor, removing the supply of
the access panels and doors from -his contract, and at the
Owner given bid unit price. If the actual quantity
required exceeds the bid quantity, this contractor shall
be responsible for furnishing access panels and doors,
(manufacturer as approved by the Owner) to the
appropriate installing contractor for installation, and
the costs of the door assembly and installation will be
borne by this contractor. Any access panels and doors
not installed, from the allowance bid group that was
purchased, shall remain in the Owner's possession, or
turned back to the supplier for credit, to which credit
will be due the Owner.
.7 Utility Routing and Coordination of the Work
This contractor shall be responsible to coordinate his
work with other multiple prime contractors both in the
scheduling of field work activities and in the
integration of individually furnished items into final
composite installations. Coordination drawings
procedures shall consist of, but are not limited to,
Utility Routing Drawings and Base Trade Installers
Drawings. The Utility Routing coordination shall consist
of three phases.
Phase I
The first phase shall constitute the routing of the
precasters erection mylar or sepia drawings for utility
routing 'over -lay' of each trade contractor's work. This
shall be done by routing first to the sheet metal
contractor, second to the plumber, third to the fire
protection contractor, fourth to mechanical piping, fifth
to electrical and lastly to the security contractor, who
shall return the composite overview to the CM. Each
trade contractor shall have noted each service by name &
size of carrier (pipe, duct, etc.) and insulation/hanger
cross sectional dimensions, i.e., 3" Greywater (691), 24"
x 12" Supply (26" x 14"), 2" ltg, i" Comm, etc.
Additionally, each trade contractor shall have specified
location, size, and type of precast embed or block out
12/18/91 PRIME ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00314 - 5
required to accommodate the installation of his work.
The intent at this level of coordination is to specify
interface information from trade contractors to the
precast concrete contractor which will allow the
precaster to prepare piece casting drawings and begin
precast production.
Phase II
Upon review by the Owner's representative to identify
congested areas, the sheetmetal contractor shall be
notified of any additions to the following background
drawings which the sheetmetal contractor shall prepare to
appropriate scale as directed by the Owners
representative.
Background Drawing
Prepared by the HVAC and Process Pipe Contractor, and
consists of plan, elevation and cross section cuts.
1. Corridors and hallways -Plan & Elevation 1/4" = 11,
cross sections 1" = 1'
2. Kitchen -Plan & Elevation 1/411= 11, cross sections
1"= 1'
3. Housing chases and plenums -Plan & Elevation 1/4"
1',' cross sections 1" = 1'
4. Mechanical rooms -Plan & Elevation 1/4" = 11, cross
sections 1" = 1'
5. Laundry -Plan & Elevation 1/411= 11, cross sections
1"= 1'
6. Electrical rooms -Plan & Elevation 1/411= 11, cross
sections 1"= 1'
7. All other areas -conventional scale with chases of
enlarged scale.
These drawings shall be routed and marked up by the
Utility Trade Contractors in the same manner as Phase One
drawings, except 'over -lay' work shall show more detail
depicting all items and features such as radius fittings,
valves, specialties, space between pipes, graphic and
written elevations and dimensions, and hanger/support
details. The owner's representative may conduct job site
meetings to resolve and finalize any conflicts which are
not answered during drawing 'over -lay' routing.
Item number 3. above and zone 'A' shall be submitted
within (10) ten calendar days of Award of Contract.
12/18/91 PRIME ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00314 - 6
Phase III
Shop or background drawings shall be prepared and
submitted by the masonry, non -load bearing wall, ceiling,
raised floor, and cast -in -place concrete contractors.
These drawings shall be routed in the same manner as the
previous phases and each trade contractor shall provide
all information necessary for installation of items
furnished by their contract scope of work and which will
require embedment or blockout in the walls, ceiling or
floors.
The requirements of this section are separate from other
drawings and submittals required in the technical
specifications or record drawing sections of the contract
documents.
.8 Furnish to the appropriate trade contractor, for
installation in precast concrete, non -load bearing walls,
masonry, and cast -in -place concrete, all frames, sleeves,
anchors, weld plates and other similar inserts or devices
required to facilitate and coordinate the Work in this
Bid Package. Submit routing shop drawings showing wall
elevation, floor and ceiling plans with requirements for
location and size suitable for field location and
installation. Coordinate and verify correctness of
installation as the work progresses. Verify -prior to
casting in form work, or during line and grade
installation of major feature progress.
Furnish and deliver to precast concrete contractor within
(10) working days after award of this contract, all
required sleeves, inserts and other embedded items with
coordination drawings necessary for incorporation in the
precast components, for Zone A.
Furnish and deliver to precast concrete contractor all
required sleeves, inserts and other embedded items with
coordination drawings necessary for incorporation in the
precast components, for Zones B,C,D and E, with
timeliness to facilitate the fabrication schedule of the
precast contractor. This includes, and this Prime
Electrical Contractor shall provide all raceways and
junction boxes shown on sheet 4.51, and which are
embedded in the precast concrete. Specification section
16111 Conduit Systems - Bid Group 2 pertains to the
conduit systems for the precast concrete cell.
.9 All unfinished surfaces of materials or equipment
furnished or installed by this contractor, shall be
inspected for readiness by follow-on contractors and the
12/18/91 PRIME ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00314 - 7
CM, prior to installation of follow-on work. This would
include bringing back to original condition, surfaces
disturbed by welding, burning, or other disfigurement,
which will need to be made ready for finish painting, or
other work.
.10 This contractor is responsible to coordinate and/or
provide all penetrations shown or not shown on drawings
which are necessary to facilitate the complete
installation of his work. Penetrations in horizontal
precast members equivalent to 6" circular or larger,
shall be provided by the Precast Contractor when
adequately coordinated per item .7 and .8 above.
Other penetrations in horizontal members shall be field
core drilled and shall be the responsibility of this
trade contractor. Field penetrations shall be subject to
the advance approval of the precaster and A/E, and shall
be in accordance with Article 4.14.3. All costs of field
installed penetrations and finished closure of field and
precast provided openings shall be borne by the
contractors using or requiring same. All finished
closure details shall conform with firesafing, safety
building codes and design intent (draft closure, material
fall protection, etc.).
All penetrations and openings should be completed prior
to the finish covering installation. In the event that
penetrations are necessary after finish covering
installation, this contractor shall coordinate and pay
for all related work necessary to provide the completed
detail.
.11 Materials and Equipment Furnished by Others - All
materials furnished by the Owner, other contractors for
the Owner, or by the CM for the Owner, for installation
by this contractor shall upon delivery, be unloaded,
transferred, stored and fully protected by the contractor
until installed. Any demurrage or similar charge
incurred due to failure of the contractor to promptly
unload the materials and equipment shall be the
responsibility of the contractor.
The contractor shall carefully examine all materials and
equipment furnished by the Owner, or any of his
designees, (other contractors or the CM). The contractor
shall complete receiving reports describing the quantity
and condition of the materials or equipment. The
contractor shall be responsible for subsequent damage or
loss until installation is completed and accepted by the
Owner.
12/18/91 PRIME ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00314 - 8
Should the contractor fail to report any visible signs of
damage in the receiving report as indicated above, then
all parties may assume that the damage occurred while the
materials and equipment were in the care, custody and
control of the receiving contractor.
Any material furnished by the Owner, at an off -site
location, on other than a charge basis in connection with
the contract, shall be deemed as held by the contractor
on consignment. All such materials not used in the
fabrication of materials or equipment required under the
contract shall be returned to the applicable party, as
directed, at their expense; and, if not accounted for or
so returned, shall be paid for by the contractor.
.12 It will be the full responsibility of this trade
contractor to properly seal and maintain rated assemblies
in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations,
affected by his work, and in accordance with section
07272 Firestop and Penetration Sealing System.
.13 Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating all
housekeeping pads and equipment pads that are required
for this contractors work, and are shown on the contract
drawings, with the Concrete Contractor. Those that are
not shown, but are required for the complete and proper.
installation of his work, shall• be furnished and
installed by this contractor.
.14 All equipment installed shall be verified for
installation to provide adequate clearances for
maintenance and service.
.15 Not Used.
.16 This contractor shall schedule and provide adequate
overhead hangers and supports to prevent spray on
insulation damage or delay. And in the event of delayed
installation, or damage, this contractor shall bear the
costs of correction.
.17 Provide any necessary capped stub -outs, sleeves, or tees
as required for connections of work in future Zone 'F'.
.18 Any core drilling or penetrations made by this
contractor, or for this contractor in the performance of
his work, shall be properly closed and sealed by this
contractor after installation of the work.
.19 This contractor shall provide all equipment disconnects
as specified throughout this bid package and
12/18/91 PRIME ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00314 - 9
specifications. This contractor shall assist the Owner's
need to standardize product sources wherever possible
within this package and other divisions.
.20 Contractor shall perform all required testing and provide
adequate personnel in order to complete all testing to
the requirements of governing agencies.
.21 All incoming materials and equipment shall be coordinated
with other trades and the CM is to be notified, in order
that proper laydown staging and stocking areas are
developed, prior to release for shipping. Within the
building, areas shall be restricted and stocking areas
will be authorized in writing.
.22 If in the event of conflicting, or overlapping
requirements in any area of the bidding documents,
technical specifications, or drawings, the most stringent
condition shall be bid and constructed. Notify the CM in
any event, in order to not compromise the Owner's right
to make appropriate decisions.
.23 For all fusible devices, provide (1) spare set of fuses
of (3) each, of each type and size of fuse.
This contractor shall furnish and install a 'spare fuse'
cabinet, for spares. which are to be provided by all other
contractors.
.24 This contractor is reminded of inmate contact areas and
perimeters, and of the requirement for security devices,
fasteners, connectors, and any other work associated with
this bid package scope of work, in order that proper care
and construction is performed in accordance with the
standards and guidelines set forth by the regulatory
agencies governing jails.
.25 Furnish and install Transient Voltage/Surge Protection,
in accordance with section 16605, as required for the
proper installation and operation of Electrical Systems.
This contractor shall be bound by all provisions of
section 16605 Transient Voltage/Surge Protection, as
related to equipment provided under this scope of work.
Provide section 16605 to vendors to ensure plant
fabrication and submittal inclusion.
.26 Contractor shall furnish, install and terminate all
raceways wiring and disconnects for all power associated
with equipment furnished by others, unless otherwise
indicated. Equipment furnished by others is included in,
12/18/91 PRIME ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00314 - 10
but not limited to those sections indicated as Related
Sections and Descriptions, and depicted on the contract
drawings.
.27 Contractor shall furnish, install and terminate all
raceways, wiring and disconnects for all power associated
with equipment furnished by the Owner.
.28 This contractor shall provide all 120 volt power and
above, as required to and from the security systems
equipment, which includes, but is not limited to,conduit,
raceways, boxes, fittings, wire and terminations.
.29 Contractor shall mandril all embedded conduits and duct
banks at the earliest feasible time after installation,
maintaining a mandril log as provided by the CM. At any
failure of the mandril to pass, the CM shall be notified.
This applies to conduits which the Electrical Contractor
installs for wire pulling by others. For conduits which
the Electrical Contractor installs, and will be pulling
the wire, the Electrical Contractor shall mandril any
that are encased or embedded.
.30 Contractor shall install in every conduit described as a
spare, or where wiring is a part of another contractor's
scope of work, a- nylon pull string with a pulling
capacity of 200 pounds or greater.
.31 Contractor shall identify each wire at all devices,
junction boxes or distribution panels. Identification
shall include, but not be limited to the panel
identification and circuit numbers.
.32 Contractor shall identify each wire at all devices,
junction boxes or control panels. Identification shall
include, but not be limited to the control panel
identification and the terminal numbers.
.33 Section 16111 Conduit Systems, paragraph 3.5 A, where
conduits that pass through rated floors, walls or
ceilings, use seal -off conduit bodies adjacent to one or
both sides of the rated system, for total sealing of the
conduit, and provide architecturally finished surfaces on
both sides as required.
.34 Section 16120 Wire and Cable, paragraph 2.3 C, applies to
stranded conductors smaller than #6 AWG, and includes not
only the specified solderless connector, but all
compression type ring terminals, split fork terminals, or
ferrule not terminated under a mechanical type lug.
12/18/91 PRIME ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00314 - 11
.35 Temporary Utilities - This contractor shall receive in -
place physical plant items provided by Bid Group 1 Site
Electrical and Temporary Power Contractor, (Benson
Electric, Contract No. KJ-002). This includes, under
Section 01510 Temporary Utilities, paragraphs 2.2, 2.3
and 2.4.
This contractor shall include in his lump sum base bid
the cost of; maintaining, furnishing, relocation as
required by schedule and job progress, and removal of all
temporary power and lighting system.
Contractor shall furnish, install, and maintain temporary
lighting within the structure during construction, as
described in section 01510, Temporary Utilities,
paragraph 2.6. Contractor shall remove temporary lighting
at such time that permanent lighting is energized.
.36 Perform all electrical work required for the proper
installation of the Hydraulic Elevators, (i.e. alternate
power, lighting, fire sensing, etc.).
.37 Furnish and install conduit, wiring, disconnects and
other materials necessary to complete electrical hook-up
of Food Service Equipment. Notify food service supplier
72 hours in advance to verify rough -in- prior to slab pour
and wall cover up.
.38 Furnish and install conduit, wiring, disconnects and
other materials necessary to complete electrical hook-up
of Laundry Equipment.
.39 Coordinate with City Electric System the ordering,
delivery and setting of the main transformer.
.40 This contractor shall make major equipment submittals
within (10) days of contract award.
.41 Section 16450 Electrical Systems Grounding, paragraph 3.6
A, Dry Type Transformers are to be grounded back to the
closest point of grounding electrode system.
.42 When scheduled by the CM, this contractor shall clean all
fixtures, panels, devices, lenses, lamps, and equipment,
prior to acceptance and turnover.
.43 Section 16601 Lightning Protection System, coordinate
installation with all other interfacing work and
contractors.
12/18/91 PRIME ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00314 - 12
.44 Section 16470 and 16472, all circuit breakers servicing
security systems shall be identified at breaker throw
lever with a durable and distinct marker.
.45 Notify and coordinate with the local Fire Marshall all
test and inspections required during building rough -ins
and at final inspections. It will be the responsibility
of the f ire alarm system installer to notify the CM of
these scheduled inspections and provide a typewritten
report of all test and inspections.
.46 Section 02830 Fence and Gates, furnish and install
conduit and power wiring, provide 120 volt power as
required, and make terminations at both ends, in order to
complete circuit, and make operable the gate operators.
.47 Coordinate installation and operation of Section 16721
Fire Alarm System with Security Systems Contractor's
Section 11203 Fire Alarm Interface.
.48 Temporary Heating, Cooling, and Ventilating: This
contractor shall be responsible for power and hook-up of
temporary equipment, in accordance with section 01510
Temporary Utilities. The Mechanical Process and HVAC
contractor will be providing (2) air changes per hour in
all work areas, until the permanent HVAC system is in
operation. If -the Prime Electrical Contractor should
require any additional ventilation, then it will be his
responsibility to provide, and in accordance with section
01510 Temporary Utilities, paragraph 2.8.
.49 Section 15110 Heat Trace System, furnish and install
complete, and make operable. Coordinate installation
with plumbing contractor's installation of piping.
.50 Any temporary or permanent utility or service outages,
which are necessary after being put into service or
energized, shall require notice and approval prior to
actual system shutdown. The Contractor requiring the
outage shall gain approval of the CM no less than (7)
days prior to anticipated date of outage. The written
request for outage approval shall contain system or
circuits of service, areas that will be affected, and
time duration of outage. Outages shall be coordinated so
as not to affect the work of other contractors.
.51 Provide electrical systems scope of work in mock-up cell
and chase, in order to develop a complete and finished
mock-up.
12/18/91 PRIME ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00314 - 13
.52 Owner Option No. 14-01: Zone 'F' Electrical
At the option of the Owner, furnish and install Zone 'F'
Electrical systems, similar to Zones 'D' and 'E', to
include, but not be limited to conduit systems, panel
boards, service distribution, lighting, lightning
protection, fire alarm system and temporary power.
This area is defined as the area bound by column lines G
to La, and 17 line to 24 line, as well as column lines 37
to X, and U line to 42 line.
.53 Alternate 14-01: Zone D and E Electrical
The Prime Electrical Contractor shall provide a complete
bid to remove from his scope of work, the furnishing of
all Zone D and E permanent materials to be incorporated
into the work, except for fixtures, heat trace equipment,
timeclock, lighting relay cabinets, and all safety
disconnects. This shall consist of, but not be limited
to conduit raceways and wiring for: lighting,
receptacles, power, telephone raceway only, and heat
trace conduit and wiring. The fixtures and equipment to
be supplied by this Prime Electrical Contractor to others
under this alternate, are listed on Attachment "A".
The Prime Electrical Contractor shall also provide a bid
to remove from his scope of work the installation of Zone
D and E work, which includes lighting rough -in and
finish, from the last distribution panel to end device.
This shall also include installation of receptacles and
power runs, terminations, telephone raceway, and heat
trace system installation.
The intent of the above paragraphs is that the Prime
Electrical Contractor shall furnish and install all
distribution panels utilized in Zones D and E; including,
but not limited to all conduits, wire, panels and
transformers for normal, emergency and equipment panels.
Terminations to be made on the line side of all panel
mains. All secondary panels and related transformers,
lighting relay panels and other panels will be provided
by this contractor.
Should any secondary circuits exist from a panel in D &
E distribution centers, the Prime Electrical Contractor
shall be responsible for their complete installation.
.54 Furnish and install a #6 solid wire and raceway from Main
Entrance panel to primary building grounding system, for
Southern Bell.
12/18/91 PRIME ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00314 - 14
.55 Owner Option No. 14-02:
Direct Purchase of Equipment
At the option of the Owner, either contractor or Owner
shall purchase the following equipment. This is in
accordance with section 00100 Instructions to Bidders,
paragraph 1.8. Contractor shall calculate quantity.
Contractor shall state supplier/vendor purchase price
only, including shipping, and state amount of tax.
If selected by the Owner, a deductive change order will
be issued to the contractor for the cost of the equipment
plus shipping and taxes.
a. Standby Power Generation, section 16300. Complete
Emergency Generator assembly.
b. Uninterruptible Power Supply, section 16351.
Complete UPS assembly.
C. Motor Control Centers, section 16161. Complete MCC
assembly.
d. Main Service Switchboard, section 16425. Complete
Switchgear assembly.
.56 Design, furnish and install shunt systems for the
kitchen, HVAC and other equipment noted in the contract
documents.
.57 Furnishing and installing of conduit systems as shown on
sheet 4.51, which include raceways and junction boxes,
and that are embedded in the precast concrete modular
cells. Contractor shall install this work at the
precaster's plant in Port Manatee, FL. Note that this
scope of work item is not included in any Owner Option,
nor any Alternate. This work shall remain in the Prime
Electrical Contractor's scope of work.
12/18/91 PRIME ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00314 - 15
ATTACHMENT "A"
FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT SUPPLIED BY BID PACKAGE NO. 14 PRIME
ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR
Contractor is to verify count of fixtures required for
performance of his work prior to bid. In the event any fixture
is not listed or an error is in the required number shown it
will be the responsibility of this contractor to provide and
install any fixtures shown on the plans.
Fixtures and equipment listed shall include all required
specialty attachment devices and cover rings or plates.
FIXTURE !ZONE Di ZONE El
C i 7 i 7
D 3 i 3
FA i 24 i 38
FB i 4 i 4
FC .26 i 58
FE 12 i 16
FF i 4 1
FG 96 i 96
FI i 12 8
FK i 8 i 8
FO i 6 i 4
FP ; 24 i 25
FQ i 2 i 2
FR i 19 i 21
FS 5 i 4
FT i 4 -
12/18/91 PRIME ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00314 - 16
FIXTURE ;ZONE D; ZONE E;
BATTERY/ ;
12 i
6
INVERTER
Pack for
Channel
Mounting
in Floor
Fixtures
BB ;
12
HD
26
28
HDD i
18
12
XA i
12
10
XB
2 i
4
XC ;
2 ;
4
HB
- i
4
HC i
-
4
12/18/91 PRIME ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00314 - 17
SECTION 00315
SCOPE OF WORK
Bid Package No. 15
Mechanical Process and HVAC
1.1 General Scope
Provide all labor, supervision,. materials, supplies,
equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and
protection, to install complete operating systems, and proper
execution and completion of all Work specified on the
drawings, in the bid package, and the sections of the
Specifications, which include, but are not limited to the
listing that follows. The bidder shall review all drawings,
and specification sections that are not specifically listed,
for any additional requirements in order to complete the scope
of work described herein.
Specifications Sections and Descriptions
07272
Firestop and Penetration Sealing System
08305
Access Panels And Doors
10200
Louvers and Vents
15000
General Provisions
15050
Water Treatment
15060
Pipe and Pipe Fittings
15085
Pipe Identification
15100
Valves
15130
Thermometers and Gauges
15140
Pipe Hangers and Supports
15160
Pumps
15175
Variable Speed Motor Control for Fans and Pumps
15242
Vibration Isolation
15252
Pipe And Equipment Insulation
15290
Ductwork Insulation
15470
Hot Water Storage Heater
15490
Fuel Storage and Dispensing Systems
15517
Hydronic Specialties
15535
Refrigerant Specialties
15540
Emergency Generator Auxiliaries
15684
Centrifugal Chillers
15714
Blow Thru Cooling Tower
15770
Make -Up Air Units
15785
Fan Coil Units
15855
Air Handling Units
15858
Fans
15880
Fire Dampers
15884
Combination Smoke and Fire Dampers
12/18/91 MECHANICAL SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00315 - 1
15885 Air Filters
15890 Ductwork
15894 Air Terminal Units
15936 Grilles, Registers, Diffusers
15950 Automatic Temperature Control Systems
15965 Building Automation System
15992 Tests - Piping Systems
15995 System Balancing and Testing
Reference for Related Work
02222 Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting for
Structures
02226 Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting for
Utilities
02644 Water Mains
03100 Concrete Formwork
03200 Concrete Reinforcement
03300 Cast -In -Place Concrete
Note:
03410
03412
03420
03490
03520
03600
04200
05180
05500
06200
07115
07210
07215
07530
07720
07900
09110
09200
09250
09510
09900
11110
11200
11202
11203
11204
11205
The following (4) Precast Concrete specifications
can be viewed at the office of the Construction
Manager.
Precast Concrete Hollow Cored Planks (BG-2)
Precast Concrete Panels (BG-2)
Precast Prestressed Concrete Sections (BG-2)
Precast Concrete Modular Cell (BG-2)
Insulating Concrete Decks
Grout
Unit Masonry
Miscellaneous Structural Steel
Metal Fabrications
Finish Carpentry
Sheet Waterproofing
Building Insulation
Sprayed Insulation
Single Ply Roofing
Roof Accessories
Joint Sealers
Non -Load Bearing Wall Framing Systems
Lath and Plaster
Gypsum Board
Acoustical Ceilings
Painting
Laundry Equipment
Basic Electronic Security Requirements
System Central Processing Unit
Fire Alarm Interface
Programmable Logic Controller
Address Panels
12/18/91 MECHANICAL SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00315 - 2
1.2
11400
Food Service Equipment
13090
Radiation Protection
14240
Hydraulic Elevators
15403
Water Booster Pumps
15408
Soil, Waste and Vent System
15410
Storm Drainage System
15430
Plumbing Specialties
15460
Sump Pumps
16010
Electrical General Provisions
16111
Conduit Systems - Bid Group 2
16111
Conduit Systems - Bid Group 3
16120
Wire and Cable
16155
Combination Motor Starters
16161
Motor Control Centers
16170
Disconnect Switches
16199
Wiring Devices and Plates
16300
Standby Power Generation
16450
Electrical Systems Grounding
16471
Feeder and Branch Circuits and Emergency Wiring
16605
Transient Voltage/Surge Protection
16660
Wiring for Equipment Furnished by Others
16721
Fire Alarm System
Special Provisions
The following Special Provisions are intended to clarify the
scope of work, or highlight features of the work, or modify,
change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid
Package.
.1 All licenses required in order to perform the scope of
work in the specified location, shall be procured and
maintained by the contractor and his subcontractors.
Contractor shall submit copies to the Construction
Manager. This shall include construction permits
required by the City of Key West.
.2 Contractor shall maintain As -Built drawings, (Record
Drawings per section 01720), of his work progression. A
50% progress of field work submittal, will be required.
.3 Any excavations required for the complete and proper
installation of his work below grade, shall be in
accordance with sections 02222 & 02226.
.4 Provide, replace, and maintain any safety rails and
barricades as necessary during the process of work, or
during deliveries of materials or equipment.
12/18/91 MECHANICAL SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00315 - 3
.5 Contractor is to review Division 1 General Requirements
for additional responsibilities required in order to
perform the work under this Bid Package.
Contractor shall pay particular attention to section
01710 Final Cleaning, which shall be performed as
scheduled by the CM, which will be at or near the
completion of the project.
.6 Access Panels and Doors - Those access panels and doors
that are shown on the drawings will be furnished and
installed by others. Those that are shown in the ceiling
shall be dedicated to the exclusive use of Bid Package
No. 15 Mechanical Process and HVAC. Those that are shown
in the wall shall be dedicated to the exclusive use of
the plumbing contractor's). All of the access panels and
doors shall be excluded from the trades account
allowance.
Access panels and doors that are not shown, but are
necessary for installation, maintenance and replacement
of this contractor's work, and those that are required by
governing codes and regulations, shall be furnished by
this contractor, to other trade contractors for
installation, as an allowance.
This contractor shall state the quantity of each size of
access panel and door, and what material they are to be
installed in, per the proposal form. The bid extension
shall be made at the Owner given bid unit price, to
produce the required bid item allowance.
After contract award, supply of the contractor's stated
quantity of access panels and doors shall be purchased by
others. There will be a corresponding deductive change
order issued to this contractor, removing the supply of
the access panels and doors from his contract, and at the
Owner given bid unit price. If the actual quantity
required exceeds the bid quantity, this contractor shall
be responsible for furnishing access panels and doors,
(manufacturer as approved by the Owner) to the
appropriate installing contractor for installation, and
the costs of the door assembly and installation will be
borne by this contractor. Any access panels and doors
not installed, from the allowance bid group that was
purchased, shall remain in the Owner's possession, or
turned back to the supplier for credit, to which credit
will be due the Owner.
12/18/91 MECHANICAL SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00315 - 4
.7 Utility Routina and Coordination of the _Work
This contractor shall be responsible to coordinate his
work with other multiple prime contractors both in the
scheduling of field work activities and in the
integration of individually furnished items into final
composite installations. Coordination drawings
procedures shall consist of, but are not limited to,
Utility Routing Drawings and Base Trade Installers
Drawings. The Utility Routing coordination shall consist
of three phases.
Phase I
The first phase shall constitute the routing of the
precasters erection mylar or sepia drawings for utility
routing 'over -lay' of each trade contractor's work. This
shall be done by routing first to the sheet metal
contractor, second to the plumber, third to the fire
protection contractor, fourth to mechanical piping, fifth
to electrical and lastly to the security contractor, who
shall return the composite overview to the CM. Each
trade contractor shall have noted each service by name &
size of carrier (pipe, duct, etc.) and insulation/hanger
cross sectional dimensions, i.e., 3" Greywater (611), 24"
x 12" Supply (26" x 14"), 2" ltg, 1" Comm, etc.
Additionally, each trade contractor shall have specified
location, size, and type of precast embed or block out
required to accommodate the installation of his work.
The intent at this level of coordination is to specify
interface information from trade contractors to the
precast concrete contractor which will allow the
precaster to prepare piece casting drawings and begin
precast production.
Phase II
Upon review by the Owner's representative to identify
congested areas, the sheetmetal contractor shall be
notified of any additions to the following background
drawings which the sheetmetal contractor shall prepare to
appropriate scale as directed by the Owners
representative.
Background Drawing
Prepared by the HVAC and Process Pipe Contractor, and
consists of plan, elevation and cross section cuts.
1. Corridors and hallways -Plan & Elevation 1/4" = 11,
cross sections 1" = 1'
12/18/91 MECHANICAL SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00315 - 5
2. Kitchen -Plan & Elevation 1/411= 11, cross sections
1"= 1'
3. Housing chases and plenums -Plan & Elevation 1/4" _
11, cross sections 1" = 1'
4. Mechanical rooms -Plan & Elevation 1/4" = 11, cross
sections 1" = 1'
5. Laundry -Plan & Elevation 1/411= 11, cross sections
1"= 1'
6. Electrical rooms -Plan & Elevation 1/411= 11, cross
sections 111= 1'
7. All other areas -conventional scale with chases of
enlarged scale.
These drawings shall be routed and marked up by the
Utility Trade Contractors in the same manner as Phase One
drawings, except 'over -lay' work shall show more detail
depicting all items and features such as radius fittings,
valves, specialties, space between pipes, graphic and
written elevations and dimensions, and hanger/support
details. The owner's representative may conduct job site
meetings to resolve and finalize any conflicts which are
not answered during drawing 'over -lay' routing.
Item number 3. above and zone 'A' shall be submitted
within (10) ten calendar days of Award of Contract.
Phase III
Shop or background drawings shall be prepared and
submitted by the masonry, non -load bearing wall, ceiling,
raised floor, and cast -in -place concrete contractors.
These drawings shall be routed in the same manner as the
previous phases and each trade contractor shall provide
all information necessary for installation of items
furnished by their contract scope of work and which will
require embedment or blockout in the walls, ceiling or
floors.
The requirements of this section are separate from other
drawings and submittals required in the technical
specifications or record drawing sections of the contract
documents.
.8 Furnish to the appropriate trade contractor, for
installation in precast concrete, non -load bearing walls,
masonry, and cast -in -place concrete, all frames, sleeves,
anchors, weld plates and other similar inserts or devices
required to facilitate and coordinate the Work in this
Bid Package. Submit routing shop drawings showing wall
elevation, floor and ceiling plans with requirements for
location and size suitable for field location and
installation. Coordinate and verify correctness of
12/18/91 MECHANICAL SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00315 - 6
installation as the work progresses. Verify prior to
casting in form work, or during line and grade install-
ation of major feature progress.
Furnish and deliver to precast concrete contractor within
(10) working days after award of this contract, all
required sleeves, inserts and other embedded items with
coordination drawings necessary for incorporation in the
precast components, for Zone A.
Furnish and deliver to precast concrete contractor all
required sleeves, inserts and other embedded items with
coordination drawings necessary for incorporation in the
precast components, for Zones B,C,D and E, with time-
liness to facilitate the fabrication schedule of the
precast contractor.
.9 All unfinished surfaces of materials or equipment
furnished or installed by this contractor, shall be
inspected for readiness by follow-on contractors and the
CM, prior to installation of follow-on work. This would
include bringing back to original condition, surfaces
disturbed by welding, burning, or other disfigurement,
which will need to be made ready for finish painting, or
other work.
.10 This contractor is responsible to coordinate 'and/or
provide all penetrations shown or not shown on drawings
which are necessary to facilitate the complete install-
ation of his work. Penetrations in horizontal precast
members equivalent to 6" circular or larger, shall be
provided by the Precast Contractor when adequately coor-
dinated per item .7 and .8 above.
Other penetrations in horizontal members shall be field
core drilled and shall be the responsibility of this
trade contractor. Field penetrations shall be subject to
the advance approval of the precaster and A/E, and shall
be in accordance with Article 4.14.3. All costs of field
installed penetrations and finished closure of field and
precast provided openings shall be borne by the con-
tractors using or requiring same. All finished closure
details shall conform with firesafing, safety building
codes and design intent (draft closure, material fall
protection, etc.).
All penetrations and openings should be completed prior
to the finish covering installation. In the event that
penetrations are necessary after finish covering install-
ation, this contractor shall coordinate and pay for all
related work necessary to provide the completed detail.
12/18/91 MECHANICAL SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00315 - 7
.11 Materials and Equipment Furnished by Others - All
materials furnished by the Owner, other contractors for
the Owner, or by the CM for the Owner, for installation
by this contractor shall upon delivery, be unloaded,
transferred, stored and fully protected by the contractor
until installed. Any demurrage or similar charge
incurred due to failure of the contractor to promptly
unload the materials and equipment shall be the
responsibility of the contractor.
The contractor shall carefully examine all materials and
equipment furnished by the Owner, or any of his
designees, (other contractors or the CM). The contractor
shall complete receiving reports describing the quantity
and condition of the materials or equipment. The
contractor shall be responsible for subsequent damage or
loss until installation is completed and accepted by the
Owner.
Should the contractor fail to report any visible signs of
damage in the receiving report as indicated above, then
all parties may assume that the damage occurred while the
materials and equipment were in the care, custody and
control of the receiving contractor.
Any material furnished by the Owner, at an off -site
location, on other than a charge basis in connection with
the contract, shall be deemed as held by the contractor
on consignment. All such materials not used in the
fabrication of materials or equipment required under the
contract shall be returned to the applicable party, as
directed,'at their expense; and, if not accounted for or
so returned, shall be paid for by the contractor.
.12 It will be the full responsibility of this trade
contractor to properly seal and maintain rated assemblies
in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations,
affected by his work, and in accordance with section
07272 Firestop and Penetration Sealing System.
.13 Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating all
housekeeping pads and equipment pads that are required
for this contractors work, and are shown on the contract
drawings, with the Concrete Contractor. Those that are
not shown, but are required for the complete and proper
installation of his work, shall be furnished and
installed by this contractor.
.14 All equipment installed shall be verified for
installation to provide adequate clearances for
maintenance and service.
12/18/91 MECHANICAL SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00315 - 8
.15 Not Used.
.16 This contractor shall schedule and provide adequate
overhead hangers and supports to prevent spray on
insulation damage or delay. And in the event of delayed
installation, or damage, this contractor shall bear the
costs of correction.
.17 Provide any necessary capped stub -outs, sleeves, or tees
as required for connections of work in future Zone 'F'.
.18 Any core drilling or- penetrations made by this
contractor, or for this contractor in the performance of
his work, shall be properly closed and sealed by this
contractor after installation of the work.
.19 This contractor shall provide all equipment disconnects
as specified throughout this bid package and
specifications. This contractor shall assist the Owner's
need to standardize product sources wherever possible
within this package and other divisions.
.20 Contractor shall perform all required testing and provide
adequate personnel in order to complete all testing to
the requirements of governing agencies.
.21 All incoming materials and equipment shall be coordinated
with other trades and the CM is to be notified, in order
that proper laydown. staging and stocking areas are
developed, prior to release for shipping. Within the
building, areas shall be restricted and stocking areas
will be authorized in writing.
.22 If in the event of conflicting, or overlapping
requirements in any area of the bidding documents,
technical specifications, or drawings, the most stringent
condition shall be bid and constructed. Notify the CM in
any event, in order to not compromise the Owner's right
to make appropriate decisions.
.23 For all fusible devices, provide (1) spare set of fuses
of (3) each, of each type and size of fuse.
.24 This contractor is reminded of inmate contact areas and
perimeters, and of the requirement for security devices,
fasteners, connectors, and any other work associated with
this bid package scope of work, in order that proper care
and construction is performed in accordance with the
standards and guidelines set forth by the regulatory
agencies governing jails.
12/18/91 MECHANICAL SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00315 - 9
.25 This contractor shall provide and coordinate fully with
the provisions of section 16010 Electrical General
Provisions, paragraph 1.1. This contractor shall submit
for approval all 3-rhase equipment required in this
section of the work to the A/E for review and approval
within (10) calendar days of contract award. All 3-phase
equipment circuitry and device requirements of this
contract shall be provided to the Electrical Contractor
within (20) calendar -days of contract award.
.26 Furnish and install Transient Voltage/Surge Protection,
in accordance with section 16605, as required for the
proper installation and operation of Mechanical Systems.
This contractor shall be bound by all provisions of
section 16605 Transient Voltage/Surge Protection, as
related to equipment provided under this scope of work.
Provide section 16605 to vendors to ensure plant
fabrication and submittal inclusion.
.27 Section 15470 Hot Water Storage Heater, this contractor
shall furnish and install Hot Water Heater Vent Stack,
under paragraph 2.2, page 2. Plumbing trade contractor
shall provide other items under Part 2 - Products.
.28 Temporary Heating, Cooling, and Ventilating: This
contractor shall be responsible for providing (2) air
changes per hour in all work areas, until the permanent
HVAC system is in operation. Temporary system to be in
accordance with paragraph 2.8, section 01510 Temporary
Utilities. Note: At the completion of all painting, the
permanent building control is to be brought on-line.
Note: The Prime Electrical Contractor shall be
responsible for power and hook-up of temporary
ventilation.
.29 Perform all mechanical work required for the proper
installation of the Hydraulic Elevators, (i.e. heating,
cooling, ventilating, temperature controls, etc.).
.30 Section 15490 Fuel Storage and Dispensing Systems:
a. Furnish and install systems complete.
b. Contractor must be licensed and qualified with the
understanding of all Laws and Codes governing the
installation of tanks and equipment.
C. Fill tank(s) when installed, and top -off after
testing, and upon turnover to Owner.
12/18/91 MECHANICAL SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00315 - 10
.31 Furnish and install all air devices, except for devices
S-9, 5-22, R-3, R-5, R-13, and E-3, shown on Drawing
10.32, Air Devices Schedule. These will be furnished by
others to Mechanical Contractor for installation.
.32 Section 15410 Storm Drainage System, this contractor
shall furnish and install all process and condensate
drains necessary for this section of work.
.33 Section 15050 Water Treatment:
a. Provide (1) year service contract with chemical
supplier, as per paragraph 2.1 B, and 2.2 B.
b. Prior to acceptance by Owner, all requirements of
paragraphs 2.1 B and 2.2 B shall be provided and
maintained by Mechanical Contractor.
C. Provide Owner's personnel sufficient training in
the use of hazardous materials involved in and
around the testing equipment as described in
paragraph 2.5 C.
.34 Section 15252 Pipe and Equipment Insulation, furnish and
install insulation required for mechanical systems, which
includes all piping, equipment and systems installed by
this contractor.
.35 Section 15890 Ductwork, Mechanical Contractor shall
coordinate his duct' access panels and peripheral
installations with other trades.
.36 Section 11110 Laundry Equipment, furnish and install vent
stacks.
.37 Section 15858 Fans, paragraph 2.4 D.2, disconnect devices
are to be externally mounted.
Prior to start-up, check all fans for alignment, and
lubricate all bearings prior to operation. Disregard
lubrication if bearings are sealed. If bearings are not
sealed, make sure grease fittings are included and
installed.
.38 Install all barrier grilles under Section 15936 Grilles,
Registers, Diffusers, which are provided by others, and
which require installation in the work of the Mechanical
Contractor. If installation is in substrate of another
trade, (i.e., masonry, precast concrete, cast -in -place
concrete), Mechanical Contractor shall be responsible for.
coordinating the installation.
12/18/91 MECHANICAL SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00315 - 11
.39 Furnish to the Roofing Contractor for installation, all
roof curbs required for the equipment of this contractor.
.40 Provide applicable scope of work in mock-up cell and
chase, in order to develop a complete and finished mock-
up.
.41 Section 16450 Electrical Systems Grounding, coordinate
all mechanical equipment and systems with Electrical
Contractor.
.42 Section 15995 System Balancing and Testing, this
contractor shall select and subcontract with systems
balancing and testing agency who shall be fully certified
by AABC and NEBB, in accordance with paragraphs 1.3 A and
C.
.43 Any temporary or permanent utility or service outages,
which are necessary after being put into service or
energized, shall require notice and approval prior to
actual system shutdown. The Contractor requiring the
outage shall gain approval of the CM no less than (7)
days prior to anticipated date of outage. The written
request for outage approval shall contain system or
circuits 'of service, areas that will be affected, and
time duration of outage. Outages shall be coordinated so
as not to affect the work of other contractors.
.44 Owner Option No. 15-01: Zone 'F' Mechanical Process and
HVAC
At the option of the Owner, furnish and install Zone 'F'
Mechanical Process and HVAC systems, similar to Zones 'D'
and 'E'.
This area is defined as the area bound by column lines G
to La, and 17 line to 24 line, as well as column lines 37
to X, and U line to 42 line.
.45 The Prime Electrical Contractor will be providing
Temporary Lighting in accordance with section 01510
Temporary Utilities, paragraph 2.6, until the permanent
lighting system is in operation.
If the Mechanical Process and HVAC Contractor should
require any additional temporary lighting, then it will
be his responsibility to provide.
12/18/91 MECHANICAL SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00315 - 12
.46 Owner Option No. 15-04: Direct Purchase of Equipment
At the option of the Owner, either contractor or Owner
shall purchase the following equipment. This is in
accordance with section 00100 Instructions to Bidders,
paragraph 1.8. Contractor shall calculate. quantity.
Contractor shall state supplier/vendor purchase price
only, including shipping, and state amount of tax.
If selected by the Owner, a deductive change order will
be issued to the contractor for the cost of the equipment
plus shipping and taxes.
a. Blow Thru Cooling Tower, section 15714. Complete
Cooling Tower assembly.
b. Centrifugal Chillers, section 15684. Complete
Chiller assembly.
C. Air Handling Units, section 15855. Complete AHU
assembly.
1.3 By Others
.1 Furnishing of kitchen hoods.
12/18/91 MECHANICAL SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00315 - 13
SECTION 00316
SCOPE OF WORK
Bid Package No. 16
Prime Plumbing Contract Zones A, B, C, D, E
1.1 General Scope
Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies,
equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and
protection, to install complete operating systems, and proper
execution and completion of all Work specified on the
drawings, in the bid package, and the sections of the
Specifications, which include, but are not limited to the
listing that follows. The bidder shall review all drawings,
and specification sections that are not specifically listed,
for any additional requirements in order to complete the scope
of work described herein.
Primary Sections and Descriptions of the Work
07272 Firestop and Penetration Sealing System
08305 Acces's Panels and Doors
15000 General Provisions
15060 Pipe and Pipe Fittings
15085 Piping Identification
15100 Valves
15130 Thermometers and Gauges
15140 Pipe Hangers and Supports
15242 Vibration Isolation
15252 Pipe and Equipment Insulation
15403 Water Booster Pumps
15404 Domestic Water Softener
15408 Soil, Waste and Vent System
15410 Storm Drainage System
15430 Plumbing Specialties
15440 Plumbing Fixtures and Accessories
15460 Sump Pumps
15470 Hot Water Storage Heater
15992 Tests - Piping Systems
Related Sections and Descriptions
02222 Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting for
Structures
02226 Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting for
Utilities
02644 Water Mains
03100 Concrete Formwork
12/18/91 PRIME PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00316 - 1
03200
03300
Note:
03410
03412
03420
03490
03520
03600
04200
05180
05500
06200
07115
07210
07215
07530
07720
07900
09110
09200
09250
09300
09510
09650
09680
09700
09800
09900
11110
11400
11704
13090
15110
15252
15517
15995
16010
16155
16161
16170
16450
16660
Concrete Reinforcement
Cast -In -Place Concrete
The following (4) Precast Concrete specifications
can be viewed at the office of the Construction
Manager.
Precast Concrete Hollow Cored Planks (BG-2)
Precast Concrete Panels (BG-2)
Precast Prestressed Concrete Sections (BG-2)
Precast Concrete Modular Cell (BG-2)
Insulating Concrete Decks
Grout
Unit Masonry
Miscellaneous Structural Steel
Metal Fabrications
Finish Carpentry
Sheet Waterproofing
Building Insulation
Sprayed Insulation
Single Ply Roofing
Roof Accessories
Joint Sealers
Non -Load Bearing Wall Framing Systems
Lath and Plaster
Gypsum Board
Tile
Acoustical Ceilings
Resilient Flooring
Carpet
Special Flooring
Special Coatings
Painting
Laundry Equipment
Food Service Equipment
Ice Machines
Radiation Protection
Heat Trace System
Pipe and Equipment Insulation
Hydronic Specialties
System Balancing and Testing
Electrical General Provisions
Combination Motor Starters
Motor Control Centers
Disconnect Switches
Electrical Systems Grounding
Wiring For Equipment Furnished By Others
12/18/91 PRIME PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00316 - 2
1.2 Special Provisions
The following Special Provisions are intended to clarify the
scope of work, or highlight features of the work, or modify,
change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid
Package.
.1 All licenses required in order to perform the scope of
work in the specified location, shall be procured and
maintained by the contractor and his subcontractors.
Contractor shall submit copies to the Construction
Manager. This shall include construction permits
required by the City of Key West.
.2 Contractor shall maintain As -Built drawings, (Record
Drawings per section 01720), of his work progression. A
50% progress of field work submittal, will be required.
.3 Any excavations required for the complete and proper
installation of below grade work, shall be in accordance
with sections 02222 & 02226.
.4 Provide, replace, and maintain any safety rails and
barricades as necessary during the process of work, or
during deliveries of materials or equipment.
.5 Contractor is to review Division 1 General Requirements
for additional responsibilities required in order to
perform the work under this Bid Package.
Contractor shall pay particular attention to section
01710 Final Cleaning, which shall be performed as
scheduled by the CM, which will be at or near the
completion of the project.
.6 Access Panels and Doors - Those access panels and doors
that are shown on the drawings will be furnished and
installed by others. Those that are shown in the ceiling
shall be dedicated to the exclusive use of Bid Package
No. 15 Mechanical Process and HVAC. Those that are shown
in the wall shall be dedicated to the exclusive use of
the plumbing contractor(s). All of the access panels and
doors shall be excluded from the trades account
allowance.
Access panels and doors that are not shown, but are
necessary for installation, maintenance and replacement
of this contractor's work, and those that are required by
governing codes and regulations, shall be furnished by
this contractor, to other trade contractors for
installation, as an allowance.
12/18/91 PRIME PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00316 - 3
This contractor shall state the quantity of each size of
access panel and door, and what material they are to be
installed in, per the proposal form. The bid extension
shall be made at the Owner given bid unit price, to
produce the required bid item allowance.
After contract award, supply of the contractor's stated
quantity of access panels and doors shall be purchased by
others. There will be a corresponding deductive change
order issued to this contractor, removing the supply of
the access panels and doors from his contract, and at the
Owner given bid unit price. If the actual quantity
required exceeds the bid quantity, this contractor shall
be responsible for furnishing access panels and doors,
(manufacturer as approved by the Owner) to the
appropriate installing contractor for installation, and
the costs of the door assembly and installation will be
borne by this contractor. Any access panels and doors
not installed, from the allowance bid group that was
purchased, shall remain in the Owner's possession, or
turned back to the supplier for credit, to which credit
will be due the Owner.
.7 Utility Routing and Coordination of the Work
This contractor shall be responsible to. coordinate his
work, with other multiple prime contractors both in the
scheduling bf field work activities and in the
integration of individually furnished items into final
composite installations. Coordination drawings
procedures shall consist of, but are not limited to,
Utility Routing Drawings and Base Trade Installers
Drawings. The Utility Routing coordination shall consist
of three phases.
Phase I
The first phase shall constitute the routing of the
precasters erection mylar or sepia drawings for utility
routing 'over -lay' of each trade contractor's work. This
shall be done by routing first to the sheet metal
contractor, second to the plumber, third to the fire
protection contractor, fourth to mechanical piping, fifth
to electrical and lastly to the security contractor, who
shall return the composite overview to the CM. Each
trade contractor shall have noted each service by name &
size of carrier (pipe, duct, etc.) and insulation/hanger
cross sectional dimensions, i.e., 3" Greywater (611), 24"
x 12" Supply (26" x 14"), 2" ltg, 1" Comm, etc.
Additionally, each trade contractor shall have specified
location, size, and type of precast embed or block out
12/18/91 PRIME PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00316 - 4
required to accommodate the installation of his work.
The intent at this level of coordination is to specify
interface information from trade contractors to the
precast concrete contractor which will allow the
precaster to prepare piece casting drawings and begin
precast production.
Phase II
Upon review by the Owner's representative to identify
congested areas, the sheetmetal contractor shall be
notified of any additions to the following background
drawings which the sheetmetal contractor shall prepare to
appropriate scale as directed by the Owners
representative.
Background Drawing
Prepared by the HVAC and Process Pipe Contractor, and
consists of plan, elevation and cross section
cuts.
1. Corridors and hallways -Plan & Elevation 1/4" = 11,
cross sections 1" = 1'
2. Kitchen -Plan & Elevation 1/411= 11, cross sections
1"= 1'
3. Housing chases and plenums -Plan & Elevation 1/4" _
1', cross sections 1" = 1'
4. Mechanical rooms -Plan & Elevation 1/4" = 11, cross
sections 1" = 1'
5. Laundry -Plan & Elevation 1/411= 11, cross sections
1"= 1'
6. Electrical rooms -Plan & Elevation 1/411= 11, cross
sections i"= 1'
7. All other areas -conventional scale with chases of
enlarged scale.
These drawings shall be routed and marked up by the
Utility Trade Contractors in the same manner as Phase One
drawings, except 'over -lay' work shall show more detail
depicting all items and features such as radius fittings,
valves, specialties, space between pipes, graphic and
written elevations and dimensions, and hanger/support
details. The owner's representative may conduct job site
meetings to resolve and finalize any conflicts which are
not answered during drawing 'over -lay' routing.
Item number 3. above and zone 'A' shall be submitted
within (10) ten calendar days of Award of Contract.
12/18/91 PRIME PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00316 - 5
Phase III
Shop or background drawings shall be prepared and
submitted by the masonry, non -load bearing wall, ceiling,
raised floor, and cast -in -place concrete contractors.
These drawings shall be routed in the same manner as the
previous phases and each trade contractor shall provide
all information necessary for installation of items
furnished by their contract scope of work and which will
require embedment or blockout in the walls, ceiling or
floors.
The requirements of this section are separate from other
drawings and submittals required in the technical
specifications or record drawing sections of the contract
documents.
.8 Furnish to the appropriate trade contractor, for
installation in precast concrete, non -load bearing walls,
masonry, and cast -in -place concrete, all frames, sleeves,
anchors, weld plates and other similar inserts or devices
required to facilitate and coordinate the Work in this
Bid Package. Submit routing shop drawings showing wall
elevation, floor and ceiling plans with requirements for
location and size suitable for field location and
installation. Coordinate and verify correctness of
installation as the work progresses. Verify prior to
casting in form work, or during line and grade
installation of major feature progress.
Furnish and deliver to precast concrete contractor within
(10) working days after award of this contract, all
required sleeves, inserts and other embedded items with
coordination drawings necessary for incorporation in the
precast components, for Zone A.
Furnish and deliver to precast concrete contractor all
required sleeves, inserts and other embedded items with
coordination drawings necessary for incorporation in the
precast components, for Zones B, C, D and E, with
timeliness to facilitate the fabrication schedule of the
precast contractor.
.9 All unfinished surfaces of materials or equipment
furnished or installed by this contractor, shall be
inspected for readiness by follow-on contractors and the
CM, prior to installation of follow-on work. This would
include bringing back to original condition, surfaces
disturbed by welding, burning, or other disfigurement,
which will need to be made ready for finish painting, or
other work.
12/18/91 PRIME PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00316 - 6
.10 This contractor is responsible to coordinate and/or
provide all penetrations shown or not shown on drawings
which are necessary to facilitate the complete
installation of his work. Penetrations in horizontal
precast members equivalent to 6" circular or larger,
shall be provided by the Precast Contractor when
adequately coordinated per item .7 and .8 above.
Other penetrations in horizontal members shall be field
core drilled and shall be the responsibility of this
trade contractor. Field penetrations shall be subject to
the advance approval of the precaster and A/E, and shall
be in accordance with Article 4.14.3. All costs of field
installed penetrations and finished closure of field and
precast provided openings shall be borne by the
contractors using or requiring same. All finished
closure details shall conform with firesafing, safety
building codes and design intent (draft closure, material
fall protection, etc.).
All penetrations and openings should be completed prior
to the finish covering installation. In the event that
penetrations are necessary after finish covering
installation, this contractor shall coordinate and pay
for all related work necessary to provide the completed
detail.
.11 Materials and Eauipment Furnished by Others - All
materials furnished by the Owner, other contractors for
the Owner, or by the CM for the Owner, for installation
by this contractor shall upon delivery, be unloaded,
transferred, stored and fully protected by the contractor
until installed. Any demurrage or similar charge
incurred due to failure of the contractor to promptly
unload the materials and equipment shall be the
responsibility of the contractor.
The contractor shall carefully examine all materials and
equipment furnished by the Owner, or any of his
designees, (other contractors or the CM). The contractor
shall complete receiving reports describing the quantity
and condition of the materials or equipment. The
contractor shall be responsible for subsequent damage or
loss until installation is completed and accepted by the
Owner.
Should the contractor fail to report any visible signs of
damage in the receiving report as indicated above, then
all parties may assume that the damage occurred while the
materials and equipment were in the care, custody and
control of the receiving contractor.
12/18/91 PRIME PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00316 - 7
Any material furnished by the Owner, at an off -site
location, on other than a charge basis in connection with
the contract, shall be deemed as held by the contractor
on consignment. All such materials not used in the
fabrication of materials or equipment required under the
contract shall be returned to the applicable party, as
directed, at their expense; and, if not accounted for or
so returned, shall be paid for by the contractor.
.12 It will be the full responsibility of this trade
contractor to properly seal and maintain rated assemblies
in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations,
affected by his work, and in accordance with section
07272 Firestop and Penetration Sealing System.
.13 Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating all
housekeeping pads and equipment pads that are required
for this contractors work, and are shown on the contract
drawings, with the Concrete Contractor. Those that are
not shown, but are required for the complete and proper
installation of his work, shall be furnished and
installed by this contractor.
.14 All equipment installed shall be verified for
installation to provide adequate clearances for
maintenance and service.
.15 Not Used.
.16 This contractor shall schedule and provide- adequate
overhead hangers and supports to prevent spray on
insulation damage or delay. And in- the event of delayed
installation, or damage, this contractor shall bear the
costs of correction.
.17 Provide any necessary capped stub -outs, sleeves, or tees
as required for connections of work in future Zone 'F'.
.18 Any core drilling or penetrations made by this
contractor, or for this contractor in the performance of
his work, shall be properly closed and sealed by this
contractor after installation of the work.
.19 This contractor shall provide all equipment disconnects
as specified throughout this bid package and
specifications. This contractor shall assist the Owner's
need to standardize product sources wherever possible
within this package and other divisions.
12/18/91 PRIME PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00316 - 8
.20 Contractor shall perform all required testing and provide
adequate personnel in order to complete all testing to
the requirements of governing agencies.
.21 All incoming materials and equipment shall be coordinated
with other trades and the CM is to be notified, in order
that proper laydown, staging and stocking areas are
developed, prior to release for shipping. Within the
building, areas shall be restricted and stocking areas
will be authorized in writing.
.22 If in the event of conflicting, or overlapping
requirements in any area of the bidding documents,
technical specifications, or drawings, the most stringent
condition shall be bid and constructed. Notify the CM in
any event, in order to not compromise the Owner's right
to make appropriate decisions.
.23 For all fusible devices, provide (1) share set of fuses
of (3) each, of each type and size of fuse.
.24 This contractor is reminded of inmate contact areas and
perimeters, and of the requirement for security devices,
fasteners, connectors, and any other work associated with
this bid package scope of work, in order that proper care
and construction is performed in accordance with the
standards and guidelines set forth by the regulatory
agencies governing jails.
.25 This contractor shall provide and coordinate fully with
the provisions of section 16010 Electrical General
Provisions, paragraph 1.1. This contractor shall submit
for approval all 3-phase equipment required in this
section of the work to the A/E for review and approval
within (10) calendar days of contract award. All 3-phase
equipment circuitry and device requirements of this
contract shall be provided to the Electrical Contractor
within (20) calendar days of contract award.
.26 Furnish and install all LP gas distribution, connections
and specialties from outside service. Shut -offs shall be
furnished and installed by this contractor.
.27 Furnish and install hose bibb L-2, as noted in section
11110-12.
.28 Furnish and install all plumbing work necessary to
complete plumbing final connections of Food Service
Equipment. Notify food service supplier 72 hours in
advance to verify rough -in prior to slab pour and wall
cover up.
12/18/91 PRIME PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00316 - 9
.29 Furnish and install plumbing work necessary to complete
plumbing final connections of Laundry Equipment.
.30 Section 15252 Pipe and Equipment Insulation, furnish and
install insulation required for plumbing systems, which
includes all piping, equipment and systems installed by
this contractor.
.31 Section 15403 Water Booster Pumps, furnish and install
pump systems complete.
.32 Section 13090 Radiation Protection:
Furnish and install shielding of plumbing systems,
including penetration shielding. Provide warranty on
radiation protective materials.
.33 Provide plumbing systems scope of work in mock-up cell
and chase, in order to develop a complete and finished
mock-up.
.34 Provide housings and trim plates for terminal connection
at service connection stations.
.35 This contractor shall furnish and install the grey water
system from exterior pipe provided under Bid Group 1,
complete to all fixtures. This contractor shall also
provide to the equipment rooms shown on drawings, a
capped grey water supply for other trades connections.
.36 Owner Option No. 16-01: Zone 'F' Plumbing
At the option of the Owner, furnish and install Zone 'F'
Plumbing systems, similar to Zones 'D' and 'E'.
This area is defined as the area bound by column lines G
to La, and 17 line to 24 line, as well as column lines 37
to X, and U line to 42 line.
.37 Alternate No. 16-01: Zone D and E Plumbing
The Prime Plumbing Contractor shall provide a complete
bid to remove from his scope of work the furnishing of
all Zone D and E permanent materials to be incorporated
into the work, except for special valves and fixtures
which are listed on Attachment "A".
The Prime Plumbing Contractor shall also provide a bid to
remove from his scope of work the installation of all
plumbing systems in Zones D and E.
12/18/91 PRIME PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00316 - 10
.38 The Mechanical Process and HVAC contractor will be
providing (2) air changes per hour in all work areas,
until the permanent HVAC system is in operation. If the
Prime Plumbing Contractor should require any additional
ventilation, then it will be his responsibility to
provide, and in accordance with section 01510 Temporary
Utilities, paragraph 2.8.
.39 The Prime Electrical Contractor will be providing
Temporary Lighting in accordance with section 01510
Temporary Utilities, paragraph 2.6, until the permanent
lighting system is in operation.
If the Prime Plumbing Contractor should require any
additional temporary lighting, then it will be his
responsibility to provide.
1.3 By Others
.1 Setting in place all food service equipment. Furnishing
and installing the Waste Pulper System, WP-1, as
specified on sheet 8.00A.
.2 Setting in place all laundry equipment.
.3 Finish painting of all material and equipment, except
where the specifications call for factory finish, then
the Plumbing Contractor shall provide.
12/18/91 PRIME PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00316 - 11
ATTACHMENT "A"
EQUIPMENT SUPPLIED BY BID PACKAGE NO. 16 PRIME PLUMBING -CONTRACTOR
Contractor is to verify count of fixtures required for
performance of his work prior to bid. In the event any fixture
is not listed or an error is in the required number shown it
will be the responsibility of this contractor to provide and
install any fixtures shown on the plans.
Fixtures and equipment listed shall include all required
specialty attachment devices, wall sleeves and accessories.
(Reference drawing 8.00A and 8.22 for fixture designation
definitions).
STANDARD FIXTURES:
m+ r-vmr7n-w I rlewro 71 I
WC-1
i 15 i
4 i
8
2
i 2
WC-2
i 2
1 i
1
UR-1
i 3-
I I
I
I
I I
L-1
I I
i 12
I
I
1 I
L-2
i 8 i
I I
6
I
8
i 2
I
i 2
I I
L-4
; 6-
I 1
I
1
I I
BT-1-
1 I
1
1
I 1
S-1
I I
i 8 i
I 1
1
13 i
I
3
I
; 7
I I
1 I
i 6
1
CS-1-
I I
I I
1
1
I I
I I
1
I
PS-1-
I I
1 1
I
I
I 1
1 I
I
I
PT-1-
1 1
1 I
I
I
I I
I I
I
1
SS-1
I I
- i
I I
I
1-
I
I I
I 1
1
I
SS-2
I I
i 6 i
1 I
1
2
I
I
5
I
I
4 i
I
I
2
I
EWC-1
I I
7 i
I I
I
1
I
I
4 i
I
I
2 i
I
1
2
I
DF-1
I I
0
I
- i
I
- i
I
2 i
I
0
12/18/91 PRIME PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00316 - 12
FIXTURE ! ZONE A; ZONE BI ZONE C' ZONE D! ZONE E�
BOOST PMPi - - 1 - i -
i
SUMP PMP 2 i - i 2
WH-1
WH-2 i i i 1
WH-3
WTR SOFT
--------------------------------------------------
PENAL FIXTURES:
FIXTURE
iZONE A i
ZONE Bi
ZONE C i
ZONE D
i ZONE E
WC-3
24 i
-
- i
3 i
4
WC-4
- i
-
1
4 i
2
WC-5
- i
4
- ;
92 i
94
WC-6
i 1 i
4
12
WC-7
i 4
UR-2
i - i
-
-
1
2
L-3
i 26 i
-
-
2 i
2
L-5
i i
i
4
SH-1
i 24 i
-
- i
18 i
22
SH-2
i 4 ;
1
2 i
4 i
2
SH-3
i i
2 i
2 i
2
SH-4
i - i
-
- i
4
-
SH-5
; 2
FD-8
-------------------------
; - i
-
3
------------------
12/18/91 PRIME PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00316 - 13
SECTION 00317
SCOPE OF WORK
Bid Package No. 17
Fire Protection System
1.1. General Scope
Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies,
equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and
protection, to install complete operating systems, and proper
execution and completion of all Work specified on the
drawings, in the bid package, and the sections of the
Specifications, which include, but are not limited to the
listing that follows. The bidder shall review all drawings,
and specification sections that are not specifically listed,
for any additional requirements in order to complete the scope
of work described herein.
Primary Sections and Descriptions of the Work
07272
Firestop and Penetration Sealing System
08305
Access Panels and Doors
15000
General Provisions
15060
Pipe and Pipe Fittings
15085
Pipe Identification
15100
Valves
15140
Pipe Hangers and Supports
15330
Wet -Sprinkler System
15992
Tests - Piping Systems
Related Sections and Descriptions
02644
Water Mains
03100
Concrete Formwork
03200
Concrete Reinforcement
03300
Cast -In -Place Concrete
Note:
The following (4) Precast Concrete specifications
can be viewed at the office of the Construction
Manager.
03410
Precast Concrete Hollow Cored Planks (BG-2)
03412
Precast Concrete Panels (BG-2)
03420
Precast Prestressed Concrete Sections (BG-2)
03490
Precast Concrete Modular Cell (BG-2)
03520 Insulating Concrete Decks
03600 Grout
04200 Unit Masonry
12/18/91 FIRE PROTECTION SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00317 - 1
1.2
07215
Sprayed Insulation
07530
Single Ply Roofing
07720
Roof Accessories
07900
Joint Sealers
09110
Non -Load Bearing Wall Framing Systems
09510
Acoustical Ceilings
09900
Painting
11200
Basic Electronic Security Requirements
11203
Fire Alarm Interface
15130
Thermometers and Gages
16010
Electrical General Provisions
16660
Wiring For Equipment Furnished By Others
16721
Fire Alarm System
Special Provisions
The following Special Provisions are intended to clarify the
scope of work, or highlight features of the work, or modify,
change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid
Package.
.1 All licenses required in order to perform the scope of
work in the specified location, shall be procured and
maintained by the contractor and his subcontractors.
Contractor shall submit copies to the Construction
Manager. This shall include construction permits
required by the City of Key West.
.2 Contractor shall maintain As -Built drawings, (Record
Drawings per section 01720), of his work progression. A
50% progress of field work submittal, will be required.
.3 Any excavations required for the complete and proper
installation of his work below grade, shall be in
accordance with sections 02222 & 02226.
.4 Provide, replace, and maintain any safety rails and
barricades as necessary during the process of work, or
during deliveries of materials or equipment.
.5 Contractor is to review Division 1 General Requirements
for additional responsibilities required in order to
perform the work under this Bid Package-.
Contractor shall pay particular attention to section
01710 Final Cleaning, which shall be performed as
scheduled by the CM, which will be at or near the
completion of the project.
12/18/91 FIRE PROTECTION SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00317 - 2
.6 Access Panels and Doors - Those access panels and doors
that are shown on the drawings will be furnished and
installed by others. Those that are shown in the ceiling
shall be dedicated to the exclusive use of Bid Package
No. 15 Mechanical Process and HVAC. Those that are shown
in the wall shall be dedicated to the exclusive use of
the plumbing contractor's). All of the access panels and
doors shall be excluded from the trades account
allowance.
Access panels and doors that are not shown, but are
necessary for installation, -maintenance and replacement
of this contractor's work, and those that are required by
governing codes and regulations, shall be furnished by
this contractor, to other trade contractors for
installation, as an allowance.
This contractor shall state the quantity of each size of
access panel and door, and what material they are to be
installed in, per the proposal form. The bid extension
shall be made at the Owner given bid unit price, to
produce the required bid item allowance.
After contract award, supply of the contractor's stated
quantity of access panels and doors shall be purchased by
others. There will be a corresponding deductive change
ordet'issued to this contractor, removing the supply of
the access panels and doors from his contract, and at the
Owner given bid unit price. If the actual quantity
required exceeds the bid quantity,.this contractor shall
be responsible for furnishing access panels and doors,
(manufacturer as approved by the Owner) to the
appropriate installing contractor for installation, and
the costs of the door assembly and installation will be
borne by this contractor. Any access panels and doors
not installed, from the allowance bid group that was
purchased, shall remain in the Owner's possession, or
turned back to the supplier for credit, to which credit
will be due the Owner.
.7 Utility Routing and Coordination of the Work
This contractor shall be responsible to coordinate his
work with other multiple prime contractors both in the
scheduling of field work activities and in the
integration of individually furnished items into final
composite installations. Coordination drawings
procedures shall consist of, but are not limited to,
Utility Routing Drawings and Base Trade Installers
Drawings. The Utility Routing coordination shall consist
of three phases.
12/18/91 FIRE PROTECTION SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00317 - 3
Phase I
The first phase shall constitute the routing of the
precasters erection mylar or sepia drawings for utility
routing 'over -lay' of each trade contractor's work. This
shall be done by routing first to the sheet metal
contractor, second to the plumber, third to the fire
protection contractor, fourth to mechanical piping, fifth
to electrical and lastly to the security contractor, who
shall return the composite overview to the CM. Each
trade contractor shall have noted each service by name &
size of carrier (pipe, duct, etc.) and insulation/hanger
cross sectional dimensions, i.e., 3" Greywater (691), 24"
X 12" Supply (26" x 14"), 2" ltg, 1" Comm, etc.
Additionally, each trade contractor shall have specified
location, size, and type of precast embed or block out
required to accommodate the installation of his work.
The intent at this level of coordination is to specify
interface information from trade contractors to the
precast concrete contractor which will allow the
precaster to prepare piece casting drawings and begin
precast production.
Phase II
Upon review by the Owner's representative to identify
congested areas, the sheetmetal contractor shall be
notified of any additions to the following background
drawings which the sheetmetal contractor shall prepare to
appropriate scale as directed by the Owners
representative.
Background Drawing
Prepared by the HVAC and Process Pipe Contractor, and
consists of plan, elevation and cross section
cuts.
1. Corridors and hallways -Plan & Elevation 1/4" = 11,
cross sections 1" = 1'
2. Kitchen -Plan & Elevation 1/411= 11, cross sections
3. Housing chases and plenums -Plan & Elevation 1/4" _
11, cross sections 1" = 1'
4. Mechanical rooms -Plan & Elevation 1/4" = 11, cross
sections 1" = 1'
5. Laundry -Plan & Elevation 1/411= 11, cross sections
1"= 1'
6. Electrical rooms -Plan & Elevation 1/411= 11, cross
sections 1"= 1'
12/18/91 FIRE PROTECTION SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00317 - 4
7. All other areas -conventional scale with chases of
enlarged scale.
These drawings shall be routed and marked up by the
Utility Trade Contractors in the same manner as Phase One
drawings, except 'over -lay' work shall show more detail
depicting all items and features such as radius fittings,
valves, specialties, space between pipes, graphic and
written elevations and dimensions, and hanger/support
details. The owner's representative may conduct job site
meetings to resolve and finalize any conflicts which are
not answered during drawing 'over -lay' routing.
Item number 3. above and zone 'A' shall be submitted
within (10) ten calendar days of Award of Contract.
Phase III
Shop or background drawings shall be prepared and
submitted by the masonry, non -load bearing wall, ceiling,
raised floor, and cast -in -place concrete contractors.
These drawings shall be routed in the same manner as the
previous phases and each trade contractor shall provide
all information necessary for installation of items
furnished by their contract scope of work and which will
require embedment or blockout in the walls, ceiling or
floors.
The requirements of.this section are separate from other
drawings and submittals required in the technical
specifications or record drawing sections of the contract
documents.
.8 Furnish to the appropriate trade contractor, for
installation in precast concrete, non -load bearing walls,
masonry, and cast -in -place concrete, all frames, sleeves,
anchors, weld plates and other similar inserts or devices
required to facilitate and coordinate the Work in this
Bid Package. Submit routing shop drawings showing wall
elevation, floor and ceiling plans with requirements for
location and size suitable for field location and
installation. Coordinate and verify correctness of
installation as the work progresses. Verify prior to
casting in form work, or during line and grade
installation of major feature progress.
Furnish and deliver to precast concrete contractor within
(10) working days after award of this contract, all
required sleeves, inserts and other embedded items with
coordination drawings necessary for incorporation in the
precast components, for Zone A.
12/18/91 FIRE PROTECTION SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00317 - 5
Furnish and deliver to precast concrete contractor all
required sleeves, inserts and other embedded items with
coordination drawings necessary for incorporation in the
precast components, for Zones B,C,D and E, with
timeliness to facilitate the fabrication schedule of the
precast contractor.
.9 All unfinished surfaces of materials or equipment
furnished or installed by this contractor, shall be
inspected for readiness by follow-on contractors and the
CM, prior to installation of follow-on work. This would
include bringing back to original condition, surfaces
disturbed by welding, burning, or other disfigurement,
which will need to be made ready for finish painting, or
other work.
.10 This contractor is responsible to coordinate and/or
provide all penetrations shown or not shown on drawings
which are necessary to facilitate the complete install-
ation of his work. Penetrations in horizontal precast
members equivalent to 6" circular or larger, shall be
provided by the Precast Contractor when adequately
coordinated per item .7 and .8 above.
Other penetrations in horizontal members shall be field
core drilled and shall be the responsibility of this
trade contractor. Field penetrations shall be subject to
the advance approval of the precaster and A/E, and shall
be in accordance with Article 4.14.3. All costs of field
installed penetrations and finished closure of field and
precast provided openings shall be borne by the
contractors using or requiring same. All finished
closure details shall conform with firesafing, safety
building codes and design intent (draft closure, material
fall protection, etc.).
All penetrations and openings should be completed prior
to the finish covering installation. In the event that
penetrations are necessary after finish covering install-
ation, this contractor shall coordinate and pay for all
related work necessary to provide the completed detail.
.11 Materials and Equipment Furnished by Others - All
materials furnished by the Owner, other contractors for
the Owner, or by the CM for the Owner, for installation
by this contractor shall upon delivery, be unloaded,
transferred, stored and fully protected by the contractor
until installed. Any demurrage or similar charge
incurred due to failure of the contractor to promptly
unload the materials and equipment shall be the
responsibility of the contractor.
12/18/91 FIRE PROTECTION SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00317 - 6
The contractor shall carefully examine all materials and
equipment furnished by the Owner, or any of his
designees, (other contractors or the CM). The contractor
shall complete receiving reports describing the quantity
and condition of the materials or equipment. The
contractor shall be responsible for subsequent damage or
loss until installation is completed and accepted by the
Owner.
Should the contractor fail to report any visible signs of
damage in the receiving report as indicated above, then
all parties may assume that the damage occurred while the
materials and equipment were in the care, custody and
control of the receiving contractor.
Any material furnished by the Owner, at an off -site
location, on other than a charge basis in connection with
the contract, shall be deemed as held by the contractor
on consignment. All such materials not used in the
fabrication of materials or equipment required under the
contract shall be returned to the applicable party, as
directed, at their expense; and, if not accounted for or
so returned, shall be paid for by the contractor.
.12 It will be the full responsibility of this trade
contractor to properly seal and maintain rated assemblies
in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations,
affected by his work, and in accordance with section
07272 Firestop and Penetration Sealing System.
.13 Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating all
housekeeping pads and equipment pads that are required
_for this contractors work, and are shown on the contract
drawings, with the Concrete Contractor. Those that are
not shown, but are required for the complete and proper
installation of his work, shall be furnished and
installed by this contractor.
.14 All equipment installed shall be verified for
installation to provide adequate clearances for
maintenance and service.
.15 Not Used.
.16 This contractor shall schedule and provide adequate
overhead hangers and supports to prevent spray on
insulation damage or delay. And in the event of delayed
installation, or damage, this contractor shall bear the
costs of correction.
12/18/91 FIRE PROTECTION SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00317 - 7
.17 Provide any necessary capped stub -outs, sleeves, or tees
as required for connections of work in future Zone 'F'.
.18 Any core drilling or penetrations made by this
contractor, or for this contractor in the performance of
his work, shall be properly closed and sealed by this
contractor after installation of the work.
.19 Contractor shall perform all required testing and provide
adequate personnel in order to complete all testing to
the requirements of governing agencies.
.20 All incoming materials and equipment shall be coordinated
with other trades and the CM is to be notified, in order
that proper laydown, staging and stocking areas are
developed, prior to release for shipping. Within the
building, areas shall be restricted and stocking areas
will be authorized in writing.
.21 If in the event of conflicting, or overlapping
requirements in any area of the bidding documents,
technical specifications, or drawings, the most stringent
condition shall be bid and constructed. Notify the CM in
any event, in order to not compromise the Owner's right
to make appropriate decisions.
.22 This contractor is reminded of inmate contact areas and
perimeters, and of the requirement for security devices,
fasteners, connectors, and any other work associated with
this bid package scope of work, in order that proper care
and construction is performed in accordance with the
standards and guidelines set forth by the regulatory
agencies governing jails.
.23 Furnish and install all necessary flow switches in a
timely manner so electrical connections by other trades
can be performed so as not to impede the construction
schedule and to insure systems are in working order.
.24 Coordinate with all trade contractors who work interfaces
with the fire protection system. Assure all systems
placed are compatible to one another to provide a
complete wet and electronically operated alarm system.
.25 Notify and coordinate with the local Fire Marshall all
test and inspections required during building rough -ins
and at final inspections. It will be the responsibility
of this system installer to notify the CM of these
scheduled inspections and provide a typewritten report of
all test and inspections.
12/18/91 FIRE PROTECTION SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00317 - 8
.26 Tie into stub out provided under Bid Group 1. Final
connection and any necessary fittings or valves required
will be the responsibility of this contractor. Final
connection is not to proceed until underground system has
been sanitized and passed a pressure test by the
preceding contractor. This contractor is not to proceed
until they have been supplied a copy of all reports and
so directed by the CM.
.27 No modifications are to be made to the designed system
with out prior approval by the A/E.
.28 Coordinate testing and finish head installation with
ceiling and wall contractors so as not to impede
progress.
.29 This contractor shall install typical Fire Protection
System, in order to fully develop installation of mock-up
cell and chase.
.30 In accordance with section 01510 Temporary Utilities,
paragraph 2.10, supply temporary fire protection
stations. This shall include plywood backing on suitable
support, which will hold type ABC fire extinguisher.
Provide suitable markings on plywood in order to make
station visible. Per governing codes and regulations,
supply number of stations required. At a minimum, supply
two stations per floor, in each of Zones A,B,C,D, and E.
Maintain stations until wet -sprinkler system is brought
on-line, and then remove.
.31 Maintain temporary hose bibbs, (2 each) that have been
installed by others, on fire water loop, at locations of
fire hydrants. As directed by CM at the proper time,
remove and turn over to the Owner.
.32 Any temporary or permanent utility or service outages,
which are necessary after being put into service or
energized, shall require notice and approval prior to
actual system shutdown. The Contractor requiring the
outage shall gain approval of the CM no less than (7)
days prior to anticipated date of outage. The written
request for outage approval shall contain system or
circuits of service, areas that will be affected, and
time duration of outage. Outages shall be coordinated so
as not to affect the work of other contractors.
12/18/91 FIRE PROTECTION SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00317 - 9
.33 Owner Option No. 17-01: Zone 'F' Fire Protection
At the option of the Owner, furnish and install Fire
Protection System for Zone 'F', complete, similar to
Zones 'D' and 'E'.
This area is defined as the area bound by column lines G
to La, and 17 line to 24 line, as well as column lines 37
to X, and U line to 42 line.
.34 The Mechanical Process and HVAC contractor will be
providing (2) air changes per hour in all work areas,
until the permanent HVAC system is in operation. If the
Fire Protection System Contractor should require any
additional ventilation, then it will be his
responsibility to provide, and in accordance with section
01510 Temporary Utilities, paragraph 2.8.
.35 The Prime Electrical Contractor will be providing
Temporary Lighting in accordance with section 01510
Temporary Utilities, paragraph 2.6, until the permanent
lighting system is in operation.
If the Fire Protection System Contractor should require
any additional temporary lighting, then it will be his
responsibility to provide.
.36 Furnish and install, and comply with standards of City of
Key West, Equipment as listed under paragraph 2.3,
specification section 15330 Wet -Pipe Sprinkler Systems.
1.3 By Others
.1 Finish painting.
.2 Wiring of signal and alarm devices.
12/18/91 FIRE PROTECTION SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00317 - 10
SECTION 00318
i v
SCOPE OF WORK
Bid Package No. 18
Food Service Equipment
1.1 General Scope
Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies,
equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and
protection, to install complete operating systems, and proper
execution and completion of all Work specified on the
drawings, in the bid package, and the sections of the
Specifications, which include, but are not limited to the
listing that follows. The bidder shall review all drawings
and specification sections that are not specifically listed,
for any additional requirements in order to complete the scope
of work described herein.
Primary Specification Sections and Descriptions
11400 Food Service Equipment
11704 Ice Machines
15890 Ductwork
Related Specification Sections and Descriptions
Note: The following (4) Precast Concrete specifications
can be viewed at the office of the Construction
Manager.
03410 Precast Concrete Hollow Cored Planks
03412 Precast Concrete Panels (BG-2)
03420 Precast Prestressed Concrete Sections
03490 Precast Concrete Modular Cell (BG-2)
15000
General Provisions
15060
Pipe and Pipe Fittings
15085
Pipe Identification
15100
Valves
15140
Pipe Hangers and Supports
15242
Vibration Isolation
15252
Pipe and Equipment Insulation
15858
Fans
15992
Tests - Piping Systems
16010
Electrical General Provisions
16111
Conduit Systems - Bid Group 3
16120
Wire and Cable
16170
Disconnect Switches
(BG-2)
(BG-2)
12/18/91 FOOD SERVICE SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00318 - 1
1.2
16450 Electrical Systems Grounding
16660 Wiring For Equipment Furnished By Others
16721 Fire Alarm System
Primary Drawings
FS-1
Food Service Equipment
Schedule
FS-2
Food Service Equipment
Plan
FS-3
Food Service Mechanical
Plan
FS-4
Food Service Electrical
Plan
FS-5
Food Service Plumbing Plan
FS-6
Food Service Equipment
Details
FS-7
Food Service Equipment
Details
4.61
Interior Building Plan
Second Floor, Zone C
4.65
Building Sections
7.08
Equipment Plan First Floor
Zone B
8.35
Plumbing Kitchen Plan
10.15
HVAC Plan Second Floor
Zone C
11.40
Electrical Enlarged Kitchen Plan
Special Provisions
The following Special Provisions are intended to clarify the
scope of work, or highlight features of the work, or modify,
change,'add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid
Package.
.1 Furnish and install all food service equipment, including
setting and levelling per approved shop drawings. This
contractor is to assure all equipment is in an acceptable
operating condition.
.2 Furnish only, to Mechanical Contractor, equipment hoods
and fans that comply with NFPA No. 96, including appendix
A.
.3 Furnish and install kitchen hood fire suppression system
complying with NFPA No. 12.
.4 This contractor will be required to visit jobsite prior
to slab and wall cover-up to review rough -in of Plumbing
and Electrical Contractors.
.5 Provide Mechanical and Electrical Trade Contractors with
shop drawings, and catalog or cut sheets of equipment
related to their scope of work.
.6 Trough frame is to be ordered with (10) days of notice of
award of this contract, in order to not delay the
installation work by the Cast -in -Place Concrete
Contractor.
12/18/91 FOOD SERVICE SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00318 - 2
.7 Furnish and install remote verification units complete
with controls, piping and insulation.
.8 Provide on -site operating and maintenance instructions to
Owner representatives as scheduled by the CM.
.9 All equipment installed shall be verified for
installation to provide adequate clearances for
maintenance and service.
.10 This contractor shall provide all equipment disconnects
as specified throughout this bid package and
specifications. This contractor shall assist the Owner's
need to standardize product sources wherever possible
within this package and other divisions.
.11 All incoming materials and equipment shall be coordinated
with other trades and the CM is to be notified, in order
that proper lavdown, staging and stockings areas are
developed, prior to release for shipping. Within the
building, areas shall be restricted and stocking areas
will be authorized in writing.
.12 For all fusible devices, provide (1) spare set of fuses
of (3) each, of each type and size of fuse.
.13 This contractor shall provide and coordinate fully with
the provisions of section 16010 Electrical General
Provisions, paragraph 1.1. This contractor shall submit
for approval all 3-phase equipment required in this
section of the work to the A/E for review and approval
within (10) calendar days of contract award. All 3-phase
equipment circuitry and device requirements of this
contract shall be provided to the Electrical Contractor
within (20) calendar days of contract award.
.14 Furnish and install waste pulping system, item WP-1, as
specified on sheet 8.00A.
.15 All licenses required in order to perform the scope of
work in the specified location, shall be procured and
maintained by the contractor and his subcontractors.
Contractor shall submit copies to the Construction
Manager. This shall include construction permits
required by the City of Key West.
.16 This contractor is reminded of inmate contact areas and
perimeters, and of the requirement for security devices,
fasteners, connectors, and any other work associated with
this bid package scope of work, in order that proper care
12/18/91 FOOD SERVICE SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00318 - 3
and construction is performed in accordance with the
standards and guidelines set forth by the regulatory
agencies governing jails.
.17 Provide, replace, and maintain any safety rails and
barricades as necessary during the process of work, or
during deliveries of materials or equipment.
.18 Utility Routing and Coordination of the Work
This contractor shall be responsible to coordinate his
work with other multiple prime contractors both in the
scheduling of field work activities and in the
integration of individually furnished items into final
composite installations. Coordination drawings
procedures shall consist of, but are not limited to,
Utility Routing Drawings and Base Trade Installers
Drawings. The Utility Routing coordination shall consist
of three phases.
Phase I
The first phase shall constitute the routing of -the
precasters erection mylar or sepia drawings for utility
routing 'over -lay' of each trade contractor's work. This
shall be done by routing first to the sheet metal
contractor, second to the plumber, third to the fire
protection contractor, fourth to mechanical piping, fifth
to electrical and lastly to the security contractor, who
shall return the composite overview to the CM. Each
trade contractor shall have noted each service by name &
size of carrier (pipe, duct, etc.) and insulation/hanger
cross sectional dimensions, i.e., 3" Greywater (611), 24"
X 12" Supply (26" X 14"), 2" ltg, 1" Comm, etc.
Additionally, each trade contractor shall have specified
location, size, and type of precast embed or block out
required to accommodate the installation of his work.
The intent at this level of coordination is to specify
interface information from trade contractors to the
precast concrete contractor which will allow the
precaster to prepare piece casting drawings and begin
precast production.
Phase II
Upon review by the Owner's representative to identify
congested areas, the sheetmetal contractor shall be
notified of any additions to the following background
drawings which the sheetmetal contractor shall prepare to
appropriate scale as directed by the Owners
representative.
12/18/91 FOOD SERVICE SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00318 - 4
Background Drawing
Prepared by the HVAC and Process Pipe Contractor, and
consists of plan, elevation and cross section
cuts.
1. Corridors and hallways -Plan & Elevation 1/4" = 11,
cross sections 1" = 1'
2. Kitchen -Plan & Elevation 1/419= 11, cross sections
1"= 1'
3. Housing chases and plenums -Plan & Elevation 1/4" _
11, cross sections 1" = 1'
4. Mechanical rooms -Plan & Elevation 1/4" = 11, cross
sections 1" = 1'
5. Laundry -Plan & Elevation 1/411= 11, cross sections
1"=1'
6. Electrical rooms -Plan & Elevation 1/411= 11, cross
sections 1"= 1'
7. All other areas -conventional scale with chases of
enlarged scale.
These drawings shall be routed and marked up by the
Utility Trade Contractors in the same manner as Phase One
drawings, except 'over -lay' work shall show more detail
depicting all items and features such as radius fittings,
valves, specialties, space between pipes, graphic and
written elevations and dimensions, and hanger/support
details. The owner's representative may_ conduct job site
meetings to resolve and finalize any conflicts which are
not answered during drawing 'over -lay' routing.
Item number 3. above and zone 'A' shall be submitted
within (10) ten calendar days of Award of Contract.
Phase III
Shop or background drawings shall be prepared and
submitted by the masonry, non -load bearing wall, ceiling,
raised floor, and cast -in -place concrete contractors.
These drawings shall be routed in the same manner as the
previous -phases and each trade contractor shall provide
all information necessary for installation of items
furnished by their contract scope of work and which will
require embedment or blockout in the walls, ceiling or
floors.
The requirements of this section are separate from other
drawings and submittals required in the technical
specifications or record drawing sections of the contract
documents.
12/18/91 FOOD SERVICE SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00318 - 5
1.3 By Others
.1 Installation of equipment hoods will be the
responsibility of the Mechanical Contractor.
.2 Hook-ups for electrical and plumbing services and final
tie-ins will be the responsibility of the appropriate
Electrical, Mechanical and Plumbing Contractors.
12/18/91 FOOD SERVICE SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00318 - 6
SECTION 00319
SCOPE OF WORK
Bid Package No. 19
Laundry Equipment
1.1 General Scope
Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies,
equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and
protection, to install complete operating systems, and proper
execution and completion of all Work specified on the
drawings, in the bid package, and the sections of the
Specifications, which include, but are not limited to the
listing that follows. The bidder shall review all drawings
and specification sections that are not specifically listed,
for any additional requirements in order to complete the scope
of work described herein.
Primary Sections and Descriptions
11110 Laundry Equipment
Related Sections and Descriptions
15000 General Provisions
15252 Pipe and Equipment Insulation
15992 Tests - Piping Systems
16010 Electrical General Provisions
16450 Electrical Systems Grounding
16660 Wiring For Equipment Furnished By Others
Primary Drawinas
L-1
Laundry Equipment Plan and Schedule
L-2
Laundry Mechanical Plan
L-3
Laundry Electrical Plan
L-4
Laundry Plumbing Plan
4.54
Interior Building Plan First Floor Zone B
4.66
Building Sections
8.08
Plumbing First Floor Zone B
10.08
HVAC Plan First Floor Zone B
11.41
Electrical Enlarged Laundry Plan
12/18/91 LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00319 - 1
1.2 Special Provisions
The following Special Provisions are intended to clarify the
scope of work, or highlight features of the work, or modify,
change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid
Package.
.1 Laundry Equipment Contractor shall furnish, deliver,
unload, set -in -place and make operational all laundry
Equipment.
.2 This contractor will be required to visit jobsite prior
to slab and wall cover ups, to review Mechanical and
Electrical rough -ins.
.3 Delete hose bibb (item L-2) from equipment to be
supplied. Equipment will be furnished by the Plumbing
Contractor.
.4 Deliver trough frame to Cast -in -Place Concrete Contractor
(10) working days after notice of award of contract.
.5 Provide Mechanical and Electrical trade contractors with
shop drawings, catalogs or cut sheets of equipment that
is related to their scope of work.
.6 Provide on -site operating and maint'enance instructions to
Owner representatives as scheduled by the CM.
.7 All equipment installed shall be verified for
installation to provide adequate clearances for
maintenance and service.
.8 All incoming materials and equipment shall be coordinated
with other trades and the CM is to be notified, in order
that proper laydown, staging and stocking areas are
developed, prior to release for shipping. Within the
building, areas shall be restricted and stocking areas
will be authorized in writing.
.9 All licenses required in order to perform the scope of
work in the specified location, shall be procured and
maintained by the contractor and his subcontractors.
Contractor shall submit copies to the Construction
Manager. This shall include construction permits
required by the City of Key West.
12/18/91 LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00319 - 2
.10 This contractor is reminded of inmate contact areas and
perimeters, and of the requirement for security devices,
fasteners, connectors, and any other work associated with
this bid package scope of work, in order that proper care
and construction is performed in accordance with the
standards and guidelines set forth by the regulatory
agencies governing jails.
.11 Provide, replace, and maintain any safety rails and
barricades as necessary during the process of work, or
during deliveries of materials or equipment.
.12 Utility Routing and Coordination of the Work
This contractor shall be responsible to coordinate his
work with other multiple prime contractors both in the
scheduling of field work activities and in the
integration of individually furnished items into final
composite installations. Coordination drawings
procedures shall consist of, but are not limited to,
Utility Routing Drawings and Base Trade Installers
Drawings. The Utility Routing coordination shall consist
of three phases.
Phase I
The first phase shall constitute the routing of the
precasters erection mylar or'sepia drawings for utility
routing 'over -lay' of each trade contractor's work. This
shall be done by routing first to the sheet metal
contractor, second to the plumber, third to the fire
protection contractor, fourth to mechanical piping, fifth
to electrical and lastly to the security contractor, who
shall return the composite overview to the CM. Each
trade contractor shall have noted each service by name &
size of carrier (pipe, duct, etc.) and insulation/hanger
cross sectional dimensions, i.e., 3" Greywater (611), 24"
X 12" Supply (26" x 14"), 2" ltg, 1" Comm, etc.
Additionally, each trade contractor shall have specified
location, size, and type of precast embed or block out
required to accommodate the installation of his work.
The intent at this level of coordination is to specify
interface information from trade contractors to the
precast concrete contractor which will allow the
precaster to prepare piece casting drawings and begin
precast production.
Phase II
Upon review by the Owner's representative to identify
congested areas, the sheetmetal contractor shall be
12/18/91 LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00319 - 3
notified of any additions to the following background
drawings which the sheetmetal contractor shall prepare to
appropriate scale as directed by the Owners
representative.
Background Drawing
Prepared by the HVAC and Process Pipe Contractor, and
consists of plan, elevation and cross section
cuts.
1. Corridors and hallways -Plan & Elevation 1/4" = 11,
cross sections 1" = 1'
2. Kitchen -Plan & Elevation 1/411= 11, cross sections
1"= 1'
3. Housing chases and plenums -Plan & Elevation 1/4" _
11, cross sections 1" = 1'
4. Mechanical rooms -Plan & Elevation 1/4" = 11, cross
sections 1" = 1'
5. Laundry -Plan & Elevation 1/411= 11, cross sections
1"=1'
6. Electrical rooms -Plan & Elevation 1/411= 11, cross
sections 1"= 1'
7. All other areas -conventional scale with chases of
enlarged scale.
These drawings shall be routed and marked up by the
Utility Trade Contractors in the same manner as Phase One
drawings, except 'over -lay' work shall show more detail
depicting all items and features such as radius fittings,
valves, specialties, space between pipes, graphic and
written elevations and dimensions, and hanger/support
details. The owner's representative may conduct job site
meetings to resolve and finalize any conflicts which are
not answered during drawing 'over -lay' routing.
Item number 3. above and zone 'A' shall be submitted
within (10) ten calendar days of Award of Contract.
Phase III
Shop or background drawings shall be prepared and
submitted by the masonry, non -load bearing wall, ceiling,
raised floor, and cast -in -place concrete contractors.
These drawings shall be routed in the same manner as the
previous phases and each trade contractor shall provide
all information necessary for installation of items
furnished by their contract scope of work and which will
require embedment or blockout in the walls, ceiling or
floors.
12/18/91 LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00319 - 4
1.3
The requirements of this section are separate from other
drawings and submittals required in the technical
specifications or record drawing sections of the contract
documents.
By Others
.1 Hook-ups for electrical and plumbing services and final
tie-ins will be the responsibility of the appropriate
Electrical, Mechanical and Plumbing Contractors.
12/18/91 LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00319 - 5
1.1
1.2
SECTION 00320
SCOPE OF WORK
Bid Package No. 20
Loading Dock Equipment
General Scope
Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies,
equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and
protection, to install complete operating systems, and proper
execution and completion of all Work specified on the
drawings, in the bid package, and the sections of the
Specifications, which include, but are not limited to the
listing that follows. The bidder shall review all drawings
and specification sections that are not specifically listed,
for any additional requirements in order to complete the scope
of work described herein.
Primary Sections and Descriptions
11160 Loading Dock Equipment
Related Sections and Descriptions
03100 Concrete Formwork
03200 Concrete Reinforcement
03300 Cast -In -Place Concrete
16010 Electrical General Provisions
16111 Conduit Systems - Bid Group 3
16660 Wiring For Equipment Furnished By Others
Primary Drawings
7.00 Standard Mounting Heights
7.03 Equipment Plan Ground Floor Zone C
11.03 Power and Lighting Plan Ground Floor Zone C
Reference Drawings, available at the Construction Manager's
Office.
3.03 Foundation Plan Ground Floor Zone C
3.31 Foundations Sections and Details
Special Provisions
The following Special Provisions are intended to clarify the
scope of work, or highlight features of the work, or modify,
12/18/91 LOADING DOCK SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00320 - 1
change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid
Package.
.1 Coordinate installation of embeds, angles, anchors,
plates, blockouts, etc. with the structural concrete
contractor.
.2 Coordinate installation of conduit, boxes, and electrical
connections with the Electrical Contractor.
.3 Provide shop drawings/catalog cuts of equipment to
Electrical and Structural Concrete contractors prior to
rough -ins and concrete placement.
.4 It is the responsibility of this contractor to verify
rough -ins prior to the installation of loading dock
equipment.
.5 All equipment installed shall be verified for install-
ation to provide adequate clearances for maintenance and
service.
.6 This contractor shall provide all equipment disconnects
as specified throughout this bid package and speci-
fications. This contractor shall assist the Owner's need
to standardize product sources wherever possible within
this package and other divisions.
.7 All incoming materials and equipment shall be coordinated
with other trades and the CM is to be notified, in order
that proper laydown, staging and stocking areas are
developed, prior to release for shipping. Within the
building, areas shall be restricted and stocking areas
will be authorized in writing.
.8 For all fusible devices, provide (1) spare set of fuses
of (3) each, of each type and size of fuse.
.9 Provide, replace, and maintain any safety rails and
barricades as necessary during the process of work, or
during deliveries of materials or equipment.
.10 All licenses required in order to perform the scope of
work in the specified location, shall be procured and
maintained by the contractor and his subcontractors.
Contractor shall submit copies to the Construction
Manager. This shall include construction permits
required by the City of Key West.
12/18/91 LOADING DOCK SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00320 - 2
SECTION 00321
SCOPE OF WORK
Bid Package No. 21
Pneumatic Tube System
1.1 General Scope
Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies,
equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and
protection, to install complete operating systems, and proper
execution and completion of all Work specified on the
drawings, in the bid package, and the sections of the
Specifications, which include, but are not limited to the
listing that follows. The bidder shall review all drawings
and specification sections that are not specifically listed,
for any additional requirements in order to complete the scope
of work described herein.
Primary Sections and Descriptions
07272 Firestop And Penetration Sealing System
08305 Access Panels And Doors
14700 Pneumatic Tube System
Related Sections and Descriptions
07215
Sprayed Insulation
07900
Joint Sealers
15000
General Provisions
15012
Coordination Drawings -Preparation
15014
Coordination Drawings
15140
Pipe Hangers And Supports
15242
Vibration Isolation
16010
Electrical General Provisions
16111
Conduit Systems
16120
Wire and Cable
16660
Wiring For Equipment Furnished By Others
Primary Drawings
3.07
Framing
Plan First Floor Zone
A
3.08
Framing
Plan First Floor Zone
B
3.09
Framing
Plan First Floor Zone
C
4.53
Interior
Building Plan First
Floor Zone A
4.54
Interior
Building Plan First
Floor Zone B
4.55
Interior
Building Plan First
Floor Zone C
12/18/91 PNEUMATIC TUBE SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00321 - 1
1.2
4.59
Interior Building Plan Second Floor Zone A
4.65
Building Sections
4.66
Building Sections
8.07
Plumbing First Floor Zone A
8.08
Plumbing First Floor Zone B
8.09
Plumbing First Floor Zone C
10.07
HVAC Plan First Floor Zone A
10.08
HVAC Plan First Floor Zone B
10.09
HVAC Plan First Floor Zone C
11.11
Power Plan First Floor Zone C
11.19
Power Plan Second Floor Zone A
SDecial_Provisions
The following Special Provisions are intended to clarify the
scope of work, or highlight features of the work, or modify,
change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid
Package.
.1 Contractor shall maintain As -Built drawings, (Record
Drawings per section 01720), of his work progression. A
50% progress of field work submittal, will be required.
.2 Contractor is to review Division 1 General Requirements
for additional responsibilities required in order to
perform the work under this Bid Package.
Contractor shall pay particular attention to section
01710 Final Cleaning, which shall be performed as
scheduled by the CM, which will be at or near the
completion of the project.
.3 Access Panels and Doors - Those access panels and doors
that are shown on the drawings will be furnished and
installed by others. Those that are shown in the ceiling
shall be dedicated to the exclusive use of Bid Package
No. 15 Mechanical Process and HVAC. Those that are shown
in the wall shall be dedicated_to the exclusive use of
the plumbing contractor(s). All of the access panels and
doors shall be excluded from the trades account
allowance.
Access panels and doors that are not shown, but are
necessary for installation, maintenance and replacement
of this contractor's work, and those that are required by
governing codes and regulations, shall be furnished by
this contractor, to other trade contractors for
installation, as an allowance.
12/18/91 PNEUMATIC TUBE SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00321 - 2
This contractor shall state the quantity of each size of
access panel and door, and what material they are to be
installed in, per the proposal form. The bid extension
shall be made at the Owner given bid unit price, to
produce the required bid item allowance.
After contract award, supply of the contractor's stated
quantity of access panels and doors shall be purchased by
others. There will be a corresponding deductive change
order issued to this contractor, removing the supply of
the access panels and doors from his contract, and at the
Owner given bid unit price. If the actual quantity
required exceeds the bid quantity, this contractor shall
be responsible for furnishing access panels and doors,
(manufacturer as approved by the Owner) to the
appropriate installing contractor for installation, and
the costs of the door assembly and installation will be
borne by this contractor. Any access panels and doors
not installed, from the allowance bid group that was
purchased, shall remain in the Owner's possession, or
turned back to the supplier for credit, to which credit
will be due the Owner.
.4 Furnish to the appropriate trade contractor, for
installation in precast concrete, non -load bearing walls,
masonry, and cast -in -place concrete, all frames, sleeves,
anchors, weld plates and other similar inserts or devices
required to facilitate and coordinate the Work in this
Bid Package. Submit routing shop drawings showing wall
elevation, floor and ceiling plans with requirements for
location and size suitable for field location and
installation. Coordinate and verify correctness of
installation as the work progresses. Verify prior to
casting in form work, or during line and grade
installation of major feature progress.
Furnish and deliver to precast concrete contractor within
(10) working days after award of this contract, all
required sleeves, inserts and other embedded items with
coordination drawings necessary for incorporation in the
precast components, for Zone A.
Furnish and deliver to precast concrete contractor all
required sleeves, inserts and other embedded items with
coordination drawings necessary for incorporation in the
precast components, for Zones B,C,D and E, with
timeliness to facilitate the fabrication schedule of the
precast contractor.
12/18/91 PNEUMATIC TUBE SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00321 - 3
.5 All unfinished surfaces of materials or equipment
furnished or installed by this contractor, shall be
inspected for readiness by follow-on contractors and the
CM, prior to installation of follow-on work. This would
include bringing back to original condition, surfaces
disturbed by welding, burning, or other disfigurement,
which will need to be made ready for finish painting, or
other work.
.6 Contractor shall furnish, install and terminate all
raceways and wiring for all controls. associated with the
work of Pneumatic Tube System.
.7 Furnish to the appropriate Trade Contractor, for
installation in precast concrete, masonry, and cast -in -
place concrete, all frames, sleeves, anchors, weld plates
and other inserts and devices required as part of the
work in this Bid Package. Coordinate and verify
locations with the appropriate Trade Contractor. For
precast, contractor will make the necessary trips to the
precaster's fabrication plant, in order to ascertain that
installations are being performed correctly.
Furnish and deliver to precast concrete contractor within
(10) working days after award of this contract, all
required sleeves, inserts and coordination drawings
necessary for incorporation in the precast components.
.8 Replace any safety rails and barricades removed by this
trade contractor -during the process of work, or during
deliveries of materials or equipment.
.9 Contractor is to review Division 1 General Requirements
for additional responsibilities required in order to
perform the work under this Bid Package.
.10 It will be the full responsibility of this trade
contractor to properly seal and maintain rated assemblies
in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations,
affected by his work, and in accordance with section
07272 Firestop and Penetration Sealing System.
.11 All equipment installed shall be verified for
installation to provide adequate clearances for
maintenance and service.
.12 Not Used.
12/18/91 PNEUMATIC TUBE SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00321 - 4
.13 This contractor shall schedule and provide adequate
overhead hangers and supports to prevent spray on
insulation damage or delay. And in the event of delayed
installation, or damage, this contractor shall bear the
costs of correction.
.14 Any core drilling or penetrations made by this
contractor, or for this contractor in the performance of
his work, shall be properly closed and sealed by this
contractor after installation of the work.
.15 This contractor shall provide all equipment disconnects
as specified throughout this bid package and
specifications. This contractor shall assist the Owner's
need to standardize product sources wherever possible
within this package and other divisions.
.16 Contractor shall perform all required testing and provide
adequate personnel in order to complete all testing to
the requirements of governing agencies.
.17 All incoming materials and equipment shall be coordinated
with other trades and the CM is to be notified, in order
that proper laydown, staging and stocking areas are -
developed, prior to release for shipping. Within the
building, areas shall be restricted and stocking areas
will be authorized in writing.
.18 If in the event of conflicting, or overlapping
requirements in any area of the bidding documents,
technical specifications, or drawings, the most stringent
condition shall be bid and constructed. Notify the CM in
any event, in order to not compromise the Owner's right
to make appropriate decisions.
.19 This contractor is reminded of inmate contact areas and
perimeters, and of the requirement for security devices,
fasteners, connectors, and any other work associated with
this bid package scope of work, in order that proper care
and construction is performed in accordance with the
standards and guidelines set forth by the regulatory
agencies governing jails.
.20 The Pneumatic Tube System Contractor shall coordinate
with Electrical Contractor all final tie-ins to assure
operation of equipment.
12/18/91 PNEUMATIC TUBE SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00321 - 5
.21 All licenses required in order to perform the scope of
work in the specified location, shall be procured and
maintained by the contractor and his subcontractors.
Contractor shall submit copies to the Construction
Manager. This shall include construction permits
required by the City of Key West.
.22 The Mechanical Process and HVAC contractor will be
providing (2) air changes per hour in all work areas,
until the permanent HVAC system is in operation. If the
Pneumatic Tube System Contractor should require any
additional ventilation, then it will be his
responsibility to provide, and in accordance with section
01510 Temporary Utilities, paragraph 2.8.
.23 The Prime Electrical Contractor will be providing
Temporary Lighting in accordance with section 01510
Temporary Utilities, paragraph 2.6, until the permanent
lighting system is in operation.
If the Pneumatic Tube System Contractor should require
any additional temporary lighting, then it will be his
responsibility to provide.
.24 Utility Routing and Coordination of the Work
This contractor shall be responsible to coordinate his
work with other multiple prime contractors both in the
scheduling of field work activities and in the
integration of individually furnished items into final
composite installations. Coordination drawings
procedures shall consist of, but are not limited to,
Utility Routing Drawings and Base Trade Installers
Drawings. The Utility Routing coordination shall consist
of three phases.
Phase I
The first phase shall constitute the routing of the
precasters erection mylar or sepia drawings for utility
routing 'over -lay' of each trade contractor's work. This
shall be done by routing first to the sheet metal
contractor, second to the plumber, third to the fire
protection contractor, fourth to mechanical piping, fifth
to electrical and lastly to the security contractor, who
shall return the composite overview to the CM. Each
trade contractor shall have noted each service by name &
size of carrier (pipe, duct, etc.) and insulation/hanger
cross sectional dimensions, i.e., 3" Greywater (611), 24"
X 12" Supply (26" x 14"), 2" ltg, 1" Comm, etc.
Additionally, each trade contractor shall have specified
12/18/91 PNEUMATIC TUBE SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00321 - 6
location, size, and type of precast embed or block out
required to accommodate the installation of his work.
The intent at this level of coordination is to specify
interface information from trade contractors to the
precast concrete contractor which will allow the
precaster to prepare piece casting drawings and begin
precast production.
Upon review by the Owner's representative to identify
congested areas, the sheetmetal contractor shall be
notified of any additions to the following background
drawings which the sheetmetal contractor shall prepare to
appropriate scale as directed by the Owners
representative.
Background Drawing
Prepared by the HVAC and Process Pipe Contractor, and
consists of plan, elevation and cross section
cuts.
1. Corridors and hallways -Plan & Elevation 1/4" = 11,
cross sections 1" = 1'
2. Kitchen -Plan & Elevation 1/411= 11, cross sections
1"= 1'
3. Housing chases and plenums -Plan & Elevation 1/4" _
11, cross sections 1" = 1'
4. Mechanical rooms -Plan & Elevation 1/411 = 1', cross
sections 1" = 1'
5. Laundry -Plan & Elevation 1/411= 11, cross sections
1"=1'
6. Electrical rooms -Plan & Elevation 1/411= 11, cross
sections 1"= 1'
7. All other areas -conventional scale with chases of
enlarged scale.
These drawings shall be routed and marked up by the
Utility Trade Contractors in the same manner as Phase One
drawings, except 'over -lay' work shall show more detail
depicting all items and features such as radius fittings,
valves, specialties, space between pipes, graphic and
written elevations and dimensions, and hanger/support
details. The owner's representative may conduct job site
meetings to resolve and finalize any conflicts which are
not answered during drawing 'over -lay' routing.
Item number 3. above and zone 'A' shall be submitted
within (10) ten calendar days of Award of Contract.
12/18/91 PNEUMATIC TUBE SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00321 - 7
Phase III
Shop or background drawings shall be prepared and
submitted by the masonry, non -load bearing wall, ceiling,
raised "floor, and cast -in -place concrete contractors.
These drawings shall be routed in the same manner as the
previous phases and each trade contractor shall provide
all information necessary for installation of items
furnished by their contract scope of work and which will
require embedment or blockout in the walls, ceiling or
floors.
The requirements of this section are separate from other
drawings and submittals required in the technical
specifications or record drawing sections of the contract
documents.
12/18/91 PNEUMATIC TUBE SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00321 - 8
1.1
1.2
SECTION 00322
SCOPE OF WORK
Bid Package No. 22
Metals
General Scope
Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies,
equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and
protection, to install complete operating systems, and proper
execution and completion of all Work specified on the
drawings, in the bid package, and the sections of the
Specifications, which include, but are not limited to the
listing that follows. The bidder shall review all drawings,
and specification sections that are not specifically listed,
for any additional requirements in order to complete the scope
of work described herein.
Primary Sections and Descriptions of the Work
05500 Metal Fabrications
10200 Louvers and Vents
10900 Miscellaneous Specialties
11197 Security/Detention Equipment
15936 Grilles, Registers, Diffusers
Related Sections and Descriptions
03100
Concrete Formwork
03200
Concrete Reinforcement
03300
Cast -In -Place Concrete
03520
Insulating Concrete Decks
03600
Grout
04200
Unit Masonry
15000
General Provisions
15880
Fire Dampers
15884
Combination Smoke and Fire Dampers
15890
Ductwork
Special Provisions
The following Special Provisions are intended to clarify the
scope of work, or highlight features of the work, or modify,
change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid
Package.
12/18/91 METALS SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00322 - 1
.1 All licenses required in order to perform the scope of
work in the specified location, shall be procured and
maintained by the contractor and his subcontractors.
Contractor shall submit copies to the Construction
Manager.
.2 Contractor shall maintain As -Built drawings. (Record
Drawings per section 01720), of his work progression. A
50% progress of field work submittal, will be required.
.3 Provide, replace, and maintain any safety rails and
barricades as necessary during the process of work, or
during deliveries of materials or equipment.
.4 Contractor is to review Division 1 General Requirements
for additional responsibilities required in order to
perform the work under this Bid Package.
Contractor shall pay particular attention to section
01710 Final Cleaning, which shall be performed as
scheduled by the CM, which will be at or near the
completion of the project.
.5 Furnish to the appropriate trade contractor, for
installation in non -load bearing walls, masonry, and
cast -in -place concrete, all frames, sleeves, anchors,
weld. plates and other similar inserts or devices required
to facilitate and coordinate the Work in this Bid
Package. Submit routing shop drawings showing wall
elevation, floor and ceiling plans with requirements for
location and size suitable for field location and
installation. Coordinate and verify correctness of
installation as the work progresses. Verify prior to
casting in form work, or during line and grade
installation of major feature progress.
.6 All unfinished surfaces of materials or equipment
furnished or installed by this contractor, shall be
inspected for readiness by follow-on contractors and the
CM, prior to installation of follow-on work. This would
include bringing back to original condition, surfaces
disturbed by welding, burning, or other disfigurement,
which will need to be made ready for finish painting, or
other work.
.7 All incoming materials and equipment shall be coordinated
with other trades and the CM is to be notified, in order
that proper laydown staging and stocking areas are
developed, prior to release for shipping. Within the
building, areas shall be restricted and stocking areas
will be authorized in writing.
12/18/91 METALS SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00322 - 2
.8 If in the event of conflicting, or overlapping
requirements in any area of the bidding documents,
technical specifications, or drawings, the most stringent
condition shall be bid and constructed. Notify the CM in
any event, in order to not compromise the Owner's right
to make appropriate decisions.
.9 This contractor is reminded of inmate contact areas and
perimeters, and of the requirement for security devices,
fasteners, connectors, and any other work associated with
this bid package scope of work, in order that proper care
and construction is performed in accordance with the
standards and guidelines set forth by the regulatory
agencies governing jails.
.10 Provide applicable scope of work in mock-up cell and
chase, in order to develop a complete and finished mock-
up.
.11 Section 05500 Metal Fabrications, furnish and install
items under paragraph 2.2 D and E, and include prime
painting. This also includes security bars as shown on
Bid Group 2 drawing 4.42, detail 1. Angle embeds on
detail 1 are already provided.
.12 Drawing 10.32, Air Devices Schedule, Furnish security air
devices to Mechanical Contractor for installation, and
these include security bars. On schedule'this includes,
but is not limited to devices S-9, 5-22, R-3, R-5, R-13,
and E-3.
.13 Section 11197 Security/Detention Equipment, furnish and
install specification section complete. Embeds in
precast concrete cells have been provided. Verify
detention furnishings with the provided embeds for proper
installation and attachments.
.14 Section 15936 Grilles, Registers, Diffusers, paragraph
2.7, furnish only, to the appropriate installing
contractor for installation, all Barrier Grilles required
in the project. Deliver to the jobsite or offsite
location if grilles are to be installed in any
prefabricated product. Make barrier grilles ready for
installation, and welded. Provide all required
fasteners, embeds, coordination drawings, and
instructions to installer, in order to facilitate proper
installation. Coordinate with the Mechanical contractor
for interface with his work.
.15 Section 10200, Louvers and Vents, furnish and install
item 1.1 A. h., steel security grille, grating and
framework.
12/18/91 METALS SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00322 - 3
.16 Section 10900 Miscellaneous Specialties, furnish and
install wall mounted TV brackets.
.17 Owner Option No. 22-01: Zone 'F' Metals:
At the option of the Owner, furnish and install Zone 'F'
Metals, similar to Zones 'D' and 'E'.
This area is defined as the area bound by column lines G
to La, and 17 line to 24 line, as well as column lines 37
to X, and U line to 42 line.
.18 Contractor shall be responsible for applying for, and
procuring the construction permit as required by the City
of Key West; however, the Owner shall literally pay the
fee for the permit.
.19 The Mechanical Process and HVAC contractor will be
providing (2) air changes per hour in all work areas,
until the permanent HVAC system is in operation. If the
Metals Contractor should require any additional
ventilation, then it will be his responsibility to
provide, and in accordance with section 01510 Temporary
Utilities, paragraph 2.8.
.20 The Prime Electrical Contractor will be providing
Temporary Lighting. in accordance with section 01510
Temporary Utilities, paragraph 2.6, until the permanent
lighting system is in operation.
If the Metals Contractor should require any additional
temporary lighting, then it will be his responsibility to
provide.
12/18/91 METALS SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00322 - 4
SECTION 00323
SCOPE OF WORK
Bid Package No. 23
Security Glass and Glazing
1.1 General Scope
Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies,
equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and
protection, to install complete operating systems, and proper
execution and completion of all Work specified on the
drawings, in the bid package, and the sections of the
Specifications, which include, but are not limited to the
listing that follows. The bidder shall review all drawings
and specification sections that are not specifically listed,
for any additional requirements in order to complete the scope
of work described herein.
Primary Sections and Descriptions of the Work
08842 Security Glazing
Related Sections and Descriptions
07900 Joint Sealers
08320 Security Metal Doors and Frames
08660 Security Windows
Primary Drawings
0.01
Index of
Drawings Rev 11/11/91
4.03A
Building
Plan Ground Floor Zone C BG3
10/15/91
4.07
Exterior
Building Plan
First Floor Zone
A
4.08
Exterior
Building Plan
First Floor Zone
B
4.10
Exterior
Building Plan
First Floor Zone
D
4.11
Exterior
Building Plan
First Floor Zone
E
4.12
Exterior
Building Plan
First Floor Zone
F
4.14
Exterior
Building Plan
Second Floor Zone
B
4.16
Exterior
Building Plan
Mezzanine Level
Zone D
4.17
Exterior
Building Plan
Mezzanine Level
Zone E
4.18
Exterior
Building Plan
Mezzanine Level
Zone F
4.28
Exterior
Elevations
4.29
Exterior
Elevations
4.30
Exterior
Elevations
4.32
Exterior
Elevations
4.33
Exterior
Elevations
4.33A
Exterior
Elevations
4.34
Wall Sections
12/18/91 SECURITY GLASS SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00323 - 1
4.35
4.37
4.41B
4.42
4.51
4.53
4.54
4.55
4.56
4.57
4.58
4.59
4.60
4.61
4.62
4.63
4.64
4.65
4.66
4.67A
4.73
4.74
4.75
4.76
4.77
Wall Sections
Wall Sections
Exterior Details
Metal Door & Window
Door Schedule
Enlarged Cell - Plan
Interior Building P1
Interior Building P1
Interior Building P1
Interior Building P1
Interior Building P1
Interior Building P1
Interior Building P1
Interior Building P1
Interior Building P1
Interior Building Pl
Interior Building P1
Interior Building P1
Building Sections
Building Sections
Partition Types
Door Schedule
Door Schedule
Door Schedule
H.M. Elevations
Door and Window Deta
1.2 Special Provisions
Frame Elevations & Details,
s & Elevations
an First Floor Zone A
an First Floor Zone B
an First Floor Zone C
an First Floor Zone D
an First Floor Zone E
an First Floor Zone F
an Second Floor Zone A
an Second Floor Zone B
an Second Floor Zone C
an Mezzanine Level D
an Mezzanine Level Zone E
an Mezzanine Level Zone F
ils and Buck Types
The following Special Provisions are intended to clarify the
scope of work, or highlight features of the work, or modify,
change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid
Package.
.1 All licenses required in order to perform the scope of
work in the specified location, shall be procured and
maintained by the contractor and his subcontractors.
Contractor shall submit copies to the Construction
Manager.
.2 Provide, replace, and maintain any safety rails and
barricades as necessary during the process of work, or
during deliveries of materials or equipment.
.3 Contractor is to review Division 1 General Requirements
for additional responsibilities required in order to
perform the work under this Bid Package.
12/18/91 SECURITY GLASS SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00323 - 2
Contractor shall pay particular attention to section
01710 Final Cleaning, which shall be performed as
scheduled by the CM, which will be at or near the
completion of the project.
.4 All incoming materials and equipment shall be coordinated
with other trades and the CM is to be notified, in order
that proper laydown, staging and stocking areas are
developed, prior to release for shipping. Within the
building, areas shall be restricted and stocking areas
will be authorized in writing.
.5 If in the event of conflicting, or overlapping
requirements in any area of the bidding documents,
technical specifications, or drawings, the most stringent
condition shall be bid and constructed. Notify the CM in
any event, in order to not compromise the Owner's right
to make appropriate decisions.
.6 This contractor is reminded of inmate contact areas and
perimeters, and of the requirement for security devices,
fasteners, connectors, and any other work associated with
this bid package scope of work, in order that proper care
and construction is performed in accordance with the
standards and guidelines set forth by the regulatory
agencies governing jails.
.7 Provide applicable scope of work in mock-up cell and
chase, in order to develop a complete and finished mock-
up.
.8 Owner Option No. 23-01: Zone 'F' Security Glass and
Glazing•
At the option of the Owner, furnish and install Zone 'F'
Security Glass and Glazing, similar to Zones ' D' and ' E' .
This area is defined as the area bound by column lines G
to La, and 17 line to 24 line, as well as column lines 37
to X, and U line to,42 line.
.9 Contractor shall be responsible for applying for, and
procuring the construction permit as required by the City
of Key West; however, the Owner shall literally pay the
fee for the permit.
12/18/91 SECURITY GLASS SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00323 - 3
.10 The Mechanical Process and HVAC contractor will be
providing (2) air changes per hour in all work areas,
until the permanent HVAC system is in operation. If the
Security Glass and Glazing Contractor should require any
additional ventilation, then it will be his
responsibility to provide, and in accordance with section
01510 Temporary Utilities, paragraph 2.8.
.11 The Prime Electrical Contractor will be providing
Temporary Lighting in accordance with section 01510
Temporary Utilities, paragraph 2.6, until the permanent
lighting system is in operation.
If the Security Glass and Glazing Contractor should
require any additional temporary lighting, then it will
be his responsibility to provide.
12/18/91 SECURITY GLASS SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00323 - 4
SECTION 00324
SCOPE OF WORK
Bid Package No. 24
Aluminum Window Walls, Glass and Glazing
1.1 General Scope
Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies,
equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and
protection, to install complete operating systems, and proper
execution and completion of all Work specified on the
drawings, in the bid package, and the sections of the
Specifications, which include, but are not limited to the
listing that follows. The bidder shall review all drawings,
and specification sections that are not specifically listed,
for any additional requirements in order to complete the scope
of work described herein.
Primary Sections and Descriptions of the Work
08410
Aluminum Entrances
08800
Glazing
08902
Aluminum Window Walls
13090
Radiation Protection
Related•Sections and Descriptions
Note: The following (4) Precast Concrete specifications
can be viewed at the office of the Construction
Manager.
03410 Precast Concrete Hollow Cored Planks (BG-2)
03412 Precast Concrete Panels (BG-2)
03420 Precast Prestressed Concrete Sections (BG-2)
03490 Precast Concrete Modular Cell (BG-2)
07900 Joint Sealers
08100 Metal Doors and Frames
Primary Drawings
0.01 Index of Drawings
4.13 Exterior Building Plan Second Floor Zone A
4.28 Exterior Elevations
4.30 Exterior Elevations
4.34 Wall Sections
4.37 Wall Sections
4.38 Exterior Details
12/18/91 ALUMINUM SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00324 - 1
4.41A Exterior Details
4.42 Metal Door & Window Frame Elevations & Details, Door
Schedule
4.59 Interior Building Plan Second Floor Zone A
1.2 Special Provisions
The following Special Provisions are intended to clarify the
scope of work, or highlight features of the work, or modify,
change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid
Package.
.1 All licenses required in order to perform the scope of
work in the specified location, shall be procured and
maintained by the contractor and his subcontractors.
Contractor shall submit copies to the Construction
Manager.
.2 Contractor shall maintain As -Built drawings, (Record
Drawings per section 01720), of his work progression. A
50% progress of field work submittal, will be required.
.3 Provide, replace, and maintain any safety rails and
barricades as necessary during the process of work, or
during deliveries of materials or equipment.
.4 Contractor is to review Division 1 General Requirements
for additional responsibilities required in order to
perform the work under this Bid Package. .
Contractor shall pay particular attention to section
01710 Final Cleaning, which shall be performed as
scheduled by the CM, which will be at or near the
completion of the project.
.5 Furnish to the appropriate trade contractor, for
installation in precast concrete, non -load bearing walls,
masonry, and cast -in -place concrete, all frames, sleeves,
anchors, weld plates and other similar inserts or devices
required to facilitate and coordinate the Work in this
Bid Package. Submit routing shop drawings showing wall
elevation, floor and ceiling plans with requirements for
location and size suitable for field location and
installation. Coordinate and verify correctness of
installation as the work progresses. Verify prior to
casting in form work, or during line and grade
installation of major feature progress.
12/18/91 ALUMINUM SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00324 - 2
.6 All incoming materials and equipment shall be coordinated
with other trades and the CM is to be notified, in order
that proper laydown, staging and stocking areas are
developed, prior to release for shipping. Within the
building, areas shall be restricted and stocking areas
will be authorized in writing.
.7 If in the event of conflicting, or overlapping
requirements in any area of the bidding documents,
technical specifications, or drawings, the most stringent
condition shall be bid and constructed. Notify the CM in
any event, in order to not compromise the Owner's right
to make appropriate decisions.
.8 Section 13090 Radiation Protection, furnish and install
lead glass.
.9 Section 07900 Joint Sealers, provide all glazing,
sealants, and compounds required, to complete
installation of windows and lights.
.10 It is the responsibility of this contractor to coordinate
his shop drawings so they coincide with the precast
concrete supplier's shop drawings regarding opening
sizes.
.11 Field verify opening dimensions and reflect any changes
on shop drawings and forward copy to CM prior to
assembly.
.12 Alternate 24-01: Provide Bid on Bid Package No. 23,
Security Glass and Glazing
The Aluminum Window Walls and Glass and Glazing bidder
shall provide a complete bid on Bid Package No. 23,
Security Glass and Glazing. This bidder is to comply
with all applicable sections of the bidding documents in
order to do so.
The work of this alternate includes, but is not limited
to:
a. Furnish and install all security glass and glazing
for security windows, as described in specification
section 08842 Security Glazing.
b. Section 07900 Joint Sealers, provide all glazing,
sealants, and compounds required, to complete
installation of windows, borrowed lights, and door
lights.
12/18/91 ALUMINUM SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00324 - 3
.12 Owner Option No. 24701: Zone 'F' Non -Security Glass and
Glazing:
At the option of the Owner, furnish and install Zone 'F'
Non -Security Glass and Glazing, similar to Zones 'D' and
'E'.
This area is defined as the area bound by column lines G
to La, and 17 line to 24 line, as well as column lines 37
to X, and U line to 42 line.
.13 Contractor shall be responsible for applying for, and
procuring the construction permit as required by the City
of Key West; however, the Owner shall literally pay the
fee for the permit.
.14 This contractor is reminded of inmate contact areas and
perimeters, and of the requirement for security devices,
fasteners, connectors, and any other work associated with
this bid package scope of work, in order that proper care
and construction is performed in accordance with the
standards and guidelines set forth by the regulatory
agencies governing jails.
.15 The Mechanical Process and HVAC contractor will be
providing (2) air changes per hour in all work areas,
until the permanent HVAC system is in operation. If the
Aluminum Window Wall Contractor should require any
additional ventilation, then it will be his
responsibility to provide, and in accordance with section
01510 Temporary Utilities, paragraph 2.8.
.16 The Prime Electrical Contractor will be providing
Temporary Lighting in accordance with section 01510
Temporary Utilities, paragraph 2.6, until the permanent
lighting system is in operation.
If the Aluminum Window Wall Contractor should require any
additional temporary lighting, then it will be his
responsibility to provide.
12/18/91 ALUMINUM SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00324 - 4
SECTION 00325
SCOPE OF WORK
Bid Package No. 25
Plumbing Contract Zones D and E
1.1 General Scope
Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies,
equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and
protection, to install complete operating systems in Zones D
and E only. This shall include proper execution and completion
of all work specified on the drawings, in the bid package and
the sections of the Specifications, which include, but are not
limited to the listing that follows. The bidder shall review
all drawings and specification sections that are not
specifically listed for any additional requirements in order
to complete the scope of work described herein.
This contractor as part of his scope of work will furnish all
Zone D and E permanent materials to be incorporated into the
work, except for fixtures or equipment as listed in Attachment
"A", Zones D and E. Attachment "A" Zones D and E items
include all specialty attachment or mounting accessories, and
will be furnished. by Bid Package No. 16 Prime Plumbing
Contractor, to the Bid Package No. 25 Plumbing Contractor for
installation. It will be the full responsibility of this
contractor to perform all rough -ins and make final
terminations to assure a complete operating system.
Primary Sections and Descriptions
07272
Firestop and Penetration Sealing System
08305
Access Panels and Doors
15000
General Provisions
15060
Pipe and Pipe Fittings
15085
Piping Identification
15100
Valves
15130
Thermometers and Gauges
15140
Pipe Hangers and Supports
15242
Vibration Isolation
15252
Pipe and Equipment Insulation
15403
Water Booster Pumps
15404
Domestic Water Softener
15408
Soil, Waste and Vent System
15410
Storm Drainage System
15430
Plumbing Specialties
15440
Plumbing Fixtures and Accessories
15460
Sump Pumps
12/18/91 D & E PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00325 - 1
15470 Hot Water Storage Heater
15992 Tests - Piping Systems
Related Sections and Descriptions
02222 Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting for
Structures
02226 Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting for
Utilities
02644 Water Mains
03100 Concrete Formwork
03200 Concrete Reinforcement
03300 Cast -In -Place Concrete
Note: The following (4) Precast Concrete specifications
can be viewed at the office of the Construction
Manager.
03410
Precast Concrete Hollow Cored Planks
03412
Precast Concrete Panels (BG-2)
03420
Precast Prestressed Concrete Sections
03490
Precast Concrete Modular Cell (BG-2)
03520
Insulating Concrete Decks
03600
Grout
04200
Unit Masonry
05180
Miscellaneous Structural Steel
05500
Metal Fabrications
06200
Finish Carpentry
07115
Sheet Waterproofing
07210
Building Insulation
07215
Sprayed Insulation
07530
Single Ply Roofing
07720
Roof Accessories
07900
Joint Sealers
09110
Non -Load Bearing Wall Framing Systems
09200
Lath and Plaster
09250
Gypsum Board
09300
Tile
09510
Acoustical Ceilings
09650
Resilient Flooring
09680
Carpet
09700
Special Flooring
09800
Special Coatings
09900
Painting
11110
Laundry Equipment
11400
Food Service Equipment
11704
Ice Machines
13090
Radiation Protection
15110
Heat Trace System
15252
Pipe and Equipment Insulation
15517
Hydronic Specialties
15995
System Balancing and Testing
(BG-2)
(BG-2)
12/18/91 D & E PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00325 - 2
16010
Electrical
General Provisions
16155
Combination
Motor Starters
16161
Motor Control
Centers
16170
Disconnect
Switches
16450
Electrical
Systems Grounding
16660
Wiring For
Equipment Furnished By Others
1.2 Special Provisions
The following Special Provisions are intended to clarify the
scope of work, or highlight features of the work, or modify,
change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid
Package.
.1 All licenses required in order to perform the scope of
work in the specified location, shall be procured and
maintained by the contractor and his subcontractors.
Contractor shall submit copies to the Construction
Manager. This shall include construction permits
required by the City of Key West.
.2 Contractor shall maintain As -Built drawings, (Record
Drawings per section 01720), of his work progression. A
50% progress of field work submittal, will be required.
.3 Any excavations required for the complete and proper
installation of his work below grade, shall be in
accordance with sections 02222 & 02226.
.4 Provide, replace, and maintain any safety rails and
barricades as necessary during the process of work, or
during deliveries of materials or equipment.
.5 Contractor is to review Division 1 General Requirements
for additional responsibilities required in order to
perform the work under this Bid Package.
Contractor shall pay particular attention to section
01710 Final Cleaning, which shall be performed as
scheduled by the CM, which will be at or near the
completion of the project.
.6 Access Panels and Doors - Those access panels and doors
that are shown on the drawings will be furnished and
installed by others. Those that are shown in the ceiling
shall be dedicated to the exclusive use of Bid Package
No. 15 Mechanical Process and HVAC. Those that are shown
in the wall shall be dedicated to the exclusive use of
the plumbing contractor(s). All of the access panels and
doors shall be excluded from the trades account
allowance.
12/18/91 D & E PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00325 - 3
Access panels and doors that are not shown, but are
necessary for installation, maintenance and replacement
of this contractor's work, and those that are required by
governing codes and regulations, shall be furnished by
this contractor, to other trade contractors for
installation, as an allowance.
This contractor shall state the quantity of each size of
access panel and door, and what material they are to be
installed in, per the proposal form. The bid extension
shall be made at the Owner given bid unit price, to
produce the required bid item allowance.
After contract award, supply of the contractor's stated
quantity of access panels and doors shall be purchased by
others. There will be a corresponding deductive change
order issued to this contractor, removing the supply of
the access panels and doors from his contract, and at the
Owner given bid unit price. If the actual quantity
required exceeds the bid quantity, this contractor shall
be responsible for furnishing access panels and doors,
(manufacturer as approved by the Owner) to the
appropriate installing contractor for installation, and
the costs of the door assembly and installation will be
borne by this contractor. Any access panels and doors
not installed, from. the allowance bid group that was
purchased, shall remain in the Owner's possession, -or
turned back to the supplier for credit, to which credit
will be due the Owner.
.7 Utility Routing and Coordination of the Work
This contractor shall be responsible to coordinate his
work with other multiple prime contractors both in the
scheduling of field work activities and in the
integration of individually furnished items into final
composite installations. Coordination drawings
procedures shall consist of, but are not limited to,
Utility Routing Drawings and Base Trade Installers
Drawings. The Utility Routing coordination shall consist
of three phases.
Phase I
The first phase shall constitute the routing of the
precasters erection mylar or sepia drawings for utility
routing 'over -lay' of each trade contractor's work. This
shall be done by routing first to the sheet metal
contractor, second to the plumber, third to the fire
protection contractor, fourth to mechanical piping, fifth
to electrical and lastly to the security contractor, who
12/18/91 D & E PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00325 - 4
shall return the composite overview to the CM. Each
trade contractor shall have noted each service by name &
size of carrier (pipe, duct, etc.) and insulation/hanger
cross sectional dimensions, i.e., 3" Greywater (611), 24"
x 12" Supply (26" x 14"), 2'" ltg, 1" Comm, etc.
Additionally, each trade contractor shall have specified
location, size, and type of precast embed or block out
required to accommodate the installation of his work.
The intent at this level of coordination is to specify
interface information from trade contractors to the
precast concrete contractor which will allow the
precaster to prepare piece casting drawings and begin
precast production.
Phase II
Upon review by the Owner's representative to identify
congested areas, the sheetmetal contractor shall be
notified of any additions to the following background
drawings which the sheetmetal contractor shall prepare to
appropriate scale as directed by the Owners
representative.
Background Drawing
Prepared by the HVAC and Process Pipe Contractor, and
consists of plan, elevation and cross section cuts.
1. Corridors and hallways -Plan & Elevation 1/4" = 11,
cross sections 1" = 1'
2. Kitchen -Plan & Elevation 1/411= 11, cross sections
1"= 1'
3. Housing chases and plenums -Plan & Elevation 1/4" _
11,_cross sections i" = 1'
4. Mechanical rooms -Plan & Elevation 1/4" = 11, cross
sections 1" = 1'
5. Laundry -Plan & Elevation 1/411= 11, cross sections
1"= 1'
6. Electrical rooms -Plan & Elevation 1/411= 11, cross
sections 1"= 1'
7. All other areas -conventional scale with chases of
enlarged scale.
These drawings shall be routed and marked up by the
Utility Trade Contractors in the same manner as Phase One
drawings, except 'over -lay' work shall show more detail
depicting all items and features such as radius fittings,
valves, specialties, space between pipes, graphic and
written elevations and dimensions, and hanger/support
details. The owner's representative may conduct job site
meetings to resolve and finalize any conflicts which are
12/18/91 D & E PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00325 - 5
not answered during drawing 'over -lay' routing.
Item number 3. above and zone 'A' shall be submitted
within (10) ten calendar days of Award of Contract.
Phase III
Shop or background drawings shall be prepared and
submitted by the masonry, non -load bearing wall, ceiling,
raised floor, and cast -in -place concrete contractors.
These drawings shall be routed in the same manner as the
previous phases and each trade contractor shall provide
all information necessary for installation of items
furnished by their contract scope of work and which will
require embedment or blockout in the walls, ceiling or
floors.
The requirements of this section are separate from other
drawings and submittals required in the technical
specifications or record drawing sections of the contract
documents.
.8 Furnish to the appropriate trade contractor, for
installation in precast concrete, non -load bearing walls,
masonry, and cast -in -place concrete, all frames, sleeves,
anchors, weld plates and other similar inserts or devices
required to facilitate and coordinate the Work in this
Bid Package. Submit routing shop drawings showing wall
elevation, floor - and ceiling plans with requirements for
location and size suitable for field location and
installation. Coordinate and verify correctness of
installation as the work progresses. Verify prior to
casting in form work, or during line and grade
installation of major feature progress.
Furnish and deliver to precast concrete contractor within
(10) working days after award of this contract, all
required sleeves, inserts and other embedded items with
coordination drawings necessary for incorporation in the
precast components, for Zone A.
Furnish and deliver to precast concrete contractor all
required sleeves, inserts and other embedded items with
coordination drawings necessary for incorporation in the
precast components, for Zones D and E with timeliness to
facilitate the fabrication schedule of the precast
contractor.
.9 All unfinished surfaces of materials or equipment
furnished or installed by this contractor, shall be
inspected for readiness by follow-on contractors and the
CM, prior to installation of follow-on work. This would
12/18/91 D & E PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00325 - 6
include bringing back to original condition, surfaces
disturbed by welding, burning, or other disfigurement,
which will need to be made ready for finish painting, or
other work.
.10 This contractor is responsible to coordinate and/or
provide all penetrations shown or not shown on drawings
which are necessary to facilitate the complete
installation of his work. Penetrations in horizontal
precast members equivalent to 6" circular or larger,
shall be provided by the Precast Contractor when
adequately coordinated per item .7 and .8 above.
Other penetrations in horizontal members shall be field
core drilled and shall be the responsibility of this
trade contractor. Field penetrations shall be subject to
the advance approval of the precaster and A/E, and shall
be in accordance with Article 4.14.3. All costs of field
installed penetrations and finished closure of field and
precast provided openings shall be borne by the
contractors using or requiring same. All finished
closure details shall conform with firesafing, safety
building codes and design intent (draft closure, material
fall protection, etc.).
All penetrations and openings should be completed prior
to the finish covering installation. In the event that
penetrations are necessary after finish covering
installation, this contractor shall coordinate and pay
for all related work necessary to provide the completed
detail.
.11 Materials and Equipment Furnished by Others - All
materials furnished by the Owner, other contractors for
the Owner, or by the CM for the Owner, for installation
by this contractor shall upon delivery, be unloaded,
transferred,. stored and fully protected by the contractor
until installed. Any demurrage or similar charge
incurred due to failure of the contractor to promptly
unload the materials and equipment shall be the
responsibility of the contractor.
The contractor shall carefully examine all materials and
equipment furnished by the Owner, or any of his
designees, (other contractors or the CM). The contractor
shall complete receiving reports describing the quantity
and condition of the materials or equipment. The
contractor shall be responsible for subsequent damage or
loss until installation is completed and accepted by the
Owner.
12/18/91 D & E PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00325 - 7
Should the contractor fail to report any visible signs of
damage in the receiving report as indicated above, then
all parties may assume that the damage occurred while the
materials and equipment were in the care, custody and
control of the receiving contractor.
Any material furnished by the Owner, at an off -site
location, on other than a charge basis in connection with
the contract, shall be deemed as held by the contractor
on consignment. All such materials not used in the
fabrication of materials or equipment required under the
contract shall be returned to the applicable party, as
directed, at their expense; and, if not accounted for or
so returned, shall be paid for by the contractor.
.12 It will be the full responsibility of this trade
contractor to properly seal and maintain rated assemblies
in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations,
affected by his work, and in accordance with section
07272 Firestop and Penetration Sealing System.
.13 Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating all
housekeeping pads and equipment Pads that are required
for this contractors work, and are shown on the contract
drawings, with the Concrete Contractor. Those that are
not shown, but are required for the complete and proper
installation of his work, shall be furnished and
installed by this contractor.
.14 All equipment installed shall be verified for
installation to provide adequate clearances for
maintenance and service.
.15 Contractor shall be responsible for installation of
expansion fittings where utilities and services cross any
designated building expansion line.
.16 This contractor shall schedule and provide adequate
overhead hangers and supports to prevent spray on
insulation damage or delay. And in the event of delayed
installation, or damage, this contractor shall bear the
costs of correction.
.17 Provide any necessary capped stub -outs, sleeves, or tees
as required for connections of work in future Zone 'F'.
.18 Any core drilling or penetrations made by this
contractor, or for this contractor in the performance of
his work, shall be properly closed and sealed by this
contractor after installation of the work.
12/18/91 D & E PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK -(ADD. 1) 00325 - 8
.19 This contractor shall provide all equipment disconnects
as specified throughout this bid package specifications.
This contractor shall assist the Owner's need to
standardize product sources wherever possible within this
package and other divisions.
.20 Contractor shall perform all required testing and provide
adequate personnel in order to complete all testing to
the requirements of governing agencies.
.21 All incoming materials and equipment shall be coordinated
with other trades and the CM is to be notified, in order
that proper laydown. staging and stocking areas are
developed, prior to release for shipping. Within the
building, areas shall be restricted and stocking areas
will be authorized in writing.
.22 If in the event of conflicting, or overlapping
requirements in any area of the bidding documents,
technical specifications, or drawings, the most stringent
condition shall be bid and constructed. Notify the CM in
any event, in order to not compromise the Owner's right
to make appropriate decisions.
.23 This contractor is reminded of inmate contact areas and
perimeters, and of the requirement for security devices,
fasteners, connectors, and any other work associated with
this bid package scope of work, in order that proper care
and construction is performed in accordance with the
standards and guidelines set forth by the regulatory
agencies governing jails.
.24 Section 15252 Pipe and Equipment Insulation, furnish and
install insulation required for plumbing systems, which
includes all piping, equipment and systems installed by
this contractor.
.25 Provide plumbing systems scope of work in mock-up cell
and chase, in order to develop a complete and finished
mock-up.
.26 This contractor shall furnish and install the grey water
system from valves located in Zones A and B provided by
Bid Package No. 16 Prime Plumbing Contractor, complete to
all fixtures.
.27 This contractor shall furnish and install the domestic
water system from valves located in Zones A and D
provided by Bid Package No. 16 Prime Plumbing Contractor,
complete to all fixtures.
12/18/91 D & E PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00325 - 9
.28 Provide housings and trim plates for terminal connection
at service connection stations.
.29 The Mechanical Process and HVAC contractor will be
providing (2) air changes per hour in all work areas,
until the permanent HVAC system is in operation. If the
Zone D and E Plumbing Contractor should require any
additional ventilation, then it will be his
responsibility to provide, and in accordance with section
01510 Temporary Utilities, paragraph 2.8.
.30 The Prime Electrical Contractor will be providing
Temporary Lighting in accordance with section 01510
Temporary Utilities, paragraph 2.6, until the permanent
lighting system is in operation.
If the Zone D and E Plumbing Contractor should require
any additional temporary lighting, then it will be his
responsibility to provide.
1.3 By Others
.1 Finish painting of all material and equipment, except
where the specifications call for factory finish, then
the Plumbing Contractor shall provide.
.2 The furnishing of fixtures per Attachment "A".
12/18/91 D & E PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00325 - 10
ATTACHMENT "A"
EQUIPMENT SUPPLIED BY BID PACKAGE NO. 16 PRIME PLUMBING CONTRACTOR
Contractor is to verify count of fixtures required for
performance of his work prior to bid. In the event any fixture
is not listed or an error is in the required number shown it
will be the responsibility of this contractor to provide and
install any fixtures shown on the plans.
Fixtures and equipment listed shall include all required
specialty attachment devices, wall sleeves and accessories.
(Reference drawing 8.00A and 8.22 for fixture designation
definitions).
STANDARD FIXTURES:
WC-1
15
i 4
i 8
i 2
i 2
WC-2
i 2
i 1
i 1
UR-1
i 3
L-1
i 12
L-2
i 8
6
i 8
i 2
i 2
L-4
i 6
BT-1
S-1
; 8
i 13
i 3
7
i 6
CS-1
PS-1
PT-1
SS-1
SS-2
i 6
i 2
i 5
; 4
i 2
EWC-1
i 7
1
i 4
i 2
i 2
DF-1
i 0
2
i 0
(ADD. 1) 00325 - 11
12/18/91
D & E
PLUMBING
SCOPE
OF WORK
FIXTURE ! ZONE All ZONE BI ZONE C; ZONE DI ZONE E
BOOST PMP: - i - i 1
I I ! I I !
I I ! I I !
SUMP PMP i 2 i - 2
WH-1-
I I I I I !
I I I I I I
WH-2 j - j - j 1
I I I I I I
WH-3
WTR SOFT
--------------------------------------------------
PENAL FIXTURES:
FIXTURE
WC-3
WC-4
WC-5
WC-6
WC-7
UR-2
L-3
L-5
SH-1
SH-2
SH-3
SH-4
SH-5
FD-8
(ZONE A l
ZONE BI
ZONE C I
ZONE D I
ZONE E
24 i
- i
-
3
4
1 i
4 i
2
- i
I I
4 i
I
- i
I
92
I
94
I I
1
1
4
I
12
1
4
I I
!
I
!
2
! I
26 i
! I
!
- i
!
I
-
I
!
2
!
2
! I
!
1
4
!
24 i
- i
- i
18
22
4 i
I I
1 i
I
2 i
I
4 i
I
2
- i
! I
2 i
I
2 i
I
2 i
I
-
! I
! I
I
I
I
I
I
4 !
I
_
I
I
12/18/91 D & E PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00325 - 12
SECTION 00326
SCOPE OF WORK
Bid Package No. 26
Electrical Contract Zones D and E
1.1 General Scope
Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies,
equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and
protection, to install complete operating systems in Zones D
and E. This shall include proper execution and completion of
all Work specified on the drawings, in the bid package, and
the sections of the Specifications, which include, but are not
limited to the listing that follows. The bidder shall review
all drawings, and specification sections that are not
specifically listed, for any additional requirements in order
to complete the scope of work described herein.
This contractor as part of his scope of work will furnish all
Zone D and E permanent materials to be incorporated into the
work, except for fixtures, heat trace equipment, timeclock,
lighting relay cabinets, and all safety disconnects. These
fixtures and equipment will be furnished by Bid Package No. 14
Prime Electrical Contractor, to Bid Package No. 26 Electrical
Contractor for installation.
This Bid Package No. 26 Electrical Contractor shall make
installations of systems, but not be limited to, conduit
raceways, wiring, and terminations for: lighting, receptacles,
power, telephone raceway only, and heat trace wiring and
conduit.
Primary Sections and Descriptions
07272
08305
15000
15110
16010
16111
16120
16199
16400
16471
16500
16660
16781
16930
Firestop and Penetration Sealing System
Access Panels And Doors
General Provisions
Heat Trace System
Electrical General Provisions
Conduit Systems - Bid Group 3
Wire and Cable
Wiring Devices and Plates
Service and Power Distribution
Feeder and Branch Circuits and
Lighting
Wiring for Equipment Furnished
Telephone Conduit Systems
Lighting Control Equipment
Systems
Emergency Wiring
by Others
12/18/91 D & E ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00326 - 1
elated Sections and Descriptions
01130 Security Project Procedures
01510 Temporary Utilities (Temporary Lighting)
03100 Concrete Formwork
03200 Concrete Reinforcing
03300 Cast -In -Place Concrete
Note: The following (4) Precast Concrete specifications
can be viewed at the office of the Construction
Manager.
03410 Precast Concrete Hollow Cored Planks (BG-2)
03412 Precast Concrete Panels (BG-2)
03420 Precast Prestressed Concrete Sections (BG-2)
03490 Precast Concrete Modular Cell (BG-2)
03520
Insulating Concrete Decks
03600
Grout
04200
Unit Masonry
05180
Miscellaneous Structural Steel
05500
Metal Fabrications
06100
Rough Carpentry
06200
Finish Carpentry
07115
Sheet Waterproofing
07210
Building Insulation
07215
Sprayed Insulation
07530
Single Ply Roofing
07720
Roof Accessories
07900
Joint Sealers
08300
Special Doors
08320
Security Metal Doors and Frames
08710
Door Hardware
08902
Aluminum Window Walls
09110
Non -Load Bearing Wall Framing System
09200
Lath and Plaster
09250
Gypsum Board
09510
Acoustical Ceilings
09650
Resilient Flooring
09680
Carpet
09700
Special Flooring
09800
Special Coatings
09830
Elastomeric Coating
09900
Painting
09950
Wallcovering
10270
Access Flooring
11200
Basic Electronic Security Requirements
11202
System Central Processing Unit
11203
Fire Alarm Interface
11204
Programmable Logic Controller
11205
Address Panels
12/18/91 D & E ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00326 - 2
1.2
11206 Relay Cabinets
11208 Card Access Control
11211 Situation Man -Down Equipment
11212 Closed Circuit Video Equipment
11218 Operational Intercom System
11222 Inmate/Attorney Telephones
11224 Metal Detection Equipment
15050 Water Treatment
15100 Valves
15160 Pumps
15175 Variable Speed Motor Control for Fans and Pumps
15242 Vibration Isolation
15330 Wet -Sprinkler System
15403 Water Booster Pumps
15404 Domestic Water Softener
15430 Plumbing Specialties
15440 Plumbing Fixtures and Accessories
15470 Hot Water Storage Heater
15540 Emergency Generator Auxiliaries
15770 Make -Up Air Units
15785 Fan Coil Units
15855 Air Handling Units
15858 Fans
15884 Combination Smoke and Fire Dampers
15894 Air Terminal Units
15950 Automatic Temperature Control Systems
15965 Building Automation System
15995 System Balancing and.Testing
16111 Conduit Systems - Bid Group 2
16155 Combination Motor Starters
16161 Motor Control Centers
16170 Disconnect Switches
16300 Standby Power Generation
16351 Uninterruptible Power Supply
16425 Main Service Switchboard
16450 Electrical Systems Grounding
16461 Dry Type Distribution Transformers
16470 Distribution Panelboards - Circuit Breaker Type
16472 Branch Circuit Panelboards - Circuit Breaker Type
16601 Lightning Protection System
16605• Transient Voltage/Surge Protection
16721 Fire Alarm System
Special Provisions
The following Special Provisions are intended to clarify the
scope of work, or highlight features of the work, or modify,
change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid
Package.
12/18/91 D & E ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00326 - 3
.1 All licenses required in order to perform the scope of
work in the specified location, shall be procured and
maintained by the contractor and his subcontractors.
Contractor shall submit copies to the Construction
Manager. This shall include construction permits as
required by the City of Key West.
.2 Contractor shall maintain As -Built drawings, (Record
Drawings per section 01720), of his work progression. A
50% progress of field work submittal, will be required.
.3 Provide, replace, and maintain any safety rails and
barricades as necessary during the process of work, or
during deliveries of materials or equipment.
.4 Contractor is to review Division 1 General Requirements
for additional responsibilities required in order to
perform the work under this Bid Package.
Contractor shall pay particular attention to section
01710 Final Cleaning, which shall be performed as
scheduled by the CM, which will be at or near the
completion of the project.
.5 Access Panels and Doors - Those access panels and doors.
that are shown on the drawings will be furnished and
installed by others. Those that are shown in the ceiling
shall be dedicated to the exclusive use of Bid Package
No. 15 Mechanical Process and HVAC. Those that are shown
in the wall shall be dedicated to the exclusive use of
the plumbing contractor's). All of the access panels and
doors shall be excluded from the trades account
allowance.
Access panels and doors that are not shown, but are
necessary for installation, maintenance and replacement
of this contractor's work, and those that are required by
governing codes and regulations, shall be furnished by
this contractor, to other trade contractors for
installation, as an allowance.
This contractor shall state the quantity of each size of
access panel and door, and what material they are to be
installed in, per the proposal form. The bid extension
shall be made at the Owner given bid unit price, to
produce the required bid item allowance.
After contract award, supply of the contractor's stated
quantity of access panels and doors shall be purchased by
others. There will be a corresponding deductive change
order issued to this contractor, removing the supply of
12/18/91 D & E ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00326 - 4
the access panels and doors from his contract, and at the
Owner given bid unit price. If the actual quantity
required exceeds the bid quantity, this contractor shall
be responsible for furnishing access panels and doors,
(manufacturer as approved -by the Owner) to the
appropriate installing contractor for installation, and
the costs of the door assembly and installation will be
borne by this contractor. Any access panels and doors
not installed, from the allowance bid group that was
purchased, shall remain in the Owner's possession, or
turned back to the supplier for credit, to which credit
will be due the Owner.
.6 Not Used.
.7 Utility Routing and Coordination of the Work
This contractor shall be responsible to coordinate his
work with other multiple prime contractors both in the
scheduling of field work activities and in the
integration of individually furnished items into final
composite installations. Coordination drawings
procedures shall consist of, but are not limited to,
Utility Routing Drawings and Base Trade Installers
Drawings. The Utility Routing coordination shall consist
of three phases.
Phase I
The first phase shall constitute the routing of the
precasters erection mylar or sepia drawings for utility
routing 'over -lay' of each trade contractor's work. This
shall be done by routing first to the sheet metal
contractor, second to the plumber, third to the fire
protection contractor, fourth to mechanical piping, fifth
to electrical and lastly to the security contractor, who
shall return the composite overview to the CM. Each
trade contractor shall have noted each service by name &
size of carrier (pipe, duct, etc.) and insulation/hanger
cross sectional dimensions, i.e., 3" Greywater (611), 24"
x 12" Supply (26" x 14"), 2" ltg, 1" Comm, etc.
Additionally, each trade contractor shall have specified
location,- size, and type of precast embed or block out
required to accommodate the installation of his work.
The intent at this level of coordination is to specify
interface information from trade contractors to the
precast concrete contractor which will allow the
precaster to prepare piece casting drawings and begin
precast production.
12/18/91 D & E ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00326 - 5
p7t.me�
Upon review by the Owner's representative to identify
congested areas, the sheetmetal contractor shall be
notified of any additions to the following background
drawings which the sheetmetal contractor shall prepare to
appropriate scale as directed by the Owners
representative.
Background Drawing
Prepared by the HVAC and Process Pipe Contractor, and
consists of plan, elevation and cross section cuts.
1. Corridors and hallways -Plan & Elevation 1/4" = 11,
cross sections 1" = 1'
2. Kitchen -Plan & Elevation 1/411= 11, cross sections
1"= 1'
3. Housing chases and plenums -Plan & Elevation 1/4" _
11, cross sections 1" = 1'
4. Mechanical rooms -Plan & Elevation 1/4" = 1', cross
sections 1" = 1'
5. Laundry -Plan & Elevation 1/411= 1', cross
sectionsl"= 1'
6. Electrical rooms -Plan & Elevation 1/411= 11, cross
sections 111= 1'
7. All other areas -conventional scale with chases of
enlarged scale.
These drawings shall be routed and marked up by the Util-
ity Trade Contractors in the same manner as Phase One
drawings, except 'over -lay' work shall show more detail
depicting all items and features such as radius fittings,
valves, specialties, space between pipes, graphic and
written elevations and dimensions, and hanger/support
details. The owner's representative may conduct job site
meetings to resolve and finalize any conflicts which are
not answered during drawing 'over -lay' routing. Item
number 3. above and zone 'A' shall be submitted within
(10) ten calendar days of Award of Contract.
Phase III
Shop or background drawings shall be prepared and
submitted by the masonry, non -load bearing wall, ceiling,
raised floor, and cast -in -place concrete contractors.
These drawings shall be routed in the same manner as the
previous phases and each trade contractor shall provide
12/18/91 D & E ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00326 - 6
all information necessary for installation of items
furnished by their contract scope of work and which will
require embedment or blockout in the walls, ceiling or
floors.
The requirements of this section are separate from other
drawings and submittals required in the technical spec-
ifications or record drawing sections of the contract
documents.
.7 Furnish to the appropriate trade contractor, for
installation in precast concrete, non -load bearing walls,
masonry, and cast -in -place concrete, all frames, sleeves,
anchors, weld plates and other similar inserts or devices
required to facilitate and coordinate the Work in this
Bid Package. Submit routing shop drawings showing wall
elevation, floor and ceiling plans with requirements for
location and size suitable for field location and
installation. Coordinate and verify correctness of
installation as the work progresses. Verify prior to
casting in form work, or during line and grade
installation of major feature progress.
Furnish and deliver to precast concrete contractor within
(10) working days after award of this contract, all
required sleeves, inserts and other embedded items with
coordination drawings necessary for incorporation in the
precast components, for Zone A.
Furnish and deliver to precast concrete contractor'all
required sleeves, inserts and other embedded items with
coordination drawings necessary for incorporation in the
precast components, for Zones B,C,D and E, with
timeliness to facilitate the fabrication schedule of the
precast contractor.
.8 All unfinished surfaces of materials or equipment
furnished' or installed by this contractor, shall be
inspected for readiness by follow-on contractors and the
CM, prior to installation of follow-on work. This would
include bringing back to original condition, surfaces
disturbed by welding, burning, or other disfigurement,
which will need to be made ready for finish painting, or
other work.
.9 This contractor is responsible to coordinate and/or
provide all penetrations shown or not shown on drawings
12/18/91 D & E ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00326 - 7
which are necessary to facilitate the complete
installation of his work. Penetrations in horizontal
precast members equivalent to 6" circular or larger,
shall be provided by the Precast Contractor when
adequately coordinated per item .7 and .8 above.
Other penetrations in horizontal members shall be field
core drilled and shall be the responsibility of this
trade contractor. Field penetrations shall be subject to
the advance approval of the precaster and A/E, and shall
be in accordance with Article 4.14.3. All costs of field
installed penetrations and finished closure of field and
precast provided openings shall be borne by the
contractors using or requiring same. All finished
closure details shall conform with firesafing, safety
building codes and design intent (draft closure, material
fall protection, etc.).
All penetrations and openings should be completed prior
to the finish covering installation. In the event that
penetrations are necessary after finish covering
installation, this contractor shall coordinate and pay
for all related work necessary to provide the completed
detail.
.10 Materials and Equipment Furnished by Others - - All
materials furnished by the Owner, other contractors for
the Owner, or by the CM for _the Owner, for installation
by this contractor shall upon delivery, be unloaded,
transferred, stored and fully protected by the contractor
until installed. Any demurrage or similar charge
incurred due to failure of the contractor to promptly
unload the materials and equipment shall be the
responsibility of the contractor.
The contractor shall carefully examine all materials and
equipment furnished by the Owner, or any of his
designees, (other contractors or the CM). The contractor
shall complete receiving reports describing the quantity
and condition of the materials or equipment. The
contractor shall be responsible for subsequent damage or
loss until installation is completed and accepted by the
Owner.
Should the contractor fail to report any visible signs of
damage in the receiving report as indicated above, then
all parties may assume that the damage occurred while the
materials and equipment were in the care, custody and
control of the receiving contractor.
12/18/91 D & E ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00326 - 8
Any material furnished by the Owner, at an offsite
location, on other than a charge basis in connection with
the contract, shall be deemed as held by the contractor
on consignment. All such materials not used in the
fabrication of materials or equipment required under the
contract shall be returned to the applicable party, as
directed, at their expense; and, if not accounted for or
so returned, shall be paid for by the contractor.
.11 It will be the full responsibility of this trade
contractor to properly seal and maintain rated assemblies
in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations,
affected by his work, and in accordance with section
07272 Firestop and Penetration Sealing System.
.12 Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating all
housekeeping pads and equipment pads that are required
for this contractors work, and are shown on the contract
drawings, with the Concrete Contractor. Those that are
not shown, but are required for the complete and proper
installation of his work, shall be furnished and
installed by this contractor.
.13 All equipment installed shall be verified for
installation to provide adequate clearances for
maintenance and service.
.14 Contractor shall be responsible for installation of
expansion fittings where utilities and services cross any
designated building expansion line.
.15 This contractor shall schedule and provide adequate
overhead hangers and supports to prevent spray on
insulation damage or delay. And in the event of delayed
installation, or damage, this contractor shall bear the
costs of correction.
.16 Provide any necessary capped stub -outs, sleeves, or tees
as required for connections of work in future Zone 'F'.
.17 Any core drilling or penetrations made by this
contractor, or for this contractor in the performance of
his work, shall be properly closed and sealed by this
contractor after installation of the work.
.18 This contractor shall provide all equipment disconnects
as specified throughout this bid package and
specifications. This contractor shall assist the Owner's
need to standardize product sources wherever possible
within this package and other divisions.
12/18/91 D & E ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00326 - 9
.19 Contractor shall perform all required testing and provide
adequate personnel in order to complete all testing to
the requirements of governing agencies.
.20 All incoming materials and equipment shall be coordinated
with other trades and the CM is to be notified, in order
that proper laydown staging and stocking areas are
developed, prior to release for shipping. Within the
building, areas shall be restricted and stocking areas
will be authorized in writing.
.21 If in the event of conflicting, or overlapping
requirements in any area of the bidding documents,
technical specifications, or drawings, the most stringent
condition shall be bid and constructed. Notify the CM in
any event, in order to not compromise the Owner's right
to make appropriate decisions.
.22 For all fusible devices, provide (1) snare set of fuses
of (3) each, of each type and size of fuse.
.23 This contractor is reminded of inmate contact areas and
perimeters, and of the requirement for security devices,
fasteners, connectors, and any other work associated with
this bid package scope of work, in order that proper care
and construction is performed in accordance with the
standards and guidelines set forth by the regulatory
agencies governing jails.
.24 Furnish and install Transient Voltage/Surge Protection,
in accordance with section 16605, as required for the
proper installation and operation of Electrical Systems.
This contractor shall be bound by all provisions of
section 16605 Transient Voltage/Surge Protection, as
related to equipment provided under this scope of work.
Provide section 16605 to vendors to ensure plant
fabrication and submittal inclusion.
.25 Contractor shall furnish, install and terminate all
raceways wiring and disconnects for all power associated
with equipment furnished by others, unless otherwise
indicated. ,Equipment furnished by others is included in,
but not limited to those sections indicated as Related
Sections and Descriptions, and depicted on the contract
drawings.
.26 Contractor shall furnish, install and terminate all
raceways, wiring and disconnects for all power associated
with equipment furnished by the Owner.
12/18/91 D & E ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00326 - 10
.27 This contractor shall provide all 120 volt power as
required to and from the security systems equipment,
which includes, but is not limited to, conduit, raceways,
boxes, fittings, wire and terminations.
.28 Contractor shall mandril all embedded conduits and duct
banks at the earliest feasible time after installation,
maintaining a mandril log as provided by the CM. At any
failure of the mandril to pass, the CM shall be notified.
This applies to conduits which the Electrical Contractor
installs for wire pulling by others. For conduits which
the Electrical Contractor installs, and will be pulling
the wire, the Electrical Contractor shall mandril any
that are encased or embedded.
.29 Contractor shall install in every conduit described as a
spare, or where wiring is a part of another contractor's
scope of work, a nylon pull string with a pulling
capacity of 200 pounds or greater.
.30 Contractor shall identify each wire at all devices,
junction boxes or distribution panels. Identification
shall include, but not be limited to the panel
identification and circuit numbers.
.31 Contractor shall identify each wire at all devices,
junction boxes or control panels. Identification shall
include, but not be limited to the control panel
identification and the terminal numbers.
.32 Section 16111 Conduit Systems, paragraph 3.5 A, where
conduits that pass through rated floors, walls or
ceilings, use seal -off conduit bodies adjacent to one or
both sides of the rated system, for total sealing of the
conduit, and provide architecturally finished surfaces on
both sides as required.
.33 Section 16120 Wire and Cable, paragraph 2.3 C, applies to
stranded conductors smaller than #6 AWG, and includes not
only the specified solderless connector, but all
compression type ring terminals, split fork terminals, or
ferrule not terminated under a mechanical type lug.
.34 This contractor shall make major equipment submittals
within (10) days of contract award.
.35 When scheduled by the CM, this contractor shall clean all
fixtures, panels, devices, lenses, lamps, and equipment,
prior to acceptance and turnover.
12/18/91 D & E ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00326 - 11
.36 Section 15110 Heat Trace System, furnish conduit, wiring
and terminations, and install complete, and make
operable. Heat trace tape, controls and panels will be
furnished by Bid Package No. 26 Prime Electrical
Contractor to this contractor for installation.
Coordinate installation with plumbing contractor's
installation of piping.
.37 Any temporary or permanent utility or service outages,
which are necessary after being put into service or
energized, shall require notice and approval prior to
actual system shutdown. The Contractor requiring the
outage shall gain approval of the CM no less than (7)
days prior to anticipated date of outage. The written
request for outage approval shall contain system or
circuits of service, areas that will be affected, and
time duration of outage. Outages shall be coordinated so
as not to affect the work of other contractors.
.38 Provide electrical systems scope of work in mock-up cell
and chase, in order to develop a complete and finished
mock-up.
.39 The intent of this contract is that the Zone D and E
Electrical installing contractor shall be responsible for
installation of all branch and secondary circuits from
all power panels utilized by Zones D and E distribution
centers. These panels include, but are not limited to
panels:
N1B N2B EQ2A
N12
N22 EQ21
E12
E2B E2A
E1B
EQ22 E21
N1A
EQ2B
Nll
N2A
Ell
N21
ElA
N21
If there should be any secondary circuits existing from
a panel listed above, to any remote location from Zones
D and E, the Prime Electrical Contractor shall be
responsible for their installation.
The Prime Electrical Contractor shall install all
transformers and lighting relay cabinets including
primary feed circuit raceways, wiring and terminations.
12/18/91 D & E ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00326 - 12
.40 The Mechanical Process and HVAC contractor will be
providing (2) air changes per hour in all work areas,
until the permanent HVAC system is in operation. If the
Zone D and E Electrical Contractor should require any
additional ventilation, then it will be his
responsibility to provide, and in accordance with section
01510 Temporary Utilities, paragraph 2.8.
.47 The Prime Electrical Contractor will be providing
Temporary Lighting in 'accordance with section 01510
Temporary Utilities, paragraph 2.6, until the permanent
lighting system is in operation.
If the Zone D and E Electrical Contractor should require
any additional temporary lighting, then it will be his
responsibility to provide.
1.3 By Others
.1 Furnishing and installing conduit systems as shown on
sheet 4.51, which include raceways and junction boxes,
and that are embedded in the precast concrete cells.
12/18/91 D & E ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1)• 00326 - 13
ATTACHMENT "A"
FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT SUPPLIED BY BID PACKAGE NO. 14 PRIME
ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR
Contractor is to verify count of fixtures required for
performance of his work prior to bid. In the event any fixture
is not listed or an error is in the required number shown it
will be the responsibility of this contractor to provide and
install any fixtures shown on the plans.
Fixtures and equipment listed shall include all required
specialty attachment devices and cover rings or plates.
FIXTURE !ZONE D! ZONE E!
C i 7 i 7
D i 3 i 3
FA i 24 i 38
FB i 4 i 4
FC 26 58
FE
FF
FG
FI
FK
FO
FP
FQ
FR
FS
FT
12
4
96
12
8
6
24
I 2
19
I 5
4
16
1
96
8
8
4
25
2
21
4
12/18/91 D & E ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00326 - 14
FIXTURE
!ZONE D!
ZONE E!
BATTERY/
12
6
INVERTER
Pack for
i
Channel
I
Mounting
in Floor
Fixtures
I
BB
i 12
HD
i 26
i 28
HDD
i 18
i 12
XA
i 12
i 10
XB i
2
i 4
XC I
2 I
4
HB i
- i
4
HC i
-------------------------
- i
4
12/18/91 D & E ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00326 - 15
SECTION 00353
MILESTONE SCHEDULE
The bar chart and associated activity listing presented in
this.section depicts the approximate duration, sequence, and
flow of work of major work groups. Not all activities are
shown and groupings are subjective. Logic diagrams
generating the presented document are available for bidder
review in the office of the Construction Manager.
Contractor will be required to submit construction schedules
to
meet the requirements of the presented
milestones and in
accordance with the Master Project Schedule.
The Contractors are to note the following
special milestone
dates required for the Project.
a.
Bid Due Date . . . . . . . . . . . .
. .01/08/92
b.
Award Date (Anticipated) . . . . . .
. .01/29/92
C.
Notice to Proceed (Anticipated) . .
. .01/29/92
d.
Supporting Documentation for Owner
Option of Owner Supplied Equipment
Purchases . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. .02/10 92
e.
Building Temperature and Humidity
Controlled for Finishes & Follow-on
Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. .11/15/92
f.
Start Contractor Completion Inspections.01/11/93
g.
Start Prefinal Inspections . . . . .
. .03/02/93
h.
Project Completion . . . . . . . .
. .07/01/93
12/18/91 BID GROUP 3 MILESTONE SCHEDULE 00353 - 1
...
cc
CL
cc
cc
All
3
z
� O
N O d
= c
U
T
LU
ca u J
T rD =:)
,-• LL. C7
2
LD
CDC
d
LL. .— Ln
C cm
4- CO
0
U T Q
M
CD
-
o :3 C=
C- o LD
C U
9
=
C7 0
O CO
S
C-
CD
cc
E
cc
Q
mm
»
m
c
N
ui
m C
� W
S
t ct
7
Y
h
�
�
U
A
h
5 9
tl
O
S
�
cn
LO
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Monroe County,
Florida
PRIMAVERA PROJECT PLANNER
Monroe County Detention Facility
)LT DATE 19DEC91
RUN
NO. 50
Monroe County Detention Facility
START
DATE 1AUG91 FIN DATE 1JUL93*
16:28
SCHED REPORT -
line
skip
by activity
code
DATA
DATE 18NOV91 PAGE NO. 1
----- -----
ACTIVITY
---- ----
ORIG REM
- -------------
------------------------------------•-----------
ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION
-------- -------- ---------------- -----
SCHEDULED
ID
OUR OUR
%
- -------------
------------------------------------------------
START
--------
FINISH
------------------------ -----
----- -----
Site Utilities
----
----
5
1
0
100
NTP -
Site Utilities
9OCT91A
9OCT91A
1325
5
5
0
SW -
Zone C - Sub -Slab Sanitary a Loading Dock
4MAR92
10MAR92
1330
5
5
0
SW -
Zone C - Storm Drain (JB 28-0 & Upstream)
4MAR92
10MAR92
1340
5
5
0
SW -
Zone C - Storm Drain (Inlet 1-12 & Upstream
4MAR92
10MAR92
2000
30
5
83
SW -
Utilities - Underground Submittals
13SEP91A
22NOV91
2005
10
10
0
SW -
Utilities - A/E ApvL of U/G Submittals
25NOV91
9DEC91
2010
15
15
0
SW -
Utilities - Install OutfaLL Structures
10DEC91
31DEC91
2015
5
5
0
SW -
Utilities - Intl U/G Temporary Pwr & Tate
10DEC91
16DEC91
2020
5
5
0
SW -
Utilities - Sanitary Trunk Line is Ldg Dock
10DEC91
16DEC91
2025
10
10
0
SW -
Utilities - Remainder of Sanitary Trunk Lin
17DEC91
31DEC91
2030
10
10
0
SW -
Utilities - Electrical Ductbank and Tele
17DEC91
31DEC91
2035
15
15
0
SW -
Utilities - Intl Greywater Line
2JAN92
22JAN92
2040
15
15
0
SW -
Utilities - Intl Domestic Water Line
2JAN92
22JAN92
2045
15
15
0
SW -
Utilities - Intl Effluent Line
2JAN92
22JAN92
2050
15
15
0
SW -
Utilities - InstL Gas Line
2JAN92
22JAN92
3005
10
10
- 0•
SW -
Entrance Road - Effluent Line
13JAN92
24JAN92
3010
10
10
0
SW -
Entrance Road - Domestic/FW Main
13JAN92
24JAN92
3015
10
10
0
SW -
Entrance Road - Test/Flush/Disinfect DW/FW
27JAN92
7FEB92
3020
5
5
0
SW -
Entrance Road - Tie-in DW/FW Line to FKAA
10FES92
14FEB92
3050
15
15
0
SW -
Utilities - Overhead Power/Telephone Line
13JAN92
31JAN92
3055
5
5
0
SW -
Utilities - Temporary Pwr/Tele Startup
3FE892
7FE892
5000
15
15
0
SW -
Utilities - Storm Drain Trunk Lines
17JUN92
8JUL92
5005
15
15
0
SW -
Utilities - SO Laterials & Trench Drain
17JUN92
8JUL92
5010
15
15
0
SW -
Utilities - Sanitary Laterals
17JUN92
8JUL92
Caissons
1025
10
0
100
SW -
Caisson Load Test
7OCT91A
17OCT91A
1030
10
0
100
SW -
A/E Review of Caisson Load Test Data
18OCT91A
6NOV91A
1035
40
0
100
SW -
Caisson Reber Submittals - Start
13AUG91A
6OCT91A
1040
15
0
100
SW -
Caisson Reber Submittals - Complete
7OCT91A
29OCT91A
1045
5
0
100
SW -
A/E Review of Caisson Reber Submittals
30OCT91A
6NOV91A
1050
10
9
10
SW -
Fabricate & Deliver Caisson Reber
13NOV91A
29NOV91
1055
25
0
100
SW -
Windload Modification Pricing
6OCT91A
13NOV91A
1060
1
1
0
SW -
BOCC Apvl of Windload Change
20NOV91*
20NOV91
1100
15
15
0
SW -
Zone A - Caissons
2DEC91
20DEC91
1150
15
15
0
SW -
Zone D - Caissons
23DEC91
14JAN92
1200
10
10
0
SW -
Zone B - Caissons
15JAN92
28JAN92
1250
15
15
0
SW -
Zone E - Caissons
29JAN92
18FE892
1300
10
10
0
SW -
Zone C - Caissons
19FES92
3MAR92
Columns
1105
15
15
0
SW -
Zone A - Columns & Misc Concrete
23DEC91
14JAN92
1110
5
5
0
SW -
Zone A - Verify Locations of Columns
15JAN92
21JAN92
1115
20
20
0
SW -
Zone A - Column Concrete Cure Period
15JAN92
11FE892
1155
15
15
0
SW -
Zone D - Columns & Misc Concrete
15JAN92
4FE892
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Monroe County,
Florida
PRIMAVERA PROJECT PLANNER
Monroe County Detention Facility
REPORT DATE 19DEC91
RUN
N0. 50
Monroe County Detention Facility
START DATE 1AUG91 FIN DATE 1Jl
16:28
SCHED REPORT -
line skip
by activity
code
DATA DATE 18NOV91 PAGE NO. 2
----- -----
ACTIVITY
----
ORIG
----
REM
- --- ----------
------------------------------------------------
ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION
---------------- -------- -------- -----
SCHEDULED
ID
----- -----
OUR
----
DUR
----
%
- -------------
------------------------------------------------
START
FINISH
Columns
--------
-------- ---------------- -----
1160
5
5
0
SW - Zone D - Verify Locations of Columns
5FEB92
11FE892
1165
20
20
0
SW - Zone D - Column Concrete Cure Period
5FEB92
3MAR92
1205
10
10
0
SW - Zone 8 - Columns & Misc Concrete
29JAN92
11FEB92
1210
5
5
0
SW - tone B - Verify Locations of Columns
12FEB92
18FEB92
1215
20
20
0
SW - Zone 6 - Column Concrete Cure Period
12FE692
10MAR92
1255
15
15
0
SW - Zone E - Colons & Misc Concrete
19FEB92
10MAR92
1260
5
5
0
SW - Zone E - Verify Locations of Columns
IIMAR92
17MAR92
1265
20
20
0
SW - Zone E - Column Concrete Cure Period
11MAR92
7APR92
1305
10
10
0
SW - Zone.0 - Columns & Misc Concrete
4MAR92
17MAR92
1310
5
5
0
SW - Zone C - Verify Locations of Columns
18MAR92
24MAR92
1315
20
20
0
SW - Zone C - Column Concrete Cure Period
18MAR92
14APR92
1320
20
20
0
SW - Zone C - F/R/P/C Concrete Loading Dock
4MAR92
3114AR92
Erection Drawings
7020
15
15
0
Precast - Column Interface Details
21NOV91
12DEC91
7030
15
15
0
Precast - Area A - Framing Drawings
21NOV91
12DEC91
7040
10
10
0
Precast - Area A - A/E Apvl of Framing Drawings
13DEC91
27DEC91
7100
15
15
0
Precast - Areas 6 & D - Framing Drawings
13DEC91
6JAN92
7110
10
10
0
Precast - Areas 6 & D - A/E Apvl of Framing Dwgs
7JAN92
20JAN92
7200
15
15
0
Precast - Areas C & E - Framing Drawings
7JAN92
27JAN92
7210
10
10
0
Precast - Areas C & E - A/E Apvl of Framing Dwgs
28JAN92
10FEB92
Utilities/Precast
Coordination
Effort
7005
10
0
100
Coordination Method Decision
1NOV91A
15NOV91A
7050
20
20
0
Precast - Area A - Utt/Pcst Coordination
18NOV91
16DEC91
7120
20
20
0
Precast - Areas 6 & D - Utl/Pcst Coordination
17DEC91
15JAN92
7220
15
15
0
Precast - Areas C & E - Utt/Pcst Coordination
16JAN92
5FEB92
Detail Drawings
7060
15
15
0
Precast - Area A - Detail Drawings
30DEC91
20JAN92
7070
10
10
0
Precast - Area A - A/E Apvl of Detail Drawings
21JAN92
3FEB92
7130
15
15
0
Precast - Areas B & D - Detail Drawings
21JAN92
10FEB92
7140
10
10
0
Precast - Areas 8 & D - A/E Apvl of Detail Dwgs
11FE892
24FE692
7230
15
15
0
Precast - Areas C & E - Detail Drawings
11FE892
2MAR92
7240
10
10
0
Precast - Areas C & E - A/E Apvt of Detail Dwgs
3MAR92
16MAR92
Fabrication
7080
20
20
0
Precast - Area A - Fabrication
4FE892
2MAR92
7090
5
5
0
Precast - Area A - Begin Shipping to Site
3MAR92
9MAR92
7150
20
20
0
Precast - Area B - Fabrication
25FE892
23MAR92
7160
10
10
0
Precast - Area B - Begin Shipping to Site
24MAR92
6APR92
7170
40
40
0
Precast - Area D - Fabrication
25FE892
20APR92
7180
10
10
0
Precast - Area D - Begin Shipping to Site
21APR92
4MAY92
7250
25
25
0
Precast - Area C - Fabrication
25MAR92
28APR92
7260
5
5
0
Precast - Area C - Begin Shipping to Site
29APR92
5MAY92
7270
40
40
0
Precast - Area E - Fabrication
18MAR92
12MAY92
7280
5
5
0
Precast - Area E - Begin Shipping to Site
13MAY92
19MAY92
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Monroe County,
Florida
PRIMAVERA PROJECT PLANNER
Monroe County Detention Facility
lRT DATE 19DEC91
RUN
NO. 50
Monroe County Detention Facility
START
DATE 1AUG91 FIN DATE 1JUL93*
16:28
SCHED REPORT -
line
skip
by activity
code
DATA
DATE 18NOV91 PAGE NO. 3
----- -----
ACTIVITY
----
ORIG
----
REM
- --- ----------
------------------------------------------------
ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION
--------
SCHEDULED
-------- -------- -------- -----
ID
DUR
DUR
%
- --- ----------
------------------------------------------------
START
--------
FINISH
-------- -------- -------- -----
----- -----
Precast Erection
----
----
10000
40
40
0
Precast
- Area A - Erection
10MAR92
4MAY92
20000
30
30
0
Precast
- Area B - Erection
5MAY92
16JUN92
30000
30
30
0
Precast
- Area C - Erection
17JUN92
29JUL92
40000
30
30
0
Precast
- Area D - Erection
5MAY92
16JUN92
50000
30
30
0
Precast
- Area E - Erection
17JUN92
29JUL92
Roof
10050
10
10
0
Area
A -
Roof - Roofing
3JUN92
16JUN92
20050
10
10
0
Area
B -
Roofing
9JUL92
22JUL92
30050
10
10
0
Area
C -
Roofing
20AUG92
2SEP92
40050
10
10
0
Area
D -
Roofing
9JUL92
22JUL92
50050
10
10
0
Area
E -
Roofing
20AUG92
2SEP92
Stairs
10010
5
5
0
Area
A -
Temporary Access Stairs
5MAY92
11MAY92
20120
10
10
0
Area
B -
Erect Stairs
16JUL92
29JUL92
30080
10
10
0
Area
C -
Erect Stairs
27AUG92
10SEP92
40120
10
10
0
Area
D -
Erect Stairs
16JUL92
29JUL92
43050
15
15
0
Area
D -
2nd FL - Mezz Handrails
6AUG92
26AUG92
43060
10
10
0
Area
D -
1st FL - Interior Stairs
6AUG92
19AUG92
50080
10
10
0
Area
E -
Erect Stairs
27AUG92
10SEP92
53050
15
15
0
Area
E -
2nd FL - Mezz Handrails
18SEP92
8OCT92
53060
10
10
0
Area
E -
1st FL - Interior Stairs
18SEP92
1OCT92
Elevators
10100
15
15
0
Area
A -
Elevators - Rough -in
9JUL92
29JUL92
10110
5
5
0
Area
A -
Elevators - Car & Platform
30JUL92
5AUG92
10120
5
5
0
Area
A -
Elevators - Doors & Frames
6AUG92
12AUG92
10130
20
20
0
Area
A -
Elevators - Construct Cabs & Trim -out
13AUG92
10SEP92
Slab Embeds
11000
15
15
0
Area
A -
1st FL - M/E/P/S Slab Embeds
12MAY92
2JUN92
12000
20
20
0
Area
A -
2nd FL - M/E/P/S Slab Embeds
12MAY92
9JUN92
21000
10
10
0
Area
B -
1st FL - M/E/P/S Slab Embeds
17JUN92
30JUN92
22000
15
15
0
Area
B -
2nd FL - M/E/P/S Slab Embeds
17JUN92
8JUL92
31000
10
10
0
Area
C -
1st FL - M/E/P/S Slab Embeds
30JUL92
12AUG92
32000
15
15
0
Area
C -
2nd FL - M/E/P/S Slab Embeds
22JUL92
11AUG92
41000
15
15
0
Area
D -
1st FL - M/E/P/S Slab Embeds
17JUN92
8JUL92
42000
20
20
0
Area
D
- 2nd FL - M/E/P/S Slab Embeds
17JUN92
15JUL92
51000
15
15
0
Area
E
- 1st FL - M/E/P/S Slab Embeds
30JUL92
19AUG92
52000
20
20
0
Area
E
- 2nd FL - M/E/P/S Slab Embeds
30JUL92
26AUG92
Slabs
10030
5
5
0
Area
A
- Roof - Topping
19MAY92
26MAY92
11010
10
10
0
Area
A
- 1st FL - F/R/P/C Slab
3JUN92
16JUN92
12010
10
10
0
Area
A
- 2nd FL - F/R/P/C Slab
17JUN92
30JUN92
20020
5
5
0
Area
B
- Roof Topping
24JUN92
30JUN92
21010
10
10
0
Area
B
- 1st FL - F/R/P/C Slab
1JUL92
15JUL92
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Monroe County,
Florida
PRIMAVERA PROJECT PLANNER
Monroe County Detention Facility
REPORT DATE 19DEC91
RUN
NO. 50
Monroe County
Detention Facility
START DATE 1AUG91 FIN DATE 1J
16:28
SCHED REPORT -
line skip
by activity
code
DATA DATE 18NOV91 PAGE NO. 4
----- -----
ACTIVITY
----
ORIG
---- -
REM
-------------
------------------------------------------------
ACTIVITY
DESCRIPTION
---------------- -------- -------- -----
SCHEDULED
ID
DUR
DUR
---- -
%
-------------
------------------------------------------------
START
--------
FINISH
---------------- -------- -----
----- -----
Slabs
----
22010
10
10
0
Area
B -
2nd Ft -
F/R/P/C Slab
16JUL92
29JUL92
22200
10
10
0
Area
8 -
2nd Fl -
F/R/P/C Piers & Supports
30JUL92
12AUG92
22300
10
10
0
Area
B -
2nd FL -
Insulation Board & Slab 8 CWT
16OCT92
29OCT92
30020
5
5
0
Area
C -
Roof Topping
6AUG92
12AUG92
31010
10
10
0
Area
C -
1st Ft -
F/R/P/C Slab
13AUG92
26AUG92
32010
10
10
0
Area
C -
2nd FL -
F/R/P/C Slab
3SEP92
17SEP92
40020
5
5
0
Area
D -
Roof Topping
24JUN92
30JUN92
41010
10
10
0
Area
D -
1st FL -
Form & Reber for Slab
17JUN92
30JUN92
41020
10
10
0
Area
D -
1st Ft -
Pour/Cure Slab
9JUL92
22JUL92
42010
10
10
0
Area
D -
2nd FL -
Form & Reber for Slab
17JUM92
30JUM92
42020
10
10
0
Area
D -
2nd FL -
Pour/Cure Slab
23JUL92
5AUG92
42040
5
5
0
Area
D -
2nd Ft -
Pour Equip pads
13AUG92
19AUG92
50020
5
5
0
Area
E -
Roof Topping
6AUG92
12AUG92
51010
10
10
0
Area
E -
1st Ft -
Form & Reber for Slab
30JUL92
12AUG92
51020
10
10
0
Area
E -
1st Fl -
Pour/Cure Slab
20AUG92
2SEP92
52010
10
10
0
Area
E -
2nd Fl -
Form & Reber for Slab
30JUL92
12AUG92
52020
10
10
0
Area
E -
2nd Ft -'Pour/Cure
Slab
3SEP92
17SEP92
52040
5
5
0
Area
E -
2nd Ft -
Pour Equip pads
25SEP92
1OCT92
Masonry
11020
5
5
0
Area
A -
1st Fl -
Layout Part/Set Frames/Wnd Wal
17JUN92
23JUN92
11040
15
15
0
Area
A -
1st Fl -
Masonry & Bathrooms
16JUL92
5AUG92
11050
35
35
0
Area
A -
1st Ft -
Bathroom & Shower Tile
6AUG92
24SEP92
11070
20
20
0
Area
A -
1st Fl -
Masonry 8 Offices & Dorm Areas
24JUN92
22JUL92
12020
5
5
0
Area
A -
2nd FL -
Layout Partitions/Set Frames/W
1JUL92
8JUL92
12050
15
15
0
Area
A -
2nd FL -
Masonry
9JUL92
29JUL92
12210
15
15
0
Area
A -
2nd Fl -
Ceramic Tile
9OCT92
29OCT92
20100
10
10
0
Area
B
- Masonry
9 Stairs
17JUN92
30JUN92
20110
10
10
0
Area
B
- Cure Masonry a Stairs
1JUL92
15JUL92
21020
5
5
0
Area
B
- 1st FL -
Layout Part/Set Frames/Wnd Wal
16JUL92
22JUL92
21040
10
10
0
Area
B
- 1st Fl -
Masonry & OR
6AUG92
19AUG92
21050
10
10
0
Area
B
- 1st Ft -
Ceramic Tile 2 BR
20AUG92
2SEP92
21070
20
20
0
Area
B
- 1st Ft -
Masonry
23JUL92
19AUG92
22020
5
5
0
Area
B
- 2nd FL -
Lay -out Part/Set Door Frames/W
30JUL92
5AUG92
22040
10
10
0
Area
B
- 2nd Fl -
Masonry & OR
20AUG92
2SEP92
22050
15
15
0
Area
B
- 2nd Fl -
Masonry Support Systems Rough-
6AUG92
26AUG92
22060
15
15
0
Area
B
- 2nd Fl -
Masonry
6AUG92
26AUG92
22280
10
10
0
Area
B
- 2nd Ft -
Complete Exterior Masonry
18SEP92
1OCT92
30060
10
10
0
Area
C
- Masonry
a Stairs
30JUL92
12AUG92
30070
10
10
0
Area
C
- Cure Masonry a Stairs
13AUG92
26AUG92
31020
5
5
0
Area
C
- 1st FL -
Lay -out Part/Set Dr Frames/WW
27AUG92
2SEP92
31040
15
15
0
Area
C
- 1st Ft -
Masonry
3SEP92
24SEP92
32020
5
5
0
Area
C
- 2nd FL -
Layout Part/Set Frames/Wnd Wal
18SEP92
24SEP92
32040
15
15
0
Area
C
- 2nd FL -
Masonry
25SEP92
150CT92
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Monroe County,
Florida
PRIMAVERA
PROJECT PLANNER
Monroe County Detention Facility
)RT DATE 19DEC91
RUN
N0. 50
Monroe County Detention Facility
START DATE 1AUG91 FIN DATE 1JUL93*
16:28
SCHED REPORT -
line
skip
by activity
code
DATA
DATE 18NOV91 PAGE NO. 5
----- -----
ACTIVITY
---- ----
ORIG REM
-
-------------
------------------------------------------------
ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION
-------- ---------------- -------- -----
SCHEDULED
ID
-----
DUR DUR
---- ---- -
%
--- ----------
------------------------------------------------
START
--------
FINISH
---------------- -------- -----
-----
Masonry
40100
10
10
0
Area
D -
Masonry
8 Stairs
17JUN92
30JUN92
40110
10
10
0
Area
D -
Cure Masonry - Stairs
1JUL92
15JUL92
41030
5
5
0
Area
D -
1st FL
- Layout Part/Set Frames/Wnd Wal
23JUL92
29JUL92
41050
15
15
0
Area
D -
1st FL
- Masonry - 1st level walls
30JUL92
19AUG92
41070
10
10
0
Area
D -
1st Ft
- Masonry 8 BR
20AUG92
2SEP92
42030
5
5
0
Area
D -
2nd FL
- Layout Part/Set Frames/Wnd Wat
6AUG92
12AUG92
43010
10
10
0
Area
D -
2nd FL
- Masonry - 2nd level
3SEP92
17SEP92
43020
25
25
0
Area
D -
1st FL
- High Bay Masonry Walls
6AUG92
10SEP92
50060
10
10
0
Area
E -
Masonry
2 Stairs
30JUL92
12AUG92
50070
10
10
0
Area
E -
Cure Masonry
- Stairs
13AUG92
26AUG92
51030
5
5
0
Area
E -
1st FL
- Layout Part/Set Frames/Wnd Wet
3SEP92
10SEP92
51040
15
15
0
Area
E -
1st FL
- Masonry Support Systems R/1
11SEP92
1OCT92
51050
15
15
0
Area
E -
1st Fl
- Masonry - 1st level walls
11SEP92
1OCT92
51070
10
10
0
Area
E -
1st Ft
- Masonry 8 BR
25SEP92
8OCT92
52030
5
5
0
Area
E -
2nd FL
- Layout Pert/Set Frames/Wnd Wet
18SEP92
24SEP92
53010
10
10
0
Area
E -
2nd Ft
- Masonry - 2nd'leveL
9OCT92
220CT92
53020
25
25
0
Area
E -
1st FL
- High Bay Masonry Walls
18SEP92
220CT92
Drywall
12030
25
25
0
Area
A -
2nd FL
- Drywall Framing
9JUL92
12AUG92
12200
15
15
0
Area
A -
2nd FL
- Drywall/Tape/Plaster Walls
18SEP92
8OCT92
Spray -on Insulation
12070
10
10
0
Area
A -
2nd Ft
- Spray -on Insulation - Prep
30JUL92
12AUG92
12080
5
5
0
Area
A -
2nd Ft
- Spray -on Insulation - Spray
13AUG92
19AUG92
22080
10
10
0
Area
B -
2nd Ft
- Spray -on Insulation - Prep
6AUG92
19AUG92
22090
5
5
0
Area
B -
2nd FL
- Spray -on Insulation
27AUG92
2SEP92
32060
5
5
0
Area
C -
2nd FL
- Spray -on insulation Prep
9OCT92
15OCT92
32070
5
5
0
Area
C -
2nd FL
- Spray -on Insulation - Spray
16OCT92
22OCT92
43070
10
10
0
Area
D -
2nd FL
- Spray -on Insulation
20CT92
150CT92
53070
10
10
0
Area
E -
2nd FL
- Spray -on Insulation
6NOV92
19NOV92
Utility Rough -in
10020
5
5
0
Area
A -
Roof -
Penetrations & Roof Accessories
12MAY92
18MAY92
10040
5
5
0
Area
A -
Roof -
Curbs
27MAY92
2JUN92
10060
10
10
0
Area
A -
Roof -
Roof Drainage
19MAY92
2JUN92
11030
15
15
0
Area
A -
1st Ft
- Plumbing R/1 a Bathrooms
24JUN92
15JUL92
11060
20
20
0
Area
A -
1st FL
- Masonry R/1 Support (M/E/P/S)
24JUN92
22JUL92
12040
25
25
0
Area
A -
2nd FL
- Masonry R/I Support (M/E/P/S)
9JUL92
12AUG92
12D60
15
15
0
Area
A
- 2nd FL
- Ceiling Anchors & Hangars
9JUL92
29JUL92
20010
5
5
0
Area
8
- Roof -
Penetrations & Roof Accessories
17JUN92
23JUN92
20030
5
5
0
Area
8
- Roof Curbs
1JUL92
8JUL92
20040
10
10
0
Area
B
- Roof Drainage
24JUN92
8JUL92
21030
10
10
0
Area
B
- 1st FL
- Plumbing Rough -in B BR
23JUL92
5AUG92
21060
20
20
0
Area
B
- 1st Ft
- Masonry Support, Systems R/I
23JUL92
19AUG92
22030
10
10
0
Area
8
- 2nd FL
- Plumbing Rough -in 2 BR
6AUG92
19AUG92
Monroe County, Florida PRIMAVERA PROJECT PLANNER Monroe County Detention Facility
REPORT DATE 19DEC91 RUN NO. 50 Monroe County Detention Facility
16:28
SCHED REPORT - line skip by activity code
ACTIVITY ORIG REM
ID DUR DUR %
ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION
START DATE 1AUG91 FIN DATE U
DATA DATE 18NOV91 PAGE NO. 6
SCHEDULED
START FINISH
Utility Rough -in
30010
5
5
0
Area
C - Roof -
Penetration & Roof Accessories
30JUL92
5AUG92
30030
5
5
0
Area
C - Roof Curbs
13AUG92
19AUG92
30040
10
10
0
Area
C - Roof Drainage
6AUG92
19AUG92
31030
15
15
0
Area
C - 1st Ft
- Masonry Support - Systems R/I
3SEP92
24SEP92
31070
15
15
0
Area
C - 1st Fl
- Plumbing Rough -in 8 BR
3SEP92
24SEP92
32030
15
15
0
Area
C - 2nd Fl
- Masonry Support - Systems R/1
25SEP92
150CT92
32050
10
10
0
Area
C - 2nd FL
- Ceiling Anchors & Hangers
25SEP92
8OCT92
32100
10
10
0
Area
C - 2nd Fl
- Plumbing Rough -in 9 BR
25SEP92
8OCT92
40010
5
5
0
Area
D - Roof -
Penetrations & Roof Accessories
17JUN92
23JUN92
40030
5
5
0
Area
D - Roof Curbs
1JUL92
8JUL92
40040
10
10
0
Area
D - Roof Drainage
24JUN92
8JUL92
41040
15
15
0
Area
D - 1st FL
- Masonry Support Systems R/I
30JUL92
19AUG92
41060
10
10
0
Area
D - 1st FL
- Plumbing Rough -in 8 Br
30JUL92
12AUG92
43000
10
10
0
Area
D - 2nd FI
- Masonry Support Systems R/I
3SEP92
17SEP92
43030
10
10
0
Area
D - 2nd Ft
- Ceiling/Plenum Hangers & Sprts
18SEP92
1OCT92
50010
5
5
0
Area
E - Roof -
Penetrations & Roof Accessories
30JUL92
5AUG92
50030
5
5
0
Area
E - Roof Curbs
13AUG92
19AUG92
50040
10
10
0
Area
E - Roof Drainage
6AUG92
19AUG92
51060
10
10
0
Area
E - 1st Ft
- Plumbing Rough -in 8 Br
11SEP92
24SEP92
53000
10
10
0
Area
E - 2nd FL
- Masonry Support Systems R/I
9OCT92
220CT92
53030
10
10
0
Area
E - 2nd FL
- Ceiling/Plenum Hangers & Sprts
230CT92
5NOV92
Bulk Installation of
Utilities
11080
25
25
0
Area
A - 1st Fl
- HVAC Ductwork Bulk Intl
23JUL92
26AUG92
11100
25
25
0
Area
A - 1st FL
- HVAC Piping Bulk Intl
23JUL92
26AUG92
11120
25
25
0
Area
A - 1st FL
- Plumbing Bulk Intl
23JUL92
26AUG92
11140
25
25
0
Area
A - 1st Ft
- Pwr/Ltg Conduit Bulk Inst .23JUL92
26AUG92
11160
25
25
0
Area
A - 1st FL
- Sec/Comm Conduit Bulk Install
23JUL92
26AUG92
11180
25
25
0
Area
A - 1st FL
- Fire Protection Bulk Intl
23JUL92
26AUG92
12090
20
20
0
Area
A - 2nd FL
- HVAC Ductwork Bulk Instl
20AUG92
17SEP92
12100
15
15
0
Area
A - 2nd Ft
- HVAC Piping Bulk Intl
20AUG92
10SEP92
12110
15
15
0
Area
A - 2nd Ft
- Plumbing Bulk Intl
20AUG92
10SEP92
12120
15
15
0
Area
A - 2nd Fl
- Pwr/Ltg Conduit Bulk Intl
20AUG92
10SEP92
12130
15
15
0
Area
A - 2nd Fl
- Security/Comm Conduit Bulk In
20AUG92
10SEP92
12140
15
15
0
Area
A - 2nd FL
- Fire Protection Bulk Intl
20AUG92
10SEP92
21080
15
15
0
Area
B - 1st Fl
- HVAC Ductwork - Bulk Install
20AUG92
10SEP92
21090
5
5
0
Area
B - 1st FL
- HVAC Piping - Bulk Install
20AUG92
26AUG92
21100
10
10
0
Area
B - 1st FL
- Plumbing - Bulk Install
20AUG92
2SEP92
21110
15
15
0
Area
B - 1st Fl
- Pwr/Ltg Conduit - Bulk Install
20AUG92
10SEP92
21120
10
10
0
Area
6 - 1st FL
- Sec/Comm Conduit - Bulk Instal
20AUG92
2SEP92
21130
10
10
0
Area
B - 1st Ft
- Fire Protection - Bulk Install
20AUG92
2SEP92
22100
10
10
0
Area
B - 2nd FL
- HVAC Ductwork - Bulk Install
3SEP92
17SEP92
22110
15
15
0
Area
B - 2nd Fl
- HVAC Piping - Bulk Install
3SEP92
24SEP92
22120
10
10
0
Area
8 - 2nd Ft
- Plumbing - Bulk Installation
3SEP92
17SEP92
Monroe County, Florida PRIMAVERA PROJECT PLANNER Monroe County Detention Facility
iRT DATE 19DEC91 RUN NO. 50 Monroe County Detention Facility START DATE 1AUG91 FIN DATE 1JUL93*
16:28
SCHED REPORT - line skip by activity code DATA DATE 18NOV91 PAGE NO. 7
----- ----- ---- ---- - --- ---------------------------------------------------------- ---------------- ---------------- -----
ACTIVITY ORIG REM
ID DUR DUR %
ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION
SCHEDULED
START FINISH
Bulk Installation of
Utilities
22130
15
15
0
Area
B - 2nd Fl
- Pwr/Ltg Conduit - Bulk Install
3SEP92
24SEP92
22140
10
10
0
Area
B - 2nd Fl
- Sec/Comm Conduit - Bulk Instal
3SEP92
17SEP92
22150
10
10
0
Area
B - 2nd Fl
- Fire Protection - Bulk Install
3SEP92
17SEP92
22310
15
15
0
Area
B - 2nd Fl
- Ancilliary Pipe
16OCT92
5NOV92
31050
15
15
0
Area
C - 1st Ft
- HVAC Ductwork Bulk Install
25SEP92
150CT92
31060
5
5
0
Area
C - 1st Ft
- HVAC Piping - Bulk Install
25SEP92
1OCT92
31080
15
15
0
Area
C - 1st Ft
- Plumbing - Bulk Install
25SEP92
150CT92
31090
20
20
0
Area
C - 1st Ft
- Pwr/Ltg Conduit - Bulk Install
25SEP92
220CT92
31100
20
20
0
Area
C - 1st Ft
- Sec/Comm Conduit - Bulk Instal
25SEP92
220CT92
31110
15
15
0
Area
C - 1st FL
- Fire Protection - Bulk Install
25SEP92
150CT92
320W
15
15
0
Area
C - 2nd Ft
- HVAC Ductwork - Bulk Install
230CT92
12NOV92
32090
10
10
0
Area
C - 2nd Ft
- HVAC Piping - Bulk Install
23OCT92
5NOV92
32110
10
10
0
Area
C - 2nd Ft
- Plumbing - Bulk Install
230CT92
5NOV92
32120
15
15
0
Area
C - 2nd Ft
- Pwr/Ltg Conduit - Bulk Install
23OCT92
12NOV92
32130
10
10
0
Area
C - 2nd Fl
- Sec/Comm Conduit - Bulk Instal
23OCT92
5NOV92
32140
10
10
0
Area
C - 2nd Fl
- Fire Protection - Bulk Install
230CT92
5NOV92
43100
15
15
0
Area
D - 1st Fl
- HU 1 Side A - vert chase utl
16OCT92
5NOV92
43110
15
15
0
Area
D - 1st Ft
- HU 1 Side B - vent chase utl
6NOV92
30MOV92
43120
15
15
0
Area
D - 2nd Ft
- HU 1 Side A - horiz chase utl
6MOV92
30NOV92
43130
15
15
0
Area
D - 2nd Fl
- HU 1 Side B - horiz chase utl
1DEC92
21DEC92
43200
15
15
0
Area
D - 1st Ft
- HU 2 Side C - vert chase utl
16OCT92
5NOV92
43210
15
15
0
Area
D - 1st FL
- HU 2 Side D - vert chase utl
6NOV92
30NOV92
43220
15
15
0
Area
D - 2nd Ft
- HU 2 Side C - horiz chase utl
6NOV92
30NOV92
43230
15
15
0
Area
D - 2nd FL
- HU 2 Side D - horiz chase utl
1DEC92
21DEC92
43300
30
30
0
Area
D - 2nd Fl
- Mechanical Room Utilities
16OCT92
30NOV92
43330
20
20
0
Area
D - Dayroom/Office Utilities
16OCT92
12NOV92
53100
15
15
0
Area
E - 1st Fl
- HU 3 Side E - vert chase utl
20NOV92
14DEC92
53110
15
15
0
Area
E - 1st Fl
- HU 3 Side F - vert chase utl
15DEC92
6JAN93
53120
15
15
0
Area
E - 2nd Fl
- HU 3 Side E - horiz chase utl
15DEC92
6JAN93
53130
15
15
0
Area
E - 2nd Fl
- HU 3 Side F - horiz chase utl
7JAN93
27JAN93
53200
15
15
0
Area
E - 1st FL
- HU 4 Side G - vert chase utl
20NOV92
14DEC92
53210
15
15
0
Area
E - 1st Fl
- HU 4 Side H - vert chase utL
15DEC92
6JAN93
53220
15
15
0
Area
E - 2nd FL
- HU 4 Side G - horiz chase utl
15DEC92
6JAN93
53230
15
15
0
Area
E - 2nd Fl
- HU 4 Side H - horiz chase utl
7JAN93
27JAN93
53300
30
30
0
Area
E - 2nd Fl
- Mechanical Room Utilities
20NOV92
6JAN93
53330
20
20
0
Area
E - Dayroom/Office Util
20NOV92
21DEC92
Ceiling Framing
11200
5
5
0
Area
A - 1st Fl
- Ceiling Framing in A1000
27AUG92
2SEP92
11210
5
5
0
Area
A - 1st FL
- Ceiling Framing in A1029
3SEP92
10SEP92
11220
5
5
0
Area
A - 1st FL
- Ceiling Framing in A1039
11SEP92
17SEP92
11230
5
5
0
Area
A - 1st Fl
- Ceiling Framing in A1049
18SEP92
24SEP92
12150
15
15
0
Area
A - 2nd Ft
- Ceiling Framing
18SEP92
80CT92
21140
10
10
0
Area
B - 1st FL
- Ceiling Framing
11SEP92
24SEP92
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Monroe County,
Florida
PRI14AVERA PROJECT PLANNER
Monroe County Detention Facility
REPORT DATE 19DEC91
RUN
N0. 50
Monroe County Detention Facility
START
DATE 1AUG91 FIN DATE 1JL
16:28
SCHED REPORT -
line skip
by activity
code
DATA
DATE 18NOV91 PAGE NO. 8
----- -----
ACTIVITY
---- ----
ORIG REM
-
--- ----------
------------------------------------------------
ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION
---------------- ---------------- -----
SCHEDULED
1D
DUR DUR
---- -
%
-------------
------------------------------------------------
START
--------
FINISH
-------- -------- -------- -----
----- ----- ----
Ceiling Framing
22070
10
10
0
Area 8 -
2nd FL - Ceiling Anchors 8 Hangers
6AUG92
19AUG92
22160
5
5
0
Area B -
2nd Ft - Ceiling Framing
25SEP92
IOCT92
31130
5
5
0
Area C -
1st Ft - Ceiling Framing - Start
23OCT92
29OCT92
31140
5
5
0
Area C -
1st FL - Ceiling Framing - Complete
30OCT92
5NOV92
32160
10
10
0
Area C -
2nd Fl - Ceiling Framing
13NOV92
30NOV92
43340
10
10
0
Area D -
Ceiling Framing
13NOV92
30NOV92
53340
10
10
0
Area E -
Ceiling Framing
22DEC92
6JAN93
System Drops / Testing
/
Punch -out
11240
10
10
0
Area A -
1st Fl - Systems Drops - Start
3SEP92
17SEP92
11250
5
5
0
Area A -
1st Ft - Systems Drops - Complete
25SEP92
1OCT92
11260
5
5
0
Area A -
1st Fl - Test Utility Piping Systems
2OCT92
8OCT92
11270
5
5
0
Area A -
1st Fl - Punch -out Above Ceiling Work
9OCT92
150CT92
12160
15
15
0
Area A -
2nd FL - Utility System Drops - Start
18SEP92
8OCT92
12170
5
5
0
Area A -
2nd Ft - Utility System Drops - Cpl
9OCT92
150CT92
12180
5
5
0
Area A -
2nd FL - Test Utility Piping Systems
16OCT92
220CT92
12190
5
5
0
Area A -
2nd Fl - Punch -out Above Ceiling Work
23OCT92
29OCT92
21150
10
10
0
Area B -
1st Ft - System Drops - Start
11SEP92.
24SEP92
21160
5
5
0
Area B -
1st FL - Systems Drops - Complete
25SEP92
1OCT92
21170
5
5
0
Area B -
1st Fl - Systems Test
20CT92
8OCT92
21180
5
5
0
Area 8 -
1st FL - Punch -out
9OCT92
150CT92
22170
5
5
0
Area B -
2nd FL - Systems Drops
20CT92
8OCT92
22400
10
10
0
Area B -
2nd FL - Systems Test
6MOV92
19NOV92
22410
5
5
0
Area B -
2nd Ft - Punch -out
20NOV92
30NOV92
31150
5
5
0
Area C
- 1st Fl - System Drops - Start
30OCT92
5MOV92
31160
5
5
0
Area C
- 1st FL - Systems Drops - Complete
6NOV92
12NOV92
31170
5
5
0
Area C
- 1st Ft - Systems Test
13NOV92
19NOV92
31180
5
5
0
Area C
- 1st Fl - System Punch -out
20NOV92
30NOV92
32170
5
5
0
Area C
- 2nd Fl - System Drops - Start
13NOV92
19NOV92
32180
5
5
0
Area C
- 2nd FL - System Drops - Complete
1DEC92
7DEC92
32190
5
5
0
Area C
- 2nd FL - System test
8DEC92
14DEC92
32200
5
5
0
Area C
- 2nd Fl - Punch -out
15DEC92
21DEC92
43310
5
5
0
Area D
- 2nd Ft - Test Systems
22DEC92
29DEC92
43320
5
5
0
Area D
- 2nd Fl - Punch -out
30DEC92
6JAN93
43350
5
5
0
Area D
- System Drops - both floors
1DEC92
7DEC92
43360
5
5
0
Area D
- Systems Test - Dayrm/Off - both floors
8DEC92
14DEC92
43370
5
5
0
Area D
- Punch -out - Dayrm/Off - both floors
15DEC92
21DEC92
53310
5
5
0
Area E
- 2nd FL - Test Systems
28JAN93
3FEB93
53320
5
5
0
Area E
- 2nd FL - Punch -out
4FEB93
10FE893
53350
5
5
0
Area E
- System Drops - both floors
7JAN93
13JAN93
53360
5
5
0
Area E
- Systems Test - Dayrm/Off - both floors
14JAN93
20JAM93
53370
5
5
0
Area E
- Punch -out - Dayrm/Off - both floors
21JAN93
27JAN93
Ceilings
11260
20
20
0
Area A
- 1st Fl - Ceiling Board/Tape/Plaster
16OCT92
12NOV92
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Monroe County,
Florida
PRIMAVERA PROJECT PLANNER
Monroe County Detention Facility
JRT DATE 19DEC91
RUN
NO. 50
Monroe County Detention Facility
START DATE 1AUG91 FIN DATE 1JUL93*
16:28
SCHED REPORT -
line skip
by activity
code
DATA DATE 18NOV91 PAGE NO. 9
----- -----
ACTIVITY
----
ORIG
----
REM
- -------------
------------------------------------------------
ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION
---------------- ---------------- -----
SCHEDULED
ID
----- -----
OUR
----
DUR
----
%
- --- ----------
------------------------------------------------
START
FINISH
Ceilings
--------
------------------------ -----
12220
15
15
0
Area
A - 2nd Ft - Drywall/Tape/Plaster Ceilings
30OCT92
19NOV92
21200
15
15
0
Area
B - 1st FL Ceiling Board/Tape/Plaster
16OCT92
5NOV92
22430
10
10
0
Area
B - 2nd Ft - Drywall/Tape/Plaster Ceilings
1DEC92
14DEC92
31200
15
15
0
Area
C - 1st Ft - Ceiling Board Tape & Plaster
1DEC92
21DEC92
32410
15
15
0
Area
C - 2nd Ft - Ceilings
14JAN93
3FEB93
43380
15
15
0
Area
D - Drywall/Tape/Plaster Ceilings - both fL
22DEC92
13JAN93
533W
15
15
0
Area
E - Drywall/Tape/Plaster Clgs - both floors
28JAN93
17FES93
Wire Pulls
11300
10
10
0
Area
A - 1st FL - Wire Pulls
13NOV92
30NOV92
12240
10
10
0
Area
A - 2nd Ft - Wire Pulls
20NOV92
7DEC92
21220
15
15
0
Area
B - 1st Ft Wire Pull
6NOV92
30NOV92
22450
20
20
0
Area
B - 2nd Ft - Wire Pull
15DEC92
13JAN93
31220
15
15
0
Area
C - 1st Ft - Wire Putt
22DEC92
13JAN93
32400
15
15
0
Area
C - 2nd Ft - Wire Pull
22DEC92
13JAN93
43420
10
10
0
Area
D - Wire Pull - start - both floors
30DEC92
13JAN93
43430
5
5
0
Area
D - Wire Pull - complete - both floors
14JAN93
20JAN93
53420
10
10
0
Area
E - Wire Pull - start - both floors
4FE893
17FEB93
53430
5
5
0
Area
E - Wire Pull - complete - both floors
18FE893
24FEB93
Trim -out Utilities
11330
15
15
0
Area
A - 1st Ft - M/E/P/S Trim -out
15DEC92
6JAN93
12280
15
15
0
Area
A - 2nd Ft - M/E/P/S Trim -out
22DEC92
13JAN93
21260
15
15
0
Area
B - 1st Ft - M/E/P/S Trim -out
15DEC92
6JAN93
22480
10
10
0
Area
B - 2nd FL - M/E/P/S Trim -out
28JAN93
10FEB93
31260
10
10
0
Area
C - 1st FL - M/E/P/S Trim -out
28JAN93
10FES93
32470
10
10
0
Area
C - 2nd Ft - M/E/P/S Trim -out
4MAR93
17MAR93
43470
15
15
0
Area
D - M/E/P/S trim -out - both floors
4FEB93
24FE893
53470
15
15
0
Area
E - M/E/P/S trim -out - both floors
11MAR93
31MAR93
Painting
11310
10
10
0
Area
A - 1st Ft - Prep for Bulk Painting
13NOV92
30MOV92
11320
10
10
0
Area
A - 1st FL - Bulk Painting
1DEC92
14DEC92
12250
10
10
0
Area
A - 2nd Ft - Prep for Bulk Painting
20NOV92
7DEC92
12260
10
10
0
Area
A - 2nd FL - Bulk Painting
8DEC92
21DEC92
21230
10
10
0
Area
B - 1st Ft - Painting Prep
6NOV92
19NOV92
21240
10
10
0
Area
B - 1st Ft - Bulk Painting
1DEC92
14DEC92
22460
10
10
0
Area
B - 2nd Ft - Painting Prep
15DEC92
29DEC92
22470
10
10
0
Area
B - 2nd Ft - Bulk Painting
14JAN93
27JAN93
31230
10
10
0
Area
C - 1st Ft - Painting Prep
22DEC92
6JAN93
31240
10
10
0
Area
C - 1st Ft - Bulk Painting
14JAN93
27JAN93
32430
10
10
0
Area
C - 2nd Ft Paint Prep
14JAN93
27JAN93
32"0
10
10
0
Area
C - 2nd Ft - Bulk Painting
4FEB93
17FEB93
43450
10
10
0
Area
D - Paint prep.- both floors
22DEC92
6JAN93
43460
10
10
0
Area
D - Bulk Paint - both floors
21JAN93
3FEB93
53450
10
10
0
Area
E - Paint prep - both floors
28JAN93
10FE893
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Monroe County,
Florida
PRI14AVERA PROJECT PLANNER
Monroe County Detention Facility
REPORT DATE 19DEC91
RUN
NO. 50
Monroe County
Detention Facility
START
DATE 1AUG91 FIN DATE 1J,
16:28
SCHED REPORT -
line skip
by activity
code
DATA
DATE 18N0V91 PAGE NO. 10
----- -----
ACTIVITY
---- ----
OR1G REM
-
--- ----------
------------------------------------------------
ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION
---------------- ---------------- -----
SCHEDULED
ID
DUR OUR
---- ----
%
- -------------
------------------------------------------------
START
--------
FINISH
---------------- -------- -----
----- -----
Painting
53460
10
10
0
Area E -
Bulk Paint - both floors
25FE893
10MAR93
77020
30
30
0
Painting
- Interior Touch-up (start)
18MAR93
28APR93
77030
10
10
0
Painting
- Interior Touch-up (compL)
13MAY93
26MAY93
77040
60
60
0
Painting - Exterior Building
5FE893
29APR93
Finishes
11290
10
10
0
Area A -
1st FL -
Install Doors & Grills
13MOV92
30NOV92
11340
1S
15
d
Area A -
1st Ft -
Casework
15DEC92
6JAM93
11350
15
15
0
Area A -
1st Ft -
Glazing
15DEC92
6JAM93
11360
15
15
0
Area A -
1st Ft -
Door Hardware
15DEC92
6JAM93
11370
10
10
0
Area A -
1st FL -
Floor & Wall Coverings
7JAN93
20JAM93
12230
10
10
0
Area A -
2nd FL -
Intl Doors & Grills
20N0V92
7DEC92
12270
10
10
0
Area A -
2nd FL -
Casework
22DEC92
6JAN93
12290
15
15
0
Area A -
2nd FL -
Acoustical Tile
22DEC92
13JAN93
12300
15
15
0
Area A -
2nd Ft -
Door Hardware
22DEC92
13JAM93
12310
15
15
0
Area A -
2nd FL -
Glazing 0
22DEC92
13JAN93
12320
15
15
0
Area A -
2nd FL -
Floor & Wall Coverings
14JAN93
3FEB93
21190
10
10
0
Area B -
1st Ft -
Floor Prep
160CT92
290CT92
21210
15
15
0
Area 8 -
1st FL -
Doors & Grilles
6NOV92
30N0V92
21250
15
15
0
Area 8
- 1st Ft -
Acoustical Tile
15DEC92
6JAN93
21270
10
10
0
Area 8
- 1st FL -
Door Hardware
15DEC92
29DEC92
21280
10
10
0
Area B
- 1st FL -
Glazing
15DEC92
29DEC92
21290
15
15
0
Area B
- 1st FL -
Floor & Wallcoverings
7JAN93
27JAN93
22420
10
10
0
Area B
- 2nd Ft -
Floor Prep
1DEC92
14DEC92
22"0
10
10
0
Area 8
- 2nd FL -
Doors & Grilles - Intall
15DEC92
29DEC92
22490
5
5
0
Area B
- 2nd Ft -
Door Hardware
28JAN93
3FEB93
22500
5
5
0
Area B
- 2nd Ft -
Glazing
28JAN93
3FEB93
22510
5
5
0
Area B
- 2nd Ft -
Acoustical Tile
28JAN93
3FEB93
22520
5
5
0
Area B
- 2nd FL -
Floor & WalLcoverings
11FE893
17FE893
31120
10
10
0
Area C
- 1st FL -
Ceramic Tile
25SEP92
8OCT92
31190
10
10
0
Area C
- 1st FL -
Floor Prep
1DEC92
14DEC92
31210
10
10
0
Area C
- 1st Ft -
Doors & Grilles
22DEC92
6JAN93
31250
5
5
0
Area C
- 1st Ft -
Acoustical Tile
28JAN93
3FE893
31270
10
10
0
Area C
- 1st FL -
Door Hardware
28JAN93
10FE893
31280
10
10
0
Area C
- 1st Ft -
Glazing
28JAN93
10FES93
31290
10
10
0
Area C
- 1st FL -
Floor Covering
11FES93
24FE893
32420
10
10
0
Area C
- 2nd FL -
Install Doors & Grilles
14JAN93
27JAN93
32450
10
10
0
Area C
- 2nd FL -
Seamless Floors
18FE893
3MAR93
32490
10
10
0
Area C
- 2nd Ft -
Other Flooring
4MAR93
17MAR93
43040
15
15
0
Area D
- 1st FL -
Cell Furniture
20AUG92
10SEP92
43045
10
10
0
Area D
- 2nd Ft
- Cell Furniture
11SEP92
24SEP92
43400
20
20
0
Area D
- Cell Doors & Door Frames
160CT92
12NOV92
43410
10
10
0
Area D
- Grout Cell Door Frames - both floors
13N0V92
30NOV92
43440
5
5
0
Area D
- Doors &
Grilles - both floors
14JAN93
20JAN93
--------------------------------
Monroe County, Florida
7--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PRIMAVERA PROJECT PLANNER
Monroe County Detention Facility
)RT DATE
19DEC91
RUN
NO. 50
Monroe County Detention Facility
START DATE 1AUG91 FIN DATE 1JUL93*
16:28
SCHED REPORT
- line
skip
by activity
code
DATA DATE 18NOV91 PAGE NO. 11
----- -----
ACTIVITY
---- ----
ORIG REM
- --- ----------
------------------------------------------------
ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION
-------- -------- -------- -------- -----
SCHEDULED
ID
----- -----
OUR DUR
---- ----
%
- --- ----------
------------------------------------------------
START
FINISH
Finishes
--------
------------------------ -----
43480
15
15
0
Area
D - Casework - both floors
4FE893
24FE893
43490
15
15
0
Area
D - Glazing - both floors
4FE893
24FE893
43500
15
15
0
Area
D - Door Hardware - both floors
4FE893
24FE893
43510
15
15
0
Area
D - Acoustical Ceiling - both floors
4FEB93
24FEB93
43520
10
10
0
Area
D - Floor prep - both floors
4FEB93
17FE893
43530
10
10
0
Area
D - Floor covering - both floors
25FEB93
10MAR93
53040
15
15
0
Area
E - 1st FL - Cell Furniture
20CT92
220CT92
53045
10
10
0
Area
E - 2nd FL - Cell Furniture
23OCT92
5NOV92
53400
20
20
0
Area
E - Cell Doors & Door Frames - both Floors
20NOV92
21DEC92
53410
10
10
0
Area
E - Grout Cell Door Frames - both floors
22DEC92
6JAN93
53440
5
5
0
Area
E - Doors & Grilles - both floors
18FES93
24FEB93
53480
15
15
0
Area
E - Casework - both floors
11MAR93
31MAR93
53490
15
15
0
Area
E - Glazing - both floors
11MAR93
31MAR93
53500
15
15
0
Area
E - Door Hardware - both floors
11MAR93
31MAR93
53510
15
15
0
Area
E - Acoustical Ceiling - both floors
11MAR93
31MAR93
53520
10
10
0
Area
E - Floor prep - both floors
11MAR93
24MAR93
53530
10
10
0
Area
E - Floor covering - both floors
1APR93
14APR93
Electrical Equipment
20350
15
15
.0
Area
B - Switchgear - Generate P.O.
13JAN92
31JAN92
20360
5
5
0
Area
B - Switchgear - Select Vendor
3FEB92
7FE892
20370
1
1
0
Area
B - Switchgear - Issue PO
10FES92
10FEB92
20380
70
70
0
Area
B - Switchgear - Fab & Delver
11FE892
18MAY92
20400
15
15
0
Area
8 - Emerg Gen - Generate P.O.
13JAN92
31JAN92
20410
5
5
0
Area
B - Emerg Gen - Select Vendor
3FE892
7FEB92
20420
1
1
0
Area
8 - Emerg Gen - Issue PO
10FE892
10FE892
20430
120
120
0
Area
B - Emerg Gen - Fab & Deliver
11FEB92
29JUL92
20450
15
15
0
Area
B - UPS System - Generate P.O.
13JAN92
31JAN92
20460
5
5
0
Area
B - UPS System - Select Vendor
3FEB92
7FE892
20470
1
1
0
Area
B - UPS System - Issue PO
10FEB92
10FEB92
20480
145
145
0
Area
8 - UPS System - Fab & Deliver
11FEB92
2SEP92
Mechanical Equipment
20200
15
15
0
Area
8 - CWT - Generate P.O.
13JAN92
31JAN92
20210
5
5
0
Area
B - CWT - Select Vendor
3FE892
7FEB92
20220
1
1
0
Area
B - CWT - Issue PO
10FES92
10FES92
20230
70
70
0
Area
8 - CWT - Fab & Deliver
11FE892
18MAY92
20250
15
15
0
Area
B - Chillers - Generate P.O.
13JAN92
31JAN92
20260
5
5
0
Area
8 - Chillers - Select Vendor
3FE892
7FE892
20270
1
1
0
Area
B - Chillers - Issue PO
10FE892
10FEB92
20280
110
110
0
Area
B - Chillers - Fab & Deliver
11FE892
15JUL92
20300
15
15
0
Area
8 - AHU - Generate P.O.
13JAN92
31JAN92
20310
5
5
0
Area
8 - AHU - Select Vendor
3FEB92
7FE892
20320
1
1
0
Area
8 - AHU - Issue PO
10FES92
10FE892
20330
80
80
0
Area
B - AHU - Fab & Deliver
11FE892
2JUN92
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Monroe County,
Florida
PRI14AVERA PROJECT PLANNER
Monroe County Detention Facility
REPORT DATE 19DEC91
RUN
NO. 50
Monroe
County Detention Facility
START
DATE 1AUG91 FIN DATE 1Ji
16:28
SCHED REPORT -
line
skip
by activity code
DATA
DATE 18NOV91 PAGE NO. 12
----- -----
ACTIVITY
---- ---- -
ORIG REM
-------------
------------------------------------------------
ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION
---------------- -------- -------- -----
SCHEDULED
ID
DUR DUR
---- -
%
-------------
------------------------------------------------
START
--------
FINISH
-------- ---------------- -----
----- ----- ----
Mechanical Equipment
22290
10
10
0
Area 8 -
2nd FL - Erect CWT
20CT92
150CT92
32300
10
10
0
Area C -
2nd Fl - Cooler Floors - Install
16OCT92
29OCT92
32310
10
10
0
Area C -
2nd FL - Cure Floors
30OCT92
12NOV92
32320
10
10
0
Area C -
2nd FL - Cooler Framing
13NOV92
30NOV92
32330
10
10
0
Area C -
2nd FL - Cooler Panels - Install
1DEC92
14DEC92
32340
5
5
0
Area C -
2nd Fl - Cooler Trim -out
15DEC92
21DEC92
40500
15
15
0
Area D -
AHU's - Generate P.O.
13JAN92
31JAN92
40510
5
5
0
Area D -
AHU's - Select Vendor
3FEB92
7FEB92
40520
1
1
0
Area D -
AHU's - Issue PO
IOFE892
10FE892
40530
40
40
0
Area D -
AHU's - Fab & Deliver
IIFE892
6APR92
50500
15
15
0
Area E -
AHU's - Generate P.O.
13JAM92
31JAN92
50510
5
5
0
Area E -
AHU's - Select Vendor
3FEB92
7FEB92
50520
1
1
0
Area E -
AHU's - Issue PO
10FES92
10FEB92
50530
40
40
0
Area E -
AHU's - Fab & Deliver
11FE892
6APR92
Laundry Equipment
20500
15
15
0
Area 8 -
Laundry Equip - Generate P.O.
13JAN92
31JAM92
20510
5
5
0
Area B -
Laundry Equip - Select Vendor
3FEB92
7FEB92
20520
5
5
0
Area 8 -
Laundry Equip - Issue PO
10FE892
14FES92
20530
85
85
0
Area 6 -
Laundry Equip - Fab & Deliver
17FES92
15JUN92
Kitchen Equipment
30100
25
25
0
Area C
- Kitchen Equip - Generate P.O.
13JAN92
14FES92
30110
5
5
0
Area C
- Kitchen Equip - Staff Review
17FEB92
21FEB92
30115
5
5
0
Area C
- Kitchen Equip - Award P.O.
24FES92
28FE692
30120
50
50
0
Area C
- Kitchen Equip - Shop Drawings
214AR92
8MAY92
30130
15
15
0
Area C
- Kitchen Equip - A/E Review & Approval
11MAY92
1JUN92
30140
35
35
0
Area C
- Kitchen Equip - Fnl Coord w/ others
2JUM92
21JUL92
30150
150
150
0
Area C
- Kitchen Equip - Fab & Deliver
2JUN92
5JAN93
32150
5
5
0
Area C
- 2nd Fl - Install Kitchen Hoods
230CT92
29OCT92
32480
5
5
0
Area C
- 2nd Fl - Kitchen Equipment Trim -out
25MAR93
31MAR93
Set Equipment
22210
10
10
0
Area 8
- 2nd Fl - Set CUT Equipment
13AUG92
26AUG92
22220
10
10
0
Area 8
- 2nd Ft - Set Chiller Equipment
13AUG92
26AUG92
22230
10
10
0
Area B
- 2nd Fl - Set AMU Equipment
13AUG92
26AUG92
22240
10
10
0
Area 6
- 2nd FL - Set Switchgear
13AUG92
26AUG92
22250
10
10
0
Area 8
- 2nd FL - Set Emergency Generator
13AUG92
26AUG92
22260
10
10
0
Area B
- 2nd Fl - Set UPS System
3SEP92
17SEP92
22270
10
10
0
Area 8
- 2nd FL - Set Laundry Equipment
13AUG92
26AUG92
32460
15
15
0
Area C
- 2nd Fl - Set Kitchen Equipment
4MAR93
24MAR93
42050
5
- 5
0
Area D
- 2nd FL - Set AHU's - D1 and D2
20AUG92
26AUG92
52050
5
5
0
Area E
- 2nd Fl - Set AHU's - E1 and E2
20CT92
8OCT92
Mechanical System Check-out & Balancing
71005
20
20
0
Area A
- Mach System Tie-in & Initial HVAC T&B
14JAN93
10FE893
72005
20
20
0
Area 8
- Mech System Tie-in & Initial HVAC T&B
11FEB93
10MAR93
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Monroe County, Florida
PRI14AVERA PROJECT PLANNER
Monroe County Detention Facility
1RT DATE
19DEC91
RUN N0.
50
Monroe County Detention Facility
START DATE 1AUG91 FIN DATE 1JUL93*
16:28
SCHED REPORT
- line
skip by
activity code
DATA
DATE 18NOV91 PAGE NO. 13
----- -----
ACTIVITY
----
OR1G
---- - ---
REM
----------
------------------------------------------------
ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION
-------- ------------------------ -----
SCHEDULED
ID
----- -----
DUR
----
DUR
---- - ---
%
----------
------------------------------------------------
START
FINISH
Mechanical System Check-out
& Balancing
--------
---------------- -------- -----
73005
20
20
0
Area D - Mech System Tie-in & Initial HVAC T&B
25FE893
24MAR93
74005
20
20
0
Area C - Mach System Tie-in & Initial HVAC T&B
18MAR93
14APR93
75005
20
20
0
Area E - Mach System Tie-in &Initial HVAC T&B
1APR93
28APR93
75500
10
10
0
HVAC System - Final Test & Balance
29APR93
12MAY93
75600
10
10
0
Building 0 & M System - Verification / Checkout
13MAY93
26MAY93
77010
10
10
0
Chlorinate & Flush Drinking Water Lines
29APR93
12MAY93
Electrical /
Security
Device Verification
71020
15
15
0
Area A - Point to Point Device Verification
14JAN93
3FEB93
72010
15
15
0
Area B - Point to Point Device Verification
11FER93
3MAR93
73010
15
15
0
Area D - Point to Point Device Verification
25FEB93
17MAR93
74010
15
15
0
Area C - Point to Point Device Verification
18MAR93
7APR93
75010
15
15
0
Area E - Point to Point Device Verification
1APR93
21APR93
Fire Protection System Final Test
75700
20
20
0
Fire Protection System - Final Testing
29APR93
26MAY93
Security System Operational
Tests
71010
5
5
0
Intl Security System Computer Equip 2 Ctl Room
11FEB93
17FES93
71015
5
5
0
Load Security System Programs
18FEB93
24FES93
71025
15
15
0
Area A - Security System Operational Tests
25FEB93
17MAR93
72015
15
15
0
Area B - Security System Operational Tests
4MAR93
24MAR93
73015
15
15
0
Area D - Security System Operational Tests
18MAR93
7APR93
74015
15
15
0
Area C - Security System Operational Tests
8APR93
28APR93
75015
15
15
0
Area E - Security System Operational Tests
22APR93
12MAY93
Security System Integrated Tests
76000
10
10
0
Security System - Integrated Test (start)
13MAY93
26MAY93
76010
20
20
0
Security System - Integrated Test (compl)
27MAY93
24JUN93
Final Punch
77050
15
15
0
A/E Building Component Punchout
27MAY93
17JUN93
Owner/ AE Demonstrations\
80000
5
5
0
Owner/AE Demonstrations & Final Walkthru
25JUN93
1JUL93
SECTION 00993
SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS
DRAWING
LATEST
NUMBER
DRAWING TITLE
REVISION DATE
0.00
Cover
0.01
Index of Drawings
Rev 11/11/91
0.02A
Symbols and Abbreviations (Architectural)
1 Rev 11/11/91
0.03
Life Safety Plan Ground Floor
BG3 10/15/91
0.04
Life Safety Plan First Floor
BG3 10/15/91
0.05
Life Safety Plan 2nd Floor
BG3 10/15/91
1.00A
Existing Conditions North
1 Rev 11/11/91
1.00B
Existing Conditions Central
1 Rev 11/11/91
1.00C
Existing Conditions South
1 Rev 11/11/91
1.01A
Not Used
1.02A
Not Used
--
1.03A
Final Site Layout Central
1 Rev 11/11/91
1.04A
Final Site Layout and Grading South
BG3 10/15/91
1.05A
Final Grading North
1 Rev 11/11/91
1.06A
Final Grading and Drainage Central
BG3 10/15/91-
1.07A
Not Used
--
1.08A
Final Site Utilities Central
1 Rev 11/11/91
1.09A
Not Used
--
1.10
Entrance Enlargement
Not Here
1.11
Landscape Plan North
BG3 10/15/91
1.12
Landscape Plan Central
BG3 10/15/91
12/19/91 BG-3 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS (ADD. 1) 00993 - 1
1.13
Landscape Plan South
BG3
10/15/91
1.14
Irrigation Plan North
BG3
10/15/91
1.15
Irrigation Plan Central
BG3
10/15/91
1.16
Irrigation Plan South
BG3
10/15/91
1.17
Pump Station Grinder Details
1 Rev 11/11/91
1.18
Not Used
--
1.19
Not Used
--
1.20
Site Details Fencing and Paving
1 Rev 11/11/91
1.21
Landscape Irrigation Details
BG3
10/15/91
1.22
Civil Details
BG3
10/15/91
3.01
Not Used
--
3.02
Not Used
--
3.03
Not Used
--
3.04
Not Used
--
3.05
Not Used
--
3.06
Not Used
--
3.07
Framing Plan First Floor Zone A
BG3
11/11/91
3.08
Framing Plan First Floor Zone B
BG3
11/11/91
3.09
Framing Plan First Floor Zone C
BG3
11/11/91
3.10
Framing Plan First Floor Zone D
BG3
11/11/91
3.11
Framing Plan First Floor Zone E
BG3
11/11/91
3.12
Framing Plan First Floor Zone F Alternate
BG3
11/11/91
3.13
Framing Plan Second Floor Zone A
BG3
11/11/91
3.14
Framing Plan Second Floor Zone B
BG3
11/11/91
3.15
Framing Plan Second Floor Zone C
BG3
11/11/91
3.16
Framing Plan Mezzanine Level Zone D
BG3
11/11/91
00993 - 2
12/19/91
BG-3 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS (ADD. 1)
3.17
Framing
Plan Mezzanine
Level Zone E
BG3
11/11/91
3.18
Framing
Plan Mezzanine
Floor Zone F
BG3
11/11/91
Alternate
3.19
Framing
Plan Mechanical
Plenum Zone D
BG3
11/11/91
3.20
Framing
Plan Mechanical
Plenum Zone E
BG3
11/11/91
3.21
Framing
Plan Mechanical
Plenum Zone F
BG3
11/11/91
Alternate
3.22
Framing
Plan Roof Level
Zone A
BG3
11/11/91
3.23
Framing
Plan Roof Level
Zone B
BG3
11/11/91
3.24
Framing
Plan Roof Level
Zone C
BG3
11/11/91
3.25
Framing
Plan Roof Level
Zone D
BG3
11/11/91
3.26
Framing
Plan Roof Level
Zone E
BG3
11/11/91
3.27
Framing
Plan Roof Level
Zone F Alternate
BG3
11/11/91
3.28
Not Used
--
3.29
Not Used
--
3.30
Not Used
--
3.31
Not Used
--
3.32
Typical
Details
BG3
11/11/91
3.33
Sections
& Details
BG3
11/11/91
3.34
Sections
& Details
BG3
11/11/91
3.35
Precast
Wall Schedule &
Details
BG3
11/11/91
3.36
Precast
Column Schedule
& Details
BG3
11/11/91
3.37
General
Notes & Abbreviations & Typical
BG3,
11/11/91
Details
3.38
Sections
& Details
BG3
11/11/91
3.39
Sections
& Details
BG3
11/11/91
4.01
Exterior
Building Plan Ground Floor Zone A
BG3
11/11/91
00993 - 3
12/19/91
BG-3 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS (ADD. 1)
4.O1A
Building
Plan Ground Floor Zone A
BG3
10/15/91
4.02
Exterior
Building
Plan
Ground Floor Zone B
BG3
11/11/91
4.02A
Building
Plan Ground Floor Zone B
BG3
10/15/91
4.03
Exterior
Building
Plan
Ground Floor Zone C
BG3
11/11/91
4.03A
Building
Plan Ground Floor Zone C
BG3
10/15/91
4.04
Exterior
Building
Plan
Ground Floor Zone D
BG3
11/11/91
4.04A
Building
Plan Ground Floor Zone D Housing
BG3
10/15/91
4.05
Exterior
Building
Plan
Ground Floor Zone E
BG3
11/11/91
Housing
4.05A
Building
Plan Ground Floor Zone E Housing
BG3
10/15/91
4.06
Exterior
Building
Plan
Ground Floor Zone F
BG3
11/11/91
Housing Alternate
4.06A
Building
Plan Ground Floor Zone F Housing
BG3
10/15/91
Alternate
4.07
Exterior
Building
Plan
First Floor Zone A
BG3
11/11/91
4.08
Exterior
Building
Plan
First Floor Zone B.
BG3
11/11/9.1
4.09
Exterior
Building
Plan
First Floor Zone C
BG3
11/11/91
4.10
Exterior
Building
Plan
First Floor Zone D
BG3
11/11/91
Housing
4.11
Exterior
Building
Plan
First Floor Zone E
BG3
11/11/91
Housing
4.12
Exterior
Building
Plan
First Floor Zone F
BG3
11/11/91
Housing Alternate
4.13
Exterior
Building
Plan
Second Floor Zone A
BG3
11/11/91
4.14
Exterior-
Building
Plan
Second Floor Zone B
BG3
11/11/91
4.15
Exterior
Building
Plan
Second Floor Zone C
BG3
11/11/91
4.16
Exterior
Building
Plan
Mezzanine Level
BG3
11/11/91
Zone D Housing
4.17
Exterior
Building
Plan
Mezzanine Level
BG3
11/11/91
Zone E Housing
12/19/91 BG-3 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS (ADD. 1) 00993 - 4
4.18
Exterior Building Plan Mezzanine Level
BG3
11/11/91
Zone F Housing Alternate
4.19
Mechanical Plenum Plan Zone D
BG3
11/11/91
4.20
Mechanical Plenum Plan Zone E
BG3
11/11/91
4.21
Mechanical Plenum Plan Zone F
Alternate
BG3
11/11/91
4.22
Building Plan Roof Level Zone
A
BG3
11/11/91
4.23
Building Plan Roof Level Zone
B
BG3
11/11/91
4.24
Building Plan Roof Level Zone
C
BG3
11/11/91
4.25
Building Plan Roof Level Zone
D
BG3
11/11/91
4.26
Building Plan Roof Level Zone
E
BG3
11/11/91
4.27
Building Plan Roof Level Zone
F Alternate
BG3
11/11/91
4.28
Exterior Elevations
BG3
11/11/91
4.29
Exterior Elevations
BG3
11/11/91
4.30
Exterior Elevations
BG�
11/11/91
4.31
Exterior Elevations
BG3
11/11/91
4.32
Exterior Elevations
BG3
11/11/91
4.33
Exterior Elevations
BG3
11/11/91
4.33A
Exterior Elevations
BG3
11/11/91
4.34
Wall Sections
3 Rev 11/11/91
4.35
Wall Sections
BG3
11/11/91
4.36
Wall Sections
BG3
11/11/91
4.37
Wall Sections
BG3
11/11/91
4.38
Exterior Details
3 Rev 11/11/91
4.39
Exterior Details
3 Rev 11/11/91
4.40
Exterior Details
4 Rev 11/11/91
4.41
Exterior Details
BG3
11/11/91
00993 - 5
12/19/91
BG-3 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS
(ADD. 1)
4.41A
Exterior
Details
BG3 11/11/91
4.41B
Exterior
Details
BG3 11/11/91
4.42
Metal Door & Window Frame Elevations &
3 Rev 12/20/91
Details,
Door Schedule
4.43
Not Used
--
4.44
Not Used
--
4.45
Not Used
--
4.46
Stair Plans & Sections
BG3 11/11/91
4.47
Stair Plans & Sections
2 Rev 12/20/91
4.47A
Stair Plans & Sections
BG3 11/11/91
4.48
Stair Details
BG3 11/11/91
4.49
Elevator
Plans & Sections
BG3 11/11/91
4.50
Elevator
Details
BG3 11/11/91
4.51
Enlarged
Cell - Plans &
Elevations
BG3 11/11/91
4.52
Not Used
--
4.53
Interior
Building Plan
First Floor Zone A
BG3 10/15/91
4.54
Interior
Building Plan
First Floor Zone B
1 Rev 11/11/91
4.55
Interior
Building Plan
First Floor Zone C
1 Rev 11/11/91
4.56
Interior
Building Plan
First Floor Zone D
BG3 10/15/91
Housing
4.57
Interior
Building Plan
First Floor Zone E
1 Rev 11/11/91
Housing
4.58
Interior
Building Plan
First Floor Zone F
BG3 10/15/91
Housing Alternate
4.59
Interior
Building Plan
Second Floor Zone A
1 Rev 11/11/91
4.60
Interior
Building Plan
Second Floor Zone B
1 Rev 11/11/91
4.61
Interior
Building Plan
Second Floor Zone C
1 Rev 11/11/91
12/19/91 BG-3 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS (ADD. 1) 00993 - 6
4.62
Interior Building Plan Mezzanine Level D
BG3 10/15/91
Housing
4.63
Interior Building Plan Mezzanine Level
1 Rev 11/11/91
Zone E Housing
4.64
Interior Building Plan Mezzanine Level
BG3 10/15/91
Zone F Housing Alternate
4.65
Building Sections
BG3 10/15/91
4.66
Building Sections
1 Rev 11/11/91
4.67
Not Used
--
4.67A
Partition Types
1 Rev 11/11/91
4.68
Interior Details
1 Rev 11/11/91
4.69
Interior Details
BG3 10/15/91
4.70
Interior Details
1 Rev 11/11/91
4.71
Interior Details
BG3 10/15/91
4.72
Interior Details
1 Rev 11/11/91
4.73
Door Schedule
BG3 10/15/91
4.74
Door Schedule
1 Rev 11/11/91
4.75
Door Schedule
BG3 10/15/91
4.76
H.M. Elevations
BG3 10/15/91
4.77
Door and Window Details and Buck Types
BG3 10/15/91
4.78
Finish Schedule
2 Rev 12/20/91
4.79
Finish Schedule
2 Rev 12/20/91
4.79A
Finish Schedule
2 Rev 12/20/91
4.80
Miscellaneous Details
BG3 10/15/91
6.01
Reflected Ceiling Plan Ground Floor Zone A
BG3 10/15/91
6.02
Not Used
--
6.03
Reflected Ceiling Plan Ground Floor Zone C
BG3 10/15/91
00993 - 7
12/19/91
BG-3 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS (ADD. 1)
6.04
Not Used
--
6.05
Not Used
--
6.06
Not Used
--
6.07
Reflected Ceiling
Plan
First Floor Zone A
BG3
10/15/91
6.08
Reflected Ceiling
Plan
First Floor Zone B
BG3
10/15/91
6.09
Reflected Ceiling
Plan
First Floor Zone C
BG3
10/15/91
6.10
Reflected Ceiling
Plan
First Floor D Housing
BG3
10/15/91
6.11
Reflected Ceiling
Plan
First Floor Zone E
BG3
10/15/91
Housing
6.12
Reflected Ceiling
Plan
First Floor Zone F
BG3
10/15/91
Housing Alternate
6.13
Reflected Ceiling
Plan
Second Floor Zone A
BG3
10/15/91
6.14
Reflected Ceiling
Plan
Second Floor Zone B
1 Rev 12/20/91
6.15
Reflected Ceiling
Plan
Second Floor Zone C
BG3
10/15/91
6.16
Reflected Ceiling
Plan
Mezzanine Level
BG3
10/15/91
Zone D Housing
6.17
Reflected Ceiling
Plan
Mezzanine Level
BG3
10/15/91
Zone E Housing
6.18
Reflected Ceiling
Plan
Mezzanine Level
BG3
10/15/91
Zone F Housing Alternate
6.19
Ceiling Details
1 Rev 11/11/91
6.20
Ceiling Details
BG3
10/15/91
7.00
Standard Mounting
Heights
1 Rev 11/11/91
7.01
Not used
--
7.02
Not used
--
7.03
Equipment Plan Ground
Floor Zone C
BG3
10/15/91
7.04
Not Used
--
7.05
Not Used
--
12/19/91 BG-3 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS (ADD. 1) 00993 - 8
7.06
Not Used
--
7.07
Equipment Plan First Floor Zone A
1 Rev 11/11/91
7.08
Equipment Plan First Floor Zone B
BG3
10/15/91
7.09
Equipment Plan First Floor Zone C
BG3
10/15/91
7.10
Equipment Plan First Floor Zone D Housing
1 Rev 11/11/91
7.11
Equipment Plan First Floor Zone E Housing
1 Rev 11/11/91
7.12
Equipment Plan First Floor Zone F Housing
1 Rev 11/11/91
Alternate
7.13
Equipment Plan Second Floor Zone A
BG3
10/15/91
7.14
Equipment Plan Second Floor Zone B
BG3
10/15/91
7.15
Equipment Plan Second Floor Zone C
BG3
10/15/91
7.16
Equipment Plan Mezzanine Level Zone D
BG3
10/15/91
Housing
7.17
Equipment Plan Mezzanine Level Zone E.
BG3
10/15/91
Housing
7.18
Equipment Plan Mezzanine Level Zone F
BG3
10/15/91
Housing Alternate
7.19
Enlarged Toilet/Shower Equipment Plan
1 Rev 12/20/91
7.20
Enlarged Plans
BG3
10/15/91
7.21
Millwork Elevations
BG3
10/15/91
7.22
Millwork Elevations
BG3
10/15/91
7.23
Millwork Elevations
BG3
10/15/91
7.24
Millwork Elevations
BG3
10/15/91
7.25
Millwork Details
BG3
10/15/91
7.26
Millwork Details
1 Rev 11/11/91
FS-1
Food Service Equipment Schedule
BG3
10/15/91
FS-2
Food Service Equipment Plan
BG3
10/15/91
FS-3
Food Service Mechanical Plan
BG3
10/15/91
12/19/91- BG-3 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS (ADD. 1) 00993 - 9
FS-4
Food Service Electrical Plan
BG3 10/15/91
FS-5
Food Service Plumbing Plan
BG3 10/15/91
FS-6
Food Service Equipment Details
BG3 10/15/91
FS-7
Food Service Equipment Details
BG3 10/15/91
L-1
Laundry Equipment Plan and Schedule
BG3 10/15/91
L-2
Laundry Mechanical Plan
BG3 10/15/91
L-3
Laundry Electrical Plan
BG3 10/15/91
L-4
Laundry Plumbing Plan
BG3 10/15/91
Vol.II
0.00
Cover
0.01
Index of Drawings
Rev 11/11/91
8.00
Plumbing Legend
BG3 10/15/91
8.00A
Plumbing Schedules
1 Rev 12/20/91
8.01
Plumbing Ground Floor Zone A
0
1 Rev 12/20/93
8.02
Plumbing Ground Floor Zone B
BG3 10/15/91
8.03
Plumbing Ground Floor Zone C
2 Rev 12/20/91
8.04
Plumbing Ground Floor Zone D Housing
1 Rev 12/20/91
8.05
Plumbing Ground Floor Zone E Housing
BG3 10/15/91
8.06
Plumbing Ground Floor Zone F Housing
1 Rev 11/11/91
Alternate
8.07
Plumbing First Floor Zone A
1 Rev 12/20/91
8.08
Plumbing First Floor Zone B
BG3 10/15/91
8.09
Plumbing First Floor Zone C
BG3 10/15/91
8.10
Plumbing First Floor Zone D Housing
1 Rev 12/20/91
8.11
Plumbing First Floor Zone E Housing
1 Rev 12/20/91
8.12
Plumbing First Floor Zone F Housing
1 Rev 11/11/91
Alternate
12/19/91 BG-3 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS (ADD. 1) 00993 - 10
8.13
Plumbing
Second Floor Zone A
BG3
10/15/91
8.14
Plumbing
Second Floor Zone B
BG3
10/15/91
8.15
Plumbing
Second Floor Zone C
1 Rev 12/20/91
8.16
Plumbing
Mezzanine Level Zone D Housing
1 Rev 12/20/91
8.17
Plumbing
Mezzanine Level Zone E Housing
BG3
10/15/91
8.18
Plumbing
Mezzanine Level Zone F Housing
BG3.
10/15/91
Alternate
8.19
Plumbing
Plenum Plan Zone D Housing
BG3
10/15/91
8.20
Plumbing
Plenum Plan Zone E Housing
BG3
10/15/91
8.21
Plumbing
Plenum Plan Zone F Housing
BG3
10/15/91
Alternate
8.22
Plumbing
Schedules and Details
BG3
10/15/91
8.23
Plumbing
Riser Diagram
BG3
10/15/91
8.24
Plumbing
Riser Diagram
BG3
10/15/91
8.25
Plumbing
Riser Diagram
BG3
10/15/91
8.26
Plumbing
Riser Diagram
BG3
10/15/91
8.27
Plumbing
Riser Diagram
BG3
10/15/91
8.28
Plumbing
Riser Diagram
BG3
10/15/91
8.29
Plumbing
Riser Diagram
BG3
10/15/91
8.30
Plumbing
Riser Diagram
BG3
10/15/91
8.31
Plumbing
Riser Diagram
BG3
10/15/91
8.32
Plumbing
Riser Diagram
1 Rev 11/11/91
8.33
Plumbing
Riser Diagram
BG3
10/15/91
8.34
Plumbing
Riser Diagram
BG3
10/15/91
8.35
Plumbing
Kitchen Plan
BG3
10/15/91
9.01
Not Used
--
9.02
Not Used
--
00993 - 11
12/19/91
BG-3
SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS (ADD. 1)
9.03
Not Used
--
9.04
Not Used
--
9.05
Not used
--
9.06
Not Used
--
9.07
Piping Plan First Floor Zone A
BG3
10/15/91
9.08
Piping Plan First Floor Zone B
BG3
10/15/91
9.09
Piping Plan First Floor Zone C
BG3
10/15/91
9.10
Piping Plan First Floor Zone D Housing
BG3
10/15/91
9.11
Piping Plan First Floor Zone E Housing
BG3
10/15/91
9.12
Piping Plan First Floor Zone F Housing
BG3
10/15/91
Alternate
9.13
Piping Plan Second Floor Zone A
BG3
10/15/91
9.14
Piping Plan Second Floor Zone B
BG3
10/15/91
9.15
Piping Plan Second Floor Zone C
BG3
10/15/91
9.16
Piping Plan Mezzanine Level Zone D Housing
BG3
10/15/91
9.17
Piping Plan Mezzanine Level Zone E Housing
BG3
10/15/91
9.18
Piping Plan Mezzanine Level Zone F Housing
BG3
10/15/91
Alternate
9.19
Not Used
--
9.20
Not Used
--
9.21
Fuel Oil Details
BG3
10/15/91
9.22
Piping Diagrams
BG3
10/15/91
10.01
Not Used
--
10.02
HVAC Plan Ground Floor Zone B
BG3
10/15/91
10.03
HVAC Plan Ground Floor Zone C
BG3
10/15/91
10.04
HVAC Plan Ground Floor Zone D Housing
BG3
10/15/91
10.05
HVAC Plan Ground Floor Zone E Housing
BG3
10/15/91
00993 - 12
12/19/91
BG-3 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS (ADD. 1)
10.06
HVAC Plan
Ground Floor Zone F Housing
BG3
10/15/91
Alternate
10.07
HVAC Plan
First Floor Zone A
BG3
10/15/91
10.08
HVAC Plan
First Floor Zone B
BG3
10/15/91
10.09
HVAC Plan
First Floor Zone C
BG3
10/15/91
10.10
HVAC Plan
First Floor Zone D Housing
BG3
10/15/91
10.11
HVAC Plan
First Floor Zone E Housing
BG3
10/15/91
10.12
HVAC Plan
First Floor Zone F Housing
BG3
10/15/91
Alternate
10.13
HVAC Plan
Second Floor Zone A
BG3
10/15/91
10.14
HVAC Plan
Second Floor Zone B
1Rev 12/20/91
10.15
HVAC Plan
Second Floor Zone C
BG3
10/15/91
10.16
HVAC Plan
Mezzanine Level Zone D Housing
BG3
10/15/91
10.17
HVAC Plan
Mezzanine Level Zone E Housing
BG3
10/15/91
10.18
HVAC Plan
Mezzanine Level Zone F Housing
BG3
10/15/9.1
Alternate
10.19
HVAC Plenum Plan Zone D Housing
BG3
10/15/91
10.20
HVAC Plenum Plan Zone E Housing
BG3
10/15/91
10.21
HVAC Plenum Plan Zone F Housing Alternate
BG3
10/15/91
10.22
Not Used
--
10.23
Not Used
--
10.24
HVAC Plan
Roof Level Zone C
BG3
10/15/91
10.25
Not Used
--
10.26
Not Used
--
10.27
Not Used
--
10.28
Enlarged Mechanical Room Plan
BG3
10/15/91
10.29
HVAC Details
BG3
10/15/91
00993 - 13
12/19/91
BG-3
SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS (ADD. 1)
10.30
HVAC Details
BG3
10/15/91
10.31
HVAC Details
BG3
10/15/91
10.32
HVAC Schedules
BG3
10/15/91
10.33
HVAC Schedules
1 Rev 11/11/91
10.34
HVAC Schedules
BG3
10/15/91
10.35
Central Plant Control Diagrams
BG3
10/15/91
10.36
HVAC Temperature Control
BG3
10/15/91
10.37
HVAC Smoke Control
BG3
10/15/91
11.00
Electrical Symbols and Notes
BG3
10/15/91
11.00A
Electrical Site Lighting Plan
BG3
10/15/91
11.01
Power and Lighting Plan Ground
Floor
BG3
10/15/91
Zone A
11.02
Power and Lighting Plan Ground
Floor
BG3
10/15/91
Zone B
11.03
Power and Lighting Plan Ground
Floor
BG3
10/15/91
Zone C
11.04
Power and Lighting Plan Ground
Floor
BG3
10/15/91
Zone D Housing
11.05
Power and Lighting Plan Ground
Floor
BG3
10/15/91
Zone E Housing
11.06
Power and Lighting Plan Ground
Floor
BG3
10/15/91
Zone F Housing Alternate
11.07
Power Plan First Floor Zone A
BG3
10/15/91
11.08
Lighting Plan First Floor Zone
A
BG3
10/15/91
11.09
Power Plan First Floor Zone B
BG3
10/15/91
11.10
Lighting Plan First Floor Zone
B
BG3
10/15/91
11.11
Power Plan First Floor Zone C
BG3
10/15/91
11.12
Lighting Plan First Floor Zone
C
BG3
10/15/91
11.13
Power Plan First Floor Zone D
Housing
1 Rev 12/20/91
00993 - 14
12/19/91
BG-3 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS
(ADD. 1)
11.14
Lighting Plan First Floor Zone D Housing
BG3 10/15/91
11.15
Power Plan First Floor Zone E Housing
1 Rev 12/20/91
11.16
Lighting Plan First Floor Zone E Housing
BG3 10/15/91
11.17
Power Plan First Floor Zone F Housing
1 Rev 12/20/91
Alternate
11.18
Lighting Plan First Floor Zone F Housing
BG3 10/15/91
Alternate
11.19
Power Plan Second Floor Zone A
BG3 10/15/91
11.20
Lighting Plan Second Floor Zone A
BG3 10/15/91
11.21
Power Plan Second Floor Zone B
1 Rev 11/11/91
11.22
Lighting Plan Second Floor Zone B
1 Rev 12/20/91
11.23
Power Plan Second Floor Zone C
BG3 10/15/91
11.24
Lighting Plan Second Floor Zone C
BG3 10/15/91
11.25
Power Plan Mezzanine Level Zone D Housing
1 Rev 12/20/91
11.26
Lighting Plan Mezzanine Level Zone D Housing
BG3,10/15/91
11.27
Power Plan Mezzanine Level Zone E Housing
1 Rev 12/20/91
11.28
Lighting Plan Mezzanine Level Zone E Housing
BG3 10/15/91
11.29
Power Plan Mezzanine Level Zone F Housing
1 Rev 12/20/91
Alternate
11.30 Lighting Plan Mezzanine Level Zone F Housing BG3 10/15/91
Alternate
11.31
Power and Lighting Plan Plenum Plan Zone D
BG3
10/15/91
Housing
11.32
Power and Lighting Plan Plenum Plan Zone E
BG3
10/15/91
Housing
11.33
Power and Lighting Plan Plenum Plan Zone F
BG3
10/15/91
Housing Alternate
11.34
Power Plan Roof Level Zone A
BG3
10/15/91
11.35
Power Plan Roof Level Zone B
BG3
10/15/91
12/19/91 BG-3 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS (ADD. 1) 00993 - 15
11.36
Power Plan Roof Level Zone C
BG3
10/15/91
11.37
Power Plan Roof Level Zone D
BG3
10/15/91
11.38
Power Plan Roof Level Zone E
BG3
10/15/91
11.39
Power Plan Roof Level Zone F Alternate
BG3
10/15/91
11.40
Electrical Enlarged Kitchen Plan
BG3
10/15/91
11.41
Electrical Enlarged Laundry Plan
BG3
10/15/91
11.42
Lightning Protection Plan
BG3
10/15/91
11.43
Lightning Protection Plan Details
BG3
10/15/91
11.44
Electrical Riser Diagram Part 1
1 Rev 11/11/91
11.45
Electrical Riser Diagram Part 2
1 Rev 11/11/91
11.46
Electrical Schedules and Details
BG3
10/15/91
11.47
Electrical Schedules and Details
2 Rev 12/20/91
11.48
Electrical Schedules and Details
1 Rev 11/11/91
11.49
Electrical Schedules and Details
1 Rev 11/11/91
11.50
Electrical Schedules and Details
BG3
10/15/91
11.51
Electrical Schedules and Details
BG3
10/15/91
11.52
Not Used
--
12.01
Communications Plan Ground Floor
Zone A
BG3
10/15/91
12.02
Communications Plan Ground Floor
Zone B
BG3
10/15/91
12.03
Communications Plan Ground Floor
Zone C
BG3
10/15/91
12.04
Communications Plan Ground Floor
Zone D
BG3
10/15/91
Housing
12.05
Communications Plan Ground Floor
Zone E
BG3
10/15/91
Housing
12.06
Communications Plan Ground Floor
Zone F
BG3
10/15/91
Housing Alternate
12.07
Communications Plan First Floor Zone
A
BG3
10/15/91
12/19/91 BG-3 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS (ADD. 1) 00993 - 16
12.08
Communications Plan
First
Floor Zone B
BG3 10/15/91
12.09
Communications Plan
First
Floor Zone C
BG3 10/15/91
12.10
Communications Plan
First
Floor Zone D
BG3 10/15/91
Housing
12.11
Communications Plan
First
Floor Zone E
BG3 10/15/91
Housing
12.12
Communications Plan
First
Floor Zone F
BG3 10/15/91
Housing Alternate
12.13
Communications Plan
Second
Floor Zone A
BG3 10/15/91
12.14
Communications Plan
Second
Floor Zone B
BG3 10/15/91
12.15
Communications Plan
Second
Floor Zone C
BG3 10/15/91
12.16
Communications Plan
Mezzanine
Level Zone D
BG3 10/15/91
Housing
12.17
Communications Plan
Mezzanine
Level Zone E
BG3 10/15/91
Housing
12.18
Communications Plan
Mezzanine
Level Zone F
BG3 10/15/91
Housing Alternate
12.19
Fire Alarm Riser Diagram
BG3 10/15/91
12.20
Telephone Riser Diagram
and Elevator
1 Rev 12/20/91
Fire Alarm System
12.21
Not Used
--
12.22
Not Used
--
12.23
Not Used
--
12.24
Security Plan Ground
Floor
Zone A
1 Rev 12/20/91
12.25
Security Plan Ground
Floor
Zone B
1 Rev 12/20/91
12.26
Security Plan Ground
Floor
Zone C
1 Rev 12/20/91
12.27
Security Plan Ground
Floor
Zone D Housing
1 Rev 12/20/91
12.28
Security Plan Ground
Floor
Zone E Housing
1 Rev 12/20/91
12.29
Security Plan Ground
Floor
Zone F Housing
1 Rev 12/20/91
Alternate
00993 - 17
12/19/91
BG-3 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS (ADD. 1)
12.30
Security Plan First Floor Zone A
1 Rev 12/20/91_
12.31
Security Plan First Floor Zone B
1 Rev 12/20/91
12.32
Security Plan First Floor Zone C
BG3 10/15/91
12.33
Security Plan First Floor Zone D Housing
1 Rev 12/20/91
12.34
Security Plan First Floor Zone E Housing
1 Rev 12/20/91
12.35
Security Plan First Floor Zone F Housing
BG3 10/15/91
Alternate
12.36
Security Plan Second Floor Zone A
1 Rev 12/20/91
12.37
Security Plan Second Floor Zone B
1 Rev 12/20/91
12.38
Security Plan Second Floor Zone C
1 Rev 12/20/91
12.39
Security Plan Mezzanine Level Zone D
1 Rev 12/20/91
Housing
12.40
Security Plan Mezzanine Level Zone E
1 Rev 12/20/91
Housing
12.41
Security Plan Mezzanin Level Zone F
1 Rev 12/20/91
Housing Alternate
12.42
Security Systems Riser Diagram
1 Rev 12/20/91
12.43
Details
BG3 10/15/91
12.44
Details
1 Rev 12/20/91
13.01
Fire Protection Ground Floor Zone A
BG3 10/15/91
13.02
Fire Protection Ground Floor Zone B
BG3 10/15/91
13.03
Fire Protection Ground Floor Zone C
BG3 10/15/91
13.04
Fire Protection Ground Floor Zone D Housing
BG3 10/15/91
13.05
Fire Protection Ground Floor Zone E Housing
BG3 10/15/91
13.06
Fire Protection Ground Floor Zone F Housing
BG3 10/15/91
Alternate
13.07
Fire Protection First Floor Zone A
BG3 10/15/91
13.08
Fire Protection First Floor Zone B
BG3 10/15/91
12/19/91 BG-3 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS (ADD. 1) 00993 - 18
13.09
Fire Protection
First Floor
Zone C
BG3
10/15/91
13.10
Fire Protection
First Floor
Zone D Housing
BG3
10/15/91
13.11
Fire Protection
First Floor
Zone E Housing
BG3
10/15/91
13.12
Fire Protection
First Floor
Zone F Housing
BG3
10/15/91
Alternate
13.13
Fire Protection
Second Floor
Zone A
BG3
10/15/91
13.14
Fire Protection
Second Floor
Zone B
BG3
10/15/91
13.15
Fire Protection
Second Floor
Zone C
BG3
10/15/91
13.16
Fire Protection
Mezz. Level
Zone D Housing
BG3
10/15/91
13.17
Fire Protection
Mezz. Level
Zone E Housing
BG3
10/15/91
13.18
Fire Protection
Mezz. Level
Zone F Housing
BG3
10/15/91
Alternate
13.19
Not Used
--
13.20
Not Used
--
13.21
Not Used
--
13.22
Not Used
--
13.23
Not Used
--
13.24
Not Used
--
13.25
Not Used
--
13.26
Not Used
--
13.27
Not Used
--
13.28
Fire Protection
Details
BG3
10/15/91
13.29
Fire Protection
Details
BG3
10/15/91
12/19/91 BG-3 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS (ADD. 1) 00993 - 19
AIR CONDITIONING CONTRACTORS
A.I.R. of Marathon ............................
743-7056
Air-Tite Sales & Service ......................
743-3838
Coastal Climate Control ......................
743-2932
Hagopian Air Conditioning ...................
451-2525
Marathon A.C. & Appliances .................
743-5051
ALUMINUM CONTRACTORS/SUPPLIERS
Largo Aluminum, Inc ..........................
852-2390
APPLIANCES & AIR CONDITIONING
Island Appliance & A/C, Inc ..................
743-2545
Ninehouser's Appliance & TV ..... . .........
. 451-9999
Royal Appliances ..................... . . .....
451-3688
Sears Commercial Sales ............ . . . .....
. 294-1713
ARCHITECTS & ENGINEERS
Alan D. Green, Architect ......................
664-9250
Paul C. Kenson Jr. & Assoc ...................
743-3585
Pinewood Enterprises .................... • ...
872-2033
Post, Buckley, Schuh & Jernigan, Inc.........
248-4750
Richard Knabie & Assoc ......................
743-7882
ARCHITECTURE & CONTRACTOR
Richard G. Colville, AIA................... . ...
664-4757
ATTORNEYS
David L. Manz, Atty........................... 743-3966
Frank D. Greenman, Atty.... . .................
743-2351
Mattson, Tobin & Vetrick .....................
852-3388
Michael Halpern ............... . .............
296-5667
Tittle & Tittle, P.A. . ...........................
852-3206
BANKS
Citizens & Southern Bank ............... 800-545-3164
First National Bank of The Florida Keys ......
743-9444
BUILDING CONTRACTORS
3-D Construction ............... . ............
743-9142
Aultman Construction Co .....................
743-5984
Barnacle Builders, Inc ........................
852-9305
Barnett Builders, Inc. . ........................
872-2562
Big Pare Builders ......................... .
.. 872-2337
Uri; rim Contracting . ... . ..... . , .....
"9t= !�234
F I,n() Gen, Contracio,3. tnc..................
."4';--_2b
C & E Corstruction Co . ......................
852-5100
Charles & Marge Pierce ............ . .........
743-3007
Charles Miller Construction, Inc . .............
743-4148
Coastal Construction Co ......................
367-3846
Cotton Construction, Inc .......... . ..........
. 296-5177
Custom Homes by Garant ..... . ...... . .......
852-8620
Expert Construction Co .......................
451-5100
Gene Rhodus, Inc .......................... .
. 852-5838
Gerold Krause ...............................
872-2757
Gregis Construction, Corp ....................
852-7801
J.P. Strode & Assoc., Inc ......................
367-2395
John Black, Jr. Construction .................
743-3537
JSS Construction ................... . ... ....
745-2711
Key Constructors, Inc .........................
743-`,438
Key's Constructors, Inc .......................
743-0719
Keys Builders South, Inc ......................
296-5427
Keys Properties ..............................
664-8780
Logel Builders, Inc ............................ 367-2995
Long Key Constructors .......................
852-2806
M.K.0........................................
743-7346
Mike Coppola ................................
745-2995
North Caribbean .............................
872-9689
Pinewood Enterprises, Inc ....................
872-2033
Plantation Construction ......................
852-1938
Precision Builders, Inc ........................
664-2716
R S D Construction ..........................
872-9533
Ringemann Construction . . ...................
743-5357
Rosasco Construction, Inc ....................
294-5341
Roy H. Bowers ..............................1
743-3536
Shoremont Homes ...........................
872-2625
Surina Construction ... ............ .........
743-7156
T-Builders...................................
872-9087
Tidewater Construction ......................
451-3208
Walter Carson ...............................
872-9146
BUILDING MATERIALS/SUPPLIERS
Big Pine True Value ..................... I ....
872-2337
Forest Tek, Inc ...............................
852-4300
K.L.I. Supply ..................................
451-0311
Loggerhead Lumber ........................
872-3301
Marathon Lumber/Building ..................
743-3888
Scotty's, Inc ..................................
743-9411
Specialty Hardware Supply ..................
743-3382
CABINET COMPANIES
Harry Palen Cabinets & Co ...................
852-8577
Overseas Millwork ... . .......................
664-8823
CARPET DEALERS
Keys Carpet & Draperies .....................
451-3831
CONCRETE COMPANIES
Ambrosino Concrete Pumping ...............
852-9871
Tarmac Florida ..............................
294-5225
CONSULTING ENGINEERS
Glen Poe & Associates, Inc ................ . ..
743-9121
L' " ar' E, I',I, ':.E. .................... -100-733-7175
0L _ LIT10N
Toppino's, Inc ............ . ...................
296-5606
DRAFTING SERVICES
Richard S. Renard & Assoc. . . ......... .......
743-9205
DRYWALL SPECIALISTS
Sawyer Drywall Co ...........................
294-1733
ELECTRICAL CONTRACTORS
Benson Electrical ..... . ......................
296-3940
Coastal Electric Service, Inc ..................
872-4133
Electrical Contractor .........................
745-2410
Holding Electric, Inc....... ... ............
743-%091
Holland Electric South ............... . .......
664-4866
Marathon Electric ................. . . .........
743-5805
Pedro Falcon ... . ............................
872-2391
Pellico Electric Co ......... . ..................
296-4711
Raymond Vega Electrical . . ..................
296-5456
WHS of the Keys, Inc ...... . . .. ........... . ..
294-8127
ELECTRICAL SUPPLIERS
Marathon Wholesale Electric ...............
. i'43-2'962
ENGINEERING CONTRACTOR
Jerry Baker ........... ................ . ...
. F72-2`36
EXCAVATING CONTRACTORS/EOUIP.
Rudy Krause ...............................
. f 72-r'100
Cayce's Excavation ..................... .
.... 743-2758
Tangen Excavating Co .............. ... .
. ... 743-3652
Virgil Kevin Doughman
EXTERIOR COATING & REPAIRS
A1A Butch Blast ...........................
... 872-3220
FENCE CONTRACTORS
Your Local Fence ........................
... 872-4430
GARBAGE COLLECTION
Marathon Garbage ....................... ...
743-6028
HEAVY CONSTRUCTION
Toppino's, Inc ............................ ...
296-56M
INSURANCE AGENCIES
Keys Insurance Agency .................. ...
743-004
Matson Insurance & Bonding ............ ..
654-38 52
The Johns�ons Insurance Agency......., . ..
289-0213
LAND CONSULTANTS
Land Matters, Inc ................. . ....... ...
743-62 r8
MARINE CONSTRUCTION
Upper Keys Marine Construction ... , ........
4.51-31 19
MASONERY
H. B. Masonry ...............................
8 72-31 13
MASONERY & HOUSE SETTING
Lowe Enterprises, Inc ........................
745-1166
MODULAR HOMES
Swectwatur Homes ............. . ....... ...
872-3036
GEL COMPniVIL & ;UFPLIERS
slay; ock Oil Co........... ............... ...
247-'1249
Flamingo Oil Go. ......................
652-29,14
PAINTERS & TILE
Bohnen Paint & Tile ...... . .............. ...
743-92E;6
PAVING CONTRACTORS
Keys Grading & Paving, Inca ... . .............
743-32- 6
PLASTERING CONTRACTORS
Moses Plastering ................... . ... . ...
743-3000
Ridings Plastering ..........................
743-91K 9
PLUMBING CONTRACTORS
Bili The Plumber ...........................
872-29E,5
Cole Plumbing Contractor ...................
743-62(�7
Eggett's Plumbing #PC389 ..................
872-43(14
Ernest E. Rhodes Plumbing ............. . ...
743-70i 2
Ringemann Plumbing, Inc ....... . ...........
743-5317
24
'Aewart's F'l-mbing .......................... 745-3802
Weaver Flluurrbing, Inc ........................
852-9783
REAL ESTATE
Schmitt Heal Estate Co ....................
.. 289-1221
David Sherard ...............................
872-3301
ERA Lower 41eys Realty ......................
872-2268
Regna Tilton .................................
872-2930
REFRIGERATION CONTRACTORS
McClain's Refrigeration ......................
872-9682
Parker Ref r i,,g e ration, Inc ......................
294-1345
ROCK & SAND SUPPLIERS
Florida Rook & Sand, Inc .....................
247-3011
ROOFING CONTRACTORS
A. Herrrr an Associates, Inc ...................
921-4096
F,ob Hilson & Co., Inc .........................
451-2927
:.tangle Roofing ........... ..... . ............
743-5359
iony's Sheet Metal & Roofing ................
296-5932
SECURITYCc; NTRACTORS
Mid -Keys Security Systems ..................
743-2-512
SEPTIC SYSTEMS
Pinewood Enterprises ........................
872-,-,)33
SEPTIC TALI': COMPANIES
Cayce's SepJc Tank Service ...... ..........
743-2758
STEEL BUELGINGS
hJamorada .Steel Fab., Inc ....................
664-4310
SUPPORTINC3 MEMBERS
Charles H, Phinizy ..................... .....
743-6708
David Daniiehs................................
743-4165
G ulfstream Trailer Park ......................
743-5619
Keys F'isherle:s, Inc .................. . ........
743-6r 27
TILE - CERAM1+3 CONTRACTORS
D'Ascanio Co,poration .......................
743 6336
DeMarco Tile, Inc ............................
296-3188
Vonroe Tilet--:o ...............................
743-7741
TREE SURGEON
T. Flynn Tree 'Experts ........................
872-9996
TRUSS COMPANIES
Fla. Keys Truss, Inc ...........................
743-5345
WHOLESALE GASOLINE
J.R. McKenzie Jobber, Inc ....................
852-2881
WINDOWS F': <>E IDERS
P nc Windfol . at the Keys ...................
852-3302
10.'INDCWS & SiTORM SHUTTERS
Sun Masters ....... . .........................
743-3359
;4000WCRKfNG
Marathon'WDodworking, Inc ..................
743•
PRE -BID MEETING MINUTES
NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION FACILITY
BID GROUP 3A
Date: December 13, 1991, 10:00am
Location: Lions Club Building, 2405 North Roosevelt
Boulevard, Key West, FL
Attendees: See attached list, made a part of these minutes.
1. Sign -in Sheet, and Bid Package intending to Bid.
The sign -in sheet was explained, including the requirement for
which bid package each prospective bidder is bidding. We want
to be sure that the Owner is going to get sufficient bids for
each bid package.
2. Notice of Calling for Bids
The time and date for receipt of bids at the Purchasing
Department is on or before January 3, 1992, 10:00 am.
There was discussion surrounding the bid date, and the time of
day deadline. Bidders requested an extension due to equipment
and material supplier quotes.
This will be addressed via addendum.
3. Instructions to Bidders, page 00100-8:
Submit (1) original, and (4) copies in (1) large envelope -
Photocopy pages from Bid Book -do not remove pages.
Items to include:
0 5% Bid Bond - separate envelope containing the original,
and the (4) photocopies.
0 All other items - separate envelope, containing
originals, and the (4) photocopies of:
Proposal Form
Unit Price Schedule
Contractor Qualification Statement
Lobbying and Conflict of Interest Clause
Sworn Statement of Public Entity Crimes
Non -Collusion Affidavit
Proposed Subcontractor Listing
12/13/91 PREBID MEETING PAGE 1
The following is a reiteration of the bid submission:
Due to the distribution requirements, one (1) original of your
bid and (4) copies are to be submitted. Bidders are required
to photocopy submission documents from the bidding documents.
Do not remove from the bid books, in that plan deposits may be
forfeited. The bid books will be distributed as contract
books after award, and will also be used for as -built record
sets.
Each bid will consist of two envelopes, put into one larger
envelope. One of the two envelopes inside will contain the
bid bond, (the original and the (4) photocopies), and the
other envelope will contain all the other proposal documents.
Both of these envelopes will be put into one larger envelope.
Be sure to put in big bold letters on the front of each
envelope "Bid Bond", and "Proposal Documents". Reference
Instructions to Bidders 00100-8.
Items that make up the "Proposal Documents", are the proposal
form (insert prices, sign -off, acknowledge addenda, etc.), and
the unit price schedule. The numbers on the unit price
schedule will not be used to determine the lowness of your
bid, but may be used for adds and deducts for changes during
the course of the project. -
Other forms the County requires for the bid include Lobbying
and Conflict of Interest Clause, Sworn Statement of Public
Entity Crimes, and the Non -Collusion Affidavit. Make sure you
include copies of these, properly filled out.
The last item to be prepared is the proposed subcontractor
listing. This form is self-explanatory.
100% Public Construction Bond required after award of
contract.
4. General Conditions
A one million dollar insurance policy is being required by the
County. Bidders need to carefully review insurance sections
to understand total extent of insurance requirements. Also,
if bid is awarded, that contractor should forward to insurance
agent the requirements.
5. Division 1 General Requirements - Pay particular attention to:
Each bidder is to review Division One General Requirements as
there may be some additional responsibilities of contractors.
12/13/91 PREBID MEETING PAGE 2
Section 01301 - Submittals. This section describes a thorough
procedure. Bidders need to be sure to include enough
overhead, manpower, time and effort to get submittals done
right.
Progress Schedule, Section 01310, there needs to be a pretty
good knowledge of scheduling to comply with this section, for
manloading and updating.
Under Section 01510 - Temporary Utilities, bidders are to
review for construction power and water that is being
provided, or that which will be provided by others.
6. Project Safety
We are making it clear that our intent is to eliminate
injuries. The project will be a hard hat job, long pants,
proper shoes and shirts. Safety on the project affects not
only the bidders ability to compete, but also our ability to
compete on other projects. We will be scrutinized by our own
corporate safety department. Our requirements are being
passed down to the contractors.
Phase hazard analysis will be required to be submitted by
contractors, to suggest what the appropriate safety measures
are that will be followed for possible hazards, and we will be
making sure it complies with our overall safety program,
before that particular activity starts.
7. Substitutions to the written technical specifications, are to
be handled per section 00163 Prebid Substitutions, in Division
1 of the bidding documents. This applies to material,
equipment, manufacturer's, and installers, if the
Architect/Engineer has specified such, and a substitution is
requested.
8. The floor was opened up to questions, which follow. After the
meeting, a site visit was conducted.
12/13/91 PREBID MEETING PAGE 3
PREBID MEETING, BIDDER QUESTIONS
Questions asked in the meeting:
1. Farmer -Irwin - Section 00113-8, item 60.: Clarify scope
and responsibility of section 15936 barrier grilles.
Answer: The scope of work states that barrier grilles
shall be furnished by Bid Package No. 22, Metals, to the
Mechanical Contractor for installation. Addendum will
clarify furnish and installation responsibilities.
2. Farmer -Irwin, regarding Fire Protection System: Do
bidders have the option to redesign sprinkler piping to
different sizes.
There was additional discussion about flow tests,
publishing data, pressure at building verification, and
that there is no booster pump. Attention was drawn to
Scope of Work section 00317-9, item .27 which states that
no changes can be made without approval of the A/E.
Answer: Bidders of the Fire Protection System are
required to bid the plans and specifications. If
substitution is desired, submit required information per
section 00163. Any approved' substitutions, .(or
deviations) will be given via addendum. After bid, any
deviations or substitutions will be handled by the change
order process, subject to A/E approval.
3. Farmer -Irwin, per section 15330: Wet sprinkler pipe is
specified to be factory prime painted. Does this meet
the intent of the specification. [ Normal procurement of
iron pipe does not include factory prime painting. ]
Answer: This will be addressed in addendum.
4. Aneco Electric, regarding proposal forms: Breakdown by
zone appears excessive for bid submission. Basis of
award will be total price, not zone distribution.
There was additional discussion that there would not be
sufficient time to fill out bid form after receiving
quotes, and then making required copies.
A suggestion was made to turn in 'detailed' bid form
within (24) hours after submitting bid.
Answer: This will be reviewed and considered an addendum
12/13/91 PREBID MEETING PAGE 4
modification.
5. Fred McGilvray, regarding access panels and doors: The
access panel and door schedule for filling out and
including with bid appears excessive and time consuming.
Is it required?
There was additional discussion regarding purpose of
panel schedule, and the need for common manufacturer.
Answer: Bidders may not be required to perform
extensions; however, individual type and size unit prices
shall be the basis of the lump sum allowance. This will
be reviewed and considered an addendum modification.
The successful bidder, if modified by addendum, shall be
required to provide the CM upon request, an appropriate
listing of size and types of access doors to facilitate
procurement by others. This tabulation of access doors
shall not exceed the lump sum allowance amount.
6. Farmer -Irwin: Explain the purpose of Bid Package No. 16
Prime Plumbing, vs. Bid Package No. 25 Plumbing Contract
Zones D and E.
Answer: The purpose is to provide work for smaller
contractors and enhance local participation. This also
applies to electrical bid packages 14 and 26.
The Owner has considered offering bidding advantage
percentage to local contractors, and to non -local firms
which will subcontract or joint venture with local firms.
If the Owner directs this measure, it will be issued as
an addendum modification as soon as possible.
7. Maris: What do we submit to become an approved system
integrator in division 11?
Answer: Follow section 00163 Pre -Bid Substitutions.
8. Benson Electric: Qualification criteria in section 11200
may significantly restrict bidders.
Answer: This is incorrect. Most all companies involved
in process control systems exceed these qualifications.
9. Steiner, regarding laundry equipment: The bid
specifications make the laundry equipment contractor
responsible for vibration caused by the laundry
equipment. Each piece of moving machinery has a resonant
harmonic frequency as does every building. In the event
12/13/91 PREBID MEETING PAGE 5
that these frequencies are too close together,
unreasonable vibration transfer can occur. The frequency
of the building cannot be determined until it is
constructed. How can we be held responsible?
Steiner Suggestion: If the designers work with the
laundry equipment supplier and manufacturers to prepare
the laundry area for the best problem avoidance, a more
successful installation will result. The specification
should clarify reasonable vibration.
Answer: After review of the documents, the A/E finds
responsibility of this description.
10. Fred McGilvray: Where is the fuel tank and piping
located? Reference drawing 9.08.
Answer: See drawing 1.08A, which shows fuel piping from
building to location of fuel tank on site.
11. Farmer -Irwin: Who is the permitting and inspecting
authority for the project?
Answer: The City of Key West issues permits, and will be
performing associated inspections. The contractor is
responsible for quality control, and the Owner will have
representatives monitoring the work.
12. Farmer -Irwin, regarding the waste pulper: Will
additional specifications be provided for this system?
What are the piping materials?
Answer: As specified. There is no additional
information.
13. Steiner: If equipment models are out of date, how do we
handle?
Answer: Submit substitution requests for pre -bid
substitutions. If bid is submitted on 'or equal' basis,
make sure to verify specifications such as sizes and
other pertinent parameters. Substitution can then be
made, and reviewed by the A/E.
14. S.I.Goldman: Will the Owner accept a bid price for
multiple bid packages?
Answer: This will be reviewed for possible addendum
modification. If allowed, alternates will be added to
proposal forms.
12/13/91 PREBID MEETING PAGE 6
15. Benson Electric: Can conduit be roughed -in, in concrete
topping? Does topping get mesh? Specification 16300,
paragraph 3.1 F.3. says no conduit over or under
reinforcing.
Answer: See documents. Conduit can be installed in
slab. See the addendum.
16. Is their a local contractor listing available?
Answer: This will be reviewed for possible distribution.
17. Drawings only have Zone C HVAC roof plan. Where are
plans for other zones?
Answer: None required.
Questions Submitted in Writing:
18. Integrated Security Systems, Inc.:
Section 11200, paragraph 1.10 A-8 refers to Security
System Integrated/Installer qualifications. Integrated
Security Systems, Inc. is presently working on_multiple
HIM projects of equal size and technical requirements for
which ISS had to qualify. Does ISS need to re -qualify
for bidding this project not only as a systems
integrator/installer but also as a contractor?
Answer: No.
19. Geupel DeMars:
a. How much, if any, are the liquidated damages? Is a
performance and payment bond, or a construction bond
going to be required?
Answer: No liquidated damages. A 100% Public
Construction Bond is required if awarded the contract.
b. What is the time of completion for the Security Systems
Bid Package.
Answer: See the Milestone Schedule, for project
completion.
C. Which contractor must grout the frames after they are
installed?
Answer: Review the Security Systems scope of work, which
12/13/91 PREBID MEETING PAGE 7
delineates the responsibilities.
d. Door C/012 on sheet 4.73 shows door elevation C in the
schedule. On sheet 4.76 that door type is not shown.
Answer: See addendum.
e. Should door ES 3-2 on sheet 4.74 be a security door?
Answer: See addendum.
f . . There are (15 ) doors on sheet 4.73 and 4.74 that have
type G frames. On sheet 4.76 that frame type is not
shown.
Answer: See addendum.
20. LaGasse Plumbing:
a. Is ground floor piping to be insulated (i.e. RDL)
considered exposed to weather?
Answer: See addendum.
b. Where does elevator sump pump discharge to?
D
Answer: See addendum.
C. Sheet 8.15 water lines at room C2014, are valves in main
lines as drawn or should they be in branch line to
toilet?
Answer: See addendum.
d. Sheet 8.16 cell #D2011 and D2066 what are shower #'s?
Answer: See addendum.
e. Sheet 8.23 thru 8.34 sanitary riser diagrams - are the
CO's above floor wall CO's or behind access panels? Need
product # for CO's - wall and floor.
Answer: Refer to floor plans for locations and style.
See specification section 15408, paragraph 2.5
for types.
f. Spec. 15470-2 paragraph 2.3 - is hot water circ. pump
used on this project? If so, where?
Answer: See addendum.
12/13/91 PREBID MEETING PAGE 8
g. Raychem heat tape - where does it start and stop on
piping?
Answer: See addendum.
h. Will you approve Mage-connect to no hub couplings as an
equal to Clamp - All no hub coupling - see spec. 15060-3
paragraph B. See Mage-connect cover sheet. (Not attached)
Answer: Substitutions are to be submitted per section
00163, Pre -bid Substitutions.
21. J.F.Hoff Electric:
a. Which materials, systems and subcontractors must be
listed and on what form?
Answer: Section 00440, Proposed Subcontractor Listing,
and only needs to include all proposed subcontractors.
b. Section 16300-2 B - 'Bidder shall furnish in duplicate
with his bid the engine generator offered with the
following data in tabulation form..' Our question is if
the low responsible proposal lists equivalent products by
Cummins or Waukeshaw for section 16300 and the second
lowest responsible bidder lists Caterpillar, who wins?
Answer: Not required to furnish with bids. See
addendum.
C. Can it be interpreted by this bidder that the original
furnishing of safety rails is by another contractor?
Answer: All work by this contractor shall conform to the
federal and state OSHA regulations. A multiple prime
contract project requires originator of unsafe conditions
to provide for a safe environment.
Follow-on contractor as defined by occupancy and CM
notice shall be responsible to provide or maintain a safe
environment.
Reference Precast Concrete scope of work, page 00310-2,
item .4.
d. In section 16930, 2.5 Low voltage switching, the
specifications only briefly mention this item and the
plans depict general quantity and panel information. We
need clarification on product required re: relay choice
RR-7, RR-8 or RR-9, blocking diodes, power -supplies
and/or switch interface.
12/13/91 PREBID MEETING PAGE 9
Answer: See sheet 11.51 for relay switching.
e. In section 16155, combination motor starters, there are
many starters referenced on sheet 11.49, which do not ask
for combo starters. We will need a specification for the
non -combination starters.
Answer: The motors indicated without combo starters
are fractional horsepower, single phase units.
f. On sheet 11.45 service entrance conductors - The service
entrance conductors ar shown originating in Zone C and
travelling to Zone B, connecting to the service
disconnect. We wonder, for the sake of code compliance,
does Article 230-205 apply in this instance and also will
the rigid galvanized conduit require any supplementary
encasement.
Answer: Note the shunt trip indicated on riser diagram
sheet 11.45.
22. Liberty International (Henry Vorholzer), regarding Food
Service Equipment:
a. Where are remote condenser units located?
Answer: On Zone C roof plan.
b. Food Service gets section 11400 and 11704. Ice machines
are in both sections. Those in section 11400 are for
different ice machines than those in section 11704.
There is no space on proposal form for those in section
11704, and these are not shown on FS drawings.
Answer: Section 11704 Ice Machines are shown on
equipment plans, sheet 7.00 thru 7.26.
23. Farmer -Irwin, regarding section 15330 Wet Sprinkler
System:
a. Paragraph 2.2, A.6 reads 'factory prime paint all
piping.' Please provide clarification and/or
specification for prime paint of black and galvanized
pipe and fittings.
Answer: See question and answer on no. 3 above.
b. The sprinkler drawings repeatedly refer to 13.27 for hose
cabinet details. 13.27 is not part of the bid package.
Should the reference be to 13.29, and if so, will further
details or specifications be forthcoming?
12/13/91 PREBID MEETING PAGE 10
Answer: 13.29 is correct reference. Revision will be
forthcoming in addendum.
C. Should the sprinkler contractor include the 3% Key West
permit fee in his bid?
Answer: Yes, include permit fees. However, bidders need
to verify percentages, or fee criteria with the City
Building Department.
d. Does the sprinkler contractor have the option to
hydraulically calculate and size the sprinkler piping to
meet the specified water discharge criteria?
Answer: See question and answer on no. 2 above.
e. Does the sprinkler contractor have any obligation to
check the adequacy of the hydraulically calculated pipe
sizes shown?
Answer: See documents.
f. Is water flow test information available for purposes of
sprinkler calculation?
Answer: Not at this time. Bidder is to bid system as
shown.
g. Are the Omega Prohibitor HEC-12 PRO and C-lA PRO,
manufactured by Central Sprinkler Company, acceptable
equivalents to the Star Institutional sidewall and
pendent sprinklers specified?
Answer: Substitutions are to be submitted in accordance
with section 00163 Pre -Bid Substitutions, for review and
approval by the A/E.
h. Is all underground piping a separate contract? If so
what division is it under?
Answer: Reference Project Summary section 00050, then
review the reference scopes of work and the plans, for
the work which is under contract; such as the fire water
main loop.
i. Will Monroe County waive permit fees for this job?
Answer: No.
12/13/91 PREBID MEETING PAGE 11
j. Under Bid Package No. 25, Plumbing Zones D and E, is it
the intent to award separate contracts for the jail cells
and the administration section zones A, B, and C, section
00316-10, .37, alternate 16-01?
Answer: See question and answer on no. 6 above.
k. Are there any items furnished by Owner? Section 00323-
7.11.
Answer: Review Instructions to Bidders page 00100-2,
paragraph 1.8. It will be the Owner's privilege to
direct purchase materials and equipment. There are none
specifically listed currently. The methodology however,
is designed so that the contractor will be allowed to
retain his mark-ups, and will also be responsible for
materials and equipment as if they were contractor
purchased.
1. What type of pipe and fittings are to be used on the
waste pulping system? Any additional specifications on
this equipment? There is no section in specifications.
Answer: See item 12. above.
M. Under what bid package does the water treatment (section
15050) fall under? Plumbing or HVAC?
Answer: Bid Package No. 15 Mechanical Process and HVAC.
Site visit was conducted, with representatives of Farmer -Irwin and
Inscho-Kirlin attending.
The following items were discussed:
1. Visual inspection of cleared and rough graded site.
2. Zone A caisson installation in progress.
3. Retention basin outfall structures in progress.
4. Sanitary sewer at sallyport in progress.
5. Limited space available during construction.
6. Proper storage of on -site materials due to humidity and
salt air.
7. Site clean-up program for all contractors.
8. Progress payment schedule of values.
9. Staging of materials inside the structure will be limited
due to multiple contractor work flow from zone to zone.
12/13/91 PREBID MEETING PAGE 12
MEETING ATTENDANCE
PRE -BID MEETING
BID GROUP 3A
December 13, 1991, 10:00 am
Representative Company Bidding Bid Pkg.#
IDAJr 00h
G�
S B� Gam-
P,rN13
2a- Nvo^/AIV
. • .,
r
6
; t6l ,
ASS
,,
-vil,
ToeLew
L 0Lw_6v: c.
r r
d724
mcaf. c.
/
1 K
Q�Z
A cr
/'.S� _zt " l
I /
d� d
Caa4 tlM j EI ' o S erIJ�e
MEETING ATTENDANCE, cont'd
Representative Company Bidding Bid Pkg.#
.,oSe. �i2.Z1j Si2.•
TNf $ArtE ��� eo •
i
/5
Esc A,
AAVS
S
�
, I • oc.oat ,v Go •
N✓ - mac.« - F
i4 P
E,vr
S,
L.
r
Ou u r-�, �,�,•-r-
►M I� i �cslu�-t rs
c. v S rn. �A b N
L� �E6 L✓C�
/�
� l�
DOCUMENT 00901 1 ADDENDUM NO. 1
DATE: December 20, 1991
The information contained in this Addendum modifies, supplements or replaces
information contained in the Project Manual and on the Drawings and is hereby made a
part of the Contract Documents.
Acknowledge receipt of this addendum by placing the appropriate addendum number in the
blank on the Bid Form.
APPLICABLE TO THE PROJECT MANUAL
A. Revised Project Manual Pages
The replacement pages identified below include modifications made to the or:i:g i.n.al
Project Manual sections. Revised or added information is indicated by ftc
type in the text and an "Al" notation in the margin identifying that the revision
was made. Areas where information has been deleted are identified by striking
e*t the text and placing an "Al" notation in the margin. Insert replacement
pages into the Project Manual ahead of the pages they replace.
SECTION
TITLE
PAGE
05500
METAL FABRICATIONS
3
07215
SPRAYED INSULATION
4
08100
METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
2
08300
SPECIAL DOORS
1
08410
ALUMINUM ENTRANCES
2
08800
GLAZING
3
08842
SECURITY GLAZING
7,8
09830
ELASTOMERIC COATING
1
09900
PAINTING
1
10200
LOUVERS AND VENTS
1
10606
SECURITY FENCING ASSEMBLY
1-2
11110
LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT
4
11205
ADDRESS PANELS
4
11206
RELAY CABINETS
4
11218
OPERATIONAL INTERCOM SYSTEM
3
11400
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT
8
15000
GENERAL PROVISIONS
7
15110
HEAT TRACE SYSTEM
2
15252
PIPE AND EQUIPMENT INSULATION
4
15330
WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
2
15470
HOT WATER STORAGE HEATER
2
15490
FUEL STORAGE AND DISPENSING SYSTEMS
1
16120
WIRE AND CABLE
2
16161
MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS
2
16300
STANDBY POWER GENERATION
2,3
16500
LIGHTING
1-2
16781
TELEPHONE CONDUIT SYSTEMS
1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 00901-1
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
DOCUMENT 00901
ADDENDUM NO. 1
B. Added Sections
14240 Hydraulic Elevators
C. Revised Sections
08710 Door Hardware (Revised)
08902 Aluminum Window Walls (Revised)
D. Deleted Sections
i6552 Fuel Oil Piping Systre%
APPLICABLE TO THE DRAWINGS
A. Drawing Revisions: Incorporate the following revisions into the respective
Contract Drawings. -
Drawing No. Revision
3.10 Refer to Column Lines "L" and "La"
Change 16'-5" dimension between column lines "L" and
"La" to read 16'-8".
3.11 Refer to Column Lines "L" and "La"
Change 16'-5" dimension between column lines "L" and
"La" to read 16'-8".
3.12 Refer to Column Lines "L" and "La"
Change 16'-5" dimension between column lines "L" and
"La" to read 16'-8".
3.16 Refer to Column Lines "L" and "La"
Change 16'-5" dimension between column lines "L" and
"La" to read 16'-8".
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 00901-2
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
DOCUMENT 00901
ADDENDUM NO. 1
Drawing No. Revision
3.17 Refer to Column Lines "L" and "La"
Change 16'-5" dimension between column lines "L" and
"La" to read 16'-8".
3.18 Refer to Column Lines "L" and "La"
Change 16'-5" dimension between column lines "L" and
"La" to read 16'-8".
3.19 Refer to Column Lines "L" and "La"
Change 16'-5" dimension between column lines "L" and
"La" to read 16'-8".
3.20 Refer to Column Lines "L" and "La"
Change 16'-5" dimension between column lines "L" and
"La" to read 16'-8".
3.21 Refer. to Column Lines "L" and "La"
Change 16'-5" dimension between column lines "L" and
"La" to read 16'-8".
3.25 Refer to Column Lines "L" and "La"
Change 16'-5" dimension between column lines "L" and
"La" to read 16'-8".
3.26 Refer to Column Lines "L" and "La"
Change 16'-5" dimension between column lines "L" and
"La" to read 16'-8".
3.27 Refer to Column Lines "L" and "La"
Change 16'-5" dimension between column lines "L" and
"La" to read 16'-8".
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 00901-3
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
DOCUMENT 00901 ADDENDUM NO. 1
Drawing No. Revision
4.04 Refer to Column Lines "L" and "La"
Change 16'-5" dimension between column lines "L" and
"La" to read 16'-8".
4.05 Refer to Column Lines "L" and "La"
Change 16'-5" dimension between column lines "L" and
"La" to read 16'-8".
4.06 Refer to Column Lines "L" and "La"
Change 16'-5" dimension between column lines "L" and
"La" to read 16'-8".
4.10 Refer to Column Lines "L" and "La"
Change 16'-5" dimension between column lines "L" and
"La" to read 16'-8".
Change 14'-8" dimension to read 14'-11".
4.11 Refer to Column Lines "L" and "La"
Change 16'-5" dimension between column lines "L" and
"La" to read 16'-8".
Change 14'-8" dimension to read 14'-11".
4.12 Refer to Column Lines "L" and "La"
Change 16'-5" dimension between column lines "L" and
"La" to read 16'-8".
Change 14'-8" dimension to read 14'-11".
4.16 Change 16'-5" dimension between column lines "L" and
"La" to read 16'-8".
Change 14'-8" dimension to read 14'-11".
Change Note 2" square tube with metal mesh (Typ.) to
read: 2" square tube w/security fencing assembly
(typ.)•
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 00901-4
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
DOCUMENT 00901
Drawing No.
4.17
4.18
ADDENDUM NO. 1
Revision
Refer to Column Lines "L" and "La"
Change 16'-5" dimension between column lines "L" and
"La" to read 16'-8".
Change 14'-8" dimension to read 14'-11".
Refer to Column Lines "L" and "La"
Change 16'-5" dimension between column lines "L" and
"La" to read 16'-8".
Change 14'-8" dimension to read 14'-11".
4.25 Refer to Building Column Lines "28" and "29".
Change section cut "H/4.32 to read "H.4.35".
4.26 Refer to Building Column Lines "28" and "29".
Change section cut "H/4.32 to read "H.4.35".
4.73 Refer to Door Numbers B1063_and B1065.
Change door elevation to "D".
Change door width of 4'0".
Change frame elevation to "A".
Refer to Door Number C1012
Change door elevation to read "D".
Refer to Door Numbers D1001B and EZ1101
Change Frame Elevation to "M"
4.74 Refer to Door Numbers A2059, A2070, AZ2071, AZ2073,
AZ2074, AZ2075.
Change frame elevation to "M".
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 00901-5
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
DOCUMENT 00901
ADDENDUM NO. 1
Drawing No.
11.00A
A2040A
D1001B
EZ1101
Revision
Refer to Door Number: A2040A
Change frame elevation to "A".
Refer to Door Number: ES 3-2
Add remarks note: "Security Hollow Metal"
Refer to XFMR Vault Note
Delete sentence. .."Vault to be built under Bid Group
#1".
Refer to Door Number A2040A
Change frame elevation to "A".
Refer to Door Number ES 3-2
Add remarks note "Security Hollow Metal".
Change the frame elevation to "M.
Change the frame elevation to "M.
B. Revised Full -Size Drawings: The following are listed as part of this Addendum.
All have been previously issued and are dated December 20, 1991.
DRAWING NUMBER TITLE
4.42
METAL DOOR & WINDOW FRAME ELEVATIONS & DETAILS, DOOR SCHEDULE
4.47
STAIR PLANS AND DETAILS
4.78
FINISH SCHEDULE
4.79
FINISH SCHEDULE
4.79A
FINISH SCHEDULE
6.14
REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SECOND FLOOR ZONE B
7.19
ENLARGED TOILET/SHOWER EQUIPMENT PLAN
8.00A
PLUMBING SCHEDULES
8.01
PLUMBING GROUND FLOOR ZONE A
8.03
PLUMBING GROUND FLOOR ZONE C
8.04
PLUMBING GROUND FLOOR ZONE D HOUSING
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 00901-6
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
DOCUMENT 00901
ADDENDUM NO. 1
DRAWING NUMBER
8.07
8.10
8.11
8.15
8.16
10.14
11.13
11.15
11.17
11.22
11.25
11.27
11.29
11.47
12.20
12.24
12.25
12.26
12.27
12.28
12.29
12.30
12.31
12.33
12.34
12.36
12.37
12.38
12.39
12.40
12.41
12.42
12.44
TITLE
PLUMBING FIRST FLOOR ZONE A
PLUMBING FIRST FLOOR ZONE D HOUSING
PLUMBING FIRST FLOOR ZONE E HOUSING
PLUMBING SECOND FLOOR ZONE C
PLUMBING MEZZANINE LEVEL ZONE D HOUSING
HVAC PLAN SECOND FLOOR ZONE B
POWER PLAN FIRST FLOOR ZONE D HOUSING
POWER PLAN FIRST FLOOR ZONE E HOUSING
POWER PLAN FIRST FLOOR ZONE F HOUSING ALTERNATE
LIGHTING PLAN SECOND FLOOR ZONE B
POWER PLAN MEZZANINE LEVEL ZONE D HOUSING
POWER PLAN MEZZANINE LEVEL ZONE E HOUSING
POWER PLAN MEZZANINE LEVEL ZONE F HOUSING
ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES AND DETAILS
TELEPHONE RISER DIAGRAM AND ELEVATOR FIRE
SECURITY PLAN GROUND FLOOR ZONE A
SECURITY PLAN GROUND FLOOR ZONE B
SECURITY PLAN GROUND FLOOR ZONE C
SECURITY PLAN GROUND FLOOR ZONE D HOUSING
SECURITY PLAN GROUND FLOOR ZONE E HOUSING
SECURITY PLAN GROUND FLOOR ZONE F HOUSING
SECURITY PLAN FIRST FLOOR ZONE A
SECURITY PLAN FIRST FLOOR ZONE B
SECURITY PLAN FIRST FLOOR ZONE D HOUSING
SECURITY PLAN FIRST FLOOR ZONE E HOUSING
SECURITY PLAN SECOND FLOOR ZONE A
SECURITY PLAN SECOND FLOOR ZONE B
SECURITY PLAN SECOND FLOOR ZONE C
ALTERNATE
ALARM SYSTEM
ALTERNATE
SECURITY PLAN MEZZANINE LEVEL ZONE D HOUSING
SECURITY PLAN MEZZANINE LEVEL ZONE E HOUSING
SECURITY PLAN MEZZANINE LEVEL ZONE F HOUSING ALTERNATE
SECURITY SYSTEMS RISER DIAGRAM
DETAILS
******************
END OF ADDENDUM #1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 00901-7
HLM 90067.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 05500
METAL FABRICATIONS
B.
Steel Ladders:
1.
Steel ladders: fabricated from mild steel shapes, galvanized
with full welded connections. Finish painting by Division 9 -
PAINTING.
C.
Steel Stair Treads and Grating:
1.
Treads: style 1R4 as manufactured by RELIANCE STEEL PRODUCTS CO.
or Architect approved equivalent, with bearing bars 1-1/4" x 1/4"
spaced 1" apart with cross bars spaced at 4" on center; with
abrasive nosings.
2.
Grating: style 1R4 as manufactured by RELIANCE STEEL PRODUCTS
CO. or Architect approved equivalent, with bearing bars 1-1/4" x
1/4" spaced 1" apart with cross bars spaced at 4" on center.
3.
Steel: Galvanized per ASTM A-123 with finish painting by
Division 9 - PAINTING, with color selected by Architect.
I'Welded
.....9.
steel seeurity flRish. Preyide
sereens, prime paint aneherage
*a
- steel -frame —us in g "term —w4#r- peg" type aStene.-s. TField —paint.
E.
Welded steel security grille over louver openings:
1.
Provide bond breaker between dissimilar metal.
2.
Unless otherwise noted, provide grille of 1" x 1" tool resistant
steel bars at 6" o.c. each direction fastened with torx-with-peg
tamper resistant screws.
3.
Comply with ASTM A627 and A-629.
4.
Prime paint.
5.
Field finish paint - Section 09900.
F.
Bumper posts and bollards; prime paint.finish. Finish painting: Refer
to
Section 09900 - PAINTING.
G.
Metal Framing System:
1.
Basic channels: fabricated of 0.105" thick steel 1-5/8" 1-5/8".
2.
Channels shall have a baked acrylic finish which will withstand
400 hours salt spray when tested per ASTM B-117.
3.
Parts, screws and nuts: electro-galvanized to commercial
standards.
4.
Channels: supported at 4'-0" on center.
5.
Vertical supports: capable of each supporting 1200 pound tensile
stress.
6.
Acceptable manufacturers:
a. POWER -STRUT, "PS-200", 216/372-8111
b. UNISTRUT CORP., "P1001", 813/531-0467
C. Architect approved equivalent.
H.
Welded
steel seeurity se.",,., paint
te
piline .
steel frame usiRg "term with peg" type fasteners. Field
I.
Welded
paiRt.
steel countertops, steel framing and support partitions:
1.
Custom fabricated.
2.
Refer to structural performance criteria above.
3.
Refer to Section 09900 - PAINTING; color to be selected by
Architect.
2.3 FINISH
A. Clean surfaces of rust, scale, grease, and foreign matter prior to
finishing.
B. Do not prime surfaces in direct contact bond with concrete or where
field welding is required.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 05500-3
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 07215
SPRAYED INSULATION
3.4 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK
A. Do not permit subsequent construction work to disturb applied
insulation. Protect work from damage during the construction
progress.
********************
END OF SECTION 07215
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 07215-4
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 08100
METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
t
B. Fire Rated Assemblies: Where fire rated assemblies are indicated or
required, provide fire rated assemblies that comply with NFPA 80
"Standard for Fire Doors and Windows", and have been tested, listed,
and labeled in accordance with ASTM E152 "Standard Methods of Fire
Tests of Door Assemblies, and ASTM E163 "Standard Method of Fire
Tests of Window Assemblies" by a nationally recognized independent
testing, inspection and listing agency acceptable to authorities
having jurisdiction.
D: Comply with ASTM A 525, ASTM A 123 or ASTM A 386 as applicable for
exterior doors and frames.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Metal Frames:
1. Frame assemblies shall be cold rolled steel, of size and profile
shown on drawings.
a. Exterior Frames: 12 gage, factory prime painted.
b. Interior Frames: 14 gage,'factory prime painted.
2. Corner joints shall have full mitered frame corners continuously
welded for full depth and width of frame and trim. Contact edges
shall be closed tight, welds on exposed surfaces dressed smooth
and flush.
3. Metal plaster guards shall be provided for mortised.cut-outs.
4. Frames shall have removable spreaders and 16 gage single -unit
clip angles for floor anchorage.
5. Joints including joints required for field assembly shall be
completed without exposed fastenings. Field joints shall be
increment welded, filled with epoxy metal filler and ground
smooth.
6. Provide 14 gage, 2" x buck with tension plates with tube spacers
welded to bucks at approximately 2'-0" on center for anchorage of
jambs against steel or concrete columns, or at other locations
where masonry anchors cannot be used. Frames shall be drilled
and countersunk for 1/4" flat head bolts.
7. Provide rubber mutes equal to GLYNN-JOHNSON 64 as follows:
a. Three for single -doors.
8. Provide for concealed conduit and wiring at all electrical
operator; door holder locations. Factory "prepare" frames to
hardware electrical requirements.
9. Additional requirements for frame assemblies for cast -in -place
installations:
a. Provide masonry type frames with single return; SF or C
Series.
b. Weld 7 gage galvanized wire masonry ties to frame; minimum
three per jamb.
C. Apply a protective paint coating in accordance with Section
09900 - PAINTING.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 08100-2
HLM 90007.00 - BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 08300 SPECIAL DOORS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Rolling Doors
2. Rolling Counter Fire Shutter
3. Rolling Fire Shutter
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Assemblies requiring welds : in compliance with Standard Code for Arc
and Gas Welding of AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit Shop Drawings providing information on the materials applicable
to door and frame construction and detailed information applicable to
specific installation of the doors and frames.
1. Provide setting drawings, templates and recommendations for the
work.
2. Provide information on inserts and anchoring devices, to be set
in concrete or masonry.
B. Certify compliance of door and frame construction with requirements of
this Section using either a complete written specification or a
graphic presentation clearly identifying construction of door top,
bottom and edges, facing panel/internal reinforcing; typical hardware
(butts, lockset and closer) reinforcing; frame corner assembly; method
of finishing.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Rolling Doors:
1. Grille Design:
a. (Basis of Design) Kinnear "Secur-Vent" Model FPSV.
b. No. 17 flat -faced slat; 22 gauge aluminum.
C. Perforations: 1/16" diameter holes located on 3/32"
staggered centers on flat portion of slat. Pattern to
provide 41% open area over entire length of slat.
d. Designed to withstand a wind load of-40 pounds per
square foot (4-26 SQ mph). Windlocks: applied to door.
Bottom bar reinforcement of aluminum.
e. Finish: Anodized coating, 0.4 mil, color as selected by
Architect.
2. Counterbalance assembly shall consist of helical torsion springs
with 25% safety factor, mounted on shaped cast anchors, supported
by a continuous solid torsion rod. Mechanism: permanently
lubricated and enclosed within a steel pipe shaft. Deflection of
shaft not to exceed 0.03" per lineal
3. Brackets: fabricated from steel plate not less than 1/4" thick.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 08300-1
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP -THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 08410
ALUMINUM ENTRANCES
1.4 SYSTEM PERFORMANCES
A. General: Provide exterior entrance assemblies that have been designed
and fabricated to comply with requirements for system performance
characteristics listed below as demonstrated by testing manufacturer's
corresponding stock systems according to test methods designated.
1. Thermal Movement: Allow for expansion and contraction resulting
from ambient temperature range of 120OF (490C), that could cause
a metal surface temperature range of 180°F.(1000C.) within the
framing system.
2. Wind Loading: Provide capacity to withstand loading indicated
below tested per ASTM E 330.
a. Uniform pressure of 4.5 # psf inward and 43 00 psf outward.
3. Transmission Characteristics of Fixed Framing:``. Comply with
requirements indicated below for transmission characteristics and
test methods.
a. Air and Water Leakages: Air infiltration of not more than
0.06 cfm per sq. ft. of fixed area per ASTM E 283 and no
uncontrolled water penetration per ASTM E 331 at pressure
differential of 6.24 psf (excluding operable door edges).
4. Transmission Characteristics of Entrances: Provide entrance doors
with jamb and head frames which comply with requirements
indicated below, for transmission characteristics and test
methods.
a. Air Leakage: Air infiltration per linear foot of perimeter
crack of not more than 0.50 cfm for single doors and 1.0 cfm
for pairs of doors per ASTM E 283 at pressure
differential of 1.567 psf.
1.5 SPECIAL PROJECT WARRANTY
A. Provide written warranty signed by Manufacturer/Fabricator, and
Contractor agreeing to replace aluminum entrances which fail in
materials or workmanship within time period indicated below of
acceptance. Failure of materials or workmanship includes excessive
leakage or air infiltration, excessive deflections, faulty operation
of entrances, deterioration of finish or construction in excess of
normal weathering, and defects in hardware, weather- stripping, and
other components of the work.
1. Time Period: Three years from date of substantial completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide
products of one of the following:
1. VISTA WALL
2. KAWNEER
3. TUBELITE
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 08410-2
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 08710
DOOR HARDWARE (REVISED)
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
1. Door hardware is defined to include items known as detention hardware, as
required for swing and sliding doors.
2. Work of this Section includes finish hardware.
3. Door Hardware
a. Provide physical samples, templates and schedules, delivered to point
of need, as necessary to allow proper fabrication of materials to
which Door Hardware items are to be attached.
b. Provide on -site inspection and assistance during installation of Door
Hardware and final adjustment, as required after installs- tion.
C. Provide UL rated hardware for rated door and frame assemblies.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Hardware Manufacturers:
1. Obtain each kind of hardware (latch and lock sets, locking
systems, hinges and closers) from one manufacturers.
B. Suppliers: Recognized builder and security hardware suppliers who have been
furnishing hardware for a period of not less than 5 years, and who employs
an experienced hardware consultant who is available at reasonable times
during the course of the work, for project hardware consultation to the
Architect and Contractor.
C. Fire -Rated Openings:
1. Provide hardware for fire -rated openings in compliance with NFPA
Standard No. 80 and ASTM E-152 and local building code requirements.
-Provide only hardware which has been tested and listed by UL for the
types and sizes of doors required, and complies with the requirements
of the door and door frame labels.
2. Where exit devices are required on fire -rated doors, (with
supplementary marking on door UL label indicating "Fire Door to be
Equipped with Fire Exit Hardware"), provide UL label on exit device
indicating "Fire Exit Hardware".
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit the following:
1. Product Data: Submit specifications, installation instructions and
general manufacturer's recommendations for all hardware products
specified.
2. Hardware and Keying Schedule and Catalog Cuts: Submit for
coordination of work.
a. Based on hardware indicated, organize hardware schedule into
"hardware sets", indicating complete designation of every item
required for each door or opening.
b. Furnish an index cross referencing Architect door number,
Architects hardware group and suppliers hardware group.
C. Submit schedule at earliest possible date, in order to facilitate
fabrication of other work (such as metal doors and frames) which
may be critical in project construction schedule. Include
catalog cuts of all items used in the schedule:
d. Include a proposed separate keying schedule, for Owner review and
modification if necessary.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 08710-1
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 08710
DOOR HARDWARE (REVISED)
3. Submit Shop Drawings, in the
schedules, which identify
finish, function, method
designation.
form of complete horizontal or vertical
each hardware item, its type, design,
of fastening or anchorage and group
B. Keys:
1. For security hardware, deliver keys directly from the manufacturer to
the Owner's representative. Provide signed copy of receipt of
delivery to the Owner's representative.
2. For finish hardware, deliver keys to the Owner's representative by
registered mail. Provide signed copy of receipt of delivery to the
Contractor for record.
C. Operations and Maintenance Data: Submit instructions for installation and
for maintenance of operating parts and exposed finishes in accord with
Division One.
1.4 LIMITATIONS
A. Manufacturers and products identified in the following paragraphs represent
the limit of manufacturers and products selected by the Architect for use
on this project. Where single identifications are made for a given item,
only that product will be accepted. Where multiple identifications are
made, any one of the identified products will be accepted, provided that
the single product chosen is used throughout the project without further
variation.
1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Coordination: Coordinate hardware with other work. Tag each item or
package separately, with identification related to hardware schedule and
include basic installation instructions in the package. Furnish hardware
items of proper design for use on doors and frames of thicknesses, profile,
swing, security and similar requirements indicated, as necessary for proper
installation and function. Deliver individually packaged hardware items at
proper times to proper locations (shop or project site) for installation.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. For products delivered to door and frame fabricators and to Project site,
package each item of hardware separately, complete with necessary
fasteners, installation instructions and templates. Mark each container
with item number and location of installation in accordance with
corresponding information shown on the final hardware schedule.
B. Store hardware products at the site to prevent damage; store in a secure
place until installation.
C. Control handling and installation of hardware products which are not
immediately replaceable, so that completion of the work will not be delayed
by hardware losses.
D. Replace items found to be defective, either through manufacturing,
delivery, storage, handling or installation, within a three week period.
Make special arrangements for manufacturing and shipping replacement
material.
1.7 WARRANTY
A. Provide 1 year written warranty from date of Substantial Completion.
B. Provide 5 year written warranty for all door closers.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 08710-2
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 08710
DOOR HARDWARE (REVISED)
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS AND FABRICATION
A. General
1. Hand of Door: Contract Documents indicate swing and hand of each door
leaf. Furnish each item of hardware for proper installation and
operation of door movement as shown.
2. Manufacturer's Name Plate: Do not use hardware products which have
manufacturer's name or trade name displayed in a location visible when
door is closed (omit removable nameplates), except in conjunction with
required UL labels.
3. Base Metals: Produce hardware units of the basic metal and forming
method indicated, using manufacturer's standard metal alloy,
composition, temper, and hardness, but in no case of lesser quality,
than specified for applicable hardware units by FS-FF-H-111, FS-FF-H-
106, FS-FF-H-116, and FS-FF-H-121. Do not substitute "Optional"
material or forming methods for those indicated, except as otherwise
specified.
4. Security Fasteners:
a. Manufacture hardware to conform to published templates, generally
prepared for machine screw installation. Do not provide hardware
which has been prepared for self -tapping sheet metal screws,
except as specifically indicated.
b. Furnish screws for installation with each hardware item. Provide
Austenitic Stainless Steel Fasteners, 18-8 series and 300 series,
for the following items:
1) 4-1/2" Hinges, Foodpass Hinges, Prison Hinges and Pivots
_2) Jamb Mounted Lock Covers
3) Lock Mounting Plates
4) Surface and Flush Mounted Pulls
5) Cylinder Escutcheons
6) Thresholds
7) Exit Devices
C. Finish:
1) Provide matching plated finishes for hardware units at each
door or opening, to the greatest extent possible and as
otherwise indicated. Reduce differences in color and
textures as much as commercially possible. In general,
match items to manufacturers standard finish, except screws
in painted materials may be stainless steel finish.
d. Head Styles:
1) PINNED `ALLEN' HEAD
2) CENTER PINNED REJECT `TORX' HEAD Head Style and Finish shall
be furnished as appropriate for installation requirements.
e. Acceptable Manufacturers:
Security Screws may be obtained through the following:
1. CAMCAR DIVISION OF TEXTRON, INC.
ROCKFORD, IL
TELEPHONE: (815) 961-5000
2. TAMPER -PROF SCREWS, INC.
PARAMOUNT, CA
TELEPHONE: (213) 531-9364
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 08710-3
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 08710
DOOR HARDWARE (REVISED)
B. Lock
1.
2.
3. RITELOC COMPANY
FREEPORT, NY
TELEPHONE: (516) 378-1020
4. NAPCO FASTENERS, INC.
SAN ANTONIO, TX
TELEPHONE: (512) 646-0341
f. Security Fasteners specified herein shall be obtained by the
manufacturers, supplier, or installer of each component. The
Contractor shall assume the ultimate responsibility of providing
security fasteners for this project.
Cylinders and Keying:
The manufacturer shall maintain permanent key identification records,
on electronic media, locked in fire proof files, for security and
future key replacement.
Locks for this project will incorporate three separate keying systems:
a. Mogul cylinder operated locks shall be grand master keyed or
master keyed as requested by Owner.
b. Paracentric cylinder, (lever tumbler), operated locks shall be
keyed alike or different as requested by Owner.
C. Commercial cylinder operated locks shall be grand master keyed or
master keyed as requested by Owner.
3. Visual Key Control:
a. Permanently affixed control symbols shall be stamped on the keys
and cylinder cams, which are concealed when installed. Provide
a key code chart which indicates the door number, location,
hardware group, and lock type for which its respective key
operates.
b. Enter the control symbols for doors on additional floor plans.
Two copies of the schematic keying chart and floor plans shall be
turned over to the Owner at the completion of the project. The
cost of this service shall be included within the cost of the
project.
4. Key Transfer:
a. Send all keys, via secure courier, directly to Owners pre -
designated representative. Do not deliver keys to the job site.
Provide key receipts of all keys delivered to Owner, and
Contractor.
5. Key Quantity:
a. Furnish four keys for each key change used. Mark commercial Keys
"DO NOT DUPLICATE".
6. Key Control System:
a. Key control system shall be furnished with a capacity of 1.75
times the number of door locks and shall be a
complete dual tag system.
b. Panels must have individual hook and label pockets formed as an
integral part of the panel.
C. Tags of two types shall be provided, one set for permanent
attachment of file key without the use of tools and the other set
with snaphook holding at least four keys.
d. Indexing shall be provided to record information concerning locks
and keys alphabetically.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 08710-4
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE (REVISED)
e. Include special panels for large detention lock keys and keys
alphabetically.
f. Permanent Loan Registry shall be furnished to protect identity of
key borrowers while Receipt .Tabs shall be supplied for temporary
loan.
g. Provide panels as follows:
1. Central Control Room
2. Locksmith
2.2 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable manufacturers are listed in the Product List.
B. Hinges:
1 Cast brass or stainless steel, three knuckle, concealed stainless
steel ball bearings, stainless steel hinge pins, institutional type
tips. All full mortised hinges shall be furnished with 1/4-20 Torx
Type FHMS.
2. Hinges to be 4-1/2X x 4-1/2 with .180-leaf thickness having a minimum
Tensile Strength exceeding 62,000 PSI and a minimum Yield Strength of
52,000 PSI.
3. Unless otherwise specified, hinges for doors through 3'-0" wide shall
be 4-1/4 x 4-1/2. Provide one additional hinge for doors over 3'-0"
wide.
4. Furnish 2 hinges for doors 60" or less in height, and one additional
hinge for each additional 30" of height or fraction thereof.
5. Furnish additional hinges as needed for lead lined doors. Be
responsible for coordination with Section 13090 - RADIATION PROTECTION
requirements.
6. Finishes:
a. 5014709-Brass Hinge applied to Hollow Metal-USP Prime Coat on
Brass.
b. 5014709-Brass Hinge Applied to Wood-US4 Satin Brass.
C. 5014707-Stainless Steel Hinge applied to Hollow Metal -Prime U5P-
Prime Coat on Stainless Steel
d. 5014707-Stainless Steel Hinge applied to Wood-US32D Satin
Stainless Steel.
2.3 ELECTRO-MECHANICAL LOCKS
A. Adtec 2124: Electro-Mechanical, deadlocking, latch -motor operated lock -
Heavy duty security lock for remote or key unlocking, for mounting in
special pocket in door frame. The lock shall provide the following
features:
1. Motor Operated, 24 VDC
a. Motor assembly shall be interchangeable with either 115 VAC
solenoid assembly or 115 VAC motor assembly.
b. Motor shall be rated for 2,000,000 cycles at continuous duty at
rated voltage. Motor shall be rated at .2 amps (minimum) to .5
amps (locked rotor) at 24 VDC controlled by current limiter.
C. Lockbolt retracting linkage shall have a direct drive to motor
output shaft.
2. Bolt shall be retracted by remote switch or manually unlocked by key.
Once retracted, it remains retracted until door is opened, then it
snaps back to extended position ready to lock when door is closed.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 08710-5
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 08710
DOOR HARDWARE (REVISED)
3. Roller bolt - latchbolt combination shall be used to set the deadlock
when the door closes. Roller bolt and deadlock arm shall be
adjustable to provide for varying conditions at each door.
4. Equipped with heavy duty Mogul cylinder for manual key unlocking. Key
one or two sides. (Finish-US4 Satin Brass)
5. Lock case and cover shall be 1/8 inch steel approximately 5-7/16" x
3-3/4"x12". Finish - Electroplated zinc.
6. Parts shall be investment casting to provide interchangeable repair
parts without file and fit installation in the field.
7. Lock bolt to 1-1/2 x 3/4" with a 3/4" throw.
8. Lock bolt and roller bolt shall be stainless steel.
9. Cover plate shall be flush to eliminate protruding lock pocket.
10. Anchor plate and cover plate shall both be removable for easy field
maintenance.
11. Integral deadlock status switch actuated by an adjustable deadlock
rocker to provide for varying conditions at each door. All internal
switches to be fully adjustable.
12. Cast Stainless Steel Roller Strike US32D
13. Furnish with an "amp" connector for field wiring hookup. All wire
leading from the lock shall terminate into a plug. A mating socket
with corresponding color coded lead wires shall be furnished for
connecting to the field wires without the presence of the lock.
14. Half Cycle Holdback (EH) - requires a two position maintained contact
switch at the console. When the switch is in the "open" position, the
lock bolt is held in the retracted position by the electric motor.
The door may function as a "push/pull" opening until switch is
returned to the "locked"_position. At this time the motor completes
its full cycle and re -locks the door.
15. No Latchback (NL) - the latchback notch on the rocker assembly is
eliminated to give the operator at the console complete control of the
movement of the lock bolt. Used with a maintained contact switch at
the console, the lock bolt will extend when the pushbutton or toggle
switch cuts power to the solenoid.
16. Acceptable Manufacturer Folger Adams
#122/126-MCI-1-07-MO-24VDC-US4 CYLINDER GALV. LOCKCASE AND COVER.
#122/126-EEI-1-07-MO-24VDC-US4 CYLINDER GALV. LOCKCASE AND COVER.
B. Security Locking Devices
1. ADTEC 6400 Sliding Door Locking Device
a. Fully selective electric locking, unlocking and remote operation
system for sliding doors. Systems allow remote electrical
release and operation and also provide for remote UPS release of
each individual door. The system shall have the following
features:
2. Functions:
a. Sliding door remote unlocking operation and relocking shall be by
means of electric remote control.
b. Device electrical controls shall accomplish the following:
1) Unlock and operate any individual door.
2) Unlock and operate any number of doors selected without
changing the status of those not selected for operation.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 08710-6
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 08710
DOOR HARDWARE (REVISED)
c. Sliding door operation shall be by means of an electric motor and
rack/pinion gear drive over each door.
d. Emergency release shall be by means of remote UPS and by a
special keyed release mechanism at each door.
3. Electric Operation
a. Each sliding door shall be remotely controlled by means of fully
selective switches located on a control console as indicated in
the Contract Documents. Operation of an individual door shall be
by means of a motor and rack/pinion gear unit installed above
each door.
b. In both fully open and fully closed positions, each door shall be
locked at not less than one point at the head of the door, and
not less than one point at the bottom of the door. The door
shall also be locked in the rack/pinion gear unit installed above
the door to prevent lateral movement when locked. Top and bottom
locking shall be accomplished by means of a vertical lockbar
located within a tamperproof lock column located at the rear jamb
of each door.
C. Each individual door shall be propelled in either the "open" or
"close" direction at a speed sufficient to open a 3' wide unit in
not more than five seconds. Each door shall be immediately
reversible with variable speed delay factory set at 1/2 second to
prevent motor and gear damage during reversing operation.
d. Device must have torque limiting system to shut off motor after
one second of current load. Torque limiters must recheck system
every 1-1/2 seconds with 1/2 load to determine if full operation
can be performed. After the blocking obstruction is removed, the
door shall automatically continue to move in the selected
direction and relock. Door movement shall' be arrested by
approximately 40 lbs. of resistance applied to the door. Device
must have variable force factory set at 40 lbs. but must be
variable for adjustment from 10-90 lbs.
e. In the event of the loss of electrical power during the movement
of a door, the door shall be held in a stopped position by
the locking mechanism within the rack/pinion unit above each
door. System designs which permit doors to be "free wheeling"
under this condition shall not be acceptable.
4. Manual Release/Manual Operation
a. A manual release and operation system shall be provided for each
sliding door. This release system shall remain fully operational
in the event of an electrical power failure and shall provide
release and operation for the doors.
5. Components
a. Horizontal Cover Box sections shall be provided for each sliding
door for the protection of the locking device. The cover box
enclosures shall be made in units of convenient length in the
profile, as shown on the approved shop drawings. These shall be
constructed as follows:
1) The backplate of the cover box shall be not less than 3/16"
steel plate.
2) The top, bottom, and end plates of the cover box shall be
not less than 10 GA mild steel sheet.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 08710-7
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE (REVISED)
3) The removable cover sections shall be constructed of not
less than 10 GA mild steel sheet. The cover sections shall
be securely held in place by means of approved security
fasteners or shall be locked in place by means of 2 manual
locking systems at each device.
4) The bottom section of the horizontal cover box shall be
constructed to prevent the introduction of any tools or
foreign objects to be used to interfere with the normal
operation of the device. The slot through which the door
slides shall be designed to provide a baffle to prevent such
interference. Dimensions of device must not exceed 11" in
height and 7-1/2" in depth.
b. Horizontal Raceway Enclosure shall be provided within the
horizontal cover box system to house and protect the electrical
control and power wiring for all components of the system.
Inside of door must not protrude from the wall more than 7/8 of
an inch. The raceway shall be constructed as follows:
1) The front and bottom of the raceway shall be not less than
14 GA mild steel sheet.
2) The back of the raceway shall be the backplate of the cover
box.
3) The raceway shall separate all control and power wiring from
the device mechanism and as required by local codes.
C. Locking Mechanism shall be as shown on approved shop drawings and
manufacturer may vary minor components with this section without
negating this overall specification. The major components for
each individual door shall be as follows: .
1) Motors shall be U.L. Listed. Motor shall be provided with
a current overload device.
2) Gear reducer unit and rack and pinion drive mechanism shall
be of manufacturer's standard design and shall propel the
door carriage for opening and closing the door. The use of
chain and sprocket systems or pneumatics to drive the door
carriage shall not be acceptable.
3) The door carriage shall be constructed of not less than 1/4"
steel plate and be designed in such a way that lateral
movement of the carriage mechanism shall automatically
actuate all locking and unlocking keyless mechanical
components of the system.
4) Hanger guides shall be not less than 1/4" steel plate.
5) Hanger to interlock with track support with a clearance of
not more than 1/4".
6) Hanger support rollers shall be 3" O.D. minimum, parabolic
(curved to match track) and shall have anti -friction
shielded bearings.
7) Heavy duty rubber bumpers and steel inertia spring units
shall be included to quiet each door unit and to provide
automatic movement away from locked position.
8) Vertical lockbar shall be not less than 1/4" steel plate and
the vertical 1 ockbar housing shall be not less than 7 GA
steel.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 08710-8
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 08710
DOOR HARDWARE (REVISED)
6. Acceptable Manufacturers
1. ADTEC 6400
2. FOLGER ADAM 3B
3. SOUTHERN STEEL 3150
4. WILLOW PRODUCTS E1C
7. Electro-mechanical, vertical lockbar, sliding corridor door locking
device. A maintain switch at the console activates unlocking of
lockbar and rack and pinion gear movement of door. Mechanical release
through the cover box for each door. Additionally provide Mogul Key
Switch in the pilaster adjacent to each doors closing jamb and key
operated unlocking of cover panel.
C. Mechanical -Paracentric Cylinder Operated Security Locks: ADTEC 4080703
MP4A Detention Mechanical Deadlock - The lock shall have the following
features:
1. Bolt shall be retracted and extended by a paracentric key. Key shall
be removable with the bolt in the extended or retracted position,
unless used with a single wing escutcheon. Key one or two sides.
2. Lever tumblers shall have "anti -pick notches" on both sides of the
gate which provide high security in both the locked and unlocked
conditions.
3. Lock case and cover shall be steel. Size: 5-1/2" x 1-1/2" x 3-3/4".
4 .Parts shall be investment casting to provide interchangeable repair
parts without file and fit installation in the field.
5. Lock bolt to be 2"x 3/4" cold rolled steel with 1/4" diameter case
hardened insert pins.
6. Bolt throw shall be 3/4'. Projection 1/2" or 1-1/4" retracted.
7. Cylinder shall be.one piece silicone bronze alloy with paracentric
keyway.
8. Tumblers - Five spring temper brass lever tumblers.
9. Corrosion resistant working parts.
10. Finish - Electroplated Zinc.
11. Acceptable Manufacturers: Folger Adam: 82/86 x HM - Galy.
D. Adtec 4105: Detention Head and Foot Deadlock - Heavy duty deadlock for
securing the inactive leaf of pairs of doors. Provide lever tumblers for
greater security than conventional head or foot bolts. The lock shall have
the following features:
1. Bolt shall be retracted and extended by a paracentric key. Key shall
be removable with the bolt in the extended or retracted position.
2. Lever tumblers shall have "anti -pick notches" on both sides of the
gate which provide high security in both the locked and unlocked
conditions.
3. Lock case and cover shall be steel. Size: 4-1/4" x 1-1/4" x 31
.
4. Parts shall be investment casting to provide interchangeable repair
parts without file and fit installation in the field.
5. Lock bolt to be 3/4" diameter stainless steel.
6. Bolt throw shall be 5/8".
7. Cylinder shall be one piece silicone bronze alloy with paracentric
keyway.
8. Tumblers - Five spring temper brass lever tumblers.
9. Corrosion resistant working parts.
10. Finish - Electroplated Zinc.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 08710-9
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 08710
DOOR HARDWARE (REVISED)
11. Acceptable Manufacturer:
a. Folger Adam #105HMx105FBRx105K-GALV.
E. Adtec 4017701 Detention Latch - Lever tumbler lock for use on food passes.
The lock shall have the following features:
1. Bolt shall be retracted by paracentric key. Snap locks upon closing.
Key one side.
2. Lock case and cover shall be steel. Size: 4-1/4" x 1-1/4" x 2-3/4".
3. Parts shall be investment casting to provide interchangeable repair
parts without file and fit installation in the field.
4. Lock bolt to be 1" x 7/16" stainless steel.
5. Bolt throw shall be 7/16".
6. Cylinder shall be one piece silicone bronze alloy with paracentric
keyway.
7. Tumblers - Five spring temper brass lever tumblers.
8. Corrosion resistant working parts.
9. Finish - Electroplated zinc.
10. Acceptable Manufacturer:
a. Folger Adam #17-Galt'.
F. ADTEC 2110/2115 Institutional Security Mortice Locks
1 Provide for openings where indicated an institutional mortise lock
operated by mogul cylinder and active knobs as scheduled.
2. Provide each mortise lock with 5027 (Active/Inactive) knobset and two
rosetts with 3/8" threaded spindle. Finish US4-Dull brass.
3. Provide Mogul cylinder, 2" in diameter of solid brass. With five
stainless pin tumblers. Cylinders shall be listed UL 437, high
security for pick resistance.
4. Strike size, 6-3/4" x 1-1/4" x 9/16".curved lip, stainless steel.
5. Case, 7-1/2" x 5-1/2" x 1-1/4", cold rolled steel zinc (US2C) plated
to resist corrosion.
6. Provide appropriate screws for attaching the locks, strikes, and
knobsets. All finish screws shall be Torx Tamper Resistant with
matching trim.
7. Acceptable Manufacturer:
a. Folger Adams: 110K-GALV
115K-GALV
125-1-GALV
125-4-GALV
G. Adtec 5015703 Detention Hinges --Half surface, heavy duty hinges. Provide
the following features:
1. Hinges to be 5"x6" with .375 leaf thickness.
2. Shall be made of triple weight steel capable of carrying doors or
gates up to 2,000 pounds.
3. Each hinge shall have two hardened steel races containing sixteen
3/16" hardened and ground steel balls which are assembled within a
jacket.
4. Concealed ball bearings shall be well lubricated insuring smooth
operation and preventing wear.
5. Make provision in the hinges for forced lubrication if further
lubrication is necessary.
6. Rolled knuckles are to be wielded and machined.
7. Pin is to be constructed of one piece of steel welded at both ends,
making it impossible to drive out the pin.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 08710-10
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 08710
DOOR HARDWARE (REVISED)
8. Acceptable Manufacturer
a. Folger Adams: 5FS
H. Commercial Grade High Security Mortise Locks Locksets and latchsets shall
be the product of one of the following (provide wrought box strikes for all
strikes):
1. Russwin - T7000 series x Newgate Design
2. Corbin - 9700t series x 764P Surety Design (Acceptable Manufacturer)
3. Finish-US4-Satin Brass
4. Provide cylinders with a keyway restricted for exclusive use by this
facility to a distance of 300 miles from the facility. Do not provide
high security cylinders.
I. Adtec 5001701 Door Closer/Door Position Switch - Heavy duty use proven
hydraulic concealed closer with the Adtec adjustable position switch
mounted integrally within the closer unit.
1. Closer Features:
a. Full rack and pinion hydraulic operation.
b. Separate hydraulic control of closing and latching speeds.
C. Adjustable hydraulic back check to cushion opening swing.
d. Tamper -proof regulation switch adjustment.
e. Adjustable spring power (may be increased 50%).
f. High strength cast iron cylinder.
g. Quiet, low friction track and roller combination.
h. Total concealment when door is closed.
i. Available with hold -open feature in track. Specify 5001HO.
Dead Stop specify DS. Allows hold open up to 100 .
j. Heavy duty arm.
k. Allows 180 degree of opening.
1. Meets or exceeds ANSI -grade 1.
M. Furnish with Liquid X Hydraulic Fluid - Constant viscosity makes
seasonal adjustment unnecessary. Permits temperature range of
120°F (49°C) to 30°F (-35°C).
2. Door Position Switch Features:
a. Positive mechanical indication.
b. Switch is factory adjusted to monitor door position within 1/2"
from the leading edge of the door to the door stop, but can be
field adjusted by a simple rack and pinion mechanism.
C. Self Adjusting Overtravel.
d. Switch is single pole, double throw micro type with a
rating of 5 amps at 125v to 250v. Suitable for 24VDC
systems with battery back-up.
e. Furnish with color coded wires with a pair of cable connectors.
3. Finish - BL BRONZE LACQUERED.
4. Parts shall be investment casting to provide interchangeable repair
parts without file and fit installation in the field.
5. Acceptable Manufacturer: LCN 2210DPS-H-LT 1991
6. Finish - BL BRONZE LACQUERED
7. Acceptable Manufacturer:
a. Folger Adam 35 HS-USP Prime Coat
J. ADTEC 5006: Surface Mounted Door Position Switch - Mechanical surface
mounted switch used to indicate a closed door position. Usually wired in
series with an electric lock, it provides additional security against false
indication. Provide with the following features:
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 08710-11
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 08710
DOOR HARDWARE (REVISED)
1.
Positive mechanical indication.
2.
Switch shall be enclosed in a 10 gauge steel case with cover attached
with two security fasteners. Front mounted for easy service.
3.
Finish to be galvanized.
4.
Wiring/conduit access to be provided thru rear of unit.
5.
All conduit and wiring to be concealed.
6.
Shall allow door to swing 180°. Switch actuator shall be able to
bypass switch without breakage or getting switch out of adjustment.
7.
Slope front to prevent concealment of contraband on top of unit.
8.
Actuator - Surface or mortise for 4-1/2" hinge. Specify. Surface
mount only for 5" hinge. (5007)
9.
Size 6-1/4" long x 1-7/8" high x 2-1/2" deep. (Smallest in industry)
10.
Unit to be furnished complete with mounting bolts.
11.
Switch is single pole, double throw micro -type with a rating of 5 amps
at 125V. Suitable for 24 VDC systems with battery back up or heavier
duty 110 BAC controls.
12.
Acceptable Manufacturer:
a. Folger Adam 524 Series
K.
Adtec 5030: Cylinder Escutcheon - Used as a guide for paracentric keys,
protects the painted surface in the area surrounding the lock cylinder on
the
door.
1.
Unit shall be constructed of 1/8" Brass with a US4 finish, or 1/8" type
303 stainless steel with a US32D finish, and shall be 3" in diameter.
2.
Unit shall have keyway punched to match that of lock on which it is
installed. Use single wing (1-way) for snap locks: 4017, 4030, 4060,
4060K, 4070. Use double wing (2-way) for deadbolt locks: 4010,
4030D, 4080.
3.
Acceptable Manufacturer: Folger Adam
#1 -US2D-Stainless Steel
#lb-US4-Dull Brass
L.
Adtec 5035751 Cylinder Shield - Used to protect the keyway of exterior
locks with paracentric cylinders.
1.
Unit shall have a 3" diameter base consisting of an Adtec 5030
stainless steel escutcheon.
2.
Cylinder shield housing- shall be constructed of 3/8" thick high
strength nylon with a wide temperature range, and shall be securely
fastened to base and to cover.
3.
Shield cover shall be constructed of 1/8" type 303 stainless steel and
shall rotate 270 degrees to close over keyway.
4.
Finish - US32D
5.
Acceptable Manufacturer: Folger Adam #2SC US32D-Stainless Steel.
M.
Adtec
5040701 Door Pull - Raised door pull for detention use, shall be of
high
strength and ample size and shape to handle heavy doors and resist
abuse.
1.
Unit shall be cast of solid manganese bronze.
2.
Size - 8-3/4" long x 2-1/4" deep.
3.
Finish to be US4.
4.
Acceptable Manufacturer: Folger Adam #2-US4-Dull Brass
N.
Adtec
5047701 Flush Pull - Recessed door pull for use on sliding doors
where pull must be flush and for the inmate side of doors to eliminate
protruding
knobs or handles in higher security areas.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 08710-12
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 08710
1. Unit shall be a 5" high x 4" wide x 1/8
2. Integral pocket grip shall be recessed
3. Finish to be US4.
4. Acceptable Manufacturer:
DOOR HARDWARE (REVISED)
thick solid brass casting.
a depth of 1".
Folger Adam #4-US4-DULL BRASS
0. Thresholds, Door Seals, and Astragals
1. Thresholds shall be of extruded bronze (brass) through out the
facility with integral stop and silicon seal.
2. Door Seals Shall be of dark bronze, self-adhesive, resilient Rubber as
manufactured by Pemko.
3. Astragals shall be of brush type, polypropylene, center fin to block
air infiltration, contained in an extruded aluminum housing.
4.
Acceptable Manufacturers:
a. NATIONAL GUARD PRODUCTS
b. REESE
C. ZERO
P.
Exit
Devices
1.
All exit devices shall be of one manufacturer. Provide "UL" labeled
devices for fire exit openings where required.
2.
Furnish all devices with security head fasteners.
3.
Von Duprin 99 series, NO SUBSTITUTIONS.
Q.
Commercial Push -Pulls and Flat Goods
1.
All push, kick, mop, and armor plates shall be furnished with phillips
undercut, countersunk screws a per ANSI 156.6. Trusshead screws are
not acceptable. Except where otherwise indicated or where narrow
bottom rails dictate a smaller size, kickplates shall be 10" high, mop
plates 6" high and armor plates 40" high (12" high on labeled doors).
Width shall be 2" less than the door width on single doors and 1" less
than the door width on double doors.
2.
Acceptable Manufacturers:
a. CIPCO
b. TRIANGLE BRASS
C. BROOKLING
R.
Magnetic Holders
1.
Where required by the hardware group, provide electromagnetic door
releases of 24VDC voltage and current.
RIXON LCN
FM 900 980 SERIES
S.
Stop
and Holders
1.
Furnish wall stops equal to Glynn Johnson WB50C or WB60C series
wherever door strikes wall. Where wall stops will not work use GJ14XR
Floor Stop (with removable Riser). Where wall or floor stops will not
work, furnish concealed or surface overhead door stops.
2.
Acceptable Manufacturers:
a. H.B. IVES
b. BROOKLINE
C. RIXON
d. QUALITY
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 08710-13
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 08710
DOOR HARDWARE (REVISED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Examine doors, frames, and hardware for damage, defects, and suitability
for intended use. Restore all parts or items found damaged, defective or
inadequate, or replace with Architect approved material before
installation.
B. Examine the areas and conditions under which work is to be installed and
notify the Contractor of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely
completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory
conditions have been corrected.
3.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Prior to installation, meet at the Project site with Owner's
representative, Architect, Contractor, Installer, and installers of other
work which must be coordinated with hardware products. Review products,
installation methods and procedures necessary for the proper performance of
the hardware system.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Mounting Heights:
1. Where heights of items are not listed, mount in accord with
recommendations of DHI.
B. Fitting: Fit all hardware accurately and properly. Remove exposed part
until after painter's finishing is completed, then reinstall. Securely
fasten all fixed parts. Fit faces of mortised parts snug and flush. Make
sure operating parts move .freely and smoothly without binding, sticking or
excessive clearance.
C. Adjusting and Finishing: After work has been otherwise completed, examine
all hardware for complete and proper installation. Lubricate bearing
surfaces of moving parts. Adjust latching and holding devices to proper
function. Adjust door control devices to proper speed and power. Test
keys for conformance to approved keying system. Clean all exposed
surfaces, check for surface damage and polish.
D. Thresholds: Install in one continuous piece, full width of opening. Set
in full bed of mastic and fasten with countersunk anchors at 6" on center.
E. Protection: Cover knobs, pulls and push plates with cloth or other
suitable materials during construction.
3.4 DEFECTIVE WORK
A. Where hardware is found defective in materials or installation, rework,
restore, or replace, or otherwise correct as directed.
.B. Following will be considered as defective materials:
1. Unauthorized substitutes.
2. Items delivered with missing, broken, damaged or defaced parts.
3. Items of incorrect hand or function.
C. Following will be considered -as defective installation:
1. Items broken, damaged, or defaced after delivery.
2. Items incomplete, misaligned or incorrectly located.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 08710-14
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 08710
DOOR HARDWARE (REVISED)
3.5 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS AND MATERIALS
A. Provide three copies of all operating and maintenance instructions,
enclosed in a hard -bound loose leaf binder. Label binder with permanent
label indicating name of project, owner, date of final acceptance,
Architect and Contractor.
B. Binder shall include: hardware schedule with key index, templates, wiring
diagrams, exploded view of parts list and name, address, city, state, zip
code, and phone numbers of all manufacturers of hardware used for this
project.
C. A representative shall be available for an on -site instruction and training
period for the Owner's designated personnel. Representative must be
knowledgeable about the equipment provided and be capable of providing
training in the adjustment and operation of the equipment provided,
including pertinent safety requirements. Instruction shall be given during
the first work week after the operating systems have been accepted and
turned over to Owner's personnel for operation. On -site instruction and
training shall not exceed five 8 hour days in length. Any repairs or
adjustment must be completed prior to training period.
3.6 OMISSIONS AND DISCREPANCIES
A. The quantities of hardware listed in this schedule are correct, subject to
the following:
1. Prior to bidding any discrepancies with Contract Documents requiring
clarification or change shall be brought to the attention of the
Architect for appropriate action.
2. Compare and verify hardware schedule while preparing of Bid and
include all miscellaneous items (as specified, or otherwise suitable,
and equivalent quality) i.e.-, lock mountings, escutcheons, keys, etc.
as necessary to provide a complete operational system. These items
shall be provided at no additional cost to the Owner.
3. Coordinate the hardware schedule with the door control schedule for
control functions and operational features.
3.7 MAINTENANCE TOOLS AND SPARE PARTS
A. Deliver maintenance and spare parts in properly packed cartons and obtain
receipt when delivered.
B. Furnish to the Owner a complete set of four (4) each size high quality tool
sets for various security screws and bolts used in this work.
C. Spare Parts
1. Furnish the Owner with the following spare parts:
UANTITY ITEM
4 EA. ELECTRIC LOCK MOTOR ASSEMBLIES
12 EA. ELECTRIC LOCK LIMIT SWITCHES
1 EA. SLIDING DEVICE DRIVE MOTOR ASSEMBLIES
4 EA.(2-RH/2-LH) CLOSER/DPS UNITS USED
2 EA.(1-RH/1-LH) SURFACE DOOR CLOSERS
6 EA. DOOR SEALS
1 EA. 24 VDC-HAND HELD LOCK TESTER
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 08710-15
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 08710
DOOR HARDWARE (REVISED)
UANTITY ITEM
3 EA. FULL MORTISE AND FOOD PASS HINGES USED
100 EA. SECURITY SCREWS OF EACH TYPE
4 EA.(2-RH/2-LH) EACH DETENTION LOCK STRIKE
1 EA. COMMERCIAL LOCK OF EACH FUNCTION
6 EA. COMMERCIAL CYLINDERS - "0" BITTED
2 EA. DETENTION MOGUL CYLINDERS - "0" BITTED
3.8 HARDWARE GROUPS
HDW GROUP 1
Each
opening to receive:
EA.
Hinges
1 EA.
Jamblock
1 EA.
Closer/DPS
2 EA.
Door Pulls
1 EA.
Stop
1 EA.
Threshold
1 EA.
Door Seal
HDW GROUP 2
Each
opening to receive:
EA.
Hinges
1 EA.
Jamblock
1 EA.
Closer/DPS
2 EA.
Door Pulls
1 EA.
Stop
1 EA.
Threshold
1 EA.
Door Seal
HDW GROUP 3
Each
opening to receive:
EA.
Hinges
1 EA.
Exit Device
1 EA.
Cylinder
1 EA.
Closer/DPS
1 EA.
Stop
1 EA.
Door Seal
5014709 A
2124717-SL-EE A
5001701 A
5040701 A
2005BS P
S88D P
5014707 A
2124717-SL-NL-1/2 Cycle A
5001701 A
5040701 A
2005BS P
S88D P
5014707 A
9975NL-FX990NL-MX575X425 VD
As Required
5001701 A
:m
P
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 08710-16
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE (REVISED)
HDW GROUP 4
Each opening to receive:
EA.
Hinges
5014709 A
1 EA.
Deadlock/MP
4080703MP4A A
1 SET
Head/Footbolt
4105706MP4A A
2 EA.
Closer/DPS
5001701 A
2 EA.
Stops
1 EA.
Threshold
179BS P
1 EA.
Door Seal
S88D P
1 EA.
Astragal
355AS P
1 EA.
Strike
4080701S A
1 EA.
Receptacle
4105717 A
1 EA.
Cyl. Shield
5035751 A
HDW GROUP 5 (NOT USED)
HDW GROUP 6
Each opening to receive:
1 EA. Sliding Device 6400706-SL A
1 EA. Door Pull 5040701 A
1 EA. Flush Pull 5047701 A
HDW GROUP 7
Each opening to receive:
EA.
Hinges
5014707 A
1 EA.
Jamblock
2124711 SL-NL-1/2 Cyc. A
1 EA.
Closer/DPS
5001701 A
2 EA.
Door Pulls
5040701 A
1 EA.
Stop
1 EA.
Door Seal
S88D P
HDW GROUP 7-A
Each opening to receive:
EA.
Hinges
5014707 A
1 EA.
Jamblock
2124711 SL-NL-1/2 Cyc. A
1 EA.
Closer/DPS
5001701 A
1 EA.
Door Pull
5040701 A
1 EA.
Stop
1 EA.
Door Seal
S88D P
1 EA.
Flush Pull
5047701 A
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 08710-17
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE (REVISED)
HDW GROUP 8
(NOT USED)
HDW GROUP 9
Each opening to receive:
EA.
Hinges
5014707 A
1 EA.
Lockset
2110 A
1 EA.
Closer
5001701 (Less DPS) A
1 EA.
Stop
1 EA.
Door Seal
S880 P
1 EA.
Strike
2110701SC A
HDW GROUP 9-A
Each opening to receive:
EA.
Hinges
5014707 A
1 'EA.
Lockset
2110 A
1 EA.
Closer/DPS
5001701 A
1 EA.
Stop
1 EA.
Door Seal
S88D P
1 EA.
Strike
2110701SC A
HDW GROUP 10
Each opening to receive:
EA.
Hinges
5014707
A
1 EA.
Lockset
T7034XNEWGATEX12of76
R
2 EA.
Closer/DPS
5001701
A
1 EA.
Head/Foot Bolt
FB6
GJ
2 EA.
Stops
1 EA.
Floor Receptacle
DP2
GJ
1 EA.
Smoke Seal
S88D
P
HDW GROUP 11
Each opening to receive:
EA.
Hinges
5014709
A
1 EA.
Lockset
T7045XNEWGATEX12OF76
A
1 EA.
Head/Foot Bolt
FB6
GJ
2 EA.
Stops
1 EA.
Floor Receptacle
DP2
GJ
2 EA.
Silencers
GJ64
GJ
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 08710-18
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE (REVISED)
HOW GROUP 12
Each opening to receive:
EA.
Hinges
5014707 A
1 EA.
Lockset
T7059-NEWGATEX12of76 R
1 EA.
Closer/DPS
5001701 A
1 EA.
Stop
1 EA.
Smoke Seal
S88D P
HOW GROUP 12-A
Each opening to receive:
EA.
Hinges
5014707 A
1 EA.
Lockset
T7045-NEWGATEX12OF76 R
1 EA.
Closer/DPS
5001701 A
1 EA.
Stop
1 EA.
Smoke Seal
S88D P
HDW GROUP 13
Each opening to receive:
EA.
Hinges
5014707
A
1 EA.
Lockset
T7045XNEWGATEX12OF76
R
1 EA.
Door Closer
4210/4510-SRI
LCN
1 EA.
Stop
1 EA.
Door Seal
S88D
P
HOW GROUP 13-A
Each opening to receive:
EA.
Hinges
5014707
A
1 EA.
Lockset
T7059XNEWGATEX12OF76
R
1 EA.
Door Closer
4210/4510-SRI
LCN
1 EA.
Stop
1 EA.
Door Seal
S88D
P
HOW GROUP 13-B
Each opening to receive:
EA.
Hinges
5014707
A
1 EA.
Lockset
LE7061XLUSMOX12OF76
R
1 EA.
Door Closer
4210/4510-SRI
LCN
1 EA.
Stop
1 EA.
Door Seal
S88D
P
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 08710-19
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE (REVISED)
HDW GROUP 13-C
Each opening to receive:
EA.
Hinges
5014707
A
1 EA.
Lockset
T7042XNEWGATEX12OF76
R
1 EA.
Door Closer
4210/4510-SRI
LCN
1 EA.
Stop
1 EA.
Door Seal
S880
P
HDW GROUP 14
Each opening to receive:
EA.
Hinges 5014709 A
1 EA.
Lockset T7061 R
1 EA.
Stop
3 EA.
Silencers GJ64 GJ
HDW GROUP 15
Each opening to receive:
EA.
Hinges
5014707 A
1 EA.
Lockset
T7034XNEWGATEX12OF76 R
1 EA.
Deadlock
4080703MP4A A
1 EA.
Strike
4080701SC A
1 EA.
Closer/DPS
5001701 A
1 EA.
Stop
1 EA.
Door Seal
S88D P
HDW GROUP 16
Each opening to receive:
EA.
Hinges
5014707
A
2 EA.
Exit Device
9947EO-FX425
VD
2 EA.
Closer/DPS
5001701
A
2 EA.
Stops
2 EA.
Magnetic Holders
840-24VOC
LCN
1 EA.
Door Seal
S88D
P
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 08710-20
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 08710
DOOR HARDWARE (REVISED)
HDW GROUP 17
Each opening to receive:
EA.
Hinges
1
EA.
Privacy Set
1
EA.
Door Closer
1
EA.
Stop
1
EA.
Kick Plate
1
EA.
Mop Plate
1
EA.
Door Seal
HDW GROUP 17-A
Each opening to receive:
EA.
Hinges
1 EA.
Lock Set
1 EA.
Door Closer
1 EA.
Stop
1 EA.
Kick Plate
1 EA.
Mop Plate
1 EA.
Door Seal
HDW GROUP 17-B
Each opening to receive:
EA.
Hinges
1 EA►
Lock Set
1 EA.
Door Closer
1 EA.
Stop
1 EA.
Kick Plate
1 EA.
Mop Plate
1 EA.
Door Seal
HDW GROUP
18
Each opening to receive:
EA.
Hinges
EA.
Dead Lock
EA.
Door Closer
EA.
Door Pull
EA.
Push Plate
EA.
Kick Plate
EA.
Mop Plate
EA.
Stop
EA.
Door Seal
5014707 A
T7069XNEWGATEX12OF76 R
4210/4510-SRI LCN
#48 1OX2" LDW .050 Q
#48 6X1-1/2" LDW .050 Q
S88D P
5014707 A
T7061XNEWGATEX12OF76 R
4210/4510-SRI LCN
#48 IOX2" LDW .050 Q
#48 6X1-1/2" LDW .050 Q
S88D P
5014707 A
T7022XNEWGATEX12OF76 R
4210/4510-SRI LCN
#48 1OX2" LDW .050 Q
#48 6X1-1/2" LDW .050 Q
S88D P
5014709 A
T7002XNEWGATEX12OF76 R
4210/4510-SRI LCN
551-8" Q
2340 4 X 16 Q
#48 X 1OX2" LDW .050 Q
#48 X 6X1-1/2" LDW .050 Q
S88D P
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 08710-21
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE (REVISED)
HDW GROUP 19
Each opening to receive:
EA.
Hinges
5014707
A
1 EA.
Lock Set
T7061XNEWGATEX12OF76
R
1 EA.
Door Closer
4210/4510-SRI
LCN
1 EA.
Kick Plate
#48 1OX2" LDW .050
Q
1 EA.
Mop Plate
#48 6X1-1/2" LDW .050
Q
1 EA.
Stop
1 EA.
Door Seal
S88D
P
HDW GROUP 19-A
Each opening to receive:
EA.
Hinges
5014707
A
1 EA.
Privacy Set
T7069XNEWGATEX12OF76
R
1 EA.
Door Closer
4210/4510-SRI
LCN
1 EA.
Kick Plate
#48 1OX2" LDW .050
Q
1 EA.
Mop Plate
#48 6X1-1/2" LDW .050
Q
1 EA.
Stop
1 EA.
Door Seal
S88D
P
HDW GROUP 19-B
Each opening to receive:
EA.
Hinges
5014707
A
1 EA.
Lock Set
T7045XNEWGATEX12OF76
R
1 EA.
Door Closer
4210/4510-SRI
LCN
1 EA.
Kick Plate
#48 1OX2" LDW .050
Q
1 EA.
Mop Plate
#48 6X1-1/2" LDW .050
Q
1 EA.
Stop
1 EA.
Door Seal
S88D
P
HDW GROUP 20
Each opening to receive:
EA. Hinges 5014709 A
EA. Lock Set T7045XNEWGATEX12OF76 R
EA. Stop
EA. Door Seal S88D P
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 08710-22
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 08710
DOOR HARDWARE (REVISED)
HDW GROUP 21
Each opening to receive:
EA.
Hinges
1 EA.
Lock Set
1 EA.
Door Closer
1 EA.
Stop
1 EA.
Door Seal
HDW GROUP 21-A
Each opening to receive:
EA.
Hinges
1 EA.
Lock Set
1 EA.
Door Closer
1 EA.
Stop
1 EA.
Door Seal
HDW GROUP 22
Each opening to receive:
EA.
Hinges
1 EA.
Lock Set
1 EA.
Door Closer
1 EA.
Stop
1 EA.
Door Seal
HDW GROUP 23
Each opening to receive:
EA.
Hinges
1 EA.
Lock
Set
1 EA.
Door
Closer
1 EA.
Door
Pull
1 EA.
Stop
1 EA.
Door
Seal
5014707
T7059XNEWGATEX12OF76
4210/4510-SRI
S88D
A
R
LCN
P
5014707 A
T7059-NEWGATE-LOST-12OF76 R
4210/4510-SRI LCN
S88D P
5014707 A
T7045XNEWGATEX12OF76 R
4210/4510-SRI LCN
S88D P
5014707 A
2110 A
4210/4510-SRI LCN
5040701 (Stop Side) A
S88D P
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 08710-23
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE (REVISED)
HDW GROUP 24
Each opening to receive:
EA.
Hinges
5014709
A
1 EA.
Dead Lock
T7002XNEWGATEX120F76
R
2 EA.
Closer/DPS
5001701
A
2 EA.
Door Pulls
5040701
A
2 EA.
Flush Pulls
5047701
A
1 EA.
Flush Bolts
FB6
GJ
1 EA.
DP Strike
DP1
GJ
2 EA.
Stops
1 EA.
Threshold
2005 BS
P
2 EA.
Astragal
355 AS (Hinge Side)
P
1 EA.
Door Seal
S88D
P
HDW GROUP 25
Each opening to receive:
EA.
Hinges
5014709
A
1 EA.
Lockset
2115
A
1 EA.
Strike
DP1 2115701SC
A
1 EA.
Door Closer
4210/4510-SRI
LCN
1 EA.
Stop
1 EA.
Door Seal
S88D
P
HDW GROUP 25-A
Each opening to receive:
EA.
Hinges
5014709 A
1 EA.
Lockset
2115 A
1 EA.
Strike
2115701SC A
1 EA.
Closer/DPS
5001701 A
1 EA.
Stop
1 EA.
Door Seal
S88D P
HDW GROUP 26
Each opening to receive:
EA.
Hinges
5014709 A
1 EA.
Jamb Lock
2124711 SL-NL-1/2 Cyc. A
1 EA.
Closer/DPS
5001701 A
1 EA.
Door Pull
5040701 (Hinge Side) A
1 EA.
Stop
1 EA.
Threshold
179 BS P
1 EA.
Door Seal
S88D P
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 08710-24
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE - ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 08710
DOOR HARDWARE (REVISED)
HDW GROUP 27
Each opening to receive:
EA.
Hinges
5014
A
1 EA.
Lockset
2115
A
1 EA.
Strike
2110701 SC
A
1 EA.
Deadlock
4080703MP4A
A
1 EA.
Strike
4080701 SC
A
1 EA.
Door Closer
4210/4510-SRI
LCN
1 EA.
Stop
1 EA.
Door Seal
S88D
P
HOW GROUP
28
Each opening
to receive:
EA.
Hinges
5015703
A
1 EA.
Deadlock
4080703MP4A
A
1 EA.
Strike
24080701 S
A
2 EA.
Closer/DPS
5001701
A
2 EA.
Door Holders
F40 X SEX BOLTS X TOR
X HEAD
MS
GJ
2 EA.
Door Pulls
5040701
A
2 EA.
Head/Foot Bolts
4105706MP4A
A
1 EA.
Floor Receptacle
4105717
A
2 EA.
Armor Plates
#48-TYPE A X 40 "HX1"
LDW
Q
1 EA.
Door Seal
S88D
P
2 EA.
Astragals
18A-062 (Hinge Side)
P
HOW GROUP
29
Each opening to receive:
EA.
Hinges
5014709
A
1 EA.
Jamb Lock
2124701-SL-1/2 Cyc.
A
1 EA.
DPS
5006701
A
1 EA.
Door Pull
5040701
A
1 EA.
Flush Pull
5047701
A
1 EA.
Door Seal
S88D
P
HOW GROUP
30
Each opening to receive:
EA.
Hinges
5014709
A
1 EA.
Jamb Lock
2124706-SL-1/2 Cyc.
A
1 EA.
DPS
5006701
A
1 EA.
Stop
1 EA.
Door Pull
5040701
A
1 EA.
Flush Pull
5047701
A
2 EA.
FP Hinges
5013722
A
1 EA.
FP Lock
.4017701
A
1 EA.
Door Seal
S88D
P
THE NEW MONROE
COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
08710-25
HLM 90007.00
BID
GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER
20, 1991
SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE (REVISED)
HDW GROUP 31
Each opening to receive:
EA.
Hinges
5014709 A
1 EA.
Jamb Lock
2124706-SL-1/2 Cyc. A
1 EA.
Closer/DPS
5001701 A
1 EA.
Stop
1 EA.
Door Pull
5040701 A
1 EA.
Flush Pull
5047701 A
1 EA.
Door Seal
S88D P
HOW GROUP 32
Each opening to receive:
EA.
Hinges
5014709 A
1 EA.
Jamb Lock
2124701-SL-1/2 Cyc. A
1 EA.
DPS
5006701 A
1 EA.
Stop
1 EA.
Door Pull
5040701 A
1 EA.
Flush Pull
5047701 A
2 EA.
FP Hinges
5013722 A
1 EA.
FP Lock
4017701 A
1 EA.
Door Seal
S88D P
1 EA.
Food Pass Door
3/16" Steel Plate
HOW GROUP 33
Each opening to receive:
1 EA.
Pivot Set
L147
RX
1 EA.
IM Pivot
ML19
RX
1 EA.
Lock Set
T7045LL X NEWGATE X 120F7
1 EA.
Door Closer
4210-CUSH-SRI
LCN
1 EA.
Stop
1 EA.
Door Seal
S88D
P
HOW GROUP 34
Each opening to receive:
EA.
Hinges
5014709 A
1 EA.
Lock Set
T7059 - NEWGATE X 120F76 R
1 EA.
Deadlock
T7001 - NEWGATE x 120F76 R
1 EA.
Closer/DPS
5001701 A
1 EA.
Stop
1 EA.
Door Seal
S88D P
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 08710-26
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 08710
DOOR HARDWARE (REVISED)
HOW GROUP 35
Each opening to receive:
EA.
Hinges
1 EA.
Lock Set
1 EA.
Knobset
1 EA.
Strike
1 EA.
Stop
1 EA.
Door Seal
HOW GROUP 36
Not Used
HDW GROUP 37
Not Used
5014709
A
2110711
A
5027704
A
2110701 SC
A
S88D AP
The following are miscellaneous hardware items to be furnished to the installer
prior to installation:
2 EA. 24 VDC Hand -Held Lock Test Box
4 EA. Rosette/Knob Alignment Tools
3.9 HARDWARE SETS
SET 1
Each
opening to receive:
1 EA.
Flush Pull
EA.
Hinges
1 EA.
Lock Set
1 EA.
Stop
1 EA.
Door Seal
SET 2
Each opening to receive:
1 EA. Cylinder
1060 (TRIMCO) US26D
5014707 A
T7059-NEWGATE-LOST-12OF76 R
S88D P
W-81141
********************
END OF SECTION 08710
US26D
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 08710-27
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 08800
GLAZING
temperature ranges has been reviewed, and that the specified
maximum probabilities of breakage will not be exceeded.
1.5 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Glass and glazing materials of this Section shall provide continuity
of building enclosure vapor and air barrier:
1. In conjunction with materials described in Section 07960, 08410
and 08902.
2. To utilize the inner pane of multiple pane sealed units for the
continuity of the air and vapor seal.
3. Maintain continuous air and vapor barrier throughout glazed
assembly from glass pane to heel bead of glazing sealant.
B. Size glass to withstand dead loads and positive and negative live
loads acting normal to plane of glass.
1. Glass thickness shall be increased, heat strengthened or tempered
as required to meet structural requirements and thermal stresses;
preference shall be given to heat strengthened glass over
tempered glass.
C. Limit glass deflection to L/100,_. not to exceed 3/4"� with full
recovery of glazing materials. >::>::<::5fl:::::<:n�nl�:.
D. Glass shall not eXperience spontaneous"breakage.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Codes and Standards:
I. In addition to.complying with applicable codes and regulations,
comply with pertinent recommendations contained in "Glazing
Manual" (1986 Edition) of the FLAT GLASS MARKETING ASSOCIATION.
a. Glazing materials shall be certified to be in compliance
with Category I or II of 16 CFR 1201 issued by Consumer
Product Safety Commission dated January 6, 1977.
b. Comply with ASTM C-1036-85 : "Standard Specification For
Flat Glass"
C. Comply with ASTM C-1048-85 : "Standard Specification for
Heat Treated Flat Glass". Kind HS, Kind FT Coated and
Uncoated Glass.
d. NFPA 80 (1990): Standard for Fire Doors and Windows.
e. Comply with ASTM E 1300-89; "Practice to Determine the
Minimum Thickness of Annealed Glass Required to Resist a
Specified Load."
B. Insulating glass units shall be warranted for a minimum of five years
against material obstruction of vision and shall be fabricated to meet
or exceed requirements of IGCC Class CBA.
I. Comply with performance test procedures , ASTM E 773-83-"Standard
Test Method for Seal Durability of Sealed Insulating Glass
Units", and performance requirements ASTM E 774-84a "Standard
Specification for Sealed Insulating Glass Units".
C. For the purpose of glass selection, design wind pressures shall be
assumed to have a one minute duration.
a. Upon first application of design wind pressure, probability of
breakage shall not exceed 8/1000 for vertical glass.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 08800-3
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 08842
SECURITY GLAZING
PART 2 -
PRODUCTS
2.1 SECURITY
GLASS AND GLAZING
A.
Acceptable Manufacturers: The equipment and materials of this section
shall be products of the following manufacturers, subject to
compliance with specification requirements and provided each
manufacturer meets all requirements of the Quality Assurance section
of this specification.
1. FALCONER GLASS INDUSTRY INCORP., Falconer, NY
2. GLOBE AMERADA GLASS CO., Elk Grove Village, IL.
3. INSULGARD CORP., Hyattsville, Md.
4. TEMPGLASS MIAMI, INC.
5. VIRACON INC., Owatoono, MN
B.
Sizes given are nominal. Any change or difference from sizes stated
shall be coordinated for proper fit of glass stops..
C.
Type SG-1: 9/16" ± thick clear glass clad polycarbonate unit
consisting of:
a. 1/8" clear chemically or heat strengthened glass
b. Interlayer .050 polyurethane
C. 1/4" clear polycarbonate
d. Interlayer .050 polyurethane
e . 1/8*
strengthened glass
f. H.P. White, Leve1.I, forced entry
E D.
Type SG-2: 13/16"- " ± thick clear glass clad polycarbonate unit
.:..............
consisting of:
a. 1/8" clear chemically or heat strengthened glass
b. Interlayer .050 polyurethane
C. clear polycarbonate
d. Interlayer .050 polyurethane
9. "
i. 1/8" clear chemically::or heat strengthened glass
j. H.P. White, Level 44 1, forced entry
E.
Type SG-3: 11/16" ± thick clear glass clad polycarbonate unit
consisting of:
a. 1/8" clear chemically or heat strengthened glass
b. Interlayer .050 polyurethane
C.47 clear polycarbonate
d. Interlayer .050 polyurethane
T. H.F. wnite, Levei i, torceo entry
F. Type SG-4: 9/16" ± thick clear glass clad polycarbonate unit
consisting of:
a. 1/8" frested clear chemically or heat strengthened glass
b. Interlayer .050 polyurethane
C. 4 t clear polycarbonate
d. Interlayer .050 polyurethane
.r. wnite, Levei i, torcea entry
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 08842-7
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREEADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 08842
SECURITY GLAZING
G. Type SG-5: 9{461'! ± thick clear glass clad polycarbonate unit
consisting of:
a. 1/8" clear chemically or heat strengthened glass
b. Interlayer. .050 polyurethane
c.4-`; clear polycarbonate
d. InterYayer .050 polyurethane
Sim
..
NO..
Aam
eensiStiRq i
2.2 GLAZING SEALANT/COMPOUNDS
A. Basic Requirements: Refer to Section 07900 - Joint Sealers.
1. Provide black exposed glazing materials, unless another color is
indicated or unless another color is selected by Architect from
manufacturer's standard colors.
2. Provide hardness of materials as recommended by the manufacturer
-for the required application and condition of installation in
each case.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 08842-8
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREEADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 08902
ALUMINUM WINDOW WALLS (REVISED)
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1.
Glazed Window
Wall
2.
Glazing materials,
and gaskets.
3.
Custom factory
preformed, prefinished, aluminum frames, internal
and external
reinforcing, anchorage including anchorage to
structural members, sills, stools, glazing materials, flashing
and gaskets.
a. Supports,
accessories, and components for a complete glazed
system.
B. Related Sections:
1.
Section 07900
- JOINT SEALERS
2.
Section 08410
- ALUMINUM ENTRANCES
3.
Section 08800
- GLAZING
1.2 REFERENCES
A. AAMA - Metal Curtain Wall, Window, Store Front and Entrance - Guide
Specifications Manual.
B. AAMA - Aluminum Curtain Wall Design Guide Manual.
C. AAMA - Curtain Wall Manual #10 - Care and Handling of Architectural
Aluminum From Shop to Site.
D. AAMA 502-90 - Voluntary Specification for Field Testing of Windows and
Sliding Glass Doors.
E. AAMA 607.1 - Specifications and Inspection Methods for Clear Anodic
Finishes for Architectural Aluminum.
F. AAMA T1R - Al - Sound Control for Aluminum Curtain Walls and Windows.
G. AAMA 1503.1-88 - Voluntary Test Method for Thermal Transmittance and
Condensation Resistance of Windows, Doors and Glazed Wall Sections.
H. AAMA 1504-88 - Voluntary Standard for Thermal Performance of Windows,
Doors and Glazed Wall Sections.
I. ASTM A446 - Steel Sheet, Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot -Dip
Process, Structural (Physical) Quality.
J. ASTM B209 - Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Sheet and Plate.
K. ASTM B221 - Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Bar, Rod, Wire, Shape and Tube.
L. ASTM E283 - Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain
Walls, and Doors.
M. ASTM E330 - Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls,
and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference.
N. ASTM E331 - Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows,
Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference.
1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Design and size components to withstand dead and live loads caused by
pressure and suction of wind acting normal to plane of wall to a
design pressure of 80 lb/sq ft as measured in accordance with ASTM
E-330.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 08902-1
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 08902
ALUMINUM WINDOW WALLS (REVISED)
B. Wind Loading: Provide capacity to withstand windload of 150 mph and
uniform positive and negative pressure of 80 psf.
C. Limit mullion deflection to 3/4"; with full recovery of glazing
materials.
D. System to accommodate, without damage to system, components or
deterioration of seals; movement within system; movement between
system and perimeter framing components; dynamic loading and release
of loads; deflection of structural support framing, shortening of
building concrete structural columns, creep of concrete structural
members and a mid -span slab edge deflection L/360 of span.
E. Thermal Resistance of Wall System (Excluding Vision Areas): R of 1.54
min.
F. Sound Attenuation Through Wall system (Exterior to Interior): STC 50,
measured in accordance with ASTM E413.
G. Limit air infiltration through assembly to 0.06 cfm/min/sq ft of wall
area, measured at a reference differential pressure across assembly of
1.57 psf as measured in accordance with AAMA 501.
H. Water Leakage: None, when measured in accordance with AAMA 501.
I. System to provide for expansion and contraction within system
components caused by a cycling temperature range of 17°F. over a 12
hour period without causing detrimental affect to system components.
J. Drain water entering joints, condensation occurring in glazing
channels, or migrating moisture occurring within system, to the
exterior by a weep drainage network.
K. Maintain continuous air and vapor barrier throughout assembly,
primarily in line with inside pane of glass and heel bead of glazing
compound.
L. Reinforce curtain wall system to accommodate window washing guide
rails. Provide anchors sufficiently rigid to resist loads caused by
equipment platform, without damage to wall system.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Codes and Standards:
1. In addition to complying with all applicable codes and regula-
tions, comply with recommendations contained in "Glazing Manual"
of the Float Glass Marketing Association and "Aluminum Curtain
Walls" published by Architectural Aluminum Manufacturer
Association.
B. Qualifications of system Manufacturer/Fabricator: Manufacturer and
fabricator companies specializing in aluminum window wall systems with
a minimum of five years of documented experience, in manufacture and
fabrication of systems similar in material, design, and similar in
scope to that indicated for this project.
1. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who
has successfully completed installation of glazed window wall
systems similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated
for the Project and who is acceptable to the glazed window wall
manufacturer/fabricator.
C. Design structural support framing components under direct supervision
of a Professional Engineer experienced in design of this work and
registered in the State of Florida.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 08902-2
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 08902 ALUMINUM WINDOW WALLS (REVISED)
D. Drawings: Drawings are diagrammatic. The details shown are intended
as a guide for the aesthetic and interfacing requirements of the
glazed curtain wall to and with other work. The drawings are not to
be construed as engineering design, or adequate to meet the
engineering design requirements.
E. Testing Laboratory Qualifications: Demonstrate to the Architect's
satisfaction, based on evaluation of laboratory -submitted criteria
conforming to ASTM E 699, that it has the experience and capability to
conduct satisfactorily the testing indicated without delaying the
progress of the Work.
F. Mock Up and Test: Comply with "Mock-up and Test" paragraph
requirements of Owner's Testing Laboratory Services. Construct mock-
up units of the glazed aluminum curtain wall system for testing at the
Owner approved Laboratory's Test Facilities. Mock-ups shall be
complete with all components, finishes, and details of construction
identical with those proposed for use in the building. Do not take
special precautions or use techniques that do not represent those to
be used on the building.
1. Do not begin installation of mock-ups until Testing Laboratory
proposed for use has been approved by Owner and Architect.
2. Mock-ups shall be of sufficient size and configuration to
demonstrate adequately the system's performance capabilities.
3. Personnel assembling mock-ups at the laboratory shall be the
personnel that will perform this work at the project site.
4. Include mullions, panels and glazings where applicable. Provide
corners, splice joints, sealants, anchors, and other components
necessary.
G. Schedule testing with sufficient time for analysis of results and to
prevent delay in the progress of the Work.
1. Coordinate testing requirements with testing of other materials
referenced in other Sections of this Project Manual.
2. Test the glazed aluminum window wall system for compliance with
requirements specified for performance and test methods. Conduct
tests with assemblies representative of actual materials and
construction proposed for incorporation in the Work.
H. Field -Constructed Mock -Up: Before installing the window wall system,
erect a full-size sample window wall panel mock-up, including
mullions, panels, vision glass, to include each type of glass,
tempered glass as directed by Architect, and other elements of the
system, to verify selections made under sample submittals and to
represent the completed system for aesthetic effects and qualities of
materials and installation. Build the mock-up to comply with the
following requirements, using materials indicated for the final
installation.
1. Construct the mock-up on site in the location and sizes as
directed by the Architect.
2. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and
workmanship.
3. Obtain the Architect's acceptance of the mock-up before starting
final erection of the glazed aluminum window wall system.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 08902-3
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 08902
ALUMINUM WINDOW WALLS (REVISED)
4. Maintain the mock-up in undisturbed condition during construction
as a standard for judging completed window wall installation.
5. If acceptable to the Architect, accepted mock-ups on the building
in undisturbed condition at time of Substantial Completion may be
incorporated into the Work.
J. Windows shall meet or exceed air and water infiltration and deflection
test requirements as defined by AAMA 101-85 for the type, grade and
performance class of window units required.
K. Mock-Up/Proto-Type
1. Install one unit in designated area under direct supervision of
manufacturer.
2. Installation approved by Architect to constitute a standard of
quality for subsequent installation.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit fully dimensioned full size shop drawings defining size, shape,
and type of aluminum members, glazing, blocking, sealants, tapes,
gaskets and all associated items utilized in the installation of
window wall and relation of assemblies to adjacent building
components.
B. Provide samples of corner construction for both frame and operating
sash for each operation type, approximately 12" long on each leg.
C. Provide representative finish samples of production items indicating
full range of color tolerance that will be -applicable to this project.
Samples shall be large enough to allow good comparison.
D. Provide written certification that all materials, products, fastening
devices, and anchorage are 'designed to comply with all applicable code
requirements, to include applicable loads on anchors and fastening
devices.
E. Provide certified test results of tests performed by a qualified
independent testing agency, acceptable to Owner and Architect,
certifying compliance with Performance requirements indicated based on
comprehensive testing of the system by the laboratory within the last
3 years current production of the system by the manufacturer.
1.6 PRODUCT DELIVERY
A. Protection:
1. Use means necessary to protect materials of this section before,
during, and after installation and to protect installed work and
materials of other trades.
2. Store units standing on edge, supported on wood strips to prevent
damage to any part. Prevent contact with dirt or mortar.
Damaged parts shall not be installed.
B. Replacements:
1. In event of damage, immediately make repairs and replacements
necessary at no cost to Owner.
1.7 TESTS
A. Depending upon the prevalence or absence of leakage in the initial
water penetration tests, and upon the measures adopted by the
Contractor to eliminate the source of leakage (if any) from
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 08902-4
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 08902 ALUMINUM WINDOW WALLS (REVISED)
subsequently erected work, the Architect will determine the necessity
of (and scope of) additional tests. All retests required by the
Architect due to repeated failures in "initial water tests" shall be
performed by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner.
Corrective work required shall be the responsibility of the
Contractor, along with the cost of retesting, the costs incurred by
the Architect, owner and their Consultants. Remedial measures must
maintain standards of quality and are subject to Architect's approval.
B. Test Units:
1. Perform all tests unless noted otherwise, on full size mock-up
utilizing largest typical glass lite in accordance with this
specification.
C. Test Procedures
1. Air Infiltration Test: In accordance with ASTM E 283 and AAMA
501.
2. Water Resistance Test: No uncontrolled water leakage at 15.00
psf pressure differential with water rate of 5 gallons per hour
per square foot when tested in accordance with ASTM E 331 and
AAMA 501.
3. Uniform Load Deflection Test: No glass breakage, permanent
damage or deflection of any unsupported span (framing rails,
muntins, and mullions) in excess of L/175 at both a positive and
a negative load of 80 psf (design wind pressure at 150 mph) when
treated in accord with ASTM E330.
4. Uniform Load Structural Test: Unit shall be tested at 1.5 x
design wind pressure both positive and negative, acting normal to
plane of wall in accord with ASTM E 330. No glass breakage,
permanent damage or permanent deformation of any main frame in
excess of 0.2% of its span.
5. Condensation Resistance Factor Test (CRF): Perform test in exact
accord with AAMA 1503.1-88 procedure. Test unit 6'-3" x 7'-9"
containing one intermediate vertical and one intermediate
horizontal glazed with four equal size lites of 1" insulated
glass (two 1/4" lites with 1/2" air space). Condensation
resistance factor (CRF) shall be minimum 55 (glass CRF), 73
(frame CRF). Data from calculations, test results on units of
different sizes or glass arrangement are not acceptable.
6. Thermal Test ("U" value): Perform test in accordance with AAMA
1503.1 procedure.
1.8 PRE -INSTALLATION CONFERENCE
A. Prior to commencement of window wall installation, conduct a pre -
installation conference at the Project site with the window wall/
system manufacturer, installer, and other interested parties to review
procedures, schedules, and coordination of the window wall/curtain
wall Work with other elements of the work, to include adjacent
materials.
1.9 WARRANTY
A. Provide manufacturers/fabricator's 10 year warranty on materials and
workmanship.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 08902-5
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 08902
ALUMINUM WINDOW WALLS (REVISED)
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable manufacturers:
1. WAUSAU METALS CORP. (6250 Superwall 2-1/2" Face)
2. KAWNEER COMPANY
3. Architect approved equivalent.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Extruded Aluminum System
1
Extrusions: 6063-T5 alloy and temper. Sections: formed true to
detail, and free from defects impairing appearance, strength or
durability.
2.
Fasteners, where exposed: aluminum or stainless steel. Unexposed
fasteners may be cadmium or zinc plated steel in accordance with
ASTM A165 and A-164. Anchors: aluminum or steel providing steel
is properly insulated from aluminum.
3.
Major Framing: Factory prepared for job -site assembly and sealed
according to manufacturer's recommended procedures.
4.
Mullions and Horizontal Rails: Extruded shapes with sharp well-
defined corners and flush sight lines. Sections: designed to
accept double insulating glass.
5.
Mullion configurations shall allow for pockets at inside glazing
face to receive fixed resilient elastomeric glazing spine.
Mullions and horizontal rails shall have flexible thermal break
material located on exterior side of glass plane.
6.
Exterior Glazing Seal: Synthetic polymeric tape secured extruded
aluminum pressure plates fastened to main grid members.
Provision shall be made at all sealed horizontals to lead
moisture accumulation to exterior. A cover shall be snapped over
pressure plate to show only a sharp, uninterrupted exterior
profile.
7.
Glass and Glazing for Window Walls: Refer to Section 08800 -
GLAZING.
8.
Sealants and Joint Fillers: Refer to Section 07900 for joints at
interface of window wall construction with other work.
9.
Brackets and Reinforcements: Manufacturer's standard high -
strength aluminum units where feasible; otherwise nonmagnetic
stainless steel, except at fabricator's option, brackets not
exposed to weather or abrasion shall be hot -dip galvanized steel
complying with ASTM A386. Provide nonstaining, non-ferrous shims
for installation and alignment of window wall work.
2.3 FINISHES
A. Surfaces exposed to exterior and interior view shall be coated with
factory applied, oven baked finish based on KYNAR 500 (polyvinylidene
fluoride - PVF2) as supplied by PPG or equivalent; applied to properly
cleaned and pretreated aluminum meeting the requirements of ASTM D-
1730-67, Type B, method 5 or 7. The coating shall be a three coat
system equivalent to PPG "Duranar XL" applied to a minimum thickness
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 08902-6
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 08902 ALUMINUM WINDOW WALLS (REVISED)
of 1.6 mils. Comply with AAMA 605.2 (1980) "Specification for High
Performance Organic on Architectural Extrusions and Panels".
B. CLstom color and finish as selected by Architect.
C. Finished surfaces shall be free from mechanical imperfections such as
scratches, scrapes, and dents. Finished surfaces shall be free from
finish imperfections: (spots, stains, and streaks.)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Furnish inserts at proper times for setting in concrete formwork,
masonry, and similar work indicated to support window wall work.
3.2 INSTALLATION/ERECTION
A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and approved shop drawings for
protection, handling and installation of factory -fabricated window
wall components, with particular attention and care in preservation of
applied finishes. Discard or remove and replace damaged members.
B. Erection Tolerances: Install window wall components plumb, level,
accurately aligned and accurately located in reference to column lines
and floor levels; adjust work to conform with the following tolerances
(maximum variations):
1. Plumb: 1/8".in 10'; 1/4" in 40'.
2. Level: 1/8" in 20'; 1/4" in 40'.
3. Alignment: Limit offset of member, alignment to 1/16" where
surfaces are flush or less than 1/2" out of flush, and separated
by less than 2" (by reveal or protruding work); otherwise limit
offsets to 1/8". Frame offset at corner of glazing pocket shall
not exceed 0.031 inch.
4. Location: 3/8" maximum deviation from measured theoretical
location (any member, any location).
C. Anchor components securely in place in manner indicated, shimming and
allowing for required movements, and provide separators and isolators
to prevent corrosion and electrolytical deterioration, and to prevent
corrosion and electrolytical deterioration, and to prevent "freeze up"
of moving joints.
D. Glazing: Specified in Section 08800 - GLAZING.
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Field check for water leakage shall conform to AAMA 501.2-83.
Operating doors and windows shall be tested in the same manner as
fixed wall areas. There shall be no water leakage. Provide scaffold,
hose, water supply, and manpower to perform at least three successful
tests, plus any unsuccessful tests. Remedial measures shall maintain
standards of quality and durability and are subject to approval by
Architect.
3.4 CLEANING
A. Clean completed system, inside and out, promptly after erection and
installation of glass and sealants (allow for nominal cure of liquid
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 08902-7
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 08902
ALUMINUM WINDOW WALLS (REVISED)
sealants). Window wall installer shall advise Contractor of proper
and adequate protection and cleaning procedures during remainder of
construction period, so that system will be without damage and
deterioration at time of acceptance.
B. At time of substantial completion, clean window wall system thoroughly
and polish glass. Demonstrate proper cleaning methods and materials
to Owner's maintenance personnel.
********************
END OF SECTION 08902
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 08902-8
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 09830
ELASTOMERIC COATING
41
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Elastomeric coatings over exterior surfaces.
a. Clean, fill and seal all cracks and pin holes in the wall
surface.
b. Apply elastomeric waterproof coating to exterior cement
................ plaster.,._ masonry, precast concrete and concrete surfaces.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Submit manufacturer's certification indicating elastomeric coating
conforms to or exceeds requirements of this section.
B. Applicator: Acceptable to manufacturer. Minimum of 3 years of
successful application of elastomeric coatings of types required on
substrates similar to those of this project.
C. Control joint sealant shall be compatible with and as recommended by
elastomeric coating manufacturer.
D. Primer -sealers shall be acceptable to the coating manufacturer.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data
1. Include detailed chemical analysis and test results of material
applied to surfaces similar to requirements of this Section.'
2. Submit manufacturer's instructions for methods and application
procedures.
3. Certification of compliance with Quality Assurance portion of
this Section.
4. Submit written certification from the elastomeric coating
manufacturer that sealant selected is acceptable to the
manufacturer.
B. Mock -Up: Refer to Sections 03412 - PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS and 03490
- PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELLS for field mock-up.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Mock -Up: Refer to Section 04200 - UNIT MASONRY for field mock-up.
1.5 WARRANTY
A. Applicator shall warranty the areas treated to be watertight for a
period of 5 years. Comply with elastomeric manufacturers inspection
and warranty procedures. Warranty shall include total square feet of
surface area treated plus total gallons applied. Within 30 days of
written notification of deficiencies, remedy and repair defects at no
cost to the Owner. Owner shall allow manufacturers access to inspect
defects.
B. Comply with elastomeric coating manufacturer requirements for warranty
provisions. Give notice to manufacturer technical representatives to
review substrates and installation procedures.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 09830-1
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 09900
PAINTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
I. Interior materials, including but not limited to the
a. Gypsum wallboard
b. Plaster
C. Cement plaster
d. Metal doors and frames
e. Special doors trim
f. Access panels
g. Security products
h. Electrical panels located in finished areas
i. Exposed electrical conduit in finished areas
j. Exposed plumbing and sprinkler piping located
areas.
k. Exposed ductwork in finished areas
1. Exposed grilles, registers and diffusers
M. Concrete block/Concrete surfaces
n. Electrical plug molds
o. Railings
p. Ladders
q. Metal stairs
r. Fixed detention furniture and anchors.
s.. Metal countertops_ and metal support partitions.
.-
following:
in finished
2. Exterior materials;:.:.including but not limited`to tie following:
a. Exterior metal doors and frames
b. Rooftop mechanical equipment
C. Rooftop access doors
d. Exposed exterior mechanical equipment
e. Exposed exterior structural steel for mechanical equipment
support.
f. Basketball key - paint lines
1) NCAA regulation standards.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Materials List:
1. Before delivery to site, submit a complete list of materials
proposed to be furnished and installed under this portion of
work.
B. Samples:
1. Prepare and deliver to Architect, 16" x 16" samples of each paint
color on 1/4" gypsum wallboard, of colors selected by Architect.
2. Prepare and deliver to Architect 4" x 4" samples of each wood
stain selected on 1/4" red oak panels, finished as described by
this Section.
3. Provide reviewed stain samples to Section 08211 for use in
establishing finish of wood doors.
C. Paint Formulations:
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 09900-1
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 10200
LOUVERS AND VENTS
Al
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Extruded aluminum louvers
a. Stationary wall louvers
b. Operating wall louvers
C. Head and sill flashings
d. Insect screening
e. Extended sills
f. Insulated blank -off panels.
g. Attachment angles/fasteners/
assembly.
components for a complete
h. Steel security grille, grating and framework.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. AMCA 500 - (Air Movement Council Association) Test Method for Louvers,
Dampers, and Shutters.
B. ASTM B221 - Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Shapes, and
Tubes.
C. ASTM A167 - Stainless and Heat -Resisting Chromium -Nickel Steel Plate.
D. ASTM A526 - Steel Sheet, Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot -Dip
Process, Commercial Quality.
E. ASTM A527 - Sheet Steel, Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot -Dip
Process, Lock -Forming Quality.
F. ASTM B209 - Aluminum -Alloy Sheet and Plate.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data:
1. Submit manufacturer's specifications, certified test data, where
applicable; and installation instructions for required products,
including finishes.
B. Shop Drawings:
1. Submit Shop Drawings for fabrication and erection of louver units
and accessories. Include plans, elevations and details of
sections and connections to adjoining work. Indicate materials,
finishes, fasteners, joinery and other information to determine
compliance with specified requirements.
C. Samples:
1. Submit 6" square Samples of each required finish. Prepare
samples on metal of same gage and alloy to be used in the work.
Where normal color and texture variations are to be expected,
include two or more units in each sample showing the limits of
such variations.
1.4
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Design Requirements
1. The system shall
deflection under
perform with
windload of
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 10200-1
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 10606
SECURITY FENCING ASSEMBLY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.2 REFERENCES
A. CLFMI - Chain Link Manufacturers Institute Standards
B. ASTM A-90 - Standard Test for Weight of Coating on Zinc -Coated
(Galvanized) Iron or Steel.
C. ASTM A 392 - Zinc -Coated Steel Chain -Link Fence Fabric
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. For installation of chain link fencing, use personnel completely
trained and experienced in installation of approved materials and
thoroughly familiar with original design and reviewed shop drawings.
B. Comply with Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute standards
(CLFMI).
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit Shop Drawings and manufacturers literature indicating sizes,
spacing and location of members; general construction and anchorage
details.
1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Use means necessary to protect chain link fencing materials before,
during, and after installation.
B. In event of damage, immediately notify Architect and make repairs and
replacements necessary as approved by Architect and at no additional
cost to Owner.
1.5 STRUCTURAL PERFORMANCE
A. Fabric Breaking Load:1,290 lbs. ; 7 <' minimum.
B. Total maximum deadload deflection: 6`�................
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Fabric, Frame and Major Components of Fence: Fabricated of galvanized
steel.
B. Zinc Coating: Per ASTM A-392: "Zinc Coated Steel Chain Link Fabric"
Class 2.
C. Fence shall bear quality seal of CLFMI. Size of components with
regard to fence span: in accordance with tables established by CLFMI.
D. Materials and accessories: products of same manufacturer.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 10606-1
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 10606 SECURITY FENCING ASSEMBLY
E. Fabric:
1. Wire, helically wound and interwoven to provide continuous mesh
without knots and ties except in form of knuckling or of twisting
and barbing ends of wires to form selvage of fabric.
2. Mesh weave of 2 inch.
3. Furnished with twisting and barbing on both selvages.
F. Tension fret. er) Bar:
1. One-piece lengths equal to full width of fabric with a minimum
cross-sectir of 3/16" inch by 3/4" inch, galvanized (1.0 oz/ft2
± 0.1 oz/ft according to ASTM A-90).
G. Galvanized Steel Pipe Framing: 2-7/8" O.D. with 50,000 psi minimum
yield strength. Comply with ASTM A669.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Prior to work of this Section, examine installed work of other trades
and verify that such work is complete to point where this installation
may properly commence.
B. Work required to accurately stake out fence line shall be performed by
this Section.
C. Install fencing in strict accordance with original design and reviewed
shop drawings, anchoring components in accordance with manufacturer's
published recommendations.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Fence: Installed at elevation(s) established on drawings. Ground
between precast concrete joist: cut or filled as required to provide
uniform clearance of 2 inches between fabric and faces of adjacent
materials.
B. Install steel pipe framing: 8' maximum spacing. Locate and stagger
end joints on centerline of precast joint. Secure with expansion
bolts and U-shaped straps.
C. Fabric shall be fastened to precast concrete joist and walls with
stretcher bars and fabric bands and anchors, maximum spacing center to
center of 15".
D. Fasten fabric to top surface of precast and steel framing, maximum
spacing 15" o.c. with 9 gage galvanized hook ties.
E. Locate selvages on precast joist and overlap 6". Secure with tie wire
to 1-5/8" rails.
F. Fabric: Tighten to provide smooth uniform appearance. Join rolls of
fabric by weaving single strand into ends of rolls to form continuous
mesh.
3.3 TOUCH UP FINISH
A. Touch -Up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: Federal Specification TT-P-
641.
********************
END OF SECTION 10606
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 10606-2
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
Al
SECTION 11110 LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT
D. Primer coating for metal: FS TT-PP-86, Type suitable for baking where
indicated.
E. Enamel for Metal: Synthetic type, FS TT-P-491, type suitable for baking
where indicated.
F. Sound Deadening: Heavy -bodied resinous coating, filled with granulated
cork or other resilient material, compounded for permanent, non -flaking
adhesion to metal in a 1/8 inch thick coating.
2.7 HARDWARE
A. General: Manufacturer's standard, but not less than BHMA Std. 201 type 2
(institutional), satin finish stainless steel or dull chrome finish or dull
chrome finish or brass, bronze, or steel.
1. Cabinet catches: Heavy duty magnetic type, except as otherwise
indicated.
2. Drawer Slides: Ball -Bearing type, side -mounting, selfclosing.
3. Sliding Door Hardware: Overhead track with tandem nylon wheel hangers
for door leaves over 5 sq. ft. area, rollerless sanitary slides for
............................ mal l er___doors (comply with NSF Standards) .
2.8 CASTERS
A. General: Type and size indicated or, if not indicated, as recommended by
caster manufacturer for the type and weight of equipment supported, but not
less than 4 inch diameter with 15/16 inch tread width, with sealed
self-lubricating ball bearings, cadmium -plated steel disc wheels and solid
polyurethane tires. Provide stainless steel horns and accessories. Unless
other wise indicated, equip each item with 4 swivel -type casters and
provide foot brakes on 2 casters on opposite corners of equipment.
B. Caster Bumpers: Unless equipment item is equipped with another form of
all-around protective bumper provide circular rotating bumper above each
caster, 5 inch diameter tire of light grey synthetic rubber (hollow or
closed -cell) on cadmium -plated disc.
2.9 PLUMBING FITTING, TRIM AND ACCESSORIES
A. General: Where exposed or semi -exposed, provide bright chrome plated brass
or polished stainless steel units. Provide copper or brass where not
exposed.
B. Water Outlets: At sinks and at other locations where water is supplied (by
manual, automatic or remote control), provide commercial quality faucets,
valves, dispensers of fill devices, or the type and size indicated and as
required to operate as indicated. Include manual cut-off valves and
connecting stem pipes to permit outlet servicing without shut -down of
water supply piping systems. Plumbing features by T&S Faucets, Fisher
Faucets and Chicago Faucets are approved.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 11110-4
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 11205
ADDRESS PANELS
2.5 POWER SUPPLIES
A. U.L. Listed/Recognized
B. Industrially Rated
C. Short Circuit Protected
D. Regulated, Computer Grade
E. Built -In EMI Filtering
F. Backboard located
G. Automatic recovery upon removal of an overload condition.
H. Minimum efficiency of 70% at full load and nominal AC input voltage.
I. Operating temperature of 0°C to +50°C ambient.
J. Internal Transient Voltage and Surge Suppression.
2.6 POWER DISTRIBUTION
A. Primary power to enclosure to be barrier strip terminated with anti -
shorting protection.
B. Provide circuit breakers of series trip construction.
C. Visual on/off/tripped indicator required on each circuit breaker.
2.7 FANS AND FILTERS
A. Equip cabinets/enclosures requiring cooling fans with internally
mounted fans)/blower(s) with re -usable air filters.
B. Each fan: rated at 105 cfm.
C. Provide aluminum or zinc venturi blocks (for durability and maximum
heat transfer).
D. Designed for 20,000 hours of continuous operation without lubrication
or service.
E. Provide split capacitor type motors, thermally protected.
F. Provide finger guards on both sides of impeller.
G. Provide rigid frame.
2.8 LOCKING SYSTEM
A. Provide three point latching operated by oil -tight keylocking handle.
B. Equip latch rods with rollers.
C. Key -alike the related system enclosures/cabinets throughout the
facility.
D. Provide Owner with six spare keys for each key type.
2.9 INTERNAL LIGHTING
A. Equip enclosure with an interior light designed to illuminate cabinet
interior.
2.10 CONVENIENCE OUTLET
A. Equip each cabinet/enclosure with a 20 amp, 115 volt grounded duplex
convenience outlet.
B. The convenience outlet shall not serve other security equipment within
the enclosure.
2.11 WIRING DUCT
A. Separate the components and terminal strips within the enclosure by
rigid vinyl PVC wiring duct (to facilitate cabling).
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 11205-4
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 11206 RELAY CABINETS
2.6 CIRCUIT PROTECTION
A. Protect the control circuits from the Programmable Logic Controller
with slow blow fuses.
B. Protect separately, the control circuits from the relays out to the
devices using fast blow fuses.
2.7 STATUS INDICATION
A. Provide a green AC power indicator light, flush mounted on the front
door of the enclosure. The light shall indicate that primary power is
available to the relay panel.
2.8 SIZING
A. Size enclosure based on the current requirements plus 20% future
expandability.
B. Install rigid vinyl (PVC) open slot wiring duct vertically on both
sides of the enclosure.
C. Install rigid vinyl (PVC) open slot wiring duct horizontally between
the rows of components.
2.9 LOCK
A. Provide lock requiring quarter -turn (90°) to open or close.
B. Provide internal and external 0-ring to assure water -tight and dust -
tight seal.
C. Key: .7mm triangle insert, recessed for tamper resistance.
D. Key -alike the related system cabinets throughout the facility.
E. Provide Owner with 6 spare keys for each keyed types.
--------------------- -
2.10 MARKINGS/IDENTIFICATION
A. Separately identify each relay cabinet with enlarged labels lettered
with no less than 1" high, block style letters. Attach lables to
cabinet doors/covers utilizing 10/24 screws and nuts. Screw length
must be cut according to label/cabinet thickness and rough ends filed
smooth.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine the surfaces, anchors and ground that are to receive
materials, fixtures, assemblies, components and equipment. Report
unsatisfactory conditions in writing to the Architect.
3.2 COORDINATION
A. Provide coordination with other Divisions of this Project Manual for
the installation of the relay panel and other components for a
complete operational relay panel assembly.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Coordinate delivery of enclosure with other Sections of this Project
Manual to facilitate mounting, terminations of conduits, and pulling
of cables/conductors.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 11206-4
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 11218 OPERATIONAL INTERCOM SYSTEM
B. For each quarterly maintenance period, provide written notification to
the Owner of the systems condition before and after service, exact
components that were tested and serviced, and overall status of the
system.
1.13 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Provide Owner with one amplifier to be maintained as a spare.
B. Provide Owner with two slave intercom stations to be maintained as
spares.
C.
Provide Owner with six
headsets
and connecting plugs as spares.
D.
Provide Owner with six
handsets
and connecting plugs as spares.
E.
Provide Owner with one
factory
box for each component, addressed to
the manufacturer to facilitate
factory return for repair.
F.
Provide Owner with
written
procedures for obtaining return
authorizations.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.2 SLAVE STATIONS
A. Interconnect slave intercom stations through the Programmable Logic
Controller input/output's with automatic and manual switching
performed by touchscreen Central Processing Unit.
B. Activation of slave intercom call -button will generate an event at the
assigned Central Processing Unit and display(s) intercom station
graphic symbol on the graphic floor plan display.
C. Touchscreen Central Processing Unit will be capable of connecting one
or more of the slave intercom stations directly to one or both of the
operator console headsets/handsets.
D. Slave station call buttons are to be double -pole, single throw,
momentary dry contacts, moisture and damage proof, switch is to be
attached by an internal bracket that protects the switch against the
call button being overdriven, thus preventing damage and/or permanent
contact closure.
E. Slave intercom to have a variable power rating of 1 to 15 watts.
F. Slave intercom to consist of 4" horn type speaker/microphone, water
and flame resistant with high efficiency driver mounted on 3/16"
stainless steel plate sized to cover any gaps resulting from rough -in
of backbox, designed for correctional/institution environment with
torx with peg type security hardware, flush mounted to a standard 6"
square backbox or security metal door frame.
G. Slave intercom units assigned to outdoor locations and pedestal
mounting must be weatherproof, with windscreen protection of the
microphone.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 11218-3
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
Al
SECTION 11400 C'
2.6 PAINT AND COATINGS
FdOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT
A. General: Provide the types of painting and coating materials which,
after drying or curing are suitable for use in conjunction with Food
Service, and which are durable non -toxic, non -dusting, non -flaking,
mildew resistant and comply with governing regulations for Food
Service.
B. Galvanized Repair Paint: MIL-P-21035.
C. Pretreatment: SSPC-PT2 or PT3.
D. Primer coating for metal: FS TT-PP-86, Type suitable for baking where
indicated.
E. Enamel for Metal: Synthetic type, FS TT-P-491, type suitable for
baking where indicated.
F. Sound Deadening: Heavy -bodied resinous coating, filled with
granulated cork or other resilient material, compounded for permanent,
non -flaking adhesion to metal in a 1/8 inch thick coating.
2.7 HARDWARE
A. General: Manufacturer's standard, but not less than BHMA Std. 201
type 2 (institutional), satin finish stainless steel or dull chrome
finish or dull chrome finish or brass, bronze, or steel.
1. Cabinet catches: Heavy duty magnetic type, except as otherwise
indicated.
2. Drawer Slides: Ball -Bearing type, side -mounting, selfclosing.
3. Sliding Door Hardware: Overhead track with tandem nylon wheel
hangers for door leaves over 5 sq. ft. area, rollerless sanitary
slides for smaller doors (comp:l_y with NSF Standards).
2.8 CASTERS
A. General: Type and size indicated or, if not indicated, as recommended
by caster manufacturer for the type and weight of equipment supported,
but not less than 4 inch diameter with 15/16 inch tread width, with
sealed self-lubricating ball bearings, cadmium -plated steel disc
wheels and solid polyurethane tires. 'Provide stainless steel horns and
accessories. Unless other wise indicated, equip each item with 4
swivel -type casters and provide foot brakes on 2 casters on opposite
corners of equipment.
B. Caster Bumpers: Unless equipment item is equipped with another form
of all-around protective bumper provide circular rotating bumper above
each caster, 5 inch diameter tire of light grey synthetic rubber
(hollow or closed -cell) on cadmium -plated disc.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 11400-8
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 14240 HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Hydraulic elevator with cathodic protection of the cylinder
2. Fire rated hoistway frames and doors.
3. Hoistway accessories including ladders, grating, guide rail
brackets and supports, deflector shields, sill supports and sill
angles.
a. To the requirements of Section 05500 - METAL FABRICATIONS.
4. Hoistway divider beams.
a. To the requirements of Section 05500 - METAL FABRICATIONS.
5. Telephones and cabinets.
6. Elevator override switches.
1.2 DESCRIPTION
A. Description of System:
I. Hydraulic passenger elevator(s).
B. Related Work Described in Other Sections:
1. Hoistway,. including pit, drains, lights, access doors, and
waterproofing. Machine room, lighting, ventilation and heat to
maintain the room at temperature of 50°F minimum to 100°F
maximum, and as verified by the elevator manufacturer.
2. Adequate supports and foundations to carry the loads of all
equipment.
3. Provisions for connections from power mains to each controller or
motor generator set starter, signal equipment feeders, including
circuit breakers and fused mainline disconnect switches.
4. Electrical outlets in the elevator machine room as shown on
layout drawings.
5. Emergency power, of proper characteristics to run elevators in
event of failure of normal power supply. Necessary transfer
switches from Normal to Emergency supply on elevator feeder and
wiring as specified in Division 16 - Electrical from the transfer
switches to elevator controller.
6. Heat and smoke detectors at elevator lobbies except main floor.
Two wires from each detector to elevator controllers.
7. Advise the Architect with all necessary details of any
additional items of work by other sections that will be required.
If no exceptions are noted at the time of bidding, pay the cost
of all modifications to suit the equipment design.
8. Security cameras in each elevator cab. Furnish wires in
traveling cable for camera hook-up.
9. Intercom: Furnish wires in traveling cable for hook-up.
1.3 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Designs, clearances, construction workmanship, and material shall be
in accordance with requirements of:
1. National Electric Code
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 14240-1
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 14240
HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS
2. American Standard Safety Code for Elevator, Dumbwaiters and
Escalators A17.1.
3. State of Florida Chapter 399.035; Elevator Accessibility
Requirements for the Physically Handicapped".
4. Accessibility Requirements Manual; "Florida Board of Building
Codes and Standards".
5. Florida Elevator Safety Code; Chapter 7C-5.
6. Federal, State, and Local codes as may be applicable.
7. American Standard Safety Code (A.S.E.) shall govern except where
applicable codes supersede A.S.E. Code by legal jurisdiction or
more rigid requirements.
B. Incorporate safety devices needed for proper operation and as
required by governing authorities.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Manufacturer's Literature: Submit manufacturer's literature including
properly identified manufacturer's catalogs and specifications and
printed installation directions.
B. Samples:
1. Cab interior cuts.
2. Hoistway entrance cuts.
3. Finish samples for each item to be selected.
4. Signal Fixture cuts.
C. Dimensional Shop Drawings:
1. Machine Room Plans:
a. Location of equipment.
b. Service connections.
C. Loads.
2. Hoistway Sections for Each Elevator:
a. Vertical and Horizontal:
1) Bracket spacing.
2) Estimated forces on rails.
3) Estimated forces in pit.
1.5 TEMPORARY SERVICE
A. Should the service of any elevator be required before completion and
final acceptance, permission in writing must first be obtained from
the Architect.
1.6 MAINTENANCE SERVICE
A. Provide maintenance and call-back service on each elevator after it
is placed in operation for a period of 12 months. Service to
consist of examinations of equipment, adjustments, lubrication,
cleaning, supplies and parts to keep equipment in proper operation,
except such adjustments, parts or repairs made necessary by abuse,
misuse or any other causes beyond control of contractor. Work will
be done by trained employees of contractor during regular working
hours of trade. Furnish full maintenance proposal with first years
price, guaranteed.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 14240-2
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 14240 HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications: Either the elevator manufacturer or a licensee of the
manufacturer who has not less than five years successful experience
with the installation of similar elevators. Manufacturer shall be
engaged in the manufacturer of the complete elevator system including
door operator, valve, controller, silencer, jack unit, car enclosure
and entrances.
PART 2 = PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. The following manufacturers are approved:
1. DOVER CORPORATION (Basis of Design)
2. OTIS ELEVATOR COMPANY
3. MONTGOMERY ELEVATOR
4. Architect approved equivalent.
2.2 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. General
1. Color and finishes as selected by.Architect.
2. Exposed Fasteners: Torx-with-peg security screws.
B. Comply with Florida Elevator Safety Code, Chapter 7C-5 including
plastic containment of the hydraulic cylinder (for electrolysis
protection).
C. Elevators #1 and #2
1. Hydraulic passenger elevator: MARQUIS 25
2. 2500 # Capacity with Class A loading
3. 125 FPM Speed VP; 150 FPM Down Max
4. 25'-2" feet travel
5. 2 landings (ground and second)
6. 2 openings, each, in line.
7. Machine: Hydraulic
8. Guide Rails: Planed steel
9. Buffers: Spring
10. Car Platform: 6'-8"W x 4'-3"D
11. Operation: Selective Collective
12. Door Operation: High speed, heavy duty
operator (minimum opening speed 2-1/2 FPS)
13. Entrance: 3'-6"W x 7'-0"H
14. Entrance Type: Single speed
type, master DC door
15. Door Protection: Safety edge and double light rays.
16. Motor Control:
17. Cab Design: Designer Series
a. Floor - Vinyl Composition Tile
b. Ceiling - Translucent panels with fluorescent lighting
above.
C. Walls - Rigidtex SWL
d. Handrails - 2" S.S. Satin bar on rear wall only.
18. Car Doors: S.S. Satin
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 14240-3
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS
SECTION 14240
C.
19. Car Front: S.S. Satin
20. Hoistway Frame and Metal Closure: S.S. Satin
21. Hoistway Doors: S.S. Satin
22. Signals: Vandal Resistant Design illuminating
pushbuttons. Position indicator in each car. Car
Cabinet: vandal resistant. All handicapped
requirements, hall lanterns.
23. Additional Features: Emergency car lighting, car
station, independent service, pit ladders and
angles.
Elevators #3
1. Hydraulic passenger elevator: KINGSWOOD 40
2. 4000 # Capacity with Class a loading.
3. 100 FPM Speed
4. 13'-0" feet travel
5. 2 landings (first and second)
6. 2 openings, each, in line.
7. Machine: Hydraulic
8. Guide Rails: Planed steel
9. Buffers: Spring
10. Car Platform: 5'-4"W x 7'-9-1/2"D (inside)
11. Operation: Selective collective
hall and car
telephone and
code signal
top inspection
sill support
12. Door Operation: High speed, heavy duty type, master DC door
operator (minimum opening speed 2-1/2 FPS).
13. Entrance: 4'-0"W x 7'-0"H
14. Entrance Type: Two speed
15. Door Protection: Safety edge and double light rays.
16-. Motor Control:
17. Cab Design: Designer Series
a. Floor - Vinyl Composition Tile
b. Ceiling - Translucent panels with fluorescent lighting
above.
C. Walls - Rigidtex SWL
d. Handrails - 2" S.S. Satin bar on side walls.
e. Control Panel - Advanced type panel with raised markings.
18. Car Doors: S.S. Satin
19. Car Front: S.S. Satin
21. Hoistway Frame and Metal Closure: S.S. Satin
22. Hoistway Doors: S.S. Satin
23. Signals: Vandal Resistant Design illuminating hall and car
pushbuttons. Position indicator in each car. Car Telephone and
Cabinet: Vandal resistant. All handicapped code signal
requirements, car riding lantern.
24. Additional Features: Emergency car lighting, car top inspection
station, independent service, pit ladder and sill support angles.
D. Elevators #4 and #5 (Inmate)
1. Hydraulic passenger elevator: MARQUIS 25
2. 2500 # Capacity
3. 100 FPM Speed
4. 12'-2" feet travel
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 14240-4
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 14240
HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS
5. 2 landings (ground and first)
6. 3 openings, each, two front/one rear.
7. Machine: Hydraulic
8. Guide Rails: Planed steel
9. Buffers: Spring
10. Car Platform: 6'-8"W x 4'-3"D
11. Operation: Selective Collective
12. Door Operation: High speed, heavy duty type, master DC door
operator (minimum opening speed 2-1/2 FPS).
13. Entrance: 3'-6"W x 7'-0"H
14. Entrance Type: Single speed
15. Door Protection: Safety edge and double light rays.
16. Motor Control:
17. Cab Design: Designer Series
a. Floor - Vinyl Composition Tile
b. Ceiling - Steel with white baked enamel finish.
C. Walls - Rigidtex SWL
d. Handrails - 2" S.S. Satin bar on side walls.
e. Lighting - Cove
18. Car Doors: S.S. Satin
19. Car Front: S.S. Satin
20. Hoistway Frame and Metal Closure: S.S. Satin
21. Hoistway Doors: S.S. Satin
22. Signals: Vandal Resistant Design illuminating hall and car
pushbuttons. Position indicator in each car. Car direction
indicators above hoistway doors. Intercom face plate: vandal
resistant. All handicapped code signal requirements, car riding
lantern.
23. Additional Features: Emergency car lighting, car top inspection
station, independent service, pit ladders and sill support
angles. Provide coaxial cable with two shielded pairs for car
security, pit ladders, sill support angles and independent
service. Mortise type key switch operation with momentary
operation next to each floor car call button in main car station.
E. Elevators #6 and #7 (Service)
1. Hydraulic passenger elevator: KINGSWOOD 40
2. 4000 # Capacity
3. 125 FPM Speed
4. 25'-2" feet travel
5. 3 landings (ground, first and second)
6. 3 openings, two front/one rear.
7. Machine: Hydraulic
8. Guide Rails: Planed steel
9. Buffers: Spring
10. Car Platform: 5'-4"W x 7'-9-1/2"D
11. Operation: Selective Collective
12. Door Operation: High speed, heavy duty type, master DC door
operator (minimum opening speed 2-1/2 FPS).
13. Entrance: 4'-0"W x 7'-0"H
14. Entrance Type: Single speed
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 14240-5
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 14240 HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS
15. Door Protection: Safety edge and double light rays.
16. Motor Control:
17. Cab Design: Designer Series
a. Floor - Vinyl Composition Tile
b. Ceiling - Steel with white baked enamel finish.
C. Walls - Rigidtex SWL
d. Handrails - 2" S.S. Satin bar on side walls.
e. Lighting - Cove
18. Car Doors: S.S. Satin
19. Car Front: S.S. Satin
20. Hoistway Frame and Metal Closure: S.S. Satin
21. Hoistway Doors: S.S. Satin
22. Signals: Vandal Resistant Design illuminating hall and car
pushbuttons. Position indicator in each car. Car direction
indicators above hoistway doors. Intercom face plate: vandal
resistant. All handicapped code signal requirements, car riding
lantern.
23. Additional Features: Emergency car lighting, car top inspection
station, independent service, pit ladders and sill support
angles. Provide coaxial cable with two shielded pairs for car
security, pit ladders, sill support angles and independent
service. Mortise type key switch operation with momentary
operation next to each floor car call button in main car station.
2.3 SPECIAL EMERGENCY SERVICE
A: Phase I:
1. A three (3) position key operated switch will be provided at a
predesignated (main or lobby) floor of the elevator or of each
group of elevators. When the switch is placed in the on
position, or if sensors (provided by others) operate all
elevators controlled by this switch, the sensors will return the
elevator non-stop to the main floor and the doors will open and
remain open.
2. An elevator traveling away from the main floor will reverse at
the next available floor, without opening its doors, and proceed
to the main floor without stopping for car or hall calls.
3. Door reopening devices for power operated doors (Rule 112.5 of
the ANSI 17.1 Code) which may be affected by smoke or heat, so
to prevent door closing will be rendered inoperative.
4. Elevators standing at a floor other than the main floor will
close their doors, and proceed to the main floor without stop-
ping for car or hall calls.
5. The hall buttons will be rendered inoperative.
6. The elevators may be restored to normal operation by furnishing
the lobby key switch to the off position.
7. Once the car has started to return, the emergency stop switch
will be disconnected.
8. Product of combustion sensors (furnished and installed by others)
will initiate the foregoing operation by providing a signal to
terminals on the elevator controller. A third position on the
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 14240-6
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 14240 HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS
lobby key switch will by-pass such sensors. The key will not be
removable in this third position.
B. Phase II:
1. A key switch designed for a key acceptable to local authorities
will be provided in or adjacent to the car operating panel of
each elevator. This switch when operated, will initiate the
following special service:
a. The elevator will be operated only by a person in the car,
and will not respond to hall calls.
b. . Operation will be by registering one or more calls in the
car and causing the doors to close by operating the door
close button. Release of pressure on the button prior to
full close will allow the doors to immediately reopen.
C. Car calls operated in error will be reset by momentary
operation of the initiating key switch.
d. Upon completion of door close, the car will run to the car
floor and stop with doors closed. Door open will be by
constant pressure of the door open buttons; if pressure is
released prior to full open, the doors will immediately
reclose.
e. Once fully opened, the doors will remain open, until
closing is initiated per (Para No. 2).
f. Special Emergency Service will be terminated by placing the
key operated switch in the car in the "OFF" position.
2. Floor numbers will be stenciled on the inside of hoistway doors
and walls of each elevator so they may be seen with the car doors
open, numbers to be not less than 4 inches in height.
3. The elevator contractor will supply the text for operating
instructions which will permanently be mounted adjacent to the
main lobby key switch by others. The lettering shall be
reproduced not less than 1/4" high, per A17.1 Code.
2.4 ELEVATOR SIGNAGE:
A. As an aid to the blind, 3/8" high BRAILLE identification representing
the function of each button shall be permanently embossed in the
operating panel face surface adjacent to each button for car and
corridor operating devices. Stainless steel braille plates overlaid
on panel surface are not acceptable. Provide stainless steel
bearings, shot or studs set permanently in drilled braille pattern in
surface of car or corridor panel.
B. All elevator call -button plates in all elevator lobbies and within the
elevator cab shall bear the following copy:
IN FIRE
EMERGENCY
DO NOT USE
ELEVATORS
USE EXIT STAIRS
All copy shall be machined or photo -engraved copy directly onto the
panel surface and enamel filled. Copy shall be 1/2" Helvetica medium,
initial caps and lower case with tight letter spacing. Copy shall
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 14240-7
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 14240
HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS
be set 5/8" O.C. vertically with one line space operating first line
of copy from top edge of plate. Copy shall be flush left, inset 1/2"
(minimurv) from left edge of plate. Copy color to be selected by
Architect.
C. Elevator door jambs shall bear a raised numeral copy indicating the
respective floor level where located. Copy shall be 1/8" blind
raised embossed metal, 4" character height Helvetica medium. Copy
shall be centered horizontally on each door jamb width 60" AFF. Copy
shall be same finish as elevator door jamb.
D. Elevator cabs shall bear a 4" diameter "NO SMOKING" symbol per Florida
Code. Symbol shall conform to color, layout and proportions of the
United States Department of Transportation symbol consisting of a red
circle/ slash,black image, white ground. Copy shall be photo or
machine engraved with enamel fill or subsurface copy on surfaced
mounted plaque mounted 60" AFF adjacent to door opening. Plaques
shall be permanently mounted with concealed fasteners.
2.5 HOISTWAY ENTRANCES
A. Summary: Provide complete entrances with the clear dimensions
indicated, bearing fire labels per the ANSI A17.1 code requirements.
B. Frames: No. 14 U.S. gage steel (stainless steel at indicated
openings) with raised stainless steel floor designations located at a
height of 60" above the floor. Designations shall be permanently
attached on contrasting color background and 2-1/2" high raised .030"
of a lettering, Arabic numeral style and color indicated on the
contract drawings or as selected.
C. Door Panels: No. 16 U.S. gage steel (stainless steel at indicated
openings) with 2 removable gibs located 12" on.center per panel.
Provide leading edges of center -opening doors with rubber astragals to
cushion closing impact. Door gibs shall be in sill groove their
entire length of travel.
D. Sight Guards: No. 14 gage, same material and finish as door panels.
E. Sill: Extruded aluminum
F. Fascia, Toe Guards, Deflector Shields, Dust and Hanger Covers: No. 14
U.S. gage furniture steel with Manufacturer's standard flat black
enamel finish.
G. Struts and Headers: Provide for necessary support of entrances and
related material. Provide door opening bumpers.
2.6 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Elevator Cab #1, 3, 5, and 7: Provide manufacturer's standard vinyl
covered removable wall pads. Provide permanent stainless steel
support pins.
B. Provide elevator override switch to shut down each elevator cab and
return it to a pre -determined floor level with doors opened. Locate
the switches in Room Number A-2000 Control. Coordinate type, location
and interface with Architect.
C. Provide telephone in cabinet and wires in traveling cable. Terminate
wires in a separate junction box adjacent to the elevator controller
for interfacing with other trades.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 14240-8
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 14240
HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS
D. Provide backbox, face plate and wires in traveling cable for intercom.
Terminate wires in a separate junction box adjacent to the elevator
controller for interfacing with other trades. Coordinate interface
with intercom equipment.
E. Provide backbox, face plate, reinforcement and wires in traveling
cable for security cameras. Terminate wires in a separate junction
box adjacent to the elevator controller for interfacing with other
trades. Coordinate interface with security camera equipment.
F. Metal deflector shields at interior of elevator hoistway for
projections exceeding 2". Provide minimum of 20 gage metal
deflectors, stiffeners and fasteners.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Examine work of other trades on which the work of this Section
depends. Report defects to Architect in writing which may affect work
of this trade or equipment operation.
B. Ensure that shafts and openings for moving equipment are plumb, level
and in line and that pit is to proper depth, waterproofed and drained
with necessary access doors, cylinder opening,and ladder.
C. Ensure that machine room is properly illuminated, heated and
ventilated and equipment foundations correctly located complete with
floor and access door.
D. Before fabrication, take necessary job site measurements and verify
wherework is governed by other trades. Check measurements of space
for equipment and means of access for installation and operation.
Obtain dimensions from site for preparation of shop drawings.
E. Ensure the following preparatory work, provided under other Sections
has been properly completed to receive the elevator work:
1. Supply of electric feeder wires to the terminals of the elevator
control panel, including fused main line switch or circuit
breaker. Provision of hoistway outlets for car light, and for
light in pit and outlets in machine room for light. Furnishing
of electric power for testing and adjusting elevator equipment.
2. Provision of hoistway outlet for telephone.
3. Supply of power for emergency cab lighting and ventilation from
power panel specified in Division 16 and fed by the building
emergency circuits.
4. Machine room enclosed and protected from moisture, with lockable
door.
F. Supply in ample time for installation, inserts, anchors, pipe sleeves,
bearing plates, brackets, supports and bracing including setting
templates and diagrams for placement.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Perform work with competent mechanics skilled in this work and under
the direct control and supervision of the elevator manufacturer's
experienced foreman.
B. Set hoistway entrances in alignment with car openings and true with
plumb sill lines.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 14240-9
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 14240
HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS
C. Install machinery, guides, controls, car and equipment and accessories
in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, applicable codes and
standards to provide a quiet, smoothly operating installation, free
from sideways, oscillation, or vibration.
D. Excavate for plunger and cylinder, set in place plumb and accurate and
enclose with 3000 psi concrete. Install cathodic protection system
and test to ensure working before placing concrete.
E. Mount machine immediately adjacent to hoistway on concrete foundation
provided under Section 03300. Isolate and dampen machine vibration
with properly sized sound -reducing anti -vibration pads.
F. Install and hook-up piping between machine and cylinder.
G. Erect hoistway sills, headers and frames prior to erection of rough
walls and doors; erect fascias and toe guards after rough walls
finished.
H. Provide, install, and coordinate sills and hoistway entrance frames.
Refer to Section 04200 - UNIT MASONRY FOR GROUTING.
I. Furnish and install stainless steel license holders in each elevator
car to suit certificate issued. Design holder with non -visible
tamper -proof fastenings.
J. Locate hall buttons and indicators as directed by Architect.
3.3 CLEANING
A. Prior to final acceptance remove protection from finished or
ornamental surfaces and clean and polish surfaces with due regard to
type of material.
B. At completion of work of this Section, remove tools, equipment and
surplus materials from site.
3.4 ADJUST AND BALANCE
A. Make necessary adjustments of equipment to ensure elevator operates
smoothly and accurately.
3.5 PROTECTION
A. Locate and protect movable equipment and controls in such a way that
they can only be operated by authorized persons.
3.6 INSPECTION
A. Obtain and pay for inspections and permits and make such tests as are
required by regulations of authorities.
1. Provide operation of elevators as required to acquire inspections
of Authorities having Jurisdiction.
B. Final inspection shall be after elevator installation, hoisting
enclosure and machine room are Complete.
C. Inspect installation in accordance with ANSI A17.2.
D. Deliver test certificates and permits to Architect.
********************
END OF SECTION 14240
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 14240-10
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 15000
GENERAL PROVISIONS
A
1.15 ACCESS PANELS
A. Access panels: -Refer to Section 08305. Coordinate locations of access
panels with work of this Division and other trades, as reviewed and
approved by the Architect.
1.16 SLEEVES
A. Sleeves passing through non -load bearing or non -fire rated walls and
partitions shall be galvanized sheet steel with lock seam joints of
minimum gauges as follows: for pipes 2-1/2" size and smaller - 24
gauge; 3" to 6" -22 gauge; over 6" - 20 gauge.
B. Sleeves passing through load bearing walls, concrete beams, fire rated
walls, foundations, footings and waterproof floors shall be Schedule
40 galvanized steel pipe or cast iron pipe.
C. Sleeves for insulated piping shall be of sufficient internal diameter
to take pipe and insulation and to allow for free movement of pipe.
Waterproof sleeves shall be of sufficient internal diameter to take
pipe and waterproofing material.
D. In finished areas where pipes are exposed, sleeves shall be terminated
flush with wall, partitions and ceilings, and shall extend 1/2" above
finished floors. Extend sleeves 1" above finished floors in areas
likely to entrap water.
E. Sleeves passing through membrane waterproofing or lead safing shall be
flashed as required to maintain the integrity of the wall system.
F. Sleeves passing through floors, smoke walls, fire walls and all other
fire and/or smoke rated partitions: provide sleeves and firestop and
penetration sealing system in accordance with the requirements of
Section 07272 - Firestop and Penetration Sealing System.
G. Non -rigid insulation for piping passing through smoke and/or fire
rated assemblies shall be interrupted and replaced with same equal
thickness framed 'om glass or hydrous calcium silicate for the
length of the sleeve Drily.
H. Pipe to wall penetration closures for underground pipe penetrations of
walls shall be "Link -Seal" as manufactured by THUNDERLINE CORPORATION
or Architect approved equivalent.
1.17 ESCUTCHEONS
A. Provide chrome plated escutcheons at each sleeved opening into
finished spaces. Escutcheons shall fit around insulation or around
pipe when not insulated; outside diameter shall cover sleeve. Where
sleeve extends above finished floor, escutcheon shall be high cap type
and shall clear sleeve extension. Secure escutcheons or plates to
sleeve but not to insulation with set screws or other approved
devices.
1.18 INSULATION PROTECTION
A. Where exposed insulated piping extends to floor, provide sheet metal
guard around insulation, as specified in Section 15252 - PIPE AND
EQUIPMENT INSULATION.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER .15000-7
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 15110
HEAT TRACE SYSTEM
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Apply heat trace element linearly along piping.
B. Secure heat trace element to piping as recommended by manufacturer.
C. Affix signage to exterior of thermal insulation, indicating piping is
heat traced.
3.2 TESTING
A. After installation of heat trace element(s) and prior to installation
of thermal insulation, test for insulation resistance in accordance
with manufacturers installation instructions.
********************
END OF SECTION 15110
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 15110-2
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 15252 PIPE AND EQUIPMENT INSULATION
SERVICE TYPE INSULATION & THICKNESS
C. Air Handling Unit Type A, 1" thick all pipe sizes.
and Fan Coil Unit
Condensate Drain Lines
and horizontal portions of
downspout 1 i n e s
tt`
D. Underside of Roof Drain Type B and C, 1" thick.
E. Chilled water pumps, Type K, 2" thick.
expansion tank, air
separator, chillers (as
recommended by manufacturer)
F. All insulated piping Type E
exposed to weather
G. All insulated piping in Type E
fan rooms, mechanical
rooms, and energy center
from floor up to 6'-0" above
floor and where insulation
may be exposed to excessive
abuse chillers.
H. Standby generator engine Type L, 3" thick. Insulate
exhaust system, including as breeching
muffler, inside building to
underside of roof penetration.
.AIN
:.__
K. Domestic water heater stack Type L, 2" thick
3.3 GUARDS
A. Where exposed insulated piping extends to floor, provide sheet
metal guard around insulation to extend up from floor 24". Guard:
galvanized sheet steel not less than 26 gauge.
********************
END OF SECTION 15252
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 15252-4
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 15330
WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
B. Regulatory Requirements:
I. Sprinkler system design, equipment, materials, devices and
installation shall conform to NFPA Codes, and Requirements of
Governmental Bodies and Bureaus.
2. Current issue Building Code, City/County of Key West, Florida.
3. Local Fire Department
4. State Fire Marshal
5. City Building Department
6. Fire Insurance Rating Bureau
1.6 INSTRUCTION
A. Furnish typed instructions relative to sprinkler controls, alarm
device operations and emergency procedures.
B. Instructions shall be encased in a metal frame with glass or Lucite
cover and shall be permanently installed next to sprinkler riser main.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable manufacturers of sprinkler heads:
1. STAR
2. Architect approved equivalent.
2.2 PIPE MATERIAL
A. Above Ground Piping:
1. Piping shall be new, designed for 175 PSI working pressure and
approved for fire sprinkler installation.
2. 2" or Smaller Pipe: Black steel, Schedule 40, A53 or A120.
3. 2-1/2" or Larger Pipe: Black steel, Schedule 40, A53 or A120
and/or Schedule 10, A135.
4. Drain lines and piping exposed to weather shall be: Schedule 40,
A120 galvanized.
5. Threadable thinwall (XL) pipe will not be permitted.:
6. et6rY—flT;,ne93i„-a,--r—Bisi-ne-- Pi`*���r'«::�'I'�����f�ria«�rti
B. Fittings
...........................
.........................................-:::
:
1. Screwed Fittings: Standard approved, Class 125, cast iron or
Class 150 malleable iron.
2. Flanged Fittings: Approved, short body, Class 125, black cast
iron. Gaskets shall be full face, 1/8" minimum thickness red
rubber.
3. Welded Fittings: Of the approved type.
a. Welding: comply with NFPA requirements.
b. Field welding will not be permitted.
4. Flexible Couplings: Approved for grooved end connections
equivalent to Victaulic Styles 75 or 77. Uniform couplings to be
used throughout the project. Roll grooving only on Schedule 10
pipe.
5. "Slip on" fittings will not be permitted.
6. Only approved segmented fittings will be permitted.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 15330-2
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 15470 HOT WATER STORAGE HEATER
for field replacement should damage occur. The heat loss of the
insulated tank shall not exceed 14 BTU/HR per square foot of tank
surface area with not less than an ambient temperature of 65°F. The
minimum jacket heat loss acceptable must not exceed those of ASHRAE 90
standards. The entire water heater shall rest on heavy duty skids.
E. After all welding is completed protect the interior tank surfaces with
a continuous coating of polyshield, an elastomeric, polymerized,
hydrophobic cross -linked plastic for protection against rust and
corrosion. Magnesium rods will not be installed. Cement lining or
glass lining (porcelain enamel) with magnesium rods will not be
accepted as an equal.
F. Burner shall be a forced draft power type for operation with liquified
petroleum gas.with high fan curves that enable the burner to create an
overfire pressure in the turbopower module and all heating surfaces.
The burner shall have a cast aluminum housing and be certified by
Underwriters Laboratories. Burner and controls shall have a one year
cost free service policy where all material, labor and freight is paid
for by the manufacturer on defective parts. Provide gas train,
valves, cocks and regulator UL approved.
G. The entire water heater shall meet UL requirements, shall fit properly
in the space provided and shall conform to drawings and
specifications. The complete installation shall be in accordance with
applicable federal, state, and local codes and installation drawings.
H. Burner Control
I. Listing: The complete water heater shall be listed by Underwriters
Laboratories and have the Underwriters' Laboratories label attached.
J. Acceptable Manufacturers:
1. PRESSURE VESSEL INDUSTRIES
2. A.O. SMITH
3. BOCK
2.2 HOT WATER HEATER VENT STACK
A. Metalbestos Model PS or equivalent UL listed "Medium Heat"
prefabricated sectional type with sections up to 3'-0" length
terminating three (3) feet above any roof within ten (10) feet.
B. Joints shall be sealed with high temperature cement and aluminized
steel draw bands. Cement and drawbands shall be supplied by the stack
manufacturer.
C. Provide roof support assembly.
D. Accessories required are:
1. Insulated roof penetration fitting.
2. Top section protective cap.
3. Rain cap.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 15470-2
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 15490 FUEL STORAGE AND DISPENSING SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. SECTION INCLUDES
Ar 1. Fuel Storage and Dispensing Systems
a. Work under this Section shall include the gaseli-ire— epp-Vy
systemi the diesel supply systemi fuel oil supply system:`;;
bulk oil system and the waste oil sys ...
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Codes and Standards
1. Install fuel handling systems in accordance with NFPA Standard
311 "Standard for the Installation of Oil Burning Equipment", and
NFPA 30 "Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code".
2. Construct storage tanks in accordance with UL 1316 "Glass Fiber
Reinforced Plastic Underground Storage Tanks for Petroleum
Products", ASTM D4021, "Glass Fiber Reinforced Polyester
Underground Petroleum Storage Tanks", and MIL Spec. MIL-T-
522777A, "Tanks, Storage, Underground, Glass Fiber Reinforced
Plastic".
B. Equipment Qualification: The manufacturer shall furnish proof that he
has been engaged in the production of fuel dispensing equipment for a
period of not less than two years and that the equipment is the latest
current model equipment.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data
1. Submit manufacturer's technical product data and installation
instructions for fuel storage and dispensing systems, materials
and products.
B. Shop Drawings
1. Submit scaled layout drawings of fuel handling systems pipe and
fittings including, but not necessarily limited to, pipe and tube
sizes, locations, elevations and slopes of horizontal runs, wall
and floor penetrations, and connections. Indicate interface and
spatial relationship between piping and approximate equipment.
a. Storage Tanks: Submit manufacturer's shop drawings
indicating critical dimensions, and locations of fittings
and accessories, including manways, hold down straps and
pipe sumps.
2. Provide dimensioned shop drawings of the site showing the exact
location of all tanks and piping and related systems.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. General
1. Provide piping materials and factory fabricated piping products
and accessories of sizes, types, materials, pressure ratings,
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 15490-1
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 16120
WIRE AND CABLE
2.3 CONNECTORS
A. #8 AWG and Smaller Conductors, In -Line Splices and Taps: Vinyl
insulated spring connectors; "Scotchlok" or equivalent.
B. #6 AWG and Larger:
1. In -Line Connectors: Pressure type, 0-Z "XW" with "XWC" cover or
equivalent.
2. Taps: Parallel type, 0-Z "PMX" with "PNXC" cover or equivalent.
C. Terminations to Bus Bars, Switch Studs, and Terminal Blocks: Use
solderless type, 0-Z "Shurelug" or equivalent.
D. Insulate splices and taps to thickness of conductor insulation with
half -lapped layers of 3M "Scotch" brand No. 33 vinyl electrical tape.
Connectors having irregular surfaces; fill voids and smooth contours
with 3M "Scotchfil" electrical putty Drior to taDDinq.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Do not install wire in the conduit system until the building is
enclosed and masonry work is completed.-
B. Swab conduit free of moisture and debris prior to pulling in wire.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install major feeder cable continuous from origin to termination.
B. Make splices in branch circuit wires only in accessible junction
boxes.
C. Pull power feeder cable using an approved pulling compound or powder.
********************
END OF SECTION 16120
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 16120-2
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 16161
MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS
vertical labyrinth bus barriers shall be furnished to reduce the
hazard of accidental contact.
D. Each unit door shall have an engraved white core black phenolic
nameplate. Units shall have master nameplates.
E. The control center shall be wired in accordance with NEMA Class I,
Type B.
F.. All painted parts shall have metal treated and finished with baked
enamel. Exterior surfaces shall be finished medium light gray.
G. Each motor control center shall include a full length ground bus.
2.4 OVER CURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES
A. Each motor control center shall have a fusible main switch.
B. Manufacturers molded case circuit breakers shall be furnished for
combination starters and branch circuit breaker units.
C. Molded case circuit breakers furnished for combination starters shall
be equipped with instantaneous magnetic trip only with field
adjustable magnetic trip level.
2.5 COMBINATION STARTERS
A. Branch circuit breakers and full voltage starters Size 3 and small- to
be mounted on plug-in units. The plug-in connection shall be a two
point with spring loaded plated fingers. Each unit shall have door
mounted on piano hinges and hold closed with captive screws: Unit door
shall have provision for mounting push buttons and pilot lights. The
unit door shall have a lockable disconnect operator to control the
branch circuit breaker. The operator handle shall have up -down
motion with down position as "off". The operator handle shall be
interlocked with position of door, defeatable by an electrician.
B. Manufacturers magnetic motor starters shall be furnished. Each
starter shall have
th�rt avr"flad.,.. wr terminal..: ate uat and auxiliary
contacts, two N:0�, two N:.C..:.................. .................:.:.:::.....::...................
C. In general, all magnetic motor starters are rated for full voltage,
non -reversing, however, selected starters shall be multi -speed
starting type as noted on the drawings. In all cases, minimum size
starter furnished shall be Size 0.
D. Pilot devices and control transformers shall be furnished as scheduled
on the Drawings.
2.6 PANELBOARD AND DRY TYPE TRANSFORMER
A. In each motor control center, furnish a 3 phase, 4 wire, 100 amp
120/208 VAC panelboard with main breaker as scheduled.
B. In each motor control center, furnish a 480 VAC, 3 phase primary:
208/120 VAC, 3 phase, 4 wire, secondary dry type distribution
transformer. Include primary side main circuit breaker for
transformer.
2.7 METERING EQUIPMENT
A. Provide in each motor control center a 3 phase ammeter with switch
indicating total connected load at the main overcurrent protective
device.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 16161-2
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 16300
STANDBY POWER GENERATION
order. The generator set supplier shall provide service on an
emergency basis 24 hours a day, seven days a week and on a normal
basis 18 hours a day, five days a week and six hours on Saturday.
1.6 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop drawings and submittal data shall include the following:
1. Drawings on engine generator set and foundation requirements.
2. Complete literature describing engine generator set.
3. Drawings and complete literature describing auxiliary equipment
to be furnished.
4. The switchgear supplier shall be responsible for providing the
coordinating wiring diagrams showing the electrical connections
between the switchgear and the engine generators for use by the
Division 16 and engine generator service personnel during
installation and checkout of the equipment.
offered with the fellewing data in tabulated ferirr-
1'B. Bidder shall furnish in duplieate with his bid—, B generater
1. Make of engine-.-
2. Number of eylinders.
3. Bore, inehes
4. Stroke, inehe-g.
S. Pi .'aeeraent, eubie .
.
.
b. Fuel injeetien pump plunger and body-4F sepa. ate from item
a-
e. Cylinder liner.
h. Crankshaft.
---vrre- set -vr—fuel filter —ele+ii2n-s—.
J. One set ef lubrieating eil filter elements.
C. Provide certification that the manufacturer of the automatic transfer
switches are listed by Underwriters Laboratory Standard UL-1008 with
withstand and close -in values equal to the interrupting rating of the
circuit breakers and/or fuse that is specified to protect the circuit.
1.7 TESTING, START-UP AND INSTRUCTIONS
A. Provide an eight hour factory testing of generator and job site
testing as indicated below. Correct any defects which become evident
during testing.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 16300-2
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 16300
STANDBY POWER GENERATION
B. Provide job site testing using a portable load bank and the expected
building load as follows:
1. Load Bank
a. 1/4 load - 60 minutes
b. 1/2 load - 60 minutes
C. 3/4 load - 60 minutes
d. Full load - 180 minutes
e. No load with full load switched "on" instantaneously, 60
minutes.
f. Cool down period.
2. Building Load
a. Simulate an actual power failure condition with all of the
expected building emergency system load turned on.
A b. If an i n-phas.e:: _:monitor is used : in thesystem., u.s.e.... an
oscilloscope .apabei` reardine�ilt� cis pt'irta e hransfebr .o..�f eaload. n-pas
C. Record the following in fifteen minute intervals during the test:
1. Kilowatts
2. Amps
3. Volts
4. Coolant temperature
5. Room temperature
6. Frequency
7. Oil pressure
D. On completion of the installation, the initial start-up and
instruction shall be performed by a factory -trained representative of
the engine supplier. At the time of start-up, thoroughly explain the
operating instructions and maintenance procedures to the operating
personnel. provide two copies of operating and maintenance
instruction books for the electric set and all auxiliary equipment at
that time. Include all test readings in the instruction book.
E. Arrange dates for tests, start-up and instruction so that Architect
and Owner can witness tests.
1.8 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION
A. A drop in voltage on any phase of the normal power service to 70% or
less with a duration of 1-3 seconds (adjustable) shall close a contact
which will initiate cranking of engine.
1. Arrange the starting control circuits so that cranking will
commence immediately after closing of the contact. Provide four
cranking cycles of ten seconds "on" and ten seconds "off". If
the engine fails to start after the four cranking" cycles, lockout
the starting controls and require manual resetting.
B. After the engine starts and reaches 90% of rated voltage and
frequency, transfer switches shall immediately transfer to the
emergency power source.
C. Upon restoration of the normal power service to 90% rated voltage and
frequency on all phases, retransfer all emergency system transfer
switches to the normal source after a time delay of 5-25 minutes
(adjustable).
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 16300-3
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 16500
LIGHTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Product and
a. Provide
fixture
b. Provide
installation requirements for lighting equipment.
all light fixtures in accordance with the light
schedule unless otherwise indicated.
light fixtures for built-in millwork items.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit complete shop drawings and product data for the following
items:
1. Each light fixture type with complete description.
2. Photometric curves.
3. Method of installation.
1.3 STANDARDS AND CODES
A. Except where otherwise required by this Section, the following
standards and codes shall govern:
1. NEC Chapter 4
2. UL listed
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. The manufacturers listed below are
conditions of the specifications.
1. Incandescent Fixtures:
a. LITHONIA
b. PRESCOLITE
C. OMEGA
d. MARCO
JlAtb
2. FYuorescent Fixtures:
a. LITHONIA
b. DAYBRITE
C. MILLER
d. KEENE
e. KEYSTONE
f. NULITE
g. W.F. HARRIS
h. HUBBELL
i. ALKCO
j._........... FAI LSAFE
acceptable provided they meet all
3. High Intensity Discharge Ballasts
a. LITHONIA
b. PRESCOLITE
C. OMEGA
d. MARCO
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 16500-1
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 16500
LIGHTING
A
e. W.F. HARRIS
f NORTHERN
g. ESCO
h. DEVINE
i. HUBBELL
4. Security Fixtures
a. MARK
b. FAIL SAFE
C. VERSATECH
d. NORTHERN
5. Site Lighting Fixtures
a. KIM
b. MOLDCAST
C. HUBBELL
d. SPAULDING
2.2 INCANDESCENT FIXTURES
A. Glassware for fixtures: high quality with not less than 65%
efficiency in light transmission.
B. Recessed fixtures: furnished with gaskets, so designed and installed
that they will completely eliminate light leakage between flanges and
ceilings.
2.3 FLUORESCENT FIXTURES:
A. Fluorescent fixture housings: die formed of cold rolled.steel of not
less than 22 gauge. Construction shall provide an approved method of
locking lens or shielding in place. Enamel finish for light
reflectance shall have a hardness between H and 3H. Before enamel is
applied, the metal shall be cleaned and prepared by "Bonderizing" or
an equivalent process.
B. Plastic lenses for fluorescent fixtures: 100% virgin acrylic, not less
than 1/8" nominal thickness.
C. Provide fastening devices for fluorescent fixtures in lay -in tee -bar
ceilings to securely anchor the fixture to the tee -bar.
D. Equip exposed lamp fluorescent fixtures with clips to prevent the
lamps from falling out of their sockets.
1. Standard: ARM-A-LITE "Safety Guards".
E. Equip exposed lamp fluorescent fixtures with clear plastic lamp
protectors to prevent lamp breakage.
1. Standard:. ARM-A-LITE "Safety Sleeves".
2.4 FLUORESCENT BALLASTS
A. Ballasts: High -power factor, ETL, CBM certified, with Class P rating
and a sound rating of "A" or the quietest made -for the type lamps
used.
B. Provide ballasts having a built-in automatic resetting thermal
protector.
C. Provide energy savings type units having reduced input and providing
approximately 95% rated light output of the lamp.
1. Standards:
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 16500-2
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991
SECTION 16781
TELEPHONE CONDUIT SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION
A. Telephone Conduit Systems
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 TELEPHONE SERVICE
A.
Provide conduits, boxes, other materials for the installation of
telephone service. Conduit system shall meet same basic requirements
of Section 16111 - CONDUIT SYSTEMS.
B.
Wall telephone outlets shall be 4" square outlet boxes with single
gang raised plaster ring cover, and telephone style device plate.
C.
Floor telephone outlets shall be as per Section 16111.
A ' D.
Telephone terminal boards shall be 3/4" thick fire ret ar ' d
plywood. ............,. .
E.
Where indicated, provide 3-hour fire rated conduit seals as
manufactured by O.Z. Gedney Type CFSF.
F.
After telephone cables have been placed, fill voids in conduit risers
with fire resistant silicon foam as manufactured by CHASE TECHNOLOGY
Type CTC PR-865.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install nylon pull wire in each telephone conduit over 2" trade size
for telephone company's use.
B. Consult with telephone company prior to installing service and conduit
system, and verify the exact requirements before proceeding with the
work.
********************
END OF SECTION 16781
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 16781-1
HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP THREE ADDENDUM #1-DECEMBER 20, 1991